80 Microcomputing Magazine January 1981

January 1981
US $2.50/DM 9

microcomDuting

the magazine for TRS- 80* users

CRAYON COLOR YOUR 80!

Color Graphics Issue

74476"659A7'

01

Inside Reports: D Percom Data's Electric Crayon

D Tandy's Newest Color Computer

'*' TRS«) is a ragjclarvd Iradwnark o< TANDY CORP.

Store Up to 350 Kbytes on a 5" Disk

FORMATTED DISK STORAGE CAPACITY
KBYTES

aM aso

y /■ ^^ a'^ /■ <^ J^ J" J

-.^

The DOUBLER™. It packs almost twice the data on a disk track as your single-density
system. Depending on the type of drive, you can store up to four times more data on one
side of a minidiskette than you can store using a standard Model I mini-disk drive.

• The DOUBLER^" reads, writes
and formatseithersingle- or dou-
ble-density minidiskettes.

• Proprietary design allows you to
continue to run TRSDOS* NEW-
DOS1:. Percom OS-80'" or other
single-density software without
making any changes to software
or hardware. Switch to double-
density operation at any conve-
nient time.

• Includes DBLDOS^^ a
TRSDOS^^ compatible double-
density disk operating system.

Mini-Disk Systems

More storage capacity,
higher reliability — from
Percom, (he industry

\^^^^m leader One- two- and
HHHH three-drive configura-
^^^^^ tions in either 40- or 77-
track format. Fully burned-tn. From only
$399.

• CONVERT utility, on
DBLDOS'" minidiskette, converts
files and programs from single- to
double-density or double- to sin-
gle-density.

• The DOUBLER™ circuit card
includes high performance
data separator, write precom-
pensation circuits for reliable
disk read operations — even with
80-track drives.

• Plug-in Installation — The
DOUBLER simply plugs into the
disk controller socket of your Ex-
Double-Density Software

(On diskette — with instruction manual.)

OS-80D"* Double-Density Disk Operating Sys-
tem — This double-density upgrade version of
Percom's acclaimed OS-80'" resides entirely in
RAM — requiring only 7.5-Kbytes! A BASIC
programmer's ■"dreamoperating system." even
utilities are in BASIC,

DOUBLEZAP-il/80 This program modifies
Apparafs NEWDOS/80^: to run either double —
or single-density programs — even to run a mix
of the tv\/o formats on one system!
DOUBLEZAP-ll/VThis program modifies Virtual
Technology's VTOS 4. Oft to provide the same
capability as DOUBLEZAP-II'80 provides for
NEWDOS/80.

pansion Interface, requiring no
strapping or trace cutting. Expan-
sion Interface disk controller may
be completely restored to original
configuration by simply removing
the DOUBLER'^' and re-installing
the original disk controller chip.

• Works with standard 35-, 40-,
77- and 80-track mini-disk drives
rated for double-density operation.

• Introductory price, including
DBLDOS"" and format conversion
utility on minidiskette, only
$219.95.

Call toll-free. 1-800-527-1592. for the

address of your nearest authorized Per-
com dealer, or to order directly from Per-
com. ^1

PERCOM DATA COMPANY. INC.
211 N KIRBY GARLAND. TEXAS 75042

(214) 272-3421

'" ir<iilpMiork of Pvrcom Data Comiwiiy. Inc.

" [tadumark of Tandy Hadiii Shack Corporation which has no relai ion ship lo I'l-rcoin Data Cunipaii^.

? irndemack iif Apparat Coniiiany. l"c. tt'fadeniarK ol Virtual Technologjf. Inc.

PRICES AND SPECIFICATIONS -SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
PRICES DO NOT INCLUDE SHIPPING AND HANDLING CHARGES.

TRS-80* Model I Computer Owners . . .

Double-density storage
It's really here!

Here at Percom. And your authorized Percom dealers.

And double-density storage is here in a big way. Because now
you can choose fronn three different levels of mini-disk systems — ;
all double-density rated. ;

And get the storage that precisely meets your application!

needs. |

Not to mention the service and quality that's made Percom thej

industry leader. I

Although rated for double-density operation, all
levels of Percom drives work equally well in single-
density applications.

You can operate these drives in ordinary single-
density format using TRSDOS* Percom OS-80™
or any other single-density operating system.

Or, you can add a Percom DOUBLER™ to your
Tandy Expansion Interface and store data and
programs in either single- or double-density
format.

Under double-density operation, you can store
as much as 350 Kbytes of formatted data — de-
pending on the drive model — on one side of a
five-inch minidiskette. That*s four times the
capacity of standard 35-track Model I mini-
disks, almost 100 Kbytes more than the capacity
of the eight-inch IBM 3740 format!

Available in 1-, 2- and 3-drive configurations in
all three model lines, Percom bumed-in, fully-
tested drives start at only $399.

TFD-40™ Drives

TFD-40 Drives store 180 Kbytes (double-density) or
102 Kbytes (single-density) of formatted data on one
side of a 40-track minidiskette. Altliough economical-
ly priced. TFD-40 drives receive the same full Percom
quality control measures as TFD-100 and TFD-200
drives.

TFD-100™ Drives

TFD-100 drives are 'flippy" drives. You store twice
the data per minidiskette by using both sides of the
disk, TFD-100 drives store 180 Kbytes (double-
density) or 102 Kbytes (single-density) per side.
Under double-density operation, you can store a 70-
page document on one minidiskette.

TFD-200™ Drives

TFD-200 drives store 350 Kbytes (double-density) or
197 Kbytes (single-density) on one side of a minidis-
kette. By comparison. 3740-formatted eight-inch
disks store only 256 Kbytes. Enormous on-line stor-
age capacity in a 5" drive, plus proven Percom
reliability. That's what you get in a TFD-200.

The DOUBLER™ — This proprietary
adapter for the TRS-80* Model I com-
puter packs approximately twice the
data on a disk track.

Depending on the type of drive, you
can store up to four times as much
data — 350 Kbytes — on one side of a
minidiskette as you can store using a
Tandy standard Model t computer drive.

Easy to install, the DOUBLER merely plugs into the disk
controller chip socket of your Expansion Interface. No rewir-
ing. No trace cutting.

And because the DOUBLER reads, writes and formats
either single- or double-density disks, you can continue to
run all of your single-density software, then switch to dou-
ble-density operation at any convenient time.

Included with the PC card adapter is a TRSDOS*-
compatible double-density disk operating system, called
DBLDOS™, plus a CONVERT utility that converts files and
programs from single- to double-density or double- to sing-
le-density format.

Each DOUBLER also includes an on-card high-
performance data separator circuit which ensures reliable
disk read operation.

The DOUBLER works with standard 35-, 40-, 77- and
80-track drives rated for double-density operation.

Note. Opening the Expansion Interface to install the
DOUBLER may void Tandy's limited 90-day wanranty.

Free software patch Tliis software patcti. called PATCH PAK™,
upgrades TRSDOS* for operation with improved 40- and 77-
track drives. For single-density operation only.

Quality Percom products are available at authorized dealers. Call toll free
1-800-527-1592 for the address of your nearest dealer or to order directly from
Percom. In Canada call 519-824-7041.

Pnci's and s|X'c idea lions subiecl to chanae wilnoul notice

PERQOM

™ tradematk of Petcom Data Company, Inc.

mark of Tandy Radio Shack Corporation which has no relationship to Percom Data Company,

^^408

PERCOM DATA COMPANY, INC,

211 N KISBV ■ GARLAND TX • 75012
1214) 272-3421

January 1981 Issue #13

PUBLISHER
Wayne Green

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
Sherry Smythe

CORPORATE CONTROLLER
Charles Garniss, Jr.

ASSOCIATE PUBLISHER
Edward Ferman

ASSISTANT PUBLISHER
Jeff DeTray

ADVERTISING MANAGER
Kevin Rushaiko

CIRCULATION MANAGER

(603) 924-7296

Debra Boudrieau

BULK SALES MANAGER
Ginny Boudrieau

ADVERTISING SALES
(603)924-7138
Penny Brooks
John Gancarz

Canadian Distributor

Micro Distributing

409 Queen St. West

Toronto, Ontario

Canada M5V 2A5

Manuscripts ate welcome ai 80 Microcomput-
ing, we will consider publication of any TRS-flO
oriented material. Guidelines for budding autti-
ors are available, please send a self-addressed
envelope and ask for "How 10 Write forflO M/crO'
computing." Entire contents copyrigtit 1980 by
1001001 Inc. No part o( tfiis publication may be
reprinted, or reproduced by any means, wittiout
prior written permission from \he publislier. All
programs are published for personal use only.
All rights reserved.

BO Microcomputing (ISSN -0199-6789) is pub-
lished monthly by 1001001 Inc., 80 Pine St.,
Peierborough NH 03458. Phone: 603-924-3873.
Subscription rales in U.S. are S18 for one year
and S45 for Ihree years. In Canada, S20— one
year only, U.S. funds. Foreign subscriptions
{surface mail), S28— one year only, U.S. funds.
Foreign subscriptions (air mail), $60— one
year only. U.S. funds. In Europe please contact
Monika Nedela. Markstr, 3. 0-7778 Markdorf,
W.Germany. In South Africa contact SO M/cro-
computing. P.O. Box 782815, Sandton. South
Africa 21d6. Australian Distributor: Electronic
Concepts. Attention: Rudi Hoess. 55 Clarence
Sireet. Sidney 2000, Australia. All U.S. sub-
scription correspondence should be ad-
dressed 10 80 Microcomputing. Subscription
Department. P.O. Box 981, Farmingdale, NY
11737. Please include your address label with
any correspondence. Postmaster: Send form
-3579 to 80 Microcomputing. Subscription Ser-
vices, P.O. Box 981, Farmingdale, NY 11737.

Contents

Color Graphics Issue!

Color by Percom Page 68

by Francis Kalinowski

Of course we know you can't get color
graphics on a black and vi/hite 80, but with
Percom's interface and a color television,
you can conne pretty close.

Color Computer Primer Page 88

by Tim Ahrens, Jack Brown

and IHunter Scales

Tandy's latest computer is a contender in
the new color graphics market. It has its own
BASIC and plug-in ROM paks. Read about
what these authors call Tandy's most power-
ful computer yet.

After the Goldrush by jerry Frost Page 1 20

After years of panning for gold In the Yukon, Frost returned home
and discovered a gold mine right in his attic. Not one to simply sit
in his lair and hoard his riches, he hastened to his 80 for some gold-
plated programming. Now you, too, can check your closets for hid-
den treasure.

The DB to Lll Converter by Bryan Mumford Page 200

Spending the best part of your life CLOADing? Has Disk BASIC
made your favorite programs unavailable? You've got those Level II
ain't Disk BASIC blues. Don't be depressed! Bryan Mumford,
micro-magician, has a cure. Follow his directions and DB becomes
Lll before your very eyes!

Get High on {Histograms by oaniei Lovy Page 211

Trying to convince your boss that the public is leaning towards
treadle-powered electric heaters this winter? Lovy has a program

that lets you put the results of your survey
- in front of the Old Man's nose.

p. 120

4 • so Microcomputing, January 1981

120 After the Goldrush Calculate your hidden worth with this program. Jerry Frost

232 Number Cruncher Population studies made simple. James Barbarello

190 Onomatoeighty Get it through the ear. John C. Mein

208 Doodlebug Screen sketching with easy moves. James E. McKenna

68 Color by Percom Get out your Crayolas. Francis S. Kalinowski

172 Audio Interface This application provides a long list of aids. Howard F. Batie

88 Color Computer Primer A close look at Tandy's latest. Tim Ahrens, Browne

Jack Browne and Hunter Scales

170 Racet's infinite BASIC infinite BASIC examined. Ronald H. Bobo

212 CROSSREF Mainframe power In an 80. D. N. Ewart

226 Terminal Pius Software aids for terminals. Buzz Gorsky

222 The Plan of the Pago Program writing by steps. Alexander MacLean

211 Get IHigh on Histograms If graphs turn you on. Daniel Lovy

218 Efficient Cassette I/O Dedicated to the sanity of tape users. Gerald A. Sabin

98 On Modems What, when, where. . .and especially, why. Chris Brown

100 Into The eO's The essence of variables. Ian R. Sinclair

114 CLOAD is Just a Five Letter Word Clean it up. Dennis Bathory KItsz

182 A Perspective on Cubes Square this one away. Paul Gerhardt

130 ZBUG.. .Super DEBUG Monitor A fast bug swatter. Lt. John B. Harrell

200 The DB to Lll Converter Speed up eternity. Bryan Mumford

i^"{i5^l'JjlL/?'?>'=^

7 Remarks Wayne Green 30

12 inside 80 £c/ Juge 35

16 Input 41

22 80 Accountant Michael Tannenbaum 50

23 The Assembly Line William Barden 58

Education 80 Earl R. Savage

80 Applications Dennis KItsz

Reviews

News

New Products

©©MOM® mumr m@\M\^

Special Education Issue

On the heels of Tandy's venture into the education market, 80
will take a look at a school computer lab in Westwood, MA that's
been running for 13 years!

We'll be featuring an article— the start of a series— on writing
programs for the education market.

Plus a special review section of Tandy's learning manuals.

PUBLISHER/EDITOR

Wayne Green

MANAGING EDITOR
f^ichael Comendul

TECHNICAL CONSULTANT
Jake Commander

PRODUCTION EDITOR
Clare McCarthy

NEWS EDITOR
Nancy Robertson

REVIEW EDITOR
Pamela Petrakos

ASST. TECHNICAL EDITOR
Chris Brown

ASSISTANT EDITORS
Chris Crocker
Debra Marshall

TECHNICAL CONTRIBUTING EDITOR
Dennis Kitsz

EDITORIAL ADMINISTRATION
Cresca Clyne
Pat Graham
Nancy Noyd

DESIGN ASSOCIATE

Diana Shonk

MANUFACTURING MANAGER
Noel Ray Self

PRODUCTION MANAGER
PUBLICATIONS
Nancy Salmon

ASST. PRODUCTION MANAGER

PUBLICATIONS

Michael Murphy

AD COORDINATOR
Sue Symonds

ADVERTISING PRODUCTION
Robert Drew, Steve Baldwin, Bruce
Hedin, Maryann Metivier, Dion Owens

PRODUCTION DEPT.

Joan Ahern, William Anderson Jr., Linda

Drew, Bob Dukette, Kenneth Jackson,

Ross Kenyon, Theresa Ostebo, Jane

Preston, Patrice Scribner, Thomas

Vllleneuve

PHOTOGRAPHY

William Heydolph, Terrie Anderson,

Bill Suttenfleld

TYPESETTING

Barbara Latti, Sara Bedell, Michele
Desrocher, Luann Keddy, Mary Kinzel,
Linda Locke, Karen Podzycki

Cover design by Diana Stionk. Phoios by Tedd Clutf,
Joanna Eldredge and Diana Shonk.
Photos on page 67 by Clare McCarlhy & Dennis Kilsz
Photos on page 90 by Dennis Kitsz

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 5

ow's your
love life?

"v^

A little dull around the edges?

Routine? Predictable? Boring? Maybe

all it needs is a little Interlude. Interlude is

the most stimulating computer game ever conceived.

It combines a computer interview, ein innovative

programming concept, and a one-of-a-kind manual to

turn your love life into exciting, adventurous, delicious fun!

Interlude is: romantic. . . playful. . . outrageous. . .a fantasy. Interlude is: ■ A Bed of Roses (Inter-
lude #1) ■ Mata Han (interlude #49} ■ The Chase (Interlude #7) ■ Rodeo! (Interlude #71) ■ The King and I
(Interlude #60) ■ Some Enchanted Evening (Interlude #84) ■ Caveman Caper (Interlude #82) ■ From Here
to Ecstasy (Interlude No. 30) ■ Satin Dreams (Interiude #72).

More than 100 Interludes are included in the program. Most are described in detail in the accompanying manual,
but several surprise Interiudes are buried in the program awaiting that very
special time when your interview says you' re ready. (When you leam secret
Interlude #99. your love life may never again be the same!) Interlude
can give you experiences you'Jl never forget. Are you ready for it?

Interlude

The Ultimate Experience.

INTERLUDE, 10428 Westpark, Houston. Texas 77042. I'm really ready. Send my Interlude today.

Apple n (16K)* TRS-80 (Level II-16K)*

D Cassette ($16:95) D Cassette ($16.95)

n Diskette ($19.95) O Diskette ($19.95)

D Diskette— Pascal or DOS 3.3 ($19.95)
Add $1,50 for shipping and handling.

a MASTERCARD D VISA
Account No.

Poster

D 20"x 24" reproduction of
this ad without ad copy

($4.95— includes
shipping charges)

^1 charge customers must sign here

Expiration date

Available for immediate shipment.

Please enclose your check payable to INTERLUDE
or complete the charge information:

MasterCard Bank Code

CHARGE CUSTOMERS: Order by phone toll-free! 1-800-231-5768 Ext. 306 (Texas: 1-800-392-2348 Ext. 306)

Name ^__ Age _

Address

City State Zip

'Apple li is a recpstered trademark of Apple Computers. Inc. **TRS-80 is a registered trademark of Radio Shack, a Tandy Co.

go Mil ARKS

by Wayne Green

"/ departed China without

a iot of enthusiasm for the

future of microcomputers there."

China

With about one billion people, China
makes an attractive target for
future sales of almost anything. Why not
microcomputers? In October I visited
China to see how viable such an idea was
and what time frame might be involved. I
must say, I departed China without a lot of
enthusiasm for the future of microcom-
puters there, it's going to be a long time.

There are two major problems involved,
both of which are discouraging.

First there is the progress the country
has made in getting into the modern
world. To be blunt: It hasn't. The manage-
ment of the country has kept it in many
ways about a hundred years behind the
more advanced nations of the world. In a
country where, as far as the average per-
son is concerned, the transistor radio has
yet to be invented, and where the individ-
uality of a person is expressed by an occa-
sional odd-colored bicycle seat, there is
much to be overcome both in adapting to
progress and making tools (such as com-
puters) available.

The other problem is a serious one and,
since it also affects countries using the
Chinese language such as Taiwan, Hong
Kong and Singapore, begs for resolution.
The Chinese language is basically incom-
patible with computers. Japan has coped

with this problem by using a subset of
their language, Kata Kana. which is
usable on microcomputers. Korean is a
22-character phonetic language and thus
easily adapted to computers. Chinese re-
quires typing and displaying thousands of
characters and is a mess to computerize.

The 580-key keyboard (Photo 1) is one
approach to tackling the Chinese lan-
guage with the computer. You don't learn
to use this keyboard with any speed in a
day or two. This isn't much more difficult
to handle than the average Chinese type-
writer, but that isn't saying much.

When we look closer at the keys (Photo
2) we see that each one of them has nine
different characters which can be
used— including the English alphabet and
some graphics. Thus with over 500 keys
the keyboard can provide several thou-
sand Chinese characters.

Another approach similar to the one
they use with their typewriters, is the grid
system (Photo 3), where the character is
chosen by pressure on a small square
with the Chinese character in it. This is a
slow system. Additional characters can be
generated by combining the components
of several together before finishing a
character.

By building Chinese characters one
component at a time (Photo 4), most char-
acters can be put together with about four

key strokes. Some systems use up to
seven strokes and thus are more flexible.
Once an operator gets used to the system
his output is about 60 characters per min-
ute. This is nearly equivalent to 60 words
per minute in English since Chinese char-
acters can represent a word, part of a
word or a group of words.

The Chinese have shown little interest
in abandoning their language and seem
determined to somehow adapt computers
to the language rather than the reverse.
Obviously the enormous keyboard ap-
proach is not compatible with microcom-
puter costs, so microcomputer firms are
keeping an eye on the attempts at synthe-
sizing characters with relatively simple
keyboards as the only practical approach,
it may work.

The Asian Tour

In the June issue of 80 1 mentioned that
there would be an October tour of four
consumer electronic shows in Asia. The
tour started with a visit to a computer
show in Tokyo, then went to Seoul for their
consumer electronics show. From there
we returned to Tokyo for another consum-
er electronics show, then to Taipei and
finally to Hong Kong. After visiting Hong
Kong the group split up. Some went to

Photo 1. 580-Key Chinese Keyboard

Photo 2. Close up of 580-Key Keyboard

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 7

^0 RiMARKS

Photo 3. Grid System Keyboard

Photo 4. By building Chinese characters one component at a
time, most characters can be put together with about four
keystrokes.

Singapore for still another show and the
rest of us went to Canton, China for a
trade show there.

In addition to seeing the state of the
microcomputer business in each of these
countries, we also had an opportunity to
get together with user groups, computer
store managers and dealers. I don't know
how all the others on the trip made out,
but it was worth Its weight in gold to me.

In Korea I managed to get together with
a chap who Is interested In starting a
microcomputer magazine and handling
Instant Software. This is just the combina-
tion I was looliing for. And probably the
best news I found is that a Korean ROM is
being manufactured for theTRS-80, and a
dealer is selling the system in Seoul.

In Tol<yo I was besieged by the people
wanting to work with us. Meetings went
on until after midnight some evenings.
The business outlook is good for a trading
partnership with a large and well known
electronics organization.

In Taiwan I scored two major coups.
One was the discovery of a trading partner
interested in distributing our programs,
and the other was an opportunity to ad-
dress the press and businessmen of
Taiwan. I told them that If they wanted to
catch up, technologically, with Japan and
the U.S. they had better start interesting
their teenagers in electronic careers. I
suggested using amateur radio as a
means. My speech made all the papers.

The trip to China was a fascinating ex-
perience. Oddly enough, there was a good
deal of agreement as we were on the train
back to Hong Kong that while we found
the experience worthwhile, we would not
be much Interested in doing it again.
There were a lot of negatives involved. The
Chinese did ail they could to make our
visit enjoyable, but under f/7e;r control.

China has gotten so used to having an
abundant populace that its businessmen
seldom seem to think of labor in econom-
ical terms. Even at $45 per month, this ap-
proach is not viable when dealing with the
rest of the world. We toured a color TV fac-
tory in Korea, for example, and found it
almost totally automated. The amount of
labor required per set, complete, Is under
$2.50. Thus, Korea will be able to turn out
those sets in competition with almost any
low wage country for a long time to come.

^ While we found the

experience worthwhile, we

would not be much

interested in doing it

again."

I invited you to come along on the tour,
and you passed It up. You missed a real
experience. There'll be another tour in Oc-
tober 1981, so perhaps you'll make it. I
doubt if I will be able to get the time again,
so you'll have to do it by yourself.

Tandy International

When you get to Europe the talk Is less
of the TRS-80 and you start hearing more
about the Pet. A look at the Commodore
balance sheet explains this to some
degree when it shows their European

computer sales to be almost half again
those of their U.S. sales. Tandy apparently
got off to a bad start in Europe, and play-
ing catch-up is difficult.

The candid comments I got while travel-
ing put the blame for the poor Tandy sales
on the shoulders of their European man-
ager. I gather that this situation has been
fixed. The spirits seemed to be high in the
Tandy Computer Center I visited in Koln
and they spoke of more such centers
opening in other parts of Germany.

Microcomputers are doing fairly well in
Britain, where the American system can
be used with the surfeit of English lan-
guage programs and instruction litera-
ture. In most of the other European coun-
tries, where English is not as easy to use,
microcomputer acceptance has been low.
Translations of books and magazines into
the other languages has been very slow,
and even slower has been the transla-
tion of computer programs.

Catch-22 is at work again. Without pro-
grams it is difficult to sell computers. . .
and without a customer base it is difficult
to market programs. The end result is a
stalemate, with disappointing growth for
the European industry in comparison to
the U.S.

In Asia both the TRS-80 and the Apple
enjoyed early success. This was evident In
those countries with higher disposable In-
comes such as Japan, Hong Kong and
Singapore. Then, with the development of
some more advanced Japanese systems,
the American products took a nose dive.
Little effort has been made by any Ameri-
can firm to provide programs, so no one
knows what influence a reservoir of appli-
cations programs might have on these
markets.

Again, with most of the magazines,
books, teaching materials and programs

8 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

META TECHNOIOGIES

FOR YOUR DISK SYSTEM

FILE BOX $24

DISKETTE STORAGE SYSTEM

95

for 5^4" disks
for 8" disks. . .$29.95

TRS80TRODUCTS

.1(111111. I liir.i.d-

MKitosorr nisH />/;</>/>/;«

tV- aim U' ,\\Y:^TI'l^ll.S

/•ir llir tll^SII

NEWDOS/80 by Apparat S149.95 I

NEWDOS+ with ALL UTILITIES I

35-track S69.95

40-track S79.95

TRS-80TM DISK AND OTHER MYSTERIES

. . .S19.95

MICROSOFT TM BASIC DECODED & OTHER
MYSTERIES for the TRS-80TM S29.95 , ,

MTC brings you the ULTIMATE diskette
storage system, at an affordable price. Stor-
ing 50 to 60 diskettes, this durable, smoke-
colored acrylic unit provides easy access
through the use of index dividers and ad-
justable tabs. Unique lid design provides
dust-free protection and doubles as a carry-
ing handle.

PLASTIC LIBRARY CASES

(not shown)
An economical form of storage for 10 to 15
diskettes, and is suitable for your bookshelf!
Case opens into a vertical holder for easy ac-
cess.

5'A-inch diskette case S3.25

8-inch diskette case $3.50

'RINGS' &
THINGS

Help prevent data loss and media damage
due to improper diskette centering and
rotation with the FLOPPY SAVERTM rein-
forcing hub ring kit. 7-mil mylar rings in-
stall in seconds. Kit is complete with
centering tool, pressure ring, 25 adhesive
backed hub rings and instructions. Refills
available.
HUB RING KIT for 5%" diskettes . . $9.95

Protect your expensive disk drives and
your valuable diskettes with our diskette
drive head cleaning kit. The kit, consisting
of a pair of special "diskettes", cleaning
solution and instructions, can be used for
52 cleanings. Removes contamination
from recording surfaces in seconds
without harming drives.

HEAD CLEANING KIT tor b'A" drives
S24.95

Single Sided, Single Density, Soft-Sectored
5'/«-inch, (for TRS-SQTM) Mini-floppy

DISKETTES

I

$21

95

box of 10

Meta Technologies strikes again ... at
the competition! These are factory
fresh, absolutely first quality (no
seconds!) mini-floppies. They are
complete with envelopes, labels and
w/rite- protect tabs in a shrink-
wrapped box.

PLAIN JANE™

DISKETTES

The Beautiful Floppy

with the IWagnetic Personalityrw

In 1980 alone. MTC has sold nearly a third
of a million dollars worth of brand-name
diskettes. If anyone knows quality, we do.
And these are quality diskettes. The
catch? They are in a plain white box.
You're not paying for fancy printing, fancy
labels or fancy names on the packaging.
We don't even put our own label on the
package (labels cost money). In the last
two months thousands of people have
switched to this low-cost alternative.
Trust us.

PLAIN JANETM Diskettes $21.95

VERBATIM brand Diskettes (box of 10)

5'/4-inch {for TRS-SOtm)

MD525-01 S24.95

10 boxes of 10. . . (each box). . . $23.95

8-inch FLOPPIES

Single-Density, FD34-1000 . . . $29.95
Double-Density. FD34-8000 . . S39.95

MORE

PRODUCTS

Products damiged in

transit will be

exchanged.

Prices. Specifications,

and Offerings subject

to change without

notice.

T

MOST ORDERS

SHIPPED

WITHIN ONE

BUSINESS DAY

PRICES IN EFFECT

January 1. 1981 THRU

January 31. 1981

WE ACCEPT

• VISA

• MASTER CHARGE

• CHECKS

• MONEY ORDERS

• C.O.D.

i

Add $2.50 for
standard UPS
shipping & handling
S2.00 EXTRA
lor C.O.D.
Ohio residents
add 5' 7% sales tax.

TO PLACE ORDER
1-800-321-3552

CALL

TOLL
FREE

FOR PRODUCT INFO
1-800-321-3640

IN OHIO call (216)289-7500 (COLLECT)

»^20

[VlETfl Tech^qlqgjes CaRPQRflTOr^

26111 Brush Avenue. Euclid. Ohio 44132

* 801 114
TRS 80 IS a TM of Tandy Corp,
PLAIN JANE IS a TM o( MTC.
'-. 1980 by Melatectinoloeies Corporaiion. Inc.

v* Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 9

^0 REMARKS

In English, the Asians have not been eager
to cope with American systems. In Hong
Kong and Singapore, where English is the
major language, the TRS-80 has sold
remarkably well. But now there is a Hong
Kong-made version of the TR&BO.

I saw systems at the recent Consumer
Electronics Show In Tokyo, Japan by
Hitachi, Toshiba, NEC, Sharp, Seiko,
Casio, Matsushita, Mitsubishi, Sanyo,
and a few others. Most of these firms have
Indicated an interest in tackling the
American market. If they come over here
with only hardware— even though much
of it may be better than the TRS-80 and Ap-
ple systems— they will have a difficult
time. None of them have simplified their
entry into the U.S. by emulating the
TRS-80, thus being able to work on the
TRS-80 software. I'm sure this Is a deci-
sion which all American manufacturers
have greeted with enthusiasm.

When one system outsells the others
the way the TR&60 has, programmers do
most of their writing for the more popular
system. This is why we have many times
as many programs for the TRS-80 as there
are for the system second in sales. These
programs are also far better than those for
any other system.

I think the Japanese can surpass our
American firms in computer technology,
just as they have in virtually every other
electronics field. But I don't think this is
going to be enough, unless the American
manufacturers remain blind to the Impor-
tance of software support and acces-
sories provided by smaller firms.

Radio Shack would do well to bend as
much of their efforts toward keeping up
with the Japanese technological ad-
vances, while leaving the documentation
and software development to the rising
number of support firms. They are trying
to bite off far more than they can chew.

Unless Radio Shack re-evaluates their
capability to handle every aspect of their
system, they may be handing billions of
dollars in sales to the Japanese.

Of course, this business of trying to
predict the future is a chancy one at best.
It calls for an understanding of as many
facets of the situation as possible, a
sense of the flow of history in a particular
Industry and no unforeseen developments.
In this field however, we have seen a
steady stream of unforeseen developments,
so my crystal ball may tie clouded.

Diverse Interests

One of the weaknesses of the American
customer base for microcomputers lies in
the diversity of Interests of these custom-
ers. The large number of Tandy systems in

use makes It profitable for Radio Shack to
set up and maintain sales and service
centers. But while users of their systems
are in need of a surprisingly wide variety
of peripherals and software, it quickly
t>ecomes nonproductive for them to cover
every possible base. Yet this seems to be
the Radio Shack approach— perhaps
showing that the management has been
unable to learn a very expensive lesson.

Manufacturers always think in terms of
cutting down on competition. In the com-
puter field this takes on the guise of making
sure that your system has Its own bus, so
it will not work with any other equipment
being made. This keeps as much of the ac-

from their customers is shrewd business
sense.

Changes at Tandy

With the moving of Phil North upstairs
and the promotion of John Roach to presi-
dent, we may see some changes in Tandy
policies that will benefit their computer
sales. Remember that the TRS-80 is no
longer just one of the Radio Shack prod-
ucts, it is now a major part of the income
for the whole conglomerate and, thus, will
require ever more attention and long-
range planning. The Tandy people have
one or more eyes on their stock price, and
they are all too well aware that this price

'7 think the Japanese can surpass

our American firms in computer

technology, just as they have

In virtually every other electronics field. But I don't

think this is going to be enough. . . ."

cessory sale within the company as possi-
ble. The language standard must be
somewhat different from others; graphics
different. You can be sure that if there
were a way for manufacturers to get a pa-
tent on a bus, he would, in order to prohibit
any other firm from selling compatible
equipment.

Several microcomputer firms have done
everything possible to maintain secrecy
about their bus structure and the signals
on the bus— all to prevent other firms
from supporting their system. I think this
Is shortsighted. As 1 have mentioned
before. Heath might have become one of
the largest firms in the business, If they
had made two changes in their approach:
compatibility with theS-100 bus and open-
ing their sales to existing computer
stores. I suspect that their decisions on
these issues cost them millions of dollars.

Would The Digital Group be viable to-
day if they had not been so arrogant about
using their own bus? They had a lot going
for them, but they got greedy and wanted
to keep others from making accessories
for their system— and succeeded.

Will Radio Shack begin to recognize the
power they have as a result of the hun-
dreds of firms producing accessories and
programs for their system? Will they bring
this Information to their stores, where
salesmen can use it to help sell systems?
Tandy management seems to think that
keeping word of compatible equipment

reflects both the realities of their market-
ing and the investor-perceived position of
Tandy in thecomputermarket. In practical
terms this means that the corporate of-
ficers have to spend a good deal of time
looking in their crystal balls and making
moves which will result in advancing
stock prices.

John has come to his new position via
the computer division of Tandy, so one
might assume that Tandy will be betting
even more on TRS-80 growth rather than
less. This will put all the more pressure on
John to be right In his judgements of al-
ternative moves by the firm. Indeed, if he
makes the right decisions, the Tandy em-
pire can head toward $10 billion and even
$100 billion In sales. The business is there
for someone.

That Memowriter

The Sharp Memowriter looks like a nice
match for the Sharp Pocket Computer
—which is distributed in the U.S. as the
TRS-80PC. Let's see what we can do to in-
terface the Memowriter to the PC so we
can get some printouts when desired. It
would also be nice to have someone de-
sign a small unit to display the PC materi-
al on a miniature TV screen such as the
Sanyo 1 Vz-inch television unit. That ought
to keep you busy for a few weeks. ■

10 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

META TECHNOLOGIES

CALL TOLL FREE 1-800-321-3552 TO ORDER

MTCAIDS-

TM

MODEL I . . .$69.95 MODEL II . . .$99.95

Introducing the latest addition to MTC's family of data management systems, AIDS-III. NO
PROGRAMMING, easy to use. COMPLETE PACKAGE including demonstration application,
documentation and MAPS-MI (see below).

" Up to 20 USER-DEFINED FIELDS of either numeric- or character-type.

• CHARACTER-type fields may be any length {total: up to 254 characters).

• NUMERIC-type fields feature automatic formatting, rounding, decimal alignment and
validation.

• Full feature EDITING when adding or changing records:

■ ENTER FIELD (can't type-in more characters than specified).

■ BACKSPACE (delete last character typed). ■ RIGHT-JUSTIFY FIELD contents.

■ DELETE FIELD contents. - SKIP FIELD (to next or previous field).

■ RESTORE FIELD contents. - SKIP RECORD (to next or previous record).

• SORTING of records is MACHINE CODE assisted.

- 200 RECORDS (40 characters) m about 5 SECONDS.

■ ANY COMBINATION of fields {including numerics) with each field in ascending or

descending order.

' SELECTION of records for Loading, Updating, Deleting, Printing and Saving is
MACHINE CODE assisted.

- Specify up to 4 CRITERIA, each using one of 6 RELATIONAL COMPARISONS.

- LOAD or SAVE selected records using MULTIPLE FILES.

- Example: Select records representing those people who live in the state of Col-

orado, but not in the city of Denver, whose last names begin with "F"
and whose incomes exceed $9000.00.

- Example: Select records representing those sales made to XYZ COMPANY that

exceed $25.00, between the dates 03/16 and 04/10.

MAPS-III {MTC AIDS PRINT SUBSYSTEM), included at no charge, has the following features:

• Full AIDS-III SELECTION capabilities,

• Prints user-specified fields DOWN THE PAGE.

• Prints user-specified fields in titled, columnar REPORT FORMAT, automatically
generating column headings, paging and (optionally) indentation.

• Can create a single report from MULTIPLE FILES.

• Prints user-defined formats for CUSTOM LABELS, custom forms, etc,

BEVOriD

FOR MODEL II

MTC is proud to announce MTC EXTENDED
BASIC for the Model II. by R. Ryen. Features in-
clude "fixes" to existing BASIC, multi-line func-
tions, extending an existing sequential tile, PEEK,
POKE, greatly enhanced screen control and ex-
panded editing capabilities. The contents of
variables are NOT CHANGED when editing, delet-
ing, inserting or merging lines, allowing continued
program execution! All this and much more. Com-
patible with SNAPP BASIC, below.
MTC EXTENDED BASIC S 99.95

MTC brings you the best of SNAPP, Inc's Model II
BASIC interpreter at a very special introductory
price. Written entirely in machine language, the
enhancements are fully integrated into BASIC and
require no user memory or disk space. Utilizes AP-
PARATs NEWDOS modifications to BASIC on the
Model II, Features include 16 single keystroke
commands for editing, listing, and other opera-
tions. An enhanced program line renumbering fa-
cility supports relocation and duplication of blocks
of code. Includes a powerlul cross-reference capa-
bility for producing a list identifying program line
locations of user-specified variables and line
numbers. Output may be displayed or printed.
Compatible with ftfltC EXTENDED BASIC, above.
SNAPP BASIC for Model II i 99.95

MTC AIDS CALCULATION SUBSYSTEM-I

MODEL I . . .$24.95 MODEL II . . .$39.95

MTC's most popular AIDS subsystem. Use
for report generation involving basic
manipulation of numeric data. Features are:

• User-specified page title

• Columnar Headings

• Optional Indentation

• Use for accounting, inventory, financial
and other numeric- based information
systems.

• Columnar subtotals generated wtien
ttiere is a ctiange in a user-specified
column.

• User-specified Columnar Totals

• Columnar values computed using con-
stants and/or column values

• Balance forward calculations (Ex: Gross
sales equals previous gross sales -t- sale
amount + sales tax).

Compare AIDS-III /CALCS-III " with any other data management package under $100!

Others make claims, CALCS-IM'" delivers!

CALCS-IM'" REQUIRES THE PURCHASE OF AIDS-lll'"OR AIDS-l'"

MTC AIDS MERGE-lir"

This subsystem will combine up to 14 AIDS-
created data files into a single, large file. An op-
tional purge capability removes duplicate entries
while performing the merge operation {can even
be used to eliminate duplicates in a single file).
Machine-code assisted for high-speed perfor-
mance, MERGE-IIITM properly handles files sorted
by any combination of fields, including numerics,
with each field in ascending or descending order.

MTCAIDS MERGE-III™ $19.95

For Model II $29.95

MORE

PRODUCTS

Let your TRS-80'^' Teach You

ASSEMBLY
LANGUAGE

REMSOFT's unique package, "INTRODUCTION
TO TRS-Sff-^ ASSEMBLY PROGRAMMING" in-
cludes ten 45-minute lessons on audio cassettes, a
display program for each lesson providing illustra-
tion & reinforcement, and a text book on TRS-80''
Assembly Language Programming. Includes use-
ful routines to access keyboard, video, printer and
ROM. Requires 16K - Level II, Model I.

REMASSEM-1 $69.95

FOR DISK SYSTEMS $74.95

Let Your TRS-80"'' Teach You

ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE
DISK I/O TECHNIQUES

REMSOFT does it again! REMDISK-1 is a concise,
capsulated supplement to REMASSEM-1. Package
i consists of two 45-minute lessons on audio casset-
tes, and display programs providing illustration
and reinforcement. Provides specific track and
sector I/O techniques, and sequential and random
file access methods and routines.

Let Your TRS-80"^ Test Itself With

THE FLOPPY DOCTOR 8>
MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC

by THE MICRO CLINIC

A complete checkup for your Model I. THE FLOP-
PY DOCTOR completely checks every sector of
35- or 40-track disk drives. Tests motor speed,
head positioning, controller functkins, status bits
and provides complete error logging. THE
MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC checks for proper
write/ read, refresh, executability and exclusivity of
all address tocatkins. Includes both diagnostKS
and complete instructnn manual.
SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS $19.95

t^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1961 • 11

INSIDE ^0

by Ed Juge, director of

computer merchandising, Tandy Radio Shack

"Since the common rumor Is

we won't listen to you,

let's talk about communications

In the owner-to-Tandy direction. . . "

It seems strange to sit down at my Model
II In the wee morning hours of October
23, and say that I hope you had a pleasant
Christmas, and that you'll have an out-
standing 1981 . . . but it's true.

Authors aren't supposed to talk about
the fact that their text is written months
before it is read. But since I've said I'd try
to keep you "up-to-date" with what is hap-
pening in Fort Worth, I think it's important
for you to realize that publications work
with considerable lead time.

TRS-80 Monthly Newsletter

So, let's talk a bit this month about
keeping you informed and communica-
tions in general. Many TRS-80 owners are
painfully aware of our newsletter delivery
problems. Unfortunately, if you never get
your copy, you may not know that we're
starting in January to offer it on a paid
subscription basis. New computer owners
will get 12 issues at no charge. After that
the tab will be $12 per year.

The good news is, at the same time,
we'll begin mailing it first class. We've
found that first class mail to the people on
the list reaches owners who have never
gotten the bulk-mailed newsletters.

We've checked hundreds of addresses
of people who say we won't put them on
the list. I've personally checked about 50,
and found every one of those listed cor-
rectly.

Unfortunately, we'll have to go by the
date you were put onto the list. We'll be
sure everyone already on the list has been
mailed more than 12 free issues. If you
were placed on the list 18 or so months
ago. you'll have to subscribe now. I sug-
gest you wait and see if you get a newslet-
ter In January. If not, contact your local
store for a subscription form. If you do get
the January issue, relax; we'll let you
know when it's time to subscribe.

Every CPU comes with a newsletter reg-
istration card good for 12 free issues. Sub-
scriptions are run on a very simple com-
puter program. It cannot handle exten-
sions to any subscription. If you buy a sec-
ond computer and send that card too,
you'll get two copies. My suggestion: If
you buy a second CPU, save the card until
you get notice it's time to subscribe, then

send in card number two! Only CPU's con-
tain the card— not printers, disk drives,
etc.

Communicating with Radio Shack

Bet you've heard this is impossible. . .
right? Our critics and competitors enjoy
spreading that rumor, but it just isn't true.
We're getting lots of letters asking why we
don't refute that hogwash in print. I'm a bit
tired hearing it too, so this month I will
spend some time explaining our existing
efforts and some new ones we've cranked
up recently.

It must be understood up-front, though,
that our response can't always be posi-
tive: What we can or can't do must be
based on your needs and sound business
judgement.

Since the common rumor is we won't
listen to you, let's talk about communica-
tions in the owner-to-Tandy direction first.
In my first column a few months back, I
asked for your input, ideas for new prod-
ucts, criticism and suggestions on hard-
ware or software. Know how many came
in? Less than a dozen.

Tel! us about the hardware you need,
with capabilities we don't offer. (Remenn-
ber to build and price it right, there has to
be a wide market.) Tell us why, and how
you'd use it. What features it should have,
what's a reasonable selling price. Explain
to us what kind of businesses/people
would use It, and how big that market is. In
plain language, self us on offering it.

If one of our current hardware items
looks poor to you, or If there is one you
probably would have bought, had we done
a couple of things differently, say so—
and why.

Same Is true for software. Just, please,
none of the, "It's Mickey Mouse," com-
ments. Be specific: what's done wrong or
missing, or not well documented? What's
needed? Let me tell you, it's v-e-r-y hard to
respond to "Mickey Mouse," unless
you're Minnie!

If our Inventory Management System
isn't well suited to your industry or type of
business, tell us what that industry needs,
and how widespread is that need? We
aren't opposed to having two, or even six

inventory programs if there's a justifica-
tion.

Of course, I'm asking a one-sided favor,
since, if the mail gets really out of hand,
we won't be able to reply individually to
every letter.

The Tandy- to-Owner Circuit

We are Intensifying our efforts to effec-
tively communicate with you. This column
is one effort. Those of you who get the
TRS-80 newsletter know that our busy
computer division vice president, Jon
Shirley, is writing an always informative,
often entertaining monthly column, "The
View From the Seventh Floor."

Beginning in the December newsletter,
you'll find our product news revamped
with sections from each of our product
line managers (PLM), directed specifically
to owners of those products. "You'll find
pages for Model I/Ill owners, Model II, Col-
or Computer, Pocket Computer, Educa-
tors.

Each PLM will be sharing ideas with
you, telling you about new products, an-
swering common questions from owners,
giving you tips or hints, quirks or bugs, or
maybe an in-depth description of some
new item he's really excited about. You'll
find out who these guys are, and hopefully
"get to know" them. You can write to your
PLM any time you want to go right to the
horse's . . . uh . . . mouth. And please try to
write rather than call whenever possible.

This week, we added a new member to
the team. Bill Walters is an experienced
hardware and software hobbyist, as well
as having supervised a DEC PDP-11/70 in-
stallation for the Navy at one time. He has
authored several articles in Kilobaud Mi-
crocomputing. Sorry, Wayne, there I go
mentioning "competitive products."

Bill will fill the newly created position of
consumer Information manager. Specifi-
cally, he's here to help improve our com-
munications with you. When you write to
computer merchandising, you'll probably
get your reply from him. Bill will be a bit
less snagged In the details which some-
times bury our PLMs, so he'll be a much
more accessible I/O port for the depart-
ment.

12 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

META TECHNOLOGIES

FOR YOUR TRS-80 " DISK SYSTEM

MTC AIDS CALCULATION SUBSYSTEM-

MODEL I . . .$24.95 MODEL II . . .$39.95

Automatic Page
Numbering

■ User-specified
initial balance forward

Columnar values
computed using
constants and/or
column values

User-specihed customer activity report page i- —
page title

p I >CUSTOMER DATE QTY SALE AMT SALES TAX GROSS SALES ?/UNIT

Headings ~ oToO'

ACME 3/10 100 675.0,0 37.13 712,13 7.12

200 1325.00 72.88 21 10.00 6.99

3/20 400 2475.00 136. 13 4721.13 6.53

1/10 600 3625.00 199.38 854 5.50 6.37

4/20 400 2600.00 143.00 11268.50 6.B6

Optional ^^ ''■'oo io7oo.oo sss.so

Indentation ,.„^^ ^^^^ 200 1345.00 73.9a- TITotTTs 7.09'

7 3/15 100 674.00 37.07 13418.55 7.11

/ 200 129 5.00 71. 23 14784.77 6.83

/ 4/05 400 2435.00 133.93 17353.70 6.42

/ 4/10 150 935.00 51.43 18340.12 G.S8

/ 4/20 600 3585.00 197.18 22122.30 6.30

/ ^___,„-— — ^650 10269.00 564.80

Columnar subtotals/^ "^

o^^nAi-atPrf whPn^^^'=° 3/25 200 1325.00 72.88 23520.17 6.99

generatea wnen --<::" ^^^^ ^^^ 685.00 37.58 24242.35 7.23

mere IS a cnange ---...^^^^ 300 1940.00 106.70 26289.55*.^ 6.82

in a user-specified ^--~..,,_-^

column. ^"~~~^6oo 3950.00 217.25

XYZCO 3/10 150 995.00 54.73 27339. 27 7.00

200 134 5.00 73.98 2B7S8.25 7.09

3/20 50 355.00 19.53 29132.77 7.49

4/10 300 1975.00 108.63 31216.40 6.95

4/lS 400 2520.00 138.60 33874.00 6.65

User-Specified 4/20 700 4175.00 229.63 38279.62 6.29
Columnar Totals

1800 11365.00 625.08

■5750 36284.00 1995.62

Compare AIDS-IH™/CALCS-IH™ with any other data management package under $100!

Others make claims, CALCS-lir" delivers with user-specified:

• Fields in any order, with optional indentation • Columnar subtotals and totals

• Computations using field values and constants • Full AIDS-III selection of records to be printed

Use for accounting, inventory, financial and other numeric-based information packages.

Balance forward
calculations (Ex: Gross
sales equals previous
gross sales + sale
amount + sales tax)

iTM

CALCSIII REQUIRES THE PURCHASE OF AIDSIH™OR AIDS-I

iTM

Products damaged in

transit will be

exchanged.

Prices, Specifications,

and Offerings subject

to change without

notice.

MOST ORDERS

SHIPPED

WITHIN ONE

BUSINESS DAY

DEALER

INQUIRIES

INVITED

WE ACCEPT

• VISA

• MASTER CHARGE

• CHECKS

• MONEY ORDERS

• C.O.D.

T

1

• Add $2.50 for
standard UPS
shipping & handling

• $2.00 EXTRA
for COD.

• Ohio residents

add 5V2% sales tax.

TO PLACE ORDER
1-800-321-3552

CALL

TOLL

FREE

FOR PRODUCT INFO
1-800-321.3640

IN OHIO call (216)289-7500 (COLLECT)

1^20

IVJETfl Tech^qlqgjes CaRPQRflTjar^

26111 Brush Avenue. Euclid. Ohio 44132

•801032
TRS 80 IS 3 TM of Tandy Corp,
1980 by MelatechnotogJGS Corooration,

t^fteatfec Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 13

EDUCATION ^0

But, If I Have a Question?

How do you get it answered? Your first
avenue of attack should always be to
phone our computer services group. They
have toll-free numbers (1-800-433-1679
outside Texas, and 1-800-722-5914 if
you're in Texas) with several rotating in-
coming lines. A large staff of trained per-
sonnel is waiting there to help you with
questions on hardware, software, deliv-
ery, bugs, conversions, upgrades, or infor-
mation of a general nature. They have
most of the answers closer at hand than
the PLMs because they answer them
every day. When in doubt, call them first.

If merchandising needs to answer your
question, computer services will transfer
you to Bill. He will help you, or get you an
almost Immediate reply from your PLM.

The most effective way to communi-
cate directly with computer merchandis-
ing, though, is by letter. We have much
more time to consider your request or sug-
gestion, and act on it more effectively. We
also have a written record to follow up, or
refer to later. Whenever possible, it helps
us if you'll write.

In addition, we have Radio Shack bulle-
tins on the CompuServe Information Ser-
vice. When something comes up you
should know about, this is where you will
find it first. Bill will be updating this infor-
mation as often as necessary— weekly,
daily, or hourly.

if we've missed any bets, or you can
suggest a better way. . .write.

TRSDOS 2.0 for the Model II

We have released a new version of Mod-
el II TRSDOS that I think you're going to
like. WARNING: Although you can do an
orderly XFERSYS to convert a 1.2 diskette
to 2.0, do not attempt to use 2.0 and 1.2
disks in your system at the same time —

you will lose data!

Do not transfer any of our Radio Shack
software to 2.0. Use all of our software on
the DOS version on which it was released,
unless we make available a re-release of
the software on the later DOS. You can get
into serious trouble. (Example, moving
your General Ledger to 2.0, then updating
it with a 1.2 Accounts Receivable will de-
stroy one or both disks for you.)

New library commands include: ANA-
LYZE, which gives you disk allocation in-
formation organized by track; DUAL to du-
plicate output to video and line printer;
HELP, which helps with TRSDOS com-
mand syntax; HOST to allow keyboard in-
put from, and video output to, a remote
terminal via RS-232; SPOOL to save print-
er output in adisk file for later printing and
printing of the spool file while other opera-
tions are in progress; STATUS to display
current top of user memory and on/off sta-
tus of various TRSDOS functions. In addi-
tion, a new utility MEMTEST tests random
access memory.

2.0 also allows a key-ahead of up to 80
characters. You can enter the next com-
mand while the previous ones are being
executed, although the key-ahead is not
displayed on video until TRSDOS is ready
to interpret it.

Certain library commands now allow
wild card entries in their fields.

TRSDOS now maintains an alternate di-
rectory on the disk. If for some reason the
main directory becomes unreadable, the
alternate is used to allow continued ac-
cess to the diskette. There is an increased
level of protection against an Improper
change of diskettes, and some new and
changed Supervisor Calls (SVCs).

Color Computer Questions

Jim Howell of San Jose, GA wrote me,
asking some significant questions about
our new color computer. I've written him,

but would like to repeat some of the an-
swers here, since I suspect they're of gen-
eral interest.

Jim wondered why we limited screen
lines to 32 characters. The answer Is that
the resolution of some (especially older)
home color televisions simply won't pro-
duce a usable display with more than 32
characters per line or 16 tines per screen.

The question of CAPS LOCK was raised.
(Lowercase characters are not displayed
on the screen, although they are sent out
via the RS-232.) The answer is, a "shift 0"
goes from all caps to lowercase and back.
Lowercase shows up on the screen as re-
verse video characters.

And finally, Jim had a question about
Model III: Why didn't we put more keys on
the keyboard with special symbols? Pri-
marily because a typewriter keyboard is
friendlier to the first time user. Thanks,
Jim.

More Rumors. . .Again!

I just received an October TRS-80-re-
lated publication (which shall remain
nameless), and read where we have a
Model IV and a Model V coming! Model IV,
it said will even be available by the end of
this year. V\IOW\ I knew there was a rea-
son I still subscribed to that one, it's al-
ways the first place 1 hear about our new
products.

Of course, this is the same fellow who
predicted a Radio Shack eight-inch disk
for Model I by March or April of 1979. (Any-
one seen it yet?)

Take my advice and don't lose sleep
over this one either! We'll continue to up-
grade our line as technology and demand
dictate. And we're constantly thinking a
year or two ahead. That's not inside infor-
mation — it's grade-school logic. Most ru-
mors, and these in particular, are pure fic-
tion, but I guess — like controversy— ru-
mors sell subscriptions. ■

Features of the FATIGUE FIGHTER

Q REDUCES OPERATOR FATIOUE THEREBY ALLOWINO MORE EFFI-
CIENT USE OF THE COMPUTER.

Q INSTALLS EASILY WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. NO
SCREWS, CUPS, OR DRILUNO TO DAMAGE MONITOR.

tS DESIGNED TO MATCH TR8-S0« STYUNO FROM THE BLACK AND
SILVER BORDER TO THE LETTERINO TYPE FACE.

'^ MADE OF TOUGH 1/8 INCH THICK ACRYUC SHEET FOR DURABIL-
ITY, EASY OF CLEANING. AND A QUALITY APPEARANCE.

J FITS BOTH THE MODEL I AND THE MODEL II.

Q DOES NOT VOID THE COMPUTER WARRANTY.

TO ORDER :

TRS40 rs A THADEMADK OF TANDY

SwHJ Nama S Addraaa Typad or Cl**rly Pritilad wltli
., CMck or Monay Otdar lor t12.e5 Each. Including Ship-
ping. COD'S arv tZSO Additional Par OnSar t ara Ac-
caplad by Mall or by Calling 9CM-37S-24M 9-5 M-F.
Florida Rtaldanta Add 4% Salaa Tax.

SOUTHERN IIUNOVATIVE DESIGN
1580 NORTHEAST 1STH STREET
GAINSVILLE, FLORIDA 3S601 >^373

for *xtmcl«d vl**ilr>«. £«♦

tivitw p*«ks in Umt or«<*n

of Kin* spffotruw. &)ntra#t im «n-
h«no«<t bw r«ckjcirt9 th* asblani
light falling on • CKT. ThM*
thr*« f«otor« aem/^inw to fight
opcr-ator fatifKt*. Fincllw w*
wanted i«or« lh«n jM#t function.
U« uont«d » filter th«t v>l«u«Itv
match«d TRS-ee SlvUns- Ptoti«-*d
h*i"* in tutict ot our »uoo#«if a
inroAtcl WW «r* r>roud of.

14 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

AILING INFORMATION ?

r-ynr^

r-Yr-n->i

!Meta TecfinoCogies

FIRST AIDS KIT

^

^

DOCTOR IT UP WITH MTC AIDS-I

TM

•Works with cassette and/or disk.

• Up to 10 user-defined fleids, records up to 264 characters long.

• Machine-code assisted sorting: 200 records in about 5 seconds, any combination of fleids.

• Full editing capabilities:

Backspace, Right-Justify, Delete fieid, Restore field, Skip field. Enter fleid. Skip record. Delete record.

• Full selection capabilities:

Choose records to be worked on using any one of 7 comparisons.

Examples: NAME greater than L or STATE equal OH or PRICE less than 99.00

• Selections effective for the following main functions:

• LOAD records from cassette or disk
•SAVE records to cassette or disk

• SORT records 'DELETE records

• UPDATE/ADD records •PRINT/DISPLAY records

• Print/display any combination of fields In any order. In any position on a page-use for mailing labels, lists, etc.

MTC AIDS-I (Model I) $34.95

Write for our complete catalog, or

TO PLACE ORDER
1-800-321-3552

FOR PRODUCT INFO
1-800-321-3640

^20

CALL

TOLL
FREE

IN OHIO call (216)289-7500 (COLLECT)

ITlETfl TeCHMQLQGJES CQRPaRflTOM

26111 Brush Avenue. Euclid. Ohio 44132 , igaobyMeiatecnnoiogiescorDoranon. iic

•SO'OIO
TRS-80 IS a TM o! Tanfly Corp.

j^fleatfer Service—see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 15

5i9 INPUT

'7 also feel I was

burned by your precious

programmers, . ... I've become

very leery of purchasing

anyttiing from just about anyone."

Strings Congratulations

Congratulations on the two excellent
.articles on "Strings" in the last two issues
of your magazine, by Mr. John D. Adams.
The second article did have a listing miss-
ing. I suppose this will be corrected in the
November issue?

1 find the Level II Manual furnished with
the TRS-80 leaves quite a lot to be learned
from elsewhere. Such articles as you have
offered here are most helpful to those of
us who do not have a computer back-
ground but would like to learn our way
around. If Mr. Adams were to take us
through the manual, chapter by chapter
as he is doing with "Strings," it would
make my subscription to your magazine a
good investment.

David. D. England
Alamagordo, NM

Liices Adams

Just wanted to compliment you on the
two part series that appeared in the Sep-
tember and October issues under the title
"Pulling Strings Together."

The articles are well written, concise
and to the point. The illustrative examples
are short and well chosen.

I hope that you see fit to have Mr. John
D. Adams, author of these articles, write
something more for future editions.

Charles B. Steele
La Jolla, CA 92037

The Armed Citizen

Well, you've done a great service to
your advertisers and the industry you're
so loudly trying to protect by telling us in
great detail that the copyright laws don't
protect software anymore (if they ever did)
and how it is now apparently legal (though
in poor taste) to operate a commercial
software trading organization. (I'll bet
they love your free advertisement for
that!)

As for myself, your taking over 10 per-
cent of the article space In your "Maga-

zine for TRS-80 Users" explaining how
poor and abused the commercial pro-
grammers of America are and what das-
tardly scoundrels the users of America
are, Is rather a bore. Who is purchasing
the programs that are sold? Anyway, I
think the essence could have been stated
in one or two pages. Then the cover and 10
pages could have been devoted to users
articles and information.

Further, I believe the value of users
groups to generate interest and draw ad-
ditional people into the field far outweighs
the copying problem you belabor. What I
would have given to get some information
and help In '78 when I purchased my
TRS-80! II You see, I also feel I was burnt
by your precious programmers, including
such names as Radio Shack and FMG.
I've become very leery of purchasing any-
thing from just about anyone.

I believe a much greater service could
have been rendered if an in-depth article
had been written about the Microsoft
compiler and how it is next to useless for a
TRS-80 Model I because of the vast memo-
ry and disk space it eats up, instead of this
12 page (yawn) verbal tantrum.

Really, I think your article probably did
more harm than good to your advertisers.
Please stick to your motto of helping
users and don't waste space with this
"crying on each other's shoulder" routine.
I'm really not interested. I purchased your
magazine for the good It can do me in my
craft, not to have my wrists slapped con-
tinuously for your envisioned great injus-
tice.

Please get off your soap box and return
to the great magazine you started. I'm still
looking for, and will purchase, good pro-
gramming for my business.

Ronald S. Kime, President

Dry Gulch & Tombstone RR, Inc.

Wytheville, VA

The editors of 80 Microcomputing accept
your criticism and hope that you and your
lobotomy are healing well.

Triple Play

in reference to the article "Triple Play"
for T-BUG In the October 80, 1 found what

appears to be four typos, as the program
will not work, at least with my T-BUG.

The locations and changes required
are:

4AAC FC 74

4B88 43 74

4C69 A5

4CAA CF

Without these changes, the required
changes at 7443 and 74FC are missed.
The error at 4CAA correctly increments
the last line of addresses in the table.
Without this change, 64K addresses are
put into lower programs.

Fred W. Wise, P.E.
Windsor, PA

Just Fol-de-rol?

After the October issue of 80 Microcom-
puting, I pray we can expect a respite from
the Chicken Little propaganda campaign
presently rampant among this and other
micro-media regarding program "protec-
tion." I do agree that outright theft for the
purpose of direct sale to the public should
be a matter for concern, however, vendors
practicing such activities are few, and af-
fected software houses could join togeth-
er to handle the matter — now!

I suggest all concerned review the thirty
years development of an even larger tech-
nological industry— High Fidelity Audio
—and consider its millions of tape record-
ers in the hands of the general public.
Even the recent video recording flap has
subsided to a mild whisper.

As a programmer and program pur-
chaser, what irks me most about all this
haranguing in the media is the complete
Indifference to the end user— your bread
and butter! In the past year I alone have
spent over $800 for various programs and
utilities. Only a few are usable as Is, some
I was able to correct, the rest reside in my
junk drawer, which has become substan-
tial. With the exception of only a few soft-
ware vendors, such as Computronics,
rarely can one return unusable programs.
Caveat Emptor, eh!

Criticism, without plaudits when due, is
unproductive. Indeed, we do have pro-

16 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

META TECHNOLOGIES

FOR YOUR TRS-80™ DISK SYSTEM

PROGRAMMING
TOOLS

TDAM S19.95

For Model II $29.95

Includes MIC QUE Card!

Having troubte with RANDOM FILES? With MTC's
Table-Driven Access Method (TDAM) you'll never
fret over FIELDin^ again. No knowledge of
random access liles is required. Insert the TDAM
"Interpreter" into any BASIC program and type in
a few DATA statements describing the information
In your files. TDAM does the rest! Reads and
writes fields and records of any type (even com-
presses a DATE field Into 3 bytes!). Features
automatic file buffer allocation/deallocation,
memory buffering, sub record blocking/de-
blocking, and handles up to 255 fields per record.
Super fast and super simple! Complete with
TDAM interpreter, instructions and demo pro-
gram. Requires programming experience.

SIFTER $19.95

For Model II $29.95

Twelve in-memory high-speed sorts for use In any
BASIC program: stable, nonstable, with/without
tags, for numeric or string data. Random File
Sort included. Some sorts written in machine
code. Includes sort subroutines, demo p-ograms
and instructions. Rek>cate as needed with
REBUILD. Requires programming experience.

SHRINK $19.95

For Model II $29.95

Makes Every Byte Count! Make programs
smaller and faster! Combines lines & removes un-
necessary code including remarks, without alter-
ing program operation. Typically reduces pro-
gram size 25% to 40%.

SUPERSEDE $19.95

For Modem $29.95

A "must have" for the professional programmer
or the serwus amateur. Probably one of the
greatest time-savers available. Write programs in
shorthand - change variable names - generate
program documentation - use with REBUILD and
MINGLE to bulk] new programs from old ones.

MINGLE-II $19.95

For Model II $29.95

Merge up to 14 files (Program or Data) into a
single file. Data files may be merged In ascending
or descending sequence with the ordering based
on a user-specified comparison field. A very han-
dy utility for consolidating data files.

"OTHER MYSTERIES"
VOLUME II

foreword by

H.C. PENNINGTON

A' OTHICK ,MYSTa?u:s

Call now and place your order tor tnis new book,
"MICROSOFTTM BASIC DECODED & OTHER
MYSTERIES for the TRS-80TM", from IJG, Inc.
A primer for cassette and disk BASIC on the
TRS-80TM, the Information provided applies to
similar MICROSOFTTM BASIC interpreters.
Features Include definition of terms, an over-
view of BASIC and DOS, explanation of exits, er-
ror codes, verb actions, "'cold" and "warm"
restart procedures and examination of system
utilities, arithmetic support and I/O driver
routines, and the communications region in
RAM. Individual routines are explained in detail,
with an index provided for easy access. Appen-
dixes include tables for BASIC and DOS vectors,
stacks and Interrupt locations, PLUS thousands
of comment lines for the complete
MICROSOFTTM BASIC.

MICROSOFTTM BASIC DECODED . $29.95

The perfect supplement for your
NEWDOS, from IJG, Inc.

"TRS-80^" DISK AND
OTHER MYSTERIES"

by Harvard C. Pennington

132 pages wrrltten in PLAIN ENGLISH packed
with HOW TO information with details, examples
and in-depth explanations. Recover lost files and
directories, remove file protection, make BASIC
programs unlistable. How to use SUPERZAP,
recover from DOS errors and MORE!

TRS-80TM DISK $19.95

INEWDOS/80
by Apparat
Apparat's k)ng-awatted successor to NEWDOS-f
Is here! l^iis is not an enhanced verskm of
NEWDOS, but a completely new product.
Simplified DOS commands can be Instantly ex-
ecuted from BAStC. even within a program,
without disturbing the resident code. System op-
tions, such as password protection, number and
type of disk drives, BREAK key enable/disable
and k)wercase modificatkKi recc^nitkin. can be
quk:kly and easily changed. Five new random-
access file types allow record lengths of up to
4096 bytes, and no FIELDing! A powerful CHAIN
facility allows keyboard INPUTs to be read from a
disk file. An improved RENUMBER facility per-
mits groups of statements to be rek>cated within
program code. Diskettes may even be
desfgnated as RUN-ONLY! Features all
NEWDOS^ utilities (SUPERZAP 3.0. etc.) and
much morel One MTC technkal staff member
said having NEWDOS/80 is "better than sex"
(you'll have to judge for yourself!). Includes
180-page Instructkin manual and MTC QUE
card.
NEWDOS/80 $ 149.95

MTC QUE Card only $7.50

CALL REGARDING OUR NEWDOS+ UPGRADE
PRICING.

Complete for Model I with all utilities
Plus exclusive MTC QUE card!

NEWDOS +

$69

95

by Apparat

'Includes REF, RENUM, SUPERZAP. EDITOR/ 1
ASSEM., DISASSEM., DIRCHECK, and more! This
is the original NEWDOS with all of Apparat's utility

frc^rams. Includes exclusive MTC QUE (Quick User
ducatun) card.

MTC QUE Card only $1.50 J

MORE

PRODUCTS

Products damaged in

transit will be

exchanged.

Prices, Specifications,

and Offerings subject

to change without

notice.

1

MOST ORDERS

SHIPPED

WITHIN ONE

BUSINESS DAY

DEALER

INQUIRIES

INVITED

i

WE ACCEPT

• VISA

• MASTER CHARGE

• CHECKS

• MONEY ORDERS

• C.O.D.

TO PLACE ORDER
1-800-321 -3552

CALL

TOLL

FREE

IN OHIO call (216)289-7500 (COLLECT)

1-

Add $2.50 for
standard UPS
shipping & handling
$2.00 EXTRA
for C.O.D.
Ohio residents
add 5'/2% sales tax.

FOR PRODUCT INFO
1 ■800-321 -3640

,.^20

lYlETfl TECHWaLQGJES CaRPaRflTOM

26111 Brush Avenue. Euclid. Ohio 44132

TRS 80 IS a TM of Tandy Corp.
■-■1980 by Metatechnologies Corporaiion. Inc.

t^ Reader Service^see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 17

so INPUTS

grams available which are excellent and,
In some cases, superb.

On another note, in return for the many
tips I've received from your readers, I
would litte to pass on a few of my own.

In your October issue a reader, R. J.
Lighten, complained that reverse indenta-
tion was not possibie with Scripsit.

As a consulting engineer I write reams
of technical documents requiring such
structure and find it quite possible with
Scripsit. 1 suggest interested readers read
pages 1 and 5 of the Scripsit "Instruction
Summary Guide."

Those using renumbering utilities who
have experienced failure to renumber
lines following GOTO or GOSUB inside
conditional statements: check to see if
you used the shorthand "," in place of
"then." The "," is a delimiter and the
renumbering program often ignores the
balance of the statement beyond it. For
example:

800 IF A$>2000, 880 ELSE GOSUB 950

900 IF AS>2000, THEN 880 ELSE GOSUB 950

Line 800 will not usually come out with 880
or 950 properly renumbered; line 900 will.

Those with 15-inch printers wishing to
tab beyond the normal 64 limit can resort
to any of the following.

To position B$ at tab, 95:

200 LPRINTSTRING$(95 - PEEK(16539).32};B$

200 LPRINTSTRINQ$(95," "JiBS

200 LPRINTSTRING$(95,32);BS

200 LPRINTSTRING$(A,32);BS {whereA = 95)

Use whichever works best with your
printer.

Thank you for giving us a great publica-
tion. In parting, could I ask that you
research the other side of the software
coin and give us some articles covering
the many problems plaguing your users.

L. M. Phelps
Northfield, MN

Mod II Articles, Anyone?

I am a subscriber to your magazine, 80
Microcomputing. I have enjoyed it im-
mensely for the past year. I particularly
like and learn from your tutorial articles. I
am writing you today because I have both
a complaint and a request.

I own a Radio Shack Model II computer.
My problem is, most articles written for
your magazine are for the Model I. That is
to say, they liberally use commands which
were not put into the Model II. I specifical-
ly refer to PEEK, POKE, SET and RESET.

As you may have guessed by now, my
interest in the Model II is strictly business.

I have installed it in my office and have
hired a programmer who is presently
working for us. However, that does not
mean that 1 would not like to learn to pro-
gram in BASIC. I am presently doing just
that, taking a college course in data pro-
cessing.

My reason for writing you today is to
suggest that you add articles to your mag-
azine which have the Model 11 in mind. 1
would hope that some of these articles
would be of a tutorial nature. I would also
suggest articles on ways we can avoid us-
ing the four commands I mentioned pre-
viously, which are in the Model I, but not in
the Model II.

I look forward to hearing from you, for
this is the first time I have made this re-
quest of anyone. Model II sales, according
to the company, have gone up dramatical-
ly, and there are a significant number of
businessmen who own this computer. 1
am sure that all of us would be interested
in seeing articles adaptable to this ma-
chine. Marvin L Gaie, M.D.
Chula Vista, CA

We are currently looking for articles and
programs written for the Mod ii, and hope
to publish more in the future. Readers?
—Eds.

Shack Woes

I am a new and proud (?) owner of a
shiny TRS-80 Model III. My problems start-
ed back at the friendly Radio Shack store
when I discovered that the cassette re-
corder and cables were out of stock and
had not been shipped. I tried vainly to plug
another cable into the Model III, only to
discover that the jack is smaller than that
on the Model I. 1 thought I could at least
use my printer, because all the catalogs
indicated that the same cable that fits the
expansion interface would fit the Model
ill. No such luck! A 34-pin connector is
necessary!

At least 1 could study the manual and
play with the unit until my recorder and
cables arrive. My ameizement continued
when 1 discovered that all the keyboard
generated controls and special charac-
ters do not function as specified in the
shiny new operation manual. Ail was not
lost, however, because Radio Shack has
thoughtfully included a little blue slip that
indicates that I can have those missing
capabilities If I will send my Model ill to a
service center and pay $20.00 for the addi-
tion.

The whole thing borders on false adver-
tisement and misrepresentationll is

Radio Shack saving on the costs of a
future manual for a future machine, sav-
ing on production costs, in too much of a
hurry, or all three?

1 do think, however, that I will like my
Model 111 once I am able to use it.

Arlen Richards
Devils Lake, ND

Lowercase Strings

A thousand thanks for the article, "Low-
ercase With Strings Attached," by Milan
D. Chepko, M.D. which appeared in the
August issue. I have a 48K TRS-80 system
with a Centronics printer and have been
wondering how to easily handle my upper
and lowercase string requirements with-
out continuously holding down the shift
key to get the lowercase alphabet printed
on my printer. Indeed, the change pro-
gram is slow, but the time loss is made up
by faster keyboard entry.

However, I did find one problem, if a
string variable is entered for X$ and then a
second string entry is a null string for X$,
the computer will assign the first string
variable to the second. This occurs be-
cause X$ has not been set to null prior to
returning from the gosub routine. This is
easily fixed as follows.

Change 10160 to read NEXT B:X$ = "":
RETURN. I have used thisonalarge string
input program and have had no problem at
all.

Dennis R. Morgan
San Jose, CA

Proper Input
for Lumber List

1 have received a number of inquiries
regarding the proper input responses to
the "Rough Lumber List" program pub-
lished in 80 Programs for the TRS-80. The
trick is to always answer lengthy ques-
tions in the form xxFTyylN (FT is manda-
tory, IN is optional). The program has an
accumulator function built in for wall
lengths. When all lengths of a type have
been entered, hit ENTER again and the
program will advance to the next wall
type. Roof pitch responses are in the form
xxFTyylN/xxFFyylN.

I have a detailed crib sheet that 1 will
gladly forward to anyone who sends me a
SASE.

Dave Brickner

205 E. Caribbean

Phoenix, AZ 85022

Continued lo p. 28

18 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

^^^^^^^r

Whatever "^

^^^^V

happe

ued to

^^^^^H^

eenie.

meenie.

P^^

mine\

ZJ^

. ..apcrfcci J

k

r

i-ifi for thai |

^

\

urban cowgirl!

u

%i

Mayhc ihi.s'll

\\

^

help me choose

Mm

^mBT

u career. ..

w

^\

1 could ^^^

ll--

jIhi

use it to

^^ri

^^^H

select my staff.

J^l

H^^H

/ could be
another
^Solomon..

This may put
the Godfather
j)ut of business.

Ifonly
my heart
would slopl

<racing . . .

\^^:

ft must use

Bayesiaii ,

weighted factor

analysis, and..

Brilliant.'
Like a window
into the future

Would I
rather have
Winston's millions
or Billy Joe's
love'^

Hmimnm.. .

could be

my ticket

to the Boardroom.

Should I

huy stock

or commodities

in this ecoiwmx?

r^

Can't any

of these people

^^ afford $29. 95 :'

TM

When DecisionMaster speaks everybody listens

Let's face it. We all have to make decisions. Decisions thai can change our lives. Decisions thai can
make us happy or unhappy. Decisions thai could win us fame or forlunc. Now. DecisionMaster
can help you make the best decisions of your life.

Use Bayesian theory to peer into the future... even if you've never heard of the Bayes'Rule.
Do a complete weighted factor analysis. . .without knowing what one is. Use discounted
iash flow to compare investment alternatives without bothering with present value
tables. These and other sophisticated theories that were once the exclusive domain of
professors and top business executives are huili into DecisionMasters algorithms. . .
so you can use them at the touch of a key !

DecisionMaster is easy to use. It features:

• A fully documented manual developed by an authority in the field.

• A unique program-controlled cross reference system.

• A powerful formatted -screen data entry system.

You'll use DecisionMaster in hundreds of routine decisions,
as well as more important ones such as* Buying a house

• Changingjobs* Selecting investment* Evaluating insur-
ance policies* Expanding product lines* Leasing vs.
purchasing.

If you buy only one computer program this year,
make it DecisionMaster. And when it speaks,
listen .

SOmPUTs

TAB Aid

This is in response to one of your
readers requesting heip with TAB
statements greater than "TAB(64)",
when used with "LPRINT" statements.

There are a coupie of soiutions to
this probiem. The best way is to use
string statements: LPRINT STRINGS
(30," ");B$ (the value you want printed),
for example. There are times, however,
when this statement will not print at
the same location because of the vari-
able length of the string printed before
it. In this event, try a statement like
LPRINT STRING$(30-LEN(A$)," ");B$
{the value you want). This will locate
each printout in the same location
each time when the value printed
before is A$. If there are several items
on one line you could even try a state-
ment like LPRINTSTRING$(75-(LEN
(A$) + LEN(B$) + LEN(C$) + LEN(D$)),
" ";E$ {the value you want).

There are times when you will be us-
ing integers instead of strings; in this
case, you LPRINT USING K$ for each
value printed {for example, where you
know that K$ is ###### each time).
Then a simple LPRINT STRING$(30," ")
;A$ or A (the value you want) will put
you in the same location each time.

This has worked for me in every ap-
plication and I believe that this will fit
most every need you have.

Joseph D. Saladino

Box 489

Phillipsburg, KS 67661

Line Printer Squeal

I am having a problem with my new
Radio Shack Line Printer IV, and since
Radio Shack has not been able to help,
perhaps you or one of your readers
could.

When the Line Printer IV is on, it
emits a loud high-frequency whistle.
Not only is this annoying, but after a
half hour or so it causes almost every-
one near my machine to get a head-
ache. Incidentally, I have been advised
by Radio Shack that all Line Printer
IV's emit this sound. I have also been

advised by Radio Shack's computer
service hot line that they do not have a
fix and one is not likely.

They are aware that the problem is
being caused by thepowertransistors.
Perhaps one of your readers has the
solution?

Roger Schechter

54 Park Ave.

Verona, NJ 07044

Scripsit Source Files

In the October issue of 80 Microcom-
puting, page 16, R.J. Lighton said in
his letter "... that Scripsit is an excel-
lent means for generating source files
for the disk assembler. . . "

1 tried using Scripsit to generate the
source file for my disk editor {RS
26-2202 by Microsoft), and found that
the end-of-line block (ENTER) does not
generate a proper line ending for the
disk editor. My system has the stock
RS upper/lower modification with my
own disable switch. No combination of
characters or hardware changes
seemed to help get the line ending cor-
rect.

Scripsit does appear to be a delight-
ful method of editing, but entirely use-
less unless 1 can get this problem re-
solved. Perhaps you might be able to
provide an answer or relay my query to
Mr. Lighton?

Dr. Alan D. Wilcox

PO Box 151

Archbald, PA 18403

TAB and LPRINT

Re: letter from Rolf Roethlisberger,
"80 Aid," November 80 Microcomput-
ing.

The problem with TAB and LPRINT
is not a bug in his ROM. Apparently the
TAB command is limited to position
0-63 (to match the video). One way
around the problem is to use the semi-
colon to suppress the CR/LF and send
any additional LPRINTs to TAB(63).

The printer will keep adding them on to
the last position after any LPRINT that
hits 63 or beyond. {In the example,
periods are shown instead of spaces
for clarity.)

10 LPRINTTAB(60rTEST";TAB(63)". . .TEST";

TAB(63r'...TEST"
20 LPRINTTAB(63rTEST";TAB(63)". .TEST";

TAB(63)"..TEST"

Line 10 will put the word TEST at
print positions 60, 67 and 74. Line 20
will put the word TEST at print posi-
tions 63, 69 and 75. This will work
equally as well with PRINT USING
statements, numeric or string vari-
ables. You only have to remember to
count the actual spaces that will be
used by your variables (remember nu-
merics include a space before and af-
ter the number). A simple worksheet is
invaluable in setting up video or printer
formats. I use lines like the following:

012345678 9 J.1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2_1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 3_1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9^1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9^1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 6_1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9I_1 23456789

Do that several times on a blank
sheet of paper and then run it through
your friendly copier.

Albert S. Adams

10614 Norman Ave.

Fairfax, VA 22030

Justowriter, Anyone?

I have been enjoying your publica-
tion since the first issue, keep up the
good work.

I have a problem that I hope you or
your readers can help me with. About
two or three years ago I read an article
interfacing a computer (I think a
TRS-80) to a Friden 'Justowriter'.
About one year ago I found a Justo-
writer but haven't found any informa-
tion about it, and cannot locate the ar-
ticle. I would sure appreciate any Infor-
mation.

Richard L. Cross

224 Marshall Dr.

Ft. Walton Beach. PL 32548

20 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

ITEM NO.
WK-7

IC INSERTION/EXTRACTION KIT

• MOS-1416 14-16 CMOS SAFE INSERTER

KIT INCLUDES • MOS.2428 24-28 CMOS safe inserter nil J}:«cS^o"s*iI?E EXTRACTOR
• MOS-40 36-40 CMOS SAFE INSERTER * "^ ^* *" *'"°* **'^^ EXTRACTOR

OK MACHINE & TOOL CORPORATION

3455 CONNER ST., BRONX, N.Y. 10475 U.S-A.

PHONE (2i;i 99a.B600 lELEK NO 1IS091

'RtNTEO IN U,S A.

EX-1

PATENT PeHQINe

MOS-2428

l^

k

MOS-1416

MOS-40

EX-2

COMPLETE IC INSERTER/ EXTRACTOR KIT | $29.95 |

WK-7

INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS

MOS-1416

14-16 PIN MOS CMOS SAFE INSERTER

$ 7.95

MOS-2428

24-28 PIN MOS CMOS SAFE INSERTER

$ 7.95

MOS-40

36-40 PIN MOS CMOS SAFE INSERTER

$ 7.95

EX-1

14-16 PIN EXTRACTOR TOOL

$ 1.49

EX-2

24-40 PIN CMOS SAFE EXTRACTOR TOOL

$ 7.95

MINIMUM BILLING $25.00. ADD SHIPPING CHARGE $2.00. NEW YORK RESIDENTS ADD APPLICABLE TAX.

OK MACHINE & TOOL CORPORATION 3455 CONNER ST., BRONX, N.Y. 10475 (212) 994-6600/TELEX 125091

^ReaOei Service—see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 21

5^ ACCOUNTANT

by Michael Tannenbaum C.P.A.

"Early attempts to create an electronic
file cabinet were limited by the cassette
storage medium and limited memory. . .
However. . . these programs have proliferated."

Consider the following familiar scenar-
io: You are sitting at your desk des-
perately trying to reduce the level of your
"In" box before a long weekend, when
your boss announces that the finance
committee has just rejected the annual
budget and he (in other words, you) has
been directed to prepare a new, realistic
one before the next meeting. Since the
next meeting is on Monday It will no doubt
be a long weekend.

If this scene is all too familiar, you are
already a candidate for a corporate micro-
computer. The demand for software in
this area has created a new spectrum of
products that can be properly called man-
agement tools.

One promising use for the corporate mi-
crocomputer is for electronic filing. With
the power of the micro, data can be filed
and retrieved with multiple keys. For ex-
ample, a purchasing agent can file ven-
dors alphabetically, by type of material, by
drawing number or any other key informa-
tion. Then, when an inquiry is made, all
that is required is the key word or phrase,
and the vendor will be recalled. The time
saved with this technique alone can pay
for the micro.

Early attempts to create an electronic
file cabinet were limited by the cassette
storage medium and limited memory.
However, with the increasing availability
of reliable disk drives these programs
have proliferated.

Electronic filing programs are distinct
from most data base programs in that
they access data via multiple key words.
Since access is the primary purpose of the
data base program, the efficiency with
which this Is accomplished is of primary
concern.

Two Data Base Programs

For this month's column I have exam-
ined two data base programs: Tandy's
Profile II and the Micro Architect's IDM-
M2. Of the two, the IDM-M2 is an older
package originally written for the Model I
and transferred to the Model II. IDM is also
written in BASIC, where Profile is written
In machine language.

I created a small data base, using the
documentation furnished, that allowed

me to initialize the programs but only gave
me a slight idea as to their access effi-
ciency.

Profile and IDM initialize similarly. Both
require a file definition. IDM requires that
you specify numeric or alphanumeric at-
tributes of a field. This is not required by
Profile. Once your field is defined, both
systems require specification of a maxi-
mum file size.

In the IDM system, the maximum file
size has to be set at a prime number. Un-
fortunately, I don't have a prime number
table so I just guessed. Apparently my
guess was valid, because the initialization
procedure continued without an error
message. Initialization takes time be-
cause IDM sets up a complete file for each
potential record. This Is beneficial be-
cause any disk problem can be detected
before a large file is created.

IDM does not size the disk before initial-
ization. It is possible, therefore, to go
through an initialization process and run
out of disk space. In this case, according
to the manual, the system just hangs. This
should be corrected by adding an error
message.

Profile supports a considerably more
complicated file structure than IDM. A
Profile data record can be divided into
four segments. Segment one, a maximum
of 85 characters in length, contains all the
keys to the file. The remaining three seg-
ments are data segments and should con-
tain information which will never be ac-
cessed, except through the keys in seg-
ment one.

A useful example of Profile data might
be a magazine article index. The first seg-
ment would contain all classification keys
for the article such as magaizine name,
data of Issue, type of article and field of in-
terest. The remaining segments can be
used to store a brief article summary.
Each segment holds up to 256 characters.

With a data base this complex, initiali-
zation takes some time, but this holds true
for both systems.

Profile Glitters

Once the data base has been defined
and Intialized, IDM is ready to go. Not so
with Profile. A data entry screen must be

defined first. Here is where Profile posi-
tively glitters. Using the F1 and F2 keys,
captions can be steered to various posi-
tions on the screen. Fields can be defined
as numeric or alphanumeric to control
data entry.

The screen generator program allows
graphics and reverse lettering to be used
to add life to a screen. With a little effort
the resulting screen can look really pro-
fessional. Up to five screens can be de-
fined for a data base. Each screen is indi-
vidually password-protected.

Data entry for both systems is straight-
forward. Despite its beautifully formatted
screen. Profile lacks a data log. IDM has
the advantage by offering you the option
to print out each entry after an update.
This can be Important If the system will be
used to store accounting data such as a
membership billing list or an inventory.

Despite my small sample, once data Is
entered, the speed of Profile over IDM is
clearly apparent. Both programs allow a
great latitude in searching for desired
data. The desired key field can be greater
than, equal to or less than the key word.
Profile also allows connectives to narrow
the search to a specific target record or
range. A search can be made for Smith
AND John or Jones OR Smith.

Maintaining Profile

To maintain Profile, data can be added
to or subtracted from the existing data
base by defining a data entry field as a
-Hnn or a -nn field. The nn refers to a
previously defined field number in the
data base.

This procedure might tempt you to turn
Profile into an accounts receivable or In-
ventory system, but this should be avoid-
ed unless you develop a data entry log-
ging procedure. Without a log, the file
could quickly become inaccurate because
of posting errors.

Both systems Include a report custom-
izer. The customizer is a high point of the
IDM system. Using the report-writer pro-
gram you can develop specifications that
indicate fields to be printed, the sequence
of printing, record filter and arithmetic op-
erations desired for numeric data. The
report writer can also alter the data base

22 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

after printing to zero fields, replace the
value of the field with a calculated value or
blank the field entirely. Instructions to the
report writer are stored as a special for-
mat file. Up to 10 formats can be stored.

The reporting program for Profile is not
as elaborate. The data base cannot be
altered, and there are no provisions for
arithmetic operations other than totaling.
Where IDM can pick up to four different
fields for sequencing, Profile is limited to
one. The length of this field, however, can
be expanded to cover the entire first seg-
ment. Therefore it is important that the
keys are placed into the first segment in a
logical manner. One note of vt/arning: The
capacity of the sort program in the print
reports function is 28,000 characters. If
the full 85 character record is selected on-
ly 329 records can be sorted.

Prior to printing, both programs sort
your data. The original IDM program used
a rather time-consuming BASIC sort. The
version submitted for evaluation had a
machine language sort program. With my
small sample size both programs worked
quite fast.

Both programs print labels. Profile has
greater flexibility in this area than IDM.
Profile's label specification program de-
fines label formats using any of the data
record fields. IDM uses a fixed format.
Line three of the label is field #1, line four
is field #2 and line five is field #3.

Both programs also have extensive
password protection facilities.

Both Flexible

Limitations of time and space really
prevent an in-depth analysis of all the fea-
tures of both systems.

Profile has an edge over IDM in its ac-
cess speed. Since it was written specifi-
cally for the Model II and not adapted from
a Model I package, this Is not suprising.
However, IDM with Its essential routines
in BASIC can be customized for other ap-
plications.

I must include a closing note about the
documentation of both programs. Profile's
is far superior to IDM's. I found getting
started confusing in both systems. What
is needed is a test data base, which can be
used as a tutorial In both systems. Profile
includes test data in the documentation
which can be keyed to demonstrate the
features of the system.

Profile II is available at Radio Shack for
the Model II only. A version is available for
the Model I, but it is quite different from
the Profile system tested. IDM is available
for both the Model I and Model II from the
Micro Architect, Arlington, MA. Versions
of IDM are available for tape-based Model
I systems. ■

THE ASSEIIBIY IINE

by William Barden, Jr.

Towards the beginning of each month,
my wife notices subtle changes in me
— my beard grows faster, my eyebrows
start to get bushy, and I snarl at her in
wolfliketones.Yes, it's Assembly Line col-
umn time once again... This month, I
thought I would throw together a short
and easy program that would compress a
BASIC program by deleting blanks and
REM lines. Unfortunately, I had forgotten
a rudimentary programming axiom-
there are no short and easy programs
"thrown together."

Back to BASIC

The first step was researching the Level
II BASIC interpreter internals, a fairly diffi-
cult task forTRS-80 users. As you may sur-
mise, Microsoft and Radio Shack are
somewhat secretive about the operation
of the Level II BASIC interpreter. If I had in-
vested thousands of man hours writing a
piece of software, I would also be fairly re-
luctant to hand out annotated source list-
ings at K-Mart. On the other hand, it would
be nice to have "hooks" in BASIC and
TRSDOS to make it easier to add new
commands, I/O device drivers, disk file
managers, etc.

I'm digressing. I went to my annotated
source listing of BASIC; by "annotated
source listing" I mean a hand-hewn com-
posite of the work of many people. In the
early days of the TRS-80 many users were
disassembling BASIC to Investigate the
internals. (Frankly, I gave up after finding
some code in which a jump was made
back to the second byte of a three byte in-
struction! And I'm completely serious
. . . .) Some of the methods used were
dumps in ASCII or Z-80 Instructions using
Small Systems Software RSM-1, disas-
sembly by various products, modification
of T-BUG to dump on the line printer, and,
later, disk DEBUG single stepping. Many
people from different areas pooled their
notes to get a picture of how BASIC oper-
ated.

(I'm still digressing.) Looking over the
Level II code and digging around via disk
DEBUG, 1 concluded that 1 really had for-
gotten some facts about BASIC program
structure. Here are my rediscovered find-
ings.

How BASIC Lines are Stored

BASIC statement lines are formatted
like Fig. 1. The first two bytes are the ad-
dress of the next line, in standard reverse
order: least significant byte followed by
most significant byte. The next two bytes
are the line number in binary. The last byte
of the line Is a zero byte. The bytes in be-
tween are either ASCII characters or
tokens. Tokens are codes in the range of
129 to 250, decimal, and are shown in the
back of your Level II manual as internal
codes.

Tokens save space; it is much more ef-
ficient to store a one-byte token than the
characters for REM, for example.

BASIC program lines are contiguous in
memory: there are no gaps between tines.
In fact, the next line pointer points to the
byte immediately after the zero byte of the
current line. This makes it easier to search
for given line numbers, as the line
numbers from a linked list. The last "next
line number" is zero. See Fig. 2.

Level II maintains two pointers, one to
the beginning of the BASIC program, and
one to the end of the BASIC program plus
one, as shown in the figure.

Every time a line is inserted or deleted,
this block of BASIC lines is rearranged so
that there are no gaps between lines, and
line numbers remain In ascending order.

A Short Program (Thrown Together)

My first attempt at a compression pro-
gram was done before I realized there are
no gaps between BASIC lines. I simply
moved the remainder of the line down
when a blank was found, leaving a gap.
Naturally, this didn't work, and prompted
further research. After I rediscovered the
contiguous form of BASIC lines, I tried
again. This time I came up with a program
that eliminated blanks all right, even
blanks In strings. When my menu came
out "1. ADDENTRYTOFILE", I knew the
program needed more work.

The answer was to search for blanks
only if the character was not in the middle
of a string. Strings start and end by quota-
tion marks, so I could search for an odd-
numbered quotation mark to set the string
mode and for an even-numbered quote to
reset the string mode. No blanks were de-
leted in the string mode.

I also added a line deletion capability,

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 23

THE ASSEMBIY UNE

40AH ADD

c

NLADD LINE* BASIC TEXT/TOKENS 00

c

c

NLADD LINEff BASIC TEXTn-QKENS

NLADD

c

LINEM

BASIC TXTfTOK

NLADD LINE*

c

BASIC text;tokens

40F9H

/■

NL ADD = ADDRESS OF NEXT
LINE IS, MS BYTE
IN BINARY
LINES = LINE NUMBER OF

CURRENT LINE LS.MS
BYTE IN BINARY
ADD = ADDRESS

Figure 1. BASIC Line Format

which deletes the entire line if a REM
token (93H) is found in character position
1 or 2. The latter covers lines starting with
an apostrophe in place of the REMark,
which results in a colon followed by a
REM token in the line.

The point of this narrative is that hardly
anything is easy, especially when not
enough thought precedes the assembly-
language coding. The rest of this column
is largely devoted to explaining this "sim-
ple" program.

Expanding on the concepts, it would be
possible to perform pre- or post-process-
ing to consolidate lines, automatically
generate a structured indentation, or
change variable names. I'm sure you can
throw together some neat application in
short order.

The Basic Algorithm

The algorithm (procedure) for the Pro-
gram Listing goes something like this:

1. COMPRS: Get starting address of the
first line from location 40A4H in the
BASIC interpreter working storage.

2. Set variable BIAS to zero.

3. COM10: Major loop for scanning lines
and compression:

a. Set the quote count to 0.

b. Get the next line pointer from bytesO
and 1 of the current line. If it is zero, the
program is done. If not, go on to step c.

c. Add BIAS to the next line pointer.
BIAS is initially zero, but will be adjust-
ed to hold a negative count of the total

number of bytes deleted, from all dele-
tions of blanks and REM lines. Store
the next line pointer back in bytes
and 1.

d. Test for a REM line by looking at
bytes 4 and 5 of the current line. If
either is 93H, delete the line by going to
step e, else go to step f.

e. Delete entire REM line: Subtract the
starting address of the current line
from the next line address. This gives
the number of bytes in the current line,
or the number of bytes to be deleted.
Go to step g.

f. COM35: Minor loop for scanning line
for blanks. Set the blank count to 0, the
source and destination pointers to
start of current line, and go to i.

I. Get a character. If it is a quote,
increment the quote count.
ii. COM45: Increment the blank
count by one.

ill. Test quote count by looking at
the least significant bit. If it is 1, we
are in the middle of a string and
won't look for blanks— go to step v
in this case.

iv. Test for blank. If this character is
a blank, go on to step vi.
V. COM48: Character not a blank
here. Transfer character to next
character position. Bump destina-
tion pointer by one. Decrement
blank count by one so that it is un-
changed.

vi. Increment source pointer by one.
vii. Test character for 0. If it is not
zero, go back to step i. If it is zero,
this Is the end of the current line-
continue on to g.

g. COM60: Move up remaining bytes In
program area: The byte count from ei-
ther deleting the entire line or deleting
blanks is subtracted from the current
next line pointer in bytes and 1.

h. The byte count is then added to the
BIAS to adjust BIAS for the current
deletions.

i. The number of bytes from the last
source byte to the end of program (in
40F9H) is computed. This is the num-
ber of bytes to be moved up into the
area vacated by the line or blank dele-
tion.

j. A block move is performed to move
the bytes up.
k. The end of program variable in

^

/

-

40A4

24 6A

FIRST BYTE OF BASIC PROGRAM

6A24

43

6A

32

00

93

FB

ADD REMARK AT BEGINNING

00

6A43

61

6A

64

00

SAMPLE PROGRAM IN BASIC

00

6A61

71

6A

CB

00

81

1

D5

BO

1

00

6A71

7A

6A

FA

DO

B2

1 ,

00

6A7A

82

EA

2C

01

87

1

00

6A82

98

6A

90

01

93

FB

END OF PROGRAM

00

6A98

00

00

40 FE

). LAST

BYTE OF

BASIC PROGRAM + 1 ^

100
200
250
300
400

'ADD REMARK AT BEGINNING

REM SAMPLE PROGRAM IN BASIC

FOR 1=0 TO 100

PRINT 1,

NEXTI

'END OF PROGRAM

\

vl

9A 6A

Figure 2. Sample BASIC Program Storage

24 • 80 Microcomputing, January T981

The book you've
been waiting for. . .

Ever since Rodio Shoch sold rhe first
TP6-80 Model I users hove been
seorching for deroiled informorion
obour irs inner workings rhor Tondy
would nor, or could nor, mohe
ovoiloble. In particular rhe Level II
BASIC from Microsoft conroins dozens
of subrourines rhar con be rremen-
dously useful ro any progrommer, bur
Tondy Corpororion is probobly under
conrracruol obligorion ro Microsofr nor
ro supply informorion (if rhey even
have irl),

Dedicored users, proficienr in as-
sembly language, hove disossembled
rhe Level II r\OMs end mode rheir
own commenrs. Dur rhe majority of
users ore lefr in wirh virruolly no
tnformarion, aporr from occosionol
orricles ond wherever rhey con
decipher on rheir own.

ENTERPRISING USERS - Severol of rhe
more enrerprising progrommers
reolized rhor if rhey published rheir
own commenrs o lor of TRS-80 users
would buy rhem. The BOOK,
Disassembled Hondbook ond Super-
map ore some of rhe ovoiloble
books giving commenrs on rhe ROM
ser - bur rhey oil suffer from serious
drowbacks, being eirher incomplere,
uninrelligible or even worse
inaccurate!

Incomplere books ore usually
published when rhe ourhor has nor
finished undersronding whor he's
v^iring obour. Hence rhe "conrinued
nexr book" lines in some publicarions,
rronslored inro english read "buy
anorher book when I've done some
more work". Uninrelligible books ore
due ro poor editing, or no editing or
oil! Inoccurore informorion is o resuir
of nor checking wirh onyone else,

* T.M. Microsoft i T.M. Tandy Corp.

Microsofr BASIC Decoded & Orher
Mysreries is both complete ond
understandable. Neorly 7,000 lines of
commenrs for the Level II ROMs, wirh
on odditional 6 chapters of useful
informorion, moke this the biggest
and best book ovoiloble on the
subject.

Written by James Fervour, the
comment section took more than o

■1,1,11, ~ 1 „, ■■.,11

Mti iioson n isif in t om it

.V-CrFU K WNSIl i^l -

l<., II; 1 ll~. sn , i»

ii*

Complete & Understandoble - IJG,
publisher of TRS^QO Disk & Orher
Mysteries, could have published on
incomplete or unintelligible book on
the ROMs - but chose to wait and do
ir properly.

year to finish - it even includes the
changes for the latest ROM set in on
oppendix. Edited by Jim Perry, until
recently monoging editor of 80
Microcompuring, rhe rexr ond
commenrs ore undersrondoble.

Tested exomples ore given for
virruolly every ROM subrourine,
showing you how ro CALL rhem from
BASIC or use them in on assembly
languoge progrom. Vith more rhon
300 poges Microsoft BASIC Decoded
6 Other Mysreries is by for the largest
book obour Level II ovoilable.

Copyright - In order ro respecr
Microsofr copyright the actual disas-
sembled code is nor prinred, bur the
book is designed ro come opart and
fit inro standard ring binder wirh
your own disossembly (ail poges are
pre-drilled).

In shorr, Microsoft BASIC Decoded G
Orher Mysreries, is rhe mosr complete,
undersrondoble ond occurore guide
ro your Level II ROMs thot is available
- bor none!

^ QU Pick one up or your nearest
DBB IJG deoler, phone your order
■ ■■ in or use the coupon -
sotisfocrion guoronteed.

UG Computer Services 569 N. Mountain Avenue Suite B Upland, CA91786

Phone Orders

(714)986-7829

Please send me a copy of Microsoft
BASIC Decoded & Other Mysreries for
$29,95 + $2.00 shipping (CA residents
add 6% rQx>

Nome

Add ress

Ciry

Charge my

□ AAosrerCord
D Visa

#

Inrerbank #

Expiration Dote

Store.

Zip.

D Check enclosed

n Ship COD ($2.00 extra)

Signature

,^37

v* Reader Service—see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 25

THE ASSEMBLY IINE

40F9H is changed to show the new end

of program.

I. Go to step a to process the next line.
The initial adjustment of the current
next line pointer is made by adding BIAS.
This means that the sum total of each de-
leted space or bytes of REM line is sub-
tracted from the next line pointer at the
beginning of processing for each line.
This is a running count, or relocation bias.
A second adjustment is made to ttie next
line pointer after the line has been pro-
cessed to compensate for additional
bytes deleted in the line.

If a line is not a REM line, it is scanned
for blanks. If a bianlt is found, the destina-
tion pointer is not incremented and the
blank is not stored. The next character, if
non-blank, will be stored at the current
destination location. The buffer area used
for the destination is the line itself, as the
source pointer always points ahead or at
the current character being investigated.
The line is scanned from the fourth byte
on, to avoid deletion of 20Hs for address-
es or line numbers!

The Code

HL generally points to the start of the
next line, or is used as a source pointer to
the next character on the current line. DE
points to the destination on the current
line, and BC holds a count of deleted
spaces or bytes. lY always contains the
address of the STRING variable. IX gener-
ally points to the start of the current line.

IX is initially loaded with the start of the
BASIC program in memory, a zero BIAS is
stored, and lY is loaded with the address
of STRING.

The COM10 code is the main loop of the
program. The STRING flag is reset at each
pass through the program. The next line
address is loaded into HL by using the IX
register, which points to the start of the
current line. A check is made for HL = 0,
which would indicate that the last line has
been reached.

BIAS is added to IHL, and the updated
next line pointer is stored in the next line
area at the beginning of the current line.

A check is made now for a REM line by
scanning the 4th and 5th characters of the
current line, using IX as the index. If either
character is REM token (93H), the entire
line must be deleted. This is done by sub-
tracting DE (the start of current line) from
HL (the start of the next line) to find the
number of bytes to be deleted. A jump is
then made to COM60, which will move the
remaining code up to overwrite the entire
current line.

If a REM line is not present, the current
line will be scanned for blanks to be de-
leted. The code at COM35 bypasses the

FBue

00100

ORG

0F000H

00110

.*****«*•••««*********•**•****•**•*•*••***••**•■•*****•••■ 1

00120

. *

BASIC LINE COMPRESSOR * 1

00130

'•* DELETES ALL HON-STRING BLANKS AND ALL "REM LINES * |

00140

;* FROM A BASIC PROGRAM.

1

00150

. *************

t til, *• tit*****'**'*** ****** *******'**'***** 1

00160

FSee DD2AA44S

09170

COMPRS

LD

IX, (40A4H)

;GET START OP BASIC

FBB4 2imati

00180

LD

HL,0

; INITIALIZE BIAS

caei 2296^0

00190

LD

[BIAS],HL

r00A FD2198F0

00200

LD

I Y, STRING

,-ADDRESS OF STRING FLAG

00220

; THIS

CODE LOOKS FOR END AND ADDS LINE POINTER BIAS |

fflSB AF

00221

COM10

XOR

A

.-ZERO A

FflBF FD77O0

00222

LD

(lY).A

;RESET STRING FLAG

FQ12 DDES

00230

PUSH

IX

fTRANSFER START TO DE

PB14 Dl

00240

POP

DE

F015 DOeEOB

00250

LD

L,(IX)

;GET NEXT ADD LSB

Feie Doeeoi

00260

LD

H,{IXtl)

;GET NEXT ADD MSB

F01B 7D

00270

LD

A,L

;TEST FOR

F01C B-l

002B0

OR

H

;0 IS END OP PROGRAM

F01D C8

00290

BET

Z

,-RETURN IP ZERO

reiE ED4Bg6F0

00300

LD

BC,(BIAS}

;GBT BIAS FOR ADJUST

F022 09

00310

ADD

HL,BC

[ADJUST PNTR

F023 007500

00320

LD

(IX) ,L

; STORE LSB

F02e DD7401

00330

LD

(IX+1) ,H

; STORE MSB

00340

! THIS

CODE CHECKS FOR A REMARK

LINE

F029 DD7E64

00350

LD

A,(IX+4)

;GET FIRST CHARACTER

F02C FE93

00360

CP

93H

;TEST FOR REMARK TOKEN

F02E 2BB7

00370

JR

Z,C0M3B

;G0 IF FOUND

FB30 DD7E05

80380

LD

A,(IX+5)

jGET SECOND CHARACTER

Ffl33 FE93

00390

CP

93H

-TEST FOR "'" TVPE

F03S 2009

00400

JR

N2,COM35

;G0 IF NOT REMARK

00410

; REMARK HERE

- DELETE LIKE

F037 E5

00420

COM30

PUSH

HL

;SAVE START NEXT LINE

F03e B7

00430

OR

A

(CLEAR CARRY

F039 ED52

00440

SBC

HL.DE

I FIND 1 BYTES

F03B E5

004 50

POSH

HL

fTRANSFER TO BC

F03C 01

00460

POP

BC

F03D El

00470

POP

HL

jRESTORE START NEXT LINE

F03E 1826

00480

JR

COM60

;G0 TO MOVE UP, ETC.

00490

; NO REMARK -

COMPRESS BLANKS

F040 010400

00500

COM3 5

LD

SC,4

J BYPASS PNTRS

Fe43 DDE5

00510

PUSH

IX

jSTART OF LINE TO HL

F045 El

00520

POP

HL

F046 09

00530

ADD

HL,BC

f ADJUST

F047 £5

00540

PUSH

HL

;START OP LINE TO DE

F048 Dl

00550

POP

DE

FD49 818000

00560

LD

BC,0

;BYTE COUNT TO

F04C 7E

00570

COW40

LD

A, (HL)

;GET CHARACTER

F04D FE22

00580

CP

1 " 1

jTEST FOR QUOTE

F04F 2003

00S9O

JR

NZ,COM45

;G0 IF NOT QUOTE

F051 FD3400

00600

INC

(lY)

;BUMP QUOTE TOGGLE

F054 03

00610

COM4 5

INC

BC

;BUHP BLANK COUNT

F0SS FDCB0046

00620

BIT

0,(IY)

;TEST QUOTE TOGGLE

F059 2004

00630

JR

NZ,C0M48

;G0 IP STRING

F05B FE20

00640

CP

' '

,-TEST FOR BLANK

F05D 2803

00650

JR

2,COM50

;G0 IF BLANK

F05F 12

00660

COM4 8

LD

(DE] ,A

; TRANSFER CHARACTER

F06e 13

00670

IHC

DE

;BUMP DESTINATION

F861 8B

00680

DEC

EC

; BLANK COUNT UNCHANGED

F062 23

00690

COH50

INC

HL

rBUMP SOURCE

F063 D7

00700

OR

A

;TEST CHARACTER FOR

F064 20EG

00710

JR

H2,COM40

;G0 IF NOT END OF LINE

007 20

! THIS

CODE MOVES UP REMAINING

LINES

Ffl66 E5

007 30

COH60

PUSH

HL

;SAVE START OP NEXT LINE

F067 DD6E0O

007 40

LD

L,(iX)

;GET CURRENT PNTR LSB

F06A DD6601

00750

LD

H, (IX+1)

;HSB

F06D B7

00760

OR

A

; CLEAR CARRY

P0eE ED42

00770

SBC

HL,BC

(ADJUST FOR CURRENT LINE

F070 E)D7500

007 80

LD

(IX), L

(STORE LSB

F073 DD7401

007 90

LD

{IX+1),K

(STORE MSB

P076 2A96F0

00800

LD

HL, (BIAS)

(GET BIAS

P07 9 B7

00810

OR

A

(CLEAR CARRY

F07A ED42

0B820

SBC

EIL,BC

;SUBTRACT BYTE COUNT

F07C 2296F0

00830

LD

(BIAS),HL

; STORE

F07F 2AF940

00840

LD

HL,(40F9H}

;END OF PROGRAH-fl

F082 B7

00850

OR

A

(CLEAR CARRY

F083 CI

00860

POP

BC

(START OF NEXT LINE

F084 CS

00870

PUSH

BC

(SAVE IN STACK

F085 ED42

00880

SBC

HL,BC

;FIND BYTE COUNT OP REST

F087 E5

00890

PUSH

HL

(TRANSFER TO BC

F088 CI

00900

POP

BC

F089 El

00910

POP

HL

(RESTORE SOURCE

F08A D5

00920

PUSH

DE

(SAVE DESTINATION

F08B EDB0

00930

LDIR

(MOVE

P08D ED53F940

00940

LD

140P9H] ,DS

(SAVE NEW END

F091 DDEl

00950

POP

IX

(FOR NEXT LINE

FB93 C30EF0

00960

JP

COH10

;G0 FOR NEXT LIME

F09e 0000

00970

BIAS

DEFW

F098 00

00980

STRING

DEFB

0000

00990

END

00000 TOTAL ERRORS

Program Listirjg

26 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Put an IMAGE "on your TRS-80

Thff e cassette programs will Introduce you
9 new generation of quality software

r.'''jLv'r''n'M.Ti'^awr7y'p"\m\Wori'i~WTi\

^^5a

■TRS-80 is a trademark o( Tandy Corporation.

MAKE YOUR CHECK OR MONEY ORDER PAYABLE TO:
Image Computer Products, Inc.

615 Academy Drive "NO C.O.D.'S

Northbrook, IL60062

PLEASE PRiNT

NAME

ADDRESS

CITY.

STATE.

ZIP.

SIGNATURE

PLEASESEND

.PACKAGES INDICATED
QTY: PRICE

8001
8002

8003
8004

STRATEGY PACK I $19.95 ea.

STRATEGY PACK II $19.95 ea.

STRATEGY PACK III $19.95 ea.

ACTION PACK I $19.95 ea.

ANY COMBINATION

OF TWO $36.95

ALL FOUR $69.95

VISAG MASTER CARD n

MONEY ORDER D CHECK D

CARD #

EXPIRATION DATE

IL RES- AD

eVo TAX
SHIPPiNG &
HANDLiNG

TOTAL

$1.00

Everything from Fast-action

animated skill games

through mind boggling

Strategy and Simulation

programs is included in this

software collector's series.

Each package contains a

quality program cassette in

a protective storage box,

and complete operating

instructions.

These programs run on a 16K
Level II TRS-80 Model I.

Strategy Pack I #8001
Wall Street Challenge. This computer simulation of the slock exchange
is easy to play and always challenging. Invest in several cofporations
ranging from filunicipal Power and Light, a blue chip stock that usually
provides steady growth, to Offshore Industries Limited, a high-flying
speculative stock thai is certain to change often.

Roman Checkers. Challenge a friend or test your logic and skill in a
maicti against the computer with this ancient game of strategy.

Strategy Pack II #8002

Metropolis. This computer simulation of a small city lets you wheel and
deal in the fast-paced world of real estate. Up to eight players can buy
businesses with an eye on building a fortune.

MIndmaster. This classic strategy game takes on a new dimension as
the computer designs Ihe hidden problems and reports the results of
each guess.

Wordmaster. Multiple players may compete against the computer lo find
the hidden word. Each player can select the level of difficulty that matches
his individual skill.

Strategy Pack III #8003
Wildcatting. This computer simulation of an oil field combines chance,
adventure, and discovery. The object of the game is to purchase property,
drill oil wells, and strike it rich.

Frame Up. The object of this strategy game is to "frame-up" your opponent
by selecting your plays so thai all possible moves are blocked. Think
several moves ahead to increase your chances of winning.

Recall. Up to four players can play this classic game of matching pairs of
numbers hidden behind a grid. The computer will select the numbers at
random and score the results of each guess.

Action Pack I #8004
Space Ace. You are in command of a Galactic Federation Starfighter.
Search out and destroy enemy ships with your lasers.

Shooting Gallery. A good ol' county fair shooting gallery right on your
own computer. Loads of fun for up to four players.

Bomber Run. Pilot a bomber behind enemy lines searching out targets on
the ground. Or, defend the ground and shoot down Ihe bomber.

Air-Sea Battle. Pilot your plane over an enemy ship and try to sink it. Or,
captain the ship and shoot down the bomber.

THE ASSEMBIY IINE

two pointers at the beginning of the cur-
rent line, and sets HL and DE to the start
of the current line. The byte count In BC Is
set to 0.

One character at a time Is examined. A
character is loaded using Hl_ as a pointer.
HL is the source pointer that always
points to the next character to be exam-
ined. If the character is a blank and the
t)lank is not in the middle of a string, the
character is not transferred to the next
destii'iatlon (DE) position of the line. If the
character is not a blank, or is a blank in a
string, the character is transferred via DE.
HL is always incremented by one to point
to the next character. DE is incremented
only If a non-blank has been transferred.
BC is incremented each time a blank is de-
leted.

The test for string mode is made by the
BIT 0,(IY) instruction. This instruction
uses the iV index register to access vari-
able STRING. The least significant bit of
STRING Is tested and is copied into the
zero flag. If an NZ condition exists, the
character is in the middle of a string.
STRING is set to zero at the beginning of
each line, and incremented each time a
quotation mark is detected. If the least
significant bit is 0, no string has been
found; if the bit count is 2, 4, 6, etc., the
middle of a string is indicated.

The last portion of code in the blank
search tests for a byte of zero, indicating
the last byte of the line. If the byte is zero,
"JR NZ,COM40" fails through to COM60.

COM60 is entered from the above code
or from line deletion. BC contains the
number of bytes that have been deleted
from the line. The first order of business
here is to adjust the BIAS and next line
pointer in the current line for the bytes just
deleted. This is redundant in the delete
line case, as the line will soon be overwrit-
ten anyway. The number of bytes from the
current source is then subtracted from the
end of the program pointer In 40F9H.
Since the end of program pointer always
points to one more than the end, the result
is the true number of bytes in the remain-
der of the program.

At this point HL contains the source
pointer, DE points to the last destination
byte plus one, and BC contains the byte
count. An LDIR moves up all of the remain-
ing bytes in the program area in one block
move. The last action changes the end of
the program pointer in 40F9H to the value
of DE from the block move; DE points to
the last program byte plus one at this
point.

Using the Compressor

To use this program, assemble it and
output the object to cassette or disk, or
key it in using T-BUG or DEBUG. Load the

object by SYSTEM or the disk LOAD com-
mand (MEMORY SIZE = 61439). Load the
BASIC program to be compressed. After
the load, enter DEFUSRO = &HFOOO:A =
USRO(0) for disk BASIC, or POKE16526,0:
POKE16527,240;A = USR(0) for non-disk
BASIC. The program will crank away. On a
16018 byte BASIC program I used for a
benchmark, the compression took 46 sec-
onds. Watch for possible conflicts on
some BASIC commands that require a
blank.

Are You Ready for the 6809?

I'm the perfect Radio Shack consumer.
I've got a Model I, a Model II, a Pocket
Computer, and a Color Computer. I recent-
ly plunked down the cash for the Color
Computer because I was excited about
the 6809 microprocessor. As it turns out,
my excitement is justified.

The Color Computer, far from being a
games machine, is a product with a great
potential for the serious programmer. It
contains the 6809 with limited 16-blt pro-
cessing and a hardware multiply, high-
density color graphics up to 256 by 192, a
six-bit digital-to-analog output for music
and speech synthesis, two joystick Inputs
that can be used as analog-to-digital In-
puts, a serial port, and a ROM pack 40-pin
edge connector that brings out all major
system signals.

it appears that Radio Shack is commit-
ted to assembly language for the Color
Computer, also. The hooks are there for
USR calls, and while there isn't an assem-
bler yet, there will be shortly.

The 6809 itself has an instruction set
modeled after the 6800 microprocessor in-

struction set, but containing instructions
to handle 16-bit operations and other nifty
features. The 6800 instruction set is
designed more along classical computer
instruction lines, more easily understand-
able than the Z-80 instructions. There was
much weeping and wailing and gnashing
of program listings when programmers
first started using the Z-80 instructions
(one major aerospace contractor had
three programmer suicides in the first
year alone, but that's another story). There
should be a lot fewer complaints with the
6809 Color Computer.

As the Color Computer grows in popu-
larity, I'll add some material in this column
on assembly language for it. Write me if
you'd like to see It.

The Third Great Assembly
Line Programming Contest

Sad to say, the third contest was not
too successful. The problem was to write
a program to draw a line between any two
character positions, using the 1024 char-
acter positions rather than pixels. The pro-
grams I received wereexcellent, but rather
too large to cover in this column. I'll be
sending copies of my new Radio Shack
book, More TRS-80 Assembly-Language
Programming (soon to be released), to
David R. Cecil of Texas A&l University,
Bob Leech of Herndon, VA, Ed Thomas of
Alexander, AR, John Whinery, of Scott
City, KS, Robert Obermarck of Los Altos,
CA, and Steven Roy of El Paso, TX. All of
these readers did an incredible amount of
work on the programs, and I wish that
space permitted a full presentation.

Keep assembling, and may you always
have a POP for every PUSH. ■

5!9DEBUg

Continued Irom p. 18

Super Graphics

EDTASM Error

i have found the following error in
my article, "Customized EDTASM" in
August's edition. Enclosed is the cor-
rection.

In Listing 6 and Listing 7 the patches
are ORGed to 4693H, they should be
ORGed to 4695H. These patches are
designed to overlay the memory test
from 4695 through 469F.

RE: "Super Graphics", Alan R. Mey-
er, October 1980: There are errors In
the listing included with my article ap-
pearing on page 202 of the October
issue. The errors in the listing are cor-
rected in the line listings below. The
program will run with these corrections.

65190 PRINT@LC,AS

65230 H$ = AS:GOSUB65400:AD = T:GOSUB6535O:

GOSUB65423
65240 D = PEEKfTD):H5 = iNT(D;i6):HB = D - H5 -t- 16
65270 IF(D>31)AND(D<192)PRINTrAB(56)CHR$(0)

ELSE PRINT

John T. Blair

122 Dumont Ave.

Norfolk, VA 23505

Alan R. Moyer

993 San Angela Dr.

Hamilton, OH 45013

28 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Iff

We're

known

for our

fine print.

&-•■. ■■•Sr.-.h ®

Epson.

The type you get out of most printers you
wouldn't send to your maiden aunt, much less
use for your important correspondence. And up
to now, in order to get a dot matrix hardcopy you
could really call correspondence quality, you had
to spend on the high side of a thousand bucks.

Not any more.

The Epson MX-80 challenges any dot matrix
printer anywhere to match our type at our price.
Or even come close.

Our emphasized print mode gives you a tack-
sharp, clean, easy-to-read
face with true descenders — at
a fraction of the price of daisy
wheel printers. We give you a
user-defined choice of twelve
different weights and sizes of
letters in 40, 80, 66 or 132 col-
umns. We give you adjustable
tractors so you can do any-
thing from labels to memos to
manuscripts. Fast and clean.

But if you think print qual-
ity is the only thing we have

to sell, you're wrong. The MX-80 may be the
most revolutionary printer to come out in the
past ten years.

For starters, it features the world's first dispos-
able print head — after it's printed between 50 and
100- million characters, just throw it away. A new
one costs less than $30 and you can change it
yourself with one hand. Plus, the MX-80 prints
bidirectionally and 80 CPS with a logical seeking
function to minimize print head travel time and
maximize throughput. Finally — and this is the

best part — you can buy an

MX-80 right now for less than

$650.
And that's what we call a

lot of fine print for the money.

EPSON

EPSON AMERICA, INC.

23844 Hawthorne Boulevard • Torrance, CA 90505 • (213) 378-2220

1-^404

^Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 29

EDUCATION T/O

by Earl R. Savage %^\m

"How can you make duplicates of system programs?

And what can you do when only a 4K machine

is available. . . and the program is 16K long?"

What is the first thing you do when
you receive a new program? First,
you try it out and then you turn it over to a
student. And then, possibly, it's lost
because of an accidental erasure!

One of the early lessons you learn when
dealing with students and computers is:
Never give a student the one-and-oniy
copy of a program! Often this is an expen-
sive lesson, because, sooner or later, one
of them will record over a program; put a
tape or disk on top of the power supply;
bulk erase the wrong tape; scratch a disl<
or stretch/break a tape.

The moral is: If there is a new way to
obliterate a program, some student is
sure to find it. (A teacher can also find a
way now and then!)

Down the Drain

When your one-and-oniy copy goes
down the drain, it's back to the vendor for
another which, of course, results in addi-
tional expense and loss of time. The solu-
tion is simple: Give the student a copy and
keep the original in a safe place. This ad-
vice also applies in the case of both com-
mercial and "home grown" programs.

in order to make a copy of a program,
you must have the means to do so. Let's
discuss tapes first, since that Is the most
common medium. There are several ways
to copy tapes and you should be familiar
with their advantages and disadvantages.

The first and probably most popular
method of copying Is the one built into
your 80. CLOAD a program, put in a new
cassette, and CSAVE that program. This
is neat and simple but it makes two
assumptions: (1) the program Is written in
BASIC— not in assembly/machine lan-
guage; and (2) the program will fit Into the
memory size of the 80 being used.

Now that leaves you with two big prob-
lems. How can you make duplicates of
system programs? And what can you do
when only a 4K machine is available (stu-
dents are on the others) and the program
is 16K long? Let's talk about a solution to
the first problem.

The second method of copying is to pur-
chase a program designed to duplicate
system programs. Mine is an old one
called Syscop. It came with no documen-

tation-just very brief instructions on the
screen. No entry point was given so we
ended up having to reload Syscop for
each program to be duplicated.

In spite of that, it makes good copies as
long as the original program is in one
piece. If the program is in parts or sec-
tions, Syscop cannot handle it. 1 hope the
Syscop I see advertised now is an im-
proved version.

My preferred methods for duplication
require a second cassette machine. If you
don't have one, go down to the school
audio-visual room and talk them out of
one.

At first, you may think that you can play
the original program on one machine and
pipe it straight into the second. Don't
waste your time. By the time the two
machines distort the signals, they are un-
usable. Your ear probably can't tell the dif-
ference but your 80 surely can!

TCOPY

What you need is something between
the two machines to clean up {actually
reconstruct) the signal. In 80 Microcom-
puting (July, 80) there's a short article and
program entitled TCOPY. This is a system
program which you can prepare with a
monitor or an assembler; you can also
POKE it in from BASIC (see the November
issue). In any event, TCOPY is a little beau-
ty. I haven't found a program, BASIC or
system, that it doesn't copy flawlessly.
Here's how to use it.

With TCOPY loaded into your 80, con-
nect the black earphone plug to the play-
er/recorder with the original program cas-
sette. Connect the auxiliary plug to the
recorder containing the blank cassette.
Run both machines, playing the original
and recording the blank. That's all there is
to it.

What actually happens is this: TCOPY
and your 80, working together, take in the
program bit by bit and shoot out a corre-
sponding stream of new bits to be record-
ed. This intake and output take place sim-
ultaneously-the bits are not stored in
RAM and pulled out later.

The advantages of this method are sig-
nificant. As mentioned, the programs can
be BASIC or system (even those in parts).
Regardless of whether you have two or

two dozen originals on the tape, TCOPY
duplicates one after the other as long as
you let the tapes run.

Further, since you are reading and writ-
ing, you only have to go through each pro-
gram once. That can save a lot of time.
Finally, because the program is not stored
in RAM, the length is irrelevant. You can
copy a 48K program with a 4K 80.

There is a disadvantage which may or
may not be important to you. While you
aredupllcating tapes, your 80 is tied up. It
is unavailable for other uses. There is,
however, a way you can have your cake
and eat it too.

You can substitute another piece of
hardware for the 80 and TCOPY. Then you
can run one program while you are copy-
ing others— no wasted time. Two such de-
vices are the Data Dubber by The Peripher-
al People, Mercer Island, WA and the Acu-
Data by Alphanetics, Forestville, CA.

"A/ever give a student the

one-and-oniy copy of a

program!"

Both the Acu-Data and the Data Dubber
are connected between two cassette ma-
chines with cables provided. Both recon-
struct the bit stream to remove distortion.
Both have an LED for visual monitoring.
Both have a jack for audio monitoring
(with a small amplifier/speaker). Both do
an excellent job.

At this point you may be surprised to
learn that there are differences.

The Data Dubber is battery operated,
using a common nine-volt rectangular bat-
tery. This means that you don't add to
your snakes' nest of ac cords/plugs.

The Acu-Data is ac operated and is
available with a recorder motor switch, I
find that switch to be very useful. When I
put morethan one program on atape, I flip
that switch for a few seconds after each
one is dubbed and create a space be-
tween them without having to disturb any
recorder settings. If you happen to be us-

30 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

ing a recorder that won't rewind or fast
forward with the remote plug inserted,
you'ii find the switch invaluable.

There is an additional advantage to
both the Data Dubber and the Acu-Data.
We have alt run across tapes (BASIC and
system) that are hard to load. Either of
these devices can be placed between your
recorder and your 80. In almost every in-
slance the signal will be "cleaned" and be
readily acceptable to the 80.

i urge you to make a back-up copy of
every program in your library. Remember
that program tapes can be destroyed in
spite of the fact the cassette record-pro-
tect tab is removed. Even if your programs
are not used by students. You can make a
mistake, too! Keep a back-up.

Program Exchange

It seems clear that there is a real need
for exchanging the teaching programs
which we develop. If we can do that, each
of us does not have to re-invent the wheel
when we sit down to write one.

A while back 1 asked you to let me know
of any exchange groups which specialize
in non-copyrighted instructional pro-
grams. Word has come of a couple about
which I am trying to get further details. For
now, you may wish to contact RETIP.

RETIP (Roanoke Exchange, TRS-80 In-
structional Programs) is an informal or-
ganization of teachers in the western
regionof Virginia. They will exchange non-
copyrighted (mostly "home-grown") pro-
grams on a one-for-one basis. I under-
stand their list contains about 75 pro-
grams on a variety of subjects and levels.
No fee is charged but be sure to send a
self-addressed stamped envelope. You
can get details from RETIP, c/o Craig
County Public Schools, P.O. Box 245, New
Castle, VA 24127.

Help For Other Readers

A number of requests have come to me
for an outline of a computer literacy
course. They have come from both ele-
mentary and secondary school folk. How
about some help from those of you who
have developed such an outline?

I am sure that even courses of long
standing could use some improvement.
So don't hesitate to send your outline
because you feel that it may not be the
best. No one knows what the best is yet!
In fact, there is still disagreement about
just what computer literacy means.

Send along your outline. It need not be
detailed—a list of desirable topics will
help. I'll put togetherthe suggestions and
we'll see how it looks.

Send it in care of the magazine or to
myself: P.O. Box 351, New Castle, VA
24127. ■

SOFTWARE

Ad#9
1^ out our new items.

FANTASTIC PRICE PROTECTION POLICY

The Discount Software Group will match any advertised price

on any item that we carry.

Also within 30 days after making a purchase at Discount,

if you should find a lower advertised price on what you bought,

just show us that ad. We1i refund the difference.

It's that simple.

Take advantage of some of the lowest everyday prices anywhere.

Enjoy the security of a price protection plan

that guarantees the utmost saving possible,

both before and after you buy.

When combined with the availability of full orofessional support

and automatic update service you have the Ultimate Software Plan.

No one else can offer such total peace of mind.

It's an uncomplicated, convenient, logical way to acquire software.

DISK

WITH
MANUAL

MANUAL
ONLY

CP/M users: soecify disk systems and formats. Most formats available.

CP/M

OSBORNE H

General Ledgerlt. . . .$ 59/S20
Acct Rec/Acct Payt S 59/S20
Payroll w/Gost# . . $ 59/$20

Buy 2geM free . .$1ie/$57

AII3&CBASIC-2 $199/$71

DIGITAL RESEARCH^

CP/M" 2,2 Nortfistar $149/$25

.^ CP/M*2 2Micropolis $169/$25

1^ CP/M' 2.2 Durango

F-85 S169/$25

CP/M'^ 2.2Cromemco $189/$25
CP/M* (other versions). . .Call

^ PL/1-80 $459/$35

Mac $ 85/$15

Sjcl $ 65/$15

Z-Sid $ 95/$15

Tex $ 70/$ 15

DeSpool $ 45/$10

MICROSOFT

Basic-80 I294/S30

Basic Compiler . . $334/$30

Fortran-80 $384/$30

CobOl-80 $574/$30

Macro-80. $144/$20

£dif-80. ... $ 84/$20

MuSimp/MuMatfi S224/S25

MuLisp-79 . $174/$20

MICRO DATA BASE SYSTEMS

T.I.M. DBMStT
Fantastic/Easy to"
use Special $299

MICROPRO

WordStar $324/$40

^ Mail/Merge . $114/S25

WordStar/Mail-Merge .$434/$65

DataStar .
Word-Master.
SuperSort I ....
SuperSortll . .
SuperSorl III . . . .
PEACHTREE''1|t
General Ledger
Acct Receivable
Acct Payable . .

Payroll

Inventory .
Property Mgt
C.RA. Client Write-up
Mailing Address. . .

S279/S35

.$119/$25
$199/$25
$169/$25

.$119/$25

, $449/$40
$449/$40
J449/$40

. $449/540

, $449/$40
$899/$40
$899/$40

.S34g/$40

STRUCTURED SYSTEMS

General Ledger#.
Acct Receivabieft .
Acct Payable# . .

Payroll*

Inventory Control#
Anaiyst# .

.$747/$40
$747/$40
$747/$40
S747/$40
,$447/$40
.S197/$20

•^ Tiny "C" Compiler

CBASIC-2

y' OS-1

Pascal/Z

Pascal/UCSD . .

Pascal/MT+ .

Pascal/M

Nevada Cobol. . . .

FM3-80

dBASE II DBMS

Condor DBMS. . . .

Vulcan DBMS

T.I.M.DBMSi. .

CBS. ..

Whatsit?

Vsort I

1^ MicroStat

Strlng/80 . . .
.^ Vedit

Postmaster

j,^ WordSearch . . . .
1^ SpellGuard

Spell Binder

Magic Wand.

Electric Pencil II.

CPAids . .

APPLE II

MICROSOFT

Softcard (CP/M)
Other

$229/$75
$ 89/$ 15
S229/$45
$369/$ 30
$299/$30
S224/$30
$149/$ 20
$ 89/$ 25
$649/$45
$629/$35
$599/$30
$469/$30
$329/135
$369/$45
$149/$25
S159/$25
$224/$15
$ 84/$20
$ 99/$ 15
$149/$20
$179/$25
$269/$25
$349/$45
$299/S45
.less 15%
-less 12%

$292
Call

PERSONAL SOFTWARE

$250/$40
$750/$40
Call

$749/550
$249/$25
$249/$25

S 79/$25
$ 79/$25
$ 79/$25

HDBS. .

MDBS

Other

S.O.FT.W.A.R.E.

MicroTax^i:

Federal individual

Federal corporate

State individual .

TCS*
^ General Ledger
k* Acct Receivable
t' Acct Payable

•^ Payroll $ 79/$25

p' AII4. . $269/$99

SUPERSOFT

Forth (8080 or ZBO) $1 29/$25

Diagnostic I $ 49/$20

Other disk software . . . less 10%

SOFTWARE WORKS

Adapt. . .$ 69/ na
Ratfor $ 66/ na

COMPUTER PATHWAYS

Pearl (level 1)# .$ 99/$25

Pearl (level 2)# .$299/$25

Pearl (level 3)Jt .$549/$25

COMPLETE BUSINESS
SYSTEMS*

.^ Creator $269/$25

1^ Reporter $169/$20

^ Both . . .$399/$45

Letterighttf $167/$20

$122

NADt.

QSORT

GBAHAM-DORIANH

General Ledgerit . . .
Acct Receivable#..
Acct Payable*

$ 87/$20
$ 87/$20

$693/$40
$693/$40
$693/$40

Job Costing* $693/$40

Payroll* $493/$40

Inventory* . . . . $493/$40
Cash Register* . . $493/$40

Apartment Mgt* . $493/$40
MICRO-AP
Selector III-C2* .
Selector IV*. . .

•^ S-Basic

WHITESMITHS
"C" Compiler*. . .
Pascal (IncI 'C'")*

EIDOS SYSTEMS

Kiss

K-Basic

ORGANIC SOFTWARE

TextWriter III . $in/$20

^ DateBook. .

SoHo Group
1^ Match Maker
^Worksheet....
OTHER GOODIES

Tiny"C' $ 89/$50

$ 84

$224/$40
$224/$40

$224/$40
$224/$40
$224/$40

$127
less 10%

$269/$20
$469/$35
$269/$25

$600/$30
$750/S45

$299/$25
S529/$50

$269/825

$ 84/S10
$124/$20

Vislcalc"

CCA Data Mgr
Desktop/Plan

PEACHTREE'Ht
General Ledger. .
Acct Receivable
Acct Payable .

Payroll

Inventory

MUSE

Super-Text II .
Other disk software
STC [Software Tech.)

^ Prof Time & Billing .$279

Other less 15%

OTHER GOODIES
^ Data Factory . . $ 84

Whatsit? $129

■^Creator $229

1^ LedgerPlus

(GLA/RSA/P) .$549

TRS-80 MODEL 11

CP/M22(P&T) .. $159/$35
Electric Pencil II. .less 15%

NORTHSTAR

^ NorthWord $299

^llho'dc 1'. Rfiqifli

;'i)En(t BASIK •"-SLicolied in s

k' Mail Manager . .
•^ Info Manager
1^ General Ledger
t^ Acct Receivable
t^ Acci Payable. . . .

l^tiuirSSCBIJi-C-? « -Wf^^ Iri

.$239
.$369

$749
.$449

$449

(,-440

ORDERS ONLY-CALL TOLL FREE VISA* MASTERCHARGE

1-800-854-2003 ext. 823 • Calif. 1-800-522-1500 ext 823

Overseas— add $10 plus additional postage ■ Add $2 50 postage and handling per each item ■ California
residents add 6% sales lax • Allow 2 weeks on checks, C.O.D. ok • Prices subject to change without notice
All items subject to availability •

THE DISCOUNT SOFTWARE GROUP

1610 Argyle Ave., BIdg. 102 • Los Angeles, CA 90028 • [213] 666-7677

^^Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 31

New Year's Sale

Model I & II Software

Where Your TRS-80 Means Business —
The Best in Model I or II Progranns Available Now!

MODEL 1

Complete Business System

This integrated system includes
Invoicing, Inventory Control, Accounts
Receivable, Accounts Payable,
Payroll, General Ledger and Word Pro-
cessing. A complete Business System
for your Model 1.

SPECIAL OFFER

MODEL I

Medical/Dental System

Complete System — Easy to use! Now
you can use your TRS-80 where you in-
tended to use it — in your office! Give
us a call for complete details on this
new Complete Package.

SPECIAL OFFER

Special »349®»

• SPECIAL ^

Verbatim SV*'' Mini Disks

•24'® Box (10 Per Box)

Verbatim 8" Floppy Disks

Double Density FD34-8000)

*AA®** Box (10 Per Box)

Limit 4 Boxes Per Customer

■OrFFR GOOD WHILE OUANTITIFS LAST

MODEL II

~ Business System —

Complete with all manuals. This is one
of the best and most complete
Business Systems for your Model II.
Best of all it is easy to use. Enter the
world of the Model II with a system
that works!

SPECIAL OFFER

MODEL II

CP/M Release 2.2

Including Utilities and full documenta-
tion. This is the CP/M designed for the
Model II.

SPECIAL OFFER *169®"

Including CBASIC-2
CBASIC-2 0NLY

Before You Buy Any Software
Call Us First!

MODEL II

Medical/Dental System

Same as above with much more! This
System also includes our computer-
Based Patient History System. THE
BEST!

Special

All Programs Supplied on Diskette

32 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Hotel/Motel System

95

Property Management System
S54995

MODEL II

MAGIC WAND
— Word Processing System —

This System offers the best features of
any system on the market, including
the best documentation.

Special ^289^^

STRUCTURED SYSTEMS GROUP

General Ledger $729.95

Accounts Receivable $729.95

Accounts Payable ■ $729.95

Payroll $729.95

Inventory Control $429.95

Analyst $189.95

Letterright $165.95

NAD $ 79.95

QSORT $ 79.95

MICROPRO

Word Star (Ver 2.1) $319.95

WordStar w /Mail-Merge $459.95

Data Star $279.95

Word Master $119.95

SuperSort I $189.95

SuperSon II $159.95

SuperSort III $119.95

MANUALS

OSBORNE/McGRAW HILL

Accounts Receivable/

Accounts Payable $18.95

Payroll w/Cost Accounting $18.95

General Ledger $18.95

GBASIC 2 Manual $12.95

Structured Systems Manual $24.95

Graham Dorian Manual $34.95

Magic Wand Manual $34.95

Word Star Manual $34.95

CP/M Handbook (Sybex) $1 2.95

GRAHAM-DORIAN

General Ledger $679.95

Accounts Receivable $679.95

Accounts Payable $679.95

Payroll $479.95

Inventory Control $479.95

Invoicing/Order Entry $679.95

Cash Register $479.95

Apartment Management $479.95

Job Costing $679.95

,^286

Looking for a Specific Program at the Best Price - Call Us Today!
Thinking Business - Take Advantage of these Linnited Offers.

We now handle software to support many microcomputers other than the TRS-80*

Software-Mart

24092 PANDORA STREET
EL TORO, CALIFORNIA 92630

24 HOUR HOT LINE

^^-

(714) 768-7818 (in California)
1-800-854-7115

SOURCE MAILBOX: TCU155
MicroNET^" Electronic Mail: 70341, 103

Give us the Opportunity to Beat any Nationally Advertised Price!

"OUR BEST AD'S ARE NOT WRITTEN - THEY'RE RUNNING ON TRS-80's"

■Quantities limited on some Items •TRS-80 Is a trademark of Radio Shack • Maflic Wand is a trademark of Small Business Applications • CP;M is a trade-
mark of Digital Research, Inc. • MicroNET is a trademark of CompuServe • CBASIC is a trademark of Compiler Sysiems • All Software is sold on an "as is"
basis and wittiout warranty • Prices and programs are subject to change without notice • Add S2.00 shipping 4 handling on each order.

OFFER EXPIRES 3/31/81

1^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 33

m

o)[mD(^ w®[a r

M\^©\r@®@\m\^w%\ii<§}f

80 MICROCOMPUTING is the best thing that ever happened to the TRS-80. * Through the articles
and ads in SO TRS-80* owners are able to keep up to date on the latest in everything lo do with the
system. Indeed, if there is any one factor which may carry Radio Shack through the coming blitz
from Japan il will be their superiority of support information and programs. . .provided by 80.

Be sure that you have a subscription to 80 and that every TRS-80* owner you know has one too.
The more readers 80 has. the more material can be published each month so you have a vested in-
terest in helping 80 to grow. Send in your subscription. . . and one for a good friend.

■^.^^'^

^^.If^^^^'iN^uVcaughxO.

What is the one thing which makes your TRS-80* many timesmore valuable than any other com-
puter? It's the wealth of information which is available for it. Through 80 MICROCOMPUTING you
have an incredible resource: far more information than is available for any other computer in the
world. . . information that is available to you on a monthly basis. This information is priceless.

And what is the second thing which makes the TRS-80* more valuable than any other computer
ever sold? It's the growing number of increasingly better programs written for it. You'll find 80 a
continuing source ofprograms for your system. . .and through the ads, a key to the unfolding world
of microcomputers.

'TnS-80 IS a trademark of Tandy Corporation.

LJ u il^g bill me for one year of 80 Microcomputing— $18.00

Name.

Address.
City

State.

Zip.

Canadian $20.00 US funds, 1 year only Foreign $28.00 US funds, 1 year only

Please allow 4 to 6 weeks for delivery

80 Microcomputing • PO Box 981 • Farmlngdale NY 11737

311B8

34 • flO Microcomputing, January 1981

5^9 APPLICATIONS

by Dennis Kitsz

"Silicon technology has

even invaded the great

American bastion of heavy

technology— the automobile."

If you follow this column regularly, you
are probably not the timid sort. It's likely
you have at least two soldering irons
(one's broken, of course), a traumatic
close-call story about yourTRS-80, and a
box full of programs for which you once
had high hopes. Your computer still
works, but a card you've taped to that pro-
gram box reads "erase."

This month at last we turn to the soft-
ware for the interrupt-driven real time
clock board from October's column. But
first, 1 would like to share with you the pro-
grams, parts suppliers, equipment, and
references that make it possible for me to
create software and hardware projects for
this column.

I'll start by considering the nature of mi-
crocomputer applications themselves.
Recently, one of the other popular com-
puting magazines initiated a policy that
hardware articles were no longer being
accepted. We have all the hardware we
need, they said, and now it is our business
to turn to the software to create harmoni-
ously working systems.

My reaction is strong and not likely
printable (You're right— Eds.). We are just
beginning to discover what kinds of tradi-
tional computer hardware {if there is such
athing)mightmeetour needs, and are still
far away from any understanding of how
to apply this technology efficiently and
unobtrusively to our lives.

Science and Mechanics

Recently I received a phone call from
the office of a well-known researcher in
human and animal behavior, whose lab
uses TRS-80S to monitor its experiments.

A major college now gives professional
microcomputer interfacing courses using
the TRS-80 as its model.

Even word processing, so recently a
task of dedicated machines, has been
comfortably and competently absorbed
into the realm of the home computer.

Silicon technology has even Invaded
the great American bastion of heavy tech-
nology—the automobile. Cruise controls
and digital dashboard clocks were only a
hint of the beginning. And anyone leafing
through the popular press will have seen a
major manufacturer's "Computer Com-

mand Control." 1 excitedly brought one of
these ads across the street to our village
mechanic.

There was a long silence while he read
the ad— and a long, distant stare after he
read it, accompanied only be the sound of
him drawing on his pipe. The stare finally
turned my way. "Expect I'll have to learn
how to fix 'em." Another long pause. "Be
over to your place later."

And so this man— after two decades of
wrenches and grease— plunged without a
second thought into the dilemmas of elec-
tronic engine control.

There will be more to this story, but it
has yet to take place. The point is this:
Each month "80 Applications" attempts
to bring together combinations of hard-
ware and software that elucidate each
other. The programs are kernels of poten-
tially larger ones; the electronic projects
are building blocks that allow the TRS-80
to grow outside its dull grey exterior.

Months ago I asked that you join me in
this experience. My neighbor and garage
mechanic is learning how it all works
because he senses he must know. You
may have the unique opportunity to gain
such a perspective before your life's work
depends on it. Once again, 1 ask that you
join me: If your strength is in program-
ming, then discover how the hardware
works. If integrated circuits turn up under
your sofa cushions, then spend time with
the software.

Commercially Unsophisticated

Callers are often surprised when they
discover that my own system is, commer-
cially at least, an unsophisticated one. it
was purchased In early spring of 1978 as a
4K Level II machine with expansion box,
growing within weeks to a 16K version.
For eighteen months, that was it. Home-
made interfaces provided some control of
my synthesizer, and a used monitor added
visual output in the next room.

Eventually there was more memory, a
Stringy Floppy, and an old Teletype. My
"modem" was the cassette output, send-
ing programs to my Radio Shack dealer
400 miles away. A real modem has re-
placed the makeshift one, and the Tele-
type sits temporarily idle while a recently

borrowed Centronics helps me make my
deadlines.

During its growth, my TRS-BO received
three different upper/lowercase mods,
higher speed, reverse video, an extra key-
board, more memory, and a plethora of lit-
tle buttons and switches everywhere. A
dozen homebrew circuits are snapped in-
to place when needed. A tangle of wires
goes to 16 power outlets.

There is no disk system because my
home environment precludes it— dry, cold
(50 degrees or less in the computer room),
with wood smoke, three cats and a dog. I
returned a set of disk drives because
under those conditions they wouldn't
even boot unless the stars were con-
figured just right.

This system has been successful for
me because of the hard work of program
and book authors and parts suppliers. I
would iike to recommend some of these to
you.

Hardware Discoveries

My criteria for choosing a parts supplier
are stiff because 1 am fairly impatient.
When I shop (and it is almost exclusively
by mail from rural Vermont), I search for:

• Up-to-date parts selection

• Moderately low prices

• Prime parts

• Toll-free phone numbers

• Credit card acceptance.

The latter requirement seems to rankel
some folks these days, but I'm not willing
to wait for a check to clear; risk missing a
COD package; or trudge through four feet
of snow to get a money order.

In an emergency, Radio Shack is the
first stop. I've never found a part that
didn't meet or exceed specifications at
the Shack. Service and selection is mar-
ginal, and knowledgeable employees are
sometimes hard to find, but the company
makes up for it by presenting a parts spec-
ification sheet along with the packaging.
Naturally, there Is a higher cost involved,
but I salute Radio Shack for their con-
tinued attempt to bring small parts into
their stores (You'll notice how they even
sell 16K dynamic RAMs for $14.).

The bulk of my shopping is divided be-
tween two companies. The first catalog I

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 35

^APPLICATIONS

pick up is that of Digi-Key Corporation,
P.O. Box 677, Highway 32 South, Thief
River Falls, MN 56701, (800) 346-5144. If it
will appear in the hobbyist marketplace,
Digi-Key will likely carry it first. They are
prompt, very courteous, offer a volume
discount, and accept an order of any size
(A $2 fee is charged under $10.),

Next stop is Electrolabs, P.O. Box 6721 ,
Stanford, CA 94305, (800) 227-8266. This
company has a motley but extensive cata-
log, with what looks like a selection of the
owner's favorite items. The catalog is in-
formative (a rarity) and very funny, pre-
senting for example a chart of the "TTL
Family Rules of Incest" (fan-in and fan-out
of 74, 74H, 74S, 74L and 74LS circuits).
They are likewise prompt and helpful.

Occasionally I turn to two other sup-
pliers. Advanced Computer Products, P.O.
Box 17329, Irvine, CA 92713, (800)
854-8230, has an exhaustive catalog of
parts and boards. Their prices are very
good, but their service is weak. I seldom
receive requested data sheets, and twice
parts which were listed and ordered as
5-volt devices were sent in +5, -12 volt
versions— something I only discovered
much later when the circuits were tested
for proper operation. The parts could no
longer be returned, and calls to the service
department (That number is not toll-free!)
requesting the omitted data invariably
have resulted in an argument or brusque
treatment,

Jameco Electronics, 1355 Shoreway
Road, Belmont, CA, (415) 592-8097, would
be a prime choice were it not for their re-
sistance to service. A 3000-mile toll call for
me, no credit card orders, no personal
checks for CODs, and a $10 minimum
order disqualify them except when I'm
desperate. It's too bad, because their se-
lection is excellent.

For bits and pieces of hardware, such
as handles, cases, and heat sinks, where
time and prime quality are of less concern,
I turn to surplus houses like Poly Paks,
Ediie, Etco, and especially BNF (formerly
B&F) Enterprises. The latter firm is quite
speedy and regularly updates their bulg-
ing catalog.

(Before my telephone starts ringing, I'll
say that there are many excellent sup-
pliers which seldom receive my orders,
and I am making no negative inferences
by omitting them.)

Software Discoveries

If you're out there to run programs,
there's lots to buy. But if you have an ap-
plication that's unusual or specific, you're
on your own. You have to write a program,
and you probably will want all the help you
can get.

Program Listing

00100

MACHINE LAHGUAGE CLOCK PROGRAM

FOR ONE-SECOND INTERRUPT

00110
00120

7EC0

ORG

7EC0H

CHANGE TO RELOCATE

00130

***********

*******************

************************

00140

PATCH INTO

DOS TIME$ ERROR LOCATION AND CHANGE IT j

00150
00160

7EC0

F3

NTRY DI

DISABLE ACTIVE INTRPTS.

7EC1

21DE7E

00170

LO

HLfSTAKTl

START OF TIMES PROGRAM

7EC4

227741

00180

LD

(4177H) ,HL

PATCH TIMES ?L3 error

7EC7

21A07F

00190

LD

HL,START2

START OF "CMD" PROGRAM

7ECA

227441

00200

LD

(4174H) ,HL

PATCH CMD ?L3 ERROR

7ECD

3EC3

00210

LD

A,0C3H

GET "JUMP" COMMAND

7ECF

321240

00220

LD

(4012H) ,A

PUT IN INT. PATCH POINT

7ED2

214C7F

00230

LD

HL, SERVE

INTERRUPT SERV. ROUTINE

7ED5

221340

00240

LD

(4013H) ,HL

INT. PATCH FROM 0038H

7EDe

ED56

00250

IH

1

SET INTERRUPT MODE #1

7 EDA

FB

00260

EI

ENABLE INTERRUPT LINE

7EDB

C3CC06

270

JP

06CCH

RETURN TO BASIC "READY"

00280

***********

******************************************** 1

00290

PATCH TO INTERCEPT ?L3 ERROR AND CHECK LINE'S SYNTAX |

00300
00310

7EDE

D7

iTARTl RST

10H

BASIC HOUSEKEEPING

7EDF

E5

00320

PUSH

HL

SAVE BASIC LINE POINTER

7EE0

3E11

00330

LD

A,11H

LENGTH OF TIMES

7EE2

CD57 28

00340

CALL

2857H

ROM STRING SPACE SETUP

7EE5

2AD440

00350

LD

HL, (40D4H)

LOCATION TO STORE TIMES

7EE8

114340

00360

LD

DE,SEC0ND+2

POINT DE TO HOURS POS'N

7EEB

CD187F

00370

CALL

DISPLY

CONVERT, PLACE IN TIMES

7EEE

363A

&0380

LD

(HL) ,3AH

PUT COLON INTO TIMES

7EFe

23

90390

INC

HL

BUMP TIMES POINTER

7EF1

IB

90400

DEC

DE

BUMP DE TO MINS. POS'N

7EF2

CD137F

00410

CALL

DISPLY

CONVERT, PLACE IN TIMES

7EF5

353A

00420

LD

(HL) ,3AH

PUT COLON INTO TIMES

7EF7

23

00430

INC

HL

BUMP TIMES POINTER

7EFe

IB

90440

DEC

DE

BUMP DE TO SECS, POS'N

7EF9

CD187F

9S450

CALL

DISPLY

CONVERT, PLACE IN TIMES

7EFC

3620

00460

LD

(HL) ,20H

PUT SPACE INTO TIMES

7EFE

23

90470

INC

HL

BUMP TIMES POINTER

7EFF

114540

00480

LD

DE,SEC0ND+4

POINT DE TO HON. POS'N

7F02

CD187F

00490

CALL

DISPLY

CONVERT, PLACE IN TIME?

7F05

362F

00500

LD

(HL) ,2FH

PUT SLASH INTO TIMES

7F07

23

90510

INC

HL

BUMP TIMES POINTER

7P08

IB

00520

DEC

DE

BUMP DE TO DAYS POS'N

7F09

CD187F

00530

Call

DISPLY

CONVERT, PLACE IN TIMES

7F0C

362F

00540

LD

(HL) ,2FH

PUT SLASH INTO TIMES

7F0E

23

90550

INC

HL

BUMP TIMES POINTER

7F0F'

114640

90560

LD

DE,SEC0ND+5

POINT DE TO YEARS POS'N

7F12

CD187F

00570

CALL

DISPLY

CONVERT, PLACE IN TIMES

7F15

C38428

00560

JP

2884H

FINISH DISPLAY IN ROM

00590

***********

********************************************

00600

FIND VALUES

IN TIME LOCATIONS AND CONVERT TO ASCII

00610
90620

7Fie

lA

)ISPLY LD

A, (DE)

GET VALUE INTO ACCUM.

7F19

CD407F

90630

CALL

NIBBLE

SEPARATE INTO 4 BITS

7F1C

47

90640

LD

B,A

VALUE INTO B FOR TEST

7F1D

AF

90650

XOH

A

CLEAR A FOR USE IN LOOP

7F1E

04

9 0660

INC

B

DUMMY INCREMENT . . .

7F1F

05

00670 LOOP DEC

B

DECREMENT TO TEST FOR

7F20

2805

906 80

JR

2, LEAVE

UPPER NIBBLE NOW AT

7F22

C616

90690

ADD

A,16H

A=A+16 ...HEX-DEC CONV,

7F24

27

00700

DAA

DEC. ADJ.: 16 BECOMES 10

7F25

i8Fe

00710

JR

LOOP

LOOP TILL CONV. DONE

7F27

47

00720 LEAVE LD

B,A

SAVE VALUE BACK IN B

7F2B

79

00730

LD

ft,C

GET LOW NIBBLE BACK

7F29

FE0A

007 40

CP

0AH

IS IT GREATER THAN 10?

7F2B

3804

00750

JR

C, CLEAN

NO WORK IF LESS THAN 10

7F2D

D60A

00760

SUB

0AH

REDUCE IT TO THRU 5

7F2F

C610

0770

ADD

A,10H

NOW ADD CARRY BIT

7F31

30

007 80 CLEAN ADD

A,B

CREATE A DECIMAL RESULT

7F32

27

007 90

DAA

DEC. ADJ. THE TOTAL

7F33

CD407F

00800

CALL

NIBBLE

SEPARATE INTO 4 BITS

7F36

C630

00810

ADD

A,30H

CONVERT NIBBLE TO ASCII

7F38

77

00820

LD

(HL) ,A

PLACE VALUE INTO TIMES

7F39

23

00830

INC

HL

BUMP TIMES PTR. BY ONE

7F3A

79

00840

LD

A,C

GET VALUE SAVED IN C

7F3B

C630

00850

ADD

A,30H

CONVERT NIBBLE TO ASCII

7F3D

77

00860

LD

(HL) ,A

PLACE VALUE INTO TIMES

7F3E

23

00870

INC

HL

BUMP TIMES PTR. BY ONE

7F3F

C9

00880

RET

BACK TO DO PUNCTUATION

00890

*******«««*

*******************

************************

00900

SUBROUTINE

TO CONVERT A BYTE A

■ID SAVE IT AS TWO NIBBLES

00910

7F40

F5

00920

NIBBLE PUSH

AF

SAVE THE BYTE BRIEFLY

7F41

E60F

00930

AND

0FH

MASK OUT THE HIGH BITS

7F43

4F

00940

LD

C,fl

SAVE LOW NIBBLE IN C

7F44

Fl

00950

POP

AF,

GET THE WHOLE BYTE BACK

7F45

IF

00960

RRA

MOVE THE BYTE RIGHT...

7F46

IF

00970

RRA

. . . SOME MORE .. .

7F47

IF

00980

RRA

. . . SOME MORE ,. .

7F48

IF

00990

RRA

UNTIL MSB BECOMES LSE

7F49

E60F

01000

AND

0FH

MASK OUT THE HIGH BITS
Program commues

36 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

g RACET SORTS- BACET UTILITIES — RACET computes — RACET SORTS- RACET UTILITIES — RACET computes — RACET SORTS — RACET UTILITIES — RACET computes -

HARD DISK
MULTIPLEXOR

FORTRS-80*Modll

NOW YOU CAN HAVE THAT LARGE COMMON DATA BASE! !

• Allows up to 4 Mod ll's to connect to a single controller — up to 4 hard disk drives per controller. Users may access the same
file simultaneously (first-come first-served).

• Uses Cameo controller and standard 10-megabyte cartridge (hard) disk drives along with RACET Hard/Soft Disk System (HSD)
software.

• Access times 3 to 8 times faster than floppy. Mixed floppy/hard disk operation supported.

• Compatible with your existing TRSDOS programs — you need only change filenames! All BASIC statements are identical.

• A single file may be as large as one disk. Alternate mode allovi's 24-million byte record range. Directory expandable to handle
thousands of files.

• Includes special utilities — XCOPY for backup and copies, XPURGE for multiple deletions, DCS directory catalog system, and
Hard Disk Superzap. FORMAT utility includes options for specifying sectors/gran, platters/drive, logical disk size, etc.

HARD DISK DRIVE AND CONTROLLER ^5995 RACET HSD Software $400 Call for multiuser pricing. Dealers call for OEM pricing.

BASIC LINK FACILITY 'BLINK' (Mod I Min 32K 1-dlsk) $25 Mod I, $50 Mod II

Link from one BASIC program to another saving all variables! The new program can be smaller or larger than the original program
in memory. The chained program may either replace the original program, or can be merged by statement number. The statement
number where the chained program execution is to begin may be specified!

INFINITE BASIC $49.95 (Mod I Tape or Disk)

Extends Level II BASIC with complete MATRIX functions and 50 more string functions. Includes RACET machine language sorts!

Sort 1000 elements in 9 seconds! ! Select only functions you want to optimize memory usage.

INFINITE BUSINESS $29.95 (Requires Infinite BASIC)

Complete printer pagination controls — auto headers, footers, page numbers. Packed decimal arithmetic — 127 digit accuracy

+ , -,*,/. Binary search of sorted and unsorted arrays. Hash codes.

COMPROC $19.95 (Mod I — Disl< only)

Command Processor. Auto your disk to perform any sequence of instructions that you can give from the keyboard. DIR, FREE,
pause, wait for user input, BASIC, No. of FILES and MEM SIZE, RUN program, respond to input statements, BREAK, return to DOS,
etc. Includes lowercase driver software, debounce and screenprint!

GSF $24.95 fWod I, $50.00 Mod II (Mod I Tape or Disk — Specify Memory Size)

Generalized Subroutine Facilities. The STANDARD against which all other sorts are compared! Machine language — fast and
powerful! Multi-key multi-variable and multi-key character string. Zero and move arrays. Mod II includes USR PEEKS and POKES.
Includes sample programs.

DSM $75.00 Mod I, $150.00 Mod II. (Modi Min 32K 2-drive system. Mod II 64K 1-drive)

Disk Sort/Merge for RANDOM files. All machine language stand-alone package for sorting speed. Establish sort specification in
simple BASIC command File. Execute from DOS. Only operator action to sort is to change diskettes when requested! Handles
multiple diskette files! Super fast sort times — improved disk I/O times make this the fastest Disk Sort/Merge available on Mod I
or Mod II.

UTILITY PACKAGE $150.00 (Mod II 64K)

Important enhancements to the Mod II. The file recovery capabilities alone will pay for the package in even one application! Fully
documented in 124 page manual! XHIT, XGAT, XCOPY and SUPERZAP are used to reconstruct or recover data from bad diskettes!
XCOPY provides multi-file copies, 'wild-card' mask select, absolute sector mode and other features. SUPERZAP allows examine/
change any sector on diskette including track-0, and absolute disk backup/copy with I/O recovery. DCS builds consolidated
directories from multiple diskettes into a single display or listing sorted by disk name or file name plus more. Change Disk ID with
DISKID. XCREATE preallocates files and sets 'LOF' to end to speed disk accesses. DEBUGII adds single step, trace, subroutine
catling, program looping, dynamic disassembly and morel!

BASIC CROSS REFERENCE UTILITY $50.00 (Mod II 64K)

SEEK and FIND functions for Variables, Line Numbers, Strings, Keywords. 'All' options available for line numbers and variables.

Load from BASIC — Call with 'CTRL'R. Output to screen or printer!

DEVELOPMENT PACKAGE $125.00 (Mod II 64K)

Includes RACET machine language SUPERZAP, Apparat Disassembler, and Model .11 interface to the Microsoft 'Editor Assembler
Plus' software package including uploading services and patches for Disk I/O. Purchase price includes complete copy of Editor
Assembler + and documentation for Mod I. Assemble directly into memory, MACRO facility, save all or portions of source to disk,
dynamic debug facility (ZBUG), extended editor commands.

CIRCLE READER REQUEST FOR FREE 24-PAGE CATALOG
■TRS-80 IS A TRADEMARK OF TANDY CORPORATION

■41

CHECK, VISA, M/C, C.O.D,, PURCHASE ORDER
TELEPHONE ORDERS ACCEPTED (714) 637-5016

RACET SORTS — RACET UTILITIES — RACET computes — RACET SORTS — RACET UTILITIES — RACET computes — RACET SORTS

^ RACET COMPUTES "3

702 Palmdale, Orange, CA 92665

y^Reaaer Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 37

5&APPIICAT10NS

In creating a monthly column, I've
found some programs I can't do without,
many I can, and a few I wish I could. Here
are the best in my collection:

Radio Shack's Editor/Assembler. You
can use it in its off-the-shelf version, with
the Apparat changes for disk use, the
ASPTCH modification package (Micro-
pute Software, P.O. Box 1943, Rocky
Mount, NC 27801), or any of the smaller
modifications published in magazines. It
serves as not only a machine language as-
sembler, but, with its TEXT command,
doubles as a line-oriented text generator.
EDTASM is a workhorse.

The RSM2 Monitor (P.O.Box 366, New-
bury Park, CA 91320) and the Misosys Dis-
assembler (5904 Edgehill Drive, Alex-
andria, VA 22303) are a good investment.
RSM has a few major flaws, most notably
the inability to read a system tape that is
loaded into more than one portion of
memory. Otherwise, it has a wealth of eas-
ily used commands.

The Misosys piece is a fast disassem-
bler. It is not an elegant piece of writing
(just ask it to disassemble itself and take a
look), but it is quick. Its major flaw is its
inability to read any tape into memory; its
major advantage is its command to pre-
pare an EDTASM-compatibie source tape,
complete with labels. Both these pro-
grams are virtually crash proof — you can
accidentally exit these Into your
memory's never-never land, and almost al-
ways reenter them intact. I would like to
see both of these programs superseded,
but until a complete monitor/debugger
package arrives at a reasonable price, I
will continue to load the pair of these.

If you do any work that involves games,
graphics, or tedious calculations, then
ACCEL2 (Allen Gelder Software, Box
11721, Main Post Office, San Francisco,
CA 94101) is an answer. This is a semi-
compiler for BASIC. Here's how it works:
You write a BASIC program, observing
most normal rules of syntax as well as
good programming techniques. ACCEL2
then compiles the most time-consuming
parts of the program (not things like
PRINT), and produces a finished program
that will run faster than standard Level II
BASIC. One example: I received a BASIC
handball game that takes 15 seconds per
shot, and is almost impossible to lose.
Compiled with ACCEL2, each shot is only
one-half second, making it almost impos-
sible to win!

When you're stuck with a cassette sys-
tem, you always search for an economical
alternative. There is one, and it's called
the B-17 Loader (ABS Suppliers, P.O. Box
8297, Ann Arbor, Ml 48107). The program
has a history of fits and starts, and the
original version has been released to the

7F4B

C9

01010

RET

NIBBLES NOW IN A & C

01020

***********

******«.««*«•******

*************************

01030

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE IS ENTERED AT 1-S CLOCK PULSE 1

01040
01050

4041

SECOND EQU

4041H

LOCATION TO STORE TIMES

7F4C

F3

01060 SERVE DI

DON'T BOTHER ME NOW!

7F4D

F5

01070

PUSH

AF

SAVE ACCUM. & FLAGS

7F4E

E5

01080

PUSH

HL

SAVE HL REGISTER PAIR

7F4F

D5

01090

PUSH

DE

SAVE DE REGISTER PAIR

7F50

3A4540

01100

LD

A, (SECOND+4)

GET CURRENT MONTH VALUE

7F53

5F

01110

I.D

E,A

SAVE HONTEi VALUE IN E

7F54

1600

01120

LD

D,0

LET D=0, REASON FOLLOWS

7F56

214140

01130

LD

HL, SECOND

START AT SECONDS POS ' N ,

7F59

34

01140

INC

(HLl

SECONDS = SECONDS + 1

7F5A

7E

01150

LD

A, (HLl

GET READY TO COMPARE

7F5B

FE3C

01160

CP

60D

IS IT 60 SECONDS?

7F5D

3824

01170

JR

C,OUT

DONE IF NOT 60 SECONDS

7F5F

CD897F

01180

CALL

TICTOC

ADVANCE TIME SUBROUTINE

7F62

FE3C

01190

CP

60D

IS IT 60 MINUTES?

7F64

381D

01200

JR

C,OUT

DONE IF NOT 60 MINUTES

7F6e

CD897F

01210

CALL

TICTOC

ADVANCE TIME SUBROUTINE

7F69

FE18

01220

CP

24D

IS IT 24 HOURS?

7F6B

3816

01230

JR

C,OUT

DONE IF NOT 24 HOURS

7F6D

CD897F

01240

CALL

TICTOC

ADVANCE TIME SUBROUTINE

7F70

E5

01250

PUSH

HL

SAVE REGISTER BRIEFLY

7F71

21937F

01260

LD

HL, LOOKUP

DAYS-IN-MONTH TABLE

7F7 4

19

01270

ADD

HL.DE

REMEMBER DE? SEE ABOVE

7F75

BE

01280

CP

(HL)

IS IT LAST DAY OF MONTH

7F76

El

01290

POP

HL

GET REGISTER BACK NOW

7F77

380A

01300

JR

COUT

DONE IF NOT LAST DAY

7F79

CD8F7F

01310

CALL

TIKTOK

ADVANCE DATE SUBROUTINE

7F7C

FE0D

01320

CP

13D

IS IT 12 MONTHS?

7F7E

3803

01330

JR

COUT

DONE IF NOT 12 MONTHS

7F80

CD8F7F

01340

CALL

TIKTOK

ADVANCE DATE SUBROUTINE

7Fe3

Dl

01350 OUT POP

DE

RESTORE DE REGISTERS

7F84

El

01360

POP

HL

RESTORE HL REGISTERS

7F65

Fl

01370

POP

AF

RESTORE ACCUM. & FLAGS

7F86

FB

013B0

EI

GET CLOCK TICKING AGAIN

7F87

ED4D

01390

RETl

BACK FROM THE INTERRUPT

01400

********••"

*******************

t******* *****************

01410

ADVANCE TIME/DATE & RETRIEVE NEW VALUE SUBROUTINES

01420
01430

7F89

AF

nCTOC XOR

A

CLEAR ACCUM. TO ZERO

7F8A

77

01440 FINISH LD

(HLl ,A

HRS, HIN, OR SEC =

7F8B

23

01450

INC

HL

MOVE TO NEXT POSITION

7F8C

34

01460

INC

(HLl

TIME = TIME -I- 1 (CARRY)

7FaD

7E

01470

LD

A, (HLl

SET UP TO TEST VALUE

7FaE

C9

01480

RET

BACK TO COMPLETE TEST

7F8F

3E01

01490 TIKTOK LD

A,l

A = 1 FOR DAY OR MONTH

7F91

18F7

01500

JR

FINISH

OTHER ROUTINE DOES WORK

01510

********** ***********««***j,tti,

*************************

01520

THIS IS THE

DAYS-IN-A-HONTH LOOKUP TABLE - NO LEAP YEAR 1

01530

01540

7F93

00

.OOKUP DEFB

00

DUMMY BYTE, BUT THEN . , ,

7F94

20

01550

DEFB

32D

THIRTY DAYS HATH

7F95

ID

01560

DEFB

29D

SEPTEMBER,

7F96

20

01570

DEFB

32D

APRIL, JUNE, AND

7F97

IF

01580

DEFB

3lD

NOVEMBER;

7F9e

20

01590

DEFB

32D

ALL THE REST HAVE

7F99

IF

01600

DEFB

31D

THIRTY-ONE,

7F9A

20

01610

DEFB

32D

'CEPT FEBRUARY, AND

7F9B

20

01620

DEFB

32D

YOU KNOW ALL

7F9C

IF

01630

DEFB

31D

THE NONSENSE

7F9D

20

01640

DEFB

32D

THAT'S INVOLVED

7F9E

IF

01650

DEFB

31D

WITH THAT SILLY

7F9F

20

01660

DEFB

32D

MONTH!

01670

******************************

I************************

01680

"CRD" PATCH

CHECKS PARAMETERS,

SYNTAX, AND SETS TIME

01690
017

7FA0

114340

TART2 LD

DE,SEC0ND-(-2

POINT DE TO HOURS POS ' N

7FA3

7E

01710

LD

A, (HL)

CHAR AT LINE POINTER

7FA4

FE22

01720

CP

22H

IS IT A QUOTE HARK?

7FA6

204A

01730

JR

NZ, OTHERS

CHECK FOR CMDT OR CMDR

7FA8

CDDB7F

01740

CALL

CONVRT

READ/CONV. ASCII HR.

7FAB

FE3A

01750

CP

3AH

IS IT A COLON?

7 FAD

C29719

01760

jYNERR JP

N2,1997H

GO TO ?SN ERROR ROUTINE

7FB0

CDDB7F

01770

CALL

CONVRT

READ/CONV. ASCII HIN,

7FB3

FE3A

017 80

CP

3AH

IS IT A COLON?

7FB5

20F6

017 90

JR

NZ,SYNERR

SYNTAX ERROR IF NOT :

7FB7

CDDB7 F

01800

CALL

CONVRT

READ/CONV, ASCII SEC.

7FBA

FE20

01810

CP

20H

IS IT A SPACE?

7FBC

20EF

01820

JR

NZ.SYNERR

SYNTAX ERROR IF NOT

7FBE

114540

01830

LD

DE,SEC0ND+4

POINT DE TO MONTH POS ' N

7FC1

CDDB7F

01840

CALL

CONVRT

READ/CONV. ASCII MON .

7FC4

FE2F

01850

CP

2FH

IS IT A SLASH?

7FC6

20E5

01860

JR

NZ,SYNERR

SYNTAX ERROR IF NOT /

7FC8

CDDB7 F

01870

CALL

CONVRT

READ/CONV. ASCII DAY

7FCB

FE2F

01880

CP

2FH

IS IT A SLASH?

7FCD

20DE

01890

JR

NZ,SYNERR

SYNTAX ERROR IF NOT /

7FCF

114640

01900

LD

DE,SEC0KD+5

POINT DE TO YEARS POS ' N

7FD2

CDDB7F

01910

CALL

CONVRT

READ/CONV. ASCII YEAR

7FD5

FE22

01920

CP

22H

IS IT A QUOTE MARK?

7FD7

2001

01930

JR

NZ.EXIT

DONE IF A QUOTE MARK

7FD9

23

01940

INC

HL

BUt4P POINTER PAST QUOTE
Program continues

38 • SO Microcomputing, January 1981

public domain. The new B-17 is a much
nicer piece of work, loading and saving
BASIC programs at better than four times
the normal cassette speed. It's one of the
best bargains in the field at $22 postpaid.

The final program I can't do without is
one of my own, called KEEPIT (The Alter-
nate Source, 1806 Ada, Lansing, Ml
48910). Many of you have written pro-
grams you never use; I do it all the time.
But whenever I write in BASIC, I first load
this one. It saves BASIC programs with
variables intact, saves blocks of memory,
and has a miniature monitor that allows
you to create special machine-code fea-
tures in BASIC. For details, see the review
in the December 80 Microcomputing.

As for software I wish I could do with-
out, my primary candidate forthis honor is
Electric Pencil. It is an old and weak pro-
gram with many flaws. The nearest rea-
sonably priced competitor is Radio
Shack's Scripsit, Vi'hich seems to have
been written for a computer operator
(sorry, Tandy). I wait for a text-editor pro-
gram at non-ripoff prices; until then,
resentfully, it's Pencil.

Paper Goods

I have eight shelves of books, maga-
zines, and ephemera about computers.
These I dust weekly. Next to my TRS-80
are a few well worn volumes.

If you have a TRS-80, you should al-
ready have the Level 11 BASIC manual and
should purchase the Technical Reference
Handbook. The latter is the most respon-
sible piece of hardware documentation
you're likely to find in the entire field of
microcomputers. Even if hardware is not
your strength, read this book.

Next to it on the desk is the Editor/As-
sembler manual. With its complete de-
scriptions of Z-80 instructions and its
cross-reference tables, it's invaluable for
writing and debugging. I've rebound my
owncopywithallstingof all the ASCII and
graphics characters, and a detailed mem-
ory map of the machine. No need to go out
and buy the books advertised as "Z-80 In-
struction Sets"; you get the works with
the $30 invested in EDTASM.

In a fat loose-leaf notebook resides that
prize and nemesis of the TRS-80 user, a
disassembled listing of the Level II ROM.
If you haven't made one, obtain a disas-
sembler and a printer, set it going, close
the door and come back a day later. What
you'll see isn't quite accurate (There's a
lot of data and ASCII in that ROM ), but
help is available as you plug your way
through 12,000 lines of assembly listing.
In the front pocket of the same notebook
I've put a copy of Supermap (Fuller Soft-
ware, 630 E. Springdale, Grand Prairie, TX
75051) and Inside /.eve///(Mumford Micro

7 FDA

C9

01950

EXIT RET

BACK TO BASIC

01960

. *************

*****************

************************

01970

; CONVERT ASCII

TO HEX AND POKE INTO CLOCK TIMES LOCATION i

01980

7FDB

23

01990

CONVRT INC

HL

BUMP LINE PTR. BY ONE

7FDC

7E

02000

LD

A, (HLl

GET CHARACTER IN LINE

7 FDD

D630

02010

SUB

30H

CONVERT ASCII TO HEX

7 PDF

3C

02020

IMC

A

MAKE A BE AT LEAST 1

7FE0

47

02030

LD

B, A

SAVE THAT VALUE IN B

7FE1

3EF6

02040

LD

A,0F6H

A= 100 HEX MINUS 10 DEC

7FE3

C60A

02050

MULT ADD

A,0AH

MULTIPLY BY ADDITION

7FE5

10FC

02060

DJNZ

MULT

I.E., A = B TIMBS 10

7FE7

47

02070

LD

E,A

SAVE THAT VALUE IN B

7FE8

23

02030

INC

HL

BUMP LINE PTR. BY ONE

7FE9

7E

02090

LD

A, (HL)

GET CHARACTER IN LINE

7FEA

D630

02100

SUB

3011

CONVERT ASCII TO HEX

7FEC

80

02110

ADD

A,B

A = (B * 10) + A

7FED

12

02120

LD

(DE) ,A

TIME IS SET, PUT IN DE

7FEE

IB

02130

DEC

DE

BUMP DE TO NEXT PLACE

7FEF

23

02140

INC

HL

BUMP LINE PTR. BY ONE

7FF0

7E

02150

LD

A, (HL)

GET CHARACTER IN LINE

7FF1

C9

02160

RET

RETURN FOR FURTHER TEST

7FF2

FE52

02170

OTHERS CP

52H

IS IT CMDR (CLOCK OFF)?

7FF4

2003

02180

JR

NZ.NEXT

NOPE, TRY FOR CMDT

7FF6

F3

02190

DI

TURN OFF THE CLOCK

7FP7

23

02200

INC

HL

BUMP LINE PTR, BY ONE

7FF8

C9

02210

RET

BACK TO BASIC PROGRAM

7FF9

FE54

02220

NEXT CP

54H

IS IT CMDT (CLOCK ON] ?

7 FEB

20D0

02230

JR

NZ,SYNERR

NOPE, MUST BE ERROR

7FFD

FB

02240

EI

TURN ON THE CLOCK

7FFE

23

02250

INC

ilL

BUMP LINE PTR. BY ONE

7FFF

C9

02260

RET

BACK TO BASIC PROGRAM

02270

. *************

*****************

*************************

7EC0

02280

END

ENTRY

00000 TOTAL

ERRORS

Systems, Box 435, Summerland, CA
93067). The former indexes a major por-
tion of ROM activities, the latter details
and explains their use.

By the time you read this, a new publi-
cation from IJG (569 N. Mountain Ave.,
Suite B, Upland, CA 91786) will be in the
stores. It Is Microsoft BASIC Decoded, by
James Farvour, a line-by-line complete an-
notation of the Level II BASIC ROM. Far-
vour gets around the problem of Micro-
soft's copyright ownership by providing
blank columns for you to paste in your
own disassembled listing of the code.
Your purchase of the TRS-80 gives you the
license to do just that.

My hardware library is completed with a
copy of the Z-80 Tecfinical Manual (Zilog,
inc., 10340 Bubb Road, Cupertino, CA
95014) and the National Semiconductor
TTL and memory data books (sold by
Radio Shack).

Other Stuff

As 1 mentioned earlier, my TRS-80 has a
reverse video modification that has made
many hours before the screen quite a bit
more relaxing. Another beauty is the
"Fatigue Fighter," described as an optical
band-pass filter. In other words, it fits over
the screen and makes the characters !ook
green. Much to my surprise, this device
makes white-on-black characters not only
more tolerable, but almost enjoyable in
their other-worldly glow.

If you find your expansion interface just
a bit too close to the CPU, and you've got
one of the reliable interfaces (no buffered

cable), you might consider a longer con-
nection between the two. My short grey
cable has been successfully replaced
with a 24-inch one, available from all of the
suppliers mentioned above.

How Much?

All of these programs, books, and the
few pieces of hardware total less than the
cost of a single disk drive— altogether un-
der $300. In an age of increasing inflation
and apparently decreasing quality, it
seems to me remarkable that we can pur-
chase, operate and document a powerful
microcomputer for little more than a thou-
sand dollars.

Let me encourage readers to drop me a
card if they have found a particular book,
program or attachment to be of general in-
terest, special value, and low cost.

Any Finally. . .the Clock

At last we turn to the software which
will accept signals from the one-second
Interrupt clock circuit published in Octo-
ber's 80 Microcomputing.

The patches into the TIMES and CMD
routines are essentially the same as those
used for the MSM5832 clock (as described
in November "Applications"), but the for-
mat of the time and data accepted and
printed is somewhat different. To set the
time, enter:

CMD"00:0O:00 01(01/81"

Use the spaces and punctuation exact-
ly in the order you see them. The program
checks for correct syntax but not for pos-
sible actual times. So, at least until the

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 39

g^

S^APPIICATIONS

clock is upoated, it will display whatever
odd and impossible times you may set it
to.

To print the time and date, merely enter;
PRINT TIMES, You may use TIMES in the
same way you would use other strings;
you can PRINT, LPRINT, use MID$, LEFTS,
RIGHTS, and most other string manipula-
tion. For details on how it worl<s, see the
software in November's Applications.

The significant part of this program is
found in the interrupt service routine be-
ginning at line 1060. Interrupts are dis-
abled while this routine is being tai^en
care of, and the active registers are saved
on the stack. The seconds are updated,
and when the number reaches 60 the
minutes are updated. Hours are updated
at 60 minutes, and days are updated at 24
hours.

When days are updated, a lookup table
is searched for the corresponding month
(lines 1540 to 1660) to check for overflow
into month updating. After 12 months, the
year is updated, but without checking for
the turn of the century!

The routine returns to the program in
progress after only a few microseconds.

Although I've had no trouble CLOADing
with the clock, some time-sensitive pro-
grams may be affected by the use of the
clock. Therefore, to turn off the clock's in-
terrupt before CLOAD and whenever need-
ed, enter: CMDR. Note that no quotation
marks are used in this command (it differs
from DOS and Level III BASIC). To return
the clock to operation, enter: CMDT.

This program may be relocated by
changing the origin (line 120); if used as
written, MEMORY SIZE should be set to
32448 for 16K machines.

Notes

A note about the interrupt hardware: If
you use a transformer other than the one
specified, you may have to put a 100 to
1000 Ohm resistor in series from its output
to the 7414 to obtain reliable counting. A
small capacitor to ground at that point will
also help eliminate any amplified power
glitches.

Next month: Add ROM and RAM to your
Model I TRS-80. All the advantages of
ROM in RAM. The famous Read-Oniy
RAM! Ready? ■

80 APPLICATIONS UNSCIENTIFIC READER SURVEY

Mail to Dennis Kitsz, Roxbury, Vermont 05669

Check one:

More hardware; how much?

_Wore hardware, less sollware; how much?_
.More software; how much?

_More software, less hardware; how much?.
Everything's okay!
.Nothing's okay; do this:

The software I use that appeared iri this columrt:

The hardware I use that appeared in this column:

LYrsnco

makes your TRS-iaTQ

LYNX is more than a telephone coupler.
LYNX is a one-piece total telephone linkage
system for TRS-80 Level I and II
computers, with or without expansion
interface. No RS-232 required for true
originate/ answer direct-connect telephone
operation. DOS-compatible EMTERM
"smart terminal" software furnished on
cassette. Already have a favorite TRS-80
program? Use it with LYNX.

With LYNX you can tap the Source or the new
Compu-Serve Information Utility. Control
university, business and personal computers from
a remote location. Communicate via electronic
mail. Learn from library data bases. Profit by
instant financial market info.

All for only $279.95* at your dealer or:

new animal

1^278

EMTROL
SYSTEMS, INC.

123 LOCUST STREET LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA 17602
Phone 717/291-1116

VISA ot Master Card Welcome

"Add $2,50 for shipping and fiandling. PA residents add 6% sales tax.
Iicludes all cables, "EMTERM" terminal program, mslrjction manjal
FCC Registration Number: A909KE-6948B-DM-N

Factory orders shipped sams day.

"TRS-80 Is a trademark of
the Radio Shack Division of
Tandy Corporation"

40 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

^0 REVIEWS

Edited by Pamela Petrakos

"Simply stated, the printer is
buiit like a Sherman tank."

Daisy Wheel II
Tandy/Radio Shack
Ft. Worth, TX
$1995

by Bob LIddil

In late August, 1980, Radio Shack an-
nounced a series of startling new prod-
ucts. One of the most promising was an
inexpensive, letter quality printer. Priced
by Radio Shack stores at $1995, the Daisy
Wheel II represents a pricing break-
tfirough in word processing accessories.

Unlike some of its half-thought-out
cousins in the Tandy printer line, the
Daisy Wheel II is well designed and care-
fully constructed. Its construction is of
heavy-guage cast alunninum with virtually
no plastic anywhere, except for a few
knobs and switches required for opera-
tion. The metal exterior is supported by a
cast aluminum frame. And in between the
two is a layer of foam rubber for sound in-
sulation. Only the nylon pulley wheels, the
daisy wheel, and tfie rubber platen are
non-metallic. Simply stated, the printer is
built like a Sherman tank.

The sparse, but functional front panel
displays a power light, and two switches
—on line/off line, and pitch control. There
arethree possible pitch modes, 10 charac-
ters per inch, 12 characters per inch, and
proportional spacing. Optimum results
with pitch are related to the font wheel
that is in the printer. The Courier 10 font,
which came with the printer, optimizes the
10 position, the Prestige Elite font (op-
tional) uses the 12. The Madeleine font
(also optional) requires that the switch be
set on proportional spacing. Some inter-
changing of font and pitch may occur but
the printing of a 10 font at a 12 setting
jams the letters together.

The wheel and print ribbon were de-

signed in word processing heaven. They
are easy to remove and replace, a blessing
to non-technical types like myself.

The interior controls are equally simple
to deal with. Impression intensity of the
print Is controlled by a simple three-posi-
tion switch Inside the printer.

At the rear of the printer are two switch-
es, power and self test. The self test re-
veals characters that cannot be accessed
by either Electric Pencil or Scripslt, the
two best known premium TRS-80 word
processors. But don't let that throw you.
The Daisy Wheel 11 seems capableof print-
ing both the French and German alpha-
bets, if you have the software to generate
them.

With a print speed of 43 characters per
second, carriage return speed of 300ms/
13.6, and line feed speed of four inches
per second, the Daisy Wheel 11 can com-
pare with more expensive units and be
counted as a better investment. This is
one instance where Radio Shack has an
advantage over the competition. With a
lower price and seven thousand locations
to bring It for repairs, there seems little
doubt that the Daisy Wheel 11 is a winner.

For anyone who wants letter quality
word processing, the Daisy Wheel 11 can
provide it at a fraction of the cost of other
systems. Its plug-In compatibility with
both Models I and 11 Is hassle-free. We
simply powered up and started printing.*

Line Printer IV
Tandy/Radio Shack
Ft. Worth, TX
$999

by William O'Brien

Radio Shack recently announced the
availablltiy of its Line Printer IV. It Is
basically a Centronics 737, repackaged in
the familiar Radio Stiack black and silver
color scheme. It Is capable of printing on
either formfeed, roll or single sheet paper.
Taken by Itself, on Its own merit. It Is a
breakthrough in the low cost quality print-
er market. The printed output characteris-
tics are:

• Ten characters per Inch, monospaced.
This is the primary character set. In use
any time the printer is turned on. Mono-
spaced refers to the width of the printed
character (In this case, all alphanumerlcs
have the same width).

• Proportionally spaced characters. This
is the secondary character set, which
must be activated by outputtlng CHR$(27)
(decimal code for ESC) and CHR$(17) (dec-
imal code for DC1) to the printer. Propor-
tionally spaced printing takes advantage
of the fact that different characters often
have different widths. If you type an /you
might notice that the width across the let-
ter Itself Is less than of a w. In this print
mode the Line Printer IV takes advantage

of these differences and prints each let-
ter, number or symbol according to the ac-
tual letter width (most printers assume all
characters have a width of 1). In this
mode, the output is close to letter quality.

• Characters print at 16.7 per inch mono-
spaced. Turned on by printing CHR$(27);
CHR$(20), this is a 132 character per line
typeface with the same spacing charac-
teristics as the primary character set
above. It Is also suitable for letter quality,
but of footnote size.

• All type faces have upper and lower
case, with descenders, and may be print-
ed in elongated characters or with under-
lines by printing other control codes. Line
feeds may be either half or full, forward or
reverse (this last feature lets you use sub
and superscripts ),

Supplied with the IV is a paper roll
holder. Paper loading, if you read the di-
rections, is no problem, no matter the type
including single label sheets. Ribbon
changing is also no great problem, but a
third hand would be helpful (plastic gloves
are supplied in the ribbon pack).

The Bad with the Good

There are weak points which will prove
major or minor, depending on how you
want to use the machine. For example,
there are no sense switches for out of
paper or cover removed conditions, con-

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 41

so REVIEWS

sequently printing is not halted if either of
these occur. 1 have been using continuous
formpaper, and there is a tendency for the
first sheet to wrap around and get
dragged back into the feeder mechanism.
The solution has been to simply keep alert
after the first full sheet print and route it
away from the feed entrance.

Front panel switches are for on/off, on
line/off line and rev/fwd linefeed. The line-
feed switch will only work with the printer
off line. The switches themselves are the
bat handle type, and I wonder if they will
withstand lots of use (to feed a sheet out,
you throw the line switch to off, and then
either single linefeed the sheet out by tog-
gling the LF switch or use continuous
feed by holding it).

The control codes used to print elon-
gated characters, unlike those for under-
lining, must be re-issued at the start of
each new line. Either elongated or under-
lined printing may be terminated at any
point by printing the correct control
codes.

The Ugly

When the Line Printer IV was first adver-
tised by Radio Shack, the ads pictured it
in use with Scripsit, and if my memory
serves me correctly, it was touted as be-
ing the "near perfect match" for letter

quality printing.

Yet in fact, nothing could be further
from the truth. From Scripsit you cannot
activate the underline facility, nor the
superscripts or subscripts. Unfortunately,
using the proportional print, line length
assignments become almost meaning-
less. The proportion of a letter is totally ig-
nored by Scripsit, and it is that typeface
which produces near letter quality print.

Please don't go running off howling
about Radio Shack sticking it to us again.
From talking to some of the people at
Computer Services I think they were
somewhat surprised themselves. I imag-
ine this misdirection in Radio Shack's ini-
tial ads was due to their naivete in the
field — it takes more than three years to
become an expert.

Also, from the same hallowed sources,
there will very likely be a new release of
Scripsit sometime in the next year that
will take advantage of those features.

If that seems an unendurable time to
wait, you might want to contact Micro-
tronix in Philadelphia. They have a patch
for Scripsit that will allow certain control
codes to be inserted in the text, thus acti-
vating some of the features of the Line
Printer IV/737 (although it won't take care
of the proportionality problem, unfortu-
nately). ■

!"#$%Sr'()*+,-./0123456789:K==>?
@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXyZ[\3-^_
'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyitP'^

Proportional Normal

^aLbczd^-Fg hijl-tlmnopcir'sirLJWJxyx-C |>

Proportional Elongated

! "**%&' ( ))K+t-*/0:l 23^56789: ?<»?
0ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRBTUyWXY2:t;\:]'^„
"^ abcdef qhi jklMnopqrstuvwxyz-C ! >'^

10 CPI /Monospaced

■ ""*:■!*-:?£; ^ -^ < > >«: HH ^ ■— * ./^ o 1. :;;^ 3 -^ ssi
c» A lEs o o fB: r~ o i-i :i: ^j h<. i..„ m m C3 f- o f'< 3 x u

■^ -E* Izh c:i- -dl €i? -f" t^i a-fc :i. ^i i-^.. 1. *^ r'l ot ir -c^. t-^ ■'es- Ht:, «._■

10 CPI Elongated
Table 1. Character Styles and Features of Line Printer IV.

Cryptext

Cryptext Corporation

Seattle, WA

$500 Basic Package: Unit

Manual Power Cable
Demo Software
Extension Cable

by Terry Kepner

Businesses beware! Are your comput-
er records secure? Are they safe from
prying eyes? Are they protected from acci-
dental (or deliberate) alteration by unau-
thorized employees or outsiders?

Cryptext is a combination of software
and hardware that allows storage of al-
most any type of data (i.e. inventory, finan-
cial, technical, proprietary, graphics,
ASCII text, programs, etc.) either on tape
or diskette, in an unrecognizable, un-
breakable code. The code can only be de-
coded by the Cryptext hardware/software
combination, and only if you use the ex-
act original encoding key.

This key is composed of a sequence of
ten characters — any ASCII character that
can be generated by the keyboard, includ-
ing special characters such as punctua-
tion marks, the equals sign, the arrow
keys, and so forth. Because of the long
length of the key, 80 bits, there are over
1.20893E -I- 24 (10 to the 24th power) differ-
ent combinations possible, enough to de-
feat even the fastest computer system (it
would require 380 billion years to search
through all the possibilities, at a rate of
ten thousand tests per second). However,
to prevent someone from trying to guess
the right key by rapidly typing in a series
of keys, there is a built-in timer delay be-
tween keyboard input of the key and the
negative response of the unit.

To use Cryptext Is simple. First, plug in
the hardware. Cryptext attaches to either
your keyboard (it plugs directly into the ex-
pansion port) or to your expansion inter-
face port.

This device is rather heavy (a 3 x 5 x 1
inch permanently sealed black box) and
puts a noticeable strain on the edge card
connector of your computer. I strongly
suggest that the extension cable sold by
Cryptext be used so that the weight of the
hardware doesn't damage your computer.

42 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

The manufacturer concurs.

Next, the power cable is installed. Cryp-
text comes with a special power supply
cable that is inserted between the cable
from the power supply and your computer.
The special cable has a small wire that
connects to the encryption device to pow-
wer it. It does not affect the keyboard, or
violate any Radio Shack warranty.

With Cryptext attached you may begin.

Before you can start encoding your
data, give Cryptext a 10-byte key. Cryptext
comes mlU both a BASIC and an assem-
bly language program to help you accom-
plish this. Once Cryptext has its key,
which is not recorded in memory and can-
not be found by using PEEK or any other
machine language tricks, it is simple to
encode data. You just send your data to
the encoder, one byte at a time, retrieve
the altered, encrypted byte and then save
the byte to tape or disk. This Is repeated
as many times as needed for the data you

want to store.

To decode your data, you give Cryptext
your 10-byte key, feed it the encoded data,
and retrieve the decoded characters.

All of this is carefully explained in a
26-page manual that is very thorough and
even gives you a simple test program,
command structure summary, and pin-out
diagram, as well as lessons on how to use
the Cryptext commands in your BASIC or
machine language programs.

Cryptext is Unique

All of this is good, but what makes Cryp-
text different from other encoding devices
for computers?

Well, Cryptext uses a special propri-
etary algorithm instead of the encryption
standard established by the United States
Bureau of Standards. This makes the
code difficult to break. Also, since the al-
gorithm is very non-linear and the key
length is 80 bits, it is superior to the sys-

tem suggested for use by the bureau.

In addition, the Code Branch feature al-
lows Cryptext to modify its code se-
quence as it operates, giving you incredi-
ble possibilities for data protection
should someone manage to obtain a
plaintext translation of a specific block of
code. While he might be able to decipher a
few more bytes of data, the next Code
Branch taken by Cryptext would leave him
baffled. Only another Cryptext unit and
the proper keyword would allow him to de-
cipher the rest of the code.

Cryptext is a major advance in data pro-
tection, eliminating almost any possibility
of someone's stealing your vital mailing
list, sensitive financial records, or even se-
cret programs. As in most sophisticated
security systems, its weakest point, how-
ever, is the human element. By carefully
selecting people allowed access to the
key, and by frequently changing the key,
you will be able to use Cryptext to make
your data virtually theft proof. ■

Pensawrite Word Processor
Pensadyne Computer Services

Vancouver, BC
$7.50

by Louis Zeppa

For me, programs that cost more than
$30.00 are out of the realm of personal
computing and require a fiscal justifica-
tion. That is not an absolute line. For ex-
ample, NEWDOS-t-, even with its poor
documentation, has been, worth the
money.

Big name word processors that cost
$100 or more do not seem to have any ad-
vantage either over my adaptation of Mit-
chell and Law's (CON)TEXT editor.

So, I am working on my own word pro-
cessor and enjoy checking through inex-
pensive attempts. Caught by the idea of a
$7.50 disk-based word processor, I
plunked my money down and received a
21-page manual and cassette tape.

Pensawrite has five modules designed
to work in a 16K single disk system. Two
are printout formatters, one for letters and
one for reports. One receives formats and
creates upper and lowercase text. Anoth-
er is used for editing. All four are invisible
to the user and are called and controlled
by the master menu and module.

Compared to most documentation that
I've received, the manual is wonderful.
Commands and processes are described

in detail, without being wordy. The sum-
mary page ignores two important text-
building commands. However, this is not
critical. The program routines are docu-
mented with REM lines.

Had the authors been as careful with
their programming as they are with this
manual, I would recommend Pensawrite.
Entering text is simple enough. A vertical
line is printed at the 60th position on the
screen and is used as a silent typewriter
bell. No line may be longer than 64 charac-
ters. Text is stored to disk in 16-line
chunks as a sequential file.

When you finish entering text, the pro-
gram asks if you want the printout in nor-
mal typewriter fashion (upper and lower-
case) and if you want it right justified. The
first option allows a non-modified key-
board, like mine, to have lowercase. By
avoiding INKEY$, this routine avoids pro-
cessing delays that miss key entries.

Right justification, the second option,
is necessary in most books and maga-
zines but has always seemed an unneces-
sary accessory.

Pensawrite also fails to live up to its po-
tential. The 64-character input and use of
hard copy is a natural limit for efficient
use of memory and random access disk
files. Memory is saved by keeping format-
ting routines at minimum. The user types
most special formatting, like special in-
dentations, though it would be nice to sig-
nal some single-space sections within

double-space text. If you have special
needs, Pensawrite won't do it.

The editor function is impossible be-
cause of its failure to use random access
files. Every correction, no matter how in-
significant, rewrites the entire text file.
That is the nature of sequential files. Even
for short texts, the editor takes too long.
On a long text (about 80 lines), the wait is
excessive, especially if you make errors
and editorial changes.

The editor is so poorly designed that I
do not recommend Pensawrite. It could be
used for short personal letters that do not
need careful editing — it does create a
nicely formatted title page. It is an at-
tempt toward inexpensive personal word
processing. Pensadyne should take the
TRSDOS manual and rewrite Pensawrite
with random access files. ■

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 43

5^(9 REVIEWS

Compressor 1.1
Robert M. Chambers
Nepean, Ontario
$8.00

by Fred Blechman

Ever been hungry for a few more
bytes of memory? If you've vi/ritten
any long BASIC programs for your TRS-80
—or perhaps short ones that use lots of
string or array space—you know^ how criti-
cal memory space can become.

There are various programming tech-
niques for savings memory, but the most
obvious ones eliminate unnecessary
blank spaces, and remove REM state-
ments. This can be done manually, editing
each program line, or you can use Com-
pressor 1.1.

Compressor is a TRS-80 Level 11 ma-
chine language program on cassette that
removes all non-functional spaces and
REM statements in a BASIC program.
REM line numbers are retained, since
some GOTOs or GOSUBs within the pro-
gram may jump to those line numbers.
Also, there are no combined lines, conse-
quently no line numbers, GOTOs or GO-
SUBs are changed.

The program also attempts to distin-
guish between spaces within PRINT or
LPRI NT statement quotation marks. Com-
pressor does not remove spaces between
quotes because the screen and printed
text would be affected.

First you load and RUN your BASIC pro-
gram to make sure it's syntactically cor-
rect before compressing it. If it doesn't
RUN properly before packing, it won't af-
ter packing, since Compressor preserves
the logic whether it's right or wrong! Now
type SYSTEM and ENTER, then type COM-
PRESS and ENTER to load Compressor. It
only takes eleven seconds to load this pro-
gram from cassette. As the program is
loading, a message is displayed telling
you the loading address is 32256— ob-
viously for a 16K memory. No information
is provided to change this loading address
for 32K or 48K memories.

Once loaded, type / ENTER and a
screen message identifies the program
and tells you it's in operation. You can
now LIST and RUN your compressed pro-
gram to check for changes.

When I packed six different programs
with Compressor 1.1, the running time
was from 13 to 22 seconds. Four of them
came out perfectly. All the REM state-
ments were removed (although the line
numbers remained) and spaces outside
quotation marks (except after line
numbers, which do not use memory) were
deleted. The program ran perfectly, with
text unaffected.

However, two other programs did not
come out as expected. Apparently Com-
pressor 1.1 has a bug that causes some
programs to fool it! One of the two pro-
grams tested ended up with several REM
statements untouched, and some text
compressed, making it almost unreadable
on the screen. I can't explain the mal-
function, but the author has been in-
formed.

How much memory do you gain with
Compressor 1.1? Five programs saved
from seven to 17 percent of original pro-
gram length. The sixth one I tried was
packed with individual line editing, yet
Compressor squeezed out another 100
bytes somewhere, and the program ran
perfectly!

There are other packing programs avail-
able but Compressor 1.1 is fast, easy to
use, and priced very low. It also does not
recover as much memory as a packer pro-
gram that combines and renumbers lines
as well as removing spaces and REMs.

Compressor 1.1 doesn't leave your
BASIC program with possible syntactical
traps generated by combining lines, nor
are your program statements changed
making your own creation a mystery to
you!

The documentation for Compressor 1.1
is easy to follow and includes information
on how to retain the program in high mem-
ory for repeated use. BASIC programming
hints are also provided to save memory
and speed execution of your programs.

Compressor 1.1 is a worthwhile pro-
gram that helps fight that dreaded mes-
sage— OM ERROR, ■

Note: The author has recently received
a corrected program, tested it arid can no
longer find any bugs! The bug, thus, has
been corrected.

ElectraSketch
Macrotronics Inc.
Turlock, CA 95380
$14.95

by Joseph H. Cowen

You've gottasayitfast. Fandamntastic.
The best things sometimes come
along by accident, and that's how I came
to own and love my ElectraSketch. It's an
excellent and creative addition to my
TRS-80's trappings, and it's inexpensive.

Macrotronics, Inc., is a California think
tank which started less than two years
ago as a home operation. It focused on
the needs of amateur radio operators who
hoped to tap their computers into radio-
teletype and other such mysteries.

Macrotronics has since moved into a
large building and offers 30 different prod-
ucts, one of which is the dynamite Electra-
Sketch, designed by Tim Vaughan.

When I showed one of their brochures
to a friend he immediately ordered Elec-
traSketch.

When it arrived, he hadn't read the fine
print saying it had been designed for
disks. Having no interest in buying a disk
drive for his borrowed TRS-80, he offered
the program to me. The price was exactly

what he had paid for it himself.

Not one to pass up a good deal, I toted
the cassette home, paying little attention
to it and its excellent instruction manual.
On a particularly boring evening I finally
decided to see what it was that I had
bought for less than the price of a bottle of
good whiskey.

After spending five minutes with the in-
structions and cassette, I regretted not
having looked at the program earlier. It's
worth the price just to transfer it to disk
and watch all its catchy gyrations in the
process.

The ElectraSketch cassette contains
six files, and when transferred to disk,
they provide the ability to:

• Create graphics

• Store pictures on disk

• Retrieve pictures from disk

• Animate graphics

• Vary animation speed

• Obtain hardcopy printouts
on a line printer

• Draw line vectors

• Fill in backgrounds

• Intersperse alphanumerics
with graphics

As the manual points out, "Using Elec-
traSketch, it is quite simple to create
elaborate pictures interspersed with stan-
dard text, print them on a line printer, ani-
mate them, and store them on a disk for

44 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1961

later use or modification."

Pictures are created under the program
heading ESK, using controi keys for cur-
sor movement, to the extent of adding to
or subtracting from a scene without dis-
turbing the original.

You can draw iines point to point, biank
out the screen, or fii! it with ASCii mumbo
jumbo, save it ali on disk, and print it out if
your system is so equipped.

When you look at the sampie graphics
provided in the program, which you view
as you make your disk (including a spec-
tacular animated sequence of a running
internal combustion engine), you'll see
what a little creativity can do for the
TRS-aO.

Creativity

Watching a gasoline engine running
convinced me that I've been in the dark
when it comes to graphics utilization on
my computer. Watching the intake, com-
pression, power and exhaust cycles, with
valves opening and closing, would be a
dandy lesson in itself, especially for any-
one unfamiliar with the inner workings of
car and lawnmower engines.

Keys 1 through control the animation
speed, which can be changed instantly
while the program is running. The graph-
ics are included in the package, or can be
a design you create yourself.

The engine program is particularly help-
ful for operators learning animation
tricks. It illustrates how to combine alpha-
numerics with the graphic designs of the
piston, connecting rod and other compo-
nents.

When creating your own displays, you
do have to keep track of the remaining
RAM, making sure that your BASIC pro-
gram fits into a reserved spot.

There's some variation in the number of
available animation frames, depending
partially on the memory limitations of
your TRS-80. About 80 frames are avail-
able with 48K, and probably half that for a
32K version.

While the program loads from cassette
to disk, relax and enjoy the delightful char-
acterizations which run across your
screen. The package comes with clear,
point-by-point instructions to lead you
through the 17-step loading process.

You can make the animation a se-
quence, which has many values in com-
puter assisted instruction, in how-to proj-
ects and the like, or you can make the ac-
tion continuous.

If you are in sales and own a computer,
the potential for eye-catching visual dis-
plays with Macrotronics' ElectraSketch is
an inexpensive, practical approach. In
fact, I recommend ElectraSketch to any-
one interested in computer graphics.B

Fantastic computer graphics are easy with the program designed by Tim Vaughan.

Programmer
Rational Software
Pasadena, CA
Cassette $25.00

by Dennis Tliurlow

Programmer is a machine language util-
ity that fits into the top 1.4K of mem-
ory and adds commands to BASIC. Press-
ing SHIFT/BREAK brings up the PRO"
prompt and allows the user to (D)elete,
(M)Qve a block, (R)enumber from any line
to any line, (P)ack a program into less
space, or (A)ppend from tape.

The renumbering routine lets the user
pick where the renumbering should start,
what that line should be, what the incre-
ment should be, and what old line number
to stop at. It works like a charm.

An excellent use for the append routine
is to keep a library of BASIC routines on
tape and add them to programs as need-
ed. These two routines would make a su-
per package by themselves! The rest of
the utility is, unfortunately, flawed.

(P)ack is supposed to remove all spaces
not in a string, delete all remarks, and if a
reference is made to a deleted line, update
the reference. The problem occurs when
two or more lines of remarks are in se-
quence. Only the first is deleted. A simple
fix would be to have the routine repeat un-
til no changes are made. Of course, the
user couid do it but that's what programs
are for.

(M)ove inserts a block of BASIC text
designated by a starting and ending line
number into another location, again des-
ignated by line nuniber. It deletes the
moved text and renumbers it in its new lo-
cation. It will not renumber the program to
make room for the lines to be inserted. If
there isn't room, the documentation says
an error message is generated. The ver-
sion 1 received would either freeze up, do
the insert but renumber in crazy ways, or
fill the screen with kaleidoscopic pat-
terns.

Since the delete function is already pro-
vided in BASIC, perhaps the author would
have room to fix the bugs by dumping the
delete function, but he or she should keep
one other thing in mind. Once memory has
been protected for a program, utility or
routine, no more overhead should be nec-
essary for its operation. The protected
space should include a buffer, or the stack
can be used. Programmer doesn't pres-
ently work this way.

I hope Rational can repair the short-
comings of this package, as it contains
much merit and, with a little work, prom-
ises to be extremely useful. ■

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 45

From Rudyard Kipling's KIM,
General Computer brings you an
adaptation of Hie exciting, mind
expanding game of memory and
recall. KIM uses dynamic tiandi-
capping to compensate for skill
differences wtiile urging eacti
player into greater chiallenges.
Everyttiing adjusts -display times,
number of objects displayed,
identification difficulty, and even
scoring as you play your way
ttirougti a data-base of thousands
of items, Quicken your perception,
stiarpen your awareness, and

develop an elephant-like memory
... while enjoying the competitive
excitement of playing KIM.

• An exciting two player game
with competitive skill-
difference handicap scoring
(Junior could beat daddy
every time!)

• Or, A challenging single-
player contest

• Includes a BASIC source list-
ing as part of a trend-setting
manual

• 16K, Level It version 319.95
(cassette)

• 32K, TRS-DOS two drive version
S24.95 (diskette)

• For Visa and Mastercharge
orders, call toll free anytime
1-800-824-7888. In California,
1-800-852-7777, ask for
Operator 115

• IDealer Inquiries invited

General Computer Co.
4873 Longer Lone
Woodbridge.VA 22193

^.-251

The finest Data Base Manager Available

^icro

MAXI MICRO MANAGER for TRS-80 Models 1 & 3
Requires 48K of RAM and 1 Disk Drive Minimum.

JUST CHECK SOME OF THE FEATURES

♦ Supports six different relational

search techniques.

♦ Comes with programmer's interface.

♦ Over 93 pages of documentation.

♦ Supports up to 20 user defined fields.

♦ Each field records up to 800 characters.

♦ Files can be up to four disks in length.

♦ Compatable tp 35, 40 & 77 track drives.

♦ Has calculated equation fields.

♦ Complete report generator.

♦ Data can be merged into letters.

And much, much More!

REGULAR SPECIAL

PRICE INTRODUCTORY

$99.95 PRICE Offer Expires 1/31/81

\}%%\

NOW AVAILABLE AT

YOUR LOCAL
COMPUTER STORE

IF NOT, CALL
OR WRITE TO:

(

. 1

[tI-:M.ER
N«i:iRIES

L. 1

1 N VI T K U

On J^^dventure

J^^^i^l VS5^ INTERNATIONAL

™ BOX 3435, LOIMGWOOD, FLA 32750 (305)862-6917 ^

46 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

5^(9 REVIEWS

The Alternate Source

The magazine of advanced applications

and software for the TRS-80

Lansing, Ml

$9 per year (6 issues)

by Dennis Bathory Kitsz

Not long ago there was rarely a source
to turn to for reliable information on
the TRS-80. if any was to be found, it was
either of the novice-oriented "I love my
computer" variety, or in the form of arcane
treatises on the advantages of memory-
mapping restarts to ROM.

Since then, we have witnessed the birth
of 80 Microcomputing with its glossy,
eclectic approach. Less heralded was the
simultaneous appearance of Tlie Alter-
nate Source (TAS). It is the balancing end
of the major publicalions, favoring the
modest journal approach rather than a
popular one. It belongs to that class of
publications dedicated to the personal
perfectionist, such as Tfie Audio Amateur
and Photophile.

TASis not a pretty publication. It is duti-
fully prepared on an IBM Selectric with a
TRS-80 based text editor, resulting in a
plain, neatly typed document.

TAS makes no apologies for being
oriented toward disk owners. According
to publishers Charley Butler and Joni
Kosloski, the majority of their subscribers
are disk users, and they feel TAS is filling
the needs of TRS owners who complain
that most TRS-80 publications have been
reluctant to include disk applications.
With that in mind, nearly all of the first
issue and fully half of the latest issue (#4)
offered disk information exclusively.

Machine or assembly language pro-
grams, particularly utilities, are another
TAS emphasis. In the first four issues, 18
utility programs or tutorials were pub-
lished, including sound generation rou-
tines, auto-executing programs, disk
patches, uses for disabling BREAK, de-
scription of power-up sequences, a disk
file killer, and so on. Issue#5, which will be
published by the time you read this review,
will be distinguished by the publication of
PENRAM, a lengthy article and program
enabling screen editing of all sorts of pro-
grams and information.

Technical questions from readers are
answered by Jesse Bob Overholt from the
Circle J Software Ranch on "180,000 mi-
croacres," and regular letters from read-
ers are also published. Surprisingly, the
magazine's studious formality has not ob-
scured the personalities of publishers
Butler and Kosloski, who address readers'

comments directly.

Of particular interest to those using the
TRS-80 as a major vehicle in their lives is
the availability of each issue of Ttie Alter-
nate Source on tape or disk as an "Electric
Pencil" file. Unlike CLOAD magazine,
which consists exclusively of programs,
and unlike the balance of printed TRS pub-
lications, which demand that the reader
enter all programs by hand, TAS can
either be read or run. . .which means no
typos in long programs. The tape/disk ver-
sions of TAS is sold individually at $5 per
issue.

Finally, TAS contains a bulletin board
for new information, includes software re-
views, covers information on the TRS-80
Model l], and has no advertising except for
its own software library. Even that adver-
tising is modest, unlike some mags that
exist exclusively as promotions for their
own products. It also publishes a special
update sheet called "Between the Is-
sues," intended to serve as a free-form
newsletter/editorial page with a shorter
lead time than the magazine itself.

From the above description, it would
seem that The Alternate Source \s an ideal
publication. Not quite. Its approach is
somewhat "old school," in that it views
the TRS not as a departure, but rather as a
logical new member of the historical data
processing family.

Data processing is considered "profes-
sional" rather than a hobbyist or industri-
at concept, and so in The Alternate Source
you will not find: hardware articles other
than reviews; games or pastimes; photo-
graphs or diagrams; programming as it
relates to electronics or process control;
mechanical or electronic fixes, additions,
or improvements. The "advanced applica-
tions and software" in the magazine's
subtitle should perhaps read "advanced
software applications".

The Alternate Source succeeds in pre-
senting literate and detailed applications
articles, particularly in areas of TRS-80
programming where gaps in general
knowledge exist. Its subscription rate is
easily paid back in the high quality of the
programs it publishes. ■

TRS-80 Level II Basic,
A Self-Teaching Guide
Albrecht, Inman, Zamora
Tandy/Radio Shack
Ft. Worth, TX
Softcover, 348 pp.
$9.95

by Dan Keen & Dave Dischert

Radio Shack has a new book out, one
we wish had been available several
years ago as we struggled to learn BASIC
programming on a Level II.

The book takes you from scratch, as-
suming you know nothing about the Level
II machine or programming. It even tells
you how to turn the computer on!

The book is clearly written and illustrat-
ed with plenty of examples. And to help
you through the somewhat dry, technical
process of learning computer program-
ming, it has frequent cartoon drawings
that add humor and provide a break in the
text.

Periodic quizzes check how much you
learn. Even these are funny. For example,
when drilled on writing a simple program
line, one question asks: "At a certain time
during his legendary life, Firedrake the
Dragon measured 1,000 centimeters from
the tip of his firebreathing nostril to the
longest point of his multiforked tail. Write
a print statement to compute Firedrake's
length in inches." We are told he has
grown since the book was published.

And then there's the problem involving
interest rates at "Erosion Savings &
Loan" where, due to inflation, your money
loses 4 percent a year.

The chapter on graphics in this book is
very comprehensive and the appendices
cover a range of subjects from setting up
the TRS-80 to ASCII codes.

A lot of material is covered. However,
machine language and such techniques
as string packing are not dealt with, but
we think they should have been men-
tioned.

This book is designed for the guy who
just bought a Level II machine and has
never seen a Level I owner's manual. Un-
less you know programming, you'll need
the computer in front of you to get the
most out of the material. If you are up-
grading your system from Level I to II, get
it. It's a necessary supplement to the own-
er's manual.

The authors are to be credited for put-
ting together this nice piece of work. May-
be they'll tackle another book using this
writing style for say, TRSDOS. ■

BOOKS

e o e

mmi

80 Microcomputing. January 1981 • 47

«i

■"» - .'.

jfv ,<<; y>

^

s-

^^ ■*. ^

1." 'J '* * ■ -■ 1 . ■,

- i

• i

JMtf^*;-

.■e.

■ I'- ■-

'.'i3i?'

■1 ■ '

I started by selling programs,
and a year later they said I was
'the standard of the industry."

Now I'm selling the whole computer.

I'm Irwin Taranto, the one who changed the
TRS-80*into a serious business computer.

Thousands of businesses tried my
programs in the last year and a half, and
sometimes it seems like every one of them has
caUed me on the phone. With every call, I get
another idea. I polish, alter, upgrade and
correct these programs constantly.

By now I know how they work best, and
exactly what they need in the way of
peripherals. It's only logical that I should seU
the whole computer system, not just the
program diskettes.

So if you look at the computer in the picture,
you'll see it says "Taranto" on it, not "TRS-80."
The keyboard and CRT unit are a Tandy II*
(that's what the manufacturer calls TRS-80
Model II when it's not sold through the Radio
Shack). If it fits your needs better, though, we'll
get the disk drive or the line printer some-
where else.

When you buy one of these Taranto
computers, you get some serious advantages.

Some serious advantages.

You get hardware that's absolutely tailored
to my programs. This means you'll be able to
use every bit of the capability that's built into
these systems.

You get my backup, down the line. And the
manufacturer's repair and service guarantee
on all the hardware. If something goes wrong,
we teU you how to fix it over the phone. If the
problem's tough enough, I get on the phone
myself. If we find out it's a hardware problem,
any Radio Shack Service Center wiU fix it under
Tandy's guarantee, even though it says
"Taranto" on the machine.

■Trademarks of the Tandy Corporation

In a lot of cases, we can help you set it up,
too. I'm putting a group of authorized dealers
together. Before long, they'll be aH over the
country, able to bring the equipment and pro-
grams right to your business. They'll spend a
day or so with you helping you shake it down.
It'll cost a little more, but it's good insurance.

The programs.

When you buy a Taranto computer, you're
also buying these systems —any or aU — each
custom-tailored to your own needs, all inter-
acting with each other, aU integrated with
the General Ledger.

General Ledger/Cash Journal
Accounts Payable/Purchase Order
Open Items Accounts Receivable/Invoicing
Balance Forward Accounts Receivable (new)
PayroU/Job Costing
Inventory Control (new)
Of course, if you already own a TRS-80 (any
model), all our programs are available without
the hardware.

Put it aU together, and you have a truly
serious, truly supported computer, software
and hardware included— for as little as $8000.

I think they just might decide I've moved that
"standard of the industry" up a notch or two.

- Taranto

& ASSOCIATES, INC,

The Total System Store.

121 Paul Drive, San Rafael CA 94903.

Outside California, phone toll free (800) 227-2868.

In California (415) 472-2670.

Authorized dealers throughout America.

i-'Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 49

edited by Nancy Robertson

Education
Market
Attracts RS

Tandy is applying for admission to
school: not in search of education, but
rather, in search of profits. This new mar-
l<eting direction may have come about as
a result of the general decline in economy
and all that it implies for slumping retail
sales, but regardless of the reasons,
Tandy is making concerted efforts to
establish a toehold in the educational ap-
plications marketplace.

In both hardware and software divi-
sions, Tandy has lately undertaken proj-
ects designed to enhance their standing
in the educational community— a commu-
nity that has long been courted by other
microcomputer manufacturers including
Apple and Atari.

The development of the Color Comput-
er, the Network I loading system and
extensive "courseware" (programmed
learning modules on math, history, and
computer education) exemplify Tandy's
commitment to educational sales. In
addition to hardware and software devel-
opment, Tandy has begun publishing
booklets aimed at the educator. The most
recent is entitled, Radio Shack's Federal
Funding Guide and Proposal Develop-
ment Handbool< For Educators (Cat No.
26-2108). This compendium of grant infor-
mation is aimed at professional educa-
tors who would like to use federal funds to
establish a computer program in their
school system.

Market Support

To support these marketing efforts the
Radio Shack division has set up five re-
gional sales districts around the country
which are looked after by educational
sales coordinators. These sales coordina-
tors usually bring a professional educa-
tion background to their sales job, and are
charged with developing sales of TRS-80
systems to educational institutions.

Tandy is offering sales incentives to po-

tential customers including discounts
based on quantity and direct factory
quotes on bids. A national bid depart-
ment, staffed by people familiar with the
intricacies of bid writing, has been set up
by Tandy in Fort Worth for this purpose.
Other sales incentives include free com-
puter training for educators at Radio
Shack computer centers and mainte-
nance contracts on equipment that offer
regional or on-site repair options (depend-
ing on size of the contract).

Chris Bowman, Tandy's Boston-based

educational sales coordinator for the New
England region, told 80 Microcomputing
that another aspect of his job is attending
educational conferences, usually on the
national level. At these conferences he at-
tempts to illustrate the advantages of the
TRS-80 system and provide educators with
background information on using com-
puters in the classroom. The high profile
the Shack is maintaining in the education-
al community Is designed to enhance
their image among educators who want to
get into computers but don't quite know
how to go about it.

Dallas Affiliation

Tandy's effort at identification with the

educational community are not limited to
the conference circuit. In addition, they
have affiliated with six school districts
around the country. These six districts act
as field test sites for hardware and soft-
ware of Tandy manufacture.

One of the most ambitious, and mutual-
ly beneficial affiliations, is in Dallas, TX.
Tandy has placed 350 TRS-80s with the
Dallas Independent School District and,
under a mutual marketing agreement, has
supplied discounted hardware on a drop-
shipped basis to other school systems us-
ing the Dallas district's software. The pro-
gram has been so successful that Dallas
is acquiring 450 additional 80s by
January. A total of 800 machines will be in
use in the district In 1981 in both Inner city
and suburban classrooms.

Federal Funding

Dr. Frank Jackson, director of market-
ing for the Dallas Independent School Dis-
trict, is a specialist in obtaining federal
funds in the form of educational grants.
He recently authored Tandy's Federal
Funding Guide for educators who want to
fund computers-in-the-classroom pro-
grams with federal money. His funding
guide includes sections on available fund-

Coniinues to p. 56

50 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

SAVE
ON

Modal I

TRS-80's

from

Pan American
Electronics, Inc.

Radio /haek

AUTHORIZED SALES CENTER

We Have

DISCOUNTS

FREE SHIPPING

and a

TOLL FREE ORDER

800/531-7466

Texas and Principle Number 512/581-2765
Telex Number 767339
Department 80
1117 Conway
Mission, Texas 78572

(^ Reader Service— see page 242

^64

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 51

f(9NEWS

MITA: Two Steps Forward and One Back

The Microcomputer Industry Trade
Assoc. (MITA) is undergoing some
changes following several years of inac-
tivity. After meetings and membership
drives at industry trade show/s, MITA
seemed to be getting on its feet in August.
Recent developments, however, might in-
dicate a break in MITA's upward swing.

The association was founded in 1977 to
represent and serve all facets of the
microcomputer industry. There are ap-
proximately 90 member organizations,
ranging from such major manufacturers
as Apple and Atari to one-man microcom-
puter consulting firms. Despite their
membership, MITA has shown little direc-
tion and few accomplishments in the past
three years.

At the Personal Computing '80 show
held in Philadelphia in August, Executive
Director Wes Thomas submitted his
resignation, admitting that other com-
mitments kept him from devoting more
time to the association. President Dennis
Barnhart announced the appointment of
Richard Linn, a former insurance agent
and financial planner, as the new director.

MITA's growth, according to Linn,
hinges on successful membership drives
and organizational meetings at shows
such as the November COMDEX 80 show
in Las Vegas. However, Linn and
associates were surprised to find that the
MITA booth at COMDEX was canceled,
and the association was forbidden by
COMDEX planners to hold any organiza-
tional meetings at the show.

Linn believes that the cancellation was
a form of protest about a proposed MITA-
sponsored trade show in Atlantic City.
"The people at COMDEX took the position
that MITA is a competitor," he said. "The
position that COMDEX took will not help
MITA today, but it may promote more
visibility for MITA and help us in the
future."

Since Linn's appointment in August,
the development of a group insurance
package available to all MITA member
organizations has been encouraging.
Along with David Chen of Mid Peninsula
Agencies, Inc., San Mateo, CA, Linn has
developed what he believes to be "one of
the most comprehensive and competitive
group plans available today."

The insurance program will include
group health, dental, and life. General
liability will cover products liability, con-
tractual liability, malpractice, property in
transmit, workmen's compensation, um-
brella, commercial auto, and excess lia-
bility. Retirement plans are also included.

Chen will be the administrator of the pro-
gram, which is primarily underwritten by
Aetna Life and Casualty, Hartford, CT.

The law firm of Wewer and Mahn as-
sists MITA in Washington lobbying ef-
forts. Two booklets are now available
from them to MITA members: one on soft-
ware copyrights; and the other on FCC
regulation of electronic devices.

MITA has also made some arrange-

ments with Ralph lanuzzi, planner of the
New York Personal Computing and Small
Business Show for a jointly-sponsored
show in Atlantic City this year.

More immediate MITA goals, according

to Linn, focus on assessing the needs of

the industry and developing a working

budget to satisfy some of these needs. ■

Chris Crocker

80 Staff

Two Companies Label Same Program

When Larry Clements of West Palm
Beach, PL bought a copy of the
Radio Shack game program Space Warp
this winter, he didn't suspect that he
might be purchasing a program that he
already owned.

In 1978 Clements bought a game
from Personal Software called Time Trek,
written by Joshua Lavinsky. It was a
fast real-time space game that cost
$19.95.

He bought Radio Shack's Space Warp
for $14.95 this winter, but found that with
a few minor modifications, the program
was identical to Personal's Time Trek.
Though the Radio Shack package was
clearly marked with Personal Software's
trademark, nowhere did the label indicate
that the program was already sold as
Time Trek.

It is not unusual for one company to
market a program written by another com-
pany. Six out of every ten programs sold
by Radio Shack are written outside of the
company, according to Ed Juge, director
of computer merchandising at Tandy.

"Normally," said Juge, "Tandy will buy
all TRS-80 rights for a program." The ex-
ception would be if the program were
already on market for the TRS-80, as was
this one.

The private labeling of these programs
raises a larger question about private
labeling, a practice that is fast becoming
the rule rather than the exception in soft-
ware marketing. Large software firms are
buying rights to market programs which
are already being marketed by smaller
firms.

Tandy markets other programs written
for Personal Software, such as Micro-
chess and Visicalc, a business applica-
tion program. But these programs do not
have different names.

Cautious of Copyright

According to Juge, when Tandy decid-
ed to obtain marketing license for this pro-

gram, they were cautious of original Star
Trek copyrighted material, and therefore
requested that the original author, Joshua
Lavinsky, change parts of the program
which might fall under copyright.

Lavinsky changed some wording in the
program. The ship Enterprise became the
Endever, phasers became masers, and
Klingons became Jovians. At that point,
the title was changed.

Clements returned to his local Radio
Shack dealer, who refused to take back
the program. Since then he has written to
Tandy, but has received no response.

According to Juge at Tandy, "It seems
inconceivable that a store manager
wouldn't want to take care of his custom-
ers." Neither Tandy nor Personal Soft-
ware has any definite plans to remedy the
issue.

Bill Waiters, Tandy's consumer infor-
mation manager, said that complaints
"will be dealt with on an individual basis."
Customers should first go to Radio Shack
franchises. If they are still dissatisfied,
they should direct their complaint to
customer service at Tandy/Radio Shack in
Fort Worth.

Walters called the incident "unfor-
tunate," and added, "What has happened
here will not happen again. "■

by Chris Crocker
80 Staff

Time Trek/Space Warp Screen Dispiay

52 • 80 Microcomputir\g, January 1981

Motorola Color Chip Comes to Tandy

Radio Shack's TRS-80 Color Computer
represents a significant change from
the precedent set with the TRS-80 Modeis
I, il and lil. Not so much from the color per
se, nor the high-resolution graphics op-
tion—not even the availability of pre-pro-
grammed ROMpaks.

The most Important difference lies in
the heart of the machine; the micropro-
cessor itself. Unlike previous Radio Shack
microcomputers which used Ziiog's Z-80
chip, the Color Computer uses a Motorola
6809 as its MPU.

Long History

The 6809 has a family tree which
stretches back almost to the dark ages of
microprocessors. 1974 was the year in
which its grandfather, the 6800 appeared.
This chip was revolutionary at the time
and has appeared in many useful micro-
computer designs. The fledgling 6809
then evolved by way of the 6801 and 6802,
which could be described more as cous-
ins than father and son.

Finally, in December 1978, the6809was
born, and has apparently been under-util-
ized since then. This situation was prob-
ably brought about by the immense suc-
cess of the Z-80, which appeared to tram-
plea lot of competitive chips into the dust.
The TRS-80 has done a lot towards pro-
moting the Z-80 as the powerful chip that
it is. The TRS-80 Color Computer is now
likely to do the same with the 6809.

The 6809 Difference

Motorola's 6809 chip differs in a num-
ber of ways from the Z-80, and offers ad-
vantages oriented towards fast -video
graphics. Not only that, but the chip has a
powerful instruction set which places It In
the top of the league of eight-bit proces-
sors; it has a repertoire of instructions at
least as extensive as the Z-80, and in some
cases, more so.

The Z-80 is biased towards manipula-
tion of a large number of internal regis-
ters, whereas the 6809 has few registers
and tends more towards manipulation of
external RAM. Some spectacular indexed
addressing modes are available, which
give the programmer some mainframe
capabilities. This is one of the features
which makes it so suitable for video out-
put.

The 6809 has two Independent accumu-
lators which can be combined as one
16-bit register and even multiplied togeth-
er with a single byte opcode. Also avail-
able are two stacks, and operations which
can push or pull any or all registers with a

single instruction. Two index registers are
available, which can be used In so many
combinations that it's impossible to de-
scribe them without rewriting the Instruc-
tion Set Summary.

Choosing the 6809

According to Radio Shack's Steve Lein-
inger, the chief designer of the Color Com-
puter, another reason for choosing the
6809 over the Z-80 was the fact that it can
more easily share an address bus. This
means that if the processor needs to ac-
cess video memory, it can do so without
Interrupting the video scanning circuitry.
This is achieved by timing the processor
and the video so that they never need to
access memory at the same time. Without
this feature, quick-changing video graph-
ics can be marred by streaks on the
screen as the video is denied access to
the video RAM by the higher priority de-
mands of the microprocessor.

I n this specialized use of the 6809, other
external chips perform peripheral opera-
tions to achieve optimum video output.
This explains why the inside of the key-
board unit contains only Motorola chips,
all specially designed to interface with
each other.

Few Hints about the Future

At Motorola, applications engineer Tim
Ahrens indicates that plenty of support
for the 6809 will be forthcoming in the
form of new peripheral chips and memory
management hardware which will support
up to two megabytes of RAM. Ahrens says

there are no immediate plans for any 6809
offspring. A solid future for the 6809
seems assured since the Color Computer
is certain to be successful in its own right.
But Radio Shack's Leininger was tight-lip-
ped about any new plans his company
might have for the chip.B

by Jake Commander
80 Staff

Stockholders' Meeting:
Kornfeld Retires,
Stock Split Approved

At the annual stockholders' meeting,
Nov. 13, 1980, Tandy Corp. shareholders
approved an amendment to the certificate
of incorporation increasing the number of
authorized shares of common stock from
40,000,000 shares to 110,000,000 shares.

The action permits a previously ap-
proved two-for-one stock split in the form
of a dividend. Distribution of the shares
will be made Dec. 31, 1980, to stockhold-
ers of record on Nov. 30, 1980.

Stockholders were also informed of
changes in the company's management
structure. At the Tokyo Board of Directors
meeting held in October, John V. Roach
was elected president and chief operating
officer of Tandy. Roach, who has been
with Tandy since 1967, replaces Lewis F.
Kornfeld, who has chosen to retire when
he becomes 65 years old June 30, 1981.
Kornfeld will remain on the board of direc-
tors. ■

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 53

^(JNEWS

Bank on the Color Computer in Knoxville

Switch on your brand new TRS-80 Color
Computer, hook it up to Ma Bell, and
check your bank account balance, pay
your bills, apply for a loan, then prepare
your income tax statement. When you're
done with your financial business, read
the news and check up on your stocks.
Finally, leave a message for a friend in the
next town, and read your own mail. Busi-
ness over, play a game or get down to
some serious programming.

If you live in Tennessee and do your
banking through the United American
Bank (UAB) in Knoxville, all this will be
possible shortly after Christmas. Four
hundred volunteer UAB customers will be
outfitted with new Color Computers from
Radio Shack by the holidays. The comput-
ers use an intelligent keyboard which
plugs into their own tv and telephone.
Each keyboard will be equipped with a
specially installed security ROM pack to
ensure secure banking facilities. The com-
puter is otherwise no different from any
other computer sold by Radio Shack.

For a monthly service charge, UAB's
customers will be abte to use the comput-
er-banking, bookkeeping and tax services
provided by UAB, and electronic mail and
news services provided by CompuServe.

UAB was the first bank chosen to imple-
ment this new service by Radio Shack,
CompuServe, and the United American
Service Corporation (UASC)— the three

companies joined in the venture. (UASC is
a corporation founded by the UAB and 11
other banks in the southeast, to perform
marketing and future trends research, etc.
None of the member banks owns more
than 19 percent of the corporation. The
UASC currently holds contracts with ap-
proximately 30 other banks in the south-
east for marketing research services.)

The UASC foresees another 20,000
bank customers nationwide becoming in-
volved in this service by the end of 1981.
That's a lot of bucks for the investors — no
matter how you count them.

Security ROM Pack

Customers may acquire their new Color
Computers in various ways, each bank
branch offering its own terms and condi-
tions. Outright purchase and an install-
ment plan will be most widely used, with
some key customers leasing the equip-
ment. In any event, clearance from the
bank is necessary in order to receive
equipment with the security ROM pack.

For the time being, only the specially
designed Color Computers, with the secu-
rity ROM pack, will be used. USAC is con-
cerned about security of its banking ser-
vices, and is effectively eliminating cur-
rent micro owners who do not wish to buy
the special Color Computer. Sudman has
suggested that this decision may be reas-
sessed and modified sometime in the fu-

ture, but not soon. The security problem
must be dealt with first.

The UAB is introducing its project in
three phases of increasing services, in
order to allow customers to become ac-
quainted with a home computer system
and gain skills in BASIC. Tom Sudman,
executive vice president of UAB and vice
president of UASC, believes that most of
the 400 customers beginning this service
have no prior contact with personal com-
puters.

When the announcement was made
that the UAB was instituting its home
banking service in January, customer de-
mand for micros greatly exceeded the
number Radio Shack could immediately
produce.

There have recently been several trial
runs of computer banking services con-
ducted by various banks and other corpo-
rations. These are primarily short-run proj-
ects designed to determine the public's in-
terest in this sort of service. Tests of this
kind are currently being conducted in
California, New York, Ohio, Florida and
elsewhere, and generally attempt to in-
volve a statistical cross-section of the
consumer public. The service instituted by
UAB in Tennesse is not a trial run. It's the
real thing— the 21st century has arrived
early in Tennessee. ■

by Debra Marshall
80 Staff

Will Electronic News Reshape the News Business?

Rich Baker, publicity director for Com-
puServe, Columbus, OH says that the
customer feedback through the Compu-
Serve Information Network indicates that
electronic news and mail are the most
popular features of their micro network.
By and large, electronic news seems to be
the rage of the electronic communica-
tions networks. Noel Tyl at The Source,
McLean, VA says that subscriber re-
sponse to their UPI wire capsulized
stories is "phenomenal" and beats in-
terest in anything else on their net. Knight-
Ridder Newspapers, Coral Gables, FL is
experimenting with consumer response to
electronic news in a joint venture with
AT&T. They haven't begun to tally the
viewer response of the six-month project
yet, but it looks positive, according to
John Wooliey. Qube, Columbus, OH, and
other two-way cable TV stations are also
getting into the act.

While micro hobbyists may consider
electronic news a pleasant diversion.

members of The Newspaper Guild and
many newspaper publishers are taking a
more serious look at its implications.

As Associated Press President Keith
Fuller has said, there are two views on
electronic news: "One, that electronic de-
livery is the future knocking at the door,
and the other that electronic delivery to
the home is a disaster hunting a victim."

Evidently the Twin Cities Newspaper
Guild No. 2 leans toward "a disaster hunt-
ing a victim" in its appraisal. Sept. 13,
1980 they began a 26 day strike against
the Minneapolis Sfar and Tribune, which
are scheduled to begin electonic publica-
tion through the CompuServe network in
the spring. It was the first strike in the na-
tion related to electronic news.

Carriers sought gurantees that they will
not lose their positions as a result of elec-
tronic delivery. Editors and writers sought
to maintain editorial control over the
material transmitted electronically and to
receive residuals for its distribution.

The executive committee of The News-
paper Guild met in Washington, D.C, in
October, following the Minneapolis strike,
to discuss electronic news. Dick Ramsey,
executive secretary, explained the Guild's
need to assess their "bargaining power to
meet the challenges" of job protection,
editorial jurisdiction and compensation.
In a policy statement The Guild recog-
nized the importance of electronic publi-
cation "to industry employers" and hoped
the industry would recognize the "justi-
fiable and legitimate concerns of its
employees." The policy statement recom-
mended that protective clauses be includ-
ed in all local Guild contracts.

Not for Profit

At CompuServe, Baker contends that
newspapers are not experimenting with
electronic news for profit— yet. Donald
Dwight, publisher of the Minneapolis Star
and Tribune, explains that his news-

Contintjes to p. 56

54 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

,y4

KING

OF THE

HILL!

We've taken artistic license with our illustration in order to make a point:
MYCHESS is the most powerful microcomputer chess program on the market,
bar none.

Prool? All you want and then some. For example. MYCHESS was the winner of
the "Fifth West Coast Computer Fair". At the "Third World Computer Chess
Championship" in Unz, Austria, it was the highest finishing micro... in addition to
winning the special Blitz Tournament (5 to 1 ) against six top players. Add to this its
USCF rating of 1565, and you know you're dealing witti the King of the Hill.

You'li find MYCH ESS is the perfect companion or opponent whether you're an
advanced pla>«r, or starting your first game. For it lets you set the difficulty of the
game from level 1 to 9. And, you can change levels of play as you go ... or even
change sides. Want to set time limits for moves? MYCHESS can do it. Want to save
a game for later? MYCHESS will store up to 6 games. And, for added interest, it will
even predict the upcoming line of play.

Ifyou're a player, you'll appreciate the MYCHESS challenge. If you'rea beginner,
you'll enjoy learning from a master. Either way, when it comes to superior chess,
make your move .. to MYCHESS. Available for the TRS-80* with 32K, for $34.95
including disk, documentation and backing by Programma International. Apple**
version coming soon.

Can you beat

MYCHESS

t^21

Model I— Keyboard Only— Discontinued

When Radio Shack's president Lewis
Kornfeld returned from his October
business trip to Japan, 80 had one point
blank question for him: Has the fvlodel I
been discontinued?

The rumor was already in the press and
running all through the industry. Fran-
chisers called the magazine to say they
couldn't get stock, while the managers of
the regional warehouses assured us that
Model I was still rolling off the delivery
trucks. In Fort Worth, the company execu-
tives unanimously deferred the question
to Kornfeld, who was happily in the Orient.

"The truth is simple," Lewis Kornfeld
said, then listed three points: 1)The Model
I CPU-keyboard unit, and that unit only, is
going out of production in this country
whenever the parts in stock run out. The
timing is likely to coincide with the new
year. 2) The company will continue to pro-
duce other Model I items, such as the ex-
pansion interfaces, disk drives, etc. 3)
"And the company will support those
items ad infinitum."

Kornfeld explains that, "Warehouse
and marketing space for the Model 1 will
be taken up by the Model III and the Color
Computer."

Model III, the Successor

The Model III, of course, has been hail-
ed as an enhanced Model I, and marketed
in part as its sequel. The $699 price tag for
the bare bones Model III is $200 more than
the tag for its predecessor. Dennis Kitsz, a
frequent contributor and columnist in 50,
points out that Radio Shack has "cor-
rected virtually every flaw" of the original
machine. Considering inflation, he feels
the price is right.

However, there are some problems ap-
parent with software compatibility be-
tween the two machines. Problems have
resulted from redistribution of RAM, the
addition of more I/O ports to handle pe-
ripherals, and the inclusion of double-den-
sity drives.

While these changes are basically up-
grades, the additional I/O ports bollix pro-
grams which use assembly language
routines to access peripherals. Dif-
ficulties with the double-density drives
have arisen because the older drives can-
not accommodate data written with the
new equipment. Memory redistribution
has also resulted in 256 fewer bytes for
programming.

Education Market

Continued from p. 50

ing sources (Title I, Title iV, etc.), proposal
writing and follow-up activity after a grant
has been awarded. An appendix of state
education agencies Is also included.

He is currently at work on another, more
specific, funding guide for Tandy, the em-
phasis of which will be step-by-step proce-
dures required of small and medium-size
institutions to win grants. His new booklet
will also discuss the requirements of such
competitive funding structures as Title
VII.

He told 80 Microcomputing, "The mon-
ey will be there no matter what the nation-
al political climate, all you have to do is
know how to go about getting it." In Jack-
son's opinion, grant writing is an unknown
art in much of the education community.
He hopes his funding guides will remove
some of the mystery which surrounds the
process.

Marketing Strategy

Bill Gattls, educational products man-
ager for Tandy, sums up Tandy's current
Involvement with the education market by

saying, "We have undertaken a massive
courseware development effort and we're
working with lots of authors on a contract
basis." He added, "For the present, we
have no plans to develop any major new
hardware." He indicated that the Model ill
and the Color Computer will be the key-
stones of Tandy's educational marketing
efforts for the next few years.

It appears that Tandy has interpreted
the needs of the education market to be
essentially soft. Having at last developed
hardware capable of competing with Ap-
ple in terms of graphics and Atari in terms
of unitized construction, Tandy is deter-
mined to avoid the pitfall that has en-
trapped both these manufacturers: Tandy
intends to have educational software, and
lots of it, available to back up their hard-
ware.

The move toward the education market-
place may signal a new self Image In Fort
Worth. The TRS-80, no longer viewed as
just another retail consumer appliance in
the eyes of its creators, may finally have
come of age. And, as part of its matura-
tion process, it is destined to spend some
time in school. ■

by Chris Brown
80 Staff

No News

Kornfeld says that there really Isn't any
news in the fact that the Model I CPU-key-
board unit Is going out of production. He
feels the move was "pretty obvious" con-
sidering the recent Federal Communica-
tions Commission restrictions on comput-
er radio frequency emissions, the age of
the Model I (which has been on the market
for three years), and the introduction of
the Model III. "It's also pretty obvious that
It will continue in use just like a typewriter
would."

"Stopping production is not a surprise
and not an insult. We haven't issued a
statement on this whole thing because we
haven't stopped anything at this point,"
he said in November.

Nonetheless, it's nice to get a definite
answer. We can stop speculating on the
inevitable and move on to closer consider-
ation of the Model III, ■

by Nancy Robertson
80 Staff

Electronic News

Continued from p. 54

papers are contracting with CompuServe

because of "interest in the future. It

seems to me, it (electronic publication)

presents an extraordinary challenge with

lots of opportunity for both success and

failure."

Dwight explains that as a publisher, he
faces "high fixed costs" for the labor of
delivery and for paper, among other
things. It's possible that with electronic
publication some of these costs can be
eliminated, in his opinion. "People seem
to think it's all going to happen tomor-
row," he said. But he believes the change
will be a long time coming.

Dwight does not believe that computer-
ized delivery of news and other Informa-
tion will completely eclipse newspapers
for quite a long time. If at all.

"It's a question of assimilation. The
great advantage of electronic networks
and computers is that they can sort and
make available almost infinite amounts of
information — but people can't assimilate
it all. I believe people will still be willing to
pay for editors and publishers to sort
through it all and present them with the
news."

But what do you foresee? You're wired.
Do you still subscribe to your local paper?
Would you like to subscribe to 80 through
your favorite computer net someday?H

56 • 80 f^icrocomputing. January 1981

A Message
from the President

We are pleased to introduce you
to PROGRAMS UNLIMITED, the Soft-
ware Source, offering home conn-
puter hobbyists a gallery of games,
utility programs, business software
and micro-computer hardware for
today's leading systems.

PROGRAMS UNLIMITED's free cat-
alog contains our initial selection
of today's most popular software
and peripherals, as well as exclu-
sive offerings available only through
"The Software Source."

Our electronic-ordering system.

using a 24-hour computer bulletin
board service, gives you access to
PROGRAMS UNLIMITED day or night.
Whether you take advantage of this
rapid order process or choose the
standard mail-order method, our full
line of top quality programs comes
to you with our guarantee!

PROGRAMS UNLIMITED stores will
soon be serving you coast to coast.
At last TRS-80 enthusiasts will be
able to see, hear and test hundreds
of programs from the nation's widest
selection of software.

Richard Taylor, President, Programs Unlimited

NOW FEATURING . . . EPSON MX-80-dream printer of the 80's!
CITY ADVENTURE- life in the Big Apple at its most exciting!
SUPERHOST— a feature-pocked host program! Write for details.
Plus hundreds of other programs for disk and cassette systems!

fc

WRITE FOR YOUR FREE COPY OF THE PROGRAMS UNLIMITED CATALOG!

TOP OF TODAY. . . ON TRACK WITH TOMORROW"

TM

PO Box 265
Joricho. N.Y 1175.1

•

Voice f516J 997-8668
Computer (516J 334-3134

NEW PRODUCTS

Edited by Chris Crocker

Androids Fight
In Game Program

Duel-n-Droids is a new sound and
graphics game program tor the Model I
Level II TRS-80 from Acorn Software Prod-
ucts, Inc. The program features two an-
droids that square off against each other
with swords in both practice and tourna-
ment duels,

Duel-n-Droids is priced at $14.95 on cas-
sette or $20,95 on disk. For more informa-
tion, contact Acorn Software Products,
Inc., 634 North Carolina Ave. SE, Washing-
ton, DC 20003.

Reader Service ;^332

Narrow and
Wide-form Printers

The Microline 82 from Okidata is an
80-column, 80 character per second ma-
trix printer. The printer is a bidirectional
short line seeking unit. Also from Okidata
is the 136-column Microline 83, which ac-
commodates wider forms and prints a(
120 characters per second.

Prices are available from Okidata Corp.,
Ill Gaither Dr., Mt. Laurel, NJ 08054.

Reader Service *-'163

Produce IVIailing
Lists with Cassette

Deluxe Addresser provides business
mailing list capability for users with a
single cassette drive. The program
handles the standard four-line address
with phone and up to eight user-defined
address flags. It Is also adapted to handle
the proposed nine-digit zip code as well as
foreign codes.

The cassette costs $40 and comes with
instructions from Harry H. Briley, P.O. Box
2913, Livermore, CA 94550.

Reader Service ^^342

Acorn Software's Duel-n-Droids

Model II Word Processing

Wordbank is a word processing pro-
gram for the TRS-80 Model II that allows
one time or repetitive letter, report, or
manual writing. Features include 7500
available document Imes, automatic page
and line numbering, and page control.

The program requires 64K, one disk file
and a line printer. Wordbank is available
for $149.95 from Taranto and Assoc, P.O.
Box 6073, 121 B Paul Dr., San Rafael, CA
94903.

Reader Service ^^341

Program Tutors in Spelling

Words for the Wise is a spelling tutor
system for elementary school students.
The program features five spelling activi-
ties: Missing Letters, Scrambled Words,
Match the Letters, Alphabetizing and
Hangman. Teachers may choose the
words to be studied, and students are re-
warded with graphics and sound.

The Words for the Wise package comes
with two programs: an activity program/
word list generator, and a word list tape of
1000 words. The package is available for
TRS-80 Level II, 16K at $14.95 from TYC
Software, 40Stuyvesant Manor, Genesee,
NY 14454.

Reader Service *^349 .

Index Lists

Micro Magazine Info

A computerized index from Hexagon
Systems lists technical tips, programs,
reviews and advertising from Kilobaud
Microcomputing, 80 Microcomputing, and
80 US. The index package includes SCAN,
a program that searches through the in-
dex to locate a keyword.

The package requires a 48K TRS-80
Model I with two disk drives. The pro-
grams, index and manual are available for
$29 from Hexagon Systems, P.O. Box 397
Stn. A, Vancouver, B.C. Canada V6C 2N2.

Reader Service ^344

The New Products seclion is jnlended lo inform our readers of new products on the market. Ail intormalion in the section is taken from product releases sent by manutacturets.
Because of the volume of product releases, we cannot attest to the quality of the products listed.

58 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1961

Radio Shack Printer and
Educational Funding Guide

Radio Shack's Line Printer IV is a pro-
portionally spaced hiigh-density dot
matrix printer for word processing. Thie
printer produces either 80 or 132 fixed-
space characters per eight inch line for
right-iustification or tabular information.
Upper and lowercase letters are available
in all three printing modes. Subscripts, su-
perscripts, boldface and enlarged charac-
ters are also provided. Print speed is 50
characters per second and 22 lines per
minute.

Also from Radio Shack is the Federal
Funding Guide and Proposal Handbook
for Educators. The handbook, written by
Dr. Frank Jackson, is a resource guide for
educators explaining how to locate ex-
ternal funding and how to write proposals.
The guide costs $2.50. Line printer IV
costs $999. Both are from Tandy/Radio
Shack, 1800 One Tandy Ctr., Ft. Worth, TX
76102.

Reader Service i^327

Computer
Opponent Programs

Monty Plays Monopoly and Monty
Plays Scrabble are computer opponent
programs designed for use with tradi-
tional game boards and equipment. Mon-
ty is the computerized opponent that
plays to win according to the official rules.
The programs have music and animated
graphics.

Both programs are available for TRS-80
Level II. Monty Plays Scrabble is also
available for CP/M systems. The Monopo-
ly version on cassette (16K) costs $24.95
and on disk costs $27.95 (32K). The Scrab-
ble version is on disk only at $29.95 (16K).
For more information contact Ritam
Corp., P.O. Box 921, Fairfield, lA 52556.

Reader Service i^346

Printer iVIodification Kits

The Lowercase Kit is a hardware kit that
converts Radio Shack Model I Line Print-
ers to upper/lowercase. The kit consists of
a replacement for the character generator
chip. Another hardware kit is Motor Con-
trol, which turns the printer motor on just
prior to printing and off after printing.
Motor Control consists of a PC board
which mounts on top of a chip.

Both kits are available from Service

Radio Shack Line Printer IV

Technologies, 32 Nightingale Rd.,
Nashua, NH 03062 for $199. The Lower-
case Kit alone costs $125, and the Motor
Control Kit costs $95.
Reader Service ^340

Machine Language
Enhancements for Level II

Bionic BASIC is a library of machine
language enhancements to TRS-80 Level
II Disk BASIC from Micro Consultants.
The Bionic Surgeon, a BASIC program in
the first volume implants Bionic BASIC
modules in the BASIC/CMD file. Volumes
2 and 3 introduce a BASIC SORT com-
mand and a SEARCH and REPLACE com-
mand.

Bionic BASIC is available for $24.95 per
volume from Micro Consultants, 671 N, D
Street, San Bernardino, CA 92401 .

Reader Service t^347

Real Estate
Matching System

Big Match is a real estate client-match-
ing system from Arizona Computer Sys-
tems, Inc. The system allows informa-
tion to be input from the multiple listing
books, and matches listings with cus-
tomer requests. As new listings become
available, Big Match matches them to
previous requests and generates a letter
to customers.

No prices were released. For further in-
formation, contact Arizona Computer Sys-
tems, inc., P.O. Box 805, Jerome, AZ
86331 .

Reader Service .^348.

Game Paddles and Sound

A game package from Electronic Sys-
tems includes: two game paddles, inter-
face, software, speaker, power supply and
two games on disk (Pong and Starship
War). Also included are schematics, a
user's guide and theory of operation.

The package (part #79220) is designed
for TRS-80 Level II or Disk and costs
$79.95. It is available from Electronic Sys-
tems, P.O. Box 21638, San Jose, CA 951 51 .

Reader Service ^350

Construction
Industry Package

The Management Information System
is a six program package for home
builders and general contractors. The
complete system contains programs for
cost estimating, job costing, general
ledger, accounts payable and receivable,
payroll, and word processing.

The programs may be purchased sepa-
rately and will operate as a system or on a
stand-alone basis. They are designed for a
Model II with 64K and require an addl-

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 59

NEW PRODUCTS

tional disk unit and printer. Prices were
not released. For a demonstration 6'\sW
($10 refundable), contact Construction
Data Control, Inc., 1330 Healey BIdg.,
Atlanta, GA 30303-
Reader Service ^^336

Manage Church Donations

Church Donations is a nine program
package designed to facilitate counting,
storing, recording and reporting of offer-
ings made to a church. The package will
handle accounts of a church with a con-
gregation of up to 1,000.

Cfiurch Donations requires a TRS-80
Model I Level II with 48K and two disk
drives. NEWDOS+ is the recommended
operating system. No prices were re-
leased from Custom Data, P.O. Box 1066,
Alamogordo, NM 88310.

Reader Service ^335

Drawing and
Multiplication Programs

Sketch-A-Sound lets the user draw pic-
tures while making music. The program
allows noncontinuous lines and error-
correction, and pictures can be stored and
retrieved on cassette or disk. Mul-Ti-
Sound is a multiplication drill program de-
signed for fourth to eighth grade students
that includes games and sound.

Both programs are for Model I and re-
quire 16K Level II or 32K DOS. Each pro-
gram is available on cassette for $14.95.
Both are available on disk for $24.95 from
The Innovative Penguin, 2320 Hampton
Dr., Harvey, LA 70058.

Reader Service ^161

Stock Management Aid

Stockpak, a four-diskette package from
Standard and Poor's Corp., allows a user
to manage a stock portfolio of up to 100
securities with as many as 30 transac-
tions on each issue. The package will also
analyze 900 New York and American ex-
change and over-the-counter common
stocks, and generate reports to guide in-
vestment decisions.

Stockpak costs $49.95 at Radio Shack
outlets. An annual subscription rate to the
monthly update service is $200. For more
information, contact Tandy/Radio Shack,
1800 One Tandy Ctr., Ft. Worth, TX 76102.

Reader Service i^337

Voltector Multibus Strip

Safeguard Against
Powerline Transients

The Voltector Mulitbus Strip from
Pilgrim Electric Co. is designed to elimi-
nate such interference problems as power
on-off transients and disk drive errors
from printer solenoids.

The Voltector strips are rated at 15
Amps, 125 V ac, 60 Hz and are available
with six, eight, ten or twelve receptacles.
Prices range from $79.50 to $122. For more
information, contact Pilgrim Electric Co.,
29 Cain Dr., Plainvlew, NY 1 1803.

Reader Service 1-^325

Language-free
Data Management

A data management system from Life-
boat Assoc, provides customized ac-
counting systems including payables, re-
ceivables, inventory control and order
entry. The Configurable Business System
(CBS Version 1.1) may be set up without
using any programming language, ac-
cording to Lifeboat.

CBS requires a 48K CP/M compatible
system. A disk system with at least 200K
of mass storage is recommended, and no
support languages are required. CBS ver-
sion 1.1 is available on most disk formats
for $395 with $25 for updates. Documenta-
tion alone costs $40 from Lifeboat Assoc,
1651 Third Ave., New York, NY 10028.

Reader Service ^^62

Retaining Wall
Design Program

RETWALL-1 is a retaining wall design
program for structural engineers using
the TRS-80 Model I. The program aids in
the design of either block walls or con-

crete wails with parallel or tapered sides.
RETWALL also computes masonry
stresses for concrete block walls.

RETWALL-1 costs $125. For more infor-
mation, contact Disco Tech, Morton Tech-
nologies, Inc., P.O. Box 11129. Santa
Rosa, CA 95406.

Reader Service ^164

Cash Register Software

TRS-POS is a program allowing a
TRS-80 Level II to operate as a point of
sale terminal. The package features
English operator prompts and error
messages, an electronic memo pad and a
tracking system for sales commissions
and inventory.

The 16K TRS-POS system allows 50
user-definable departments. The 32K sys-
tem allows 110 departments. Prices are
available from Computer Consultants,
POS Software Dept., 310-312 Hoyt St.,
Dunkirk, NY 14048.

Reader Service ^-168

Stand-alone

Machine Language Utility

Super Utility is a stand-alone machine
language program occupying 24K of
memory. It has its own I/O routines and
does not use ROM or DOS calls. The pro-
gram includes utilities such as Zap, which
allows the user to read or modify data,
whether or not the disk is protected. The
screen readout displays normally in hex or
ASCII.

Also included are the Purge, Format,
Disk Copy, Tape Copy, Disk Repair, and
Memory Utilities. Super Utility is available
for $52.45 from A.M. Electonics, Inc., 3366
Washtenaw Ave., Ann Arbor, Ml 48104.

Reader Service i^329

System Updates Inventory

The Mayflower TRS-80 Point of Sale
System acts as an electonic cash register
that updates inventory with each sale. It is
designed for small retail stores, and has a
built-in report generator that sorts and
sums inventory data. The user can design
reports to fit individual needs.

The TRS-80 Point of Sale System runs
on a 48K Model I with one disk drive and a
Model II printer. The system costs $398
and is available from Mayflower Comput-
er Co., P.O. Box 496, Naperville, IL 60566.

Reader Service i^328

60 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

VR DATA'S DATA BASE
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

for TRS-80

TM

WALOS II

Industry proven applications:

• Inventory

• Customer Files

• Mailing Lists

• Sales Records

• Student and Administrative Records

WALOS II is in use today by major
businesses throughout the United States.

WALOS II is a complete data base
management system designed exclusively
for the TRS-80 Model I and II.

It includes the most widely requested
features formatted for easy and maximum
use.

Model I, III $149.95 Model II $299.95

WALOS II Is easily customized for specific
needs and applications by even the most
unsophisticated user, while still maintaining
the capabilities of more complex data base
systems.

VR DATA'S Data Base is fully self prompting

and requires no knowledge of computer
language or programming. Files and options
are created using ordinary English.

WALOS II is forgiving. Numerous error-
correcting and recovery procedures make it
virtually impossible to "mess things up."

Self teaching. A special program provides
on-screen instruction that supplements the
written documentation.

LETTER QUALITY
UNDER $2200

EPA 250 features;

from VR DATA

• DIABLO® wheels and supplies

• Letter Quality

• 25 cps, Rapid Seeking, Bi-Directional

• 45 cps optional

• Parallel Interface, Serial optional

• Tractors available

• RS-232 optional

VR DATA'S EPA 250* Daisy Wheel Printer is

designed to fill a distinct gap in the
peripheral marketplace. A speed of 25
characters per second and it's low price
make it the ideal choice for todays system
designer Interested in achieving superior
price/performance ratios.

The EPA 250 produces letter quality printing
on 3 sharp copies and will accept up to
^4V^" paper.

The easy plug-In compatibility of the EPA

250 and its outstanding print performance
continue VR DATA'S tradition of providing
reliable peripheral equipment to systems
users the world over.

VR DATA'S EPA 250 sells for $2195. and
Includes a one year limited warranty.

'Electronic Printing Ability up to 250 word per minute.

^

5)ata

For more information, call toll free

(1) 800-345-8102, in Pennsylvania (215) 461-5300

or write VR DATA, 777 Henderson Boulevard, Folcroft, PA 19032

NEW PRODUCTS

Epson MX-80 Printer

Communicate
With Mainframes

The Remote Batch Terminal Emulator
(RBTE) is a program enabling Z80 micro-
computers to transfer data files to and
from mainframe computers or othier
remote batch terminals, using bisynctiro-
nous protocol. According to Winterhalter
and Assoc, data rates of up to 19. 2K baud
may be achieved with this product. The
RBTE operates under CPIM and several
other operating systems.

The price is $500 for a single-use li-
cense. The Operator Manual is $25 and
the Programmer Manual costs $15. RBTE
is available from Winterhalter and Assoc,
Inc., 3825 Zeeb Rd., Dexter, Ml 48130.

Reader Service (^331

Sort Utility Uses
Assembler Routines

SORTFILE is a BASIC sort utility for the
TRS-80 Mode! I or III that uses assembler
routines. It sorts random disk files under
TRSDOS 2.2, 2.3 or other operating sys-
tems compatible with Radio Shack's Disk
BASIC, According to Software Efficiency,
a file of 250 records of 64 bytes each can
be sorted in 10 to 12 seconds.

SORTFILE requires a minimum of 16K

and one drive and will sort a file with up to
32.767 logical records. A separate utility,
SEEFILE, is included for dumping of data
files to screen or printer. SORTFILE costs
$23.95 on disk or $19.95 on cassette. For
more information, contact Software Effi-
ciency, 7800 Stanford Ave., St. Louis, MO
63130.

Reader Service v334

Load Machine
Language in BASIC

SYSTEM to BASIC is a utility package
designed to convert machine language
code into code that can be loaded and
stored from BASIC. The program is de-
signed to bridge the gap between edi-
tor/assembler and BASIC.

Included with SYSTEM to BASIC is
FASTLOADER, a machine language pro-
gram placed in memory from BASIC. This
program takes machine code out of the
data item list and rapidly places the ma-
chine code into the proper memory loca-
tion for execution.

The program is available for Model I,
Level 11 BASIC or disk users with 16K.
SYSTEM to BASIC costs $19.95 for cas-
sette and $24.95 for disk and is available
from J.F. Consulting, 74-355 Buttonwood,
Palm Desert, CA 92260.

Reader Service ,^326

MX-80 Has
Disposable Print Head

The MX-80 is an 80-column dot matrix
printer with a disposable print head. The
printer operates in up to 12 print modes,
and uses multi-strike and multi-pass
techniques. The MX-80 prints bidirec-
tionalty at 80 characters per second.

The printer costs $645. Replacement
print heads cost $28. The MX-80 is avail-
able from Epson America, Inc., 23844
Hawthorne Blvd., Torrance, CA 90505.

Reader Service j^333

Disk Drive Repair

All Systems Go is a repair service for
TRS-80 compatible disk drives, including
Parasitic Maxidisk eight-inch drives.

The cost for repair of drives is $35 plus
parts. Shipping costs two dollars. For
more information, contact All Systems
Go, 8266 Tansy Dr., Orlando, FL 32811,

Reader Service ^167

Level 11 Word Processor

The GB Assoc. Word Processor oper-
ates specifically on the TRS-80 Level II
(16K) and Centronics 730 series (Radio
Shack Line Printer II) printers. The pro-
gram can be adapted with some BASIC
programming for other printers. The Word
Processor has the same editing capability
as the Level II, as well as uppercase/lower-
case printout, and adjustable line length.

The program is on cassette for $35 and
does not require disk. For more informa-
tion, contact GB Assoc, P.O. Box 3322,
Granada Hills, CA 91344,

Reader Service ^166,

Disk Editor Assembler

EDAS 3.4 is a text editor/assembler for
TRS-80 Models 1 and 111. The editor
provides text editing faciiities for the mod-
ification of alphanumeric files in RAM.
Command syntax is identical to the
BASIC editor. The assembler portion of
EDAS facilitates the translation of Z-80
symbolic language from RAM or disk into
machine executable code,

EDAS 3.4 is available for $82 from
MISOSYS, 5904 Edgehill Drive, Alexan-
dria, VA 22303,

Reader Service ^160

62 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

A MAJOR NEW YORK BANK
INVITES YOU TO BANK AT HOME

. . .By Personal Computer

Our system talks with vours. A prosratn diskette provides

access to the bank for:

bill Paving

account t r a n s f e r- s

balance in'=iuirT

record keeping
Software re^tuires 4SK bvtes of memory and one disk drive.
This is a pilot prosram. For more information, please terminate
this message bv sending in the form below.

NAME,

ADDRESS CITY.

.STATE ZIP.

TELEPHONE NO.

Name and trpe of system

Do YOU have communications capah i 1 i tv?_
If not-, are you planning for it?

MAIL FORM to: Home Banking System
P.O, Box 721
Radio Ci ty Stat ion

■^-^ New York, New York 10101

f^77

FEATURES INCLUDE:

• Uses Standard Typewriter Ribbon

• Micro Processor Controlled

• Can Operate Continuously—

No Thermal Problems (Has an all metal
print head)

• 5 X 7 to Larger 10x7 and Larger 10x14
Dot Matrix Character Generator

• Standard 96 ASCII Character Font

• Upper and Lower Case Printing

• Up to 88 Characters Per Line

• Single Lme Print Rate Is 160 CPS

• Average Print Rate Is 60 CPS For Ten
Lines

• Graphics Capability With Extended
Character Modes

• Programmable With 32 System Level
Software Commands

• Standard Parallel and Serial Interface

• Software and Hardware Reset Interface

• Software Line Counting For Paging

• Baudrate Select From 110 to 9600

• Manual Paper Advance

• Manual Selftest and Reset

• Adjustable Tractor Width From 1 to 9'/?
Inches

• Interfaces with Apple, Atari, OS), T.I.,
TRS-SO and the List Goes On

^76

COOSOL DATA LOGGER IMPACT PRINTER

$495 Kit, 101B-80KE $545 Assembled & Tested 101B-80E

COOSOL, INC. P.O. BOX 743, ANAHEIM, CA 92805 (714) 545-2216 7 Days a Week

t^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 63

mmm//^m^/A^////MMM/Mm^^^^^^

The MICROCONDUCTOR'"

the ultimate
database manager
for your TRS-80®

Compose Any Software Program
Dy simply onswerinq the questions,
YOU Describe the file layouts
YOU Specify the print formats
YOU Design the updote functions.
The CONDUCTOR DOES THE WORK!!!

The MICROCONDUaOR'" directs your compurer ro
compose, orgonize and summorize oil information you
need ro solve your software and business problems.

WirhTheMICROCONDUaOR"*, your compurer will
be able to compose any record-heeping softwore you
need. In the office, The MICROCONDUaOR™ con help
with anything from occounrs receivable to property
monagement.You'H find thot The MICROCONDUaOR'"
is idea! for the shop too. Let it rake core of your invenrory
records, soles onolysis, price lists, ond more.

The MICROCONDUOOR'" is nor jusr a file monoger
bur o rrue Doro Dose Monogemenr System suitoble for
both the novice and professional users.
Some of the modules of tfiis masterpiece ore:

DATA FILE— One step file creotion. Just set it, and forger it.
MAINT.— Monipulore your doto files wirh ease; odd,

delere, modify, scan, relocore, and more.
SORT— Sorr any number of fields, in ony seguence.

oscending or descending order.
UPDATE— Single or dual file report and update utility.

introductory Prices

TR5-60® Model I
TRS-flO® Model II

^249
*399

Sr

/MiCROCO/VIPUrER

TECHNOLOGY .telex

INCORPORATED *tId"ir°

Order Desk Only 800-654-7222

The MICP.OCONDUCTOR'" is power ot your fingertips!
Power fo ser up, maintain, sort, report, ond update doto
filesatwhim. Just imagine: wirti the Ml CROCONDUCTOP.'",
you con estobiish o custom moiling list system in 30
minutes, accounts receivable in 2 hours, o complete
business system in only o few working days. Never
before hos your computer been given such power!

DATA FILES— No limit on the number of records o file
con hove.
FIELDS— Any rype Csrring, interger, single, double).
Eighr entry modes (including defaults,
counting, and suppress).
REPORTS— Four ways to generote reports. Total nu-
meric column(s). Print on ony paper in
any format (statements, labels, etc.).
SORT— Any fieldCs) in ony combinotion (i.e. mul-
tiple-key sort). Any size file, numeric or
ASCII. Ascending or descending.
MAINT.— Command anticipation. Record duplica-
tion. Direct access and sequentiol search.
UPDATING/
MERGING— Add, subtroct, multiply, divide fields. Com-
bine results from previous calculations.
Test for any condition ond toke oction.

*Regisrered trade mark of Rodio Shock.

TTcp 3304 West MacArthur

tFlVx Santa Ana. CA 92704

678-401 (714)979-9923 f

TADIRIN Aa PRICES CASH ask for our ["!S

_- -- DISCOUNTED FREE CATALOGUE L

A- 1 112. FREIGHT FOD/FAaORY ^

Sank American D.

64 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1961

SAVE

on Qdd-ons for

TRS-80

Software Cx Hardware

NEWDOS80

A new enhanced NEWDOS for rhe TRS-80®

The mosr powerful Disk Operaring Sysrem for rhe TR5-80,
designed for rhe sohpisnccred user ond professionol progrommer
who demands rhe ulrimore,

NEWDO5/S0 is ihe planned upgrade fronn NEWD05 2 1.
Some of the fearures are:

t New DA5IC commands for files wirh vorioble record lengrhs
up ro 4095.

• Mix or march drives Use 35, 40 or 80 rrock 5" disk drives or
8" disk drives, or combo.

• Securir/ boor-up for BASIC or mochine code opplicorion
progroms.

• New ediring commands.

• Enhonced RENUMber rhor ollows relocarion

• Command choining.

• Device hondiing for rouring ro display ond pnnrer
simiulroneously

• DFG funcri on; striking of D. Fond G Iseys allows useToenrer
o mini-DOS wirhour disturbing progrom

• Companble wirh NEWD05 b ifooOS

• Machinelonguoge5uperzGp/802,1 uriliries S4 Vl Q
od enhanced debug and copy. I ^Tlr

The Microconductor Data Dose Monoger
MODEL I ^249 MODEL II ^399

FACTORY

CLEARANCE

Demo single or duol head MPI
disk drive, complere wirh Power
Supply and Chossis, Full worronry,

TF5D40TK. .279

TDH-1DDuol35TK ^419

LIMITED QUANTITIES

NEW FOR TRS-80®

TF-8 SO TRACK DISK DRIVE
by MPI

Double your copociry.
Single head mini floppy.
More rhon 200K byfes of
sroroge, Complere wirh
power supply ond chossis.

TF-9 DUAL 60 TRACK DISK
DRIVE by MPI

Quadruple your copocify.
400K bytes of sroroge (like
having 4-40 rrock drives in
one unir), Complere wirh
power supply end chassis.

^639

«789

Disk Drive Sole!

Complere wirh power supply ond chassis.

TF-3 Shugarr 5A400 .

Perrec FD200, 40 rrack

TF-5MPI D51 40 rrock

TF-7 Micropolis 77 rrack ... .
TDH-1 Dual Sided drive 35 rrack
TF-3M Drive 5ys. 2 Shugarr
NEWD05+

40 rrack '110 35 rrock

Assembly Languoge Pkg

AJA Business Pkg

The Source

Dosic Compiler

>309
>379
'359
'579
*469
'656

'99

'99

'359

'100

'195

Regisrered rrodemcrk of Rodio Shock

Disk Expansion System

• 2 Shugarr 5A400 TF-3 '678

• 1 Two-Drive Cable '26

• 1 Expansion Inrerfoce 32K '459

• 1 35-rrock D05+ '99

TOTAL LIST PRICE '1262

SPECIAL PRICE ONLY 1 ,1 49

MOD II 8" Disk System

• 1 Drive Sysrem '949

• 2 Drive Exponsion Sysrem '1,445

Printers

Anodex9500. '1.549

Cenrronic 779 M ,069

Dase2 '649

Cenrronics 737 '895

Cenrronics 702-9... M.995

Molibu >2,495

Spinwrirer *2,569

Doisy Wheel . M,779

INTRODUaORY OFFER
SAVE S300 LIST '949

Okidora
MicrolineflO

^639

Model 62

5899

• BARE DRIVES FOR ANY MICROCOMPUTER

Perrec FD200 . . . '2B2 FD250 . . '059

Shugarr SA400 '279 SA800/801 '479

MPI B51 '279 B32 '049

MPID91 '099 B92 '525

Memory Kit (16K)
AC isoloTor (6 seeker)
Disk Head Cleaner ..
DiskerresdO)

'49.00
'49.95
'19.95
'30.00

EIA

/MlCROCO/VlPUrER

TECHNOLOGY ^,8

INCORPORATED

3304W. MacArthur
Order Desk Only 800-554-7222 Santa Ana, CA 92704
Telex #678401TAB IRIN (714) 979-9923

Apparatlrx:.

ALL PRICES CASH DISCOUNTED

• FREIGHT FOB FACTORY

ASK FOR FREE CATALOG

aOO-525-7674

4401 South Tamarac Parkway

Denver, CO 80237

(303) 741-1778

exatron

Stringy Floppy

Systems

For the TRS-80 Mod I,III,i
The New Color Computer

STARTER KIT INCLODESi

• Stringy Floppy

• 10 Blank Wafers

• E.S.F.Monitor Pgm.

• Data I/O Program

• Tutorial Demo Program

• 2 for 1 Bus Connector

• General Purpose Data Base
Manager Program

• Complete Manual

• Free 1 Year Subscription to
80-CJ.S. Journal*

ALL OF THE ABOVE FOR ONLY

$299.50

Free information Package from
EXATRON

CALL OUR TOLL FREE

NUMBER TODAY!

800-538-8559

181 Commercial Avenue, Sunnyvale, CA 94086

*80-(J.S Journal is the the New Communication Channel
for EXATROM.

SOiSi

exatron

excellence in electronics

THE TRS-80 USERS JOURNAL

We have a whole NEW look!

• More Features!

• More Pages!

• Business Coverage!

• More Programs!

• Slick, Color

AND

80-U.S. now carries an exclusive
section for the Exatron Stringy
Floppy User!

SPECIAL

To Mew Subscribers! One Year (6
issues) of the 80-(J.S. Journal for
just $9.95!

(That's almost 50% off the regular
newsstand price)

This offer is limited, order
your reduced price sub-
scription TODAY!

TRSSO Trademark of Tandy Co.

Send to:
80-G.S Journal ^ 33
3838 South Warner Street
Tacoma, WA 98409

Sign me up 1 can't resist at 59.95!
D Check D Money Order n M/C orVisa

Card Number Exp Date . . .

NAME

ADDRESS,

CriY STATE ZIP.

66 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

coon
graphic

A Special
Report

GRAPHICS

Model I owners, don't be blue

when you can be cyan, magenta and buff with the Electric Crayon.

Color by Percom

Francis S. Kalinowski
16 N. Alder Drive
Orlando. FL 32807

C. nee upon a time I faced a
dilemma. Shall I keep my
trusty TRS-80? Will I always be
satisfied with black and white
displays? Can I save enough
cash to trade for a color ma-
chine? I began to scrimp and
save my pennies for trade-in
day.

Then, along came Percom's Electric Crayon, riding the shiny tnne
coverof SO M/cTOCompt/f/ng. The Crayon said; 'Hook me up between
a color TV and your TRS-80, and I'll give you color graphics.' With
more than enough pennies already in my piggy bank, I ordered one.

Now 1 key BASIC commands into my TRS-80, it translates and
sends them to the Electric Crayon, and action graphics appear on a
color TV screen. Quite a change from the black and white monitor.

Hookup Requirements

A TRS-80 must have a Centronics-type parallel printer port
through which it can send commands to the Electric Crayon. The
printer port may be on a Radio Shack expansion interface 26-1 140, a
printer interface cable 26-141 1 , or a Microtek Printer/Memory Expan-
sion Module MT-32. Percom has two optional cables for intercon-
necting the Electric Crayon with a printer port.

The Electric Crayon outputs a composite video signal. This signal
may be applied through a 75-ohm RG591/U coaxial cable directly to a
color monitor. The video signal may also be applied through an rf
modulator and an impedance-matching transformer to a color TV
set's antenna terminals.

Operating Modes

Table 1 lists the operating
characteristics of Electric Cray-
on semigraphics and graphics
modes. Semigraphics blocks
and graphics pixels (rectangular
groups of dots) are shown in
their relative shapes and sizes.
A TRS-80 semigraphics block is
included for comparison.

With minimum (IK) refresh
memory, the Electric Crayon is
operable in four modes. With 6K
refresh RAM installed, it can op-
erate in any one of 10 modes.
Dual-purpose mode provides alphanumeric characters, coarse
semigraphics patterns, or a mixture of both. Model provides a wider
range of finer semigraphics patterns. Sorry, no alphanumerics, un-
less you make them up using the mode's patterns. Pure graphics
modes 2 through 9 provide gradually finer resolution displays with
individually mappable pixels and dots.

Table 1 block and pixel matrices are defined by TV dot clocks hori-
zontally and TV field scan lines vertically. Although one field has
262.5 scan lines, only 192 of them can be mapped in BASIC pro-
grams. The remaining 70.5 lines are either blanked (black) or dis-
played in a mode's inherent background color.

Mappable TV screen divisions range from 512 semigraphics
blocks (modes and 1) to 49,152 dots (mode 9). The mode 9 dots may
be only green or buff on black, but the resolution is eight times finer
than that of the TRS-80. A simple Sx y command defines the dot to
be lit. One Hx y n command can light up to 256 dots on a scan line.

In contrast, the Level II SET (x,y) command defines one of 6144
distinct video screen points where a 2 x 4-dot pixel may be lit. That's
one sixth of a TRS-80 semigraphics block.

68 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

"The Crayon said: "Hook me up

between a color TV and your TRS-80,

and 111 give you color graphics."

MODE
(OEHSlTr)

Block
(X32j;Y16)

Part
(X64xY3£)

I

Block
{X3ZXY16)

Part
(j;64xY48)

2

():64xY64)

3
(128>:64)

4
(138x64)

5
(lZ8x96j

6
(l?ax96)

7
(128x192)

(128x192)

9

(256x192)

TRS-aC
graphic

block
size ref.

Block
(X64XY16)

Part
(128x48)

BLOCK/PIJIEL
MATRIX

tinmrlTnni-J

MIN
RAH

IK

IK

U

N/A

AVAILABLE COLORS

NORMAL No. INVERTED

H/A

Green
Yellow

Blue

Red

Buff

Cyan
Magenta
Orange

(with black border)

Green

CO

Yellow

01

Blue

r?

Red

C3

Buff

Cyan

Magenta

Orange

(with black border)

Green
Yellow

Blue

Red

CO*

CI

C2

C3

CO" is border and
background color.

Buff

Cyan

Magenta

Orange

Green on CI' Buff on
black I CO I black
CI* is border color.

Sane as
mode 2.

Same as
mode 3.

Same as
mode Z.

Same as
mode 3.

Same as
mode 2.

Same as
mode 3.

Uhite
(set)

Black

(reset)

Same as
mode Z.

Same as
mode 3.

Same as
mode 2.

Same as
mode 3.

Same as
mode 2.

Same as
mode 3.

H/A

REMARKS

This semigraphic mode uses
8x1 2-dot blocks divided in-
to four 4x6-dot parts. The
parts can be selectively
lit to provide 16 patterns
ranging from all parts ex-
tinguished to all parts lit
in anyone of eight colors.
(See Fig. 1 for patterns.)

This semigraphic mode is
like mode 0, except blocks
are divided into six 4x4-iIot
parts. Also, the parts can
be selectively lit to form
64 patterns (Fig. 1). Each
pattern can be lit in any
one of four normal or four
inverted colors.

This graphic mode uses 4x3-
dot elements (or pixels).
Individual pixels can be
displayed inany one of four
normal or inverted colors.

These graphic modes use
2x3-dot pixels. Oisplayable
colors depend on available
refresh memory (MIN RAM).

These graphic modes use
2x2-dot pixels. Oisplayable
colors depend on available
refresh memory.

These graphic modes use
2xl-dot pixels. Oisplayable
colors depend on available
refresh memory.

This graphic mode provides
one dot clock by one TV
field scanline resolution.
Dots may be green or buff.

Block matrix is shown for
size comparison with the
available Electric Crayon
semigraphic mode blocks and
graphic mode pixels.

Table 1. Color Graphics Operating Characteristics

Graphics Commands

Table 2 details the eight Electric Crayon commands used in
BASIC programs for semigraphics and graphics. AM commands but
one are single-letter statements with up to three arguments. How
much simpler can a set of command statements get?

I consider ERS and Mn system initialization commands. They nor-
mally appear once at the beginning of a program. Cn is used as
needed to change color throughout a program. The I command may
or may not be used more than once.

Pn works only in semigraphics modes and 1. A semicolon and at
least one of three mapping commands must follow each Pn. State-
ment 12 in Program Listing 1 shows a typical semigraphics com-
mand string, displaying a 3 x 3 pattern solid yellow rectangle at the
center of the display screen.

You can color the entire TV display screen using mapping com-
mands Sx y, Hx y n, and Vx y n, by stringing them, occasionally in-
serting a Cn command, and packing them into numbered state-
ments.

Deducting seven bytes for LPRINT", you may pack up to 248
graphics command characters Into one statement. A few such
statements can display a lot of color graphics.

That's not just simplicity, it's RAM-miserly compactness. After
all, the TRS-80's RAM can't gulp characters forever; if you try stuf-
fing it too much, it burps: "OM ERROR."

Compare Electric Crayon's programming simplicity and compact-
ness with the programming required by currently available color
microcomputers. The more I do that, the tighter I hug my Electric
Crayon.

Three Electric Crayon commands not listed in Table 2 are A
(ALPHA) and R (REVERSE), used only in programming mode Oalpha-
numerics, and LD* (LOAD), used for entering assembly language
Motorola SI and 89 data records into the Electric Crayon's RAM.

Semigraphics Patterns

Fig. 1 shows the Electric Crayon's 16 mode and 64 mode 1 semi-
graphics patterns. You can assemble them to form or draw various
shapes in the same manner as TRS-80 graphic characters. You can
also make the shapes move.

Program Listings 1 and 2 demonstrate all available semigraphics
patterns. Listing 1 sequentially displays 16 mode patterns on the
TV display screen. Corresponding pattern (P) numbers appear on the
TRS-80's monitor. Each pattern remains displayed about one sec-

BASIC
COMI'lAND

LETTER(s)
DEFINITION

ARGUMENT(s)

PURPOSE

ERS

ERASE

None

Clear refresh RAM and erase
color video screen.

Mn

MODE

n=iiiode No .
thru 9

Select one of 10 operating
modes. (See Table 1. )

Cn

COLOR

n=color No:
thru 7

Select one of eight colors.
(See Table 1.)

I

INVERT

None

Complement all thedisplayed
colors; that is, switch from
normal to inverted or back
to norma 1 .

Pn

PATTERN

n=pdttern No.
thru 63

Select one of 16 mode or
64 mode 1 semigraphics pat-
terns. (See Fig. 1. )

Sx y

SET

x=hori2ontal
ordinate

y=vertical
ordinate

Light one pattern, pixel , or
dot at x-y coordinates.

Note:
Using this command with the
background color overprints
and erases any contrasting
color displayed at the x-y
coordinates.

Hx y n

HORIZONTAL

x=hori2ontal
ordinate

y=vertical
ordinate

n=numbGr of
elements

Starting at x-y coordinates,
display (n) patterns, dots,
or pixels in the right-hand
direction.

Vx y n

VERTICAL

Same as x y
n above.

Starting at x-y coordinates,
display (n) patterns, dots,
or pixels downward.

Table 2. Color Graphics Commands

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 69

"Excluding statement 8 and the 36 delays,
the program executes in about 18 seconds
with DEFINT X, Y; 26 seconds without it. "

MODE

po PI PI Pi PI PS P6 p; vs ?9 pio pii ru Pij pu pis

□ WHERN COIOB

eiSt'. lOFF) CClijk

MODE 1

^ PI 'J PJ ?* PS P6 p; PB P9 PIC Pii pi; pu pi* pis

PS P6 p; PB P9 PIC PII pi; pu pu

leiSiEsesEsssss

CI& Pi; PIS p;9 P!0 P!l P2! PiJ PJJ PJS p26 PJ7 PJfl P!9 PJO

liSiBiasaiaaasg:

PM P)3 P3< P36 P36 P3J PJ8 P39 via Pil p.:; j;j Pij Pi5 P46 Pi7

pis pis fso psi PS! PS3 PS* psj Pis PS7 pw pss pm Pti pt; ps3

F/g. 7. Semigraphics Patterns

Statements 12, 14, and 16 make up a missile ascent subroutine.
This subroutine raises the missile one vertical (Y) division in three
climb increments. Fourteen successive loops through the
subroutine raise the missile to the TV screen's top edge. From that
point, six pattern group changes progressively move the missile off
the display screen.

Throughout the missile ascent subroutine, pattern X,Y location
points are defined with respect to coordinate reference blocl^ X = 1 5
Y=:13 (Fig. 2). The climb increment command segments in State-
ment 12, for example, are derived as follow/s:

Pattern P24, located in column X = 15 but two positions below line
Y=13, requires "P24;S";X;Y + 2;. The TRS-80 translates this com-
mand segment to P24;S 15 15 for the Electric Crayon.

Pattern P8, located one position to the right of column X = 15 and
two positions below line Y = 13, requires "Pe;S";X+1;Y + 2;. This
segment goes out as P8;S 16 15.

Pattern P21, located in column X=15 but one position be-
low line Y = 13, requires "P21;S";X;Y+ 1;. This segment goes

ond. Listing 2 similarly displays 64 mode 1 patterns. Press the
TRS-80 BREAK icey to stop any pattern. Type and enter CONT to re-
sume pattern sequencing.

Semigraphics Action

Mode 2 missile launcher program (Listing 3) demonstrates how
pattern-formed shapes may be moved using action sequences.
Even-numbered statements mai<e up the operating program. Odd-
numbered REMs describe the sequential actions. The program
shows five missiles being launched at two-second intervals.

Fig. 2 shows and identifies the mode 1 patterns used In the
demonstration. Statement numbers under pattern groups identify
the statements which display them. X and Y ordinate numbers along
the edges of Fig. 2 pinpoint the display screen locations where ac-
tions occur.

Statements 6 and 8 initially display a launcher and a missile. C3 in
statement 4 specifies orange as the launcher color. CI, used once in
statement 8, specifies cyan (a light blue color) for all missiles dis-
played during program execution.

TOP EDGE Of
DISPLAY ^CREEtl

I ■ '' I '♦ 1 L." 1 " I 1 I? I n i ■»■■* ! . II I n I

i"ii

HISSILE EIIT FBOH DISPLAY SCREEN
P22 p;

P?.i P8 P3S P32 PO PO

STATEMENT 22 STATEMEHT 24 STATEMENT ?6 j STATEKEHI 28 ! STATEHEHT 30 j .STATEMENT 32

BTATEMUu 6 SIATEHENI 8
KlIiiAL SCEHE

X-Y
'""'. -.-COORD

;y-13|

■~ P21

lyrtps

STATWEHI 14
ilLE ASCENT SUBROUT

Fig. 2. Mode 1 Semigraphics Action

Zl 28 29

-1 X -H

-1 X -H

Y

\

56
57
58
59
60
61
62

MISSILE AT REST
STATEMENT 8

MISSILE ASCE
STATEMENT 12

JT SUBROUTINE
STATEMENT 14

I

-6

;-;

*!

-5

-4

-3

-2

!

■■

2

3

3

-1

2

3

'i
t^

1

2

Y

4=AB0UT 1 SECOND
DELAY TIMING

f

X-Y COORD REF

r

X-Y COORD REP

Fig. 3. Mode 2 Graptiics Action

out as P21,S 15 14.

Statement 18 decrements Y to Y = 12, raising the coordinates
reference bloci< one line. Statement 20 keeps returning display con-
trol to the missile ascent subroutine until the missile reaches the TV
screen's top edge.

Statement 34 keeps track of the missiles fired. About one second
after a count increment, statement 38 checks whether or not five
missiles have been fired. If not, G0T08 sends display control to
statement 8. That jump starts another missile display and launch
routine.

In statement 2, MC = returns the missile count to zero upon pro-
gram start. DEFINT X,Y speeds up the TRS-80's X,Y coordinate cal-
culations during missile ascent. Excluding statement 8 and the 36
delays, the program executes in about 18 seconds with DEFINT X,Y;
26 seconds without It. DEFINT (with all Integers used) should be in-
cluded In every action graphics program.

70 • 80 Microcomputing. January 1981

Semi Versus Pure Graphics

The mode 1 missile launcher program (Program Listing 3) shows
action by changing semlgraphics patterns. Sequential pattern
groups advance (raise) a missile and erase (replace background col-
or) behind it at the same time. The advance and erase functions
must be programmed separately in a pure graphics mode.

A comparable pure graphics program (Listing 4) shows how com-
mand requirements and display results differ. Corresponding
number statements In both listings do similar things (see REM's).
Fig. 3 identifies missile display, advance, and erase actions.
Numbers within pixel divisions identify sequential command
segments in program statements 8, 12, and 14.

First, one Vx y n and two Sx y commands display a cyan missile at
rest. The fourth segment holds the missile in place about one sec-
ond. HI 9 61 merely overprints ttie buff background with 61 buff pix-
els. That's easier and thriftier than using a TRS-80 FOR
T=0T0440:NEXT command to Insert a delay.

Then, three Sx y commands add cyan pixels above the missile
nose and two tall fins.

Finally, three Sx y commands erase the unmoving cyan pixels be-
low the advanced missile. Each command overprints a cyan pixel
with buff.

Fifty-nine loops through the two-statement ascent subroutine
place the X,Y coordinates at line Y = 3.

Oops! Did I just stick the missile's nose two pixels through the
celling? Nope, not really. In this case, decrementing the X,Y point
below five starts folding the missile down onto Itself. Y = 3 folds the
missile nose two pixels below the TV screen's top edge. That leaves
less missile to move off the screen. (To see the fold-down action,
change statement 20 to I F Y>Y - 3 GOTO 12. The change sends the
first missile crashing down to the baseline. It also puts the program
in an endless loop, trying to reach Y - 3. Press the BREAK key to exit
the loop.)

Statement 22 gets the missile off the display screen in four moves

"Oops! Did I just stick the missiie's
nose two pixels througfi the ceiling?

Nope, not really,"

(Y-line decrements). These moves are aligned vertically in Listing 4
to show successive advance and erase actions In each X column.

I used Vx y n Instead of Sx y commands in each increment's last
segment. Additional overprint pixels in the Vx y n commands provide
slight delays. Without these delays, the missile would move off the
display screen too fast.

Removing all REMs and timing delays, byte counts and execution
times of the semlgraphics and pure graphics are:

MODE 1
52? byles
17 seconds

MODE 2
518 bytes
40 seconds

Speedy mode 1 is the winner, and no wonder: It gets a missile up
without color changes with only 14 loops through the ascent sub-
routine. In contrast, mode 2 switches color twice during each of its
loops through the ascent subroutine. All these recurring operations
sandbag a missile and slow its ascent.

Pure Graphics

Modes 2 through 9 let you map Individual pixels or pixel strings.
Since mappable TV screen divisions and command requirements in-
crease with each higher mode, action speed decreases. With more
screen divisions, more subroutine loops are needed to move a shape
an equal distance. Given eight choices, you may go from simple
(mode 2, Program Listing 4) to fancy (mode 9). In any mode, a pro-
gram needs only system initiate, color (C), mapping (S,H,V), and a
few common TRS-80 commands.

I like mode 6. It provides moderate resolution and fair speed with-
in a reasonable program length. Chase (Program Listing 5) demon-
strates mode 6 action graphics. Chase has typical routines for:

• Repeatable shapes

• Horizontal action

• Double action

• Diagonal action

1

•THIS PROGRAM SEQUENTIALLY

DISPLAYS YELLOW MODE PC

THRU P15 PATTERNS WITHIN

A GREEN FRAME. IT ALSO

DISPLAYS PATTERN NUMBERS

3

8

ON THE TRS-80 MONITOR.
1

CLS: Z=0

10

LPRINT"ERS;MO;ERS;CO

12

LPRINT"P15;H14 6 3;H14 7

3;H14 8 3

14

PRINT CHR$ (23) : GOT020

16

LPRINT"C1;P";Z;"S15 7

18

PRINTia472,"P";Z: Z=2-H

20

FOR T=OT0499: NEXT

22

IF Z<15 GOTOlB

24

LPRINT"C0;P15;S15 7

26

PRINT(a472,"DONE

28

END

Listing 1. Mode Patterns Demonstration

1

•this PROGRAM SEQUENTIALLY

DISPLAYS YELLOW MODE 1 PC

THRU P63 PATTERNS WITHIN

A GREEN FRAME. IT ALSO

DISPLAYS PATTERN NUMBERS

3
8

ON THE TRS-80 MONITOR.
I

CLS: Z=0

10

LPRINT"ERS;M1;C0

12

LPRINT"P63;H14 6 3;H14 7

3;H14 8 3

14

PRINT CHRS(23): GOT020

16

LPRINT"C1;P";Z;"S15 7

18

PRINT@472,"P";Z: Z=Z+1

20

FOR T=0TO499: NEXT

22

IF Z<64 G0T016

24

LPRINT"C0;P63;S15 7

26

PRINT@472/'DONE

28

END

Listing 2. Mode 1 Patterns Demonstration

80 Microcomputing, January 1961 • 71

What is a

CLOCALPEEP?

Another name for
the CCB-ll, which is:

• a clock
hour, minute, second

• a calendar
day, day of vjeeK
month, year

• an audio alarm

Ail on one board for your

TRS-80 Model II

It includes a pacemaker battery which will
give over 8 years of continuous timekeeping.

From the folks who brought you the best
GP/M*for the Model II.

$175 plus shipping
Prepaid, COD, Mastercharge or Visa orders
accepted. California residents add 6%
sales tax.

TRS-80 is a trademarJ( of Tandy Coro.
CP/M is a registered trademark of Digital Research Inc.

^273

PICKLES & TROUT

P.O. BOX 1206, GOLETA, CA 93116. (805) 967-9563

Warning: Installation requires opening tfie Model II, wtiicti may void ils
warran;y. We suggest tdal you wait until the warranty period tias expired
before installing Itie CCB-ll.

Em

POWER

AND

FOR

YOUR

THS-BO*"^'^'

Liff

Bring the future into your home TODAY! The Black Box
'Energizer' from Oasis Systems lets your TRS-80 (tm) control
every electrical device in your home. Turn appliances on and
off, dim and brighten lamps. Our software lets you enter
commands like... '8:00 AM TURN ON PORCH LIGHT'. Can
you imagine the possibilities! Works with ANY Level II 16K,
no expansion chassis required. Compatible with all BSR X-10
modules. Works without wires or ultrasonic links because all
control signals are sent directly over house wiring! AND all
control functions are available to Level II or Disk BASIC.

OASIS SYSTEMS

2765 REYNARD WAY SAN DIEGO, CA 92103

maj E91-S489

MISSILE LAUNCHER PROGRAM

1 'ELECTRIC CRAYON MODE 1

2 CLS: DEFINT X,Y: MC=0

3 'ERASE SCREEN; GO MODE 1 INVERTED; SPECIFY ORAMGE

4 LPRINT"ERS!Ml;I;C3

5 'DISPLAY MISSILE LAUNCHER

6 LPRINT"P63;S14 15;P21;V14 13 2;P7;Sl3 15":GOT036

7 'SWITCH TO CYAN COLOR; DISPLAY MISSILE AT REST

8 LPRINT"C1;P22;S15 15;P2;Sl6 15iP5;Sl5 14":
FOR T=0TO440:NEXT

9 'DEFINE X-Y COORD REF POINT FOR MISSILE ASCENT

10 X=15: Y=13

11 'ASCENT SUBROUTINE 1ST CLIMB INCREMENT

12 LPRINT"P24;S";X;Y-f-2;"P8;S";X-*-l;Y-H2;"P21;S";X;Y-»-l

13 '2ND CLIMB INCREMENT

14 LPRINT"P32;H";X;Y-H2;2;"PljS";X;Y

15 '3FD CLIMB INCREMENT

16 LPRINT"P22;S'■;X;Y-^l;"P2;S";X-l-l;Y-^l;"P0;H";X;Y-^2;
2;"P5;S";X)Y

17 'RAISE X-Y COORDINATES REFERENCE POINT ONE LINE

18 Y=Y-1

19 'CHECK IF MISSILE AT SCREEN TOP; IF NOT, DO LOOP

20 IF Y>-1 G0T012

21 'START MOVING -OFF-SCREEN SEQUENCE

22 LPRINT"P24;S15 1;P8;S16 l!P21;Sl5

23 '1ST MOVE NOSE GONE

24 LPRINT"P32;H15 1 2

25 '2ND MOVE MISSILE GOING

26 LPRINT"P22;S15 0;P2;Sl6 0;P0;Hl5 1 2

27 ' 3RD MOVE GOING

28 LPRINT"P24fS15 0;P8;Sl6

29 '4TH MOVE GOING

30 LPRINT"P32;H15 2

31 '5th move GONE

32 LPRINT"P0;H15 2

33 'INCREMENT MISSILE COUNT (MC)

34 MC=MC-H

35 'WAIT ABOUT 1 SECOND

36 FOR T=0TO440:NEXT

37 'IF LESS THAN 5 MISSILES FIRED, GO FIRE ONE MORE

38 IF MC<5 G0T08
40 CLS; END

Listing 3. Mode 1 Missile Launcher

S, H, and V mapping commands for all these routines have their X
and Y arguments expressed relative toa prespecifiedX,Y coordinate
point. Relocating the reference point repeats a shape at another lo-
cation on the TV. Incrementing or decrementing the X value of the
reference point moves a shape right or left across the TV screen. Do-
ing the same with Y moves the shape up or down. Incrementing X
and Y at the same time moves a shape diagonally. Vertical action,
already described and shown, (Program Listing 4 and Fig. 3), is not
included in Program Listing 5.

In chase, even-numbered statements make up the active program.
When keyed In continuous strings (no indents), these statements oc-
cupy 2893 bytes of TRS-80 RAM. AM odd-numbered REMs can be
safely omitted without affecting the program. Statements 2 and 68
display CHASE and DONE on the TRS-80 monitor at program start
and end, respectively.

Statement 4 initializes the system. Using two M6 commands en-
sures a clean mode 6 display whether or not the Electric Crayon has
been erased in the previous mode. Without the extra M6, mode 6

72 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

comes up with vertical magenta stripes after the Electric Crayon is
turned on. Manually key and enter LPR1NT"ERS" after each system
turn-on or Include that extra M6 In the program.

Statements 6, 10, and 12 paint the initial static scene. Each state-
ment has several G0SUB8 commands preceded by X and Y ordi-
nates. The ordinate pairs specify locations for displaying trees. The
nine command segments in statement 8 display a tree, as shovi/n in
Fig. 4. Numerals and arrow lines identify sequential V commands
w/hich light the vertical pixel strings. GOSUB66 in statement 12
displays number 55 on a billboard, completing the static scene.

Statement 14 provides a short delay, defines action start {X,Y) and
stop (Z) points, and then jumps to a speeding car action subroutine.

Statements 30, 32, and 34 bring a speeder on the scene. H com-
mands impart brief delays to ensure Its gradual appearance. The
first two delays (H7 62 9 and H7 62 8) overprint pixels on the leftmost
magenta tree, the nearest available area in the active color. The
seven command segments in statement 34 advance the speeder
into full view (Fig. 5, top frame).

Fig. 5, center and bottom frames, show how statement 36
sequentially lights and erases pixels. Each loop through the state-
ment moves the speeder one X position. X = X + 1 increments the X,Y
coordinate's reference point to keep the speeder moving horizon-
tally.

Statement 38 monitors the speeder's movement. It drops display
control upon detecting an X = Z condition.

Statement 40 picks up the action; it starts moving the speeder be-
hind a billboard. Statements 42 and 44 complete the move. Again, H

MISSILE LAUNCHER PROGRAM

'ELECTRIC CRAYON MODE 2

CLS: DEFINT X,Y: MC=0
'ERASE SCREEH; GO MODE 2 INVERTED; SPECIFY ORANGE

LPRINT "M2 ; ERS ; M2 ; I ; C3
'DISPLAY MISSILE LAUNCHER AND MAGENTA BASELINE

LPRINT"V26 53 10!V25 59 4;V24 61 2;S23 62;C2;

HO 63 64":GOT036

7 'SWITCH TO CYAN COLOR; DISPLAY MISSILE AT REST

8 LPRINT"Cl;V2S 57 5;S27 62;S29 62;C0;Hl 9 61

9 'DEFINE X-Y COORD REF POINT FOR MISSILE ASCENT

10 X=28: Y=62

11 'ASCENT SUBROUTINE RAISE MISSILE ONE Y LINE

12 LPRINT"Cl;S";X;Y-6;"S";X-l;Y-l;"S";X-Hl;Y-l

13 'ERASE BELOW MISSILE-

14 LPRINT"CO;S";X-l;Y;"S";X+l;Y!"S";X;y-l

17 'RAISE X-y COORDINATES REFERENCE POINT ONE LINE

18 Y=Y-1

19 'CHECK IF MISSILE AT SCREEN TOP; IF NOT, DO LOOP

20 IF Y>3 G0T012

21 'MOVE OFF SCREEN {MISSILE GOING - GOING - GOING)

22 LPRINT"Cl;S27 2;S29 2;C0;S27 3;S29 3;V28 2 3;

Cl;S27 1;S29 1;C0;S27 2;S29 2;V28 1 2;
C1;S27 0;S29 0;C0;S27 1;S29 1;V28 9;

S27 0;S29 0": ' (GONE)

33 'INCREMENT MISSILE COUNT (MC)

34 MC=MC+1

35 'WAIT ABOUT 1 SECOND

36 LPRINT"CO;Hl 9 61

37 "IF LESS THAN 5 MISSILES FIRED, GO FIRE ONE MORE

38 IF MC<5 G0T08
40 CLS: END

Listing 4. Mode 2 Missile Launcher

TRS-80" Compatible

''carbonless"

Continuous Statements

small
quantities,
low prices,
fast delivery

Order as few as 500
statements imprinted with
your firm name and address.

Only $2795

NEBS 9062 Statements are
software compatible with
theTRS-80, Model 1, Level
II, Accounts Receivable
package #26-1555.

TRS-80 IB a Tode Mark Of ihs Radio Shack
Co., Subsidiary ol the Tandy Corp.

voutt not turn kre

" 1

SPEED COLLECTIONS
Product 772 DU-O-VUE® Envelope
{a^'xe'A") eliminates
envelope addressing.

Product 9062 — Size 6"x 8% "detached. Prices include your firm
name, address and phone in top section, plus your name only in
lower section. Printed in black ink. Available in single (white) or
duplicate (white, canary) continuous sets.

SINGLE

DUPLICATE

Product 772

QUANTITY

Product

Product

DU-O-VUE®

9062-1

9062-2

Envelopes

10,000

$192.00

$355.00

$138.00

6,000

128.00

228.00

92.00

4,000

99.00

169.00

64.50

2,000

59.00

99.00

36.25

1,000

38.75

61.00

20.75

500

27.95

39.95

12.25

ORDER TODAY! MONEY-BACK GUARANTEE.
FAST SERVICE BY MAIL or PHONE TOLL FREE 1 +800-225-9550
(Mass. residents 1+800-922-8560). It is our policy to ship within
6 working days following our receipt of your order.

Please ship:

Date.

.19^

CODE 460

.9062-1 STATEMENTS (Single)

.9062-2 STATEMENTS (Duplicate)

.772 DU-O-VUE® Envelopes

.Information on continuous checks and other
computer forms.

HEADING TO BE PRINTED ON FORMS: (Please type or print)

CITY and STATE

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

■ II you wlefi us to BILL and SHIP dlltorantly (rom atioire pleaso indlcaie.

IS ^ Nd>§

,-- 19.1 78 HoUisStreet.Groton,Mass.OI450

A diiision ol Now England Buiine^ Servrco, Inc.

.J

t^Reader SeAo'ce— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 73

GIN AND CRIBBAGE

AND OTHER 16K GAMES & APPLICATIONS

CIN RUMMY 2,0 Sit down with a reaily tough opponent,
and try not to get schneidered. Hundreds of happy Gin
players l<eep trying to beat this program — some do, and
some don't. Piays a reguiation game, keeps score, changes
strategy to counter your piay. can you beat Gin Rummy
2.0? MCR-I S11.95

CRIBBACE MASTER plays a Strong game, too, making the

most of every piay, hand and crib, ifli Muggins you for
the smaiiest mistake, but try to catch It counting wrong!
Excellent card graphics. MCM-1 S12.95

LABYRINTH RUN Race through sharp turns, slaioms and
narrowing passages. A fascinating /frustrating test of skili.
High speed graphics. MLR-1 S9.95

E.S.P. LAB Psychic? Find out with these tests based on the
famous Duke university experiments. Keeps trial records,
analyzes for telepathy, clairvoyance, precognition.
Special test fortelekinesis. mpl-1 S9.95

THE LISTMAKER Pull any category from a list in seconds
with this powerful, versatile program. Enter up to 400
names or items, with codes, in 16K. sort, edit, dump, load,
print or display lists on-screen. mlm-i S9.95

CALCULATOR PLUS makes yourTRS-SOaprintlngcalculator.
Chain and mixed calculations, constants, memories. On-
screen review of long additions. mpc-1 S9.95

CHECKBOOK PLUS Never agonize over a bank statement
again! Put the figures in and let Checkbook Plus handle all
the calculations and find the errors. MCB-1 S9.95

CALCULATOR & CHECKBOOK on one cassette. MC-2 S14.95

California residents add 6% sales tax
2a-hour credit card order hotline; (213) 454-8290

MANHATTAN SOFTWARE
Post Office BOX 35 ^ 90
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272

LUIMAR

JUST RELEASEDITH
MOST FANTASTIC
ARCADE GAME EVER
FOR YOUR TRS-80!

SUPERIOR
GRAPHICS &
SOUND EFFECTS

A real time arcade
simulation of a
LUNAR LANDING

TRS-80

Models 1 & 3

Level 2

16K TAPE - S14.95

32K DISK - $20.95

JUST LANDING
AT YOUR LOCAL
COMPUTER STORE
OR WRITE TO:

^^as^ ^■V^« .(305)862-6917

CH J^Adventure

^WJBVSS^ INTERNATIONAL --^^

A DIVISION OF SCOTT ADAMS. INC

BOX 3435 • LOIVIGWOOD.FLA. 32750

-4

-3 -2 -

IX +1+2 +3 +4

Y

- 4 ^-co

+1

.Rir

+2

2 3

-

+3

^..1 1.

+4

J '

f

+5

1

+6

1 j

- -i * H It *

i7|

+7

+8
+9

f

.

+f

'

\

~ '-

STATEMENT 8

X +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7

Above Fig. 4. Repeatable Shape.
Right Fig. 5. Horizontal Action.

yl

X-Y COORD REF

5, 2^

7 m 6 Jv

STATEMENT 34

^X-Y COORD REF

.^1 I I

i

■ii; mm

STATEMENT 36 1ST LINE

^'

-Y

COORD

REF

5

] 1

8

"'"-

1

7

6

STATEMENT 36 2ND LINE

commands in the latter statement add timing delays to ensure grad-
ual movement.

Display control returns to statement 16 vt'hich compensates for
speeder passage time befiind the billboard. Statement commands
make a trooper (smol<y) start fiis motorcycle and then peek around
the billboard. With three added H command delays, statement exe-
cution time makes the speeder's reappearance look more realistic.

Statement 18 defines new start and end points for the speeder's
remaining run. Again, GOSUB30 sends display control to the speed-
er action subroutine (statements 30 through 44). The speeder's final
move behind the rightmost tree returns display control to statement
20.

Nine advance and erase moves In statement 20 swing the trooper
from his hiding place to the road. Three of the moves use orange
overprints to restore billboard structural parts. Packed as this state-
ment appears, it still has five character spaces to spare. Remember,
up to 248 standard graphics command characters may be packed
into one statement.

X = 91 In statement 22 defines the trooper's horizontal move start
point. Twenty-eight loopsthrough statement 24 advance the trooper
to X= 120. This horizontal action subroutine is similar to the one
already described for the speeder. Each loop lights four leading pix-
els and erases four trailing pixels.

When X = 120, statement 26 passes display control to statement
28 which moves the trooper behind the rightmost tree. Since state-
ment 28 is used only once, its commands have actual number X and
Y arguments.

A jump to 46 starts a helicopter flyby routine. Statement 46
abruptly displays the copter's fuselage with two H commands (Fig. 6
top frame). There's no advantage in gradually bringing the copter
into view while user attention is focused at the TV screen's opposite
edge. The statement also defines start and end points for initial level
flight.

Continues to page 73

74 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

'**** MODE 6 ACTION COLOR GRAPHICS DEMONSTRATION ****
CLS; PRINT CHRS(23) ;PRINT@472 , "CHASE

'INITIALIZE; GO MODE 6 INVERTED; PRESTATE ORANGE

DEFINT X-Z:LPRINT"M6;ERS;H6;I;C3
'DO ORANGE PARTS OF INITIAL SCENE

X=4:Y=ei:GOSUB8:X=lll:Y=51;GOSUB8;X=59:y=43:GOSUB8:

X=29:y=53:GOSUB8:X=123:Y=63:GOSUB8:LPRINT"H66 62 20;

H67 72 17;V85 63 10;V66 63 11;S8 68;Sl20 68":GOTO10

7 'DISPLAY ONE TREE WITH TIP AT GIVEN X-Y COORDINATES

8 LPRINT"V";X;Y;13;"V";X-l;Y+2;9;"V";X+l;Y+2;9j "V";X-2,
Y+4;7;"V";X+2;Y+4;7;"V";X-3;Y+6;4;"V"X+3;Y+6;4;"V";
X-4 ; Y-f 8 ; 2 ; "V " ; X+4 ; Y+3 ; 2 : RETURN

9 'DO MAGENTA PARTS OF SCENE

10 LPRINT"C2;S83 73;S83 71;S84 72fS85 73":X=11;Y=54 :
G0SUB8 :X=54 : Y=45 :G0SUB8 :X=100 : Y=43 ;G0SUB8

11 'DO CYAN PARTS OF SCENE

12 LPRINT"Cl;HO 71 2;H7 71 59;H86 71 33" :X=19: Y=52 :
G0SUB8 : X=106 :G0SUB8 :X=56 : Y=32 :G0SUB8 : X=70: Y=64 :
G0SUB66 :X=77 :GOSUB66

13 'WAIT 1 SECOND AND START ACTION WITH SPEEDER

14 LPRINT"H7 71 59" :X=9: Y=68 :Z=59:GOSUB30

15 'SMOKY START MOTORCYCLE

16 LPRINT"S83 71;C2;V84 70 2;C0:V84 67 4;C2;S84 73;C0;
H67 63 18;C2;V84 70 2;C0iS84 73;H80 71 5;C2;S85 71;
C0;SB4 70;H60 61;40

17 'SPEEDER CONTINUE DOWN ROAD

18 X=86:2=113:GOSUB30

19 'SMOKY HOVE UP ON ROAD

20 LPRINT"C2;S85 72;C3jS85 71iS84 72,-585 73;C2;S86 73,
S84 73;C0;SS3 73!C2;S86 70;S86 72iS87 73;S85 73;C0;
586 73;S84 73;C3;S85 72;C0;S86 70;C2;S87 70;S88 72,
C0jS87 73;C3;S85 73;CO;S87 70;C2;S88 70iS88 72;S89
69;C0;H86 72 6;C2;S90 68;S90 70

21 'SMOKY GO AFTER SPEEDER

22 X=91

24 LPRINT"C2;5";X;Y;"S";X-l;Y+l;"S";X;Y+2;"S";X-2;Y+2;
"CO;S";X-l;Y;"S";X-2;Y+l;"S"iX-l;Y+2,-"S"jX-3;Y+2:
X=X+i

25 'CHECK IF SMOKY AT TREE; IF NOT, LOOP AGAIN

26 IF X<120 GOT024

27 'SMOKY DISAPPEAR BEHIND TREE

28 LPRINT"CO; S118 68;C2;Sll9 68:Sll9 69:5118 70;C0;
sue 69;S119 70;Sll7 70;Sll9 68;Hll6 72 3;C2;Sll9
70;C0;Sll9 69;Hll6 70 4":GOT046

29 'SPEEDER APPEAR FROM BEHIND TREE OR BILLBOARD

30 LPRINT"C2;5";X;Y+lj"H7 62 9;S" ;X+X; Y+1; "S" ;X; Y+2;
"H7 62 8 ; S" ; X+2 ; Y+1; "S" ; X+1 ; Y+2 ; "CO; S" ;X ; Y+2 ; "C2 ; H" ;
X;Y+l;4;"S";X;Y;"S";X+2;Y+2;"C0;5"X+l;Y+2

32 LPRINT"C2;H";X+l;Y+l;4;"S";X+3!Y+2;"S";X+lfY;"S";
X+2;Y;"CO;S";X+2;Y+2;"C2;H";X+3;Y+l;3;"S";X;Y+2;"S";
X+4 ; Y+2 ; "CO; 5" ; X+3 ; y+2

34 LPRINT"C2;H";X+4;Y+1;3;"S";X+3;Y;"S";X+5;Y+2;"S";
X+l;Y+2;"C0;S";X;y;"S";X+4;Y+2;"S";X;Y+2

35 'SPEEDER MOVE DOWN ROAD

36 LPRINT"C2;S";X+7;Y+l;"S";X+4;y;"S";X+6;Y+2;"S";X+2;
Y+2;"C0;5";X+l;Y;"S";X+5;y+2; "5" ;X+1; Y+2; "S" ;X;y+l:
X=X+1

37 'CHECK IF SPEEDER AT END OF RUN; IF NOT, LOOP AGAIN

38 IF X<Z GOT036

39 'SPEEDER DISAPPEAR BEHIND BILLBOARD OR TREE

40 LPRINT"C2;S";X+4;Y;"S";X+6;Y+2;"5";X+2;Y+2;"C0;S";
X+l;Y;"S";X+5;y+2;"S";X+l;Y+2;"S";X;Y+l;"C2;S";X+5;
Y;"S";X+3;Y+2

42 LPRINT"C0;S";X+2;Y;"S";X+6;Y+2;"S";X+2;y+2;"5";X+l;

Program continues

MARK GORDON

COMPUTERS

DIVISION OF MARK GORDON ASSOCIATES. INC.

^270

P.O. Box 77, Charlestown. MA 02129
(617)«1-7505

SORT-80

Produced exclusively for

Mark Gordon Computers by SBSG

TRS-80* disk files may be sorted and merged using
SORT-80, the general purpose, machine language, sort
program. Written in assembly language for the Z-80
microprocessor, it can:

— Sort files one disk in length

—Sort Direct Access, Sequential Access and

Basic Sequential Access files
— Reblock and print records
— Recontrol files from disk
—Be executed from DOS
—Be inserted in the job stream
— Allow parameter specification

• input/output file specification

• input/output record size

• lower/upper record limit

• print contents of output file

• input/output file key specifiers

The minimum requirement is a 32K TRS-80* Level II com-
puter with one disk drive or a single drive Ivlodel II com-
puter. It will operate on 35, 40 and 77 track drives, and has
been tested on TRSDOS 2,1 , 2.2, 2.3, NEWDOS 2.1, 3.0 and
VTOS 3.0.1. It is compatible with most machine language
printer drivers. Sort lime is fast: for example, a 32K file will
sort in approximately 40 seconds. $59.

InfoBox is the easiest-to-use information manager
available for the TRS-80*. It's ideal for keeping track of
notes to yourself, phone numbers, birthdays, inventories,
bibliographies, computer programs, music tapes, and
much more. This fast assembly language program lets you
enter free-format data, variable length items and lets you
look up items by specifying a string of characters or words
that you want to find. You can also edit and delete items.
Items entered into InfoBox can be written to and read from
cassette and disk files. All or selected items can be printed
on a parallel or serial printer. InfoBox occupies 3K. Specify
cassette or disk version. $29.95

DBUG+ 29.95

The ultimate monitor/disassembler

Compare the features and price of DBUG -i- with other
monitor/disassembler programs. It offers nine true,
single-byte breakpoints, single step program execution,
hex and decimal arithmetic including multiply and divide
and conversions, ASCII dump that distinguishes all 256
codes, disassembly to screen and printer in full Zilog
mnemonics, and register set command, it also has the
usual port I/O, hex and decimal memory dump, change,
move, copy and exchange memory features offered by
others. Ideal for the user who wants to experiment with
assembly language or to write subroutines to call from
BASIC; essential for the serious programmer. Special in-
troductory price.

'TRS-80 is a Tandy Corp. Trademark

n^ Reader Service—see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 75

for the TRS-80 from Micro- Mega

CASSETTE CONTROL UNIT

• Soeefl va y<"" casseffe faoe n^ndimg • Pmpo'ni ptogrBin locai'oos o" '^pe ^i"- si S'lOr

biemomioi • Gel pioiBci/on fiom lectnO'ng a/itJ a'^yt/ac^ giiicrtes lesi'iUng fiom g/ouna

loops • £'ir"if^sK ffie tedious d'hsS'^Q b"" unpiogging ot recGrOS' CdO'es

Tfifi Klicio-Mtga Cassef'f Conirot Umt tfoes 3I' fflrs and mo^e You gel ir>siiii>s manual cot\

j'O' c' IfJB 'ecardBi a' ihe flick ot 3 siv'icli tVanr to 'md TPe beg-f^nmg 01 eno 0' b p/og'ai"'^

flick Bnotf\Ei snifcli Biiti you''i Ijear'i. A" cafes remain iiS\igge<l in ainf\e "me

The Micio-t^egi CasseUe Conlioi Uml rfMS a 'ot to improve ihe appearance or youi TfiS-tiO

system. lotj As srroi^i. If s •nsiv," x ^" box •^h'c/\ snugglet Oei-veen irte feyOosfd ai^a

your lecOfdei. fnere '5 to need 10 move ihe fBcordef. and aft csCJes come jrea^fy tntt/ ir\e

umi. The Casisffe Consiot VntS js 'atioreo ro ;rte cta-jj recordef. Ouf may av rj^ed xyisn mu^i

othBr recofde's es ^ell

CASSETTE CONTROL UNIT.

Add $1.00 for postage and handling

.$37.95

CPU MONITOR

t^e' i"ii you'^eil vitn a oiaos scteen nonOe'tng ^vnaf your compute: '^ up jo^ TfieKf/cro Meqa h^onito' can Tell vou

m II your CPfJ 'S in a loop with nor eft. 9 V^hen a long sort ts ne^rmg compieiion. or • il a hey bounces during kevOo

CPU Moniior lets yoti iisien to all CSAVEs sr>a CtOADs and mil halp you qmcf-ly tino tbe ccnecl reco'ttei kfolut

have an erpansion mleriace. you will ai\fays knovv ryhefher tlie leat "me clock is on or oil

itecanze you can hear it

The Micto-Mega CPU Von^for g'ves a 'JO'Ce to I^b ZSO microprocBssm in your THS-BODy uz

'ng AW raaio circuiiry to picl- tip ifie computal'onsi rbyinmi ol IbeCPU. •jvmcb are ampiiliea

and played rrirougp a loudspfaker. Tfte pickup unit oi fhe CPU Monilor, sho\tn el lefl m rfie

phoio. goBs undei your TRS-80 HeyOoerd U is coinecfefi by a 36" caOiefo 'be speaker and

coni'Oi ui'f. *vnrcn ir^ciudes an on/olf wolume control anO an L£D "pover-on" mOicaior The

Monitor IS powered by en AC adapler. 5lio*/n at ngbt m the photo f 10 batteries are nesded a of

T/iS-SO are 'rsquirsd

By iizfenmg to fbe CPU t^omior. you yiill soost become lamiliar iv^fi the "peisonaliries" oi iheprogran

fl'P ffnecui-ng m a normal h*fly ISbb "Gaming Enijiroimenr oaion.}

CPU MONITOR

Add $2.00 for postage and handling

.$47.95

THE ORIGINAL GREEN-SCREEN

The eye-pieasmg Green-Screen ttis o'rBr ma CUT of your TPS-80 Vntao Display and gives yotr
•mpro^'sd contrast v^ilh reduced glare. You gel bright, lummous green cbareclers and
graphics like those featured by very expensive C^T units

The Green Screen is closely matchei! lo the color and texture of iha TRS SO ^itJeo D-splay
ana tmpfoves the overall sppearar^oe of your system. It is attached viith adhesive strios.
yh'Ch 00 not ma< your tl-soiay unit m any way The Vicro-Mega Green Screen gives improved
v'Oeo d-spley visib-iity lor all applicetions and is espciaiiy elfeci've m creating dramatic
high impact disptayi for computer games iSee "Gaming Snyironmeni" beloy.f

THE GREEN-SCREEN

Add $1.00 for postage and handling

THE ULTIMATE STAR TREK PACKAGE

.£73.95

■-^■fe:^.

II give L.

Tired of trivial computer games'^ This comolete Star Trek package vyiU orovide you miih endless fascoat'On and challenge inadO'-

iicn to the program cassette, it include^ comprenen£-ue msiructions. a pad of 'Voyage Log" record sheets, and a Itee-s'.andmg

"Torpedo and f^aneu-ver'ng Chart "

The package is buiU around the latest version ol Lance hAicklus' incompaiabie Star Trek ill. a

I3.0OO byte program mth a host ot subtle and im aginative laaiures. which include numerous

dynamic and spectacular graphic displays. Star Trek HI puts you in command ol the Enterprise

cruising in a galaxy ol tSZ Quadrants Ulled mlh uhcharled hazards, including hostile Kimgons.

Duisars. snd black rioies you have at your disposal scanners, various neaoons and defense

systems, on-ooard compulers. and a loyaicrei^ (You mil need Ihem all to survive the

Klmgons |

four rt:SSion IS tond the region 0! if lingons and to locate hve inhabitable planets, aiiv/irbm

300 stardays baloie returning to Star fleet Headguarfers \yhere your overall ellecliveness as a

tlarship commander V"ii be scored Higb scroes are possible only ivifb oarelui planning ana el-

fectiva Qaltle tactics The "Voyage Log" sheets v^iil guide your strategy, and the "Torpedo and Maneuvering Charx

vital edge tn combat I'A'hen you engage thrae Klingon ships you can'l allord to miss /

STAR TREK PACKAGE (for Level II, IBKonly) 522.95

Add SI. 00 tor postage and handling

CREATE YOUR OWN SPECTACULAR
GAMING ENVIRONMENT (and save S5.00]

The Enterprise iS m hattie trim t^iih ue'ieotu^ shields ai full pot'C a% her captam. you are lakmg her into combat The tatUe
stations Siren lings in you- ears ana "C0f40iTiO'^ REO" flashes on your monitor screen You call for warp drwe and key m the COO'-
dineies ol ifie quadrant wbeie your scanners have detected Klingon ships As you select the frarp factor, you hear the resssuimg
clicking ol your navagalional gear as it activates the v^arp drive.

Suddenly, you break out ol hypersfyace and youi monitor displays tbe chilling sight of three Klingon Battle Cruisers floating on youi
screen' Their evil shapes glory in luminous green against the black void ol space. Moments later, yot/ haer the characteristic rasp-
ing sound o' Klingon laser veapons. and. as you viaif:h. high-energy beams come kniftng tovyard Ihe Enterprise m succession Irom
each of the Hlmgon ships

You have been hit' You hear Ihe dismal Sound ot the damage control aie"n as "0A\4AG£ TO WAHP OftlVE" and "DAMAGE TO
PHASERS" Hash on your screen The Klmgons have stopped liring' The Enterprise is Crippled, ftot yOW best weepon is still mlact.
and It's your turn novi/' vou keym the comvang fo' photon torpedoes. As your screen again displays rhe position ol the Klingon
ships, you select a firing vector from your torpedo chart and key it in Now you hear the buzz of your photon torpedo a^ you see it
speeding tor^ard a Klingon ship It strikes him dead-cenlerf As you y/atch. the Klingon Battle C'uiser disintegrates, accompanied
by a satisfying crackling sound

Does the above scenano sound far-fetched^ Not at all It's a small sample of what you mil experience with fJicro-Kfaga's Gaming
Environment. r,hicb consists of •ThaSIAP IHEK PACKAGE •TheGHEEN'SCHEErJand • The CPU MONiTOP. The last paoed
ana dynamic action reflects ihe superb Star Trek III orogram together with the "Voyage Log" and "Trvpedo Chart" ol the Star Trek
Package All of the unique graphic displays are greatly enhanced by the Green-Screen finally, the uncanny sound ellecis are pro-
duced by the CPU Monitor, which faitblully picks up the FOR. NEXT loops and other CPU patterns. mh'Ch create the distinctive
Siren sounds that accompany the ALERT and DAMAGE messages along with It^e harsher notes of the weapons salvos Once
you've tried it. you vron'i any longer be satisfied with silent computer games.

HememOer that vith the Gaming Environment you also get all of the other excellent teaiuies ol the CPU '\^orfito' and the Green
Screen Iqi non-gammg applications You also save i5.00o!f the combined cost of the individual items

GAf^ING ENVIRONMENT.

Add S3. 50 for postage and handling

S79.85

Terms. Cfieck or money order, no CODs or credit cards, please. Add amount
shown for postage and handling lo pace af the Hem. All items shipped wiihin 48
hours by first class or priority mail. Virginia residents, add 4Vo sales lax.
^29

MULi-EN Computer Products —*

M-80

CONTROL BOX

The M-80 OCTOPOHT is a sim-
ple to use interlace For (tie
TRS-80 COMPUTER. Vol can
control 8 external devices and
sense 8 external conditions. Each ojtpjt uses a reeO
relay and each input an opto-iSQiatar to eiectncatly
isolate your TRS-80.

One or more controllers can be connected (o eilftei the
interlace connector or the screen printer connector

Each OCTOPORT Is
shipped complstely
Bssembled, tested
.ind INCLUDES the
interconnector ca-
ble, a UL aporoved
power pack, and a
1 year warranty.

M-BO

OCTOPOHT

SI 59,

Use your TRS-aO, and our M-BO control bo« to program control V' '
energy savings devices at home or in your business. Send for our
free application notes today.

MULLEN COMPUTER PRODUCTS. BOX 6214, HAVWARD. CA 94544

OR PHONE (4 15t 783-2366 VISA'PilASTERCHARGE ACCEPTED
rNCLUDE $1 .50 FOH SHIPPING & HANDLirjG. CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS ADD TAX

OKIDATA PRINTER

The Best Printer in the World for the TRS-80!
Well Stake Our Reputation On It!

Micro-IVIega • PJO. Box 6SB5 • Arfcigl:on,Vb PPPOS

Look at the Features!

1) 200 million character head
warranty! Better than any
competitor!

2) Works under the most demanding
business applications'

3) A "Real" 9x7 DOT Matrix Impact
Printer!

4) 80 characters per second!

5) Full upper and lower easel

6) Double width characters!

7) Supports TRS-80 Cmphics! See
Ulustralion. (T/iese graphics are
exactly the same graphic codes as
rhe TRS-80's. No special software
required)

8) Connects directly to TRS-80 with
standard cable!

9) Friction & pinfeed, use roil paper,
stationary or regular data paper!

10] 6 or 8 lines per inch

11) 80 and 132 columns,

12) Quiet operation.

TEECTOTl

art!

I I'

Ai.loul phow oj prinlou; from Ok\danj
Printer! From Simutuk's Electric Amst
Program'

Thi.c IS Ihp iinesi printer you can buy

ai any price lor your TRS80

Regular Lis>t Pries

$850.00!

Trdctor Feed Option

5150.00!

Special Simutek

Customer Price Only —

$559.00

(Tracmr Feed $125.00 F.xira)

Catalog tt;

9000) Okidata Microline 80 559.00

90002 Tractor Feed Option 125.00

9M11 Cable For TRS-80 Kei^board 55,00

91401 Cable For Expansion imeriace ,^9.00

94401 Cable For Model II TRS-80 MOO

We Accept VISA — Maslercharge — Checks — Monpy Orders
or (C.O.D. S3.00 Extra)
NO TAX ON OUT OF STATE ORDERS! '^'^^

Fr-ff Sh!pp!r\i^ In U S
Stnd Orders To' SIMUTEK, P,0. Box i3687-Z, Tucson, AZ 8573:!

Nsnie

Address _,.
Cty __

Z,p

Phone orders welcome 24 hours! (800) S2S-I14<t Srmu/eko/yers other ftieprodu
,'or TRS-SOs. Send /or free calaloq' Anzona residents udd 4ti soies tox.
lHS-80 l5 fl T M ol Radio Shdi k .=i Tandv Ci.rp

76 ♦ 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Y+l;"C2;S";X+6;Y;"S";X+4;Y+2;"C0;S";X+3;Y;"S";X+3;
y+2i"S";X+2;Y+l;"C2;S",-X+5;Y+2;"COrS";X+4;X

44 LPRINT"S";X+4,-Y+2;"S";X+3;y+l;"C2;H";X+4;Y-H;3;"V";
X+6;Y;3;"C0;S";X+5;Y;"S";X-f5;Y+2;"S";X+4;Y+l;"H";X;
Y;7;"S",-X + 6;y+2;"S";X+5;Y-t-l;"H";X+l;Y+l; 6: RETURN

45 'HELICOPTER APPEAR ON SCENE

46 LPRINT"C2;H0 29 5;H3 30 3" :X=s3; Y=27:
Z=95 : GOSUB48 .-00X054

47 'HELICOPTER FLY OVER TREE TOPS

48 LPRINT"C2;S";X;Y;"S";X + 2;Y;"S";X-1;Y;"S";X+3;Y,-"S";
X+2;Y+2;"S";X+3fY+3;"C0;S";X-3;Y+2;"S";X;Y+3

50 LPRINT"S";X-l;y;"S";X+3;Y;"S";X;Y;"S";X+2;Y;"C2;S";
X+3;Y+2;"S";X+4;Y+3;"C0;S";X-2;Y+2;"S";X+l;Y+3:X=X+2

51 'CHECK IF COPTER PASSED HIGH TREE, LOOP UNTIL IT HAS

52 IF X<Z G0T04e ELSE RETURN

53 'HELICOPTER DROP BELOW TREE TOPS

54 y=Y+l

56 LPRINT"C2;S";X!Y;"S";X+2;Y;"H";X-2;y+2;2;"C0;H";X-3;
Y+l;5;"C2;H";X+l;Y+3;3;"S";X-l;Y;"S"fX+3;Y

58 LPRINT"C0;S";X-l;y;"S";X+3;Y;"S";X!Y;"S";X+2;Y;"H"^
X-2 ; Y+2 ; 5 ; "C2 ; H" ; X-1; Y+3 ; 2 ; "H" ; X+2 ; Y+4; 3 :X=X+2 : Y=Y+2

59 'CHECK IF COPTER LOW ENOUGH; LOOP UNTIL IT IS

60 IF Y<50 GOT056

61 'HELICOPTER START LEVEL FLIGHT

62 Y=49:Z=124;GOSUB48

63 'HELICOPTER GRADUALLY DISAPPEAR OFF SCREEN

64 LPRINT"C2;S125 49;Sl27 49;S124 49;Sl27 51;C0;Sl22 51;
S125 52;H122 49 3;Sl27 49;Hl23 49 3;Hll7 51 7;S126
52;C2fSl27 49:Hl25 51 2;Sl26 49;C0;Hll8 51 7;Sl27 52;
H123 49 4;H124 49 4;Hll9 51 7;Hll3 51 14;Hll4 51 14":
GOTOea

65 'DISPLAY ONE NUMERAL 5

66 LPRINT"V";X;Y;3; "H" ;X+l;y+2; 3 ; "V";X+4; Y+3 ; 3; "H" ;X+1;
Y+6;3;"S";X;Y+5; "H" ;X+1;Y; 4 : RETURN
'DISPLAY SIGN-OFF MESSAGE ON TRS-80 SCREEN

67

68 PRINT13472,"D0NE ":END

Listing 5. Chase (mode 6) Demonstration

X

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

INITIAL DISPLAY

29

:|-

m-

30

t

^

im:

STATEMENT 46

-3 -2 -1 X +1 +2 +3 +4

Y

+1
+2
+3

yX-Y COORD REF

Y

1

3

4

2

+1

+2

7

S

+3

8

m

STATEMENT 50

yX-Y COORD REF

m

m

m

i^

7

5

8

*

STATEMENT 48

Y

+1
+2
+3

+4

Fig. 6. Double Action

"Nine advance and erase moves
in statement 20 swing the trooper
from his hiding piace to the road"

-3 -2 -1 X +1 +2 +3 +4

*-

"COORD REF

"

X=X+2 STATEMENT 50
Y=Y+1 STATEMENT 54

yX-Y COORD REF

Y

1

3

4

2

+1

+2

5

•^

+3

^f*r

..,'.;,

+4

7-1— ■*

STATEMENT 58

-3

-2

-1

X

+1

+2

+3

+4

yX-Y COORD REF

Y

*

1

t

■;■?.-

+1

4-

+2

m^

+3

5

•m

+4

STATEMENT 56

Fig. 7. Diagonal Action

THIS YEAR

OliDs

FOR THE TRS MODEL II

MASTER TAX— Professional tax preparation program. Prepares sched-
ules A, B, C, D, E, F, G, R/RR SE. TC, ES and forms 2106, 2119. 2210
3468, 3903, 2441, 4625. 4726, 4797, 4972, 5695 and 6251. Printing can be
on readily available, pre-printed continuous forms, on overlays, or on com-
puter generated. IRS approved forms. Maintains client hislory files and is
interactive with CPAids GENERAL LEDGER 11 (see below) . . . .$995/830
Annual Update Fee $350

GENERAL LEDGER »- Designed for CPAs.
Stores complete 12 month detailed history of
transactions. Generates financial statements,
depreciation, loan amortizations, journals,
trial balances, statements of changes in finan-
cial position, and compilation letters. Incliides
payroll system with automatic posting to gen-
eral ledger. Prints payroll register, W2's and
payroll checks S450/$30

Runs with widely accepted CP/M operating
system

Distributed by

Lifeboat Associates

1651 Third Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10028
D (212)860-0300 D Telex: 220501

t^ Reader Service — see page 242

60 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 77

Dual-action statements 48 and 50 spin the copter's rotor and ad-
vance Its fuselage. Each loop through these statements turns the
rotor once and moves the fuselage two X positions. Fig. 6, center
and bottom frames, identifies sequential light and erase actions.
The first statement lights four rotor pixels In an outvi^ard direction.
The second statement erases the pixels inward. This scheme
creates a rotational illusion. Both statements also light fuselage
leading pixel pairs and erase trailing pixel pairs.

"You too can have alphanumerics

in the higher-resolution graphics

modes, the Easy-Does-It way."

Forty-two loops through the two-statement subroutine advance
the copter's X,Y coordinate reference point to X = Z. At that point,
statement 54 increments Y one line (Fig. 7 top frame). This action al-
lows use of Y instead of Y - 1 arguments in eight subsequent rotor
pixel light and erase commands. Using Y in these commands saves
16 bytes.

Fig. 7, center and bottom frames, Identifies sequential actions
performed by a two-statement copter descent subroutine. Rotor

Alphanumeric
Resolution:
A Solution

The Percom Electric Crayon color
graphics generator/controller has a
good alphanumerics character generator,
but it can be used only in alphanumertcs-
semigraphics mode 0. In that mode, A
(ALPHA) and R (REVERSE) commands let
you mix the generator's characters with
coarse semlgraphics patterns. Beyond
mode 0, you are on your own.

Don't despair! You too can have alpha-
numerics in the higher-resolution graph-
ics modes, the Easy-Does-it way. This pro-
gram simulates a character generator for
graphics modes 2 through 9.

That's right folks. You can sit right
down and write yourself some letters-
even words and phrases— for all your
Electric Crayon color graphics programs.

Display Comparisons

The Electric Crayon's character generator
provides excellent 5x7 dot matrix charac-
ters within 8x12 dot blocks. This format
yields three-dot separation between char-
acters and five-dot separation between
lines.

Using the A or R command In mode 0,
you can place up to 32 of the generator's
characters on each of 16 display lines.
Character display positions are limited to

32 specific locations on a line.

Characters may be green or orange on
black (A command) or black on green or
orange (R command). The displayed char-
acters appear in 12 dot high background-
color windows. An I (INVERT) command
lets you select character or background
color.

The Easy-Does-It program is written in
TRS-80 Level II BASIC. Except for 1, 1, and
certain punctuation marks, the program
plots characters on 5x7 element
matrixes. Matrix e<ements may be mode 9
dots or mode 2 through 8 pixels (rec-
tangular groups of dots). You decide your
own character, word, and line separa-
tions. Simply define the X (horizontal) and

Y (vertical) coordinates for character and
line placement.

This scheme lets you put characters
anywhere on the TV and arrange them
tightly or loosely. Also, you can use any
available color to display the characters
on any contrasting background color. To
erase, just overprint the characters with
the background color.

Table 1 lists character densities that
can be achieved with the programmed
characters. Except for mode 9, densities
are based on three-pixel line separation
and one-pixel character separation. The
mode 9 density Is based on two-dot char-
acter separation.

Character X,Y Plots

Fig. 1 shows the program's graphics
mode characters. The upper left-hand pix-
el of each character's matrix is the X,Y
coordinate reference point for the char-
acter. In mode 2, for example, X = 29 and

Y = 25 center a character on the TV dis-
play screen. You determine and provide
the coordinates in your Electric Crayon
graphics programs.

Even-numbered statements 10 through
98 (Listing 1) contain characterX,Y plot in-
formation. Each statement specifies the
pixels and pixel strings which must be lit

to form a character. Pixel positions are
specified with respect to the character's
X,Y coordinate reference point.

Fig. 2 shows how statement 28 ulti-
mately Illuminates the letter J. In this ex-
ample (X = 29 and Y = 25), the TRS-80
translates the statements's four com-
mand segments into the following Elec-
tric Crayon commands:
1.V32 26 5(light5down)

2. H30 31 2 (light 2 across)

3. 829 30 (light 1 pixel)

4. H31 25 3 (light 3 across)
Translated commands go out the

TRS-80's printer port to the Electric Cray-
on's refresh RAf^. They stay there until re-
placed or erased. Electric Crayon con-
verts the stored commands to video sig-
nals and repeatedly sends them out its
video port. These signals illuminate a J on
the video screen, and then refresh it at a
60-Hz rate.

Program Mechanics

Program Listing 1 contains three princi-
pal sections. The first plots characters,
the second displays them sequentially,
the third uses them to form words. The lat-
ter two sections are Included to demon-
strate the available characters and their
use.

Even-numbered statements 10 through
98 contain the X,Y plot information for
characters shown in Fig. 1. Odd-num-
bered REM statements 9 through 97 iden-
tify the characters plotted by statements
directly below them. The 45 X,Y plot state-
ments occupy 3040 bytes of RAM; accom-
panying REM statements occupy 616
bytes.

Statement 7 speeds up X,Y plot calcula-
tions. Minus the time delays of state-
ments 108 and 114, the program executes
In 21.5 seconds with DEFINT X-Z; 27.5
seconds without it. Include statement 7
(or its equivalent) in your Electric Crayon
graphics program for faster alphanumeric
displays.

78 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

"You can use any available color
to display the characters on any
contrasting background color."

spin commands are similar to those in the level flight subroutine.
Fuselage move commands differ since they must advance and low-
er the fuselage. H commands in statements 56 and 58 light and
erase pixel strings to advance and lovi/er the fuselage. The latter
statement also increments X and Y two positions to steer movement
diagonally.

Finally, statement 62 defines new start and end points, and Jumps
to the level-flight subroutine. When the copter reaches Z = 124,

statement 64 moves it off the TV. That ends all programmed action.

if you like to live dangerously, change Z = 95 to Z = 89 in statement
46. That change makes the copter clip tree tops during its descent.
Using Z = 61 makes the copter a real chopper as it hacks through a
few trees on its exit flight. These changes illustrate how an action
sequence may be relocated on the screen.

These are just some of the many ways to get action color graphics
with a TRS-80/Electric Crayon system. ■

Statements 100 through 116 sequen-
tially display yellow characters on a green
background in graphics mode 6. For cyan
(light blue) characters on buff (off white)
add ;l to statement 100. (Spaces may be
used instead of semicolons in that state-
ment. I use semicolons to ensure required
separation between the statement's com-
mand segments.) For blue/magenta or
red/orange characters, change CI of
statement 104 to C2 or C3. Display color
depends on the operating state (normal/
inverted) during program execution.

Change M6 in statement 100 to any
other graphics mode (M2-M9) in which you
want to see the characters. When trying
other modes, note the shape proportions
of the displayed characters. Modes 7 and
8 foreshorten the characters; modes 3 and

4 slenderize them.

Statement 104 must have CI as the
character display color in modes 3, 5, 7,
and 9. Also, statement 110 must have CO
as the erase (overprint) color.

Statements 118 through 122 display the
phrase: EASY DOES IT! X,Y coordinates in
these statements center the three words
vertically.

Here's how each statement positions
and spaces the letter characters of its as-
signed word:

Y = 16 in statement 118 defines the up-
permost pixel of four character matrixes.
X = 20 defines the upper left-hand corner
pixel (Fig. 1) for plotting letter E. G0SUB18
gets plot parameters for E from statement
18. The TRS-80 translates them, and the
Electric Crayon lights the required pixels

to illuminate an E. Next, X = 27 defines the
plot point for letter A. GOSUB10 gets plot
parameters for A from statement 10, and
an A appears on the display screen. X =
34:GOSUB46 and X = 41:GOSUB58 dis-
play S and Y in the same manner. That
completes the word EASY.

The statement's successive X ordi-
nates are increased by seven positions.
This increment provides two-pixel separa-
tion between letters.

Statements 120 and 122 similarly dis-
play their assigned words. Y = 26 and
Y = 36 in these statements provide three-
pixel separation between lines. The X ordi-
nates in statement 120 match those in
statement 118, placing DOES directly un-
der EASY. Since statement 122 handles

Continues to page 36

i_s:s:i:ii:i:i:n:i

1:1:1:1:1

1:1 :i

-'i-\:-\2-\n-\n-^

a

•u

i

note:

^ a arrowhead points
to x-y coordinates
reference pixel for
character.

Fig. 1. Programmed Character Matrix Plots

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 79

SNAPP II EXTENDED BASIC A family ot en-
hancements ro rhe Model II 0A5IC interpreter.
Port of the package ariginared with the best of
APPARaT. INC.'s thoughts in implementing
NEWDOS DA5IC. The system is wrinen entirely in
machine language for SUPER FAST execution.
The extensions ore fully integrated into Model II
BASIC, ond require NO user Memory, ond NO
user dish space. The package is mode up of the
following six modules, eoch of which moy be
purchosed seporoiely:

XOASIC — Six single key stroke commands to list
thefitst, lost, previous, next, or current program
line, or to edit rhe current line. Indudes quick
woy to recover DASIC program following a NEW
or sysrem or occidental re-boot. Ten single
chorocter obbrevlotions for frequently used
commonds: AUTO. CLS. DELETI. EDIT. KlU.
UST. MERGE. NEW, LUST, and SYSTEM. (40.00
XREF — A powerful cross-reference focility with
ouipuf to disploy ond/or printer. Trace a vori-
oble through the code. Determine easily if a
vonobie is In use. S40.00

XDUMP — Permits the programmer to display
ond/or print rhe value of any or oil program
variables. Identifies ttie variable type for oil
voriobles. Eoch element of any arroy is listed
separately. (40.00

XRENUM — An enhanced program line renum-
bering facility which allows speciflcoiion of on
upper limit of ttie block of lines to be renum-
bered, suppom relocation of renumbered
blocks of code, and supports duplication of
blocks of code (40.00

XFIND — A cross reference foclllry tor key words
QfKJ character strings, also includes global re-
placement o( keywords. (40.00
XCOMPRESS — Compress your DASIC programs
to on absolute minimum. Removes extraneous
information: merge lines; even deletes state-
ments which could nor be execured. Typically
soves 30-40% space even for ptogroms with-
out REM stotemenis! Also results in 7-10% im-
provement in execution speed. (40.00
ENTIRE PACKAGE ONLY (200.00

8160 Corporore Pork Dr.
Cincinnoti, Ohio 45242

Call Toll Free '^"^

1 - 600 - 543-4626
I Ohio residenrs
call collecr (313)691-4496

All produas now ovoiioble to run with TRSD05 2. 0.

Now Qvoilable for Model III

1 CLS :PRINT@207, "ALPHANUMERIC CHARACTERS BASIC PROGRAM

2 PRINT@404 , "FOR PERCOM ELECTRIC CRAYON

3 PRINT@597, "GRAPHIC MODES 2 THROUGH 9

4 ' A HOW-TO BY:*******************

5 ' * F.S. KALINOWSKI *

6 LPRINT"ERS;M6' * 16 N. ALDER DRIVE *

7 DEFINT X-Z' * ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32807 *

a GOTOlOO' *******************

9 ' CHARACTER DOT-MATRIX PLOTS A

10 LPRINT"V";X;Y+2;5;"S";X+l;Y-(-l;"S";X+2;Y;"S";X+3;Y+l;
"V" ;X+4 ; Y+2 ; 5 ; "H" ;X-H ; Y+4 ; 3 : RETURN

11 ' B

12 LPRINT"V";X;Y;7;"H";X+1;Y;3;"H";X+1;Y+3;3;"H";X+1;
Y+6;3;"V";X-f4;Y+l;2;"V";X+4;Y+4;2:RETURN

13 ' C

14 LPRINT"V";X;Y+l;5;"H";X-H;Y;3;"H";X+l;Y+6;3;"S";X+4;
Y-H ; "S" ; X+4 ; Y-1-5 : RETURN

15 ' D

16 LPRINT"V"!X;Y;7;"H";X-H;Y;2;"H";X+l;Y4-6f2;"S";X+3;
Y+l;"S";X-i-3;Y+5;"V";X+4; Y+2; 3: RETURN

17 ' E

18 LPRINT"V";X;Y;7;"H";X-l-l;Y;4;"H";X+l;Y-i-6;4;"H";X+l;
Y-F3 ; 2 : RETURN

19 • F

20 LPRINT"V"fX;Y;7;"H";X+l;Y;4;"H";X-l-l;Y+3;2:RETURN

21 • G

22 LPRlNT"V";X;Y+l;5;"H";X+l;Y;3;"H";X+l;Y-l-6;3;"V";X+4;
Y-H3 ; 3 ; "S" ; X+4 ; Y+1 ; "S " ; X+3 ; Y+3 : RETURN

23 • H

24 LPRINT"V";X,-Y;7;"H";X+1;Y+3;3;"V";X+4;Y;7:RETURW

25 ' I

26 LPRINT"V";X+1;Y+1;5;"H";X;Y;3;"H";X;Y+6;3:RETURN

27 ' J

28 LPRINT"V";X+3;Y+l;5;"H";X+l;Y+6;2;"S";X;Y+5;"H"i
X+2;Y;3:RETURN

29 ' K

30 LPRINT"V";X;Y;7;"S";X+1;Y+3;"S";X+4;Y;"S";X+3;Y+1;
"S";X+2;Y+2;"S";X+2;Y+4;"S";X+3;Y+5;"S";X+4;Y+6:
RETURN

31 ' L

32 LPRINT"V";X;Y;6;"H";X;Y+6;5f "S";X+4;Y+5:RETURH

33 • M

34 LPRINT"V";X;Y;7;"S";X+l;Y+l;"V";X+2;Y+2;2;"S";X+3;
Y+l;"V";X+4rY;7:RETURN

35 ' N

36 LPRINT"V";X;Y;7?"V";X+l;Y+l;2;"S";X+2;Y+3;"V";X+3;
Y+4;2; "V";X+4; Y;7:RETURN

37 '

38 LPRINT"V";X;Y+l;5;"H";X+l;Yj3;"H";X+l;Y+6;3;"V";
X+4;Y+1;5:RETURN

39 ' P

40 LPRINT"V";X;Y;7;"H";X+1;Y;3;"V";X+4;Y+1;2;"H";X+1;
Y+3; 3: RETURN

41 ' Q

42 LPRINT"V";X;Y+l;5!"H";X+l;Y;3;"H";X+l;Y+6;2;"V";X+4;

Program continues

80 ■ 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

I'M fl BELIEUER !!

VTOS 4.0

by VIRTUAL TECHNOLOGY

1} Large (8"} Dnve Support.

2) Double sided Drive Support plus 35, 40 & 80 track
drive support

3) 80 Track dfive support. ( NOTE: all above drives
may be mixed on any one system and can be con-
figured at Sysgen time during or any Backup.

4) Double density drive support.

5) Winchester Technology fixed drive support.

6) Supports any combination of the above drives up
to a max. of 8 drives.

7) Supports double-speed processor clock modifica-
tions, (Archbold for example)

e) FASTER! Improved overlay structure using ISAM
accessing techniques, improves loading time by
up to 1400%,

9) General purpose output spoolers of a true, symb-
iont design provide simultaneous output and pro-
gram execution without any user intervention,

10| Keyboard Type-Aliead feature permits you to enter
keystrokes before youi program needs them.

11) User definable keys, all 26 letters

12) Built in Graphic String Packer lets yOu enter gra-
phic symbols into a BASIC program from the key-
tioard through the use of the {Clear} key. The
(Clear) key is simply held down (Just like the
(Shift) keys) during ottier keystrokes and voila
GRAPHICS.

13) Dated files. - All files are accompanied by the
date of their last modification, (creation or write)

14) Marked files, - All files are accompanied by a

mark' is they have been modified since they were
last backed up. This permits the BACKUP utility
to copy only those files which have actually been
updated since a previous backup.
File transfer by class. Allows transferring ol all
files of a similar directory classification such as
'CMD, /BAS, /PCL, etc.

Built in SYSTEM command contains lower case dis-
play driver, screen print, break key disable, bi'nk-
cursor, disk drive stepping rate and rnotor-on delay
modifications, and more.

17) users may SYSGEN a custom VTOS system conf-
iguration containing special I drivers, device
LINKing and ROUTEing, SPOGLing and DEBUG
tasks, etc. which wi II be automatically loaded dur-
ing the BOOT process without requiring a more
lengthy AUTO and CHAIN procedure.

18) Non-BBEAKable AUTO and CHAIN commands.

19) Wild-Card DIReclory. Permits you to locate all files
of a certain classification such as '/BAS'. Uniform-
ly file Size in K (1024 bytes) regardless of drive
type. "DIR D" would give you all of your files that
start with D.

20) Dynamic file name defaults in APPEND, COPY, and
RENAME commands allow you to specify only min-
imal information about file names.

21) COPY and APPEND commands execute up to 300%
faster.

22] ALLOCate command for pre-allocation and non-
releasibility of file space. File space will never
shrink if^this option is used.

23) MEMORY command for directly setting upper mem-
ory limit.

24) variable length file support is incorporated which
automatically blocks short user data records both
within a sector and across sector boundries there-
by taking maximum advantage of disk file space.

25) No security disk needed to make backups or to
run the system.

26) Though manyO'S bear his design and code, VTOS
4,0 IS the ONLY FULLY APPROVED OPERATING
SYSTEM by Randy Cook! And it's FANTASTIC!

27) Endorsed by SCOTT ADAMS & LANCE MICKLUS.

15

16

"I Love it !!. . .It's really an incredible
O/S. It' just great! Now I see why

people who have seen it say they are

now believers. I know I am."

LANCE MICKLUS

80-VS - NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 1980

". . . imthout a doubt, the m,ost
flexible system around."

80-US ' NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 1980
"Cataloging all of the 'can's' with
this system is a near impossibility.
It is so flexible, that its limits have
hardly been touched."

80-US - NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 1980
". . .1 didn't feel that the DOSPLUS
(a competiting operating system,) really
had any speed advantage."

AVAILABLE FROM THE FOLLOWING
DISTRIBUTORS OR FROM YOUR
LOCAL COMPUTER STORE

DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED.

5% Discount Just For Mentioning This Ad^ (Valid month of this publication ONLY)

^/-Vy/O^ QUALITY
4-^U^:^ SOFTWARE
^VJ^/^OJ DISTRIBUTORS

11234 Park Central PI Suite C
Dallas Texas 75230

(214) 692-1055
Micronet - 70130,203
SOURCE - TCC293

/^Adventure

^^^•^ INTERNATIONAL v-97

ADVENTURE INTERNATIONAL

Box 3435, Longwood, Fla. 32750
(305) 862-6917 - Voice
after 8:00 - same number
as FORUM 80. (SOURCE - TCC957;

^4

1^

^0 Ma

SMALL BUSINESS
SYSTEMS
GROUP

ain St. and Lowell Road
Dunstable, Mass. 01827
(617) 692-3800 - Voice
(617) 692-3973 - FORUM 80
Micronet -70310,236

VTOS and VTOS 4.0 are registered trademarks of VIRTUAL TECHNOLOGY, INC. - Dallas. Texas 75234

FOR THE TRS-80 MOD I

DUALCASE*

UPPER/lowercase, full time from power-
up; NO software; Standard typewriter
keyboard operation (shift to UPPERCASE);
Control characters can be displayed; 126
Total character set plus full graphics.

KEYBOARD DEBOUNCE*

Extra keyboard debounce, full lime from
power-up; NO software. If dirty keys
are a problem, this is for you. No
charge.

BLOCK CURSOR*

Replaces the underline style cursor di-
rectly. Easier to locate on a full screen,
NO distracting blinking. No charge.

SHORT CASSETTE LEADER*

For tape based systems. Does NOT
change baud rate. Only shortens recorded
leader. Saves four seconds of waiting
time. Great for data files! No conflict
with high baud rate tape systems.
$10.00 extra.

ELECTRONIC SHIFT-LOCK*

No extra keys or switches. Simply tap
either shift key, UPPERCASE lock, normal
shift unlocks. $30.00 extra.

SWITCHABLE*

Offers peace of mind. Toggles between
original factory operation and "PATCH"
enhanced. $25.00 extra.

Call Now (208) 883-0611

CECDAT, INC. ^62

p. O. Box 8963
Moscow, ID 83843

Name
Street
City ...
State ,

ZIP

□ Check, Money Order, Bank Draft
D VISA, MASTERCHARGE, Purchase

Orders {add 3%)

Card/PC No

Expiration Date

Today's Date _ _

You must check one:

D "MEM SIZE" D "MEMORY SIZE"

THE PATCH

TOTAL OPTIONS. . . .

ID Sales Tax 3% (Id Res)
Ship. & Hand. @ 2.50 ea.

COD ADD $2.00 ea. . .

$69.97

TOTAL ORDER _.-

Price valid through January 31, 1981
•TRS-80 is a trademark ot Tandy Corporation.

Y+1;4;"S";X+2;Y+4;"S";X+3;Y+5;"S";X+4;Y+6:RETURN

43 • R

44 LPRINT"V";X;Y;7;"H";X+1;Y;3;"V";X+4;Y+1;2;"H";X+1;
Y+3;3;"S";X+2;Y+4;"S";X+3;Y+5;"S";X+4;Y+6:RETURN

45 • S

46 LPRINT"S";X+4;Y+1;"H";X+1;Y;3;"V";X;Y+1;2;"H";X+1;
Y+3;3;"V";X+4;Y+4;2f"H";X+l;Y+6f3;"S";X;Y+5:RETURN

47 ' T

48 LPRINT"V" ; X+2 ; Y+1 ; 6 ; "H" ; X ; Y; 5 : RETURN

49 • U

50 LPRINT"V";X;Y?6;"H";X+1;Y+6;3;"V";X+4;Y;6:RETURK

51 ' V

52 LPRINT'*V";X;Y;3;"V";X+l;Y+3;2;"V"fX+2;Y+5;2;"V";X+3;
Y+3 ; 2 ; " V " ; X+4 ; Y ; 3 : RETURN

53 • W

54 LPRINT"V";X;Y;7;"S";X+l;Y+5;"V";X+2;Y+3;2;"S";X+3;
Y+5 ; "V" ; X+4 ; Y ; 7 : RETURN

55 • X

56 LPRINT"V";X;Y;2;"S";X+l;Y+2?"S";X-H2;Y+3;"S";X+3;Y+4;
"V";X+4;Y+5;2;"V";X+4;Y;2f "S";X+3;Y+2;"S";X+l;Y+4;
"V";X;Y+5;2:RETURN

57 ' Y

58 LPRINT"V";X;Y;3r"S";X+l;Y+3;"V";X+4;Y;3;"S";X+3;Y+3;
"V";X+2;Y+4; 3: RETURN

59 ' Z

60 LPRINT"H";X;Y;5;"S";X+4;Y+l;"S";X+3;Y+2;"S";X+2;Y+3;
"S" ;X+lf Y+4;"S";X; Y+5; "H";X;Y+6; 5: RETURN

61 • 1

62 LPRINT"S";X;Y+1;"V";X+1;Y;7;"H";X;Y+6;3:RETURN

63 ' 2

64 LPRINT"S";X;Y+l;"H";X+l;Y;3;"V";X+4;Y+l;2;"S";X+3;
Y+3; "H";X+l;Y+4;2; "S";X;Y+5; "H" ;X; Y+6; 5:RETURN

65 ' 3

66 LPRINT"H";X;Y;4;"S";X+4;Y+l;"S";X+3fY+2;"S";X+2;Y+3;
"S";X+3;Y+4;"S";X+4;Y+5;"H";X+l;Y+6;3;"S";X;Y+5:
RETURN

67 • 4

68 LPRINT"V";X+3;Y;7;"S";X+2;Y+l;"S";X+l;Y+2;"V";X;Y+3;
2 ; "H" ; X+1 ; Y+4 ; 5 : RETURN

69 • 5

70 LPRINT"V";X;Y;3;"H";X+1;Y+2;3;"V";X+4;Y+3;3;"H";X+1;
Y+6;3;"S";X;Y+5;"H";X+1;Y;4:RETURN

71 ' 6

72 LPRINT"S";X+4;Y+1;"H";X+1;Y;3;"V";X;Y+1;5;"H";X+1;
Y+6 ; 3 ; "V" ; X+4 ; Y+4 ; 2 ; "H" ; X+1 ; Y+3 ; 3 : RETURN

73 ' 7

74 LPRINT"H";X;Y;5;"S";X+4;Y+l;"S";X+3;Y+2;"S";X+2fY+3;
"S" ; X+1 ; Y+4 ; "V" ; X ; Y+5 ; 2 : RETURN

75 ' 8

76 LPRINT"H";X+l;Y;3;"V";X;Y+l;2;"H";X+l;Y+3;3;"V";X+4;
Y+4;2;"H";X+1;Y+6;3;"V"!X;Y+4;2;"V";X+4;Y+1;2:RETURN

77 ' 9

78 LPRINT"H";X+l;Y+3;3;"V";X;Y+l;2;"H";X+l;Y;3;"V"X+4;
Y+1;5;"H";X+1;Y+6;3;"S";X;Y+5:RETURN

79 ■ : (EXCLAMATION POINT)

Program continues

82 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

tfSOH

»%■">

> ^^ *-'* .[ted ft" "

■'' daW«^><='°*'^"\ 80 BS-232 ^-^^-'^zoO.

Bill Sez:
Don't gamble!
Buy only from a
Factory Authorized
Source.

ASK FOR OUR

INSTANT DISCOUNT

From Roy Hawthorne

Talk To Bill Tokar On

Applications

CALL TOLL FREE

U.S.A.

1-800-521 -2764

MICHIGAN
1-800-482-8393

V^e *^3"^<^^'

Reminder:

We are open

8:30 AM to 5:00 PM EST

Monday through Friday

WRITE TO:

"The Stocking Source"
23995 Freeway Park Dr.
Farmington Hills, Ml 48024
313-474-6708

f^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 83

OURS
WORK!

ACCOUNTING
PROGRAMS

from the company with

years of experience

on small computers

and thousands of customers

prices resulting from
volume sales

PACKAGE OF
5 PRODUCTS

PRODUCTS
EACH

MANUALS
EACH

$595.
$95.
$20.

GENERAL LEDGER

PAYROLL

A CCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

A CCOUNTS PA YA BLE

DEPRECIA TION

for

TRS-80*

MODEL I with TRSDOS*
MODEL II with CP/M +

OTHER CP/M+ SYSTEMS

Produci Info rf

License/Order

Form.

PHONE

(503) 476-1467

840N.W. 6th STREET, SUITE 3
GRANTS PASS, OREGON 97526

'Trademark Radio Shack, Div. Tandy Corp.
^Product Digital Research, Inc.

80 LPRINT"V";X;Y-1;7;"S";X;Y+7:RETURN

81 • ? (QUESTION MARK)

82 LPRlNT"S";X;Y+l;"H";X+l;Y;3;"V";X+4;Y+l;2;"S";X+3;
Y+3 ; "S " ; X+2 ; Y+4 ; "S" ; X+2 ; Y+6 : RETURN

83 ' . (PERIOD)

84 LPRINT"S";X;Y+6:RETURN

85 • , (COMMA)

86 LPRINT"V";X+1;Y+5;2;"S";X;Y+7:RETURN

87 • : {COLON)

88 LPRINT"S";X;Y+2; "S";X;Y+4:RETURN

89 • ; (SEMICOLON)

90 LPRINT"S";X+1;Y+2;"V";X+1;Y+4;2;"S";X;Y+6:RETURN

91 ' ' (APOSTROPHE)

92 LPRINT"S";X+2;Y-1; "S" ;X+1;Y; "S" ;X;Y+1 : RETURN

93 ' " (QUOTATION MARKS)

94 LPRINT "V" ; X ; Y-1 ; 3 ; "V" ; X+2 ; Y-1 ; 3 : RETURN

95 • - (HYPHEN)

96 LPRINT"H";X;Y+3;3:RETURN

97 ' / (SLASH)

98 LPRINT"V";X+4;Y;2;"S";X+3;y+2;"S";X+2;y+3:"S";X+l;Y+4;"V';
X;Y+5;2:RETURN

99 ' PRINT EACH CHARACTER, IN TURN

100 LPRINT"ERS;M6

101 ' DEFINE X-Y COORDINATES AND SUBROUTINE POINTER

102 X=29: Y=25: Z=l

103 ■ DEFINE CHARACTER DISPLAY COLOR

104 LPRINT"C1": GOSUB106 : GOT0108

105 ' LOOP THROUGH CHARACTER SUBROUTINE FOR DISPLAY

106 ON Z GOSUBIO, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34,
36,38,40,42,44,46,48,50,52,54,56,58,60,62,64,66,68,
70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98 :R£TURN

107 • HOLD CHARACTER DISPLAY 3/4 SECOND

108 FORT=lTO330:NEXT

109 * DEFINE ERASE COLOR

110 LPRINT"CO

IM. ' LOOP THROUGH CHARACTER SUBROUTINE TO ERASE

112 GOSUB106

113 ' INCREMENT GOSUB POINTER (Z) AND WAIT 1/4 SECOND

114 Z=Z+1: F0RT=1T0110:NEXT

115 ' CHECK IF MORE CHARACTERS; IF YES, DO MORE LOOPS

116 IF Z<50 GOT0104

117 ' PRINT "EASY"

118 LPRINT"C1": Y=16: X=20:GOSUB18: X=27 :GOSUB10: X=34:
G0SUB46: X=41:G0SUB58

119 ' PRINT "DOES"

120 Y=26: X=20: G0SUBX6: X=27: GOSUB38: X=34: G0SUB18:
X=41: G0SUB46

121 ' PRINT "IT!"

122 Y=36: X=26: G0SUB26: X=31: G0SUB48: X=39: GOSUB80
900 CLS: END

Program Listing 1. Alphanumeric Characters BASIC Program

84 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

ALPHA PRODaCTS PRESENTS:

THE ALPHA GREEN SCREEN AT HALF-PRICE

UMtT ONE PER ORDER

OFFER ENDS JAN. 3 1 NO EXCEPTIONS

WITH ANY PURCHASE

TWICE THEFUNTRS-80

X5 X4 X3 XZ

^401

STICK-BO MAKES KEYBOARD OBSOLETE.
Fealiifes the famous ATARI jnysiick 8 flirections + (ire
conlfol Simple m^liuclions to make joystick versions Ot
most aclion games. Plugs into keyBoard or enpansion ml .
Price includes ATARI joysiick with ALPHA interface and

instructions. FREE "MAGIC ARTIST" program S29.95

Super Real Time Auliun Gunhic SounO games for Slick-ao
3y Soflware innnualions ALIEN INVASION CAR MACEH
COSMIC INTRUDERS BREAKOUT Each S9 95

SifcLLAR ADVENTURE supe' aclimi wnn sound 51-195
Sollwdre duliiors ^ncl DisuiBulors contdcl us 'oi joystitk
conversion pflck,ige lor your eiisfinq games

MUSIC-80 MUSIC-BD MllSIC-BO MUSIC-SD MUSIC-SO

Use emsimg software
or wrilB yooi" own With lliis low cost B lilt digital lo
analog converter you can synrtiesize up to 5 music voices.
Buill-in i/olume conirol handy wtien stereo not near TRS-80.
Simply plug the ■ MUSIC-80" inio the keyboard dj the E/l
screen pnnler pet and connect Itie oulput (RCA jack) lo any
amplifier The Radio-Shack E12 soeaKer/amplitier works
fine.
FuilyassemBled and tested, 90 day warranty 139,95

YDU ASKED FDB IT ■EXPANDABUS" XI, KZ, X3 AND X4.

CONfvECT ALL 'OUR : -"S-aO DEVICES Slt^ULTANEOUSLV
on Ihe 40 pin TRS-80 bus Any device thai normally plugs
into the keyt)oa;d edge conneclnr will also plug into the
"EXPANDABUS" The ■'X4"' is shown wiiti protective
covers (included). The TRS-ao keyboard contains the t)us
drivers (7'1LS357) lor up to 20 devices more than you will
ever need Using the E/l. H plugs eittier between KBanOE/i
or in ItiH Screen Printer port Professional gualily. gold
plaied contacts Computer grade 40 conductor ritjpon cat)te.
X2...S29 X3 ..S44 X4 . S59 Xi. S71.

Custom configurations are also availalile. call us

^498

■'■^f^-^JaiJZSS ^3

|5new

AKALOG-eO: A WORLD OF NEW APPLICATIONS POSSIBLE

8 DIGITAL MULTII^ETERS PLUGGED INTO VOUR THS-SO"'
Measure Temperature. Voltage, Curreni Light. Pressure, etc
Very easy lo use lor eiample. 'el's read input ciiannel #4 10
OUT 0.4 Selects inpul #4 and also starts the conversion 20
A=INP(0) 'Puis Ihe result in variahle 'A' Voila'
Specifications input range 0-5V to 0-500V Each channel
can Be set to a diflerent scale

Resolulion 20mV (on 5V rangei Accuracy B bits ( 5%1. Port
Address jumper selectaBle Plugs into keyboard tius or E/l
[screen printer port) AssemBled and tested 90 day warranty
Complete wiin power supply, connector manual SI 39.

LET THE "CHAIN BREAKEH" FHEE YOUR MINI-DRIVES,

End Ihe daisy-ctiarn mess once and for all Fits all mini-
drives Percom. Aerocomp, Stiugart, fiflicropolis, tilTI, Visla
Pertec. Siemens, BASF. Easy lo install- just remove Ihe
drive cover, plug In the ■CHAIN BREAKER" and replace tlie
cover Voila'i'

Now you can change and move your drives around without
disassembly Keep the cover on and keep the dust out High
reliability gold plated coniacts. computer gradB 34
conductor cable. Tested and guaranteed.
Get one for eacti drive . .only , , Si 3.95

1^499

iNTEflf ACER 2. LDW COST IN PUT /OUTPUT MODULE,

Slill the Best value in sense/control devices Use it for

energy control, burglar alarm, darkroom, selectric drive,

model trams roBofs. Skinner Dox. .

—8 latched TTL outputs 2 relays SPDT 2A 125V coniacts

~8 TTL/CMOS inputs Input and 1 are opiically isolated.

—Neat and compact design, very easy lo use.

10 A = INP|0) 'Reads the 8 inputs (it A^C: all Inputs are

low) 20 OUT D,X 'Controls the outputs and the relays

Assemfjied & tested. 90 day warranty. Price includes povier

supply, caOla to KB or E/l. superb user's manual, free

ptione dialer program: S95 Manual only. $5.

6 power relays undei

C I

s:

o

INTER FACER-BO; Ibe most powerful Sense/Control module

■ 8 industrial grade relays, single pole double throw isolated
contacts- 2 Amp. @ 1 25 Volts TTL latched outputs are also
accessible lo drive external solid slate relays

• 8 convenient LEDs constantly -display the relay slates.
Simple "OUT" commands (in Basic) control ihe 8 relays

• 8 opiically-isolated inputs Inr easy direct interlacing to
eslernai switches, ptiolocells. keypads sensors, etc
Simple 'INP ' commands read Ihe status ol 'he 8 mpuls
Selectable port address Clean, compaci enclosed design
Assembled, tested, 90 days warranty Price includes power
supply, cable, connecior, superb user's manual St 59

*

^t~-^

' ^A. *

i^

L

i

n ' ' " >- ^

V
'[})

\A/ARIMIIMG

IBM and all the 'biggies" are using green screen monitors

Its advantages are now viidely advertised We feel that every

TRS-80 user should en|oy Ibe benefits il provides Bui

WARNING: aH Green Screens are not created equal Here is

what we lound.

•Several are just a flat piece of standard colored Lucile The

green lint ms nol made lor this purpose and is ludged ty

many to be loo dark Increasing the brightness control ntW

result in a fuzzy display.

•Some are simply a piece of thin plaslic film taped onto a

cardboard frame The color is satislaciory bul the woboiy film

gives It a poor appearance

•One ' optical filter' is m lact plain acrylic sheeting

•False claim A tew pretend to "teduce glare" In fact, their

Hal and siiiny surlaces (Both lilm and Lucile type) ADD their

own retleclions to the screen

•A few laughs One ad claims to "reduce screen contrasi"

Sorry gentleman But it's ]usl the opposite One ol ihe Green

Screen's mafor benelits is lo increase the coniiasi oeiween

the text and the Background

•OrawBacks" Most are using adhesive strips to lasten iliBir

screen to the monitor This method makes it awkward to

remove for necessary periodical cleaning All leicept oursi

are Hal Light pens will nol work reliably Because ol Ihe big

gap between the screen and Ihe tuhe

Many companies have Been manufaciunng video Mters for

years. We are nol the hrsi (some think they arei but we have

done our homework and we Itiink we manufacture Ihe best

Green Screen Here is why

•II fits right onto the picture tube like a skin because il is the

only CURVED screen MOLDED exactly lo the picture lube

curvature It is Cut precisely to cover Ihe eiposed area ol Ihe

picture tube The fit is such thai the sialic electricity is

sufficient to keep it in place' We also include some invisible

reusable tape lot a more secure fastening

•The filler material thai we use is jusl right, not loo dark nor

too light The result is a really eye pleasing display

We are so sure that you will never take your Green screen oti

that we offer an unconditional money-Back guaranly try our

Green Screen for 14 days II lor any reason you are nol

delighted with il. return il for a prompt relund

A last word We think that companies, like ours, who are

selling mamiy by mail should •list their sireel address»have a

phone number (for queshons and orders)«accept CODs, nol

every one tikes lo send checks to a PO bowoffer the

convenience ol charging their purchase to ma(or credit cards

How come we are Ihe only green screen people doing it'

Order your ALPHA GREEN SCREEN today $12 50

Or enjoy our Christmas gilt and pay only 16 25 when you

order anything else

^497

ALPHA Product Co.

85-71 79 St.WOODHAVEN N.Y. 11421 S info and order: (212)296.5916

ADD S2.5t) PER ORDER FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING'

ALL ORDERS SHIPPED FIRST CLASS MAIL.

WE ACCEPT VISA MASTER CHARGE CHECKS MO

COD A0DS2 DO EXTRA

QUANTITY DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE

N Y RESIDENTS ADD SALES TAX

VtSA

only three characters, its X ordinates are
adjusted to exactly center IT! under
DOES.

These statements may be combined to
conserve bytes. Just tag statement 120
and 122 X,Y plot Information onto state-
ment 118. The TRS-80 will send the same
string of Electric Crayon commands out
its printer port.

Using The Program

You must at least key in and record
(SAVE, CSAVE, or ©SAVE) even-num-
bered statements 10 through 98 to retain
all character X,Y plots. You may skip the
REM statements.

When programming alphanumerics,
start with a sheet of graph paper or an
Electric Crayon Sketchpad. Prepare and
use this sheet to lay out words and
phrases the way you want them to appear
on the TV screen.

Partition the sheet into suitable pixel ar-
eas horizontally (X direction) and vertical-
ly (Y direction) for the intended graphics
mode. Starting with at the layout's upper
left-hand corner, number the partitioned
columns and rows. Display area dimen-
sions in pixels are:

Mode 2 XM X Y64

Moc]Gs3and4 128x64

Modes 5 and 6 128x96

Modes 7 and 8 128x192

Mode g (dots) 256x192

Referring to your word/phrase layout
sheet, locate the Y ordinate for the first
line of words. Start a numbered statement
with the first line's Y ordinate (520 Y = 20:,
for example). Now add an X ordinate and
GOSUB for each letterof each word on the
first line. Increase successive X ordinates
by six or seven of one or two-pixel letter
separation, as desired. Repeat this proce-
dure for each additional word or phrase
line on the layout sheet.

When using 1, 1, and most of the punctu-
ations, check character matrix width in
Fig. 1 , and increase the next X ordinate by
one or two plus the matrix width. Increase
X four or five pixel positions to insert a
space. Also, make sure you provide
enough line separation to accommodate
punctuation mark ascenders and de-
scenders.

A typical two-word instruction you de-
velop may look like statement 520 in Pro-

GRAPHICS

CHARACTERS

NUMBER

MODE

PER LINE

OF LINES

2

10

7

3 and 4

21

7

5 and 6

21

10

7 and 8

21

21

9

36

21

Table 1. Achievable Character Densities

gram Listing 2. Can you figure out what
that statement displays? (See REMs of
Program Listing 1 X,Y plot statements for
clues.)

Preceding 520, you'll need separate dis-
play and erase command statements to
implement line 520. Assuming you are
already operating In some graphics mode,
these statements may look like 500 and
510 in Program Listing 2.

Elsewhere in your program (such as In
an action sequencing statement like 400),
include GOSUB500, some delay timing,
and GOSUB510. When called, statement
500 specifies a character color and jumps
to 520. Statement 520 loops through eight
X,Y plot statements in turn and displays
their characters. After some GOSUBed
delay timing, 510 specifies the back-
ground color for use in 520. 520 immedi-

STATEMENT 28
COMMAND SEGMENTS

1 "V";X+3;Y+1;5;

2 "H";X+l;Y+6;2;

3 "S";X;Y+5;

4 "H";X+2;Y;3:

Fig. 2. Letter J Plot Parameters

ately erases the displayed characters by
overprinting them.

Cleanup

Upon completing ali your alphanumer-
ics statements, make a list of the char-
acters used. Checking this list, visually
skim statements 10 through 98, and de-
lete those that are not used (called by
GOSUBs). Each such deletion saves
about 75 RAM bytes. ■

by Francis Kalinowski

NOTE:

TO OPERATE THIS DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM,
ADD LISTING 1 X-Y PLOT STATEMENTS 18,
24, 25, 44, 48, AND 80 TO IT; OR, ADD
STATEMENTS 300-800 BELOW, TO PROGRAM 1,
OMIT (REM) PORTIONS OF ALL STATEMENTS.

200 •

201 '

202 •

203 '

204 •

205 '

206 •

207 •

300 GOSUB800:LPRINT"ERS;M2;I": "(GO MODE 2, INVERTED)
400 GOSUB500:GOSUB800:GOSUB510:GOTO900: ' (SEQUENCING)
500 LPRINT"C2":GOT0520: '(USE MAGENTA TO DISPLAY WORDS)
510 LPRINT"CO": '(USE BUFF TO ERASE DISPLAYED WORDS)
520 Y=20: X=7:GOSUB24: X=14:GOSUB25: X=18:GOSUB80: X=24:
G0SUB48: X=31:GOSUB24: X=38 :G0SUB18: X=45:GOSUB44:
X=52:GOSUB18: RETURN: ' (DISPLAY WORDS IN PRESTATED COLOR)
800 FORT=1T01500 : NEXT: RETURN :• {ANY AVAILABLE DELAY TIMING)
900 CLS:END

Program Listirig 2. Two-word Display Demonstratiorj

86 " 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

MASTER / SLAVE

This software package was de-
signed to support the trortsfefring
of files from one Model II to ooother, vio direct
connection or modem/phone line connection.
ALL kinds of files, and baud rates up to 9600
are fully supported. Tronsfer files in eittwr
direction, even with the 5LAVE Model II
UNAHENDED! J 150

I HOSTII/TEKMII

Allows remote control of o Model II
_____ ffom onother Model II, or ony ASCII
terminol. Our Host system, unlike the one
supplied with TFUDOS 2.0, suppotts occurote
saeen positioning on the Tetm station. Without
this feoture. formoted disploys appear on the
terminal looking like randomly placed gar-
bage. Requites NO user memory! This system is
designed to provide softwore support to out
customer locations without ever leoving the
office. i50

^ DIAL

USR 330D Auto Answer/Auto Dial.

Direct Connea Modem. 300 baud.
originotes/onswers 103J compotible When
used in conjunaion with our DIAL, software is
copoble of complete originotion of communi-
cotions with remote locations without operator
intervention. Speciol combination price,
modem and software. $430

Softwore only &50

CONVERT

This remarkable utility convetts "V"
formot files (the sequential fotmat
used by the SHACKS. CODAL and BASIC
Compilers) to the "F' formot files (the
sequential file format used by the BASIC
interpreter ond DASCOM), ond vice verso.
Without this product, programs written for the
interpreter will have to be RE-KEYED to be
used by the SHACKS Compiler BASIC. $75

' ITOli

A helping hand when converting
BASIC programs from the Model I to
the Model II. Automaticolly odjusts PRINT @,
ond Wl NT USING to compensote for differences
in the longuoge. Advises you where adjust-
ments ore necessory for PEEK, POKE, etc.

S25 "

DOUBLE TAKE 0741

This is not a football play but the
woy to ploy ball fast in convetring
IBM 3741 to Radio Shack formated disks or vice
verso. Fast is the nome of the gome. S200.

3M SCOTCH DISKEHES

Double density certified 8" Floppies
for the Model II. Better quality is not
ovQiloble ot ony price. Ten diskettes to o box.
Quonttty Prfce

[boxes)

Per/Box

1

S36.5C

5

S35.50

10

(34.50

20

S33.5C

£3. 00 shipping chorge. Thischorgeiswoivedif
software is purchased on some order.

HSDASIC
Here is the way for structured pro-
grammers to increose theit output
by 50%. If you haven't jumped on the sttuc-
rured bondwogon, it's time to stort rolling. The
use of modern structured programming con-
cepts con double your progrommer's prod-
uctivity. SDASIC is a high level BASIC with the
BEST pre-processors. PERFORM nomed sub-
routines, CONDITIONAL cose structures. WHILE
loops. UNTIL loops. And much more. MODEL II
version is compiled. From Ultimate Computer
Systems: Model I— $50. Model It— £75.

SPOOLER Model I. Model It
and Model III

.11 ... Our workhorse! Unlike the one
supplied with TRSDOS 2 0, ours requires no
specioi knowledge or rroining on the port of the
operator. Additionolty ours performs much bet-
ter. On the Tandy SPOOLER, everytime a disk is
occessed, the printer stops deod! This pockoge
is ovoiloble for Model I. in rheTRSDOS/NEWDOS
60 versions, or for the Model II. Greotly en-
hances system performance when njnning typ-
icol business applications. Mony applications
hove been benchmorked lo run neorty TWICE
AS FAST with the SPOOLER installed. Instolls in
minutes ond no changes ore required to your
programs. Preferred Model II versions require
NO user memory Oprionol feotures for the
Model II version only:

Seriol printer support. DISK SPOOLING support
which is porticulatty recommended for word
processing applications £100

SEPJAL PRINTER OPTION £50

DISK 5POOUNG OPTION £50

8160 Corporate Pork Dr.
Cincinnati, Ohio 45242

Coll Toll Free '''"^

1 - 800 - 543-4626
I Ohio residenrs
coll collect (513)691-4496

All products now ovoiloble to run
with TRSDOS 2.0.

Most producfs will soon be available
for the Model III. CALL FOR DETAILS!

HXPRINT
Print neotly formoted hord copy list-
ings of BASIC programs from disk.
Progroms may be ASCII or compressed. Quick
and easy group selection ollows you to print
many listings with one commond, £35

DPRINT

M Allows you to access o serial printer
simultoneously with the siondord
porollel printer. Easy interface to BASIC. Drive
two printers ot once! £75

H ULTRA PPD
This is the Ultimote Proportionol
Printer Driver. Add to the Electtic
Pencil and your print will look like its copy has
been typeset. No wotd processor should be
without this enhancement. £ 1 00

H EXTENDED DUILT IN
FUNaiONS
Now you con give your TRS-flO all
the funaions you wished BASIC hod given you
in the first place. These verbs will give you pro-
gromming abilities thot make you look good.
Adds the following funoion verbs: SORT, PEEK.
PEEKW. POKE, POKEW. ETlM£ ond XTlMj.

£50

Dosnx

MA collection of porches to TRSDOS
and BASIC to enhance their
usability and function includes our well-known
DREAK7E patches to keep the break key from
being used accidentally, FREE WITH ANY
MODEL II SOFTWARE PACKAGE.

TERMS OF SALE:

Credit card customers, odd 2%
C.O.D. customers odd £2. Ohio
residents all 4V2% soles tax. Shipments nor-
mally mode the some doy we receive your
order. Credit granted to governmental agen-
cies, educotionol institutions and D & rated
business firms. Please include purchase order
number when ordering,

OUR GUARANTEE:

If your diskette orrives don-Ksged.

we will reploce it without chorge.
If you ever accidentally domoge it, we will
reploce it for a SiO handling charge. For a
period of one year, we will provide you with
any enhancements or updotes for o £10
handling chorge. For o period of one yeor, if
errors ore discovered in ttie progroms, they v/ill
be cotrecled without diorge. In the event we
cannot correa on error, you moy return the
program moteriol for o refund.

Electric Pencil is o trade mark of Michael
Schroyer Sofhvare, Inc.

TRS-60 and TRSDOS ore trodemorks of the
Rodio Shock division of Tondy Corporofion.
NEWDOS and NEWDOS/flO ore trodemorks of
Apporot, Inc.

^y Reader Semce— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 87

REVIEW

A first look at the Shack's colorful new offering.

Color Computer Primer

Tim Ahrens

Jack Browne

Hunter Scales

3501 Ed Bluesteln Blvd.

Austin, TX 78721

Tandy's newest market entry, the Color
Computer, promises to be one of their
most powerful and expandable units. The
Color Computer has the same sleel< silvery
lines of its half-brother, the TRS-80 Model I,
but unlike the early members of the Tandy
family, the Color Computer abandons the
Z-80 microprocessor for the new Motorola
MC6809E chip and will feature plug-in ROM
(Read Only Memory) cartridges.

System Overview

The keyboard, which stands out first, is
not a Cherry or a Microswitch, but does
have a good feel. One can easily touch-type
on it. It has calculator like buttons with a
long throw and tactile feedback, but not at
all like the original Commodore PET.

The power supply is totally self-con-
tained. There are outlets for joysticks, cas-
settes and a printer, but the TV connection
—to a color or black and white set— is the
only one necessary to its basic operation.

The Color Computer has several features
of the original Model I. The first is a "power-
up Level I BASIC." Whenever power is ap-
plied, or the reset button depressed, the
computer displays a prompt of OK. The ad-
dition of an optional Level II will make the
Color Computer much more powerful than
Its Z-60 predecessor.

Its second "hand-me-down" feature is a
built-in cassette interface. The manual rec-
ommends the CTR-80. But after hours of
use, we found our inexpensive off-brand re-
corder worked just as well. The internal cas-
sette circuit also provides for a remote turn
on/off type of recorder. This puts the most
data on the tape in the least amount of time
—no long gaps between recordings. Files
can be skipped, displayed or loaded. {By the
way, If you don't buy Radio Shack's record-
er, you will have to make the cables that
lead from your recorder to the computer.)

The Color Computer's joysticks (not in-
cluded) for the program paks and other
games have two-dimensional control sticks
and buttons that "fire-when-ready." A soft-
ware command, JOYSTK, allows the user to
input coordinate values and "paint" on the
screen like an "Etch-A-Sketch."

The Color Computer has a 600 baud
serial printer port is fully RS-232 compatible
and interfaces to any Radio Shack serial
printer. The serial interface responds
whenever a LLIST or print to device com-
mand is given.

The permanent Level I memory of the
computer Is stored in a single 8K x 8 ROM.
Level II adds another 8Kx 8. The basic Col-
or Computer comes with 4K of dynamic
RAM (Random Access Memory) which can
be easily upgraded to 16K.

One of the nicest features of the TRS-80
Color Computer Is Its plug-compatible pre-
programmed ROM software. Presently, sev-
eral games ranging from pinball to chess
are available, as well as a comprehensive
personal finance package and a music gen-
eration program.

Color BASIC

Below are

1 the commands

available In

Level 1 Color BASIC:

ABS

ASC

AUDIO

CHR5

CLEAR

CLOAD

CLOADM

CLOSE

CLS

CONT

CSAVE

DATA

DIM

EOF

END

EXEC

FOR TO STEP NEXT

GOSUB

GOTO

IF THEN ELSE

IN KEYS

INPUT

INPUTfrl

INT

JOYSTK

LEFTS

LEN

LIST

LLIST

MEM

MIDS

MOTOR

NEW

ON GOSUB

ON GOTO

OPEN

PEEK

POINT

POKE

PRINT

PRINT®

PRINTS- 1

PRINT#-2

PRINT TAB

READ

REM

RESET

RESTORE

RETURN

RIGHTS

RNO

RUN

SET

SGN

SIN

SKIPF

SOUND

STOP

STR$

USR

VAL

Only the commands unique to Color
BASIC will be discussed.
AUDIO: This command connects (ON) or
disconnects (OFF) the cassette output to
the TV speaker allowing easy recognition of
data or voice on tapes.
CLS{c): The CLS command clears the
screen with the color specified by c. If no c
is present, the default color is green.

COLORS:

Black 5 Buff (White)

1 Green 6 Cyan

2 Yellow 7 Magenta

3 Blue 8 Orange

4 Red

INKEYS: This checks the keyboard and re-
turns with the key or non-key which is being
pressed.

88 • 50 Microcomputing, January 1981

INPUTS- 1: This inputs data from the cas-
sette.

JOYSTK{j): This command returns the spec-
ified joystick (j) position number. J can be
to 3, where is the horizontal coordinate of
the first joystick, 1 is the vertical coordinate
of the first joystick, 2 is the horizontal coor-
dinate of the second joystick, and 3 is the
vertical coordinate of the second joystick.
Note: JOYSTK(O) must be returned before 1 ,
2, or 3 may be displayed. The coordinates
are represented below.

63

HORIZONTAL

63

JOYSTK may be used for simple things
like "painting" colors on the screen, or
more exotic things like instrumentation and
positional controls.

LLIST: Like the Model I, the LUST command
lists programs on the printer. All options of
the list command, i.e., LLIST 100-150, may
be used. Be sure to have the printer con-
nected or the computer w^ill hang upw/aiting
for the necessary clear command to send
the signal from the printer. A reset gets the
computer back to you without losing your
program.

MOTOR— MOTOR ON: Turns on the cas-
sette remote jack, allow^ing you to rew/ind, or
it w\\ manually operate the recorder.
MOTOR OFF w\\ return the computer to its
natural state of control. The computer
comes out of reset with the motor off.
SET— SET: Used to turn on specific blocks
of color within the display area. The format
for this statement is SET(h,v,c) where h is a
horizontal position (0-63), v is the vertical
position (0-31), and c is the color block indi-
cated in the CLS routine.
SKIPF: This statement will stop the record-
er at the end of the next file. If a file name (p)
is specified, the tape will be positioned at
the end of p.

SOUND{f,d): This is used to send out a tone
through the television's speaker with a spe-
cific frequency (f)— 1 - 255— and a duration
(d)— 1-255.

POINT(h,v): Tests whether or not a specific
graphic cell is on or off. H = - 63 horizon-
tal and v = 0-31 vertical increments. The
value returned is a -1 if turned off, and a
color number, if on.

CLOSE{d): This command closes all open
files or specified devices (d). See OPEN for

meaning of the devices.

OPEN(m,d,f): This opens a file name (f) at

the screen or keyboard (d = 0), cassette

(d = - 1), or a line printer (d = - 2). This can

be used in either the input (m = I) or output

{m = 0) modes,

CLEAR(n,h): The CLEAR command reserves

n bytes of string storage space (0 - 32767).

It initializes all variables, and h may specify

the highest address that BASIC can use (for

other machine language programs and

such).

CLOAD: Like the Model I, CLOAD is used to
load in programs from tape. This version
allows filenames of up to eight characters.
All other extra characters are ignored.
CLOADM: This loads a machine language
program from the cassette. An optional off-
set address can be added to the load ad-
dress. Unfortunately, there is no command
to save a machine language program to
tapel

SIRIUS80+

High performance

Low Cost Floppy Add-Ons!

The SIRIUS SYSTEMS 80+ Series ot Floppy
Disk add-ors are designed to proi/ifle
jnmatched versatility and performance for

yoiirTRS-80*. Consisting of tour differen!
add-ons, there is a 80+ Sefies Fioppy Disk
Dnve lo meet your needs.

COMMON CHARACTEfllSTICS

■ 5ms track-to-track access time

■ Auto- Eject

m 130 day WARRANTY

■ Exceptional speed stability - 1 1 /2%

■ Single/Double Density operation

■ Mix any or ali 80+ Series on the SS
Standard cable

SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

The SIRIUS 80+1 -a single sided, 40 track
Otive Offering 5 mote tracks ttian the Radio
Shack model, it cost 1120 less Fonnatled
data storage is 10ZK/204K Bytes Single/
Ooobie Density.

SIRIUS 80+1 $379.95

The SJRIUS 90+Z IS a dual sided. SO track (40
per side) Disk Drive. It appears to the TRS-80-
as TWO 40 track drives yet COST LESS THAN
HALF THE PRICE! Even greater savings result
since data is recorded on both sides of the
media instead of oniy a single side. This unit
may require the SS Standard cable Fotmatled
data storage is 204K/40BK Bytes Singie/Dooble
Density.
smiuS80+2 $449.95

The SIRIUS eo+a - a single sided. 60 track
Dnve. Offering 2V3 times ttie storage of a
standard Radio Shack Disk Drive, the 80+3
greatly reduces the need for diskettes corre-
spondingly. Additionally, because of the in-
creased storage and faster track-io -track
access lime, the 80-^3 allows tremendously

increased throughput for disk based pro-
grams! The 80+3 includes SIRIUS's TRAKS-
PATCH on diskette (for use nith % tpi drives)
Formatted data storage is 204K/408K Bytes
Single/Double Density.

SIRIUS 80+3 $499.95

The SIRIUS 80+4 -a dual sided, 160 track (80
per side) 5V«" monsterl The ultimate in state-
of-the-art 5%" Floppy Disk Technology, the
80+4 is seen by the TRS-80- as two single
sided disk drives. Thus, in terms of capacity,
one 80-^4 is equivalent to ift standard Radio
Shack drives — at a savings of over 73% (not
to mention disketlesM!). (With a dout)le den-
sity converter the available memory is hugel)
The 80+4 (a 96 tpi drive) includes TRAKS-
PATCH on diskette dnd may require the SS
Standard cable. Formatted storage is 408K/
816K Bytes Single/Double Density^
SIRIUS 80+< $649.95

All 80+ Series FloBoy Disk add-ons operate at
5ms Itack-to-track but are Expansion interface
limited to 12ms for the TRS-eO-

• TRS-80© of Tandy Corp.

ACCESSORIES

SS standard 2 Drive Calile 129.95

NEWDOS/80-Sqphisticated Qperal^ng
Syslem lor the TRS-80' from Apparat
S149.95

Save up to 10% with these SIRIUS Packages!

NEWDOS/80, SIRIUS 80 + 3, and Tu»o Drive Cable
NEWDOS/80, SIRIUS 80 + 4, and Two Drive Cable . . .
NEWDOS/80, Two (2) SIRIUS 80 + 3's, Two Drive Cable
NEWDOS/80, Two (2) SIRIUS eo + 4's. Two Drive Cable

$624.95

$749.95

$1080.95

$1349.95

MPI 51/52 & 91/92

STATE-OF-THE-ART
DISK DRIVES

■ Fast! 5ms Irack-to-tracif access

■ Exclusive Pulley-Band Design

■ Unique Door/Ejector Mechanism

■ Reiieble 1 1 /2% Speed Slabilif/

■ Single/Double Density Operation
m industry/ ANSI standard Interface

MPI 51(Single Head/40 tracks)
125K/250K Bytes Single/Double Density

S259.95

MPI52 (Dual Head/BO tracks (^0/side)}
250K/500K Bytes Single/Double Density"

$349.95

MPI 91 (Single Head/80 tracks)
250K/500K Bytes Single/Double Density

S399 95
MPI 92 (Dual Head/ISO tracks (80/side))
500K/1000K Bytes Single/Doubie Density

$524.95

MPI Technical Manual .... $6.95
* * Unformatted data storage

QUME®

DataTrak 8

8" Disk Drive

DOUBLE SIDED!

DOUBLE DENSITY!

$574

95

Higb performance Double Sided Disk 8" Disk
Drive ■ Single or Double Density ■ Door Lock
and Write Protect INCLUDEOi ■ Negative OC
Voltage not required ■ Low Power Operation

■ FAST! 3ms track-lo-track access
m Low Mellon and minimum wear

■ Superior Head Load Dynamics

QUME DataTrak 8 $574.95

(Z/SS49ea)

QUME Technical Manual $6.95

Connector Set #3 (AC, DC, 5 Card Edge)

$10.95

Connector Set #4 (AC and OC) .. $2.95

TFORTHI-whatit

has to offer YOU!

TFORTH is a procedural FORTH type language
wbicfi specifies a process rather tnan a desired
result. Designed to run on the TRS-80'^,
TFORTH is a very powerful tool by itself or
used in conjunction with Assembly Program-
ming. A rich set of WORDS come with TFORTH
and many teatures considered as "extra with
other FORTH languages are standard with
TFORTH These features include'

■ Advanced Main PacKage

■ Ur>e Editor

■ Macro Assembler

■ fte-EnlranlCoae

■ Supef Graplvcs Capabilities

■ Sapbislicaled User Functions
m 140 Page User's Manual

■ Virtual memory

■ Interpreter

■ Compiler

m Produces Cli/ID Flies

■ Expandable

■ And many , many other lealures
TFORTH from SIRIUS comes on diskette com-
plete for the TRS-80* witb as little as 15K of
memory and a single Disk Drive

TFORTH $129.95

SIRIUS
SYSTEMS

7528 Oak Ridge Highway
Knoxville. Tennessee 37921

70 ORDER CALL (615) 693-6583

Phone Orders Accepted 9AM-7PM (EST) Mon-Fri

We accept MC, VISA, AE, COD {requires Certified Cfieck, Cashier s Check
or Cash) and Ctiecks (personal checks require 1 4 days to clear) SHIPPING
AND HANDLING: $7 00 per Floppy Disl< Drive or 80 - Module ■ 5"= for other
items(any excess w;li be refunded) ■ Foreign Orders add I0°o for Shipping
& Handling. Paymeni in U S currency ■ Tennessee residents add S^o Sales
Tax ■ VOLUME DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE

^^Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 89

PLANNING SOFTWARE
FOR BUSINESS

If you're serious about improving your business with a
computer, why not use the best business planning
software available?

BUSINESS PLANNING PACKAGE for FORECASTING

An integrated set of forecasting programs to handle a
variety of business forecasting needs. {90 pg. user
manual) MOD I $99. MOD II $199.

INVESTMENT RISK ANALYSIS - This program accounts
for cost changes, shifting revenue streams and interest
rate fluctuations. Now you can manage risk. (35 pg. user
manual) MOD I $99. MOD II $199.

U.S. SIMULATION MODEL - This is a user oriented
economic simulation model constructed to professional
standards, (50 pg. user manual) MOD I $199. MOD II
$299.

GENERAL RISK PROGRAM - A Monte Carlo risk program
for almost any problem where uncertainty is a major
factor. MOD I $79. MOD II $179.

BOX-JENKINS FORECASTING MODEL- This technique

integrates the two powerful forecasting techniques of
moving averages and autocorrelation analysis. (40 pg.
user manual) MOD t $99. MOD II $199.

Hardware Requirements: Model I 48K RAM

Model II 64KRAM
1 or more disk drives.
To order check with your local dealer or CALL Applied
Economic Analysis 213/424-3652 714/893-8053.

A MAJOR ^^'°^

BREAKTHRU FOR

Electronic Engineers

Electronic Hobbiest

Electronic Students

Ham Operators

A General DC-AC (steady state) Analysis
of Any Circuit

Will Analyze and Compute:

• Node. Branch, Element Voltages

• Node, Branch. Element; Currents

• Branch Power Dissipation

• Magnitude and phase values and complete
frequency response with graphic display

• Modify any element in circuit for desired
results

A complete operational

manual supplied

comparable to I.B.M.'s

E.C.A.P." Program

*A.C. Analysis Program

S149.95

*D.C. Analysis Program

S89.95

'■OrderbeforeFeb.28, 1981
to get both for S149.95

To Order Wrilc:

G & L Software Enterp.
2304 N. 1st. Street
Upland. CA 91786

60 DAY MONEY
BACK GUARANTEE
IF NOT SATISFIED.

Do Not Send Cash in the Mail
Es a iradcmark of the Tandy Corp., E.C A.P. is a irademarK of Interna tional ,

^39

TRSaO
> Business Machines. Inc

1^ g p §_M

Back of case gives access to joysticks, cassette, serial input/output,
channel selector, reset button, power switch and rf output.

View of normally shielded CPU section of board. Miniature black
jumpers (between the two PIA chips, at left, and to the right of ad-
dress multiplexer) make switch from 4K to 16K a simple task.

Color computer has high quality grey scale when used on standard
black & white television. This photo was made of an inexpensive por-
table black & white tv.

90 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

PROFESSIONAL HALF A MILLION TAX RETURNS CAN'T BE WRONG!

(OR THEY HAD BETTER NOT BE)

INCOME TAX SYSTEM

FOR TRS-80* MODEL I OR II

Our system, which prepared 500,000 1979 returns, features the following:

1. Full interactive user control, In tax-form language only, line-by-line.

2. Screen display of full 1040 and all schedules, prior to printout.

3. Change of a single amount item automatically changes and re-computes entire
return.

4. All printout formats IRS and state approved.

5. Stores Preparer's Identification for automatic printing at bottom of page 2.

6. Built-in Validation Check tests entire system, hardware and software.

7. Special Printer Adjustment routines, Line Length, etc.

8. Selection of closed or open output formats — for standard Form 1040 or open
name-box types.

9. Software control of text position on page. Makes forms-alignment simple. Permits
use with non-adjustable printers.

10. Fills in pre-printed Forms or you can use overlays. Your choice.

11. Automatically computes: Tax - SDI Overpayment - Wages Total from W-2's -
Earned Income Credit - Income Averaging - Maximum/Minimum Tax - Least
Tax Method - All Percentage of Income Limitations - All Fixed Limitations - many,
many more.

12. Full support through the tax season — no charge.

13. Inexpensive yearly updates in accordance with tax-law changes.

14. Modular construction — lets you order only the type and size system you need.

PRICING STARTS AT $189.95 (1040 & SCHEDULE A)

25-PAGE DESCRIPTIVE MANUAL $7.50 (Refunded on Order)
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIRED: MODEL I, 32K, 1 DISK DRIVE

^TRS-80 IS A TRADEMARK OF TANDY CORP.

CONTRACT SERVICES ASSOCIATES

706 SOUTH EUCLID ANAHEIM, CA 92802

TELEPHONE (714) 635-4055
• • • 20 YEARS OF SERVICE • • •

^Reader Service— see page 242 80 Microcomputing, January 1961 • 91

FILETRAN

Transfers your

TRS-80 Software

to CP/M

• Machine language COM FILE
directly compatible with your
CP/M system.

• Automated terminal configurator.

• Memory displayed in both HEX
and ASCII.

• Any disk Sector-Selected and
displayed in both HEX and ASCII,

• Transfers both data and program
files by file name byte by byte.

• Newly created files scanned for
potential errors between level II
BASIC and MBASIC 5.0 or
later.

• CP/M files scanned for any
selected string.

• Searches any program for all
occurrences of any string.

• Generates a variable cross refer-
ence. Invaluable feature for any
system level conversion and
debugging.

• Displays both CP/M & TRSDOS
directories.

FILETRAN Disk and Manual TRS-80

I or II $99

Transfer either way from CP/M

TRSDOS for Model I $149

Manual alone (Price credited to

purchase) $20

Add $2 shipping and 6% sales tax m
California.

Order FILETRAN Today
a FILETRAN Disk and Manual
n 2-Way Xfer lealure for Model I
D Manual alone
D Send descnplive literature

My check is enclosed for $

Name

.Strppt

City

State

C VISA

'M/C

Zip_

Card*

4 diqi

s above n

''■"^

Signature

Send to

BU§UiESS

pmmJcTS

609 S. Livermore Ave.
Livermore, CA 94550 ^"382
(4i5) 449-4412

CSAVE: This does the opposite of CLOAD,
In that an eigtit-charaoter name can be used
to name the file. If the A option is used, the
program is saved in ASCII format. Regard-
less of whether the option is used or not, the
CLOAD command will load the tape.
EXEC(a): Transfers total control to a ma-
chine language program at the location
specified by (a). If a is omitted, control is
transferred to the address set in the last
CLOADM. This command is basically the
same as a machine language jump.
ON. .GOSUB: This represents a multi-way
branch to a subroutine.
ON. .GOTO: This is a multi-way jump to a
specified line.

PRINT#-2: This prints an item or list of
items.

PRINT TAB: This moves the cursor over the
appropriate number of spaces.
RESET{h,v): This resets the graphic block
which had been previously set by the SET
command.

USR(x): This calls a user machine language
subroutine whose address is stored at RAM
locations 275 and 276. Don't forget to POKE
the address into those locations.

There are also some special characters.
An apostrophe is an abbreviation for REM,
just as the question mark represents a
PRINT. A colon separates statements on
the same line, and a dollar sign introduces a
variable string statement. The comma
spaces over 1 6 character places to the next
print zone, and the semicolon spaces over
once to separate items in a printed list.

Full Use

The old adage that the job isn't done until
the paperwork is finished holds true in
many situations, including the Color Com-
puter's. It is Tandy's documentation that
will tell you how to get the most out of your
computer. The manuals supplied teli the
novice how to power-up and start program-
ming in BASIC, but many statements are
left out of Tandy's book, Getting Started
with Color Basic. They are referenced on
the "programming card" and this could be
frustrating for the user who tries something
and continually gets an error!

Happily, a card enclosed with the manual
says that more information will be forward-
ed to you as it becomes available.

Despite our unanswered questions, Tan-
dy's BASIC is capable of high level compu-
tations with nine-digit precision. Tandy has
also promised a new Extended Color Basic
with the following features (Level II):

• High density color graphics (256 x 192)

• Complex sound generation

• Save/load screen images

• Zoom in and out of an image

• Rotate that image

• Draw tines, circles, boxes and rectangles

• Move pictures around the screen

• A real time clock

• Print dollars and cents

• Program editing

• User-definable keys

• String arrays to 255 characters

• Full floating point

• Machine language routines (CLOADM ?)

Control Keys

Several keys on the Color Computer have
special or dedicated functions.

The *- (left arrow) functions primarily as a
back space. This cancels the last character
typed and moves the cursor back one
space. A shifted left arrow cancels the cur-
rent line you are typing. This is similar to a
control X command on other computer sys-
tems.

A Break will interrupt the program in
progress and return to the command level.
It will break anything except a cassette rou-
tine, a print with no printer connected, or
the Sound command, while its executing.

The Clear key will fill the screen with
green blocks, effectively "clearing" the
screen.

The spacebar enters a space (blank) char-
acter and moves the cursor one space for-
ward.

During a LIST command or other data dis-
play routine, shift @ temporarily halts the
program. Pressing any other key causes it
to resume.

As the computer powers up, it is in an up-
percase lock condition. BASIC does not rec-
ognize lowercase characters, and the Color
Computer cannot display them. For text
work (printing in upper and lowercase), a
shift should be depressed once, which re-
leases the uppercase lock. After that the
shift is used like any typewriter to print an
uppercase letter on the screen. If it is not
pressed, a lowercase letter is printed repre-
sented by an inverted video character (black
background with green characters).

If a printer is used, the characters will be
printed in upper and lowercase. To return to
uppercase only operation, merely type shift
again, and it will be restored.

Error Messages

Error messages in any computer can
range from simple numbers to text strings
describing exactly what you've done wrong.
The Color Computer in Level I goes one step
further than the simple numbers scheme
and uses letter combinations which most
closely represent the error. There are a total
of 25 errors listed below:

10: You cannot divide by zero!
AO: A data file cannot be opened, if it al-
ready is.

BS: Bad subscript. The array subscripts
are out of range. Use the DIM statement

92 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

to dimension the array.
CN: It cannot continue. This liappens
when you say CONT after the program
has encountered the END statement.
DD: This is an attempt to redimension an
array. You can dimension an array only
once in a program.

DN: Device number error. There are only
three devices which can be used with the
OPEN, CLOSE, PRINT, or INPUT. Only
use 0, - 1, or -2.

DS: This error occurs in response to a di-
rect statement within the data file. This
can occur if you load a program with no
line numbers.

FC: Illegal function call. This happens
when a parameter is used with a BASIC
word that is out of range. For instance, a
SOUND (345,456) will cause an error code
of FC.

FD: Bad file data. This happens when you
try to PRINT data to a file, or INPUT data
from the file, using the wrong type of vari-
able for the corresponding data.

enough space left in memory for the
string operation. Use the CLEAR at the
beginning of the program to reserve more
string space.

OV: Overflow. The nu mber is too large for
the Color Computer to handle.
RQ: You have a RETURN without a GO-
SUB.

SN: Syntax error. Sometimes caused by a
misspelled command. Retype the pro-
gram line.

ST: The string formula is too complex.
Divide the operation Into shorter steps.
TM: Type mismatch. This happens when
you try to assign a string variable to nu-
meric data, or string data to a numeric
variable.

UL: Undefined line. You have asi<ed the
computer to go to a non-existent line
number.

Program Paks

After months of playing, dissecting and
deciphering the Color Computer's hard-
ware and software, we think it is a product

^^After months of playing, dissecting and
deciphefing the Color Computer's
hardware and software, we think it
is a product which has great potential. . .

FM: Bad file mode. This happens when

you try to INPUT data from a file OPEN

for output, or PRINT data into a file OPEN

for input.

ID: Illegal direct statement. INPUT can be

used only as a line In the program, not as

a command line.

IE: Input past end of file. You should use

the EOF to see when you have reached

the end of the file. Be sure and CLOSE it.

10: Input/output error. Sometimes this

happens when trying to load a bad tape.

LS: String too long. It can be only 255

characters.

NF: A NEXT without a FOR. It also occurs

when NEXT lines are reversed in nested

loops.

NO: The file is not open. A file must be

open before data can be transferred to or

from it.

CD: Out of data. There was not enough

data for a READ. Also, there might have

been a DATA statement left out of the

program.

CM: You are out of memory. All space has

either been used or reserved.

OS: Out of string space. There Is not

which has great potential and many appli-
cations from home to educational pro-
grams. A number of accessories are already
available for the Color Computer including
a cassette recorder, quick printer, modem,
joysticks and program paks. These program
paks are actually plug-in ROMs. The ones
available are listed below:

Personal Finance: This program is a good
way to get household finance problems in
order.

Quasar Commander A game to destroy
enemy ships.

Football: It's almost like being on the
field.

Checkers: There are several levels of ex-
pertise which the user selects.

Chess: The classic "think" game.

Music: Composing is a snap with a five-
octave range and selectable duration of
notes.

Bingomath: Teaches math basics.

PInball: You can design your own game.

Last, but not least, is a diagnostic ROM
to help you locate any trouble spots in the
Color Computer. These program paks range
in price from $29.95 to $39.95. ■

CRCE

You'll save money,
have fun, and learn
by building it yourself
— with easy-to-assemble
Heathkit Computers.

See all the newest in
home computers, video
terminals, floppy disk
systems, printers and
innovative software.

Send today
for your

Heathkit

Catalog

If coupon Is missing, write
Heath Co., Dept. 035-732,
Benton Harbor, Ml 49022

Send to: Heath Co., Dept. 035-732,
Benton Harbor, Ml 49022. ^3S3

Send my free Heathkit Catalog now.
I am not currently receiving your
catalog.

Name

Address

City.

CL-72a

State.
Zip-

so Microcomputing, January 1981 • 93

These Next 4 Pages
are for TRS-80*
Owners ONLY!

The next 4 pages contain over 100 programs for your TRS-80. Whatever your interests, we have a software
program for you. We list sections on Home/Personal, Business, Games, the Arts, Home Education, Utilities,
Special Business, Flight Simulations, Electronics, Comp-U-Novels, and Popular Games. These programs can
be purchased through your local Instant Software dealer, or you can call us directly using our toll free
number. We ship our orders the same day we receive them. Browse through these 4 pages, we're sure you'll
enjoy your selections. Remember: WE GUARANTEE IT!

UTILITIES

TRS*) UTILITY I— Give your program thai
professional look, RENUM: Renumber any
Level II program to make room for modifica-
tion or to clean up the listing. DUPLIK: With
this program you can duplicate any BASIC,
assemDIy/macfiine language program, ver-
ify the data and record the program to tape.
You can even record Level 1 programs on a
Level II keyboard. 0*1) Order No. 00eiR

$g.s5.

TRS-eO UTILITY ll-Change the drudgery of
editing your programs into a quick, easy
job. It includes: •CFETCH: You'll be able
to merge consecutively numbered BASIC
programs Into one program. It will also
search through any Level II program tape
and display the file names for aN programs.
• CWRiTE: Combine subroutines that work
in different memory locations into one pro-
gram. It works with BASIC and/or rnachine-
language programs and will give you a gen-
eral checksum to verify that your program
hasn't dropped any bits. (^^) Order No.
0078R S9.95.

THECOMMUNICATOR— This package lets
you transmit data over the telephone lines.
The full ORIGINATE/ANSWER capability al-
lows your TRS.ao to be controlled from a
remote-based terminal, or allows two
TRS-SOs to "talk" to each other. You can
transmit data or programs from home base
to a remote terminal. There will be a
simultaneous display of Information on
both video monitors. Requires a modem
and RS232 interface for each terminal. fTI)
Order No. 012eR $9.96.

TERMINAL-eo— Communicate with the
resl of the world! These programs give you
control of the RS-232 port of your Expan-
sion Interface. You can connect one or

more serial terminals to your TRS-80 and It
will accept input from the RS-232 interface
just as if it were entered from the keyboard.
Your TRS-ao can also be transformed into a
dumb terminal, for use in a time-sharing
situation to talk with "big" computers via a
modem. The LPRINT/LLIST commands will
transfer a program to a receiving computer.
Supports upper/lowercase. Level II & 111
control characters, and all (unctions such
as CHRS. The baud rate is software con-
trolled for your convenience. Requires an
RS-232 Interface. (T1) Order No. 0130R
S24.95.

DISK SCOPE— Need to check out the con-
tents of a disk? Then check out these three
programs. •FILELOC: If you know the
name of the program or data tile, FILELOC
will show you which tracks and sectors
contain that file, as well as how much mem-
ory the file takes when loaded Into RAM.
You can then print the information, search
for a new file or exit to BASIC. •CDISK:
This utility and test program allows you to
view any track and sector on your disks In
ASCII, HexandscreenPOKEs.lt disregards
all protection codes. •PASSWORD: This
machine-language program not only gives
you a password for Individual files, but for
whole disks as well. (12) Order No. 0138R
$19.95.

DISK EDITOR— This machine-language
program give you total access to ANY byte
of Information in ANY sector In ANY track
of your disk! You can examine, alter, add
and delete Information with ease. You can
even search for a specific string (up to 8
characters long). If you need hardcopy, use
the LINEPBINT command to send a copy ot
the video display to your printer. It can be
used with TRSDOS, NEWDOS and Micro-
DOS. Both the 35 and 40 track versions are
Included. (T2) Order No. OieoRD S39.95.

BPA(BASIC PROGRAMMING ASSISTANT)

— BPA does three things for you: (1) It will
list the variables used In a BASIC program.
Optionally, it will list the line numbers
where each variable appears; the variable-
type symbol (string. Integer, single or dou-
ble precision); whether it is dimensioned
and where it Is changed. (2) It will produce a
cross-referenced list of line numtjers tor
GOTO's, GOSUB's and IF. . .THEN state-
ments. (3) It will list the line numbers where
a selected BASIC function word (e.g., IN-
PUT, PRINT) Is used. (T1) Order No. 0203R
$14.95.

TLDIS & DLDIS— These two utilities are
ideal for those who wish to decipher and/or
modify machine-code programs. TLDIS
(Tape-based Labeling Disassembler) and
DLDIS (Disk-based Labeling Disassembler)
are three-pass, label-assigning disassem-
blers that assign labels (where appropriate)
to the routines in a machine-language pro-
gram. Their output is almost Identical to
that of a hand-assembled source code.
TLDIS can send the disassembly to cas-
sette tape, DLDIS can send It to disk; both
send it to the video monitor. Each version
can be reassembled using Tandy's
EDTASM or Apparat's disk extension of
EDTASM, respectively. You can also send
either disassembly to a printer (R/S parallel
port). Because of the labels, ii is a simple
matter to change any object code program
by disassembling il and making changes to
the resulting source code, without losing
track of the jump/load addresses. Labels
start at "AAOO" and increment up, in even

numbered steps (AA02, AA04, etc.). The odd
numbers (AA01 , AA03, etc.) are left (or your
(optional) use in the reassembly. TLDIS (T1)
Order No. 0230R S14.95. DLDIS (TS) Order
No. 0231RD Sie.S5.

THE DISASSEMBLER—This is a single-
pass, hex-notation that sends its output
elthertotapeorlo a llneprinler (R/S parallel
port). The tape output is directly compatible
with Tandy's EDTASM, so you can disas-
semble an object code tape and output it to
tape, then use EDTASM to add, delete,
change and re-assemble your new version.
It displays the displacement and absolute
address of any relative jumps made by the
disassembled program. It also displays and
ASCII characters used in an LD or CP op-
code. It is relocatable and you can jump to
memory locations and transfer control be-
tween Disassembler and other utility pro-
grams. (T1) Order No. 0239n $9.95. .

There are over 300 Instant
Software dealers through-
out the U.S.A. and the world

Go see your local Instant
Software dealer before
Christmas. He has a wide
selection of Instant Soft-
ware.

•TRS-80 Is a trademark ot Tandy Corporation.

CODE— Minimum System Required

{T1) = TRS-80 Model I Level II, 16K RAM

{T2)=TRS-80 Model I Level II, 16K RAM with Expansion Interface

16 + K RAM and one disk drive
(T3} = TRS-80 Model II, 32K RAM

lllir Just Call Toll-Free

INSTANT
SOFTWARE
DEALER OR

1-800-258-5473

Instant Software

We Guarantee It!

^/^ Guarantee ^^^^

*^2

PETERBOROUGH, N.H. 03458

OUR pr<k;rams ari- ^■UAR.^NTF.^■.D

TO BK QUALITY PRODUCTS. IF NOT j

fOMPLITI-LY SATISFll-.D YOU MAY !

RE'TURS THF PROGRAM WITHIN 60 i

DAYS, A CRTDIT OR RfiPLAfl.MENT :

.„ WILL Bl- WILLINGLY GIVFN FOR ;

^ ANY RIASON. ;

94 • 80 Microcomputing. January 1981

THE ARTS

COMPU-CAROLS— We are proud to pre-
sent a selection of Christmas carois,
played by your TRS-80. Just place an AM
radio next to your keyboard and you'll be
amazed al the quality of this computer-gen-
erated music. You'll hear AWAY IN A MAN-
GER, NOEL, SILENT NIGHT, LITTLE
TOWN OF BETHLEHEM and eight more of
your favorite carols. CI) Order No. 0036R
S9.95.

DOODLES AND DISPLAYS II— it includes:

• DOODLE PAD: Draw pictures and save
them on cassette tapes. •SYMMETRiCS:
An electronic kaleidoscope that's con-
stantly changing. •DRAWING: Like DOO-
DLE PAD, but for the serious artist. Over 40
user commands. •RANDOM PATTERN
DISPU\Y: The computer does the drawing,
but ttiose with itchy fingers can make alter-
ations. • MATHCURVES: Bring those ge-
ometry lessons to life. Six different geomet-
rical curves on the screen of your TRS-SO.

• RUGPATTERNS: Designs rug patterns
with a choice of user or computer control.
fTI) Order No. 0O42R 57.95.

MUSIC MASTER— Includes these four
audio treats: • MICROORGAN: This pro-
gram changes your computer into a musi-
cal instrument, with a range of four octaves
with three voices! You can play sharps and
flats to imitate the sounds of an organ,
harpsichord or piano. • KALEIDOPV: Now
you can have a computerized "player
piano." Generate a symmetrical graphics
pattern and then see it transformed into
music. •COMPOSER: Experiment with
computer-generated music. You can select
the length of the piece, its scale, and its
tempo. • KEYMANIA: Test your memory
and your musical ear. One to four players
try to repeat the melody thai the computer
creates. (T!) Order No. 0084R S8.95.

ELECTRONICS

HAM PACKAGE I— This versatile package
lets you solve many of the problems com-
monly encountered in electronics design.
Including: •BASIC ELECTRONICS WITH
VOLTAGE DIVIDER: Solve problems involv-
ing Ohm's Law, voltage dividers and RC
time constants; • DIPOLE AND YAGI AN-
TENNAS: Design antennas easily, without
tedious calcuJations. CTI) Order No. 0007R
$7.95.

ELECTRONICS I— This package will not
only caicufate component values (or you. it
will also draw a schematic diagram. Includ-
ed are: •TUNED CIRCUITS AND COIL
WINDING: Design tuned circuits without re-
storing to cumbersome tables and calcula-
tions; • SSS TIMER CIRCUITS; Design
asiableormonostableliming circuits using
this popular 10; • LM-381 PREAMP DE-
SIGN: Design IC preamps with this low-
noise 10 audio amp. CT1) Order No. OOOCR
$7.95.

QSL MANAGER- Ever looked at your log
book and wondered if you sent a QSL card
to the operator you worked last week?
Maybe you sent a QSL but can't remem-
bered gelling one in return. The OSL MAN-
AGER will help you set up a computerized
log book that gives you Instant access to
your records. Make complete log entries
which include: Date, Time, Call sign, Name,
Band, both the sent and received Signal Re-
ports, the Mode, whether a QSL card was
sent or received and any remarks you want
to add. The QSL MANAGER program has
buill-in editing features that let you Keep
your log book up to date. (TS) Order No.
D151RD S19.95.

HOME EDUCATION

MONEY MADNESS— You can experience
the Raw Power of High Finance with two
Big Money empires. • MILLIONAIRES: Can
you manipulate $1000 into a million dollars
in fifteen years? Ii all depends on your
strategy as you buy and sell properties,
negotiate bank loans, collect rentals and
accept sealed bids. • TIMBER BARON: An
in-depth experience of the timber business,
from the time you cut the trees until your
milled lumber reaches the market. These
transactions are affected by those tough,
unexpected eventualities tl^at can upset
the most careful plans. (11) Order No.
0156R $9.95.

TEACHER'S AIDE— Now you can have Ihe
tsenefils of Compuier Aided instruction
(CAI) in your own home. Create a question
and answer lesson (up lo 8000 characters),
save the lesson on disk, then create an en-
tire sequence of lessons. Perfecl for
parents, teachers and students who need
the unlimited patience and undivided atten-
tion only a compuier can provide. {T2) Order
No. 0214RD S34.95.

GRADE BOOK— Teachers, now you can
use the speed and accuracy of the comput-
er to help calculate student grades. Just
type in the grades for tests, quizzes, home-
worn, ciasswork or special projects to cal-
culate and display individual grade aver-
ages. You can also obtain a cumulative
grade for a specific marking period— or a
whole year! fTI) Order No. 0050R $9.95.

TEACHER— This program enables you lo
create your own tests, quizzes and exer-
cises (or the education of your children.
You can even provide "graphic" reward (or
your children and provide hints for problem
solving. fTI) Order No. 0065R $9.95.

LIFE— Create "living'" organisms in which
cells are constantly active. They are born,
they multiply, they die. This computerized
version of LIFE Is based on the well known
game popularized by Martin Gardner. You
can create one-cell organisms, then ob-
serve their growth patterns. The library of
commands give you unlimited versatility in
the control of the cell patterns you have ar-
ranged. (T1) Order No. 007SR $9.95.

ARCHIMEDES' APPRENTICE— This two-
part package will teach you trie formulas
used to find the volume of any solid object
including paralellopipeds (cubes and rec-
tangular solids), prisms, pyramids,
cylinders, cones and spheres. It will show
you on-screen diagrams of these figures,
and present you with the formulas you'll
need to compute their volumes. fT1) Order
No. 0092R $9.95.

TYPING TEACHER— This complete seven-
part package takes you from initial familiar-
ization with the keys, through typing words
and phrases, to complete mastery of the
keyboard. Your computer can even become
a bottomless page for typing practice. fTl)
Order No. 0099R 59.95.

VIDEO SPEED READING TRAINER— Most
people's reading speed is limited simply
because they read individual letters or
v/orOs. Now you can increase your reading
speed and comprehension by reading
whole words and phrases. This package
will train your mind lo quickly recognize
numbers, words, letters and phrases. Start
at any speed level al which you are comfor-
lable and the compuier will automatically
advance you as your reading speed and
comprehension increases. (11) Order No.
0100R 59.95.

WORDWATCH— four different programs to
entertain and educate. "WORD RACE—
race lo the finish line of delining words cor-
rectly; • HIDE N SPELL— find the mis-
spelled word, then correct il; "SPELLING
TUTOR— a spelling lesson, but beware, the
spelling may become unusual. There you
have il, Wordplay X four = WORDWATCH.
(T1) Order No. 0111R 57.95.

MIND WARP— This game includes:
• MIND TWIST: a Maslermind-lype game
with a twisl. Try lo guess the computers
secret digit sequence. • MIND BENDER: A
multi-level game where you must discover
the computer's secret code, it's no mystery,
the MIND WARP package is for puzzle
lovers everywhere. fTI) Order No. 0118R
59.95.

INVESTOR'S PARADISE-Here are two
programs lo test your skill in the stock
market. •STOCK TREK: a stock market
simulation in which you and up to five other
investors buy and sell slocks. • SPECULA-
TION: a step beyond a mere simulalion, you
enter financial data on up to 25 real compa-
nies and start playing the market. This
package lets you experience the thrills and
triumphs of the slock market without risK-
ing a dime! fT1) Order No. 0125R 59.95.

IQ TEST— IQ TEST will administer and
score an intelligence test in just 30 min-
utes. There are three equivalent tests, each
consisting of 3 questions that survey your
general knowledge and problem solving
abilities. fT1) Order No. 0157R $9.95.

SPECIAL BUSINESS

BOV/LING LEAGUE SECRETARY— This

package is simple lo operate and provides
a dynamic reference to all the names of in-
dividual bowlers, their learn numbers,
scores, team names, league data and all
necessary statistics. The system is highly
adaptable, with 17 different scoring oplions
that allow you lo custom tailor the program
lo suit your league's special needs. And, if
you even have any problems, simply type
HELP and the program will give you an ex-
planation of what information is needed —
complete with a sample entry. The system
puis al your fingertips all individual weekly
scores, team cumulative scores, bowler
cumulative scores and individual leaders in
the following categories: high single, high
series, high average and high points. (T2)
Order No. 0095RD $49.95.

•TRS-80 is a trademark of Tandy Corporation.

SEE YOUR LOCAL
INSTANT SOFTWARE DEALER OR

Just Call Toil-Free
1-800-258-5473

BEGINNER'S RUSSIAN— in order to under-
stand a foreign culture, you must know its
language. The three programs in this pack-
age will give you on-screen displays of the
characters of the Cyrillic alphabet, delailed
instructions of their proper pronunciation
and exercises that will have you recogniz-
ing and speaking simple Russian words. An
excellent package for studenls, business-
men, scientists or anyone who is interested
in learning the Russian language. fTI) Order
NO.0136R $9.95.

EVERYDAY RUSSIAN— will acquaint you
with the words (or various foods, places lo
eat, signs and the names of stores- exact-
ly what a traveller needs lo know. Each of
the three parts of the package not only
leaches you the words but quizzes you on
them as well. You can even practice typing
in Russian. Discover the Russian language
today! fT1) Order No. 0137R $9.95.

NO MATTER WHAT
YOUR NEEDS ARE,
INSTANT SOFTWARE
HAS A PROGRAM
FOR YOU.

BOWLING LEAGUE STATISTICS SYSTEM

—Keeps a computerized list of league data,
team data and data for each bowler. Ex-
tremely flexible, it has a total of 16 different
options !o lei you modify ihe program lo
suit your league's rules. II is easy lo use
and has a buill-in "HELP" feature lo aid
you. fT1) Order No. QQ56R $24.95.

HOME/PERSONAL

HOUSEHOLD ACCOUNTANT— Save with
these Iwo programs: •BUDGET S EX-
PENSE ANALYSIS: II has nine sections for
income and expenses and an option for
quarterly/yearly reviews. •LIFE INSUR-
ANCE COST COMPARISON: Compare the
total costs of various insurance policies.
Contrast term with whole life. It will store
and display up lo six prospective policies.
(T^) Order No. 0059 $7.95.

PERSONAL BILL PAYING— You can keep a
computerized list of ALL your bills [up lo 22
accounts), each listed with its name, num-
ber, due date and amount owed. Individual
accounts can be displayed wilh a month-
by-month breakdown of payments (includ-
ing check numbers) and current accounts
can be seperated from inactive ones. It
allows you to save ihe data to tape for
future use. fTI) Order No. 0103R $7.95

WRITE FOR
OUR NEW
INSTANT
SOFTWARE
CATALOG

Instant Software

We Guarantee It!

^y^ Guarantee ^

r-«J

i^i

PETERBOROUGH, N.H. 03458

^ oi'H e'R()(;ra\is ,\ri- r;i.-\RANTi-f d I

S lU Bl- OL ALITY PRODUCTS, IF NOT ;

S COMPLITILV SATlSFll D VOl' MAY i

^ RllLiR\ Tin- PROGRAM WITHIN 60 ;

§ DA-iS A(Ri:uri OR RJPLACl MI-NT '■

^ WILL Bl- WILLINCiLY frlVl-N FOR ''

^ ANY RiASON. ;

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 95

s

/

^

/

V

^

-U

KPi-i--

TRS-80* Software
From Function to
Fantasy

POPULAR GAMES

BEGINNER'S BACKQAMMON/KENO—

Why sit alone when you can play these
fascinating games: •BACKGAMMON:
Play against the computer In a game (hat's
sure to sharpen your skills; • KENO: Enjoy
this popular Las Vegas gambling game-
guess the right numbers and win big! (l^)
Order No. 0004R S7.95.

CHESSMATE-80— This versatile chess op-
ponent gives you a choice of ten levels of
play, from the "blitz" level (ttie computer
has 3 seconds to move) to the infinity level
(Mihere the computer will consider every
possible move— which could take years).
This machine-language program Is a con-
servative player and follows all the rules of
international play. CHESSMATE-80 can
teach you how to move and allow you to set
up the board and play end games or special
problems. CHESSf/ATE-80 battled Sargon
II to a draw at two minutes a move and beat
Microchess 1.5 in six moves. (T1) Order No.
0057R Sia.fl5.

YOUR CRtBBAGE AND CHECKERS PART-
NER— CFI I BBAGE Is a two-person game
that you are sure to enjoy. This Is NOT a
tutorial— it is a game worthy adversary.
CHECKERS: An old favorite which follows
international rules, including mulliple
jumps. CT1) Order No. 0068R $9.05.

CARDS— A one-player package to let you
play, with your computer, these famous
games: • DRAW AND STUD POKER: These
programs will keep your game sharp; • NO-
TRUMP BRIDGE: Develop your strategy and
(hopefully) Increase your skill. (T^) Order
No. OOeSR $7.B5.

FLIGHT
SIMULATIONS

RAMROM PATROLmE FIGHTER/KLINGON

CAPTURE— -RAMROM PATROL: Destroy
the RamRom ships before they capture
you. 'TIE FIGHTER: Wipe out the enemy
Tie fighters and become a hero of the Re-
bellion. -KLINGON CAPTURE: You must
capture Ihe Kiingon ship intact. (T1) Order
No. 002eR S7.95.

FLIGHT PATH— This three-part package in-
cludes: -MOUNTAIN PILOT: Become a dar-
ing bush pilot and fly supplies to a remote
mining camp. You must cross mountain
ranges and struggle with headwinds, tricky
navigation and rapidly diminishing fuel.
•O'HARE: A control tower simulation for
you would-be Air Traffice Controllers. You
are responsible for the lives of hundreds of
passengers as you guide aircraft through
your control sector. 'PRECISION AP-
PROACH RADAR: Combines the skills of
pilot and Air Traffic Controller, as your com-
mands guide an aircraft In its approach to
the field and a safe landing. (Tl) Order No.
0171R S9.95.

BALL TURRET GUNNER— Imagine your-
self at the control console of a strategic
laserweapon, deep in Ihe space lanes. Your
hindsight detector informs you of a Gnat
fighter coming in for an attack so you
swivel you laser turret until you can see the
target. Watch the Range indicator and your
Targeting Computer's readout closely, be-
cause you'll only have a fraction of a sec-
ond lo catch him In your sights. Will you
transform the Gnat into a ball of ionized gas
or will you see that blinding flash that
means The Big Demotion? BALL TURRET
GUNNER, with you choice of mulliple lev-
els of difficulty, optional sound effects and
excellent graphics, is more than a game,
it's an event to be savored. (T1) Order No.
0051 R $9.95.

JET FIGHTER PILOT-ln this brilliantly
realistic simulation, you become the pilot
of a twin turbo-jet fighter. Begin your mis-
sion from either the deck of a carrier or from
an airfield. During flight, you'll need lo con-
stantly monitor your display and make the
necessary adjustments to the throttle,
flaps, and air spoilers; you must decide
whan to retract landing gear and release
your drop tanks! There is an on-board Navi-
gational Computer, a Glidesiope/Locallzer
and a Weapons Control Computer. Earn
youf wings with JET FIGHTER PILOT. fT1)
Order No. 0159RS14.95.

SPACETREKM— Protect the quadrant from
the invading Kiingon warships. The Enter-
prise is equipped with phasers, photon tor-
pedoes, impulse power and warp drive. (T1]
Order No. 0002R S7.95.

■TRS-80 is a trademark of Tandy Corporation.

SEE YOUR LOCAL
INSTANT SOFTWARE DEALER OR

Just Call Toll-Free
1-800-258-5473

AIR FLIGHT SIMULATION -Take off and

land your aircraft without making a crater.
This "instruments only" simulation starts
you with a full tank of fuel, which gives you
a maximum range of about 50 miles. You'll
get constant updates of air speed, com-
pass heading and altitude. After you've ac-
quired a few hours of flight time, you can try
flying a course against a map or doing aero-
batic maneuvers. T(1) Order No. 0017R.
S9.95.

SPACE TREK IV— -STELLAR WARS: En-
gage and destroy Tie fighters in your attack
on the Death Star. For one player. -POPU-
LATION SIMULATION: A two-player game
where you control the economy of two
neighboring planets. You must decide:
Guns or Butter? (11) Order No. 0034R S7.95.

BASIC AND INTERMEDIATE LUNAR LAND-

ER~Bring your lander in under manual
control. The basic version is for beginners;
the intermediate version is more difficult,
with a choice of landing areas and rugged
terrain. (Tl) Order No. 0001R 57.95.

COSMIC PATROL— We put you in com-
mand of a small interstellar patrol craft.
You must defend Terran space and prey on
the Quelon freighters that carry vital war
supplies— but beware of their 1-Flghter es-
corts. They're well armed, extremely fast
and they NEVER miss! With lis real-time ac-
tion, impressive sound option and superb
graphics, this machine-language program
is the best of the genre. fT1) Order No.
0223R $14.95.

Airmail Pilot —Return lo the early days
of aviation. You must fly the mail from Col-
umbus to Chicago. Your Jenny, a cloth-
covered biplane, must take you through un-
predictable winds, hail and electrical
storms. Your mission is to get the mail
throughin the shortest possible time. There
is an on-board clock to time you flight, from
takeoff to touchdown . . . assuming you are
able to complete it. (T1) Order No. 0106R
S9.S5.

NIGHT FLIGHT— Your mission is to fly over
the North Atlantic and maKe a nighttime
photo/recon flight above the enemy fleet.
NIGHT FLIGHT lets you take-off, fly and
land a propellar-d riven aircraft. You can
practice approaches and landings with an
on-screen display of the landing field infor-
mation — it will practically teach you to fly.
(Tl) Order No. D117R $9.95.

COMP-U-NOVELS

WHO-DUN-IT? Criminal elements have
committed five dastardly crimes. As the
investigating detective, you must solve
them.

You can compete against either Detec-
tive Nybbles. a computerized sleuth, or up
to four other human detectives.
• DEDUCTION: Guess the order of four
symbols out of six or seven different ones.
To make things even more complicated,
you can let the computer repeat symbols
and have a range of 2401 possibilities.
(Tl) Order No. 0047R $7.95,

SANTA PARAVIA AND FIUMACCIO

Become the ruler of a medieval city-state
as you struggle to create a kingdom. Up to
six players can compete to see who will
become the King or Queen first. (Tl) Order
No. 0043R $7.95.

There are over 300
Instant Software
dealers throughout
the U.S. A and the
world.

We ship the same day we
receive your order.

CODE— Minimum System Required

fT1) = TRS-80 Model I Level II, 16K RAM

(T2) = TR5-80 Model I Level II, 16K RAM with Expansion Interface

16 + K RAM and one disk drive
(13) = TRS-80 Model II. 32K RAM

WRITE FOR
OUR NEW
INSTANT
SOFTWARE
CATALOG

'A trademark of Tandy Corporation

We Guarantee It!

Instant Software

^y^ Guarantee ^t^:^^

^2

PETERBOROUGH, N.H. 03458

OUR PROGRAMS ARE GUARANTEF.D

TO BE QUALITY PRODUCTS, IF NOT ^

COMPLETELY SATiSFlF.D YOU MAY &

RETURN THE PROGRAM WITHIN 60 S

DAYS. AC-REDIT OR REPLACbMENT g

WILL BE WILLINGLY GIVEN FOR S

(^ ANY REASON. ^

%mmmmimmmmmmm^

96 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

HOME/PERSONAL

THE WORDSLINQER-An economical
word processing program that was de-
signed for the individual user or small
business featuring: automatic formatting:
text editrng; and tape storage. Once you've
used tfie WORDSLINGER, you won't want
to go back to your typewriter. fTI) Order No.
0129R $29.95.

MIMIC— Test your memory and reflexes
witfi five versions of tfiis popular game. You
must match) the sequence and location of
symbols displayed on your monitor wittiln
the time limit. Instructions on tiow to pro-
duce accompanying sound effects. (Tl) Or-
der No. 0066R S7.9S

CLIMATE COMP— Ttiis two-program pack-
age includes: WEATHER FORECASTER,
wtiich gives you a stiort range weatlier (ore-
cast Based on Itie information tfiat you en-
ter and WEATHER PLOT, wtiicti will display
climatological data tor any major city in tfie
United Stales. (T1) Order No.
0102B-1 $19.95.

BODY BUDDY— Includes these three pro-
grams: • ADULT CALORIC REQUIRE-
MENTS: Will determine your Basal Meta-
bolic Rate and suggest strategies lo
actiieve your ideal weight! • FLEXI-DIET:
Creates an "infinite" number of diet menus,
on a day-lo-day basis. Choose your caloric
intake, from 600 to 2400 calories per day.
Ttie •ANATOMY QUIZ program leaches a
mini-lesson on the various organs of ttie
human body, giving location, size and func-
tion{s). 0*1} Order No. 0109R $9.95.

ENERGY CONSUMPTION— This program
will record and analyze your utility bills for
up to five years, when you supply the fol-
lowing information. Gas/Water/ Electricity
used and their respective costs. It will cal-
culate six monthly usage averages and unit
costs. Data can be compared for any month
or multi-month periods. (11) Order No.
0132R $9.95.

BUSINESS

SALES ANALYSIS— It your business is
sales, you're faced witti some unique prob-
lems. This package is divided into several
modules to help solve those problems: The
SALES ANALYSIS module is designed to
provide guidelines tor determining sales
performance, to analyze tfiis performance
and show you where it can be improved.
The DATA STORAGE module allows you lo
store data in an automated processing led-
ger. The MANAGEMENT ANALYSIS mod-
ule can take all tfie sales records for your
group and stiow you who your best sales-
persons are, who needs more training and
give you a sales forecast. Finally, the MAR-
KET ANALYSIS module can show you
where determined sales efforts can pro-
duce the most success. (T1) Order No.
0131R S24.95.

ORACLE-60— will provide you with busi-
ness analysis and forecasting capabilities
previously available only on large computer
and time-sharing systems. A flexible, pro-
fessional time series analysis and forecast-
ing package for use in product planning,
business planning, sales forecasting and
more. Financial managers and economists
can analyze economic climates and in-
vestigate business cycles. ORACLESa Is
designed to be used and understood by the
typica) businessperson. All input and out-
put is wriiten in plain English and the
package documentation carefully explains
all the functions of the program. ORA-
CLE-80 puts the future in your hands. (72)
Order No. 0140R $75.00.

BUSINESS PACKAGE IV— This business
package contains two programs: •BUSI-
NESS CYCLE ANALYSIS: This program can
plol the expansion and contraction cycles
of any aspect o( your business. • FINAN-
CIAL ANALYSIS: Now you can get the fig-
ures for any type of annuity, sinking fund, or
mortgage and compute the yield and value
for bonds. The package includes a blank
data tape. (T1) Order No. 0019R $9.95.

FINANCIAL ASSISTANT— Compute the

figures for a wide variety of business needs.
Including: •DEPRECIATION: Figure de-
preciation on equipment five different
ways. •LOAN AMORTIZATION: Enter a
few essential factors and get a complete
breakdown of all costs and schedules of
payment for any loan. •FINANCIER: Per-
forms thirteen common financial calcula-
tions. • 1% FORECASTING: Use it to fore-
cast sales, expenses, or any other histori-
cal data series. (T2) Order No. 0072R S7.95.

CHECK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM— Use
this program for writing checks and main-
taining records. You can make entries, edit/
correct entries and print out the checks. It
will also search and display records by
number, code, date, description or amount.
A Code and Search routine allows you to
print a report of all checks written for spe-
cific expenses. You can print your letter-
head and account number at the top of
each report. System requirements: (T2) with
a compatible tractor-teed printer. 0147RD
$39 J5.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE/ACCOUNTS
PAYABLE— These Model I programs will
handie the drudgery involved in AR/AP en-
tries. They will also provide invoices, state-
ments, reports and more. Each program is
capable of handling up to 1500 entries per
month, posted to as many as 760 accounts.
The AR/AP package is idea! for any small
business and can easily be used by anyone
familiar with AR/AP operations. System re-
quirements (In addition to T2: Three disk
drives and a Line Printer (tractor-feedj.
Order No. 0075HD 5199.95.

MAIULIST — With a five-inch drive, you can
store up to 600 names per disk without
DOS, or 300 names with DOS. The program
maintains separate alphabetical and ZIP
code files under constant sort. When you
add a name or ZIP code to your list, it will be
inserted into its correct position in the file.
The program will record your dala in nine
fields: address, criy, slate, ZIP code, phone
number, phone extension and name (2) plus
a five character code field. The best feature
of this program is the sort process that lets
you determine alphabetical or ZIP code or-
der for label printing. (T2] Order No. 5000RO
$99.00

ONE-D MAILING LIST— A comprehensive
mailing tist program that will run on only
ONE disk drive! Up to 17 fields of selection
for name/address retrieval. Its features in-
clude: Auto-son {alphabetic or ZIP code).
Easy error correction and recovery. Prints
selective listings. Supports up lo 4 drives.
Prints mailing labels and listing of all
names on file. (T2) Order No. 0123RD
S24.gS.

EXECUTIVE EXPENSE REPORT GENEHA-

TOR— Provides you with emergency relief
in the form of a clear, plausible expense
layout. Input your grand total and cash ad-
vance (if any), and you'll receive an itemized
expense report, from breakfast to snacks.
(T1) Order No. 0135R S9.95.

GAMES

WINNER'S DELIGHT— Do you enjoy a chal-
lenge? Then try WINNER'S DELIGHT in-
cluding: • AMAZING: You must escape
from a maze, one that you view from the in-
side, working against the clock; • JUNIOR
CHECKERS: Not your usual game of check-
ers. . .thechallengels to beat the comput-
er In the fewest number of moves; •JUM-
BO JIGSAW: Fit the pieces together in the
fewest number of tries; •THIRTEEN
WAYS: Try to till up your columns with the
numtiers you roll on the dice— the comput-
er will try to fill its columns first! (Tl) Order
No. 0124R $9.95.

FUN PACKAGE l-Why call it "Fun
Package"? Judge for yourself ! This enter-
taining package includes: 'ROCKET
PILOT: Flying it is easy — it's the landing
that's tough! 'PAPER, ROCK, SCISSORS:
It's the time-honored game just as you
remember it, played against your TRS-80.

• HEX I: Just when you master this puzzle
game, the computer will increase the dif-
ficulty. • MISSILE ATTACK: Use your mis-
siles to protect your city from jet attack.
Requires a TRS-80 Level I 16K. Order No.
0037R S7.95.

DEMO lit— The biggest package IS! has
ever released, including: • RACE 1: Careen
around the race course as you try to beat
the clock; •TARGET UFO: Destroy all the
invading UFOs; •LIFE: Experiment with
this simulation of the life cycle of a colony
of bacteria; •PHONE NUMBER
CONVERTER: Change those hard to
remember 7-dlglt phone numbers Into easi-
ly remembered words; • BIORHYTHM:Plot
biorhythm curves for anyone, anytime;

• GRAPHICS PROGRAM: This program
will show you what your TRS-80's graphics
display can do; •RACE 2: Five different
tracks for the more experienced driver;

• HORSE RACE: Up to nine players can bet
on and enjoy our most entertaining horse
race program; • DRAWING BOARD: Draw
pictures or messages and store them in
memory or on cassette tape with this easy-
to-use program; • 24-HOUR CLOCK: Trans-
form your computer into an accurate digital
clock. (Tl) Order No. 0055R $7.95

DEMO II— contains: • TIG-TAC-TOE: An
old time favorite with three levels of difficul-
ty; • TIME TRIALS: Try to beat the clock as
you race your car through cun/es, chutes,
and chicanes; • MAZE: One or two players
can search through the maze for the secret
square; •HANGMAN: One or two players
can try to guess the secret word; •WHEEL
OF FORTUNE: Choose your number, place
your bet and see If you can break the bank
{for one to eight players); •HURRICANE:
You can track and monitor hurricanes In
any part of the world; • BUGSY: Can you
build your Z-80 bug before the computer
does? • HORSE RACE: Pick a sure winner
and place your bet {for 1 to 100 players). CTI)
Order No. 0049R tTJOB.

BATTLEGROUND— It Is late 1944 and the
Allied forces are sweeping toward Berlin.
As General In command, you study the
map. At your command are tanks, planes,
artillery. Infantry, engineers, and vehicles.
The battle map of your sector will fill with
markers to show the development of your
forces. You and your opponent will assume
the roles of warring Generals, as the battle
unfolds. The stark reality ot World War II
comes alive in BATTLEGROUND. fTI) Order
No. 0141 R $9.95.

SKIRMISH-80— Check out the» great
games: • MISSION IMPOSSIBLE: Your ob-
jective In this real-time simulation Is to
drive your tank into a prison courtyard, res-
cue a jailed prisoner and escape; •TRAP:
A two-player game. In which you must ma-
neuver your opponent Into a position where
he is hopelessly trapped; •WIPEOUT: A
two-player game in which your mobile gun
gets points by destroying as many obsta-
cles as possible, but be careful— some of
those obstacles are explosive mines;
• BLOCK-'EM: A two-person competition
In which your moving "snake" tries to force
your opponent to hit either (1) your trail, (2)
his own trail, (3) the boundaries of the field,
or (4} any randomly place barriers. The strat-
egy is, of course, lo leave you opponent no
safe move. fT1) Order No. 0070R S9.95.

OIL TYCOON— Avoid oil spills, blowouts
and dry wells as you battle to become the
world's richest oil tycoon. Two players be-
come the owners of competing oil compa-
nies as they search for oil and control their
companies. (Tl) Order No. 0023R S7.95.

BOWLING— Let your TRS-BO set up the
pins and keep score. One player can pick up
spares and get strikes. (Tl) Order No. 0033R
$7.95.

POPULAR GAMES

GOLFfCROSS-OUT-Have fun with these
exciting one-player games. Included are:
•GOLF: You won't need a mashie or putter
-or a caddie, for that matter— to enjoy a
challenging 18 holes.
•CROSS-OUT: Remove all but the center
peg in this puzzle, and your neighbors will
call you a genius. (Tl) Order No. 0009R
$7.95.

We ship the same day we re-
ceive your order,

•TRS-80 Is a trademark of Tandy Corporation.

SEE YOUR LOCAL
INSTANT SOFTWARE DEALER OR

Just Call ToU-Free
1-800-258-5473

We Guarantee It!

NO MATTER WHAT YOUR NEEDS ARE,

INSTANT SOFTWARE HAS

A PROGRAM FOR YOU

^:

\tv%

\ftnt Sofriv

«^i

Instant Software

y^2

PETERBOROUGH, N.H. 03458

[^^y^ Guarantee ^t:^:^

OUR PROGRAMS ARE GUARANTEED
TO BE QUALITY PRODUCTS. IF NOT
COMPLETELY SATISFIED YOU MAY
RETURN THE PROGRAM WITHIN 60
DAYS. A CREDIT OR REPLACEMENT
WILL BE WILLINGLY GIVEN FOR
^ ANY REASON.

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 97

TUTORIAL

Some information for the neophyte.

On Modems

by Chris Brown
80 Staff

As new computer networks pop up with
increasing frequency and large corpo-
rations like Tandy, CompuServe and Read-
er's Digest get into the act, the prospects of
network interconnects become increasing-
ly attractive. Modems make these intercon-
nects possible.

Put simply, a modem places information
on, and extracts it from, a medium. When lo-
cated between a microcomputer and a tele-
phone line, a modem makes it possible for
the computer to send and receive Informa-
tion over that telephone line.

There are two types of modems in use
with micros today: acoustically coupled
and directly coupled. The acoustically cou-
pled modem is the most popular since it re-
quires only a working telephone for use (di-
rectly coupled modems require a special
telephone wall outlet for connection).

Acoustic modems are devices which in-
corporate orifices to cradle the telephone
handset. Like most modems they generate
audio tones which are relayed through the
handset and into the phone lines across a
small air gap within each orifice. This air
gap makes them susceptible to interfer-
ence when operated in noisy environments.
Directly coupled modems plug into a tele-
phone wall outlet through a quick connect
jack, bypassing the telephone set com-
pletely.

Transmission and Reception

A modem accomplishes data transmis-

98 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

sion and reception using a technique called
frequency shift keying (FSK). This method
of information transfer has been around for
a long time and is a favorite among ham ra-
dio operators. They use it for radio teletype
transmission.

The principles of FSK, as applied to
modems, are simple. The modem converts
the DC data pulses generated by the com-
puter into two audio tones of specific fre-
quency. These tones represent the data
states one and zero. Modems also decode
these audio tones and convert them back

In order to speed up information ex-
change, two pairs of tones are used, a high
pair and a low pair. This mode of operation
is called full duplex and allows modems to
transmit and receive simultaneously.

The frequency of the tones used is deter-
mined according to a standard known as
Bell 103. This standard specifies a frequen-
cy of 2225Hz and 2025Hz for the high pair
(the terminal end) and 1270Hz and 1070Hz
for the low pair (the computer end). The ter-
minal end modem is known as the originate
modem and the computer end modem is the
answer modem.

Format

All information that a micro sends
through a modem is encoded in a format
known as the ASCII code. The ASCII code
assigns specific, eight-bit configurations of
zeros and ones to numbers (0-9), letters (up-
per and lowercase), symbols (", +, -,$,&,
etc.) and frequently used control characters
(OR, line feed, etc.).

For example, a lowercase "a" is repre-
sented as 01100001 in ASCII. No other let-
ter, number symbol or control character will
have this particular combination of ones
and zeros. When a modem transmits the let-
ter "a", the zero bits in the group will be
represented by the lower frequency tone of

a pair, the one bits by the higher frequency
tone while the frequency shifts back and
forth as the character is sent.

In addition to the eight-bit character
groups, other bits are often assigned to in-
dividual numbers, letters, symbols and con-
trol characters. These additional bits are
used to indicate when an eight-bit character
starts and stops, and also to help in deter-
mining parity.

Parity is a check of the accuracy of the
transmission and Involves summing the to-
tal numberof one bits in a character. If even
parity is used, the sum of all one bits in a
character group must be an even number. If
odd parity is used, the sum must be an odd
number. In groups that don't naturally meet
parity requirements, an extra one bit will be
added to obtain parity.

A summing function within the computer
performs parity calculations. If a character
group with unlike parity Is transmitted, a
parity error message results and the user
knows that something has been lost in the
translation.

All communication through a modem is
In serial format, one bit after another. With-
in the computer, however, information trans-
fer occurs on the data bus in a parallel for-
mat, eight bits at a time. To convert the
computer's parallel method of communi-
cating to the modem's serial method an
RS-232 Interface is required. The RS-232
card performs this conversion (as weH as
several other transmission functions) and is
a necessary adjunct to any modem. The
Radio Shack version of the RS-232 is a small
PC board which mounts inside the expan-
sion interface and costs about $100.

With the number of interconnect outlets
growing every year, the benefits of modems
will expand rapidly. The process is under-
way now, and for most 80 users, owning a
modem is just a matter of time.H

MODEL

$ DISCOUNT $

TRS-80®

MODEL 111

■ALcn

26-4002

64K 1 Drive

$3440.00

26-4160 1 Drive EXP .$1035.00
26-4161 2 Drive EXP . . 1575.00
26-4162 3 Drive EXP ..2115.00
26-4501 Gen. Ledger ... 180.00

26-4502 inventory 1 80.00

26-4503 Payroll 360.00

26-4554 Acct. Rec 180.00

26-4701 Fortran 270.00

26-1 157A Daisy Wheel . 2495.00
26-1158 Daisy Wheel II 1799.00

COMPUTER SPECIALISTS

26-1 1 55 Quick Printer II $187.00

26-1 145 RS-232 Board 84,00

26-1 140 "O" K Interface 249.00

26-1141 "16" K Interface 359.00

26-1 142 "32" K Interface 469,00

26-1160 Mini Disk - Drive 419,00

26-1161 Mini Disk -Additional 419.00

26-1 154 Lineprinter II 699.00

26-1 156 Lineprinter III 1799.00

26-1159 Lineprinter IV 859.00

26-1 166 Line Printer VI 1080.00

26-1563 Scripsit - Disk 79.00

26-!566 Visicolc 83.00

26-1562 Profile 72.00

NOTE: Call for ovailability of VIDEO TEX, Model 111, Color,
and other new products.

26-1061 4KI $630.00

26-1062 16K III 888.00

26-1063 32K III

2-Drives, RS232 2225.00

COLOR

jfei*^^ps*:«-

ALL OTHER R.S. SOFTWARE

FURNITURE, STANDS, CABLES

AND ACCESSORIES AT

DISCOUNT FROM

CATALOG PRICE.

26-3001 4K $360.00

26-3002 16K 540.00

26-3010 Color Video 360.00

26-1206 Recorder 54.00

26-3008 Joysticks 22.50

cEnTRonics

Fast 100 CPS Centronics

730 Printer $659,00

Text Quality Centronics

737 Printer $81 9,00

Novation Cat Modem. .$149.00
CCA Data Management

System 72.00

Adventure Games

Games 1-9 each 14,00

G

Acorn

Software
Products. Inc.

Pocket Computer

Model II Cobol Compi

ler

$360.00

Cobol Run Time Packo

qe

$36.00

_

i

in—. ,_lL'lL*K',._t3'nOOtlKI

OH^O^I^k;;;!^^^ o a a a C3

c:3 aa WSiSIjSiSOr: o a O O CI

i-Zj >hJ ^ ■«! tm-3 C*J u£j L&t C «»JS«*y Hv HH tm wv ■■

26-3501 1,9KP,C $225,00

26-3503 Cassette l/F 45.00

14-812 Recorder 72,00

GAMES:

Alien Invasion .$9.00

Stock Market 9.00

Stor Trek 9.00

Block Em 9.00

Ting-Tong 9.00

UTILITIES:

System Savers 14.00

EDUCATION:

Language Teacher 18.00

FREE: COMPUTER CATALOG
UPON REQUEST

1-800-841-0860 ToII Free Order Entry

mCi\U iriflMflGE^EMT SVSTEmS, JMC.

No Taxes on Out Of
State Shipments

Immediate Shipment
From Stock on Most Items

DOWNTOWN PLAZASHOPPINGCENTER

115CSEC0NDAVE.S.W.

CAIRO, GEORGiA31728

(912) 377-7120 Ga. Phone No.

'TRS-80 ii a r*altterBd tradamark of tha Tandy Corp,

R.S. 90 Day Limited Warranty
F-48 Form Provided

Largest Inventory
In the S.E. U.S.A.

1^ Reader Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 99

Part Five of a Series

The essence of variables.

Into the 80' s

I.R. Sinclair
89 Alexandra Road
Sibte Hedingham
Halstead, Essex
England C09 3NP

We've spent four months programming
a computer, with hardly a word about
math. It was too good to last, folks, and this
month we're going to dive Into some of the
mathematical capabilities of the TRS-80.

Simple Calculator?

Let's start at the beginning.

The + sign is the ADD command of the
TRS-80, and when you use it with numbers
or variables, which have number values, it
does what you expect it to do. If you type:
PRINT 25 + 37 and ENTER, the screen will
show the number 62 below your line. This is
using theTRS-SOjust like a hand-held calcu-
lator, but that's not exactly what you
bought it for, is it?

Program Listing 1 is a step in the right di-
rection. In line 10, you are reminded of what
the program should do. Then type in two
numbers, separated by a comma, and EN-
TER. In line 20, the numbers are added, giv-
ing the total T. Line 30 prints this lot, help-
fully indicating that the number being print-
ed is the total. The program then prints a
blank line, waits, and asks for another pair
of numbers. If you want to break out of the
endless loop, hit the BREAK key.

It's a simple program, but it does illus-
trate the big difference between a computer
and a calculator. As we go on, that differ-
ence will become more obvious.

Suppose we want to keep a running total.

We're going to enter many numbers, and we
want to keep a record of how many we've
entered and what the total is. Just to make
it work for its money, we'll make it print the
total and the number of entries each time
we enter a new number. Program Listing 2
shows the method.

Start by setting two number variables T
and N to zero. We set them at zero to start
with and add to them during the program,
and thereby maintain control over the total.
It's like saying "Here's a dollar. Put it in your
pocket. How much is now in your pocket?"
If you knew that your pocket was empty, the
problem is pretty simple.

At line 20, the program asks for a number
to be typed in and entered, and this number
is assigned the letter A. We use line 30 to
end the program; if an entry is zero, steps 40
through 60 are skipped, and the program
ends. If a number is not zero, line 40 does
the arithmetic.

The statement T = T -t- A adds the input
number to the total. The first time we do
this, T has been set to zero, so if the number
we fed in was 16, then T = T + A sets T to
the value + 16, which is 16. Next time T
will start at 16, and whatever number you
type will be added. This is the part of the
program which totals up the numbers en-
tered.

The second part of line 40 is N = N -t- 1.
Once again, variable N is set to zero in line
10, and on the first step it becomes 1, be-
cause + 1 is 1. Second time around, it's
made equal to 2, and so on. This variable
keeps note of how many numbers have
been entered. At line 50, the number of en-
tries and the total are displayed, and the
program then loops back to line 20 for an-
other number. Looping back to line 10
would set the count numbers T and N to

zero again, and we would lose our totals.

Look at Program Listing 3, which pro-
duces the same effect as Program Listing 2,
only by adding four sets of numbers at the
same time and printing out four totals each
time. Unless you can punch four calculator
keyboards at once, you're not going to find
much competition for the TRS-80 in tasks
like this!

Subtraction is so similar to addition that
we needn't spend any time on it. The sub-
tract sign is on the keyboard, and it's used
in programs the same way as the add sign.
The difference is that subtraction can
cause negative numbers to be printed, as
when you subtract 5 from 3 leaving - 2. This
is no hassle for the TRS-80, which simply
prints -2.

Multiplication

Multiplication uses the asterisk sign *.
We can't use x for multiplication the way
we do on paper because X is a letter symbol,
and the TRS-80 can't tell the difference. We
can check multiplication in action without
writing a program by typing: PRINT (16*1.5)
and ENTERIng. The brackets are not need-
ed in this expression, but bracketing is a
good habit, as I'll explain.

As you've probably gathered by now, us-
ing the computing power of the TRS-80 just
to multiply two numbers is a bit of a waste.
The computer scores when a large number
of operations are carried out and a result
displayed. As an example, take a look at
Program Listing 4, a simple program which
prints out a multiplication table (up to 12
times) for any number you enter in line 10.
Notice, we've made use of a FOR. . . NEXT
loop to get the sequence of numbers from
one through 12. Similarly, we can make use
of division in programs by using the / sign,

100 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

so that division problems such as 38/4 are
written easily into a program.

There's nothing difficuit about any of
these four operations, but it's not difficuit
to get into a muddie when performing differ-
ent bits of arithmetic. For example, sup-
pose you saw 3 + 3*6- 8/2. The answer
you get from this depends upon which order
you carry out the operations, if you take it
as it's written, you'll add three to three to
get six, multiply by six to get 36, subtract
eight to get 28 and then divide by two to end
with 14. Some calculators would also solve
the problem this way. Another scheme
depends on what's called a hierarchy of
order, where multiplication and division are
done before addition and subtraction.

Your TRS-80 has been well trained to de-
cide which operations to carry out first, and
to obey your instructions. If there are no
brackets around any quantities, multiplica-
tion and division are carried out first, in left
to right order. Then, addition and subtrac-
tion, also left to right. This is only part of the
order which is printed on page 1/6 of the
Level II manual.

I never feel entirely happy letting a ma-
chine decide what order it will take for these
operations, so I use bracl<ets. The computer
will carry out any operation inside brackets
before It does anything else. If you have
nested brackets (one pair inside another)
the innermost are done first, followed by the
next set outwards. Within a set of brackets,
left-to-right priority rules apply.

As an illustration, look at Program Listing
5. It's an electrical problem concerning the
internal resistance of a battery. A battery
has a voltage which is steady when not
drawing any current, but which decreases
when drawing current because of internal
resistance. The formula which is used is V
= E - r * I, where E is the voltage, called
the open-circuit voltage when no current is
taken, r is the amount of internal resistance,
V is the voltage which is present when cur-
rent flows, and 1 is the amount of current.
Suppose we want a table demonstrating
the effect of a range of currents on the out-
put voltage of a battery. Program Listing 5
does that, and also checks that the value of
internal resistance looks reasonably sensi-
ble. The STEP instruction is one we haven't
used before. It ensures that the step is 0.1,
whereas if no STEP is given, a step of one
would be automatic. The display used in
this program shows the superiority of the
computer over the calculator.

In line 60, two headings are printed, one
for current and the other for voltage. Line 70
sets up another FOR. . .NEXT loop, using
the same values of current, and in line 80
these are printed at the correct place. The
voltage values are printed using the format

5 REM INTO THE 80 'S FIG 5.1

10 CLS: PRINT "PLEASE TYPE NUMBERS TO BE ADDED" ;: INPUT A

,B
20 T=A-fB

30 CLS:PRINT "THE TOTAL IS ";T: PRINT
40 FOR N=1TO1000:NEXT:GOTO10

Program Listing 1

5 REM INTO THE 80'S FIG 5.2
10 T=0:N=0

20 INPUT "NUMBER, PLEASE"; A
30 IF A=0 THEN 70
40 T=T-i-A:N=N+l

50 PRINT N ;" ENTERED, TOTAL IS ";T
60 GOTO20

70 PRINT "TOTAL OF ";N;" NUMBERS IS " ;T: PRINT"END OF TO
TALLING RUN":END

Program Listing 2

5 REM INTO THE 80'S FIG 5.3

10 X=0:T1=0:T2=0:T3=0:T4=0

20 INPUT "FOUR NUMBERS, PLEASE" ;N1 ,N2 , N3 ,N4

30 IF N1=0 THEN 70

40 Tl=TH-Nl:T2=T2-l-N2:T3 = T3+N3:T4=T4-HN4:X=X+l

50 CLS:PRINTTAB(20) ;;X; " SETS ENTERED, TOTALS ARE:

INT T1,T2,T3,T4
60 GOTO20
70 PRINT "FINISHED":END

":PR

Program Listing 3

5 REM INTO THE 80'S FIG 5.4

10 INPUT "NUMBER, PLEASE" ; X : CLS

20 FOR N = 1 TO 12

30 PRINT N; " TIMES ";X;" IS ";N*X

40 NEXT

Program Listing 4

5 REM INTO THE 80'S FIG 5.5

10 INPUT "WHAT IS THE OPEN-CIRCUIT VOLTAGE" ;E

20 INPUT "WHAT IS THE AMOUNT OF INTERNAL RESISTANCE" ;R

30 IF R>E PRINT "VALUE IS RATHER HIGH - PLEASE RECHECK"

: GOTO 20
40 CLS iPRINTTAB (10) "CURRENT", -TAB (30) "VOL TAGE":A$="##.##

ir

50 FOR I=.l TO 1 STEP .1

60 PRINTTAB(10) I;TAB(33)USING AS;E-R*I

70 NEXT

80 END

Program Listing 5

command, PRINTUSING, so that no more
than two decimal places are printed.

Program Listing 5 is one example of a
program which works out results from a for-
mula and sets them in table form. This sort

of thing has wide applications in engineer-
ing, statistics and finance, among other
uses. Before we go further along this track
we need to know what other math opera-
tions the TRS-80 can do.

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 101

"You're not really a beginner
now, so you can try these out.

First is exponentiation, which means
muitiplying a number by itseif. The expres-
sion 2' means muitipiy 2 by itseif three
times, meaning 2 ' 2 * 2 = 8. In BASIC, this
is written as 2 1 3, so that entering PRINT 2 1
3 shouid come up 8.

Exponentiation wiii aiways be carried out
first, unless there are other expressions in-
side bracl<ets in the same line. A fractional
exponent has the same meaning as a root.
For example, an exponent of 0.5 gives the
same result as a square root, and an expo-
nent of 0.33333 is the same as a cube root.
For convenience, the square root is always
separately coded as SQR, so that entering
PRINT SQR(25) comes back with the value
five, as if we used PRINT 25 t .5.

Eternal Triangles

If you know the lengths of the two short
sides of a right triangle, A and B, you can
find the length of the long side, C (called the
hypotenuse) by using the formula C^^ = A^
+ B^ Program Listing 6 prints out the
length of the hypotenuse for any pair of
other sides entered. For good measure,
we've made it show the total perimeter
(equal to A -i- B -t- C) as well. Lines 20 and
30 ask for the side lengths, in any units you
like, as long as they are the same measure.
The calculation is carried out in line 40, and
then there's a step which may have caused
your eyebrows to lift slightly. What does C
= (INT(100*C))/100do?

The INT instruction means "take the inte-
gral part of"— chop off the decimal point
and anything which follows. Suppose C
starts as 26.2615. Since the order of carry-
ing out instructions starts on the inside
brackets, 100 * C is first of all evaluated as
2626.15. This is inside another set of brack-
ets, so the next step is the INT step, taking
the whole number part of 2626.15, which is
2626. This is finally divided by 100 to give
26.26, which is allocated the variable name
C. The answer is down to two decimal
places so that we don't have too many in
the answer, printed in line 50.

Is this desirable? If we are entering val-
ues of A and B, which are numbers greater
than one, fine, but if A = 0.3 and B = 0.4,
then C should be 0.5. This works out all
right, but if A = 0.003 and B = 0.004 then
the value for C, which should be 0.005
comes out zero. There are two ways to avoid
this. One is to reject (upon entry) any values
of A or B which are too small. The other is to
ignore the C = (INT{100'C))/100 step if A
and B are less than 0.01. You're not really a
beginner now, so you can try these out.

Translating other formulae into BASIC is
not difficult, but you need to be familiar with
algebra.

The TRS-80 can also cope with trigono-
metrical functions. The main functions can

be obtained by typing SIN, COS, orTAN, but
the angles have to be i n units of radians, not
in more familiar degrees. The Level II manu-
al shows how you convert, by multiplying
the angle in degrees by 0.017533, so that
you can have SIN(A'.0174533) as a way of
finding the value of SIN A, with A in units of
degrees. If you are going to use several con-
versions, incidentally, it saves a lot of mem-
ory and running time if you have, early in
your program, a step such as F = .0174533,
and then write the formulae asSIN(A*F), or
COS(A'F), or TAN(A*F). The manual also
list the other trigonometrical functions and
formulae. Listing 7 uses trigonometry to
calculate the side of a triangle.

Imprecisions

Before we break away to other things,
there are a few important points about us-
ing numbers in the TRS-80. You need to
know about them if you are not to be mysti-
fied by the results of some of your own pro-
grams. At some time, you may try to write a
simple financial program which involves
adding and subtracting sums of money,
and you'll be intrigued (if it's not your
money) or infuriated (if it is your money) to
find that sums are often a cent or so off.
How can a computer do such a thing?

The answer is the problem of precision.
The degree of precision of a quantity is
measured by the number of digits it can
handle— you are probably familiar with cal-
culators which work with eight figures.
Looking at some examples, the number
741.36 has five digits of precision, 42.5 has
only three, and 1024.76 has six. Level II
BASIC makes use of three levels of preci-
sion, and a lot of the odd results you get
arise from "rounding off" within the com-
puter, when numbers are cut to fit the level
of precision chosen.

Unless you instruct the computer to the
contrary, a variable is stored and printed as
a single-precision variable. Single-preci-
sion, as far as the TRS-80 is concerned,
means that it will store seven digits and
print out six. The sixth digit will be rounded
up, and if this happens often, the errors will
add up (a cumulative error) to something no-
ticeable. If you don't want this (or if you
want it to happen in a bigger way!) you can
change things.

An integer is a whole number, no frac-
tions allowed, and the permitted range on
the TRS-80 is -32768 to -1- 32767. These are
the range of numbers we can obtain by us-
ing two bytes to store the binary numbers
that the TRS-80 uses, so that by declaring a
variable to be an integer, we need reserve
only two bytes of memory for it. We can de-
clare a letter to bean integervariable by us-
ing DEFINT at the start of a program, or by
using a "type declaration" character, in this

case%. N% means that N is an integer vari-
able, just as N$ would mean that N is a
string variable. If we use DEFINT N at the
start of a program, then N must be used as
an integer throughout, but if we use N%,
then we can also use N$, N#, and N!, all
meaning different values. The hashmark #
means a double-precision variable, and the
! means single-precision. Notice, by the
way, that if you use integers, no fractions
can appear, so that if you type N% =
5:PRINT N%/2, you get 2, and not 2.5.

The other degrees of precision, as men-
tioned above, are single and double preci-
sion; all variables are treated as single-pre-
cision if we don't make any effort to declare
them as anything else. A single precision
variable needs four bytes of memory, a dou-
ble-precision variable needs eight, and con-
tains 17 digits, of which 16 can be printed. A
string variable will need as many bytes as
there are characters in the string (up to 255).

If your programs use a lot of counting
loops, with variables like N,Z,T and so on,
you can make them run faster and use less
memory if the first line is formulated as
DEFINT N,Z,T (and any others like them).
This way, the numbers will take less
memory and can be taken in and out of
memory more quickly.

The other point comes back to these
missing cents. The rounding down which is
done when a number is printed can also
cause errors. The most suspicious steps in
any program are where numbers containing
decimals are multiplied together because,
when you multiply two single-precision
numbers, the result may have too many dig-
its to store as a single-precision number.
Consequently, a rounding-off error results.
If the quantities are added, more errors of
the same type will occur.

There are two useful wrinkles for avoid-
ing this problem. One is to work all money
amounts in cents. If you work in cents and
use S = INT(S) every now and again after a
step which might cause fractions to appear,
you should avoid trouble. The other is to
round up occasionally (and close the corral
gate after you). We do this with the instruc-
tion C = INT(C + .5).

How does It work? Suppose C has taken
its value from multiplying two numbers, and
rounding off has caused this to be 176.999
Instead of 177. Adding .5 to this makes it
177.499, and INT(177.499) is 177, since INT
chops off the decimal part of the number.

Free Range Methods

We took a brief look last time at the
graphics characters of the TRS-80 which al-
low you to put shapes on the screen by us-
ing the CHR$() command, or a PRINT A$,
where A$ is defined as a number of graph-
ics strings. This time we're going to look at

102 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

^ ....

40 & 80 Track
***FLIPPY^ .

for TRS-80* UilVCS

-"««

REAL VALUE

AEROCOMP offers tfie best value in
microcomputer disc drives on the market
today! Reliability, features and cost tough
to beat. We deliver,,, and we stand behind
our products, as evidenced by the only
FREE TRIAL OFFER in the industry. Ex-
amine your systems needs and order to-
day!

MYSTERY REMOVED

There appears to be some confusion in the
terminology used to describe disc drives
and their features. Here's what we mean:

• FLIPPY Allows the use of both
sides of a diskette with a single-
headed drive by simply turning the
diskette over (model 40-1 &80-1 ),

• TRACK DENSITY Specified in
tracks per inch (TPI), Refers to the
number of tracks per radial inch on
the diskette. Typically 48 TPI = 40
usable tracks and 96 TPI = 80 usable

• DOUBLE DENSITY Refers to
recording density in bits per inch
(bpi). Typically single density means
data can be recorded up to 2,938
bpi; double density means data can
be recourded up to 5,876 bpi,

• DOUBLE SIDED Refers to number
of read/write heads. Single-sided is
one head, read/write one side only;
double-sided is dual heads allowing
read/write operations on both sides
of the diskette. A double sided drive
appears as two seperate drives to
tfie controller,

• ACCESS TIME The time required
for the head to move from one track
to the next, Typacilly 5 to 40
milliseconds (ms) COMPARE AND

THE BEST!

• 40-Track "FLIPPY" $349.95

(Ivlodel 40-1) Single-sided,
"FLIPPY", 48TPI, (40 Track; single
density unformated 125K ^

bytes/side; double density unfor-
mated 250K bytes/side),

• 80-TRACK "FLIPPY" $459.95

Single-Sided, "FLIPPY", 96TPI. (80
track; single density uniformated
250K bytes/side; double density
uniformated 500K bytes/side).

All models are capable of single or dou-
ble density and are complete witti power
supply and silver enclosure.

*SPECIAL PACKAGES*

#1 40-Track FLIPPY drive
2-Drlve cable
Newdos/80

Freight & lns.$459.00(reg $528 oo)

#2 80-Track FLIPPY drive
2-Drive cable
Newdos/80
Freigtit & Ins. $569.00 (reg $638 ooi

#3 TWO (2) 40-Track FLIPPY drives
4-Drive cable
Newdos/80
Freight & Ins. $785.00 (reg $893 oo)

#4 TWO {2) 80-Track FLIPPY drives
4-Drlve cable
Newdos/60
Freight & Ins. $999.00 ireg$iii3 85)

• DISK OPERATING SYSTEHflS
Newdos(40 track) $109.00
Newdos/80(40 track) S1 49.00
VTOS4.0 $125.00
DOSPLUS $99.95

• DISKETTES, SOFT SECT0R,5 1/4"(box
of 10)

Single-sided, single density $29.95
Double-sided, double density $39.95

• CABLES
2-drive $24.95
4-drive $34.95

BUY AEROCOMP!

ACCiSS HEAD DISC CAPACITY EAST- FREE
"FLIPPY" TIME LOAD EJECTOR (urlormated ENTRY TRIAL
{hack to SOLENOID singls DOOR

Irack) density)

AEROCOMP

YES

intt.

YES

YES

3MIK byt*«
(both ildn)

YES

VES

RADIO
SHACK'

NO

*0m5

YES

NO

lOTK bytes

NO

NO

PERCOM

YES

25ms.

YES

NO

250K bytes
{both sides)

YES

NO

MPI

NO

5ms.

YES

YES

125K bytes

VES

NO

SHUGART

NO

40mi.

YES

NO

I09K byles

NO

NO

TANDON

NO

5m5.

NO

NO

1 25K bytes

NO

NO

WRITE AEROCOMP TODAY
FOR MORE VALUES !!!

FREE TRIAL OFFER

Order your AEROCOMP Disc Drive and use
it witfi your system for up to 14 days, II
you are not satisfied for ANY REASON (ex-
cept misuse or improper fiandling), return it,
packed in tfie original shipping container,
for a full refund. We have complete con-
fidence in our products and we know you
will be satisfied! ORDER TODAY!

WARRANTY

We offer you a 1 20 day unconditional war-
renty on parts and labor against any defect
in materials and workmanship. In the event
service, for any reason, becomes
nescessary, our service department is fast,
friendly and cooperative.

100% TESTED

AEROCOMP Disc Drives are completely
assembled at the factory and ready to plug
in when you receive them. Each drive is
1 00% bench tested prior to shipment. We
even enclose a copy of the test checklist,
signed by the test technician, with every
drive. AEROCOMP MEANS RELIABILITY!

ORDER NOW!!

To order by mail, specify Model Number(s)
of Drive, cable, ect, (above), enclose
check, money order, VISA or MASTER-
CHARGE card number and expiration date,
or request C,0,D, shipment, Texas
residents add 5% sales tax. Add $5.00 per
drive for shipping and handling. Please
allow 2 weeks for personel checks to clear
our bank. No personel checks will be ac-
cepted on C,0,D, shipments-cash, money
orders or certified checks only. You will
receive a card showing the exact C,0,D,
amount before your shipment arrives. Be
sure to include your name and shipping ad-
dress, WE SHIP PROMPTLY! In the event
there is a slight delay, you will be notified
of the shipping date and we will NOT
charge your bankcard until the day we ship!

CALL TOLL FREE FOR FAST SERVICE
(800) 824-7888, OPERATOR 24

FOR VISA/MASTERCHARGE/C.O.D. ORDERS

California dial (800) 852-7777, Operator 24. Alaska
and Hawaii dial (800) 824-7919, Operator 24,
TOLL FREE LINES WILL ACCEPT ORDERS ONLY!

For Applkotions and Technical information, call
(214) 337-4346 or drop us o card.

Dealers inqirles invited

Factual malenol from
Model *01 >o similor

miflf^Qce limits the track to track ace

vlioble but cannot be guoronieed, comparing Aerocomp
me to llms 'Trademark ot Tondy. Rodio Stiock.

Redbird Airport, Bidg. 8

P.O. Box 24829

Dallas, TX 75224 ""^^^

t^ Reader Service— see page 2'S2

80 Microcomputing, January 1Q81 • 103

free range methods, Including those used
to display bar charts and graphs.

The commands which make this possible
are SET and RESET. SET means light up a
graphics cell, one of the block of six at each
PRINT position. RESET means turn it off. If
you command SET and the ceil has been lit,
there is no change. Similarly, if you com-
mand RESET and the cell has not been lit,
there is no change.

SET and RESET are followed by numbers
in brackets which tell the computer which
cell to SET or RESET. The first number mea-
sures how far on the width of the screen the
SET position is. If you're into graphs, this is
the X-direction. We have a maximum of 64
print positions, each two graphics cells
wide, making 128 cells, numbered to 127.
In the vertical direction we have 16 lines,
each three cells deep, making 48 numbered
to 47. The SET or RESET must be followed
by {X,Y), where X is a number (an integer)
between and 127 and Y is another integer
between and 47.

These commands open up possibilities
for interesting graphics work, not least of
which is the opportunity to do a bit of ani-
mation. Look at Program Listing 8, which
flashes a graphics block on and off. To get
outofthisyouneed to use BREAK, because
the loop is endless, but you already Know
how to make this flash a number of times
and then stop. Program Listing 9 is a crawl-
ing worm graphic which we're going to de-
velop a bit further. It starts by clearing the
screen (line 10) and setting Y = 5, which is
the vertical setting for the worm's path. The
worm is created in line 30 by setting a line of
five graphics blocks. Line 40 simply adds a
delay. The animation starts in line 50. Tak-
ing values from to 127, we reset the left-
hand cell of the worm and set a new right-
hand cell, so making It appear that the
worm crawled one cell to the right. The FOR
. . .NEXT loop using Z then another delay,
and then the process Is repeated. If we are
not careful, we will get an error message,
because the SET(N+5,Y) instruction will
not operate when N exceeds 122, we have
only 127 cell numbers along the line. We get
around that by using an IF. . .THEN state-
ment, if the value of N is 122 or less, the line
runs normally, but if N is 123 or more, the
ELSE part of the statement simply by-
passes the SET command, returning to the
next value of N.

Want a snake rather than a worm? We'll
need to stretch It out a bit in line 30, or you
won't notice the wiggle. To make it
"wiggle," we'll make the value of Y change
now and again, and that's more difficult. A
reasonable way of making Y vary is to make
use of the SIN function. The math majors
will tell you that the sine of an angle is the
ratio of two sides of a right-angled triangle,
but I prefer to think that the name suggests

5 REM INTO THE 80 ' S FIG 5.6

10 PRINT"THIS PROGRAM CALCULATES THE LENGTH OF THE HYPO

TENUSE OF":PRINT"A RIGHT-ANGLED TRIANGLE, GIVEN TH

E OTHER TWO SIDES."
20 INPUT"PLEASE TYPE IN LENGTH OF SIDE A"; A
30 INPUT "PLEASE TYPE IN LENGTH OF SIDE B";B
40 C=SQR(A[2 + B[2) :C={INT(100*C))/100
50 PRIN.T "THE HYPOTENUSE LENGTH IS " ;C :PRINT"THE PERIME

TER LENGTH IS ";A+B-fC

Program Listing 6

5 REM INTO THE 80 'S FIG 5.7

10 CLS:PRINT"THIS PROGRAM FINDS THE LENGTH OF A SIDE OF
A TRIANGLE, ":PRINT"GIVEN TWO SIDES AND THE ANGLE

BETWEEN THEM"
20 INPUT"TWO SIDE LENGTHS, PLEASE";B,C
30 INPUT"ANGLE, IN DEGREES , PLEASE" ; A: IF A/180 =INT(A/18

0) THEN70:ELSE IP A=90 THEN X=SQR (B [ 2+C [ 2) :GOTO50
40 X=SQR(B[2+Ct2-(2*B*C(COS(A*.0174533))))
50 PRINT "LENGTH OF THIRD SIDE IS ";X; " UNITS LONG"
60 END
70 PRINT "IMPOSSIBLE ANGLE - PLEASE TRY ANOTHER VALUE"

Program Listing 7

5 REM INTO THE 80'S FIG 5.8

10 CLS

20 SET{63,23) :FOR N=lTO100 :NEXT

30 RESET (6 3, 23 ): FOR N = 1TO100 :NEXT:GOTO20

Program Listing 8

5 REM INTO THE 80'S FIG 5.9
10 CLS

20 Y=5

30 FOR N=0TO4:SET(N,Y) :NEXT

40 FOR Z=1TO50:NEXT

50 FOR N=0TO127 :R£SET(N,Y} :IF N<122 THEN SET (N-1-5 ^Y) : FOR

Z=1TO50:NEXT Z:ELSE FOR Z=1TO50:NEXT Z
60 NEXT N:Y=y+l:IF Y=48 THEN END ELSE 30

Program Listing 9

5 REM INTO THE 80'S FIG 5.10

10 CLS:FOR X=1T0 127

20 SET (X,10+10*{SIN(.17 45*X))) :NEXT

30 PRINT@640,""

Program Listing 10

more interesting things. The word sine
comes from the Latin word for snake, be-
cause if you plot a graph of the sine of an
angle against the angle (Program Listing
10), the shape is the wiggle.

TakethevalueofYasY + (5*SIN(N)).SIN
values repeat every 360°, so that if we use
angle values in degrees we would see the

shape repeating. As we noted though, the
SIN function of the TRS-80 does not use an-
gles in degrees but in radians. In Program
Listing 10 we use the correcting factor
taken from the Level II manual, of .1745,
which converts degrees to radians.

Program Listing 11 is the wiggling pro-
gram. We set up a series of subscripted

104 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

TRS-80 is a registered trademark ot TANDY CORP,

FOR THE

USYSTEM
EXPANSION

TRS-80
$69 " [

PC BOARD &
USER MANUAL

SERIAL RS232C 20rTiA I/O
FLOPPY CONTROLLER
32K BYTES MEMORY
PARALLEL PRINTER PORT
DUAL CASSETTE PORT
REAL-TIME CLOCK
SCREEN PRINTER BUS
ONBOARD POWER SUPPLY
SOFTWARE COMPATIBLE
SOLDER MASK, SILK SCREEN

LNW
RESEARCH .«

8 Hollowglen St. Irvine GA
714-552-8946 92714

— TO ORDER —

. Explralloo Dati

PO. Box 16216 Irvine CA 92713
Add S3 for postooe ond handling.
CA residents add 6% sales tax
Kgnature ^ .

1. BUSINESS PROGRAM PACKAGE

13 Business programs (e.g , capital budgeting, cash-
management, ratio analysis, debt management). These pro-
grams will be very useful to the business manager. (Price S200)

2. PROCUREMENT PROGRAM

Ascerlams purchase amount when future price of commodity
IS varying A must for all managers who have purchasing
responsibilities. This program takes into consideration inven-
tory levels, inventory capacity, and financial carrying cost m
determining the ophmal amount of an item to purchase when
future prices are varying (Price $I50)

3. PROFORMA CASH-BUDGET

PROGRAM

Allows the user to project the cash-balances for up to twelve
periods in the future. Amount of loan, if needed, is computed as
well as computing funds available lot short-lerm investment,
(Price $125)

4. LEASE-PURCHASE PROGRAM

Evaluates the lease vs. purchase decision incorporating all the
latest fax laws including the investment tax credit and ac-
celerated depreciation. This program gives the user all the in-
formation necessary to make this decision. (Price $50)

5. COLLEGE ENROLLMENT
PROIECTION PROGRAM

Forecasts the enrollment for colleges using several different
statistical techniques. User can specify the number of periods
lor which a forecast is desired. (Price $ lOO]

Extensive Documentation With Each Program
All prograrTis on disk ancj require at least 32K of memory.

Write or call for a brochure which describes the product m

20G li'iUdn', Drive. 1100b SI Pelers Ouig. hiotidd 33,'!-.
813-86'l 4347 ^^H^i^^HaB

LOOK MA!!
m HAVE DRIVES!!

TRS-80* Model m now available

with full range of M.P.I.

Double Density Drives

up to 2.8 MegT^ytes on-line

floppy disk storage.

Also available - Ultra DOS
CALL FOR OUR UNBELIEVABLE LOW PRICING

LEVEL IV PRODUCTS, INC.

,^14

32238 Schoolcraft Road, Suite F4 • Livonia, MI 48154
P,e.s.a,,$2.50fors.ip,.n,.n,Han.Un,. 313-525-6200 Outside Michigan call 1-800-521-3305 ^^^j^^^ q^^^^^ ^^^^^^^
$i.50c.o.D. Level IV Products Catalog

NEW - SEND $2 FOR YOUR COPY
REFUNDABLE ON FIRST ORDER

'Product of the Tandi^ Corporation

i^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 105

MORE FOR YOUR

RADIO SHACK
TRS-80 MODEL I !

* MORE SPEED

10-20 limes faster than Level

BASIC.

MORE ROOM

Compiled code plus VIRTUAL
MEMORY makes your RAM act larfler.

MORE INSTRUCTIONS

Add YOUR commands to its large In-
struction set!

Far more complete than most Forths:
single & double precision, arrays,
string-handling, more.

MORE EASE

Excellent tull-screen Editor, structured
& modular programming
Optimized tor your TRS-80 with
keyboard repeats, upper/lower case
display driver, single- & double-width
graphics, etc.

MORE POWER

Forth operaling system

Interpreter AND compiler

Internal 8060 Assembler

(Z80 Assembler also available)

VIRTUAL I/O for video and printer,

disk and tape

(10-Megabyte hard disk available)

FORTH

THE PROFESSIONAL FORTH
FOR TRS-80 MODEL I

(Over 1,000 systems In use)

MMSFORTH Disk System V1.9 (requires 1

disk drive & 16K RAM) just $79.95*

MMSFORTH Cassette System V1.8 (requires
Level II BASIC & 16K RAM) $59.95'

AND MMS GIVES IT
PROFESSIONAL SUPPORT

Source code provided
MMSFORTH Newsletter
Many demo programs aboard
MMSFORTH User Groups
Programming staff can provide advise,
modifications and custom
programs, to fit YOUR needs.

MMSFORTH UTILITIES DISKETTE: includes
FLOATING POINT MATH (L.2 BASIC ROM
routines plus Complex numbers,
Rectangular-Polar coordinate conversions.
Degrees mode, more), plus a full Forth-style
Z80 ASSEMBLER; plus a powerful CROSS-
REFERENCER to list Forth words by block
and line. All on one diskette (requires
MMSFORTH. 1 drive & 16K RAM), . , $39.95*

THE DATAHANDLER VI. 1, a very soph-
isticated database management system
operable by non-programmers (requires Disk
MMSFORTH, 1 drive S 32K RAM); with
manuals, $59.95*

FORTH BOOKS AVAILABLE

MICROFORTH PRIMER (comes with

MMSFORTH) separately $15.00*

USING FORTH — more detailed and advanc-
ed thart above S25.00*

Threaded interpretive Language ~ Excellent
Analysis of MMSFORTH — Like Language,

Advanced $18.95*

CALTECH FORTH MANUAL — good on
Forth Internal structure, etc $10.00*

* — Software prices include manuals and re-
quire signing of a single-system user
license. Add $2.00 5/H plus $1.00 per addi-
tional book; Mass. orders add 5% lax.
Foreign orders add 15%. UPS COD, VISA &
M/C accepted; no unpaid purchase orders,
please.

Send SASE tor free MMSFORTH information.
Good dealers sought

Get MMSFORTH products from your
computer dealer or

MILLER MICROCOMPUTER
SERVICES (Ml) ^112

61 Lake Shore Road, Natick, MA 01760
(617)653-6136

5 REM INTO THE 80 'S FIG 5.11
10 DIM Y(128) :CLS

20 FOR N=0TO127 :Y(N)=5*SIN(N/4) :NEXT

30 FOR N=0TO24:SET(N,7+Y(N}) :FOR Z=1TO50:NEXT Z,N

40 FOR N=24 TO 127 : SET (N,7+Y (N) ) :RESET (N-24 ,7+Y (N-24) ) :

FOR Z=1TO50:NEXT Z,N
50 FOR N=103 TO 127:RESET {N,7+Y (N) ) : FOR Z=lTO50:NEXT Z

/N

6 END

Program Listing 11

5 REM INTO THE 80 ' S FIG 5.12
10 CLS:Y=47:FOR X=0TO127
20 SET(X,Y-(X[2)/384)
30 NEXT

40 PRINT@0,"*":FOR Z=lTO50 :NEXT: PRINT@0 , " ":FOR Z=1TO50
:NEXT:GOTO40

Program Listing 12

number variables, Y(N), not forgetting to di-
mension this correctly in line 10. With the
screen cieared, lineSO introduces the snake
from the left-hand side by setting values of
N, and a value of Y equal to 7 + Y(N). Y(N)
takes on values which can range between
-f 3 and - 3 because of the 3'SIN(N/4) func-
tion in line 20, and this creates the wiggle
between values for Y of 10 and 4 (7 + 3 and
7-3, see?}. The value doesn't just leap from
one extreme to the other, but snakes its way
there, which is what we want.

To animate a track across the screen, we
need line 40. It advances the "head" of the
snake and rubs out the "tail" at each step,
using a short delay to make sure that prog-
ress is stow enough to follow. If you fancy
faster or slower snakes, you only have to
aiterthedelay loop which Starts with FORZ
= 1 TO 100. The reason for putting the wig-
gle values into a subscripted variable is so
that we can rub them out correctly as the
snake moves along. It's not the only way of
doing this, but it's the easiest.

Graphs and Bar Charts

The uses of SET and RESET aren't con-
fined to games and amusements; there are
several serious and useful applications in
math and statistics. For our puposes, the
most useful are fordrawing graphs and bar-
charts. The conventional directions of a
graph are X and Y, with X being used to rep-
resent the size of the quantity which we can
control, and Y the other quantity which is
varying. Program Listing 12 illustrates this
by drawing the shape of a graph of X' plot-
ted against X, for a range of values of X
which will cover the screen, but leave room
for a flashing asterisk on the top line. In this

example, SET has been used as the com-
mand which prints the graph spot.

Because we use only 128 cells across the
screen, and 48 down, graph drawing is a bit
limited, but the use of a printer makes it
possible to draw more extensive graphs. A
graph-plotter is the ultimate luxury. For the
beginner, however, a printer is a luxury item,
so we won't spend time looking at graph
techniques which make use of a printer, ex-
cept to say that we turn out graphs on their
sides when printing. That way, we have all
64 print points available in one direction,
and as many as we like in the other.

Most graph programs require you to
change a line of the program to enter the
equation. Program Listing 13 doesn't. It
uses TRS-80 BASIC to create a line of data
from the input in line 60. Then it draws the
graph using this data. The program is by Ian
O'Neill of Ealing, London, England.

A complete description of how this pro-
gram works is a bit beyond us now, but it de-
serves a description of how it should be
used. It depends on changing the expres-
sion entered in line 60 into the data state-
ment in line 500. To do this, the computer
has to find the address of line 500 by
searching through memory for the charac-
ter @ , whose ASCI I code is 64. This causes
a slight pause, as the computer searches.
If, by any chance, line 500 has been zapped,
line 20 deals with the problem and reports
the bad news. The program then ends, so
you can type in a new line, 500.

All being well, the title "Graph Plotter"
will come up, followed by the instruction
"PRINT THE FUNCTION IN TERMS OF X",
followed by a query caused by INPUT in line
60. At this point you have to type in the

106 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

OMEGA "WHOLESALE COMPUTER PRICES"
SALES DIRECT TO THE PUBLIC

CO. 12 Meeting St. , Cumberland, RI 02864

PRODUCT SPECIAL

of the MONTH!!

iiterlec Superbrainl

V.K Ram $2449
MK R^m - S2649

Sf^

NEC spill writer
5S 10-5530 ■ $2449

Apiilcil 16K? 9-19
48K $1(W

' "M

TelcVideo - 912B - $ 699
912C - $ 699
920C - $ 769

Products are

NOW

IN

STOCK

AT

OMEGA

Sales

Co.

OMEGA OFFERS THE BEST DELIVERY AND PRICE ON:
APPLE • ATARI • TRS-80 Model II • INTERTEC •

DIABLO • EPSON • HEWLETT PACKARD • SOROC •
COMMODORE • NEC • QUME • CENTRONICS

CALL TOLL FREE FOR OMEGA'S PRICE!

1-800-556-7586

OMEGA sells only quality merchandise to our customers.
OMEGA will try to match any current advertised price with similar purchase conditions.

Before you buy anywhere else — be sure to call OMEGA Sales Co.

1401-722-1027

Oi^^lEGA "'^ member in good standing of the better business bureau."

OMEGA ships via UPS, truck, or air. COD's.
Visa, Masterchar9e accepted, with no service charge.

i> Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1961 • 107

wt.«ww.^M^:;

1

NOW AVAILABLE FROM
THE ALTERNATE SOURCE

Percom Doubler S200.00

Newdos/80 Double-Zap II 45.00

SAFOR 70.00

I Olympic Decathlon 22.50

•^¥105 4.0 90.00

NEWDOS/80 135.00

EDAS 70.00

Word Slinger 25.00

Disc Interfacing Guide 4.50

Cash Sales Only/Shipping Included!!!

DON'T FORGET

a subscriplion to

THE ALTERNATE SOURCE

The rapidly evolving technical
newsletter for the TRS-80
$12.00 per year U.S. only

BTI

off the cuff information

about the TRS-80

S7.00 per year U.S. only

each issue mailed first class

isssssssssssssssssssssssssst"

THE ALTERNATE SOURCE

1806 Ada Street ^^^^
Lansing, Michigan 48910
Ph. 517/487-3358 or 485-0344

USE YOUR SERIAL
PRINTER WITHOUT

SOFTWARE

NEW SERIAL PRINTER INTERFACE PLUGS
ONTO THE PARALLEL PRINTER PORT OF
THE EXPANSION INTERFACE. COMPATIBLE
WITH VIRTUALLY ALL SERIAL PRINTERS
SUCH AS KER43, H14, DIABLO 1620,
QUME (SPRINT S) , NEC SPINWRITER,
ETC. THIS IS THE END OF SOFTWARE
COMPATIBILITY PROBLEMS BECAUSE THE
DRIVER ROUTINE IN THE LEVEL S ROM IS
USED, THE TRS-eO THINKS IT IS

DRIVING A PARALLEL PRINTER. WORKS
WITH 3CRIPSIT, ELECTRIC PENCIL,
NEWDOS, FORTRAN, VT03, ETC., ETC.

RS232 AND 20 MA. LOOP SUPPORTED

SWITCH SELECTABLE OPTIONS INCLUDE:

AUTO INSERTION OF LF AFTER CR
HANDSHAKE POLARITY (RS233 ONLY)

AUTO INSERTION OF NULLS AFTER CR

(PRINTERS WITHOUT HANDSHAKING)
5,6,7 OR S DATA BITS PER WORD
1 OR 2 STOP BITS
PARITY/NO PARITY
PARITY ODD/EVEN

COMPLETELY SELF CONTAINED AND READY
TO USE, 90 DAY WARRANTY. PLEASE

SPECIFY BAUD RATE 110 TO 4800. (MAY

BE CHANGED)
ONLY S139,95 PLUS 14.00 S ft H

SPEEDWAY ELECTRONICS
135a Auburn

^275

Spaedway, Indiana 46221

VISA - MASTER CHARGE ACCEPTED

"You can't expect the computer to

know you want one function plotted from to

100 and another from -10 to + 10."

equation to be graphed, in the form of Y =
function (X), with no Y' or Y^ or '/Y per-
mitted. This is usuaily straightforward if the
equation to be graphed is already in this
form, such as Y = 2X} + 3, which can be en-
t ered as: 2 *Xt2 + 3; or the equation Y =
V X*-f 2C^, which can be entered as:
SQR(Xt2 -t- 2'Ct2). It becomes harder when
the equation has a form like Y^ = 2aX -t- 7
because the program does not allow you to
use Y^. To enter this equation, you have to
rearrange it by taking the square root of
e ach side of it, transforming it to Y =
^^2aX 4- 7, which is then entered as
SQR(2*A*X -I- 7).

Practically any equation you graph is ca-
tered to because the standard BASIC func-
tions, -f - "/tSGN.INT, ABS, RND, SQR,
LOG, EXP, SIN, COS, TAN and ATN can be
used. The quantity entered into line 60
should be typed so that if it were a line of
BASIC in another program, it would run
without an error signal. An important point:
No spaces are permitted. The permitted
characters can be seen in line 40.

If you've mistyped your expression, line
90 rejects it, and then line 100 transfers into
the form of data in line 500.

You are then asked a few more questions
which affect the appearance of the graph.
The first question is about the equation you
have typed. Is it symmetrical about the
X-axis? That sounds unfair because you
probably want to see the graph to know the
answer. A useful hint here is that if the ex-
pression uses SQR(X), then you should
probably answer YES to the symmetry
question, otherwise NO. The reason is that
a square root can have a positive or nega-
tive value so that there are two possible
values of Y for a given value of S. For exam-
ple, if Y = SQR(X), then for X = 4, Y can be
-)- 2 or - 2; and for X = 9, Y can be + 3 or
-3. The symmetry question lets you see
both parts of a function like this. If you
haven't the faintest idea, just answer YES to
the question and if tfiere is only one graph

line, run again, this time answering NO.

The next question is for LIMITS. The com-
puter will print the previous limits of X and
Y, if any, so that you can use these again if
you like. They must be entered when the
questions, "X-AXIS: LOWER LIMIT?" and
"X-AXIS: UPPER LIMIT?" appear. You can't
expect the computer to know you want one
function plotted from to 100 and another
from -lOto -(- 10. You'll be asked foralow-
er limit for Y. You can type AUTO and the
computer will calculate its own limits so
that the graph will fit the video screen. If
you've never seen the shape of the graph,
it's wiser to opt for AUTO because you'll see
the complete graph, with no chance of
points disappearing. You can then try set-
ting lower and upper limits for Y in order to
view an expanded section. If you enter a
lower limit for Y, you will be prompted for an
upper limit.

A flashing bar {cursor) appears to warn
you that everything is ready for action. You
can now issue a command by pressing any
one ofthe keys D,F,L,N,P, or # without using
ENTER.

D means display the limits, to tell which X
and Y limits are being used. This can be
done before or after drawing and will show
what limits the computer chose for Y if you
opted for AUTO. F causes the equation
(function) to be displayed again. If you have
a print routine which transfers the screen
information to a printer, this is useful. Lwill
allow you to insert new limits. If you want to
see more or less of the graph, you don't
have to run the program again from start. N
selects a new function, so that you can
enter another equation.

Press P and the equation is plotted in
lines 310 to 330. You can look at your work
with admiration. The prompt cursor will
then flash to remind you that you can
choose any of the command letters again.

If you hit the hashmark, which means us-
ing SHIFT and 3 together, the program re-

Continued to p. Ill

5 REM INTO THE 80 'S FIG 5.13 : GRAPH BY IAN O'NEILL, EAL

I NG, LONDON
10 CLEAR 400:CLS:PRINT@474, "PLEASE WAIT. " :DEFINTA-P : DEF

STRQ-W:ON ERROR GOTO350 : FORL=190 00TO20000 : IF PEEK{

L)=64 THEN 30
20 NEXTL:PRINT@471,"NO DUMMY LINE 500.":END
30 FORJ=L TO L-i-4:IF PEEK(J)=64 THEN NEXT ELSE 20
40 DIMV(20) ,R(20) :FOR J=0TO20:READ V(J),I:R(J) = CHR$(I

Progiam continues

108 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Fully TRS-80®
Compatible

MPI B/51 Bifi^E

Includes: Case and
Power Supply

Fully tested
Guaranteed for 90 days!

Here's why the MPI/B-51
is the drive for success:

■ 40 tracks

■ 5 ms track-to-track

■ Auto-eject

■ Hi-Temp stability

■ Fully-closable door

■ Speed constant <VI-^k

■ Double density head

■ Optical sensors— no switches

Save time . . . Order by phone

Toll free: 1-800-323-4335

IN ILLINOIS CALL: 312-251-5955

Other Money Savings Opportunities
Order by Phone or Mail

■ 102K per disk

ADDS MORE POWER
TO YOUR SYSTEM

TRS-80'" TANDY CORP

CABLES

TRS-(

2 Drive Cable

4 Drive Cable

. . $29.00
. . $39.00

Diskettes

. .10 for

$31.00

BASF with Lib.
Case

.10 for
$28.00

, .5 for

S21.00

Plastic File Box. . . .

. . $3.95

Operating Systems

TRSDOS2.3

$14.95

40 Track Patch

. . $9.95

VTOS 4.0
"The Ultimate". .

.$99.00

NEWDOS +
40 track

.$99.00

TRSDOS Manual. . .

..$5.95

16K Level II with

keypad $729.00

Expansion Interface

0K $274.00

Midwest "'
■ Computer
Peripherals

P.O. Box 437 • Wilmette, Illinois 60091

Printers

Centronics 779

(freight collect). .$849.00

Centronics 737-1 $815.00

IDS 460 $1219.00

Okidata Microiine 80 with

tractors $709.00

NEC Spinwriter 5530
(freight collect) $2579.00

16K Memory Kits

Prime NEC 200ns dynamic
RAfvl. Comes with complete
instructions $44.95

\AV\ Service

fi/lanual

IVIPI Engineering

Manual

. . $3.00
. $30.00

MIDWEST COMPUTER PERIPHERALS
P.O. BOX 437 • WILMETTE, ILLINOIS 60091

085

Quantity

Description

$ each

Total

6% III. Tax

TOTAL

D Check enciosed (Mm, Order $10,00)

Bill my a Visa

D Master Charge
Ace. No

Exp,.

D Please send catalog

Name

Address.
City

State _

Zip,

handling with check or money
order. NYS residents add 7% tax.

SYRACUSE R&D CENTER

Box 125, DeWitt,N.Y. 13214

"our 10th year in R&D" ^358

OSKBK

APPLE

TRS-80t

:art
8i Comblinf
Produels

PRESENTS: ,

PROBABILITY HANDICAPPING
DEVICE 1 - A BASIC PROGRAM FOR:
HORSE RACE HANDCAPPING!

Ttiis incrediEle program was wniter by a pfotessioral software
consullant to TRW Space Systerrs Tins is a complei program
caretjily homar taciored lor easy use. It is a compretiensive
horse racing system lor spotting overlays in tnoroogHOrea sprint
races Your computer will accurately predict tfie win protiatiihty
ana odOs line tor eacti tiorse based on your entries from itie rac-
ing (orm rtie next day ouerlaid norses can be spotted on tne
tiack loie board The user's manual contains a complete explana-
tion ot overlay betting plus much more useful inlormatlon The ap-
pendix contains a detailed tab run ol a 100 consecutive race
system workout showing m amazing 50% raturn (II 50 return-
ed lor each $1 00 tiat wager i includes many tealures such as
error correction, bubble sort, line printer outpui, automatic
keyboard debounce. archivrng, etc The manual may be ordeied
separaiely lor oerusal lor $7 % ana credit
CHALLENGER 1P. 2P. « 4P 3K VERSIONS Kow AvaNablei
Phd-I User's manual and cassstte lor:
Appl«ll<t6K|.TRS-S0LaveNl(l6K).Challanger(BK) ... 29.95
TnS-80 Of APPLE DISK 34.95

BRAND NEW FRDM SDL: WIN AT THE RACES This inoroughbred
handicapping algorithm is baseo on a currently popular book on
thoroughbred multiple regression tectiniques Both sprints and
routes All o( the features of PHO-1 plus more This program in-
coroorates ihe oest data entry technique we've ever seen

32V. TRS-eo or APPLE CASSETTE 34 95

32KTRS-80 or APPLE DISK 39.95

BOOKS:

Winning at the Races . 21.95 -t- .75P&M

Beating ths flacas with a Computai . 14.95 + .75P&H

Make cnecks payable lo JOE COMPUTER DEPT. S ^ 193
22713 Vsnlura Blvd.. Suite F, Woodland Hills. CA 91364
CA residents add 6 % sales tax ^SP
PHONE ORDERS: 213-992-0514 ^^

■SEND S2 00 TO PLACE YOUR NAME ON OUR MAILING LIST
t IRS BO (s a legistered uaOemark ol Tandy Co'poraiion

) :NEXT:DATA+,205,-,206,*,207,/,208, [ , 209 , ( , 40 , ) , 41

,. ,46,EXP,224,X,88,SGN,215,INT,216,ABS,217,SQR,221

,RND, 222, LOG, 223, COS, 225, SIN, 226, TAN, 227, ATN, 228, E

,69
50 CLS : PRINT :PRINTTAB( 25) "GRAPH PLOTTER" : PRINTTAB ( 24 ) ST

RING${15,62) :PRINT:PRINT:PRINT"TYPE THE FUNCTION I

N TERMS OF X:":PRINT
60 INPUT" Y=";T:J=1:U="" :IFT="" THEN 50
70 IF MID$(T, J, !)>"/" AND MID$ (T, J, 1 )< " : " THENU=U+MID$ (

T,J,1) :J=JH-1:GOTO100
80 FOR 1=0 TO20:IF MID$ {T, J, LEN (V{ I ) ) ) =V( I) THEN U=U+R{

I) :J=J+LEN{V(I)) :GOTO100 ELSE NEXT
90 PRINT"ILLEGAL REFERENCE: Y="LEFTS {T, J) "?"RIGHT5 (T,

LEN(T}-J) :PRINT"RETYPE FUNCTION ." :GOTO60
100 IP J<=LEN(T)THEN70 else U="Y"+CHR$(213)+U+":"+CHR$(

147):FOR J=l TO LEN(U):POKE L+J-1 ,ASC (MID$ (U , J, 1} )

:NEXT:H=0:GOSUB500:IF H=2 THEN 50
110 PRINT: INPUT"IS FUNCTION SYMMETRICAL ABOUT X-AXIS (Y

/N) ";S:S=LEFT4{S,1) :IF S<>"Y" AND S<>"N" THEN 110
120 CLS: PRINT :PRINT"LIMITS":PRINT"======": PRINT :M=0

130 PRINT"PREVIOUS LIMITS: X="XL"TO"XU CHR$(8)", Y=

"YL"TO "YU: PRINT(a384 ,"";: INPUT" X-AXIS: LOWER

LIMIT"; XL:INPUT" UPPER LIMIT" ;XU : XS= {XU-XL)/12

8:PRINT:INPUT"Y-AXIS: LOWER LIMIT" ; Q
140 IFQ="AUTO"THEN150ELSE YL=VAL (Q) : INPUT" UPPER LI

MIT";YU:YS = (YU-YL) /48 : IF XS=0 OR YS=0 THEN PRINT
ILLEGAL LIMITS: AXIS LENGTH ZERO.":FOR I=lTO
900:NEXT:GOTO120ELSE M=1:GOTO190
150 M=0:X=XL:GOSUB500:YL=Y:YU=Y:FORX=XL+XS TO XU STEP 3

*XS:GOSUB500:IFY>YU THEN YU=Y ELSE IF Y<YL THEN YL
= Y
160 NEXT:IF YUOYL THEN M=l : Y=YU-YL+ . 04*Y : YL=YL- . 04 *Y: Y

S=Y/48
170 IF S="Y" AND M=l THEN YU=ABS (YU+YL+ABS (Y) ) /2 : YL=-YU

:YS=YU/24
180 PRINT@576,CHR$(30)" Y-AXIS: AUTO LIMITS ="YL" TO

"YU:Q=STR$(YL)
190 AT=16040:IF W = "P" THEN AT=15360
195 PRINT@3, "d-LIMITS:F-FUNCTION:L-NEW LIMITS:N-NEW FUN

CTION:P-PLOT:#-END PROGRAM"
200 POKE AT, 143: FOR 1=1 TO 40 :W= INKEY$:IF W="" THEN NE

XTiPOKE AT,32:FOR 1=1 TO 32 :W=INKEY$ : IF W="" THEN

NEXT:GOTO200
210 POKE AT,ASC(W} :F0RI=1 TO 250:NEXT:IF W="#" THEN 370
220 IF W = "P" THEN 280
230 IF W = "L" THEN 120
240 IF W = "N" THEN 50

250 IF W = "F" THEN PRINTia5 ,CHR$ {30 ) " Y = "T;:GOTO200
260 IF W = "D" THEN PRINTI^S , "LIMITS:

HRS(B)", Y = "YL" TO "YU;:GOTO 200
270 POKE AT,63:FOR I = 1 TO 300 : NEXT:GOTO200
280 IF M=0 THEN CLS : PRINT: PRINT" ILLEGAL LIMITS

LENGTH ZERO.":FOR 1=1 TO 900 : NEXT: GOTO120 ELSE CLS
290 A=INT(.5-XL/XS} :IF 0<A AND A<=127 THEN FOR 1=0 TO 4

7:SET(A,I) :NEXT
300 A=47 - INT(.5-YL/YS) :IF 0<A AND A<=47 THEN FOR I =

TO 127:SET(I,A) :NEXT
310 FOR N=0 TO 127:X=XL + N*XS: H=0 :GOSUB500 : IF H=l THEN

340
320 P=47-INT( (Y-YL}/YS+.5) :IF P>=0 AND P<=47 THEN SET {

N,P)
330 IF S="Y" THEN P=47-INT ( . 5- (Y+YL) /YS) : IF P>=0 AND P<

=47 THEN SET(N,P)
340 NEXT:GOTO190
350 IF ERR=2 OR ERR=40 THEN CLS:PRINT" Y= "T:PRINT:P

Program continues

X= "XL" TO "XU C

AXIS

110 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

sets itself, ready to run again. If you use the
BREAK key at any time, line 500 will be left
as a data line, containing the expression
you previously entered. You'll fiave to
restore the line or useGOTO200toget back
to the command cursor. If you choose a let-
ter which is not part of the command set,
the computer will display a query (line 270)
and return to the set.

This program is such a joy to use I had to
include it when considering graph drawing.
When you finish this series, look back
on this one, and try to unravel it. You'll
learn a lot about programming and how
your TRS-80 operates. ■

RINT "ERROR IN

TO 2000:NEXT

360 H=1:RESUME NEXT

370 FOR I=L TO L-l-10

ETE . " : END
500 @@@@@@@iaia@@ia@@ia
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@@@@iaia@iaiaia@@iaia
iaia@@@@@@@iaia@@ia

510 RETURN

FUNCTION. RETYPE CORRECTLY .": FOR 1=
:H=2: RESUME NEXT

:POKE I,64:NEXT:CLS:PRINT "RUN COMPL

@@@@@@@@iaiaiaiaia@@@ia@@@@@@(aia@@@@iaia@ia@@@
Program Listing T3

ADD-ON MEMORy?GETTHE FACTS!

i^apanese 1 6K RAM chips havn .t onc-t.o-ten in-
service failur-e ratio to U.S chips — from a 1 9B0
Hewlett Packard Study.

Do not buy carelessly specified chips or chips of
unkno//n rnanufecture We offer 41 16-conipatible
chips from the two too Japanese manufaoturers,
NEC and Fu|itsu,foc most popufar computers and
e.pansion memor-y boards, including.
■APPLE 'TRS-SO -NEW PET 'HEATH H-89
•SUPERBRAIN *EXPANDORAM 'many others

NEC UPD416-C 200 MSEC Plastics..
SMrmif^ SPECIAL $39,95/16K

FUJITSU 81 1 6E 200 MSEC Ceramics . .
Si^rO&T^^K SPECIAL-$46.95/16K

"Price at aO copy fleadlme We'll beat any legrtim^te
price tor comparable chips Hi-uolume users, dealers
or clubs, ask sbct further quantity disco -.rts

Guaranteed good Send check of money order !o

MINIS & MICROS, INC.

19754 VICTORY BOULEVARD
WOODLAND HILLS. CA 91367

(213)342-4535 ^^^

NO Shipping Charge
CA residents add S% sales ta>

SCIENCE MATH STATISTICS
ASTRONOMY MUSIC FINANCE

Professionally written TRS-80" Software

Star Finder $9.00

Linear System Solver $14.00

Curve Fitter $12.00

Grapnics Package $10.00

Many Others. Free Catalog

Budget Prices Fully Guaranteed

BENCHMARK COMPUTING SERVICES

P.O. Box 385, Providence Ut. 84332

In Europe: ^^°

Micro Gems 32 Buckingham Ave,

Hucknall Nottingham

NG15 SET England

Master Charge Visa

'TRS-80 is a trademark of
Tandy Corporation

MEMOREX

DISKETTES
& CARTRIDGES

for your computer or word processor

BUY THE BEST FOR LESS.
Lowest prices, WE WILL NOT
BE UNDERSOLD!! Buy any

quantity, Cail free (800) 235-
4137 for prices and information.

PACIFIC
EXCHANGES

100 Foothill Blvd
San Luis Obispo, CA
93401. (In Catcall
(805) 543-1037.:

Electric Crayon™

Programs For IRi-SO* .'^odei 1 Level 11
THE RED BAROfl'5 REVENGE, Provideb 7-. i-iiutes of

3K EC BAh and at leas! 32K S80 RAH. Avai lable in
one or Ewo psrts, 3S foMow5;

RBK-IDD complete on 35-Irack for-attcd diskette

(no DOS} for IiBK t~o-di5k sybten 318,00

RBR-JDD Two-part on formatted diskette fora52h;

two-disk system $13,00

RBR'IDTC complete on data cassette for it&K disk

or tape (casseCle/waferl system 516,00

i)eR-£DTC iwc-part on data cassette for J2K disk

or tape 5y5ten SI6,00

RBR-ITO complete (sligtitly shorter version) on

data cassette for 321^ tape system S16.50

RBR-IDD or RBR-2DD recorded on your J5-traoK DOS

backup diskette for one-disl< sys tern. , ,S15.50

S1/S9 DftTft RECORD FORMAT INFO, Pull \(>K of data
goodies. Includes 512 li-pixel color pal terns with
fie« codes, mode 2-8 refresh RAM maps wi th all 1 i/ie
start addresses, SI data record and S3 end code
format requi rements , and fast -act ion programming
enampies. Color patterns, map limits, and action
examples appear on color monitor or Ty, Pron-pts
and explanatory details appear on S80 monitor.
Program requires }K EC RAM and 16k s80 RflH,
S1/S9-C available only on data casset te. , . , S9.50

All pri ces include shipping ,
Florida residents include <<' sales lax i-;i tti order,

^,06 ^*"'' '^-"^"'1^° CHECi; or HONty order to:

F.S, KALINOWSm . 16 H. ALDER DR,, ORLANDO Ft, 32807
TfTra demsrk of Perconr L/ata Compan'^ ^ Yi\C-
' Trademark of Tand^ Ccrf:Orat\on

FOR SOMETHING THAT OPERATES

SMOOTHE ON YOUR HARDWARE.,.

TRY OUR SOFTWARE!

1 Complete Law management package

2 New Chiropractic Management System

3 Easy stalt operable medical/dental systems.

4. Flea I Estate /Properly Management for agencies
ur individuals

5. Feature Item! Comprehensive Inventory Control
programs for Shaklee, Walkins, Nature Sunshine.

6. Outstanding Accoums Receivahle-Check
Register-Accounts Payable Systfm

^

Sensiblv pricpd

MICROGRAM

Integrated Business Systems

;^442

PC Box 1 474, Spokane, WA 9921
1 -800 547 5995 ext 1 1 2 (Oregon) 1 -800-452-8647

% CHflf. PEP LIWE. SeilC-EFf^HUI-LnHOPtiKiTl.liiM:'-,';!: ]"- ib.:d^f3l,ii

E:n:Er:r IT -I ■-■ i- -rn-iE:--!=:o i

fThP G<-af.hic Line Prif>t»r> -

■£.4 . 7;:. Si>. ?&, i;o, and U: Chtrjcrtrt i,r Um.

IMCTW FEED - (UXlLiRKT IWWCIEF FCKT - > BJTEf

Hod. I Gim KT

K«.M

im.to

Prurtf/Ifrtrtltf C*l(

m M

nodidKt hfcio sikk li

tPriB

tr n

Ini.rtsrf Mi(.

-

(98. M

TOTFl

tTK.m

f7S>t IJO

OUR PRICE

*'ri 0, 00

JT-ZO . 00

UtiTE ; THf- EUT IP'C l-=ir. Hrr E>EE:h

IPCRTEFi ON THE E'l'l' T 7 1
LIIIE F'P tUTEF' ,

i=IUS flUOIOv-UIDEO SYSTEMS
24^85 Rutumnvale Dr,
San Jose, CR 95133

^146

+♦■*■■¥■♦♦■¥■■¥-¥■**♦♦**♦**♦♦. JHf*-1i*^t**

PH. 408-946-1265

at*. PEt LIIC. IK[tFW!JIL*CPSF!Tl>»rr7M-_'«cdf'5tliHi>nri

^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 111

PMC-80

Level II 16K at $645

SOFTWARE COMPATIBLE

Reads all Level 11 BASIC tapes
Reads all SYSTEM tapes
Full range of peripherals

The PMC-80 is a "work-alike" computer
to the popular TRS-80* Model I, Level II
by Tandy, Radio Shack. The PMC-80 has
16K bytes of RAM and the complete
Level II 12K BASIC ROM by Microsoft
that makes it 100% software compatible
with programs from Radio Shack and
from the hundreds of other independent
suppliers. The built-in cassette player
reads standard Radio Shack programs
fortheTRS-80:

Sold through computer stores.

Video output for monitor and TV
Optional FASTLOAD at 8000 baud
Optional Upper/Lower case

The PMC-80 will operate with any of the
many peripherals Radio Shack and
other independent vendors have in-
vented to plug into the TRS-80.* Most
importantly, the Interface Adapter per-
mits Expansion Interfaces with memory
expansion to 48K to be added. An
Expansion Interface will also permit the
addition of Radio Shack compatible
5!4" disks and disk operating systems,
RS 232, printers, etc.

'TRS-SO is a registered trademark of Tandy, Radio Shack.

^422

Personal Micro Computers, Inc.

475 Ellis Street, Mountain View, CA 94043 (415) 962-0220

112 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

FOR TRS-80* MODEL I USERS ONLY

16 Times
Normal Speed

TRS-80 is a trademark of Tandy Corp.

• High speed load TRS-80* Level II cassettes

• Input 15K byte Level II program in 15 seconds

• Search BASIC or SYSTEM programs by name

Unlike other high speed tape input de-
vices, FASTLOAD uses standard format
cassettes. Therefore, there is no need to
re-record on other media. At 8000 baud,
FASTLOAD is faster than disk for short
programs. FASTLOAD reads tapes at the
fast-forward speed of the CTR-41 cassette
recorder. The recorder can also be used
for CSAVE at the normal speed.

FASTLOAD connects to the 40 pin I/O or
to the Expansion box. The control program
does not use computer memory because
it is in a built-in PROM. Other valuable
features are keyboard debounce program,
automatic key repeat routine and key-
beep via cassette speaker. Price is $188.00
for FASTLOAD and $95.00 for the modi-
fied CTR-41 recorder.

,^422

Personal Micro Computers Inc.

475 Ellis Street, Mountain View, CA 94043 (415) 968-1604

1^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 113

TUTORIAL

Here are some curses and cures in its honor.

CLOADIsJust

A Five Letter Word

Dennis Bathory Kitsz
Roxbury, VT 05669

CLOAD may not be a four-letter word,
but it surely provokes some unplea-
sant thoughts in the minds of many 80
users. The computer's tape loading rou-
tines were designed to be slow but sure; us-
ing a few simple precautions, your inexpen-
sive CTR, or other portable, can be as reli-
able as any storage system developed for
the TRS-80.

Many fixes have been proposed for the
seemingly whimsical CLOAD routine, from
Radio Shack's own XRX modifications to
such expensive alternatives as the pur-

chase of a disk system. For the moment,
let's discard the latter choice and concen-
trate on ways by which we tape users can
optimize our system.

Audio

This tape process is a proverbial apples-
and-oranges mismatch. Portable tape re-
corders are intended to reproduce audio
signals, and they are undeniably weak for
this purpose. Only a person with a very tin
ear would not appreciate the difference be-
tween the portables and a high quality tape
deck, much less the original music. We can
recognize the harmonies and instrumenta-
tion only because we have an acculturated
understanding of what we believe we are
hearing. We average, smooth over, forgive.
In short, our internal computer remembers
its experiences.

Photo 1 is an oscilloscope representation
of a digital signal generated over a short pe-

One Level

Zero Level

Photo 1. CSA VE signal measured before audio processing. Note that change from one-level
to zero-level is invisible.

114 • 80 fi/icrocomputing, January 1981

riod of time — the CSAVE signal. The signal
moves from zero-level to one-level and back
again quite crisply, spending virtually no
time in the questionable zone between zero
and one. Measured at a point inside the
machine, the period of transition occurs on
the order of a few billionths of a second,
and has no meaning on the audio level.

Let's examine some of the contributions
made by theSO's poorly-handled audio elec-
tronics. The first is the audio output cir-
cuitry itself. Photo 2 presents the digital sig-
nal as it exits the cassette port. The sharp
edges have been blurred, the first step in
the long path of signal deterioration. Audio
"processing" changes the digital one-zero
pattern to an audio plus-zero-minus signal.
This is needed becausethe polarity of audio
output (and input) in many recorders is not
standardized, and a simple one-zero would
come out zero-one. No tape would CLOAD
correctly.

An unexpected interreaction between the
computer's output wiring and most tape re-
corders also produces a low-pitched hum.
The data signal rides up and down on this
low frequency hum, and some of the ones
and zeros come close to being out of
bounds. Although the 80 contains a filtering
system to reduce the quantity of hum that
reaches the data circuitry, it cannot fully
overcome its effects. If you use too high or
low a volume setting on playback, some of
the top and bottom level of signal will be out
of the decipherable range. Fig. 1 is a slightly
exaggerated sketch of this effect.

The most damaging hardware flaw is the
audio recorder. By the time the digital sig-
nal passes through the miserable audio
electronics to the tape head, it has deterior-
ated considerably. Furthermore, even the
best tape contributes its own level of signal
degradation; Photo 3 portrays the recorded
data as reproduced on the CTR-41 portable
cassette player, with the recorder adjusted

the electric pencil II

^_ ^* ©1980 Michael Shrayer

■4 for the TRS-80 Model IF Computer

The Electric Pencil is a Character Oriented Word Processing
System. This means that text is entered as a continuous string
of chcrocters and is manipulated as such. This allows the user
enormous freedom and ease in the movement and handling of
text. Since lines are not delineated, any number of char-
acters, words, lines or pxiragraphs may be inserted or deleted
anywhere in the text. The entirety of the text shifts and
opens up or closes as needed in full view of the user. Car-
riage returns as well as word hyphenation ore not required
since each line of text is formatted automatically.

As text is typed and the end of a screen line is reached, a
partially completed word is shifted to the beginning of the
following line. Whenever text is inserted or deleted, existing
text is pushed down or pulled up in a wrap around fashion.
Everything appears on the video display screen as it occurs
thereby eliminating any guesswork. Text may be reviewed at
will by variable speed or page-ot-a-time scrolling both in the
forward and reverse directions. By using the search or the
search and replace function, any string of characters may be
located and/or replaced with any other string of characters as
desired. Specific sets of characters within encoded strings
may also he located.

When text is printed, The Electric Pencil automatically
inserts carriage returns where they are needed. Numerous
combinations of Line Length, Page Length, Character Spacing,
Line Spacing and Page Spocing allow for any form to be
handled. Right justification gives right-hand margins that
are even. Pages may be numbered as well as titled.

the electric pencil

-a Proven Word Processing Systein

The TRSDOS versions of The Electric Pencil II are our best
ever! You con now type as fast as you like without losing any
chcracters. New TRSDOS features include word left, word right,
word delete, bottom of page numbering as well as extended
cursor controls for greater user flexibility. BASIC files may
also be written and simply edited without additional software.

Our CP/M versions are the same as we have been distributing
for several years and allow the CP/M user to edit CP/M files
with the addition of our CONVERT utility for an additional
$35.00. CONVERT is not required if only quick and easy word
processing is required. A keyboard buffer permits fast typing
without character loss.

CP/M TRSDOS

Serial Diablo, NEC, Qume $ 300.00 $ 350.00
All other printers $ 275.00 $ 325.00

The Electric Pencil 1 is still available for TRS-SO Model I
users. Although not as sophisticated as Electric Pencil II, it
is still an extremely easy to use and powerful word processing
system. The software has been designed to be used with both
Level I (I6K system) and Level II models of the TRS-80. Two
versions, one for use with cassette, and one for use with disk,
are available on cassette. The TRS-80 disk version is easily
transferred to disk and is fully interactive with the READ,
WRITE, DIR, and KILL routines of TRSDOS.

Features

TRSDOS or CP/M Compatible * Supports Four Disk
Drives * Dynamic Print Formatting * Diablo, NEC &
Qume Print Packages * Multi-Column Printing * Print
Value Chaining * Page-at-a-time Scrolling *
Bidirectional Multispeed Scrolling * Subsystem with
Print Value Scoreboard * Automatic Word & Record
Numba- Tally * Global Search & Replace * Full Margin
Control * End of Page Control * Non Printing Text
Commenting * Line & Paragraph Indentation *
Centering * Underlining * Boldface

master charge

'TRS-SO is a registered trade mark of Radio Shack, a division ot Tandy Corp,

TRC Cassette $ 100.00

TRD Disk $ 150.00

■--255

MICHAEL SHRAYER SOFTWARE, INC.

1198 Los Robles Dr.

Palm Springs, CA. 92262

(714)323-1400

iv Reader Sen/ice — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 115

Plus Signal

Zero

Minus Signal

Photo 2. After audio processing, a plus-minus-zero shape Is evident, as well as a softening
of the crisp digital waveform. This signal was measured at the cassette output jack.

to optimum playing conditions and high-
grade digital tape used. It bears little
resemblance to the original CSAVEd data
by this time, and contains hiss and other
residual garbage.

The audio electronics have reduced the
clean, crisp digital elements shown in
Photo 1 to a noisy, blurred, rounded audio
waveform. The signal spends so much time
in the "no person's land" between zero and
one that it is well nigh impossible for the
rigid digital electronics to interpret the sig-
nal as valid data. Add tape hiss, system
noise, speed variations, and a host of elec-
tronic interference {including another
wealth of hum added during playback by
the computer's wiring difficulties), and
we're lucky to get a successful CLOAD at
all.

Some redemption is provided by the
TRS-80, however. Photo 4 shows the record-
ed waveform after it passes through the fil-
ters and digital shaping circuits inside the
computer. If the signal has been properly
detected at all, it will be re-shaped in prepa-
ration for the Level II routine which must
turn it back into a BASIC program.

Photo 5 shows the unfortunate effect of
speed variations (tape flutter), produced as
the computer tries to sync with the incom-
ing signal.

Flaws

CLOAD can work— but only haphazardly.
What could make it worse? Here are some
major flaws and solutions;

• Head Misalignment: This is probably the
number one cause of bad loads. If the tape
head is not aligned vertically with respect to
the tape's recorded signal, a further loss in
volume and signal clarity will result. The
CTR-80 has a provision for adjusting the
playback head; use this feature especially
when trying to load commercial tapes. If
youhaveanothertypeof recorder, get a drill
and make a hole directly over the head's ad-
justing screw, which can be seen when put-
ting the machine in play position. It is an
easy process for the CTR-41; the hole can

be drilled (gently) 1/8-inch above, and equal-
ly as wide as, the letters ERY (in the word
"battery") on the CTR's face plate.

For general use with your own data
tapes, align the head by using high-grade
commerciai audio recordings with plenty of
cymbals. The audio industry has much bet-
ter quality control than the personal com-
puter houses, so avoid standardizing with
anyone's digital tape. Use a small cross-
point screwdriver to adjust for the "bright-
est" playback sound from at least two dif-
ferent audio tapes; compromise between
them if necessary, and keep these tapes as
your references. Always CSAVE your pro-
grams using this alignment, readjusting the
head as necessary only when loading pro-
gram tapes. Don't forget to adjust the head
back to your references, and re-dub prob-
lem tapes, if possible, with the proper align-
ment.

• Speed Variations: This is a secret gremlin
of bad loads. The signals pass by the
TRS-80 latching circuits too soon or too
late; a 5 percent variation can be deadly
(see also CLOAD below). Have an electron-

ics whiz adjust the speed for you, especially
if you can detect any pitch difference be-
tween the tapes played on your machine
and on a deck of known accuracy. Don't
compare with commercial digital tapes;
again, they may be wrong!

• Bad Tape: This one is easy. Just listen to
the tape using music or even computer
data. Listen for dropouts (momentary loss
of sound), skew (alternating bright and muf-
fled sound), print-through (an echo— partial
transfer of the signal to previous or subse-
quent layers of tape), poor oxide (general
dullness of sound), and so on. You can't get
good tape at cheap prices. My friend Danny
Debug uses top-of-the-line TDK tape for his
computer (but then I think Danny probably
listens to data as background music. . .). If
you're giving away or selling tapes, this is
doubly important. If it's a marginal load on
your machine, chances are it won't work at
all on someone else's.

• Diriy Head: This cuts both the volume
and the sharpness with which the signal
rises and falls. If the cassette player's rub-
ber puck is brownish, the head is probably
dirty. Regularly clean the head and puck
gently with swabs soaked in rubbing al-
cohol (don't use anything stronger), and do
the erase head too.

• Starting at 000: Don't be so economical
that you risk losing programs. Let some
tape go by before starting to record. The
first few inches of tape may have a bump
created by the leader splice, causing drop-
out. Even so-called "leaderless" cassettes
have a short leader attached to the take-up
hub.

• Magnetized Head: This isn't a big prob-
lem, but heavy computer users may consid-
er it. A slightly demagnetized head will
erase the precious high frequency edge of
the signal, encouraging a laggard rise in the
waveform. Take care of it with an inexpen-
sive head demagnetizer— but keep it away
from your tapes!

• CLOAD: The authors of Level II apparent-
ly did not expect such, uh, cheap hardware
to be employed by Radio Shack for a tape

Plus Signal

Zero

tvlinus Signal

Photo 3. The signal produced during playback by a properly adjusted CTR-41 contains
noise components and residual record bias frequency.

116 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

NEWDOS/80

LE-ZAP/II

■■'■i'-Ci

Unleash your NEWDOS/80® power into double density!
Double-Zap is a disk program which zaps NEWDOS/80^' for double density operation when used
in conjunction with the PERCOM DOUBLER®

Double-Zap will completely zap on a one or two drive diskette, it will run single and double density,
mix and match.

After Double-Zap has run, you will get an extra 64,000 -f bytes on the original diskette including the
original programs from NEVVDOS/80'^

Double-Zap will read any single density TRSDOS® NEWDOS® or VTOS files and convert them to
double density. Double-Zap is the ONLY double density conversion for NEWDOS/80® authorized by
PERCOM DATA to be used with the PERCOM DOUBLER^"'^? Requires 32k RAM .

Double-Zap — runs double density only — $29.95

Double-Zap II — runs single & double density — $49.95

■SL^0-(:6t'(t-L(:) :5J3pJ0 3UoqH ZOOSZ SExai 'uoi||ojje3
'3AIJQ uie|jaqLueL|3 6£9l * " 313 3JeM^05

Software Etc . . . 1839 Chamberlain Drive.

Carrollton, Texas 75007. Phone Orders: (214)492-0515.

£6'6H — Ajisuap djqnop ^ aiSujs sunj — )| di?z-3|qnoa

£6'6Z$ — ^\"0 Ajisudp djqnop sunj — dPZ-ajqnOQ

■ V\Va ^Z£ sajinbay ^oJiaianoa V\ODa3d 3H1 H^!^ P^^n aq oi viVG W03y3d
Aq pazuoLjinB ;s)0"t? SOiA -"Oj uojSjaAuoD Ajjsuap 9)qnop A1NO ^Ml ^1 de7-9|qnoa -Ajisuap 9|qnop
oj oiSLjt iJOAuoD pue S9|y SOiA JO ®SOaM3N sSOQSai Ajjsuap 9]Su|S Aug peaj \\\m dez-^iqnoQ

kO't SOiA ^o^ suiEjgojd |Bui8uo
aqi Sujpnpu! 8H8>|S!p |i?u|§jjo 3lj} uo sajAq -H000'i^9 ejjxa ue laS him noA 'unj seq dP7-3]qnoQ jayy

■qDieuj puE xjLU 'Ajjsuap

3|qnop puB aiSuis unj ||jm }\ 'aisjsAs >|S!P aAup-OMj e uo o> SOIA dez A|3i8|duJ03 ||!m dez-aiqnoQ

;v.eii3ianoa wo3M3d ^Hi

qi|A\ pasn uaLjA\ uojicjodo A^jsuap 3|qnop joj @o*1? SOiA ^dez q:i!qM luejSojcI >jS!p e si dez-aiqnoQ

jAjjsuap 9|qnop ojui JSMOd r^^O'f SOiA JnoA qspsjufi .

ST.

O'f SOIA

t^Reader Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1961 • 117

"1" LEVEL
"0" LEVEL 1

"HUM"

Fig. 1 Left. Exaggerated depiction of data
pulses "riding" on the hum signal induced
by ground loops between the TRS-80 and
the cassette machine.

system. Thus, this digitally-oriented routine
expects too much from any low-cost cas-
sette system, checking for the one or zero
bit too soon. Those of you with Level III
BASIC (and some of the new Level II ROMs)
will notice that tapes load easily without
added hardware. Excluding such expan-
sions to Level II, however, there's nothing
you can do about this problem, except per-
haps experiment with a tape player whose
speed can be easily adjusted. Dictating
recorders often have this feature.

The foremost cure for the wealthy are the
disk or Stringy-Floppy systems, which
avoid the need for cassettes in most cases.
Nevertheless, you still have to buy some
tape-only commercial software from time to
time, so CLOAD improvement can remain
important. If you are cassette-bound for the
foreseeable future, devices such as the
Data Dubber (sold by The Peripheral Peo-
ple), or E-Z Loader can successfully take the
signal from the tape, clear out the hum and
some noise, and carefully reshape the
waveform into a digitally-digestible format
for the 80. These add-ons can accept some
wide variations in input, and still work suc-
cessfully.

A product called Fastload, marketed by
Personal Computer Products, is a modifica-
tion to the cassette recorder, combined
with a small amount of resident software.
This creates a true digital recording pro-
cess. It is quite reliable, and considerably
faster than CLOAD. It is also fairly expen-
sive.

There is also Radio Shack's XRX modifi-
cation, in its various forms already an infa-
mous cure, and one which can provide you
with some mighty headaches. It's what is
called a synchronous device, meaning it is
pre-set to operate only at standard CLOAD
speed. Forget about high-speed loaders,
speed-increase modifications, and other
improvements on the built-in, snail's-paced
500-baud cassette data rate. The XRX mod
opens a window every 1/1000of asecond to
check the signal, then shuts it tight before
the noise and garbage gremlins can leap
through and seriously affect the result. It
works fine, superbly in fact, at 500 baud. Un-
fortunately, excellent software such as ABS
Systems' remarkable 2250-baud B-1 7 loader
was nearly destroyed by the introduction of
the XRX mod. A talented staff at ABS clever-
ly got around the problem, but it's too bad
that it was necessary in the first place. XRX
also means that higher speed modifica-
tions to the CPU clock will not allow the cas-
sette load to work at all.

A temporary bypass of XRX is possible if
you want to dive into your TRS-80 (readers
of my articles are well aware of a predilec-
tion for such activity). Open the machine
and find the mod. It is an inch-square board
mounted with tape, usually to the foil side
of the main circuit board. Follow the wires

■TO XRX BOARD (REMOVED FROM
LEFT SIDE OF CUT TRACE)

TO LEFT SIDE
OF CUT TRACE

BOTTOM OF SWITCH'

JUMPER CONNECTION
(RESTORES PRE-MOD
CONDITIONS)

TO RIGHT SIDE
OF CUT TRACE

■TO XRX BOARD (REMOVED FROM
RIGHT SIDE OF CUT TRACE)

Fig. 2. Connections to temporarily bypass the XRX modification for use with high- or low-
speed data I/O.

One Level

Not One Level

Photo 4. After filtering and re-shaping, the signal regains a digital appearance. The signal
shown is inverted after initial processing.

the right side of the main board until you lo-
cate a trace which has been cut through,
with a wire from the XRX board soldered to
each side. Remove those two wires, remem-
bering their locations, and soldera new pair
of wires to the traces (use wire-wrap wire).
Obtain a miniature double-pole, double-
throw switch from your local Radio Shack,
affix it to a convenient location, and attach
the wires as shown in Fig. 2. In one position,
XRX is active. In the other, it is out of the cir-
cuit, and special loaders and high-speed (or
low-speed, if you are using the Mumford
Microsystems SK board) modifications will
function perfectly. ■

Photo 5. Speed fluctuations drive the sync-
ing process to its limit. This signal was mea-
sured at the same point as in Photo 4.

118 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Toll-free order no.:

1-800-527-4196

ACCESS Mini-disk Systems

TRS-80*Owners
Save on Equipment & Software!

Access UnlimJted's own economy mini-
disk systems store more data, are more
reliable. Data access times are fastest
possible with your Expansion Interface.
Heavy duty power supplies run cooler.
last longer. Low noise thiree-wire ac pow-
er cord is safer. Enclosures are finished in
■ compatible silver enamel.

AFD-100' (40-track. 102 Kbytes) $315 00

Mention our DOUBLE DISCOUNT NUMBER when you
order and save $20.00 on your AFD-100!

Percom Mini-disit Systems

TFD-100"'' (40-track, 102 Kbytes/side) $349.95

TFD-200'"' (77-track, 197 Kbytes) $634,95

Prices include Percom upgrade PATCHPAK™

DATA SEPARATOR'

This PC board plug-in adapterfor
the TRS-80' virtually eliminates
data read errors (CRC error —
Track locked outi) which occur on
high density inner disk tracks, a
problem that has plagued TRS
80* systems. The Percom Data
Separator"" is installed in the Expansion Interlace
without modifying the host system. Caution: Open-
ing the TRS-80* Expansion Interface may void the
limited 90-day warranty: $29,95,

Percom OS-80™

An advanced easy-to-use disk operating system that
works with Level 1 1 BASIC commands. Resides in only
7-Kbyte of memory. May be extended indefinitely with
disk-resident utilities. Supplied on 5" disk with exam-
ple programs: $29,95 with instructions,

CIRCLE J Software

Two extremely useful utilities for Percom's OS-80™
DOS:

1 , Machine Lanauaae Save/Load Utility . On 5" disk
with bonus patch program that allows RS Renum-
ber Utility to run under OS-80™, $14,95, with in-
structions,

2, VARKEEP — Adds NAME SAVE and NAME
KEEP commands to OS-BO™, Use one set of com-
mon data with two or more BASIC programs. Also
runs under Radio Shack DOS, On 5" disk, with
instructions: $14,95,

Z80ZAP

Super fast machine language disk modification utility.
Read, Write, Display, and Modify sectors; remove
passwords; apply patches, fixes; make backups and
much more. On 5" disk with instructions: $29.95,

Ask about Scott Adams' Adventure games!

100% machine language word processor. . .
SPECIAL DELIVERY ( From Software Etc.)

Use MAILFORM to create name and address lists, EX-
TRACT to find names by ZIP, address, gender, age, etc.;
SORT to sort an entire list on any field in seconds. Print
personalized letters written with either the Electric Pencil^^
or Scripsit* using MAILRITE. Prints labels from Mailfile cre-
ated under MAILFORM. Runs under Percom's OS-80''^,
Radio Shack's TRSDOS*. $125 (disk)

Inexpensive Color Graphics:
the Percom Electric Crayon™

Spectacular multicolor graphics, sharp 2-
color alphanumerics with your TRS-80*, a
color tv and the Percom Electric Crayon™.
Up to eight colors. Resolution with full display
memory (6 Kbytes) is 256 X 192 picture ele-
ments. Microprocessor controlled the Elec-
tric Crayon™ is not only a full color graphics system but also a
complete, self-contained control computer with a dual bidirectional
parallel I/O port — provision for second dual port Interface the
TRS-80' via your Expansion Interlace or Printer Cable Adapter. Sup-
plied witti 1 Kbyte display RAM. EGOS^"^ operating system and
comprehensive users manual with example programs. $249 95
Optional TRS-80' interconnecting cable: $24.95.

Percom's Speak-2-Me-2™

Give your TRS-80* the gift of speech

Texas Instruments' Speak & Spell" is the voice of
your TRS-80' computer with ttiis clever interface
module manufactured by Percom. Your own
Level II BASIC prog.rams announce, com-
mand, implore with sentences and expres-
sions formed from Speak & Spell's"" voca-
bulary. The Speak-2-Me-2"' PC module
installs in the battery compartment of your
Speak & Speir. Power is supplied from an
ordinary calculator power pak Comes with in-
terconnecting cable (for TRS-80* El or Printer
Cable Adapter), operating software and users
manual: $69.95. (Speak & Spell" not included.

the DOUBLER""

Percorn's new plug-in adapter lor your Expansion Intertact;
stores almost twice the data on a diskette track as a single
aensity system. You can store up to fourtimes more data —
depending on the type ol drive — on one side ot a diskette
than you can store using a standard [vlodenmJni-diskdrii.e
Other features. Reads, writes and tormats either single or
double density minidiskettes • Buns TRSDOS', NEWCOS
+, Percom OS-80™ or other single density software wilhn i<
ctianging either software o' hardware Switch to double-
density when convenient. • Includes DBLDOS^*^ a
TRSDOS' compatible double-density operating system ■
Inciudeson card, high-perlormance data separator circuit • Install vvithcut
rewiring or trace cutting 'Introductory price. includingDBLDOSand format
conversion utility only $219 95 Ivlenlionour DOUBLE DISCOUNT NUMBER
when you order and save $20 00 on your DOUBLERi

DOUBLE-ZAP -— Modifies NEWDOS 80 - Tor aouble-density operation using
the Percom DOUBLER. Permits simultaneous single- or double-density opera-
tion l=rom Software Etc and Circle J Software On minidiskette $49 95

Use your credit card and save!

VISA and MasterCard charges are not
deposited until the day your order is
shipped.

Disk System Interconnecting Cables

Improvement over RS cable design places drive , which includes
the cable termination , at the end of the cable to eliminate the reflected
noise ot an unterminated cable. Better data integrity. Prices:

Two-Drive Cable $24.95

Four-Drive Cable 34.95

Power Line Filter

115/250 V, 50-400 Hz, Instructions included for easy installation in
standard mini-box chassis: $19.95

Minidiskettes

10 Disks in a convenient plastic organizer box $34.90

Single Disk 3.49

Disk Drive ID Tabs

1"x 1-%" self-adhering plastic drive identification tabs Compatible
silver with engraved black drive number. Two tabs (Nos 0, 1): $2.50:
three tabs (Nos 0, 1 , 2). $3.25; four tabs (0, 1 , 2, 3): $4.50

How to Order

Order by calling Access Unlimited toll-free on 1 -800-527-41 96t.

r^aii orders also accepted Orders may tie criarQGO to a VISA or Master Cha'ae
account. 01 card byacasiiier'scfieck.CBriifieOcrieckoi money order Weaccepi COD
orders witri 25% deposit Soiry. we cannot acceoi pe'sonalcfieciiB We pay shipping
actij insurance charges on orders over SI. 000 00 Add apprwimate insurance and
shiptjing charges lor under S'.QOOOO II in doubt about tfiese charges, ask when you
caihn your order Te«as'esidenls include 5% sales lax MimmumordefSJOOtl AiiowJ

to 1 weeks lor delivery tTexas residents call (214) 494-0206

ALL PRICESANDSPECIFICATIONSSUBJECTTO CHANGE AND ALL OFFERS
SU8JECTT0 WITHDRAWAL WITHOUT NOTICE

t trademark of Ap pa rat Corp oration. ™ trademark ot Pert^om Data CDmpany,.Jnc.

'' trademark of Access Unlimiled Company ' RADIO SHACK and TRS-80 are ttadetriarks of Tandy Corporalton

DOUBLE DISCOUNT
NUMBER:

80Mi10

ACCESS UNLIMITED

315IM.Shiloh-Ste. Dl • Garland, TX 75042

(214) 494-0206

"■ trademark of Texas Instruments Corporation
t irademark of Michael Shrayer Software. Inc

1^ Reader Service— see page 242

^223

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 119

APPLICATION

You can gauge the value of your precious metals cache with this program.

After the Goldrush

Goldbugs gather 'round. Those of you who'd calculate the current values of

your holdings of precious metals, hasten to your TRS-80s and load this

program! Tarry not in your journey to the scales carrying your forks of silver

and chains of gold. Rescue baubles long forgotten in the depths of jewelry

boxes and feast your greedy eyes on the riches you've gathered.

Jerry Frost

3398 Sir Henry St.

East Point, GA 30344

Many of you will say, "But I don't have
bags of silver or gold chains." You
may surprise yourseif when you find that
Uncle Walter's Masonic ring or Grandpa's
pocket watch has more than sentimental
value. A close examination of silver coins
left in your bureau, baby cups and cufflinks
will tell if they are sterling, or 14K or 18K
gold.

The accompanying program will store
your inventory of gold and silver and pro-
duce an up to the minute account of these
holdings compared to the daily spot prices
in any of the world's precious metal mar-
kets—New York, London, Paris, Zurich,
Hong Kong.

The market analysis section of the pro-
gram will tell, at a glance, the percentage of
gain or loss on your holdings, as gold and
silver continue to climb.

Tipping the Scales

The first thing to do is to determine, as
accurately as possible, the actual pure gold
or silver content of that class ring or sterling

120 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

teapot. Obviously, weighing them with a
bathroom scale won't do unless, of course,
you possess a hundred pounds or so of
these precious metals.

The best solution is to use a jeweler's
scale.

Since most of us don't have one you'll
want to visit your local jeweler and, for a
fee, have your cache weighed. If you have a
postage scale at the office, you'll get a fairly
accurate measurement in avoirdupois
ounces.

Precious metals are currently weighed in
troy ounces in the United States and Cana-
da as a standard of measurement.

Simply multiply avoirdupois ounces by
.9114583 to obtain the equivalent troy
weight. For example, weigh a sterling silver
spoon on a standard scale and observe a
weight of 1.5 avoirdupois ounces. Multiply-
ing 1.5 by ,9114583 gives you a troy ounce
weight of 1.367 ounces.

This is only a gross weight, not the actual
pure silver content. All sterling silver has
non-precious metals added to it as harden-
ers. Fineness, therefore, is defined as being
that part of the metal alloy containing pure
gold or silver. Sterling silver has 925 parts
silver in 1000 parts alloy. You must now find

the pure silver weight of the sterling spoon:
Multiply .925 by the gross weight of 1.367
troy ounces. This yields 1.264 troy ounces
of pure silver, expressed in what's called
"1000 fine."

Pure gold is considered to be 24 karats.
The relation of fineness to karats is also
proportional. A 14K gold ring, for example,
contains 583.3 parts gold in 1000 parts of al-
loy. An 18K ring would contain 750 parts
gold in 1000 parts of alloy. Weigh the ring or
any other gold item, then convert it to troy
ounces and multiply by its fineness. Table 1
shows the conversion of karats '•" ^meness.
A warning: Do not weigh different karat
items together; combine all 14K jewelry, all
18K, etc. and weigh them separately.

A magnifying glass wilt help you see the
karat stamp on jewelry. Beware of any gold
item stamped G.P. or G.F. This means the
piece of jewelry is gold plated or filled. It is
not a solid gold alloy. So, don't waste your
time weighing these items.

Fineness

Both United States and foreign gold and
silver coins contain various amounts of
fineness. Table 2 lists the most common in-
trinsic domestic and foreign gold coins with

their pure troy ounce content. Multiply this
weight by the number of coins you have.

U.S. silver coins minted through 1964
contain 90 percent silver. Clad fifty-cent
pieces minted from 1965 through 1970 con-
tain 40 percent silver. Coin dealers and
precious metal buyers consider that a
$1000 face value bag of circulated United
Stales coins minted through 1964 contain
about 720 troy ounces of silver, while a
$1000 face value bag of circulated Kennedy
silver clad half dollars minted from 1965
though 1970 contain about 295 troy ounces.

All United States coins (other than some
proof sets minted for collectors) minted
after 1970 are nothing more than copper
clad coins with no silver content whatso-
ever!

Foreign coins are another source of sil-
ver. Some countries even stamp the purity
and weight right on the coin. If you aren't
sure, a trip to a local coin dealer or libary
will tell if there is treasure in that hoard. An
excellent coin catalog, Standard Catalog of
World Coins is published by Krause Pub-
lishers, lola, Wisconsin. You'll find a refer-
ence to your coin and its silver content in
this catalog.

Inventory Program

Once the groundwork has been laid and
all of your gold and silver holdings accu-
rately measured, converted to troy ounces
and their fineness determined, you're ready
to enter inventory data statements in a pro-
gram.

The program lists the following informa-
tion: description, quantity, pure troy weight
(in ounces) and original cost (or close esti-
mate). Refer to Table 3 for examples and
proper format. Make sure that the last state-
ment in the inventory of precious metals
data line always terminates with END.

The computer will have to determine
whether your data is of gold or silver. To do
this, precede the description and spot price
dates with the marker # for gold and * for sil-
ver. Therefore lines 20010 and 30010 refer to
gold, while lines 20020, 20030 and 30020 re-
fer to silver. The marker will be stripped for
all CRT displays and printouts.

Referring to line 20030, notice that if you
include sterling knives they are listed sepa-
rately from other silverware. This is be-
cause knife handles are usually hollow and
filled with wax. The blade is often made of
stainless steel. A good rule of thumb is to
weight the knife and take two/fifths of the
total weight as sterling content.

The quantity number 1 in line 20010
means that you gathered your 14 karat gold
jewelry as a group, weighed it and came up
with 1.75 total troy ounces. The eight knives
in line 20030 were weighed separately, givi-
ing a weight of 1.20 troy ounces. The pro-
gram takes the quantity eight and multi-
plies it by 1.20 for a total weight of 9.6 troy
ounces. This is for the convenience of those
who wish to list their gold and silver items
separately.

Lines 30010 and 30020 keep tab on the
daily market closing price. You can consult
the business sections of most newspapers
to obtain this data. Line 30010 shows, for
example, that on January 21, 1980 gold
closed at $850 an ounce, while line 30020
shows that on the same day, silver closed at
$50 an ounce.

You can enter new data daily, weekly or
monthly to keep up with the fluctuating bul-
lion market, as compared to the latest spot
metals price. Always terminate the last
closing dates and spot prices line with END.

The program needs no explanation. The
input commands are self-prompting. If you
require hard copy (recommended) just
change PRINTS to LPRlNTs, Better yet, if
you're using a disk system with NEWDOS
(also recommended), simply hit the JKL
keys simultaneously and you'll get a hard
copy of the screen displays. If you require
larger arrays, increase at line 800.

After creating your data statements,
selecting menu item 4 will automatically re-
SAVE the program (METALS/BAS) and data
to disk. A sequential or random file method
could be used, but 1 feel the method or re-
SAVING is adequate for this data manage-
ment without increasing the size and com-
plexity of the program. Cassette users must
change the SAVE "METALS/BAS" to
CSAVE "METAL" in line 2200. It is good
practice to keep a separate copy of your
program in case of I/O errors.

Other Metals

You can incorporate other precious met-
als, platinum, for example, in the program.
You may also want to keep track of the price
of copper. That lowly penny in your pocket
may someday be worth more for its intrinsic
value than for its monetary value!

To include these or other metals in the
program, first create additional menu lines
between lines 1200 and 1500. Then edit
lines 2900 and 4900, inserting new markers
denoting the new metals. Any uppercase
symbols such as % and I will do. You'll have

to add IF statements between lines 1900
and 2200. Edit line 2300, Be sure to precede
all data lines with the new marker(s).

After the program is run, the first display
produces an itemized inventory of your pre-
cious metal holdings. The MKT. VALUE

karals^lOOOfJne
karats = 958.3fine
karats = 916.6fme

karats = 900.0 fine
ktats = 875 00 tine

20 karats = 833.3 line

18 karats = 750. tine

16 karats = 6667fine

14 karats = 583.3 line

1 karat = 041.7fine

Table 1

U.S. $20 gold piece

9675

$10golrt piec;e

4838

$5 gold piece

2419

$2.50 gold piece

.1209

$1,00 gold piece

.0483

Table 2

Russia 10 Rubles

.2489

Columbia 5 Pesos

2354

England 1 Pound

2354

Hungary 100 Koionas

,9802

S. Africa Krugerrand

1.0000

Auslria 100 Koronas

.9802

20 Koronas

.1960

10 Koronas

.0980

4 Ducals

.4430

1 Ducal

.1107

Mexico 50 Pesos

1.2057

20 Pesos

.4323

10 Pesos

.2411

5 Pesos

.1205

2i/j Pesos

.0603

2 Pesos

,482

France 20 Francs

.1867

Holland 10 Guilders

.1947

Belgium 20 Francs

1867

Italy 20 Life

1867

Switzerland 20 Francs

1867

Table 2 A

REM * INVENTORY OF PRECIOUS METALS ■
20010 DATA #14K JEWELRY, 1, 1,75, 250
20020 DATA 'STERLING SILVER, 1, 120.680
20030 DATA "STERLING KNIVES. 8. 1.20, 75
20040 DATA END

Table 3

REM * CLOSING DATES.
30010 DATA #01/21/80, 850
30020 DATA ■01/21/80,50
30030 DATA END

Table 3 A

SPOT PRICES

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 •121

{market value) column tells, at a glance, its
current value. The COST column refers to
your original investment. The CHANGE col-
umn gives the percentage of difference be-
tween the current market value and the ini-
tial cost. The automatic scrolling feature of
the program allovi/s you to pause betvt/een
displays.

The next display contains the current to-
tal dollar value of your investment, com-
pared to the original value. These holdings
are represented in pure 1000 fine troy
ounces.

The final display is an up to the minute
market analysis showing past closing
dates and closing spot prices, and the per-
centage of change from the current spot
price of the metal in question.

This analysis allows you to keep up vi/ith
the volatile activity in the precious metals
exchange and to record its history. The au-
tomatic scrolling pauses between these
displays.

Another addition to the program will help
determine the pure troy ounce content of
your holdings. Although troy ounces are
used, you may refer to Table 4 and convert
most common weights to troy ounces.
United States silver coins don't have to be
weighed because the program vj\\\ do it for
you. Enter the face value and its percentage
(90 percent or 40 percent) of silver.

Now delete the example data lines, 20010
through 30090, and add your own. Run the
program and see how "loaded" you are. ■

1 koy ounce

= 31.1033 grams

1 troy ounce

= 480 grains

1 Iroy ounce

= 20 pennyweight (DWT^

12 Iroy ounces

= 1 pound troy

145833 troy ounces

- 1 pound avoirdupois

0.9114 Iroy ounces

= ounce avoirdupois

32 15 troy ounces

= 1 Kilogram

1 gram

= 5.3 karats (roman)

1 giam

= 15.432 grains

1 gfam

= 0.643 pennyweigtit (DWT)

1,5552 grams

- 1 pennyweight (DWT)

1,000 grams

= 1 kilogram

28.3495 grams

= 1 ounce avoirdupois

24 grams

= 1 pennyweight (DWT)

5,760 grams

= 1 pound Iroy

15.432 grains

= 1 kilogram

437.5 grains

- 1 ounce avoirdupois

7,000 grams

= 1 pound avoirdupois

1 grain

= 0.0648 grams

240 pennyweighl (DWT)

= 1 pound Iroy

643.01 pennyweight (DWT)

= 1 kilogram

16.2291 pennyweigtit

= ounce avoirdupois

291.666 pennyweight (DWTi

= 1 pound avoirdupois

1 kilogram

= 2 68 pounds troy

1 kilogram

= 35.274 ounces avoirdupois

1 kilogram

= 2.2046 pounds avoirdupois

Table 4

700 CLEAR1000

800 DIM M$(50) ,Q(50) ,F(50)

900 CLS

1000

PRINT:PRINT:PRINT:PRINTTAB{25)"* MENU *

1100

PRINT: PRINT

1200

PRINTTAB(15) "1 - GOLD MARKET ANALYSIS"

1300

PRINTTAB(15) "2 - SILVER MARKET ANALYSIS"

1400

PRINTTAB(15) "3 - TROY OUNCE WEIGHT CALCULATION"

1500

PRINTTAB(15) "4 - WRITE NEW DATA STATEMENTS TO DISK
II

1600

N$=INKEY$:IFN$-""GOTO16

17

N^VAL(N$)

1800

CLS

1900

IF N=1THENGS$="G0LD"

2000

IF N=2THENGS$="SILVER"

2100

IF N=3THEN7200

2200

IF N=4 THEN PRINTia590 , " " ; : INPUT"HIT <ENTER> TO SAV

E NEW DATA";X$:PRINTia580,"NOW RE-WRITING PROGRAM A

ND ADDING NEW DATA TO DISK " : SAVE"METALS/BAS" :RUN

2300

IFN<1ORN>3THEN900

2400

PRINTTAB(25)GS$; " ANALYSIS"

2500

PRINTTAB(20)STRING$(23,131)

26

PRINT: PRINT

27

PRINT"<ENTER> current spot * " ;GSS ;: INPUT" * price

per troy ounce ";P

2800

PRINT

2900

IFN=lTHENR$^"*"ELSEIFN=2THENR$-"#": REM * SET DATA

MARKER *

3000

INPUT"<ENTER> TODAY'S DATE (MM/DD/YY) ";D$

3100

FORX^1TO50

3200

READ M$(X)

3300

IF M$ (X) ="END"THENX=X-1: Z=X:GOTO3700

3400

READ Q(X) ,F(X) ,C(X)

3500

IFLEFT$(M$(X) ,1)-R$THENX=X-1: REM * READ DATA MARK

ER *

NEXTX

3600

37

F0RX = 1T0Z:K,V(X)=P*F{X) *Q(X) :HV=MV+HV(X) :C=C-^C(X) :Q

=Q-l-Q(X) :F-F-l-F(X) *Q{X)

3800

NEXTX

3900

CLS

4000

GOSUB 6300:GOTO4100

4100

FORX-ITOZ

4200

PRINTUSING"###";Q{X) ; : PRINTTAB (6 ) RIGHT$ (M$ (X) ,LEN{

M$(X) ) -1) ; : PRINTTAB (31) USING"##, ###.##" ;MV(X) ;:PRI

NTTABC42)USING"##,###.##";C(X) ; : PRINTTAB ( 54) USING"

+####.#";( (MV(X)-C(X) )/C(X) *100) ; : PRINT" %"

4300

ZZ = ZZ-Hl: IFZZ=10THENZZ = 0:PRINTSTRINGS (6 3,45) :G0SUB6

200 : IFX=ZGOTO4700ELSEGOSUB6300

4400

NEXT

4500

GOSUB6200

4600

PRINTSTRING$(8,32) : PRINTSTRING? (6 3 , 45 )

4700

PRIKTTAB(8) "current Market Value = S" ; : PRINTUSING"

##,###. ##";MV

4800

PRINTTAB(9) "Original INVESTMENT = 5 " ; : PRINTUSING" #

#,###. ##";C

4900

IFN=lTHENRS="*"ELSEIFN-2THENR$-"#": REM * SET DATA

MARKER *

5000

PRINT: PRINTTAB (10) "REPRESENTING " ; ! PRINTUSING"### .

##" ;F; :PRINT" Troy ounces of 1000 fine ";GS$

5100

PRINTSTRINGS (6 3 , 45 )

5200

GOSUB6200:GOSUB7000:ZZ-0:GOTO53 00

5300

FORX=1TO50 : READD$ (X)

5400

IFD${X)="END"THENZ=X:GOTO5800

5500

READSP(X)

5600

IFLEFT$(D$(X) ,1)-RSTHENX:-X-1: REM * READ DATA MARK

ER *

NEXTX

5700

5800

Z-Z-l:FORX^lTOZ:PRINTRIGHT$(D$(X) ,LEN(D$(X) )-l) , :P

RINTUSING"#,###.##";SP(X) ;: PRINT, USING"-Ht## .##";{ (

P-SP(X) )/SP(X) *100) ; :PRINT" %"

5900

ZZ = ZZ-I-1:IFZZ = 10THENPRINTSTRING$(6 3,45) :ZZ = 0:GOSUB6

200:IFX=ZGOTO6100

6000

NEXTX

6100

PRINT@980, "PRESS <ENTER> RETURN TO MENU" ; : LINEINPU

TASiRUN

6200

PRINT(a980, "PRESS <ENTER> TO CONTINUE" ;: LINEINPUTA?

:CLS:RETURN

122 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

^w^?«^

More power to you.

Disk drives, liardware and software— now more affordable and more available!

NEW PRODUCT ANNOUNCEMENT:
NEW MODEL III WITH DISK DRIVES!

TRS-80'" Model III with dual MPI B91 80-
track disk drives— 704K of reliable disk
storage on only two drlvesl

This system features:

• Two MPI B91 double-density 80 track
drives

• 48K RAM, double-density Newdos 80

• 3 millisecond access time

• Includes A.M. Electronics' controller
board and MAKESC-^ program

• Complete, ready-to-run

Special Introductory Price .

$2295

The Ultimate Small Business Computer:
TRS-SO" Model III with tour dual-headed
MPI B92 80-track disk drlvesl

This system features:

• Four proven MPI drives

• 48K RAM, double-density Newdos 80

• 3 millisecond access time

• 2.8 Megabytes reliable disk storage

• Includes A.M. Electronics' MAKE80®
program and controller board

• Complete, ready-to-run

Special Introductory Price $3795

TRS-SO" Model 111 with four dual-headed
MPI B52 40-track disk drives

(with same features as above)

Special Introductory Price $3495

The choice Is yours

Whether you need professional-looking
cases and power supplies, complete disk
drive packages or powerful, user-tested
software, call A.M. Electronics. We
manufacture and sell a complete line of
affordable, high-quality and readily-
available disk drive components and
software to expand the capabilities of
your TRS-80'" system.

Attention dealers, OEM's & distributors

Call us for details on our attractive pricing.

COMPLETE DISK DRIVE PACKAGES
FROM S325I

5V4-lnch drives

40-track MPI 51 w/case, power supply

and extender cable $325

80-track MP 91 w/case, power supply

and extender cable $560

Special Offer! 8-inch drives

for Model I or II

Single Siemens drive with case and

power supply $695

Newl

Dual Siemens drives with dual case

and power supply $1240

CASES AND POWER SUPPLIES

5V2-inch enclosures

Single drive unit case and power

supply $85

Dual drive unit case and power
supply $120

(Extender cables are $15 each exlra)

8-Inch enclosures

Single drive unit case and power

supply $150

Dual drive unit case and power
supply $250

TRS-80'" SOFTWARE PACKAGES

MAKE80©

Converts 35 or 40 track diskettes into 80
track readable diskettes $14.95

The power behind
tlie drives®

-m

A.M. ELECTRONICS, INC.

3366 Washtenaw Ave.

Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104

(313)973-2312

visit our retail showroom for a "hands-on"

look at our TRS-SO'" hardware and software

SUPER UTILITY, by Kim Watt.
Stand-alone 24K machine language
program for disk includes:
ZAP UTILITY

• Read/modify data regardless of disk
protection • One-step track-to-
track/ sector to sector • Dual cursors;
ASCII and Hex. Modify in Hex.
Decimal or ASCII • Display disk
sectors, display file sectors, copy disk
sectors, compare disk sectors,
display/modify main memory, search
memory or disk for specified string and
return location

PURGE UTILITY

• Kill files by file spec or category • Zero
out unused directories or sectors

• Compute passwords, change disk's
name, date, passwords, protection
levels • Directory routine indicates all
active and inactive files, their location
in directory and status of granules

DISK COPY UTILITY

• Copy any TRS-80™ readable disk,
regardless of protection

TAPE COPY UTILITY

• Copy any TRS-80'" readable tape,
regardless of protection or baud rate

DISK REPAIR UTILITY

• yiu(oma(/ca//y repair damaged HIT,
GAT or BOOT sectors • Directory
check advises of errors • Automatic
recovery of killed files • Shows active
and inactive files, and their location on
the disk

MEMORY UTILITY

• Move memory • Jump to
memory • Test memory • Compare
memory • Input or output any byte to
any port • Zero memory • Exchange
memory • Edit memory • Load memory

SUPER UTILITY is now available for
$49.95, plus $2.50 shipping and handling!

'"TRS-BO IS a trademark of Tandy Corp.
^452

iv Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 123

SICK s

OF PROGRAMS THAT TREAT YOU LIKE
AN IDIOT, WASTING TIME & MONEY??

RANDOM ACCESS PAYROLL

• NO Complicated Initialization

• EDITS LIST

• QUARTERLY Reports

• PROGRAM Loads In Less than 30 sec.
PAY ANY EMPLOYEE ANYTIME

• SALARIED OR HOURLY

• COMPLETE Including EIC

• PRINTS on NEBS 9020 CHECKS

• NO SPECIAL PAYROLL CHECKS

• SPECIAL HOURS-SPECIAL PAY

• TWO SAVINGS-INCLUDING RIA

• STATE TAX— WORKMENS COMP.

• CLASSED BY Occupation or Dept.

• PAYSTUB Shows Year-to-date

• No Filenames— All Automatic
SEND YOUR STATE TAX SCHEDULE

• We'll Customize for your State Tax

WRITTEN IN BASIC FOR
COMPLETE CONTROL

Documentation S Disk $55.00

Documentation only $10.00-
credit to purchase

MASS ADD 5% or Exempt number
Requires:
Min. 32K-1 Drive-Printer = 50 EMP
48K-2 Drives-Printer ^ 100 +
TEL 7 AM-9:30 PM EASTERN
(617)-359-2364/6370

MEDFIELD ^^^'
COMPUTER SOFTWARE

39 GREEN ST., MEDFIELD, MA 02052

SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY OFFER

MORTGAGE LOAN SERVICING

& RENTAL

INCOME MANAGEMENT

FOR TRS-80* MODEL II

Annual Mortgage Loan Statements

Delinquent Reports & Overdue Notices

Escrow Analysis

Rental Income Management

All Reports on 8V2 x 11 Paper

Price $850.00

* * * A MUST FOR * • •

Loan Servicing Agencies
Property Management Companies
Apartment Owners and Managers

SYSTEM CONSULTATION
ON OTHER TRS-80* APPLICATIONS

<^320

FISHER ASSOCIATES (214) 331-6521

4650 S. Hampton, Suite 109

Dallas, Texas 75232

■TRS-80 is a Trademark of Tandy Corp.

"MKT. VALUE

'SPOT

GOLD CALCULATION"
SILVER CALCULATION"
'GOTO7 80

6300 PRINTDS;TAB(20)GS$" PORTFOLIO" , -TAB ( 46 ) "SPOT = S";

PRINTUSING" #,###.##"; P
6400 PRINTTAB{15)STRING$(25,61)
6500 PRINT

6600 PRINTSTRING${63,45)
6700 PRINT"QTY";TAB{10} "dESCRIPTION" ;TAB (32 ;

";TAB(46) "COST" ; TAB ( 55 ) "CHANGE"
6800 PRINTSTRING$(63,45)
6 900 RETURN
7000 PRINTD$;TAB(15)GS$" MARKET ANALYSIS" ;TAB ( 46 }

= $";: PRINTUSING" #,###.##";P:PRINTTAB{ 15) STRING? (2

3,61) : PRINT :PRINTSTRING$ (6 3,45) :PRINT"CLOSE DATE";

TAB(19) "SPOT";TAB(34) "CHANGE TO DATE" : PRINTSTRING$

(63,45)
7100 RETURN

7200 ' * GOLD & SILVER TROY OUNCE WEIGHT *

7300 CLS

7400 PRINTTAB(25) "* MENU *"
7500 PRINT:PRINT
7600 PRINTTAB(15) "1
7700 PRINTTAB(15) "2
7800 NS=INKEY$:IFN$
7900 CLS
8000 N=VAL(N$)
8100 IFN=2GOTO10000
8200 CLS

8300 PRINTTAB(15) "GOLD CONVERSION TABLE"
8400 PRINTTAB(15)STRING$(21,45)
8500 PRINT: PRINT

8600 INPUT"<ENTER> KARAT WEIGHT OF GOLD ITEM
8700 K=.041666667*K
8800 PRINT:PRINT
8900 INPUT" <ENTER> WEIGHT SYSTEM

2 - TROY "; AT
9000 IF AT<1ORAT>2GOTO890O
9100 IF AT=1AT=.9114583ELSEAT=1
9200 PRINT

9300 INPUT"<ENTER> WEIGHT OF GOLD ITEM (OUNCES
9400 W=W*K*AT
9500 PRINT

9600 PRINTSTRINGS(46,45)
9700 PRINT"ITEM CONTAINS" ;: PRINTUSING"## .

TROY OUNCE (S) OF PURE GOLD."
9800 PRINTSTRING$(46,45)
9900 GOSUB6100

10000 PRINTTAB(15) "SILVER CONVERSION TABLE"
10100 PRINTTAB(15)STRING$(23,45)
10200 PRINT
10300 PRINT"<ENTER> 1 - STERLING SILVER

1 - AVOIRDUPOIS

##";W; : PRINT"

01 NS"

2 - U.S. C

104 00 NS-INKEY$:IFN$=""GOTO104 00

10500 PRINT@192,STRING$(63,32)

10600 N=VAL(N$)

10700 IFN<1ORN>2GOTO10300

10800 IF N=1N=.925:GOTO12600: REM * .925 = STERLING FIN

ENESS *
10900 PRINT

11000 PRINTTAB(10) "1 - 90% PRE-1965 U.S. SILVER COINS"
11100 PRINT
11200 PRINTTAB(I0) "2 - 40% 1965-1970 KENNEDY SILVER CLA

D HALVES"
113 00 X$=INKEY$:IFX$=""GOTO113
11400 X=VAL(X$}
11500 IFX<1ORX>2GOTO11000
11600 IFX=1X=.72: REM * 90^

ALUE *
11700 IFX=2X=.295: REM * 40% SILVER WEIGHT PER

VALUE *
11800 PRINT

11900 INPUT"<ENTER> FACE VALUE OF U.S. COINS
12000 FV=FV*X
12100 PRINT

12200 PRINTSTRINGS(57,45)
12300 PRINT"U.S. COINS CONTAIN ";: PRINTUSING" #,###.### "

;FV;:PRINT" TROY OUNCE(S) OF PURE SILVER."

Program continues

SILVER WEIGHT PER $1 FACE V
$1 FACE

" ; PV

124 • 80 Microcomputing. January 1981

StCcl?(C(l?Cl?Ctttd2CEfl2Qi; CD C!! cC cC cc

TOTAL PERSONAL »
' FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT '

® A PACKAGE OF SEVEN TRS-80 PROGRAMS THAT CAN ^
$ HELP YOU CONTROL YOUR FINANCIAL DESTINY. $

(COST IS DEDUCTIBLE!)

* 1. INCOMETAXCALCULATOR— Use this program to figure your income tax. Screen *
input is easy to follow. Output to screen (or printer if you have one). Input items can

$ be changed without entire rerun. Vary assumptions and minimize your tax! Input £
follows Federal 1040.

S 2. REAL ESTATE TAX SHELTER— Enter information regarding rental property and S

computer projects cash flow and tax consequences. Vary assumptions to maximize
e return. Computes amortization and depreciation. ffi

3. ESTATE ADEQUACY— This program determines the adequacy of your estate to
$ provide adequate support to your family should you die prematurely. You input fami- £

ly members ages, needed income, college expenses, assets in estate, insurance, etc.
q, —Computer determines adequacy of assets. Vary assumptions and percent return m

* on investments. *

5 4. ESTATE TAXES— Use this program to figure your estate tax and minimize. Two £
modules: One is simple computation— The other is more detailed. Useful for both
novices and experienced estate tax planners. o^

5. CASH FLOW— Project your monthly cash flow by entering items of income and

e outgo. Use this with Program No. 7 to plot out a savings and investment program, g

6. FINANCIAL STATEMENT— This program prepares a personal financial state-

£ ment for you. Find out how much you're really worth! £

(J, 7. GROWTH OF SAVINGS— Input amount of money to invest in savings, interest q^

* rate, and watch the computer show you how much interest you earn and how the ^
principal grows, for as many months or years as you wish.

^ COMPLETE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED

£ Printer can be used, but not necessary. £

Level II 16K required.

s TOTAL PACKAGE OF ^

$ SEVEN PROGRAMS— $35.00 s

s

THIS ENTIRE PACKAGE OF PROGRAMS IS PRICED AT $35.00 FOR CASSETTE USERS AND $40.00 FOR DISK USERS.

INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMS ARE NOT SOLD SEPARATELY.
SEND CHECK OR CHARGE TO VISA OR MASTERCARD— ONE WEEK DELIVERY.
• INSTRUCTION BOOK INCLUDED IN PACKAGE IS ALSO SOLD SEPARATELY FOR $1.00.

s

FINANCIAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS ^ns

S FINANCIAL i;UMPU I bK bYb I bMb ^115 n>

Suite C-204 • 4651 Roswell Road, N.E. • Atlanta, Georgia 30342 ^

y'Reader Sen/ice-see page 242 80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 125

SYKAM SYSTEMS LIMITED

SOFTWARE
BY

ROBERT M. CHAMBERS

Manipulate your level II Basic programs with
Renumber 1.1 ($10,], Appendix 1.1 ($10.) and Com-
pressor 1.1 ($8,), These machine language programs
are some of the most effective utilities available.

Entiance your disk systems v^ilh our D.I.S.C.U.S.
data management system ($175.) and otfier pro-
grams such as Execute ($20.) which executes a
script of DOS commands,

•^U8 74 Stinson Avenue,
Nepean, Ontario
Canada K2H 6N4

STEPWISE

MULTIPLE LINEAR REGRESSION

Fast Compiled Machine Language
Comprehensive Data Base Manager

* Transformations

* Lags

Designate Any Variable As Dependent

At Run Time
Descriptive Statistics
Correlation Matrix
ANOVA Table

Partial Correlation Coefficients Each Step
Future Releases Are Upward Compatible
And Include; Factor Analysis, Time Series,
Linear Programming

For 2 Disk, 4SK TRS-SQiS;, With Line Printer
Write For Information On Other System

Configurations
Price $89,00 - Documentation Only $10,00
Visa And Master Charge Accepted

Barstrann Corporation — Dept, A t--'201

P,Q, Box 265 Mid City Station

Dayton, Ohio 45402 1-51 3-293-8299

12400 PRINTSTRING${57,45)

12500 GOSUB6100

12600 PRINT

12700 INPUT" <ENTER> WEIGHT SYSTEM: 1 - AVOIRDUPOIS

2 - TROY "; AT
12800 IF AT<1ORAT>2GOTO12700
12900 IF AT=1AT=.9114583ELSEAT=1
13000 PRINT: PRIM'
13100 INPUT" <ENTER> WEIGHT OF STERLING ITEM (OUNCES) ";

W
13200 W=W*N*AT
13300 PRINT:PRINT
13400 PRINTSTRING$(59,45)
13500 PRINT"STERLING ITEM CONTAINS " ; : PRINTUSING"# , ### .

##«";W; :PRINT" TROY OUNCES OF PURE SILVER."
13600 PRINTSTRING${59,45)
13700 GOSUB6100
13800 END

Program Listing 1

20000 REM * EXAMPLE INVENTORY DATA LINES *

20010 DATA #14K JEWELRY, 1, 1.75, 250.00

20020 DATA *STERLING SILVER, 1, 120, 680.00

20030 DATA *STERLING KNIVES, 8, 1.20, 75.00

20040 DATA #$20 U.S. GOLD PIECE, 1, .9675, 325.00

20050 DATA *$40 FACE 90% U.S. COINS, 40, .720, 624

00

20060 DATA *S75 FACE 40% U.S. COINS, 75, .295, 400

00

20070 DATA #18K NECKLACE, 1, .475, 548.00

20080 DATA END

20090 '

30000 REM * EXAMPLE CLOSING DATE & SPOT PRICE DATA

S *
30010 DATA #01/21/80, 850.00

LINE

30020 DATA *01/21/80, 50.00

30030 DATA #01/22/80, 682.00

30040 DATA #01/30/80, 690.00

30050 DATA *01/30/80, 34.00

30060 DATA *04/02/80, 14.60

30070 DATA #04/02/80, 493.00

30080 DATA END

30090 ' END OF LISTING

Example 1

TRS80*

CANADIAN INCOME

TAX I980

CAN TAXI Disk

A coinplei? T1 lorm including scheduled 1 10 10 and Provincial
forms, Formulaled piinlnuls roi sU rorms. Raquiies 32K and 1
Di5l^ Drus

S150 00

CAN TAX2 Tape

A complete Tl loim only No 5ctie0iili!s Renuiies 1SK

iao,oo
TAX COURSE

A cnmplele income la» course (or nomesludy, plui a complete
Ihslinfl of Ifie la' program

1200 00

NEW OLIVITTI ET-20I

Dahse» wtieel, IBIter qualify lypewnlei onnlei comoletely irler
faced witfi any TRS BO- No hardware reQui red 16K minimum.

$2799,00
All ordeiB stiipped FOB waiefiouse
Ontario Residents add 7% SALES TAX
lerms Cheque, Monet Order Visa. NO COD

J R Software ^155

910 Wilson Ave

Downsviev* Ont M3X. IE7

(416)636-3690

t^epA

PROFESSIONAL
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
PROGRAMS

Runs on any 16K Level II system
Prohibits Bypassing of Mandatory Entries
Accuracy Assured by Triple Check Logic
Enter only Pertinent Lines - Much Faster than
Line by Line entry

Prompts are Erased from Screen Leaving
Display Identical to IRS forms
Single Line Correction with Automatic Update
ot Succeeding Totals

Prints Directly on IRS forms or on Plain Paper
with Overlays

Professionally Written — Economically Priced

1040 - $99.50 1040A - $74.50

Schedules - $24,75

Send $2,50 for Fuil Description and Samples

^^^ lapplied to purchase price)

MrCRO-TAX *^«6 [

P.O. Box 4262, Mountain View, CA 94040

Call: (415) 964-2843

DISASSEMBLED HANDBOOK
FOR TRS-80

VOLUMES— $18. POSTPAID

Chapter 1: Writing Di,^ assembler Programs
Chapter 2: High Speed Disassemblers
Chapter 3: Spooling Theory & Pra(;lice
Chapter 4: Port Encoders & Decoders
Chapter 5: Writing Iniernipl Programs
Chapter 6: D/A Converters & Conslruciion
Chapter 7: A/D Converters & Construction
Chapter 8; High Speed Morse Code Program
Chapter 9: Comm, Bulletin Board Systems
Chapter 10: Radio Teletype From A to Z
Chapter II: Self-Programmed Learning Q/A
Appendix A: Volumes 1-2-3 combined index
Appendix B: Vols. 1-2-3 Pgms. on Disk $20

VOLUME I—SW. POSTPAID

6lh prill ling

VOLUME 2-'$l5. POSTPAID

41 h pri filing

—GERMAN & FRENCH LANGUAGE EDITIONS—

RICHCRA FT ENGINEERING L TD.

Drawer 1065, Wahmeda Industrial Park
Chautauqua, New York 14722
phone (703) 430-2333 for COD orders
(USJunds: add $4.50 overseas airmail) ^ 276

126 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Gf^mBicr 'QO

TlvLUJorld^ nol
microcomputer Clicss Program

Gombiet 80 ujqs ranked os the best commeixiQllv ovoiloble Chess Program ot
the officiol UJorid Microcomputer Chess Championship in London, September 1980.

Designed and programmed by LUim Rens For the Tandy TRS80 Level II utlth 16K RRM

FACILITIES INCLUDE:

6 levels of play from speed chess to tournament level
* Graphic board display
Chess Clock

Game record in standard notation on the screen and
optionally on a printer
Board set up for solution of chess problems
Take-back' facility

Continual display of moves being evaluated by the program
Mate anticipation

Here's your opportunity to order Gambiet 'SO for only S39.95 ea.

Visa Card #

Mastercharge M .,___„_______

Check encloseO for $ .

' ! ' j i ; '' ji ! i ) .

Please send my copy of Gambiet '80 to:

Name .

Address . ^

City/State

Zip .. Phone

■Kentucky resiflenls call collecl 503/491-9837 8.15 lo 5 15 EST

Mall orders to:

Microtrend

1900 Plantside Dr.

Louisville, KY

40299

or

Call Toll-Fre9

l-aOO-626-6268

.J

y' Reader Service —see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 127

/^t^H PROGRAM STORE

HELLFIRE
WARRIOR

From Automated Simulations

A sequel to the famous "Temple of Apshai",
HELLFIRE WARRIOR is expanded to include
more command options, more potions, more
magical items and more special effects, in add
ition to an innkeeper, HELLFIRE WARRIOR
has an armorer, apothecary and magic shop.

WARNING: not for beginning Dunjonquest
players! If you are new to these fascinating
games, start out with "Temple of Apshai",
"Morloc's Tower" or "Datestones of Ryn".

HELLFIRE WARRIOR
TEMPLE OF APSHAI
MORLOC'S TOWER
DATESTONES OF RYN

^^

By Bill Hague from Big Five

"The rage of the arcades" is now available for
TRS-ao' Exciting sound effects add to the
action as the invaders swoop down to destroy
your base. Even while you have your hands
full battling the aliens, you have to watch out
for the Flagship! Super graphics, super
action, super fun!

Level I or II, tape. . .$14. 95

DUEL

«N»

DROIDS

By Leo Chrtstopherson from Acorn
Your 'droid has already learned NIM, so now
it's time to teach it how to wield a laser sword!
Leo Christopherson , author of "Android
NIM, " "Dancing Demon" and other animations,
has developed a new type of animation and
high-quality sound in his latest work.

Your 'droid starts out as a lowly clown. You
teach it how to use a laser sword by cont
rolljng its movements. After training it to be a
"Grand Master," you enter the tournament a-
gainst the program's skilled 'droid! Entertain-
ment for all ages .

Protected Tape. . .514.95
Protected Disk. . .$20. 95

WARGAMES

From Computer Simulations

For the serious war gamer, these three World
War II strategic simulations offer incredible
historical accuracy. Take command of the
U.S. and Allied armies, try various ap-
proaches to specific WWII battles. Would you
have faired better than the actuaJ result or
worse ?

Each war game displays a combat map, with
notation of the topography, towns, enemy pos
itions and type. You move your units, manage
your supplies, and carry on the fighting day

by-day. For real challenge, choose from
these three games. Available on tape.

BATTLE OF THE BULGE: St. Vith $14.95

BATTLE OF THE BULGE; Bastogne. . , $] 9. 95
D-DAY: The Invasion of France 519.95

Unbelievable Realtime 3 D Graphics!

FLIG

From Sub-Logic

The wait is over! If 3-D graphics seem impos
sible on the low resolution TRS-80, you hav-
en't seen this brilliant program. During
FLIGHT SIMULATION , you instantly select
instrument flight, radar, or a breathtaking
pilot's-eye-view . But be sure to strap your-
self in — you're liable to get di^^y!

Once you put in some air time learning to fly
your TRS-SO, head for enemy territory and
try to bomb the fuel depot and airstrip while
fighting off five enemy warplanes. Good
Luck!

Level I or II Tape. . .$25.00

INVADERS^,„,^^
<^ SPACE

By Carl Miller from Acorn

A new and faster machine language approach
to this classic (and addictive) space game. As
you play, the aliens are dropping bombs,
moving from side to sjde, and trying to over ■
run your bases. You try to by shooting at
them, and your score grows larger with each
hit. But, just as you think you've got the
invaders under control, they speed up their
action.

INVADERS FROM SPACE offers variable game
speed, enemy bomb frequency and accuracy,
number of shots on screen and number of
your bases. Move your base and simultan-
eously fire at the invaders -- which you can
not do in most other similar games. Full sound
effects, incredible speed and action!

Protected Tape. . .$^^. 95
Protected Disk. . .$30. SS

ELECTRONIC

BASKETBALL HANDICAPPER

By Sothen, Laurence £ Gavenda from Acorn
Basketball is the first of the Electronic Handi
capper Series from Acorn. It will introduce
you to the benefits of predicting the winners
of this season's basketball games. This two-
tape package gives you power ratings to get
you started, then you keep the the data tape
informed of game scores as they are played.
The program will calculate a projected winner
and point spread, based on available data.
Last season Handicapper was able to predict
B5o of the winners, with 64^ point spread
accuracy. Requires oniy 16K.

On Tape. . .599.00

C^ Z80ZAP ^

^^ n

From Org Tex

New machine language disk access/mod-
ification program. With Z80ZAP. you will be
able to. . .

. . .Read, Display and Modify disk sectors
. . .Remove Passwords from any disk file
... Zero Out any disk sector . . .Recover killed
or lost disk files ...Compare disk sectors,
byte by-byte ...Find any designated byte in
a disk sector . , .Apply patches, fixes, etc.

Z80ZAP automatically calculates the Hash
Index Code for any file and tells you exactly
how to use it when recovering killed files.
The flashing cursor acts as a pointer to the
byte on which you are working plus its ASCII
equivalent, making direct disk editing con
siderably easier. Designed to outperform
SUPERZAP in speed and capabilities, Z80ZAP
is a "must" for disk drive owners.

On Disk $29.95

BOSS

By V. Hester from Soft Sector
This utility is the perfect too! for creating
and debugging Basic programs. It allows
single stepping through the Basic program,
setting up to five breakpoints within the pro-
gram and tracing of program logic using only
a small portion of the display screen. With
BOSS, you can review selected variables
during program execution and return to the
program with the display restored. Allows
storing programs in high memory for later re
trieval. For Level II, TRSDOS, NEWDOS-i-,
NEWDOS,'80. VTOS.

On Tape. . .$29.95

DISASSEMBLER

By Roy Soltoff from Misosys & Acorn
A two pass disassembler for TRS-80 that con-
verts machine code to Z 80 assembly language
listings. DISASSEMBLER produces symbolic
labels with output to video, printer or tape.
Radio Shack's Editor /Assembler will read and
load the tapes for easy modification and re-
assembly. Extend the capabilities of
Editor /Assembler with this utility. On tape for
two different memory locations.

$14.95

VisitOur New Store: W.Bell Plaza- 6600 Security Blvd -Baltimore, MD

TO ORDER CALL TOLL FREE 800 424-2738 '°^ "fo^-^tion

Call (202) 337-4691

THE PROGRAM STORE ^

4200 Wisconsin Avenue NW, Dept. K 7 Box 9609
Washington, D.C. 20016

MAIL ORDERS: Send check or M.O. for total purchase
price, plus $1.00 pcstage & handling. D.C. residents, add
5% tax. Charge card customers: include all embossed
information on card.

128 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Get the most from your micro with
software and accessories from one of
the world's largest selections.

The

Frog ram

Store

CALL TOLL FREE

800424-2738

ADVENTURE

By Scott Adams from Adventure International
Nine different adventures make up this ac-
claimed series. Written in machine language
for fast response, they support lower case (if
installed), have a unique screen video driver
with blinking cursor, and have over 100
words in their vocabularies.

Until you've played an Adventure, you can't
appreciate the hours of challenge and fun
built into each program. Each tests your
powers of reason and deduction as you at
tempt to accomplish your mission using the
implements you have, find or devise. For 1SK
TRS 30, 24K Apple II specify.

1. ADVENTURELAND - caves, pits, magic
words and the dragon ... $11.95

2. PIRATE'S ADVENTURE go from your
London flat to Treasure Island... $14. 95

3. MISSION IMPOSSIBLE coitiplete your mis-
sion or the reactor is doomed. . . S14. 95

4. VOODOO CASTLE - Save Count Cristo
from hjs fiendish curse .. . $14.95

5. THE COUNT - when you awaken in Tran
sy Ivania , watch your neck... $14.95

6. STRANGE ODYSSEY - find alien treasures
at the edge of the galaxy. . . $14. 95

7. MYSTERY FUN HOUSE ■ try to leave the
most bizarre funhouse you've seen ... $14.95
e. PYRAMID OF DOOM - search the labyrinth
for ancient treasures. . . $14. 95

9. GHOST TOWN just because something
moves doesn't mean it's not dead ... $14.95

Three Adventures on disk, choose:

1-3 4 S 7 9 $39.95 per disk

DUNGEON

from Chameleon Adventures

Stimulating fantasies and adventures where
you create your character, choose from among
26 types of armor and 80 weapons to aid your
search for fame and fortune. Random events
occur in each dungeon, but your skill most
often determines the outcome. Include excel-
lent illustrated manuals.

Ealrog Sampler (requires 32K , two disk sys-
tem). ..$34.95

Stone of Sisyphus (disk] , . ,$34, 95

INTERLUDE

From Syntonic Software

Come on now . . . You've seen it, you've
thought about it. now it's time to order it!
The computer game designed for consenting
adults interviews you to determine your
mood, then sends you off on one of 106 ex
citing interludes. Full of surprises, even for
the most sofjhisticated . Are you ready for it?

Tape...S14.95 D]sk...S17.95

Large, full cover poster of the famous
Interlude Girl, . .$5. 95

PINBALL

By John Allen from Acorn

Get your flipper fingers ready for action in

this real time, machine language game.

Lots of sound and flashing graphics make this
fast action game so much like the real thing
that you'll have to remind yourself not to
shat;e your TRS-SO. Choose from five playing
speeds to match your skill. Can you beat your
friends' stores? Will you avoid the dreaded
"Bermuda Square?" Get PINBALL today and
find out.

Protected tape. .. $14. 95
Protected disk. . .$20.95

MICROCOMPUTER
GAMES

From Avalon Hill

Five war and strategy games for the home com
puter that pit your skill against the program.
Each includes instructions and software for
16K TRS 80, APPLE il £ PET.

.Midway Campaign relive the battle as
you control our naval forces

B 1 Nuclear Bomber avoid MiCs £ mis
sles as you pilot this advanced aircraft

North Atlantic Convoy Raider lets you
simulate the Bismark convoy raid of 1941

Nuke War - choose espionage or arms
buildup to control a nuclear confrontation

Planet Miners one to four players com
pete, staking claims in the solar system

On tape $14. 95 each

SUPERscript

By Richard Wilkes from Acorn

Enhances Radio Shac)<'s great Scrips! t word

processer with many new and useful features.

Call up the disk directory or kill files while
still in Scripsit. Pause the printout to insert
text from your keyboard or change type
wheels, then resume printing where you left
off.

Using any printer with backspace capability,
you can underline text and produce com
puter- type slashed zeros. And on Diablo,
Qume and NEC printers, you can super
script, subscript, underline, print boldface
and select 10- or 12- pitch.

The l<eyboard driver is now modified to cor
rect for repeating key hangups. You may
specify space requirements with justified text
to eliminate awkward spacing of critcal text.
And. with SUPERSCRIPT, you can now enter
special characters (brackets £ braces) that
are not found on the TRS 80 keyboard.

All these capabilities, and more, are available
when you add SUPERSCRIPT to your Scripsit
LC program. Available for just $29.95 on
disk.

TYPING TUTOR

By Ainsworth £ Baker from Microsoft
Speed up your programming and word pro-
cessing with this excellent touch-typing in-
structional program. Divided into two sec-
tions, the program first teaches proper finger
positioning. You practice keying various char-
acters, the program adding new ones as you
progress. In the practice paragraph section,
you are evaluated for accuracy and rated in
words per minute. The program continuously
adjusts to your increasing skill, telling you
which characters you miss and where you are
slow. One of the most practical programs we
know of for TRS 80.
S14.95

EDITOR/ASSEMBLER +

By ChamberlJn £ Yates from Microsoft
The "PLUS" in assembly language pro-
gramming has arrived ! Get the features of the
Radio Shack version, PLUS the debugging
features of TBUG and much more.

Clear explanations abound in the BO- page ref
erence/instruction manual. It fully describes
all the features, including the macro facility,
assembly direct to memory, conditional
assembly, added expression evaluators,
auto-origin, alphabetic symbol table, and the
quash command. Also explained are the addi-
tional editor commands and the enhanced de-
bugging facility. A must for TRS-80 Owners.

For i6K tape systems. . 529,95

DISK INDEX

From Mumford Micro Systems
Finally! Organize your disk program library.
This program reads in the directories from
your disks, catalogs them, and produces an
index. You can sort, search, delete from, add
to or print the index you'll always know

exactly how to locate any program! If your
library includes more than one diskette, you
NEED this program.

For J2K one or more drives. .. 51 9. 95

PROGRAMS UNLIMITED. . .

... if you do
I Ike, give us s

NEWDOS/SO" 1

MHS FORTH w/Man.

Disk version..

ACCEL II...

Disk Dr. Timer.. .

Packer

Disk*Mod*..
Sargon II..

Disk version.
* Disk

see the program you'
I — we probably iiav

VTOS 4.0"

Tiny PASCAL

CO\ Data Mgr*

Structured BASIC
Translator*.. .

EDAS Edit/Assem..

Library 100

Supernova

System Savers....

e iti
99.95
50.00
74.95

24.95
79.00
49.95
14.95
14.95

THE PROGRAM STORE • Dept K 7 Box9606- 4200 Wisconsin Ave. NW • Wbshington. D.C. 20016

tem

Price

Postage Si .00
Total

a CHECK nVlSA

name

addr
city

state zip

□ MASTERCARD MCBank# Card# Exp

i^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 129

UTILITY

Kill those Bugs fast with, . .

ZBUG. . .

Super DEBUG Monitor

Lt. John B. Harrell

53 Vichy Drive

Saratoga Springs, NY 12866

Anyone who programs in as-
sembly or machine lan-
guage debugs his code with
some son of monitor. When 1
ordered my system a year ago, i
anxiously awaited the arrival of
my 16K Level II computer, the
Editor-Assembler, and T-BUG
rhonitor. I found that the monitor
performs adequately, supplying
a basic tool at machine level.

Its major drawback is that it is
written to support users of a 4K
system. Thus, it suffers many
limitations. This prompted me to
write a monitor aimed at a sys-
tem built on the 16K Level II
computer with cassette input/
output.

T-BUG Drawbacks

The T-BUG monitor provides
nine one-character commands,
many with serious drawbacks.
For example, the memory modi-
fy/display (M) command has the
option of seeing and changing
memory with a one-byte key-
hole, only in hexadecimal. The
register display (R) command
also displays registers with no
labeling, and the user must re-
member a table of memory ad-

dresses to modify any register
contents. The fix breakpoint (F)
command can be catastrophic;
when you use it, the contents of
the address in the user PC to
PC -1-2 are replaced with what-
ever is in the breakpoint save
area; no checking is performed
to see if a breakpoint is actually
set at these addresses prior to
the change.

The ZBUG Super DEBUG
Monitor has the following fea-
tures:

• Twenty-three single key
commands.

• A full video screen display
of the complete status of your
computer, at a single glance.

• The ability to locate a sin-
gle byte or a single address (two
bytes) in any specified block of
memory.

• Ability to set up to seven
breakpoints, which will remain
set until cleared. All breakpoints
are one byte in length to prevent
problems with overlapping
code.

• Breakpoint clearing selec-
tively by use of the fix break-
point command or clearing all at
once.

• Memory display in eight
lines of 16 bytes beginning at a
user-selected address in either
hexadecimal or alphanumeric/
graphics format. Memory pag-
ing in 128-byte blocks starting at
any address using a single key.

• Conversion of decimal
numbers to a two-byte hexadeci-
mal display and back for easy
reference to addresses, etc.

• Loading and writing of cas-
sette tapes easily into the SYS-

TEM loader format. (Who ever
heard of "punching" a cassette
tape?)

• Easy change of contents to
any eight or 16-bit register by us-
ing its symbolic name.

• Ability to move blocks of
memory or fill memory with any
byte between specified ad-
dresses.

• Ability to modify memory
starting at any address, using a
moving cursor that shows where
you change.

• Exchange primary and sec-
ondary eight-bit registers.

• Read a SYSTEM format
tape and perform checksums on
each record. When finished
reading, display the record num-
ber, length, and the hexadeci-
mal load address of each in the
file.

SUPER BUG MONITOR

REGISTERS

ADOR

MEMORY CONTENTS

MODE = HEX

AF'

11 FF

0000

F3

AF C3

74 06 03 00

40

C3

00 40 El

E9

C3

9F

06

BC

22 33

0010

03

03 40

05 06 01 18

2E

C3

06 40 C5

06

03

18

26

DE'

55 00

0O2O

C3

09 40

05 06 04 18

IE

C3

OC 40 11

15

40

18

E3

HL'

66 77

0030

C3

OF 40

11 ID 40 18

E3

03

12 40 11

25

40

18

DB

0040

C3

D9 05

C9 00 00 C3

02

03

CD 2B 00

B7

CO

18

F9

AF

AA 93

0050

OD

OD IF

1F 01 01 5B

IB

OA

OO 08 18

09

19

20

20

BC

BB CC

0060

OB

78 B1

20 FB 09 31

00

06

3A EC 37

3C

FE

□2

D2

DE

DD EE

0070

00

00 03

CC 06 n 80

40

21

F7 18 01

27

00

ED

BO

HL

FF 00

IPC)

F3

AF C3

74 06 C3 00

40

03

00 40 El

E9

03

9F

06

IX

FACE

FLAGS SET

F = S-

-H — NC F=S2XHXVNC

lY

DEAD

BREAKPOINTS-XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX

SP

COOO

COMMAND:

PC

0000

Tabie 1. Video Display

130 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

• Copy any SYSTEM format
tape within the capacity of your
configuration.

• Lastly, aithough this moni-
tor is approximately 3000 bytes
and 1600 source statements, I
have segmented tiie source
code into four modules, each
easily assembled on a16K Level
II computer. Each is relocatable
to suit user preference and sys-
tem size.

Creating Your ZBUG Monitor

Using your Editor/Assembler,
enter the source code modules
in Program Listing 1. When en-
tered, assembled arid checked
for errors (E/A command A/WE/
NS/NO), save the source module
on tape. Then assemble and
save the object code on tape.
Repeat this for each of the four
source code modules. When ail
four have been assembled and
written to tape, use the SYSTEM
command to load each object
module. When the last module

key commands in Table 2.

Let's take a detailed look at
the program's special features
and commands. This monitor
uses a one-byte breakpoint, the
code for an RST 28 (EFH). If you
examine the ROM code starting
at 0028H, it contains the code
for a JP 400CH (C3 OC 40). Dur-
ing normal Level II operation,
address 400CH contains a RET
(C9H) instruction. This is the
vector jump-out area used by
the keyboard scan routines for
the BREAK key. The initial entry
to the ZBUG monitor patches
this area. This is to transfer con-
trol to the location in part one of
the program (in Listing 1) la-
beled RST28, every time the
computer executes any RST
2aH code. ZBUG examines the
return address saved on the
stack, and if the call comes from
the ROM chip {addresses in the
range of OOOOH to 2FFFH), it is
assumed to be for the BREAK
key being pressed. If not, it is

CHAR

FORMAT

A

FIND ADDB SSSS EEEE AAAA (ENTER)

B

BRKPTAAAA (ENTER)

C

CLEAR (ENTER)

D

DISPLAY AAAA (ENTER)

F

FIXBKP (ENTER)

G

GO (ENTER)

H

HEX AAAA = DDDDD (ENTER). (ENTER) clears the command line

1

INT DDDDO = AAAA (ENTER), (ENTER) Clears the command line

J

JUMP AAAA (ENTER)

L

LOAD (ENTER)

M

MOVE SSSS EEEE AAAA (ENTER)

FIND BYTE SSSS EEEE BB

R

REG Z:BB (ENTER) or REG ZZ:AAAA (ENTER)

S

SET AAAA BB.. BB (BREAK)

W

WRITE SSSS EEEE AAAA PGNAME (ENTER)

X

XREGS (ENTER)

z

ZAP SSSS EEEE BB

COPY (ENTER)

CAT (ENTER)

®

immediate command— toggle display mode

immediate command— return to BASIC

t

immediate command— scroll display down

I

immediate command— scroll display up

Table 2. Command Format

is entered," execute the ZBUG

monitor by typing / ENTER. The
video display should now resem-
ble the display shown in Table 1.
Use the ZBUG write command
(WRITE 4300 4F1B 4338 ZBUG
ENTER) to write the entire ob-
ject program on tape as one file
under the name ZBUG.

Using The ZBUG Monitor

After loading the monitor,
ZBUG will accept the 23 single-

handled as a breakpoint call to
the monitor.

Commands

FIND ADDR: The FIND ADDR
command searches the block of
memory from the starting to
ending address for each occur-
rence of the two-byte address
specified. Every time a match is
found, the 128 bytes of memory
starting with the match address
are displayed. The computer

pauses, waiting for any key to be
pressed. If the BREAK key is
pressed, control is returned to
the command loop with the vid-
eo display as is. Any other key
restarts the search. When all
matches have been found, the
display is reset to the original
address prior to the command.
Control is returned to the com-
mand loop.

BRKPT: The BRKPT com-
mand searches the breakpoint
address table (BRKAD) for an
empty entry (contains Os). If one
is found, the specified address
is saved as the breakpoint ad-
dress and the byte at that ad-
dress is saved in the corre-
sponding entry in the breakpoint
save data table (BRKSV). The
contents of the specified ad-
dress are then set to the RST
28H code (EFH) for a breakpoint
call to the monitor.

CLEAR: The CLEAR com-
mand takes each non-zero entry
in the breakpoint address table
and repairs the code at that ad-
dress with the one byte in the
corresponding entry in the
BRKSV table. The entry in
BRKAD is then zeroed. When all
table entries have been exam-
ined, control is returned to the
command loop.

DISPLAY: The DISPLAY com-
mand sets the display pointer to
the address specified and re-
turns control to the command
loop. This causes the screen to
be rewritten, displaying memory
in the 128-byte block starting
with the address entered. The
memory display is in the mode
controlled by MODEFL. In the al-
phanumeric/graphics mode, no
attempt is made to massage the
byte value of the character to
display. Characters with a value
of less than 32 decimal are dis-
played however the character
generator decodes them. Those
with values in the range of 32 to

127 decimal are displayed as the
appropriate ASCII equivalent
(except that lowercase is dis-
played as uppercase on an un-
modified TRS-80). Characters
having a value in the range of

128 to 255 decimal are displayed
as graphics characters.

FIXBKP: The FIXBKP com-
mand uses the contents of the
user PC register as a search
argument in the BRKAD table. If

a match is found in the table, the
code at that address is repaired
with the one-byte entry in the
corresponding location in the
BRKSV table. The entry in the
BRKAD table is zeroed. Control
is returned to the command
loop.

GO: The GO command loads
all the Z-80 registers from the
corresponding entry in the user
register table, it pushes the
value of the user PC register on
the stack and returns control to
the user by executing a RET in-
struction. Because the user
stack pointer is initially cleared
to zero, it is necessary to use the
REG command to intialize the
SP prior to executing a program.

HEX: The HEX command con-
verts the two-byte hexadecimal
value entered loan integer value
in the range of to 65535 deci-
mal. BASIC ROM routines pro-
cess the number in single preci-
sion floating point. This avoids
problems in handling the lead-
ing sign bit.

INT: The INT command takes
the one to five decimal digit inte-
ger value entered and converts it
to a two-byte hexadecimal form
and displays it on the command
line. The decimal integer must
be terminated with an = to
force the conversion. Again,
floating point arithmetic is used
to develop the hexadecimal
number.

JUMP: The JUMP command
sets the user PC to the entered
address. Then it executes a GO
command.

LOAD: The LOAD command
loads the next SYSTEM format
file from the cassette. The pro-
gram is checked for errors by
performing a checksum on ev-
ery record loaded. The name of
the file being loaded is dis-
played in the upper right hand
corner of the video screen. The
transfer address is saved in the
user PC register for future exe-
cution. Refer to Table 3 for the
format of SYSTEM tapes,

MOVE: The MOVE command
moves the block of memory
specified to the target address.

FIND BYTE: The FIND BYTE
command searches the speci-
fied block of memory for each
occurrence of the byte speci-
fied. This command works like

Continues to page 143

80 Microcomputing, January T981 * 131

Micro-
computer
Educational
Programs

PROGRAMS

Interpretive Education, providing leader-
ship in educational programs 1or basic
living skills, introduces the new micro-
computer educational (MCE) programs
The MCE programs are being thoroughly
developed and tested with the co-
operation ot educators and computer
programming experts The new high
lechnology product line is being generated
to otter basic living skills on tloppy disc
and tape. They are designed for application
on Apple ll*,TRS-80" and other micro-
computers.

Please call collect today for more informa-
tion on how MCE programs can aid your
leaching etlorls with special rieeds
audiences

'Alrademark 0l ApDIeCOfnouler Inc
"Alradernarkol Tandv Corpora lion

For free information and catalog, write or
CALL COLLECT' {616)345-8681

'""'interpretive ^295
i EDUCATION

i Depi 18F

^<0{;VJ:n[et-.Dt KalHrrvi/oo ,V1I 4900?

AN s-'-' $79 .95

DEVELOPMENT
PACKAGE

Now you can breadboard your digital
projecls from basic with ease The AN-51 1
IS the Ideal interface lor the engineer
or experi-
menler
Using the(ln)
and (Out)
Statement in
basic, you
can now con-
trol from
software

8 Decoded Device Control Lines
8 Bits Of Input Data To Basic
8 Bits of Output Data From Basic
8 Bit Data Bus From Z-80 For Up

To 8 Additional Bytes of I/O
Includes Power Supply And Pro|ects Book

Design Solution, Inc, ^^^^

P.O. Box 1225

Fayetleville, AR 72701

Phone' (501) 521-0281

Include $1.50 for shipping and handling

Ark, residents add 3% sales tax

■TRS-80 IS a iraaemark o( Radio Shack
A Tandy corpnrFifiori

Program Listirig 1. ZBUG So

jrce

Code

00006

COMMANDS:

00007

1.

<A>

- "fIND

ADDR" START

END ADDR ':CE> |

00008

2.

<B>

- "BRKPT" ADDR ■;CR>

00009

3.

<C>

- "CLEAR" <CR> CLEAR

ALL

BREAKPOINTS

00010

4.

<D>

- "DISPLAY" ADDR <CK>

00011

5.

<F>

- "FIXBKP" <:CR> FIX

BREAKPOINT AT (PC)

00012

6.

<G>

- "GO"

■;CR> EXECUTE

STARTING AT (PC)

00013

7.

<H>

- "HEX"

NNNN DISPLAY HEX CONVERTED TO INTEGER

00014

8.

<I>

- "INT"

DDDDD= DISPLAY HE;X EQUIVALENT

00015

9.

<J>

- "JUMP

' ADDR <CR>

START EXECUTION AT ADDR |

00016

10

<L>

- "LOAD

' <CR> LOAD

TAPE

IN "SYSTEM" FORMAT

00017

11

<M>

- "MOVE

' START END NEW <CR>

00018

12

<Q>

- "FIND

BYTE" START

END BB <CR>

00019

13

<R>

- "REG"

a:BB <CR> Z

=A,n

C,D,E,F,H,L OH PRIMES

00020

"REG"

ZZ:BBBB <CR>

ZZ=IX,IY,SP,PC I

00021

14

<S>

- "SET"

ADDR CHANGE MEMORY AT ADDR, ENTER (

00022

BYTES UNTIL

DONE

AND HIT <BREAK>

00023

15

<w>

- "WRITE" START END

ENTRY NAME <CR> WRITE SYSTEM

00024

TAPE IN PROPER FORMAT

00025

16

':x>

- "XREGS" <CR> EXCHANGE

PRIMARY t< SECONDARY REGS

00026

17

<'i>

- "EAP"

START END BE

<CR> FILL MEM WITH BB

00027

18

<f >

- "COPY

' <CR> COPY

SYSTEM TAPE. CHECKSUMS

00028

EACH RECORD

FOR GOOD LOAD, LOAD STARTS

00029

AT 5000H AND

CONTINUES TO END OF MEM

00030

19

<.>

- "CAT"

<CR> READ AND CHECKSUM A SYSTEM TAPE

00031

DISPLAYS RECORD NR, LENGTH, LOAD ADDR.

00032

DISPLAYS ENTRY POINT AT END.

00033

20

<@>

- TOGGLE DISPLAY MODE BETWEEN HEX AND CHARACTER |

00034

21

<*>

- EXIT

rO BASIC WITi

A CLEAR SCREEN

00035

22

<UP

ARROW>

- SCROLL MEMORY

DISPLAY - 128 BYTES

00036

23

<D0WK ARR0W> - SCROLL MEMORY

DISPLAY + 128 BYTES

00037

00038

4300

00039 ORGN

DEFL

430011

easd

00040 RL

DEEL

ORGN-43 00H

00041

4300

00042

ORG

ORGN

4300

ED73624D

00043 RENTBY

LD

(SPSAVEI ,SP

SAVE STACK POINTER

4304

31624D

00044

LD

SP,SPSAVE

SET UP REG SAVE FOR USER

4307

FDE5

00045

PUSH

lY

4309

DDE5

00046

PUSH

IX

430B

E5

00047

PUSH

HL

430C

D5

00048

PUSH

DE

430D

C5

00049

PUSH

BC

430E

F5

00050

PUSH

AF

430F

08

00051

EX

AF,AF'

4310

D9

00052

EXX

4311

L5

00053

PUSH

HL

4312

D5

00054

PUSH

DE

4313

C5

00055

PUSH

BC

4314

F5

00056

PUSH

AF

4315

ED7B624D

00057

LD

SP, (SPSAVE)

USER SP

4319

El

00058

POP

HL

GET RETURN ADDRESS

431A

ED73624D

00059

LD

(SPSAVE) ,SP

431E

310043

00060

LD

SP,RENTRY

SET ZnUG SP

4321

2B

00061

DEC

HL

GET ADDRESS OF SBUG CALL

4322

22644D

00062

LD

(PCSAVE) ,HL

4325

1837

00063
00064

JR

MNLOOP

DISPLAY INFO

00065

RST28 CODE FOR BREAKPOINT OR BREAK |

00066

4327

E3

00067 RST28

EX

(SP) ,HL

SAVE HL - GET RET ADDR

4328

F5

00068

PUSH

AF

SAVE A AND FLAGS

4329

7C

00069

LD

A,H

432A

D6 30

0007

SUB

30H

RST 23 FROM ROM - BREAK

432C

FA3343

00071

JP

H, BREAK

432F

Fl

0007 2

POP

AF

RESTORE AF

4330

E3

00073

EX

(SP| ,HL

RESTORE HL, RETURN ADDR

4331

18CD

00074

JR

RENTRY

BREAKPOINT

4333

310043

00075

JREAK

LD

SP,RENTRY

RESET SP

4336

1826

00076

00077

JR

MNLOOP

BREAK

00078

INITIAL

ENTRY INTO ZBUG

00079

4338

310043

00080

:ntry

LD

SP, RENTRY

433B

1600

00081

LD

D,0

433D

213840

00082

LD

HL,BRKAD

4340

010E00

00083

LD

BC,14

4343

CD674C

00084

CALL

FILL

CLEAR ALL BREAKPOINTS

4346

214E4D

00065

LD

HL,REG5TG

4349

011800

00086

LD

BC,24

434C

CD674C

00087

CALL

FILL

CLEAR ALL USER REGISTERS

434F

AF

00086

XOR

A

4350

324D4D

00089

LD

(HODEFLI ,A

SET HEX DISPLAY

4353

3EC3

00090

LD

A,0C3H

4355

320C40

00091

LD

(400CH) ,A

SET (400CH)= JP RST28

4358

2127 43

00092

LD

HL,r!ST28

435B

220D40

00093
00094

LD

(40 0DH) ,HL

00095

MAIN COMMAND LOOP

00096

435E

CDC64A

00097 MNLOOP

CALL

LDSCRN

DISPLAY STATUS

4361

11943F

00098

LD

DE,VIDEO+916

4364

ED532040

00099

LD

(CURSOR) ,DE

4368

CD4900

001C0

CALL

GETCH

GET CHARACTER

436B

217E4D

00101

LD

HL,CMDTAB+SIZE-1

436E

011700

00102

LD

BCSIZE

4371

EDB9

00103

CPDR

SEARCH FOR CMD IN TABLE

4373

2818

00104

JR

Z,MNLP1

MATCH FOUND

Pffigidm continues

132 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

00105

4375

11CA3F

00106

MNERR

LD

DE,VIDEO+970

4378

21AD4D

00107

LD

HL,EMSG

!* INPUT ERROR*

437B

010D00

00103

LD

BC,13

437E

EDB0

00109

LDIR

;HESSAGE TO SCREEN

43S0

1620

00110

LD

D, BLANK

4382

21933F

00111

LD

HL,VIDEO+915

4385

012B00

00112

LD

BC,43

4388

CD67 4C

00113

CALL

FILL

fCLEAR COMMAND LINE

43BB

18D4

00114
00115

JR

MNLOOP+3

jGET NEXT CHD CHAR

43 8D

C5

00116

MNLPl

PUSH

BC

;SAVE INDEX INTO TABLE

438E

1620

00117

LD

D, BLANK

4390

21CA3F

00118

LD

HL,VIDEO+970

4393

010D00

00119

LD

BC,13

4396

CD674C

00120

CALL

FILL

{CLEAR ERROR MESSAGE

4399

El

00121

POP

HL

;GET INDEX

43 9A

29

00122

ADD

HL.HL

439B

117F4D

00123

LD

DE.CMDENT

439E

19

00124

ADD

HL,DE

;GET CHD TABLE ADDR

439F

5E

00125

LD

E, (HL)

;LSB OF COMMAND ADDR

4 3A0

23

00126

INC

HL

43A1

56

00127

LD

0, (HL)

;MSB OF COMMAND ADDR

43A2

EB

00128

EX

DE,HL

;CHD ADDR TO HL

43A3

E9

00129
00130
00131

JP

(HL)

; EXECUTE COMMAND

00132

;

CLR

CLEAR ALL BREAKPOINTS SET 1

00133

43A4

CDA84A

00134

CLR

CALL

WfiCMD

43A7

43

00135

DEFH

'CLEAR, '

43AD

CDBE4A

00136

CALL

WAITCR

43B0

0607

00137

LD

B,7

fNUMBER OF BKPTS

43B2

21384D

00138

LD

HL.BRKAD

43B5

FD21464D

00139

LD

IY,BRKSV

43B9

5E

00140

CLR2

LD

E, (HL)

;GET LSB OF NEXT ENTRY

43 BA

23

00141

INC

HL

43BB

56

00142

LD

D, (HL)

;MSB OF ENTRY

43BC

7B

00143

LD

A,E

43BD

B2

00144

OR

fTEST FOR — > NO BKPT

43BE

2809

00145

JR

2,CLR3

;NEXT?

43C0

FD7E00

00146

LD

A, (lY)

;GET SAVED BYTE

43C3

12

00147

LD

(DE) ,A

;RESTORE PROGRAM BYTE

43C4

2B

00148

DEC

HL

43C5

AF

00149

XOR

A

43C6

77

00150

LD

(HL] ,A

43C7

23

00151

INC

HL

43C8

77

00152

LD

(HL] ,A

;ZERO BRKPT ENTRY

43C9

23

00153

CLR 3

INC

HL

43CA

FD23

00154

INC

lY

;BUMP POINTER

43CC

10EB

00155

DJNZ

CLR2

;LOOP FOR ALL BRKPTS

43CE

188E

00156
00157

JR

MNLOOP

00158

;

FIXOP

FIX BRKPT AT (PC] i

00159

;

IGNORE COMMAND

IF NONE SET

00160

43D0

CDfle4A

00161

FIXUP

CALL

WRCMD

43D3

46

00162

DEFM

'FIXBKP, '

43DA

CDBE4A

00163

CALL

WAITCR

43DD

0607

00164

LD

B,7

;N0, OF BKPTS

43DF

21384D

00165

LD

HLfBRKAD

43E2

FD21464D

00166

LD

IY,BRKSV

4 3E6

ED5B6 44D

00167

LD

DE, (PCSAVE]

43EA

7E

00168

FIXUP2

LD

A, (HL)

jGET LSB OF BRKPT ENTRY

4 3EB

BB

00169

CP

E

; COMPARE TO LSB PC

43EC

23

00170

INC

HL

43ED

200F

00171

JR

NZ,FIXUP3

43EF

7E

00172

LD

A, (HL)

;GET MSB

43F0

BA

0017 3

CP

D

; COMPARE TO MSB PC

43^1

200B

0017 4

JR

NZ,FIXUP3

43F3

AF

0017 5

XOR

A

43F4

77

00176

LD

(HL) ,A

jZERO BRKPT ENTRY

43F5

2B

00177

DEC

HL

43F6

77

0017 8

LD

(HL) ,A

43F7

FD7E00

00179

LD

A, (lY)

;GET PROGRAM BYTE

43FA

12

00130

LD

{DE),A

;AND RESTORE IT

43FB

C35E43

00181

JP

MNLOOP

43FE

23

00182

FIXUP3

INC

HL

jBUMP POINTERS

43FF

FD23

00183

INC

lY

4401

10E7

00184

DJNZ

FIXUP2

;LOOK THRU TABLE

4403

C35E43

00185
00166
00187

JP

MNLOOP

00188

DIS

DISPLAY MEMORY

- SET DISPLAY POINTER

00189

4406

CDAe4A

00190

DIS

CALL

WRCMD

4409

44

00191

DEFM

'DISPLAY, '

4411

CDEB4C

00192

CALL

INHEX

4414

CDBE4A

00193

CALL

WAITCR

4417

22664D

00194

LD

(DISPTR) ,HL

;SAVE NEW DISPLAY POINTER

441A

C35E43

00195
00196

JP

MNLOOP

00197

;

BKPT

ENTER BREAKPOINT IN TABLE 1

00198

441D

CDA84R

00199

BKPT

CALL

WRCMD

4420

42

00200

DEFM

' BRKPT , '

4426

CDEB4C

00201

CALL

INHEX

4429

CDBE4A

00202

CALL

WAITCR

442C

223640

00203

LD

(BRKTMPj ,HL

;SAVE ADDRESS

442F

06 07

00204

LD

B,7

;NR OF ENTRIES IN TABLE

4431

21384D

00205

LD

HL,BRKAD

Program continues

THELEAST

YOUCAIUBUY.

Up to 77 high-quality programs
for TBS-80, only $10,95

NewBasic — expands disk basic

Now configure your Basic to do any or
all of the following:

■ Convertdecimal to hex, and vice versa, provide
character representation for each, or the hex-dec
number of any charactpr • Blinking cursor
• Repeatkey* Audible key entry {each key makes
a sound)* directory command from Basic ■ Disk
load and disk run command file • Graphic
functions, Including drawing blocks, lines, filling-
in blocks • Lowercase driver • RS232 driver
(LPRINT-LLIST) • Call funcllon, hex-order
number will execute subroutine • Spooler and
despooler • Print toggle, LPRINTS your video
displays Finddocate a Basic commander string)
Modular SoRware Associates $Z4. 95 (fZ6.45 CA)

Level II Tapes

'Tiny' Pascal runs on any 16K Level II system, in-
cludes the programming structuring capabilities
of full Pascal, but not data strui:turine

Able to compile Z-80 machine code, programs run
about 5X taster than Level 11 Basic— graphics run
eight times faster' Requires use of T-Bug (or Tape
7) and ETASM

Tape 3, People's Pascal $19 95

Tape 1, 34 buis., edu., game progs. JIO 9S

Tape 2, 77 programs from Osborne book: Some
Common Basic Programs $10 9S

Tape 5, 34 buls , edu., game progs JIO 9S

Tape 7, 31 buls , edu., game progs S10.95

Tape a, 40, inc. 4X tape speedup $10 95

PASPATCH
PasPatch, Tape 6P, makes Tandy tiny
Pascal a powerful disk system!

Also works withCIE Tape 6 (no longer available)

and Supersoft tiny.

Modular Software Assoc $15.95

SuperPIMS— People's Database

PIMS has been greatly speeded up and simplified,
with machine-language sorts, key debounce,
optional automatic lowercase (no keying, no
hardware mod) on labels or reports. Up to 20
fields, limited by 340-character maximum per
record. Easy to revise, add records, spill or
merge files, sum or average any fields
Customized tor tape, tape& disk, Zoom, TCB Poor
Man's Floppy, BI7, Stringy Floppy — all on one
tape) As mailing labels program, easily manages
20,000 list, CIE does! Advanced labels module to
come, $24.95, making system most powerful
mailer available!

program (CIE) J15.95 ($16.95 CA)

book (SCELBI) $11.95 ($12.67 CA)

Tiny Payroll

We've taken it from Computer Programming for
the Complete Idiot, thus a whole book of
documentation! For all alxive systems.
CIE JIO. 95 (CA 111,61)

Book, documents Tiny Payroll $5,95

Games for color TRS-80

Modular Software Assoc, tape contains:
« PONG-80 • ENTRAP • DEMOLISH (like
Breakout) • TRAFFIC (Grand Prix auto race)
• BETA TREK space game • SHUTTLE (rocket

ship game). $19 95 ($20 55 CA)

Word Processing Newsletter

Want to really USE your computer? Then word
processing is for you. Let your computer show you
how much easier writing can be.

Learn about the new 510 cps 'non-daisy' that at
lOX daisy speed gives correspondence quality, at
less than twice the cost. Too slow V The really fast
guys are coming. How about 30 11x14 typeset-
quality documents per minute? Maybe you could
use the same 'printer' as a copier

Howabout an Inexpensive ($169) magnetic card
reader-writer that would let you Input mall
addresses, letter paragraphs, even small
programs?

Read about all this and more In Low Cost Word
Processing, the only newsletter about word
processing using your personal computer. Just
$15 for IB issues.

All orders charge card, check or mo.

Calif residents add 6 pet tax. Dealer Inq invited

Overseas, add $1 per tape postage

COMPUTER INFORMATION EXCHANGE
Box 159 ^22

San Luis Rey CA 92068

t^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 133

DON'T THROW A WA Y
YOUR BACK ISSUES OF

I STOP I "80 MICROCOMPUTING'"

TURN THEM INTO A VALUABLE

REFERENCE USING YOUR

TRS-80'AND INDEX 80

llML/CA-oU Instdntly searchiei all T980 Issue;
of 80 Microcompuimg" for hundreds of sub|ect!. Lists month,
page no., ahd title of all articles on desired sjb)ect(s)
Specify LV II or disk basic $16.95

OVERRUN YOUR Use vour TRSeO'to control your
PAYCHECK? morithtv expenditures.

BUDGET 80

tecoid all family expendi-
tures into accounts and compare each with budgeted amounts
to any date. Indicates projected ovet-expenditures before

they occur $16.95

NOW USE YOUR TRS-80-TO PLOT
WHA T YOU WANT WITH - - -

CURVPLOT

Rapidly plots

fined function User controls range of X and Y and program
labels both axes Excellent for instruction $16,95

C UH Vrl I Determines coefficients of all poly-
nomials up to l^tli degree through a large no. of data points
(limited by memory size). Data points may be input in any
order Program tabulates correlation coefficients for selection
olbestfit $16.95

Any two progri

.for

$29.95

System requirements: 16K, LVII, or 32K, Disk,
except Budget 80 only 32K, 48K. Disk

Mail or Phone (904) 897-374 1
F L. residents add 4% sales tax

Foreign orders add S2.00

.^451

P O. BojK 596 Nicevflk. FL 32578

MICROCOMPUTER TECHNOLOGY AND SOFTWARE

'TM uv.iynf Gippn Int ' TU Tandy Corp

Th* T*mpl« ol Rah
By Dan Case
Rescue the fair prln-
cesa from the clutches
of the people o! Rah
before It's too late!
Super adventure with
KHind! For Model I or
16K Level M min-
imum J14,96

VIDEO SCREEN FILTER

Hard acrylic plastic screen
that's easy to Install— easy
on your ayes.

GSl -Model I ... . $14.95
GS3-Model II, III .S14.95
GS 3 - Leedex 100 . .114,95
Special Size $16.95

^i't^

SO KISMET

By Wendell Rouron
Supef yersion of this
old garne tor your
Model I or Model III
TflS-ao. Graphics, 16K
Level II Minimum.
$14,95

PRODUCTS CO ''^
4U South Oak
Sapiilpa, Okla. 74066

4434

FD21464D

00206

LD

1Y,BRKSV

4438

7E

00207

BKPT2

LD

A, (HL)

GET LSB OF TABLE

4439

23

00208

INC

HL

443a

B6

00209

OR

(HL)

N0N-2ER0 — > ENTRY

443B

2012

00210

JR

NZ,BKPT3

443D

ED5B364D

00211

LD

DE, (BRKTMP)

GET BRKPT ADDR

4441

2B

00212

DEC

HL

4442

73

00213

LD

(HL) ,E

ENTER ADDR IN TABLE

4443

23

0B214

INC

HL

4444

72

00215

LD

(HL) ,D

4445

lA

00216

LD

A, (DE)

GET BYTE FROM PROGRAM

4446

FD7700

00217

LD

(IY),A

SAVE IT IN TABLE

4449

3EEF

00218

LD

A,0EPH

RST 2BH

444B

12

00219

LD

(DE) ,A

ENTER BREAKPOINT IN PRGM

444C

C35E43

00220

JP

MNLOOP

444F

23

00221

BKPT3

INC

HL

4450

FD23

00222

INC

lY

BUMP POINTERS

4452

10E4

00223

DJNZ

BKPT2

LOOP THRU TABLE

4454

C35E43

00224
00225

JP

MNL130P

00226

SCRDN/SCK0P SCROLL MEMORY DISPLAY |

00227

;

DOWN/UP BY 128 BYTES |

00228

4457

118000

00229

SCRDK

LD

DE,128

445A

1803

00230

JR

SCRUP+3

445C

1180FF

00231

SCRDP

LD

DE,-128

445F

2A664D

00232

LD

HL,(DISPTB)

4462

19

00233

ADD

HL,DE

FORM NEW DISPLAY POINTER

4463

22664D

00234

LD

(DISPTR) ,aL

4466

C35E43

00235
00236

JP

HSLOOP

00237

;

MODE

SHIFT DISPLAY MODE HEX/ALPHA |

00238

4469

214D4D

00239

NODE

LD

HLjMODEFL

GET MODE FLAG ADDR

446C

3B01

00240

LD

A,l

446E

96

00241

SUB

(HL)

;MODEFL <— 1-MODEFL

446F

77

00242

LD

(HL) ,A

4470

C35E43

00243
00244

JP

MNLOOP

00245

;

JUMP

JUMP TO ADDR AND

BEGIN EXECUTING AFTER

00246

;

RELOADING USER REGISTERS |

00247

4473

CDA84A

00248

JUMP

CALL

WHCMD

4476

4A

00249

DEFM

'JUMP, ■

447B

CDEB4C

00250

CALL

INHEX

447E

CDBE4A

00251

CALL

WAITCR

44B1

226440

00252

LD

(PCSAVE) ,HL

;SET USER PC TO JUMP ADDR

4484

1809

00253
00254

JR

G02

00255

;

GO

BEGIN EXECUTING

AT CURRENT USER PC

00256

;

AFTER RELOADING

ALL USER REGISTERS

00257

4486

CDA84A

00258

GO

CALL

WRCMD

4489

47

00259

DEFM

'GO, '

44ec

CDBE4A

00260

CALL

WAITCR

448F

ED7B624D

00261

G02

LD

SP, (SPSAVE)

; RELOAD USER SP

4493

2A644D

00262

LD

HL, [PCSAVE)

;RETDRN ADDR

4496

E5

00263

PUSH

HL

;SET UP JUMP TO USER

4497

ED73624D

00264

LD

(SPSAVE), SP

449B

314E4D

00265

LD

SPfREGSTG

J SET UP REGISTER RESTORE

449e

Fl

00266

POP

AF

;D0 IT! 1

449P

CI

00267

POP

BC

44A0

Dl

0026 8

POP

DE

44A1

El

00269

POP

HL

44A2

08

00270

EX

AF,AF'

44A3

D9

00271

EXX

44A4

Fl

0027 2

POP

AP

44A5

CI

00273

POP

BC

44A6

Dl

00274

POP

DE

44A7

El

00275

POP

HL

44A8

DDEl

00276

POP

IX

44AA

FDEl

00277

POP

lY

44AC

ED7B624D

0027 8

LD

SP, (SPSAVE)

4480

C9

00279
00280

RET

; EXECUTE USER PROGRAM

00281

;

REG

SET BOTH 8 AND 16 BIT REGISTERS

00282

;

USE THE APPROPRIATE REGISTER NAME

00283

44B1

CDAB4A

00284

REG

CALL

WRCMD

44B4

52

00285

DEFM

■REG, '

44B8

CD244D

00286

CALL

GETCH2

44BB

010S00

00287

LD

BC,8

.•CHARACTER COUNT

44BE

21C14D

00288

LD

HL,REGCH+7

44C1

EDB9

00289

CPDR

; SEARCH AND GET INDEX

44C3

210800

00290

LD

HL,8

J PRIMARY REG OFFSET

44C6

2021

00291

JR

NZ,REG1

;NOPE - TRY 16 BIT

44C8

CD244D

00292

CALL

GETCH2

44CB

FE27

00293

CP

QUOTE

; SECONDARY 8 BIT?

44CD

2006

00294

JR

NZ,REG2

;NOPE - CHECK SYNTAX

44CF

210000

00295

LD

HL,0

; SECONDARY OFFSET

44D2

CD244D

00296

CALL

GETCH2

44DS

PE3A

00297

REG2

CP

' : '

44D7

C27543

0029B

JP

NZ,MNERR

; ERROR

44DA

09

00299

ADD

HL,BC

;OFFSET+INDEX

44DB

114E4D

00300

LD

DEfKEGSTG

44DB

19

00301

ADD

HL,DE

(PROPER ADDRESS

44DF

CDF44C

00302

CALL

HEXIN

jREAD BYTE

44E2

CDBB4A

00303

CALL

WAITCR

44E5

70

00304

LD

(HL) ,B

;NEW REG VALUE

44E6

C35E43

00305

JP

MNLOOP

44E9

FE49

00306

REGl

CP

'I'

;IY OR IX?

44EB

2816

00307

JR

Z,REGI

44ED

FE53

00308

CP

'S'

)SP?

Program conlimjes

134 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Ml ■■ ■'I

F"L..W,,.W..W..W.,,m..W,..W...W^

NEVER aNDERSOLD!

That's right, if you can find a lowor prica in this magazine for any of the items listed In this ad, we will reduce our price
below our competitor's price. See each box below to delermlne how much EXTRA we will cut off of THEIR price if we're not
lowest. Please consider the competitor's shipping charges, OUR SHIPPING IS FREEl*

B

1 itii

MS

i\iii/iiin\i/miiiiiMiiinillMl?in

m

i»iiii/iiiiii/iiAiiiiin\ii;/iiMro

iifiiiii/iimiii/i\liwmiimwlM

Itft

FLOPPY DISKETTES
& SUPPLIES

IF YOU CAN FIND A LOWER PRICE IN
THIS MAGAZINE ON ANY OF THESE
ITEMS, DEDUCT S.50 FROM OUR
COMPETITOR'S PRICE, THAT'S OUR
PRICEl

Call For Quantity Discount!

Varbotlni Dlskatlai (bo> of 10)
5'/,' MD525-01 soft,10orl6 . $56,50

5V. MD577-0I quod 5oH. 10 or 16 . $33.00

a' FD3-«-1000sofl $30.00

8" FD32-IOOOhard $30.00

B ' FOTt-aOOO double densiiy sod $44.00

B FD3I-8000 double density hord $44.00

Printwhoal* (speedy style)
Qume or Diablo

Labali

3', "lis 16' (5000 labels)
Olher sizes and quontifies

Rlbfaoni

DiobloHy Type I . .
Diablo Hy Type II
QumeSpnnl
Centronics Zip Pack.
MANY OTHERS

$6.50

$18.75
. .CALL

$4 95
$5.25
$3.50
$3.95
CALL

PRINTERS

IF YOU CAN FIND A LOWER
PRICE IN THIS MAGAZINE ON
ANY OF THESE PRINTERS,
DEDUCT $10 FROM OUR COM-
PETITOR'S PRICE, THAT'S OUR
PRICEl

Paper Tiger IDS-440G S939

Paper Tiger IDS-460G 51193

Anadex DP-8000 $855

Anodex DP-9500 $1395

TI-810Bosic $1625

Centronics 737 $825

NEC 5500 Dw/Bidrctnl Board ...$2695

NEC 5530 $2595

VISTA Daisey Wheel Printer. . . $1834

Qume 5/45,5/55 CALL

Escon IBM Inlerfoce $595

Coll For Other Printers

HflRDW^RE

IF YOU CAN FIND A LOWER PRICE IN

THIS MAGAZINE ON ANY OF THESE

ITEMS, DEDUCTS*/. FROM OUR COM-

PETITOR'S PRICE, THAT'S OUR PRICEl

Novation CAT Modem ...

$145

Novation D-CAT Modem .

$185

I6K Memory kit

$46

Isolotors

$49

Shugort 35tr Drive ....

$349

Pertec or MPI40tr Drive .

$359

Lobo Drives

CALL

Matchless Drives

CALL

Percom Ooubler

$209

Percom Seperator

$27

AIM-65 Computer . . .

375

TI-99/4 Computer

$925

Caiitornio Computer Systems Bds

CALL

Symlec Computer Boords

CALL

Mountain Hardware Boards .

CALL

Green Screen ...

$11

Call for Other Hardware

rzj

^-^^^ %,

LJ =

bE

13=

m

MijniiijimiimiTiiiiiM^fe^

4636 Park Granada
Calabasas, Ca. 91302

,^69

Sicrsija

^H^ui ^royl

For phone orders CALLi

(213) 883-8594

'FREE shipping on all orders over $20. Viso and Master Ca'd
ly onswer any questions on all ot our hardware, software,
handling charges when orriving at never undersold price

accepted All never undersold otfers
nd supply needs. Ouonitity discounts

good OS supply losts. Please add 2.00 tor all COD orders. Please call tor items noi listed. We glad-
Qvailoble. School purchase orders accepted. Please remember to figure competitors shipping ond

**SPECIAL**SPECIAL**

TRS-60 ADD ON DRIVES

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

SINGLE SIDED $225.00
DOUBLE SIDED $345.00

COMPLETE SYSTEMS
SINGLE SIDED $365.00
DOUBLE SIDED $485.00

INCLUDES:
MINI DISK DRIVE
FUSED POWER SUPPLY
VENTED CABINET
CABLE

90 DAY WARRANTY
FACTORY ASSEMBLED
FACTORY TESTED

THESE ARE NEW 5" FD's

I

2 INTERFACE, INC ^246

20932 CANTARA ST
CANOGA PARK, CA 91 304
(213)341-7914

VISA AND MASTER CHARGE ACCEPTED

LEARN TRS-80®

ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE

DISK I/O

Your disk sysleni and you can really step out wilh
REMSOFT's Educational Module, REMDI5K-1. a

"short course" revealing (he details of DISK I/O
PROGRAMMING using assembly language.

Using the same formal as our exlremely popular
introduction To assembly language programming,
this "ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE DISK I/O PROGRAM-
MING" course includes

• Two 45-minute lessons on audio cassette.

• A driver program to make your TRS-BO'' video
monitor serve as a blackboard for the instructor

• A display program for each lesson to provide
illustration and reinlorcement for what you are

hearing

• A booklet of comprehensive, fully-commented
program listings illustrating sequential file I/O,
random-access tile I/O. and track and sector I/O

• A diskette with machine-readable source codes
tor all programs discussed, in both Radio Shack
EDTASfvl and Macro formats

• Routines to convert trom one assembler formal
to the other

This course was developed and recorded by
Joseph E Willis, for the student with experience
in assembly language programming, it is an inter-
mediaie-lo advanced-level course Minimum hard-
ware required is a Model I Level II, 16 K RAM one
disk drive system

REMDISK-1

only $29.95

W

Dealer inquiries invited

REMSOFT, INC.

571 E. 185 St.
Euclid, Ohio 44119

(216) 531-1338

IncluiJes %^ 50 (or shipping anO handling
Ohio residents add 5','% sales (an

TRS-80'" IS a traCemarK of (he Tandy Corp

44EF

2828

00309

JR

Z,REGS

44F1

FE50

00310

CP

ipi

;PC?

44F3

C27543

00311

JP

NZ,MNERR

-NOT VALID

44F6

CD244D

80312

CALL

GETCH2

44F9

FE43

00313

CP

'C

44FB

C27543

0B314

JP

NZ,MNERR

44FE

11644D

00315

LD

DE,PCSAVE

4501

1821

00316

JR

REGST

4503

CD244D

00317 REGI

CALL

GETCH2

4506

FE59

00318

CP

'Y'

;IY?

4508

280A

00319

JR

ZfREGY

450A

FE58

00320

CP

■X'

;IX?

450C

C27543

00321

JP

NZ,HNERR

450F

115E4D

00322

LD

DE,REGETG-HG

; POINTER TO IX

4512

1810

00323

JR

REGST

4514

11604D

00324 REGY

LD

DE,HEGSTG+18

; POINTER TO lY

4517

180B

00325

JR

REGST

4519

CD244D

0032E REGS

CALL

GETCH2

451C

FE50

00327

CP

ip.

;SP?

451E

C27 543

00328

JP

NZ,MNERR

4521

11624D

0B329

LD

DEjSPSAVE

4524

D5

00330 REGST

PUSH

DE

;SAVE POINTER

4525

CD244D

00331

CALL

GETCH2

4528

FE3A

00332

CP

' : '

; CHECK SYNTAX

452A

C27 543

00333

JP

NK.MNERR

452D

CDEB4C

00334

CALL

I NHEX

4530

CDBE4A

00335

CALL

WAITCR

4533

Dl

0033G

POP

DE

jGET POINTER

4534

EB

00337

EX

DE,HL

4535

73

00338

LD

(HL) ,E

; STORE VALUE

4536

23

00339

INC

HL

4537

72

00340

LD

(HL) ,D

4538

C35E43

00341
00342
00343

JP

MNLOOP

00344

ROW SYSTEM SYMBOL DEFINITIONS 1

00345

0033

00345 DISPL

EQU

0033H

01C9

00347 CLS

EQU

aiC9H

0049

00348 GETCH

EQU

0049H

00349

00350

CONSTANTS

00351

001E

00352 EREOL

EQU

30

3C00

00353 VIDEO

EQ[>

15360

0020

00354 BLANK

EQU

32

0027

00355 QUOTE

EQU

39

000D

00356 CRLP

EQU

13

4020

00357 CURSOR

EQU

4020H

0017

00358 SIZE

EQO

23

00359

00360

ZBUG

LABEL DEFINITIONS

00361

NOTE

THESE ARE ALL RELOCATABLE AS LONG AS 1

00362

THE OTHER SEGMENTS OF

THE PROGRAM IS ASSEMBLED

00363

CORRECTLY

00364

4D4E

00365

iEGSTG

EQU

4D4EH+RL

4D66

00366

?EGPTR

EQU

4D66H+RL

4D64

00367

^CSAVE

EQU

REGPTR-2

4D62

00368

5PSAVE

EQO

REGPTR-4

4D38

00369

3RKAD

EQU

4D38H+RL

4D46

00370

3RKSV

EQU

4D46H+RL

4D36

00371

3RKTMP

EQU

BRKAD-2

4C67

00372

^ILL

EQU

4C67H-hRL

4D4D

00373

TODEFL

EQU

4D4DH+RL

4D66

00374

JISPTR

EQU

4D66H+RL

4AC6

00375

..DSCRN

EQU

4AC6K-hRL

v^

4D6B

00376

:HDTAB

EQU

4D6 8H+RL

4D7F

00377

:mdent

EQU

4D7FH-I-RL

4DAD

00378

:msg

EQU

4DADH+RL

4CEB

00379

[NHEX

EQO

4CEBH+RL

4AA8

00380 I

(RCMD

EQU

4AA8H+RL

4ABE

00381 i

JAITCR

EQU

4ABEH+RL

4D24

00382

jETCH2

EQO

4D24H+RL

4CF4

00383

1EXIN

EQU

4CF4H+RL

4DBA

00384
00385
00386

^EGCH

EQU

4DBAH-I-RL

453B

00387

J AST

EQU

S

4338

00388

END

ENTRY

0000

} TOTAL

ERRORS

Program

Listing IB. ZBUG

00001

ZBOG

00002

4300

00003

ORGK

DEFL

4300H

0000

00004
00005

RL

DEFL

ORGN-4300H

453B

00006
00007

ORG

453BH+RL

00008

LOAD

LOAD SYSTEM FORMAT TAPE

Program conUnuei,

136 • 80 Microcomputing. Januar'^ 1981

Games from BiG FIVE will
turn your computer Into a

SUPER
NOVA®

TRS-80
HOME ARCADE

If you and your TRS-80 have longed for a fast-paced arcade-type game that is
truly a challenge, then SUPER NOVA is what you've been waiting for. In this
two player machine-language game, large asteroids float ominously around the
screen. Suddenly your ship appears and you must destroy the asteroids before
they destroy you! (But watch out because big asteroids break apart into little
ones,) The controls that your ship will respond to are thrust, rotate, hyperspace,
and fire. All right! You've done it! You've cleared away all the asteroids! But what
is that saucer with the laser doing? Quick! You must destroy him fast because that
guy's accurate!

GALAXY
INVASION®

The sound of the klaxon is calling you! Cruel and crafty invaders have been
spotted in battle formation warping toward Earth at an incredible speed. Suddenly,
your ship materializes just below the huge flock of invaders. Quickly and skillfully
you shift right and left as you carefully fire your lasers at them. But watch out! A
few are breaking out of the convoy and flying straight at you! As the whine of their
engines gets louder, you place your finger on the fire button knowing all too well
that this shot must connect — or your mission will be permanently over! With
sound effects!

ATTACK
FORCE®

Your TRS-80 screen has been transformed into a maze-like playfield for this
game. As your ship appears on the bottom of the screen, eight alien ramships
appear on the top. All of them are traveling at flank speed directly at you! Quickly
and boldly you move toward them and fire missiles to destroy them. But the more
aliens you destroy, the faster the remaining ones become. If you get too good you
must endure the wrath of the keeper of the mazefleld: the menacing "Ragship".
You must destroy him fast because, as you will find out, that guy's accurate! With
sour>d effects!

'- «4iww, .■:,-„

COSMIC
FIGHTER®

With thousands of stars whizzing by you, your SPACE DESTROYER ship
comes out of hyperspace directly under a convoy ot aliens. Almost effortlessly,
you skillfully destroy every last one. But before you can congratulate yourself,
another set appears. These seem to be slightly more intelligent than the first set.
Quickly you eliminate all of them, too. But your fuel supply is rapidly diminishing.
You must still destroy two more sets before you can dock with your space station.
All right! The space station is now on your scanners! Oh no! Intruders have
overtaken the station! You must skillhjily fire your neutron lasers to eliminate the
intruders from the station before your engines run out of fuel and explode! With
sound!

METEOR
MISSION II®

The second Big Bang has occurred and the galaxy is full of stray asteroids
and meteors. As you look through your space port you see a belt of asteroids
drifting across the screen blocking your path to the safety of the space station
above. But be carehil because meteor showers, exploding suns and invading
aliens may strike your ship and send it hurtling back to ground level. How many
times can you and your opponent maneuver through those obstacles before time
runs out? With sound effects!

t^357

BIG FIVE SOFTWARE

P.O. Box 9078-185, Van Nuys, California 91409

Prices per game. Level I-SU.95, Level II-S14.95, Level ll/0isk-S1 7.95

Specify which version when ordering.

10% discount for 2 games, 15% for 3 or more.

Please add SI. 00 postage/handling, Calif, residents add 6% lax.

All games are written in machine language and supplied on cassette.

Disk versions save high scores to your TRSDOS or NEWDOS diskette.

Cassette versions require 16K memory, disk versions require 32K.

Write for info, on Mod 3 versions.

All games ©1980 by Bill Hogue & Jeff Konyu.

TRS-80 & TRSDOS are trademarks of Tandy Corp.

NEWDOS is a tradematic of Apparat, Inc.

Dealer inquiries invited.

Give Card Number, Eipiration Dale and Signature for Master Charge and VISA orders.

1^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 137

Wages

Is
Here

FORTHETRS-80

• Wages MEETS PAYROLLS

• Wages IS GUARANTEED

• Wages COST ONL/

$35.00 FOR MODEL I
{$45.00 FOR MODEL tl)

FROM
The Maine Software Library

P.O. Box 194 ■-268

Standish, Maine 04084

'A Trade name of the Tandy Corp.

When you buy your j«
TRS 80^^ equipment! M

Use our toll free number to ^

check our price before you buy |I^

a TRS 801 "...anywhere! "'

Radio^hock warranty .^

136

SALES COMPANY

1412 WEST FAIRFIELD DR,

PO BOXS09B PENSACOLA FL 32505

904/438-6B07

nationwide 1 '800-874-1551

80 Microcomputing, January 1981

00009

453B

CDA84A

00010

LOAD

CALL

WRCMD

A53E

4C

00011

DEFM

'LOAD, '

4543

CDBE4A

00012

CALL

WAITCR

4546

AF

00013

XOR

A

4547

CD1202

00014

CALL

SELECT

SELECT AND START TAPE

454ft

CD9602

00015

CALL

SYNCH

SYNCHRONIZE AND FIND AS

454D

21373C

00016

LD

HL,VIDEO+55

4550

CD3502

00017

LOADl

CALL

READ

READ TAPE BYTE

4553

FE55

00018

CP

55H

4555

20F9

00019

JR

NZ, LOADl

TEST FOR START OF TAPE

4557

CD3502

00020

L0AD2

CALL

READ

455A

FE3C

00021

CP

3CH

TEST FOR START - 1ST BLK

455C

280B

00022

JR

Z , LOAD 3 +7

VEP

455E

77

00023

LD

(HL) ,A

NO - NAME TO VIDEO

455F

23

00024

INC

HL

4560

18F5

00025

JR

L0AD2

4562

CD3502

00026

L0AD3

CALL

READ

4565

FE3C

00027

CP

3CH

TEST FOR RECORD START

4567

201C

00028

JR

NZ, LOADS

NO - CHECK EOF

456 9

CD2C02

00029

CALL

BLINK

TWINKLE STARS

456C

CD3502

00030

CALL

READ

456E-

47

00031

LD

B,A

RECORD BYTE COUNT

4570

CD4E48

00032

CALL

READHL

LOAD HL REG AND C REG

4573

CD3502

00033

LOAD 4

CALL

READ

4576

77

00034

LD

(HL) ,A

RECORD BYTE TO MEM

4577

23

00035

INC

HL

457B

81

00036

ADD

A,C

4579

4F

00037

LD

C,A

CHECKSUM BACK TO C

457A

10F7

00038

DJNZ

L0AD4

GET WHOLE RECORD

457C

CD3502

00039

CALL

READ

457F

B9

00040

CP

C

GET CHSUM FROM TAPE

4580

C24048

00041

JP

NE, ERROR

BAD LOAD

4583

18DD

00042

JR

L0AD3

LOAD THE REST

4585

FE7 8

00043

LOAD 5

CP

7 8H

TEST FOR END-OF-FILE

4587

C24048

00044

JP

NZ, ERROR

BAD LOAD

458A

CD4E48

00045

CALL

READHL

LOAD HL FROM TAPE

458D

22644D

00046

LD

(PCSAVE) ,HL

SAVE TRANSFER ADDRESS

4590

CDF801

00047

CALL

TPOFF

4593

C35E43

00048
00049

JP

HNLOOP

00050

;

WRITE

WRITE TAPE IN SYSTEM LOADER FORMAT i

00051

4596

CDA84A

00052

WRITE

CALL

WRCMD

4599

57

00053

DEFM

'WRITE, ■

459F

CD9E4A

00054

CALL

SETUP2

SET UP ADDRESSES

45A2

3E20

00055

LD

A, ' '

45A4

CD3300

00056

CALL

DISPL

45A7

1620

00057

LD

D, ' '

45A9

212A4D

00058

LD

HL,NAME

4 5 AC

010600

00059

LD

BC,5

45AF

CD674C

00060

CALL

FILL

CLEAR NAME FIELD

45B2

06 06

00061

LD

B,6

45B4

212A4D

00062

LD

HL,NAME

45B7

CD4900

00063

WRITE0

CALL

GETCH

GET NAME CHAR

45BA

PE0D

00064

CP

13

CRLF

45BC

280A

00065

JR

Z,WRITE2

END OF COMMAND

45BE

77

00066

LD

(HL) ,A

45BF

23

00067

INC

HL

SAVE CH AND BUMP POINTER

45C0

CD3300

00068

CALL

DISPL

45C3

10F2

00069

DJNZ

WRITE0

45C5

CDBE4A

00070

CALL

WAITCR

45C8

AF

00071

WRITE2

XOR

A

45C9

CD1202

00072

CALL

SELECT

SELECT AND START TAPE

45CC

CD8702

00073

CALL

HEADER

WRITE HEADER/SYNCH BYTE

45CF

3E55

00074

LD

A,55H

SYSTEM HEADER

45D1

CD6402

00075

CALL

WRTAPE

45D4

0606

00076

LD

B,6

NAME COUNT

45D6

212A4D

00077

LD

HL,NAME

45D9

7E

00 07 8

WRITE3

LD

A, (HL)

GET NAME CH

45DA

CD6 40 2

0007 9

CALL

WRTAPE

45DD

23

00080

INC

HL

4SDE

10F9

00081

DJNZ

WRITE3

45E0

2A304D

00082

LD

HL, (START)

GET STARTING ADDRESS

45E3

11334D

00083

WRITE4

LD

DE,C0UNT+1

45E6

lA

00084

LD

A, (DE)

GET BLOCK COUNT

45E7

B7

00085

OR

A

45E8

2825

00086

JR

Z,WRITE6

NO MORE 256 BYTE BLOCKS

45EA

3D

00087

DEC

A

45EB

12

00088

LD

(DE) ,A

45EC

3E3C

00089

LD

A,3CH

RECORD HEADER

45EE

CD6402

00090

CALL

WRTAPE

45F1

AF

00091

XOR

A

BYTE COUNT = 256

45F2

47

00092

LD

B,A

45F3

CD6402

00093

CALL

WRTAPE

45F6

7D

00094

LD

A,L

LSB LOAD ADDR

45F7

CD6402

00095

CALL

WRTAPE

45FA

7C

00096

LD

A,H

MSB LOAD ADDR

45FB

CD6402

00097

CALL

WRTAPE

45FE

85

00098

ADD

A,L

START CEiECKSUM

45FF

4F

00099

LD

C,A

4600

7E

00100

WRITES

LD

A, (HL)

GET NEXT BYTE

4601

CD6402

00101

CALL

WRTAPE

4604

81

00102

ADD

A,C

FORM CHECKSUM

4605

4F

00103

LD

C,A

4606

23

00104

INC

HL

BUMP POINTER

4607

10F7

00105

DJNZ

WR1TE5

4609

79

00106

LD

A,C

WRITE CHRCKSUH FOR

460A

CD6402

00107

CALL

WRTAPE

THIS RECORD

460D

18D4

0010S

JR

WRITE4

NEXT

460F

3A324D

00109

WRITE6

LD

A, (COUNT)

BYTE COUNT FOR LAST ONE

4612

B7

00110

OR

A

4613

2821

00H1

JR

Z, WRITES

■ALL DONE

Prngram conlmues

POSTMAJV DATA HAIVDLER

Ver. 1 - by Fred LaPoresI
A machine language mailing list program that wili da

• 650 lobles on a 35 track disk drive

• 1534 lobles on an 80 track drive

• 1 fields (2 user defined)

• FAST SORTS 500 records in 30 seconds(use any or all keys in
any order)

• Fully usable on a one (1) drive system (capacities shown ore
for a single drive system)

• Any label stock V2" thru IV2" vertical (singie label horizontal)

• Print one label or a sequence ot labels

• Purge duplicates with or without user assistance

• 9 digit zip code

• Fost seorch on any field - random access- 3 second average

• Easy screen editor for fast editing

• REQUIRES MIN 1 DRIVE and 32K OF MEMORY, TRS-80 MOD I
This program is now available in 2 different packages

1) A sample package that does all the functions of the full
system (except the purge) and sells tor S25 and is to be used as
a soles tool only. This is a fully operational package but can
not be enlarged or modified in anyway Comes with the
complete documentation and credit can be issued to the
real package if returned to its place of purchase within 20
days.

2) The full program that includes the PURGE function with full
documentation This package will be updated as time goes
on with new ideas so it includes a registration card

Note: works on all operating systems except NEWDOS-80

INTRO SPECIAL - S100 00

List Price after February 1 st - S 1 25 00

Send S25 tor Sample Package - if not everything you

expected, return sample disk forfullrefund(less shipping) You

can't lose"

8UPER-UTIL.ITV

by K. Watt

- MAIN PROGRAM LIST -

ZAP UTILITY Special Copy (to bock up

Display Sector (Disk, File) any protected disks)

Display Memory Purchaser Use - Only for his

Compare Disk Sectors ^^"^ personal disks

Copy Disk Sectors TAPE COPY UTILITY

Verify Disk Sectors Thisprogrom istomokebock-

Zero Disk Sectors up of any TRS-80 tape, no

String Search matter how it is recorded

Sector Search (note again this program is

for the use of the original
PURGE UTILITY purchaser for his own pro-

Kill Selected Files grams only)

Get Disk Directory disk REPAIR UTILITY

Zero Unused Directory Entries Rgp^i, q^^ y^ble
Zero Unused Granules p^p^i^ ^it ToPle

Remove System Files Repair Boot

Kill By Category p^^^^ Protect Directory Track

Change Name. Date Pas^ Recover K.iied Files

Check Directory

MEMORY UTILITY

Move Memory
Exchange Memory
Compare Memory
Zero Memory
Test Memory
Input Byte From Port
DISK COPY UTILITY Output Byte To Port

Standard Copy With Format Memory To Disk
Standard Copy Without Disk To Memor/

Format

- For TRS-80, MOD I -
For a more complete overi/iew. send a self addressed stamped
envelope. This program is sold on disk only and retailsfor S49.95.

word. Auto Command
Change File Parameters
Remove Passwords

DISK FORMAT UTILITY

Standard Format
Format Without Erase
Special Format
Read Address Marks

THE CREATOR

The CREATOR is a new type of program for the micro-
computer operator Yes operator!! Easy enough for the person
just getting into the market. Use and create a progrom that is
very sophisticated that programmers will comment highly
about. The program will create error free Pasic programming
code. Not almost ready to run BUT READY TO RUN WHEN VOU
ARE FINISFHED YES gives Pirth to a program. Just answer
simple questions and hove a simple backgroud in the disk
system of your computer(if you read your bosic manual when
you have questions you will have no problems). THIS PROGRAM
IS NOT A DATA BASE!!

Now in the package comes the report generator that is in
the some concept as the CREATOR It is called REPORTER. This
program creotes report output far the CREATOR for either
screen or printer

These 2 programs are on one diskette and are avoiloble for
only S295 complete The system requirements qre one of the
below

TRS-80 MOD I, 32K DISK

TRS-80 MOD II, MK DISK

APPLE II, 32K DISK

This is the most outstanding programming package ovaiF

able from anywhere Now you can create INVENTORY SYSTEMS,

PAYABLES and RECEIVABLES, CHECK REGISTER and EXPENSE

REGISTER, and MUCH MORE!

This package is ready for delivery only S295 for any one of the
systems above (PLEASE STATE SYSTEM WHEN ORDERING).

40% o^'

On qnyrn" "d

For TR^eo LAZY WRITER mod i

= 1980 by David Welsh

It IS time to put your word processing program away

and use a word processing system

Soft Sector Marketing, Inc. & ABC Sales

Takes on Scripsif by Radio Shack® and Electric Pencil®®

(ta> all th« tMngt that other word procaising program) should hav*. tasy to use
'A-itteri all in machine code / V. permits the inserting ana deleting by characters.
vjo'di. sentences, and pdragrophs/ Poge scrolling up and down / Sea'Cti ahead o(
the cursor or behind the cursoi tor any charocter / itie cursor can be moved up.
down. leflandright/Voucanseek top of tile and bottom of file/ Bloci< move ot text,
block delete of text/ Search and replaceor search delete/ Unlimited insert (to the
limit of your rriochines rriemory) / Pemits use with lower case /

Hat thing* that olh*r programs should have, t>ut don't. Upper orvri lower case
output to your printec (if your printer accepts lower case) without having your
computer modified ON UPPER CASE ONLV IVIACHINES This program marks the
cdpitol letters so you can see which letters ore CAPITALS and whicti are not / Will
change all upper charactets teirt to lower case ot all lowercase to upper ASir^GLE
COMMAND / Will capitalize the first letter ot all sentences orxj oil propel rToun rs
WITH A SINGLE COMMAND / LOADS ANY ELECTRIC PENCIL / RLE ASCII SAVED FILES
EDTASM FILES or BASIC PfJOGRAMS SAVtD ASCII / Permits installing special control
characteis m your text for your printers special features, like double wide or
condensed print / [Jefinable screen length and definable print length to 255
chaiacterswide/Screenediting thai IS not final till your command This means thot
you can edit your file on the screen and if you don't like how it reads VOU cdn cdncel
arid leave it the way it was / Vou can append files (which means that you can put
onetiie to theendolanottierfiie)/No lostchaiactersat the end of the line even for
ihie fastest typist /A directory ot all your files isavoiloble to the user without leaving
the progrom / Saving programs to disk easy enough for the non-computer user/ To
save merrxjry. not oil the progrom modules are in memory at one lime but are
coiled from the disk as needed / You can sel tab positions like on a typewriter / 1
CUSTOM COMMAND KEYS for the enperenced user there is o commond tile that
peimits mony special functions that are all user defined (not enough space tor
better explanation mad sendforcompleteoverview) /Program has HELPflle thot is
o short review ot the commands that are dvoiloble /

Standard Printer Modulo. This printer module is provided for the user as a standdrd
teoture Optional speciol pnntei foutines lor custom printer will be dvoiloble in the
near future Inthisoriginol release, it has the follov/ing punier dnversond will support
the following printing devices RS232, TRS232 and PARALLEL printer ports You have
the (ollowing format commands Justifies Text. Centers Text, Centers Title, Line
Spacing, Line Length from 3-255 characters arid Set Margins/ Also send ony ASCII
code to any ptinter from thie lejrt / Save formatted text to the disk tor spooling later /
Informolion for customei' to load tiis own special pnnter dfiver / Printing con be
stoppedondstartedby tt^ user ol ony time ond then restarted wtiere you left oft/
Vou con print entire lie or (ust print to txittom ot the poge/

CommunlCOt4on Package. RS232 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL PROGRAM permits
VOU to communicate with other computers Transfer dies from one machine to
arxilhei Permits dumping memory oc'oss the phone lines Uecerue files from other
TRS-80'5 arx3 "Snake Honds" with larger computers This Is the complete system
colled LAZV WTJITER There is no pockoge written tor the TRS-80 that is os
comprer>en5ive This package isovoiiobiefor the TRS-80 Modi. 32K or larger with at
least a singie disk drrve List price is from <44c qq

SOFT BECTOR MARKETINO, I

INCORPORATED

Dealer Inquiries Invtted. ^ 434 ^^PABA I ncorporated Dealer Inqutrle* invtted. mm^

6250 Middle Belt .Garden City, Ml 48135 .1 (313) 425-4020 "^^

C.O.D.- Certified Chieck, M O ot Cash only Sorry, noC OD overS 150 00' Most orders shiipped next day All orders musfhave shipping included. Please add 2%
OfS2 50. which evens higher for shipping Michigan residents, please add d% tax Add extra SI SOforCOD Personalcheckstake3 weeks to clear. Send S1. 00
tor catalog - get S2.00 credit on next order

y' Reader Service-see page 242 80 Microcomputing. January 1981 • 139

TRAKCESS - by Roxton Baker

Most Powerful Zap Utility Yet

(R)(-ad and (W)rite Sectors

(T)ake and (P)ut Tracks

(S)('an Track Sectors

(I^)ocale Disk Sectors

(C)opy Track

(D)uplicate Disk

(K)iiild Format Track

(K)dil or Kill Meniorv

(F)iHiircCRC's

ALSO FEATl KI^G:
•Scrolliiifj instead of paging!
•Default values, jnst press Entcrl
•Electric Pencil type editing!
• Toggle between hex or ASCII!
•No system DOS in drive zero!
•Handles any number of tracks!
•Handles any DOS!
•(!lopies to blank or formatted disks!
•Will duplicate ANY protected disk!

AND IT'S ONLY S24.95!!

138

Thf Allprnalc Sourcp

1806 Ada Sireet

I.an»inK. Ml ISfH)

Ph. ,>i7/ta7-;i;i58
or }.«.i-o;ti.i

Add TSc for Kirst (:iii<.s I)i;livi>ry

AdifSI.SO for CO, D. Delivery

Ma.,)er Card/Visa add SI.OO for handlinj;

Add $1.(K) tor Irislrurlion Manual onlv

^11 orders shipped wilhiii 24 hours!

CalData Systems Presenls

1^294

\A/ordMagic H

Complete WORD PROCESSING

designed specifically for

The Radio Shack TRS-80 Model II Computer

WordMagic II " is a Word Processor designed specifi-
cally loj Ihe Radio Shack TRS-80 Model II Compute: *

FEATURES INCLUDE:

• Mailing List/Labels Generation

• Automatic Merging of Mailing Data
witti Text Files to created "PER-
SONALIZED" Form Letters

• Automatic wrap-around in text entry

• Margination, Paging, Complete Cur-
sor Movement

•Complete Editing Commands— Inser-
tion, Global Substitution, Overwrite,
etc.

• Centering, Smootti Right, Left Justify
•Table of Contents Generation
•Automatic Page Numbering
•Variable Form Lengttis

• Underlining

• Line Numbering

HaquiiBi MK Moetl II. mSDOS i BASIC (iio\ giO'iaul wlh tVaiDWigicI
IntroOuctorr Pricing: 1195.00 Manual 120. (Ci( His add lat)

CalData Systems (T)*/ P'O' Box 178446
San Diego, CA 92117 (714)272-2661

4615

47

00112

LD

B,A

4616

3E3C .

00113

LD

A,3CH

; RECORD HEADER

4618

CD6 40 2

00114

CALL

WRTAPE

461B

78

00115

LD

A,B

461C

CD6402

00116

CALL

WRTAPE

;BYTE COUNT

461F

7D

00117

LD

A,L

4620

CD6402

00118

CALL

WRTAPE

4623

7C

00119

LD

A,H

4624

CD6402

00120

CALL

WRTftPE

;LOAD ADDR

4627

85

00121

ADD

A,L

4628

4F

00122

LD

C,A

;START CHECKSUM

4629

7E

00123

WRITE?

LD

A, (HL)

462ft

CD64a2

00124

CALL

WRTAPE

462D

81

00125

ADD

A,C

462E

4F

00126

LD

C,A

462F

23

00127

INC

HL

4630

10F7

00128

DJNZ

WRITE?

4632

4F

00129

LO

C,A

4633

CD6402

00130

CALL

WRTftPE

jWRITE CHEFCKSUM

4636

3E7 8

00131

WRITE8

LD

A,7 8H

4638

CD6402

00132

CALL

WRTAPE

;END-OF-FILE

463b

2A344D

00133

LD

HL, (NTRY)

463E

7D

00134

LD

A,L

463F

CD6402

00135

CALL

WRTAPE

;LSB XFER ADDR

4642

7C

00136

LD

A,H

4643

CD6402

00137

CALL

WRTftPE

;MSB XFER ADDR

4646

CDF801

00138

CALL

TPOFP

4649

C35E43

00139
00140

JP

MHLOOP

00141

;

CATLOG

CATALOG A SYSTEM

TAPE, PERFORM A CHECKSUM

00142

464C

CDA84A

00143

CAT LOG

CALL

WRCMD

464F

43

00144

DEFM

'CAT,'

4653

CDBE4A

00145

CALL

WAITCR

4656

CDC 901

00146

CALL

CLS

4659

21564E

00147

LD

HL, TITLE

465C

CDA7 28

00148

CALL

OUTSTR

465F

AF

00149

XOR

A

4660

CD1202

00150

CALL

SELECT

; SELECT AND START TAPE

4663

CD9602

00151

CALL

SYNCH

4666

DD210050

00152

LD

IX,5000H

;S000H IS BASE ADDR

466A

CD3502

00153

CATl

CALL

READ

466D

FE55

00154

CP

55H

; CHECK SYSTEM TAPE

466F

20P9

00155

JR

NZ,CAT1

4671

2A2040

00156

LD

HL, (CURSOR)

4674

CD3502

00157

CAT 2

CALL

READ

4677

FE3C

00158

CP

3CH

;TEST FOR RECORD

4679

2800

00159

JR

Z,CAT3+7

;REAO RECORD

467B

77

00160

LD

(HL) ,A

; STORE NAME

467C

23

00161

INC

HL

467D

18F5

00162

JR

CAT2

467F

CD35 02

00163

CATl

CALL

READ

4682

FE3C

00164

CP

3CH

; START OF RECORD

4684

2028

00165

JR

N2,CAT5

4686

CD2C02

00166

CALL

BLINK

4689

CD3502

00167

CALL

READ

46ec

47

00168

LD

B,A

;BVTE COUNT

468D

007700

00169

LD

(IX) ,A

; STORE IT

4690

CD4E48

00170

CALL

READHL

4693

DD7501

00171

LD

(IX+l) ,L

4696

DDT 40 2

00172

LO

(IX + 2) ,H

J STORE LOAD ADDR

4699

110300

00173

LO

DE,3

469C

DD19

00174

ADD

IX, DE

;BUMP POINTER

469E

CD3502

00375

CAT4

CALL

READ

46A1

81

00176

ADD

A,C

46A2

4F

00177

LD

C,ft

;CHECKSUM FORMATION

46A3

10F9

0017 8

DJN3

CAT4

46AS

CD3502

00179

CALL

READ

46A8

B9

00180

CP

C

jCOHPARE CHECKSUM

46A9

C24048

00181

JP

N Z , ERROR

4 6 AC

18D1

00182

JR

CAT3

46AE

FE7 8

00183

CAT5

CP

78H

;TEST FOR END OF FILE

46B0

C24048

00184

JP

N Z , ERROR

46B3

CD4E4a

00185

CALL

READHL

46B6

22344D

00186

LD

(NTRY) ,HL

; TRANSFER ADDRESS

46B9

DD22304D

00187

LD

(START) ,IX

;ENDING ADDRESS

46BD

CDF801

00188

CALL

TPOFF

46C0

CDC901

00189

CAT50

CALL

CLS

46C3

210000

00190

LD

HL,0

46C6

22324D

00191

LO

(COUNT) ,HL

,-USE IT FOR BLOCK COUNT

46C9

DD210050

00192

LD

IX,5000H

; START ftDOR

46CD

060E

00193

CAT6

LD

B,14

;LINE COUNT

46CF

DDES

00194

CAT7

PUSH

IX

46D1

01

00195

POP

DE

46D2

3A314D

00196

LD

A, (START-t-l)

! CHECK FOR END

46D5

BA

00197

CP

46D6

2006

00198

JR

NZ,CAT8

46D8

3A304D

00199

LD

ft, (START)

46DB

BB

00200

CP

E

46DC

2850

00201

JR

Z,CATEND

46DE

C5

00202

CAT8

PUSH

BC

;SAVE LINE COUNT

46DF

21644E

00203

LD

HL, PARTI

46E2

CDft728

00204

CALL

OUTSTR

46E5

2A3240

00205

LD

HL, (COUNT)

46E8

23

00206

INC

HL

46E9

223240

00207

LD

(COUNT) ,HL

46EC

CD9A0A

00208

CALL

HLACC

■LOAD HL TO BASIC ACC

46EF

CDBD0F

00209

CALL

CVTASC

;CONVERT ACC TO ASCII

46F2

CDA7 2e

00210

CALL

OUTSTR

46F5

216E4E

00211

LD

HL,PART2

46Fe

CDA7 28

00212

CALL

OUTSTR

Program continues

140 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

PROGRAMMING TOOLS FOR YOUR

TRS-80

INSIDE LEVEL II

The Programmers Guide to the TRS-80 ROMS
INSIDE LEVEL II is a comprehensive reference guide to the Level
II ROMs which allows the machine language or Basic programmer
to easily utilize the sophisticated routines they contain. Concisely
explains set-ups, calling sequences, and variable passage for
numberconversion, arithmetic operations, and mathematical func-
tions, as well as keyboard, tape, and video routines. Part II pre-
sents an entirely new composite program structure which loads
under the SYSTEM command and executes in both Basic and
machine code with the speed and efficiency of a compiler. In
addition, the 1 8 chapters include a large body of other information
useful to the programmer including tape formats. RAM useage,
relocation of Basic programs, USR call expansion, creating SYS-
TEM tapes of your own programs, interfacing of Basic variables
directly with machine code, a method of greatly increasing the
speed at which data elements are stored on tape, and special
precautions for disk systems. INSIDE LEVEL II is a clearly or-
ganized reference manual. It is fully typeset and packed with
nothing but useful information .Jt does not contain questions and
answers, ROM dumps, or cartoons. INSIDE LEVEL II $15.95

4 SPEED OPTIONS FOR YOUR TRS-80!

The SK-2 clock modification allows CPU speeds to be switched
between normal, an increase of 50%, or a 50% reduction; selecta-
ble at any time without interrupting execution or crashing the
program. Instructions are also given for a 100% increase to 3.54
MHz, though the TRS-80 is not reliable at this speed. The SK-2
may be configured by the user to change speed with a toggle
switch or on software command. It will automatically return to
normal speed any time a disk is active, requires no change to the
operating system, and has provisions for adding an LED to indicate
when the computer is not at normal speed. It mounts inside the
keyboard unit with only 4 necessary connections for the switch
option (switch not included), and is easily removed if the computer
ever needs sen/ice. The SK-2 comes fully assembled with soc-
keted IC's and illustrated instructions. SK-2 $24.95

PROGRAM INDEX FOR DISK BASIC

Assemble an alphabetized index of your entire program library
from disk directories. Program names and free space are read
automatically (need not be typed in) and may be alphabetized with
a fast Shell/Metzner sort by disk or program. The list may also be
searched for any disk, program, or extension; disks or programs
added or deleted; and the whole list or any part sent to the printer.
Finally, the list itself may be stored on disk for future access and
update. The best thing since sliced bread" (January issue of '80
Microcomputing). Works with TRSDOS, NEWDOS, and
NEWDOS/80. One drive and 32K required. INDEX $19.95

RAM SPOOLER AND PRINT FORMATTER

This program is a full feature print formatting package featuring
user defineable line and page length (with line feeds inserted
between words or after punctuation), screen dump, printer pause
control, and baud rate selection. In addition, printing is done from a
4K expandable buffer area so that the LPRINT or LLIST command
returns control to the user while printing is being done. Ideal for
Selectric or other slow phnters. Allows prin^ g and processing to
run concurrently. Output may be directed to either the parallel port,
serial port, or the video screen. SPOOLER $16.95

TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM

This machine language program allows reliable high speed file
transfers between two disk-based computers over modems or
direct wire. It is menu driven and extremely simple to use. Func-
tions include real-time terminal mode, save RAM buffer on disk,
transmit disk file, receive binary files, examine and modify UART
parameters, program 8 custom log-on messages, automatic 1 6-bit
checksum verification of accurate transmission and reception, and
many more user conveniences. Supports line printers and lower-
case characters. With this program you will no longer need to
convert machine language programs to ASCII for transmission,
and you will know immediately if the transmission was accurate.
TELCOM $29.95

SINGLE STEP THROUGH RAM OR ROM

STEP80 allows you to step through any Basic or machine lan-
guage program one instruction at a time, and see the address,
hexadecimal value, Zilog mnemonic, register contents, and step
count for each instruction. The top 14 lines of the video screen are
left unaltered so that the "target program" may perform its display
functions unobstructed. STEP80 will follow program flow right into
the ROMs, and is an invaluable aid in learning how the ROM
routines function. Commands include step (trace), disassemble,
run in step mode at variable step rate, display or alter memory or
CPU registers, jump to memory location, execute a CALL, set
breakpoints in RAM or ROM, write SYSTEM tapes, and relocate to
any page in RAM. The display may also be routed to your line
printer through the device control block so custom print drivers are
automatically supported. STEP80 $16.95

MACHINE CODE FAST FOURIER TRANSFORM

This complete package includes 3 versions of the machine lan-
guage FFTASM routine assembled for 1 6, 32, and 48K machines,
a short sample Basic program to access them, a 10K Basic pro-
gram which includes sophisticated interactive graphing and data
manipulation, and a manual of instructions and examples. The
machine language subroutines use variables defined by a support-
ing Basic program to make data entry and retrieval extremely fast
and easy for custom implementation. They perform 20 to 40 times
faster than their Basic equivalent (256 points in 1 2.5seconds), and
require less than 1550 bytes of memory. The FFT is useful in
analyzing stock market and comodity trends as well as for scientific
information. FFTASM $49.95

DUPLICATE SYSTEM TAPES WITH CLONE

Make duplicate copies of any tape written for Level II. They may be
SYSTEM tapes (continuous or not) or data lists. The file name,
load address, entry point, and every byte (in ASCII format) are
displayed on the video screen. CLONE $16.95

EDIT BASIC PROGRAMS WITH ELECTRIC PENCIL

Load Basic programs or any other ASCII data file into the disk
version of Electric Pencil for editting. One command from DOS
quickly modifies existing files to Pencil format. One disk and 32K
required. PENPATCH $9.95

RAMTEST FOR LEVEL II

This machine language program is a very thorough test for several
types of RAM errors. A complete test of each individual bit in a 48K
machine takes just 1 4 seconds. Includes a separate test for power
line glitches. RAMTEST $9.95

MUMFORD

MICRO

SYSTEMS

ORDERING: Complete satisfaction is guaranteed or a full refund will be made. All Model I
programs are shipped on cassette unless $5 is included for a formatted (no system) disk.
Include $1 postage and handling. California residents add 6% sales tax. Visa, Master-
charge and COD orders accepted.

Box 435-E Summerland, California 93067 (805) 969-4557

t> Reader Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 141

sriphanctiGS

TRS-80© ■""
TAPE DIGITIZER

Used by the
U.S. Coast
Guard and
U.S. Navy

'ELIMINATES CASSETTE
LOADING AND COPYING
PROBLEMS . . . EVEN
"SYSTEM- TAPES!

'MAKES TAPE PROGRAM
LOADING PRACTICALLY IN-,
DEPENDENT OF VOLUME
CONTROL SETTING!

'MAKES PERFECT COPIES
OF ANY TAPE DIGITALLY
WITHOUT USING COM-
PUTER, DIGITIZED TO EX-
ACT REPLICA OF Tfi-BO'i
SIGNAL WHILE REMOVING
HUM. NOISE AND OTHER
MINOR DROPOUTS

■A.C, POWERED NO BAT-
TERIES CASSETTE SWITCH
ALLOWS MANUAL OR COM-
PUTER CONTROL OF CAS-
SETTE RECORDER

•FEED YOUR CASSETTE TO
THE TAPE DIGITIZER AND
FEED YOUR COMPUTER
THE EXACT DIGITAL
WAVEFORM THE TRS«>
GAVE TO THE TAPE WHILE
MAKING A COPY AT THE
SAME TIME!

■THE TAPE DIGITIZER IS
COMPLETELY COMPATIBLE
WITH LEVEL I AND II

ALSO AVAILABLL WIlHOLil

CASSETTE REMOTE

ON/OFF SWITCH

$54.95

$59.95

FOR GOOD FIIOail4'iHfn Oil T4 KHOS

F.yr.iiyTiMF.!

24-hour phone
(707) 8877237

• COTTAGE '
SOFTWARE

PACKER: Automatically edits all or pari of your Basic
ptogtam to ease editing, run faster, or save memory,
Has 5 sections: UNPACK— unpacl<s multiple state-
ment lines into single statements maintaining pro-
gram logic, inserts spaces and renumbers lines for
easier editing. SHORT— shortens your program by
editing out all REM statements, unnecessary words
and spaces. PACK-executes UNPACK & SHORT
then packs lines mto multiple statement lines; main.
tains program logic. RENUM— renumbers program
lines including all branches. You specify Increment.
MOVE-— moves any line or block of lines to any new
location in the program and renumbers lines. Written
In machine language. Supplied on tape in 3 versions
for 16K. 32K8 48K.

ForTRS-80 "' Level II or Disk Basic S29.95

FAST SORT ROUTINES: for use with Radio Shack's
Accounts Receivable, Inventory Control I, & Disk Mail-
ing List Systems for Model I Level II. Sorts in SEC-
OI^IDS! You'll be amazed at the time Itiey can save.
Supplied on data diskette with complete instructions.

FAST SORT for Accounts Receivable $19.95

FASTSORTfor Inventory Control I S19.95

FAST SORT tor Disk Mailing List (Specify data diskette

or tape for one drive system) $14.95

ALL THREE ROUTINES $44.95

SYSTEM TAPE DUPLICATOR: Copy your system for-
mat tapes. Includes verify routine.

For any TRS-80' Level II S14.95

CASSETTE LABEL MAKER: A mini word processor to
print cassette labels on a line printer. Includes manual
and 50 peel-and-stick labels on tractor feed paper,

ForTRS-80"Leve[ II Sprinter $15.95

4116 RAM CHIPS— Tested!! Guaranteed for 1 year to

the original purchaser 16K for $49.95

MANY MORE Items available. Call or write for catalog.
VISA & MASTERCHARGE accepted. Dealer inquiries
invited. Kansas residents add 3% sales tax.
Foreign orders In US currency only.
On line catalog on Wichita FORUM-80: 361-682-2113
Or call our 24 hour phone; 316-683-4811 or write;

COTTAGE SOFTWARE

6U N. Harding ^233
Wichita, KS 67208
_:;TRS-80 is a registered trademark of TANDY CORP."..-

46FB

DD7E0

00213

LD

A, [IX)

;GET BYTE COUNT

46FE

B7

00214

OR

A

;TEST FOR = 256

46FF

2005

00215

JR

NZ,CAT9

4701

210001

00216

LD

HL,256

4704

1803

00217

JR

CAT9-^3

4706

6F

00218

CAT 9

LD

L,A

4707

2600

00219

LD

H,0

jSET BYTE COUNT

4709

CD9A0A

00220

CALL

HLACC

;LOAD TO ACCUMULATOR

470C

CDBD0F

00221

CALL

CVTASC

fCONVERT TO ASCII

470F

CDA728

00222

CALL

OUTSTR

4712

217B4E

00223

LD

HL,PART3

4715

CDA728

00224

CALL

OUTSTR

4718

CD1848

00225

CALL

OUTIX

;OUTPUT WORD AT IX

471B

110300

00226

LD

DE,3

471E

DD19

00227

ADD

IX, DE

;BnMP POINTER

4720

CI

00228

POP

BC

;LINE COUNT

4721

10AC

00229

DJNZ

CAT7

4723

21C94E

00230

LD

HL,MSG5

4726

CD3348

00231

CALL

CONT

jCONTINUE MSG

4729

CDC901

00232

CALL

CLS

472C

189F

00233

JR

CAT6

472E

21894E

00234

CATEND

LD

HL,PART4

4731

CDA72a

00235

CALL

OUTSTR

4734

DD21334D

00236

LD

IX,NTRY-1

;SET UP TRANSFER ADD

4738

CD1848

00237

CALL

OUTIX

; OUTPUT

473B

21B64E

00238

LD

HL,MSG3

473E

CD3348

00239

CALL

CONT

4741

FE40

00240

CP

'r

;TEST FOR RE-LIST

4743

CAC046

00241

JP

Z,CAT50

jYES

4746

C35E43

00242
00243

JP

HNLOOP

00244

;

CPYSYS

COPY SYSTEM

FORMAT TAPE

00245

4749

CDfi84fi

00246

CP^SYS

CALL

WRCMD

474C

43

00247

DEFM

'COPY, '

4751

CDBE4A

00248

CALL

WAITCR

4754

CDC901

00249

CALL

CLS

; CLEAR SCREEN

4757

21964E

00250

LD

HL,MSG1

47SA

CDA72a

00251

CALL

OUTSTR

475D

AF

00252

XOR

A

475E

CD1202

00253

CALL

SELECT

;SELECT AND START TAPE

4761

CD9602

00254

CALL

SYNCH

; SYNCH AND FIND A5 BYTE

4764

ED4B204

00255

LD

BC, (CURSOR)

! STORE NAME ON SCREEN

4768

DD210050

00256

CPY0

LD

IX,5000H

; START OF BUFFER

476C

CD0F4e

00257

CPYl

CALL

RDSTOR

;READ AND STORE BYTE

476F

FE55

00258

CP

55H

4771

20F5

00259

JR

NZ,CPY0

jTEST FOR START OF TAPE

4773

CD0F48

00260

CPY2

CALL

RDSTOR

4776

FE3C

00261

CP

3CH

;TEST FOR START OF RECORD

4778

280B

00262

JR

2,CPY3-hT

477A

02

00263

LD

(BC) ,A

; STORE NAME CH ON SCREEN

477B

03

00264

INC

BC

477C

18F5

00265

JR

CPY2

477E

CD0F48

00266

CPY3

CALL

RDSTOR

4781

FE3C

00267

CP

3CH

jTEST FOR NEW RECORD

4783

2024

00268

JR

NZ,CPYB

;N0 - TEST END-OF-FILE

4785

CD2C02

00269

CALL

BLINK

4788

CD0F48

00270

CALL

RDSTOR

;GET BYTE COUNT

478B

47

00271

LD

B,A

47ec

CD4E48

00272

CALL

READHL

;LOAD ADDRESS

478F

DD7500

00273

LD

(IX) ,L

47 92

DD7401

00274

LD

(IX-H) ,H

; STORE IN BUFFER

4795

DD23

00275

INC

IX

47 97

DD23

00276

INC

IX

4799

CD0F48

00277

CPY4

CALL

RDSTOR

479C

81

00278

ADD

A,C

;FORH CHECKSUM

47 9D

4F

00279

LD

C,A

4792

10F9

00280

DJHZ

CPY4

;GET WHOLE RECORD

47A0

CD0F48

00281

CALL

RDSTOR

;GET CHECKSUM

47A3

B9

00282

CP

C

47A4

C24048

00283

JP

NZ, ERROR

47A7

13D5

00284

JR

CPY3

47A9

FE78

00285

CPY5

CP

789

;CHECK FOR END-OF-FILE

4 TAB

C24048

00286

JP

K Z , ERROR

47AE

CD4E48

00287

CALL

READHL

; TRANSFER ADDRESS

47B1

DDT 500

00288

LD

(IX) ,L

47B4

DD7401

00289

LD

(IX-H) ,H

; STORE IN BUFFER

47B7

DD23

00290

INC

IX

47B9

DD23

00291

INC

IX

47BB

CDF801

00292

CALL

TPOFF

47BE

DD22324D

00293

LD

(COUNT) ,IX

;SAVE BUFFER ENDING ADDR

47C2

DD210050

00294

CPY50

LD

IX,5000H

jSTART OF BUFFER

47C6

21A14E

00295

LD

HL,MSG2

47C9

CDA728

00296

CALL

OUTSTR

47CC

21C94E

00297

LD

HL.HSGS

47CF

CD3348

00298

CALL

CONT

47D2

CDC 901

00299

CALL

CLS

4705

210F4F

00300

LD

HL,MSG6

47DS

CDA728

00301

CALL

OUTSTR

47DB

AF

00302

XOR

A

47 DC

CD1202

00303

CALL

SELECT

,-SELECT AND START TAPE

47DP

CD8T02

00304

CALL

HEADER

;WRITE HEADER

47E2

DDES

00305

CPY6

PUSH

IX

jSAVE BUFFER ADDR

47E4

CI

00306

POP

BC

jFOR END OF FILE TEST

47E5

3A334D

00307

LD

A, (COUNT-H)

47E8

B8

00308

CP

B

47E9

2006

00309

JR

NZ,CPY7

47EB

3A324D

00310

LD

A, (COUNT)

47EE

B9

00311

CP

C

47EF

280A

00312

JR

Z,CPYEND

47F1

DD7E00

00313

CPY7

LD

A, (IX)

;GET NEXT BYTE

47F4

DD23

00314

INC

IX

47F6

CD640 2

00315

CALL

WRTAPE

47F9

18E7

00316

JR

CPY6

47FB

CDF801

00317

CPYEND

CALL

TPOFF

;TURN OFF TAPE

Program continues

142 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

47FE

21E34E

00318

LD

HL,MSG4

4801

CE3348

00319

CALL

CONT

4804

FE40

00320

CP

'@'

4806

C25E43

00321

JP

NZ, HNLOOP ;N0 RE-WRITE

4809

CDC901

00322

CALL

CLS

4e0C

C3C247

00323
00324

JP

CPY50 ;RE-WR1TE

480F

CD3502

80325

RDETOR

CALL

READ

4812

DD7700

00326

LD

(IX), A

4815

DD23

00327

INC

IX

4817

C9

00328
00329

RET

4818

ED5B204e

00330

OUTIX

LD

DE, (CURSOR)

481C

DD7E02

00331

LD

A, (IX+2) ;GET MSB TO OUTPUT

481F

CDCE4C

00332

CALL

HEXCV

4822

CDC7 4C

00333

CALL

STHL

4825

DD7E01

00334

LD

A, (lX+1) ;GET LSB TO OUTPUT

4828

CDCE4C

00335

CALL

HEXCV

482B

CDC74C

00336

CALL

STHL

482E

ED53204E

00337

LD

(CURSOR) ,DE

4832

C9

00338
00339

RET

4833

11C03F

00340

CONT

LD

DE,VIDeO+960

4836

ED53204B

00341

LD

(CURSOR) ,DE

483A

CDA728

00342

CALL

OUTSTR

483D

C34900

00343
00344

JP

GETCH

00345

;

ERROR

ROUTINE FOR TAPE

00346

4840

3E45

00347

ERROR

LD

A, 'E'

4842

323E3C

00348

LD

(VIDEO+62) ,ft

4845

CDF 801

00349

CALL

TPOFF

4848

CD4900

00350

CALL

GETCH ;WAIT FOR ANY KEY

484B

C35E43

00351
00352

JP

MNLOOP

00353

READHL READ H 6 L REGISTERS FROM TAPE AND |

00354

;

START A CHECKSUM IN C=(H)+(L)

00355

484E

CD3502

00356

KEADHL

CALL

READ

4851

6F

00357

LD

L,A ;LSB OF ADDRESS

4852

CD3502

00358

CALL

READ

4855

67

00359

LD

H,A ;MSB OF ADDRESS

4856

B5

00360

ADO

A,L ;START CHECKSUM

4857

4F

00361

LD

C,A ;SAVE IT

4858

C9

00362
00363

RET

00364

;

LEVEL-

II ROM DEFINITIONS

00365

0212

00366

SELECT

EQD

0212H

0296

00367

SYNCH

EQU

0296H

0235

00368

READ

EQU

0235H

022C

00369

BLINK

EQU

022CH

0287

00370

HEADER

EQU

0287H

0264

00371

WRTAPE

EQU

026 4H

3Cfl0

00372

VIDEO

EQU

3C00H

0033

00373

DISPL

EQU

0033H

01F8

00374

TPOFF

EQU

0lFeH

28A7

00375

OUTSTR

EQU

28A7H

4020

00376

CURSOR

EQU

4020H

0049

00377

GETCH

EQU

004 9H

01C9

00378

CLS

EQU

01C9H

0A9A

00379

HLACC

EQU

0A9AH

0FBD

00380
00381

CVTASC

EQU

0F5DH

00382

;

ZBUG SYSTEM DEFINITIONS 1

00383

4CEB

00384

INHEX

EQU

4CEBH+RL

4CF4

00385

HEX IN

EQU

4CP4H+HL

4AA8

00386

WRCMD

EQU

4AA3H+RL

4 ABE

00387

WAITCR

EQU

4ABEH+RL

4D66

00386

DISPTR

EQU

4D66H+RL

4CCE

003B9

HEXCV

EQU

4CCEH+RL

4CC7

00390

STHL

EQU

4CC7H+RL

435E

00391

HNLOOP

EQU

435EH+RL

4338

00392

ENTRY

EQU

4338H+RL

4D64

00393

PC SAVE

EQU

4D64H+RL

4D2A

00394

NAME

EQU

4D2AH+RL

4D32

00395

COUNT

EQU

4D32H+HL

4D30

00396

START

EQU

4D30H+RL

4D34

00397

KTRY

EQU

4D34R+RL

4C67

00398

FILL

EQU

4C67H+RL

4E56

00399

TITLE

EQU

4E56H+RL

4E64

00400

PARTI

EQU

4Ee4H't-RL

4E6E

00401

PART 2

EQU

4E6EH+RL

4E7B

00402

PART 3

BQO

4E7BH+RL

4E89

00403

PART 4

EQU

4E89H+RL

4E96

00404

MSGl

EQU

4E96HtRL

4EA1

00405

KSG2

EQU

4EA1H+RL

4EBe

00406

MSG3

EQU

4EB6H+RL

4EE3

00407

HSG4

EQU

4EE3H-HRIi

4eC9

00408

HSG5

EQU

4EC9H+RL

4F0F

00409

HSG6

EQU

4P0Pa+RL

4A9E

00410
00411
00412

SETUP2

EQU

4A9EH-t-RL

4859

00413

LAST

EQU

S

4338

00414

END

ENTRY

00000

TOTAL ERRORS

the FIND AODR command.

REG: The REG command
stores the one or two-byte value
entered in user register table as

specified by the symbolic name
for the Z-80 register. The display
is updated and control returned
to the command loop.

SET: The SET command modi-
fies memory one byte at a time,
starting with the address en-
tered. The display is automati-

cally changed to the 128-byte
block containing the starting ad-
dress, If It does not already con-
tain it. As the computer pauses
to let you enter each successive
byte, the cursor is moved to sur-
round the byte. The past cursor
marks are not cleared, leaving a
record of what has been
changed. To exit the command,
use the BREAK key. Control is
returned to the command loop.

WRITE: The WRITE command
writes the specified block of
memory to the cassette, with
the entry point address and
name in appropriate format.
Cassette tapes are written in the
SYSTEM format specified by Ta-
ble 3 using as many 256 byte
blocks to minimize the amount
of tape used.

XREGS: The XREGS com-
mand swaps the user primary
and secondary eight-bit regis-
ters in the user register table. It
returns control to the command
loop.

ZAP: The ZAP command fills
the specified memory block with
the byte value. Control is then
returned to the command loop.

COPY: The COPY command is
used to copy the next SYSTEM
format file using one cassette
recorder. The SYSTEM program
copied may load In any area of
memory. The program is read to
a buffer beginning at 5000H, per-
forming checksums on each
record. Every byte of Informa-
tion is preserved for the future
copy. Tapes of up to 12,288
bytes may be copied on a 16K
Level II system. With the over-
head required on SYSTEM tapes
for formatting (10 bytes -i- five
bytes/record), this means that a
program of up to 12,032 bytes
can be copied if 256 byte rec-
ords were used. Once a tape has
been loaded, as many copies as
you desire can be produced
without reloading the program.

CAT: The CAT command finds
where all those mysterious SYS-
TEM tapes load. CAT reads the
next SYSTEM format file from
the cassette and performs
checksums on each record.
After the file Is read, the record
number, record size and hexa-
decimal load address are dis-
played on the video screen. The
last line displayed is the entry
point address in hexadecimal.

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 143

Memory Chips For Your TRS-80!

ONLY

$39.95!

Don't spend $150.00 at Radio Shack when you can install these
prime, tested, guaranteed, ram chips yourself for less than half that
price!
Features:

1) We guarantee all our ram chips!

2} Comes with clear, easy to understand, instructions!

3) Chips will work in keyboard or expansion interface!

Catalog #:

2701 16K Ram Chips lor the TRS-80 Keyboard 39.95

2702 16K Ram Chips for TRS-80 Expansion Int 39.95

2708 Dip Shunls lor Keyboard (required! 2.00

Simutek's Sensationai Best Sellers:

MICRO-BEEP

Micro-Btep i5 a simple sound device that operates ofi your aux, plugirom yourcasselti-
cable. Noa' you ran have inexpensive, easy to use, sound lor an e)<cellent prirc*
Micro Beep works with Basic using simple commands!
OUT255,4 = ON OUT255,0 = OFF

Requires No Extra Software! Requires Level II Basic or Disk Basic. Will worii with 4K-
48K! Comes completely assembled! (Requires transistor radio battery)
Catalog fl:

2001 Micro-Beep Sound only 15.95

Micro Beep is heing in^pd by TRS-80 Oiuner.'; all oijer the luorld'

• FRFE POSTAGE AND HANDLING • ^^ ,g

Order t[2000 Micro-Speed Mod Makes Computer SO^k Faster ^^J.yO

WeacceptVlSA Master Charye Money Orders - Checks or (CO D $3.00evrralScnd
orders to. Simiitck, P.O. Box 13687-Z, Tucson, AZ 85732

Name _
Address
City

State

Zip

Phone orders wdcome 24 hours! (800)528-1149 Simutek offers a number of other fine

products especially lor TRS-80's! Send for "FREE" catalog. TRS80 rs □ TM o/ Radio
Shai-k., A TamK- Coip Arizona residents add 4% sales lax

& ASSOC

EMMANUEL B. GARCIA, JR.
& ASSOCIATES

203 N. WABASH

CHICAGO. ILLINOIS 60601 .^n
u* 433
PMONE 13121 78397S0

r

E

Slow IN ITS THIRD YEAR OF
SPECIALIZING IN PRODUCTS
DELATED TO THE TRS-80*

Dealer of quality software and hardware —
we sell only the best, proven items.

Sponsor of CHICATRUG— monthly
learning sessions for TRS-80 users.

Publisher of "CHICATRUG News," monthly
publication for TRS-80 users.

Sponsor of the FORUM-BO of Chicago, a
24-hour computerized bulletin board.

Author of "Pensionmaker," the revolutionary
defined benefit pension system running on
the TRS-80 Model 1 where other pension
actuaries are using mainframes.

Repair facilities (90-day warranty on new
equipment and 30 days on used).

B.G. & Associates is NOT affiliated with Tarxly Corporation or Radio Shack.
•THS-80 is e trademark of Tandy Corporation.

", , , this monitor is
substantially ROM-dependent
and there are two separate
ROM configurations supplied. . .

The last four single-key com-
mands act immediately to per-
form these functions:

• Return to the BASIC READY
prompt after clearing the screen
and resetting the break vector.

@ Toggle the 128-byte memo-
ry display mode.

t Page the memory display
down by 128 (SOH) bytes.

i Page tfie memory display up
by 128 (SOH) bytes.

Using ZBUG from TRSDOS

I have talked about the bene-
fits of ZBUG on a Level II com-
puter. What about from TRS-
DOS?

Table 4 is a summary of ROM
routines used. It is a brief de-
scription of each routine. (If you
want to knovt/ more about them,
read SUPERMAP or other publi-
cations which list the ROM rou-
tines.)

Because ZBUG may alter the
DOS environment, it assumes
that it is operating in a Level II
environment and that the vector
area (4000H-42E8H) is initial-
ized accordingly. Still, the bene-
fits of DOS do not have to be
sacrificed. The short program
shown in Program Listing 2 pro-
vides the sequence used by the
Z-80 processor on power-up, and
resets the vector area to a Level
II configuration.

This code was extracted from
the ROM chip starting with the
sequence at address OOOOH and
following the logic assuming no
disk controller is present and
stopping before the MEMORY
SIZE? prompt is displayed. By
now, many of you realize that
this monitor is substantially
ROM-dependent and there are
two separate ROM configura-
tions supplied by Radio Shack
for the TRS-80. I have checked

BYTE

DESCRIPTION

55 H

System file header code

NNH

NNH
NNH
NNH
NNH
NNH

Program name (1 -6 characters), there will always be
6 characters on tape witfi the name left-justified in

the field and blank-filled.

3CHC)

Data record header code

bbHC)

Data record byte count (OOH to FFH) a record size of 256
bytes is identified by a byte count of OOH

LLHCl

Data record load address LSB

MMHC)

Data record load address MSB

XXH (■)
XXHC)

Data bytes repeated for as many bytes specified in the
record byte count

ccHC)

Data record checksum byte formed by adding the load
address LSB and MSB bytes and all data bytes In the record

78 H
LLH
MMH

System file end-of-file mark
Entry point address LSB
Entry point address MSB

ONOTE

This record information is repeated as necessary to
load all the required information.

Table 3. System Tape Format

144 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

NAME

ADDR

DESCRIPTION

DISPL

0033

Display the byte in the A register to the video screen

CLS

01 C9

Clear the video screen and home the cursor

GETCH

0049

Walt tor a key pressed and return value in the A reg

SELECT

0212

Select the tape drive using the value in the A reg and start
the motor

SYNCH

0296

Read the 256 byte zero header and find the ASH synch

READ

0235

Read the next byte from tape to the A register

BLINK

0220

Blink the asterisk in the upper right corner ot the video
screen

HEADER

0287

Write a 256 byte zero header and ASH synch byte

WRTAPE

0264

Wnle the byte in the A register to tape

TPOFF

01 F8

Turn off the selected cassette motor

OUTSTR

28A7

Output to video the string pointed to by (HL) and terminated
with aOOH or22H (") byte

HLACC

0A9A

Load (HL) to the ACC (4121H-4124H) as an integer

CVTASC

OFBD

Convert (ACC) to a string pointed to by (HL)

CVTBIN

0E6C

Convert the string pointed to by (HL) to binary in the AOO,
result can be integer or floating point

CINT

0A7F

ACO,HL = CINT(ACC)

CSNG

0AB1

ACC = CSNG(ACC)

PUSHAC

09A4

Push ACC to ACC + 3 on to the stack

TESTAC

0994

Test the ACC for + , - , Q and set flags appropriately

FDiV

08A2

ACC = (BC) (DE)MCC, single precision fp

FSUB

0713

ACC = (BC) (DE) - ACC, single precision tp

FADD

0716

ACC = (BC)(DE1 + ACC, Single precision fp

MULT

0BF2

ACC, HL = (DE) ■ (HL), integer with overflow to single preci-
sion floating point in ACC

Table 4. Summary of ROM Routines

21 XX yy LD HL,LOADAD

DISK LOAD ADDRESS TO (HL)

11 yy yy LD DE,RUNAD

RUN ADDRESS TC(DE)

01 zz zz LD BCBYTES

SYTE COUNT OF BLOCK

ED BO LDIR

MOVE IT TO RUN LOCATIONS

03 tt tt JP ENTRYPT

ENTER SYSTEM PROGRAM

Table 5.

each of the routines on both
ROM Chips and found that the
ROM entry points used are total-
ly compatible.

I assembled my disk version
starting at B300H and ending at
BF1BH. The program in Pro-
gram Listing 2 loads at BF70H.
When loaded from the disk as a
CMD file, execution begins at
BF70H, initializes the vector
area for Level II, and transfers
control to the ZBUG entry point.
To return to DOS, either execute
a jump to OOOOH or press the RE-
SET button.

There is a benefit to having
ZBUG on disk as described. It is
easy to transfer any machine
language program to the disk,
regardless of its load point (eg.,
one that loads in low user RAM
and overlays DOS, such as EDT-
ASM). All you have to do is run
ZBUG from DOS and, when load-
ed, use it to toad the SYSTEM
file to RAM. Using the MOVE
command, move the block of
code (which you located using
the CAT command) to a high
RAM address which does not in-

terfere with DOS. Then move the
code from Program Listing 2 still
resident at BF70H, to be part of
the previous block and change
the jump instruction at the end
(C3 38 B3) to the short code in
Table 5 entered with the SET
command.

When the program is loaded,
the code patched as above, and
you're sattsifed that you've
made the changes right, exit
ZBUG to DOS. Use the DOS
DUMP command to write the
converted program to your disk
as a CMD file. You may then run
it, at will, from the disk by enter-
ing the name from the DOS com-
mand level.

One last point: Remember
that the addresses used above
in the short code sequence are
entered In typical address for-
mat (eg., 4338H should be en-
tered as 38 43).

Program Modifications

The program is easily con-
verted to one source module for
assembly on a 32K or 48K com-

Continues to page 161

$P' THE BOOK

ACCESSING THE TRS-80* ROM

If you ever do
Assembly
language
programming,
or you just want
to know more
about your
TRS-80 ROM,
"THEB00K"
is for you.

Volume I will give you access to over fifty ma-
chine language subroutines in the Radio Shack
Level II BASIC. It includes information on the nu-
meric data formats and a commented listing of the
ROM routines.

"THE B0GJK, Volume I", encompasses all arith-
metic functions and mathematical operations.
There are separate routines for integers, single
precision, and double precision numbers and the
data format for each of these number types is
explained. The routines that perform ASCII to bin-
ary and binary to ASCII conversion are identified
and explained to provide you a means of data I/O.

A fully commented listing provides the details on
the step-by-step execution of these ROM rou-
tines. Although a complete disassembly is not
provided in order to avoid copyright infringement,
you can obtain a complete disassembly using the
disassembler program listed in "THE B0(3K."
Volume I also includes a complete, detailed mem-
ory map of the entire machine and a symbol table
noting over 500 addresses.

"THE BOCJK" will save you hour upon hour of
assembler program development time. Don't start
programming without it.

Order your copy of "THE BgJQJK", today!

DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED

Insiders Software Consultants, Inc.
P.O. Box 2441, Dept. M1
Springfield, VA 22152 ..^aos

Q Please send me Volume I of THE B00K
at $14.95 plus Si -50 for postage.

*TRS-eo Is a Iredemark of
Tandy Corp.

, ZIP CODE

□ Check payable to Insiders Software Consultants, Inc.

□ MASTER CHARGE MC Bank Code:

D VISA Exp, Date: Card Number:

Signature. .. .

1^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 145

DISK BASED WORD
PROCESSOR 7.80

A complete word processing system for your TRS-80,

Provides tull editing capability including paragraph

move, line deletion, insertion and correction.

Store text on disk, print business/personal letters,

reports with numbered pages and title pages.

Text is stored on disk as blocks are created so texts

are not limited by the available memory

Requires 16K and one or more disk drives

Comes complete on cassette wrth software to

produce upper/lower case at printhead, and

keyboard reverse.

Full nght/left justification and much more.

Send cheque, money order or order by phone, 24

hours, 7 days a week Mastercharge and Visa

cards welcome.

Please include $1.00 extra for first class post.

niAILINGLIST ,,BLE

OPTION 7.S0 "^''ho^'

A complete mailing list option tor the owners of the
Pensa-Write Word Processor.
Capacity for 300 names per disk.
Sorts by postal code, prints business letters
(created by Pensa-Wrile) agamst mailing list or
portion thereof depending on selectable criteria
Prints labels in user definable formal: Any number
of columns (up to 5) across the page, any tab
postions, and any number of spaces between rows.
Interfaces directly with Pensa-Wnle Software to
form the complete word processing/mailing system.
Requires 32K and one disk drive.
Please note Pensa-Mail is not a "stand alone"
program and is designed to be used with Pensa-Wnle.

Both systems available on Diskette for $19 95

P^NSAEJ^Nk

.--JO/

4441 WEST FIRST AVE
VISA I WWCO(/l/fR, e C. V6R4H9
601-224-3W7

Introducing

COBOL + FORTRAN +
64K RAM

FOR YOUR TRS-80'

♦ Release your software chains with the NEW
FREBDOM OPTION a plugable change that restruc-
tures the TRS-80' on command to perform like a
large Z80 system. All the TRS-80* features are re-
tained All THS-80' software will run without inter-
ference. The option is supplied with a fully assem-
bled & tested FREEDOM BOARD, T8/0S on a 5%"
disk, and complete instructions. T8/0S allows your
TRS-80' to execute most software originally written
tor CDOS,, TSA/OS,, and CP/M, operating systems.
T8/0S opens the door to higher level languages and
existing programs.

♦ To further enhance your TRS-80' pfooessing power,
a MEMORY EXPANSION OPTION is available to re-
place, on command, the ROM and provide A FULL
64K RAM This option is switched into operation by
the FREEDOM BOARD providing 57K of USER RAM
with T8/0S loaded. Both options are fully assembled
S tested and fit into the TRS 80' keyboard enclo-
sure. Write lor mote details. 6 Mo. Board Warranty.

FREEDOM OPTION $245

MEMORY EXPANSION OPTION. . . . $295

Send Check or Money Order to:

(MASS. RESIDENTS, PI-EASE INCLUDE 5% TAX)

r« E«\« • ltd* ^141

P.O.Box 2368 • Woburn, MA. 01888
(617) 044- 5329

Program Listing 1C

ZBUG

00001 ;

ZBUG

PART 3

00002

4300

00003 ORGN

DEFL

430BH

SaBB

0004 RL

DEFL

ORGN-430eH

00005

4B59

00006
00007

ORG

485 9H-I-RL

00008 ;

SET

CHANGE MEMORY BYTES UNTIL <BREAK> IS 1

00009 ;
00010
00011 SET

PRESSED

TO EXIT

TO THE MAIN COMMAND LOOP

4859

CDA84A

CALL

WRCMD

485C

53

00012

DEFM

'SET, '

4860

CDEB4C

00013

CALL

INHEX

4863

E5

00014 SETl

PUSH

HL

;EAVE ADDRESS ON STACK

4864

3E80

00015

LD

A,80H

4866

A5

00016

AND

L

jFORM DISPLAY POINTER

4867

6F

00017

LD

L,A

rFOR A BLOCK OF 128 BYTES

4868

22664D

00018

LD

(DISPTR)

,HL

4866

Dl

00019

POP

DE

486C

D5

00020

PUSH

DE

486D

EB

00021

EX

DE,HL

486E

B7

00022

OR

A

486r

ED52

00023

SBC

HL,DE

;LOCN OF BYTE IN BLOCK

4871

3E0F

0^024

LD

A,0FH

4873

A5

0C025

AND

L

4874

F5

00026

PUSH

AF

jFORM BYTE NR AND SAVE IT

4875

AD

00027

XOR

L

;FORM ROW NR

4876

6F

00028

LD

L,A

4877

29

00029

ADD

HL,HL

;CALC VIDEO POSITION

4878

29

00030

ADD

HL,HL

4879

118F3C

00031

LD

DE,VIDEO-H43

487C

19

00032

ADD

HL,DE

487D

Dl

00033

POP

DE

487E

5A

00034

LD

E,D

487F

1600

00035

LD

D,0

4881

19

00036

ADD

HL,DE

4882

19

00037

ADD

HL.DE

4883

19

00038

ADD

HL,DE

;CALC POSITION IN THE ROW

4884

CB5B

00039

BIT

3,E

;TEST FOR BYTES 8-15

4886

2801

00040

JR

Z,S+3

;NOPE

4888

23

00041

INC

HL

;YEP - BUMP POSITION BY 1

4889

E5

00042

PUSH

HL

488A

CD6F4C

00043

CALL

MEHDIS

.•DISPLAY CHANGE AREA

488D

3EAA

00044

LD

A, 170

.•GRAPHICS BYTE

488F

El

00045

POP

HL

4890

77

00046

LD

(HL) ,A

fSTORE GRAPHIC CURSOR

4891

23

00047

INC

HL

4892

23

00048

INC

HL

4893

23

00049

INC

HL

fHOVE PAST BYTE

4894

3E3F

00050

LD

A,3PH

4896

A5

00051

AND

L

;TEST FOR END OF LINE

4897

2803

00052

JR

2,S + 5

;YEP - DON'T STORE

4899

3E95

0B053

LD

A, 149

;2ND PART OF CURSOR

489B

77

00054

LD

(HL) ,A

4a9C

21983F

00055

LD

HL,VIDEO-f920

489F

222040

00056

LD

(CURSOR)

HL

;SET CURSOR

48A2

3E1E

00057

LD

A,lEH

48A4

CD3300

00058

CALL

DISPL

;ERASE TO END OF LINE

48A7

El

00059

POP

HL

;GET ADDRESS

48Ae

E5

00060

PUSH

HL

48A9

E5

00061

PUSH

HL

48AA

7C

00062

LD

A,H

; CONVERT ADDRESS

48AB

ED5B2040

00063

LD

DE, (CURSOR)

;T0 ASCII-HEX FORM

4eAF

CDCE4C

00064

CALL

HEXCV

;AND STORE IT IN VIDEO

48B2

CDC7 4C

00065

CALL

STHL

48B5

El

00066

POP

HL

48B6

7D

00067

LD

A,L

;LSB ADDRESS

48B7

CDCE4C

00068

CALL

HEXCV

48BA

CDC7 4C

00069

CALL

STHL

4880

ED532040

00070

LD

(CURSOR)

DE

48C1

3E20

00071

LD

A, ' '

4eC3

CD3300

00072

CALL

DISPL

4eC6

CDF44C

00073

CALL

HEXIN

;GET HEX BYTE

48C9

El

00074

POP

HL

48CA

70

00075

LD

(HL) ,B

! STORE IT

48CB

23

00076

INC

HL

;BUMP MEMORY ADDRESS

4ecc

1895

00077
00078

JR

SETl

00079 ;

ZAP

FILL MEMORY WITH

SPECIFIED BYTE

00080

48CE

CDA84A

00081 ZAP

CALL

WRCMD

48D1

5A

00082

DEFM

' ZAP, '

48D5

CD8F4A

00083

CALL

SETUPl

;READ START-END-BYTE

48D8

CD674C

00084

CALL

FILL

;FILL MEM - REGS SET

4806

C35E43

00085
00086

JP

MNLOOP

;BY 'SETUPl'

00087 ;

INT

CONVERT INTEGER

TERMINATED BY = TO HEX

00088

48DE

CDA84A

00089 INT

CALL

WRCMD

48E1

49

00090

DEFM

'INT, '

48E5

213041

00091

LD

HL,4130H

;USE BASIC FOR BUFFER

48E8

0605

00092

LD

B,5

;NUMBER OF DIGITS

4 SEA

E5

00093

PUSH

HL

4 8EB

CD4900

00094 INTl

CALL

GETCH

;GET CHAR

48EE

FE3D

00095

CP

' = •

.-TEST FOR DONE

48F0

2818

00096

JR

Z, INT3

48F2

FE30

00097

CP

'0'

;TEST FOR NUMBER

48F4

FAEB48

00098

JP

M,INT1

;REJECT

48F7

FE3A

00099

CP

'9'-H

;TEST FOR NUMBER

48F9

F2EB4e

00100

JP

P.INTl

;REJECT

Program continues

146 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Combine accurate flight characteristics with the best in animation graphics
and you'll have SuIjLOGIC's

T80-FS1 Flight Simulator

fortheTRS-80

SubLOGIC'sT80-FS1 is the smooth, realistic
simulator that gives you a reai-time, 3-D,
out-of-the-cockpit view of flight.

Thanks to fast animation and accurate repre-
sentation of flight, the non-pilot can now learn
basic flight control, including take-offs and
landings! And experienced pilots will recog-
nize how thoroughly they can explore the
aircraft's characteristics.

Once you've acquired flight proficiency,
you can engage in the exciting British Ace
3-D Aerial Battle Game included in the
package. Destroy the enemy's fuel depot
while evading enemy fighters.

Computer and aviation experts call the
T80-FS1 a marvel of modern technology.
You'll simply call it fantastic!

Special Features:

• 3 frame-per-second flicker free
animation

• Maximum transfer keyboard input

• Constant feedback cassette loader

Hardware Requirements:

• Radio Shack TRS-80, Level 1 or 2

• 16K memory
" Nothing else!

$

Only

25

See your dealer or order direct. For
direct order, include SI. 25 and specify
UPS or first class mail. Illinois residents
add 5% salestax. Visa and Mastercard
accepted.

LOGIC

Distribution Corp.
BoxV, Savoy, IL 61874
[217)359-8482

TRS-60***MULTI -TASKING OPERATING SYSTEM ***TRS-60

TRUE TIMESHARING WITHIN A TRS - 80

ADDS A NEW DiMEMSIOlM TO YOUR MODEL I SYSTEM

The first system utility to allow TWO USERS or programs to operate independently in a TRS-80.

7 SHARE V 1 2 (S an mterupi driven exocutive which pate In.'!, iiself to NEWDOS or TRSDOS.

AMowi TRS-80 to be interfscod to a second terfoinal thus providing for an additional operatinti user
in your EXPANDED SYSTEM. Additionally, a printer can be used to service both users.

SIMPLEX mode fo' non serial-port users. Requires only a printer as the second "screen" Jobs share
the keyboard under user control .ind detach to run separately but simultaneously. This mode allows
non — interupt driven tJmeshannrj.

CONF IGURE allows segmenting of available memory above 7600 HEX in any proportion between the'
two users. Selects communication mode and port type for second terminal.

Options for parallel port, RS232, TRS232, ami HLJH as the connection ioi vour second terminal. All
software drivers are included.

Communicate between USERS or PROGRAMS usmg pi.'ek and poke. The experienced programmer c^n
now create a ntiw generation of mui f tf^miinal operated gn rues or business software.

Execute BASIC or MAC H IN E LANGUAGE. Full use of disks. Rei|uires 32K plus one disk drive.

INTRODUCTORY OFFER on easy loading 5% diskette

COMSOFT ^20"

1124 N Briind Blvd.
Suite 201

Gleruiyle, Cihfornia 91202
213./64g 0369

Full Documentation

"California residents add 6" ■ tax.

»89

TRS 80, TRSDOS tm Radio Shack/Tandy Cori).

NEWDOS tm Apparat, Inc.

TRS232 tm Small System Software

HUH tm HUH Electronics

P^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 147

WE'RE OVERSTOCKED

SAVE 25%!

IRV

programmable keys/screen editor

Usually S25.00

Until March 1, 1981 S18.75

SAVE 25%

BXREF

basic cross reference & formatter

Usually S29.95

Until March 1, 1981 $22.46

SAVE 25%!

Z80ZAP/CMD
a disk modification utility

Usually $29.95

Until March 1, 1981 $22.46

THE ALTERNATE SOURCE

1806 Ada Street "'^^

Lansing, Michigan 48910
Ph. 517/487-3358 or 485-0344

Add S2.()() for First Class Deliverv

COMPILERS

flCCELZ: Compiler tor THS-80 Disk BASIC Compiles
selected subset lo Z80 maclime code in all tour variable lypes,
compacl 1K fiin-limecomporterit [;ortrols irtarpreter to stream-
lirie all oilier stalerrenls and tunctions TectinigLO minimises
code expansion without impairing huge speednps tor true douOle
oplimisalion Six diagnostic messages, Local/Global opiions
increase compatibility with siiD|ect programs Ojtpiil save to
Disk, tapes Professionals note' No royalties on tbe rjerlved
code It slikehavingalOOmltzclock S88.95

ACCEL: Compiler tor TRS-80 Leuel ll BASIC Same huge
speedups as ACCEL2 but in INTEGER variabte type only Run-
time component |ust 256 t)ytes, ideal for graphics, games In
16K, Developed m Bnlainby Southern Software 44.95

TSAVE:Wriles compiler ojtpul to SYSTEM tape ,$9.95

SOFTWARE CPU™

Super STEP: Animated Z80 Progfamming Models, Disas-
semOler, Single-sfep/TRACE modes with intelligent RAM
Window, 5 user-seleclaOle Windows, smgle and cumjlative
instruction times m microsecoods fleference Space, mucti
mote Big booklet, a ZaO Software CPU 16K Level II TRS-80,
TBliG required Ho BL-0 , ,, ,. . S19.95

Super TLEGS: Relocates TBUG, SuperSTEP S9.95

EMU 02: Animated 650Z Programming 1^1 odels, Disassembles
to 6502 mnemonics SIngle-slep/TRACE modes, 6502 coun-
terparts to #B, #J, #R,#F and #G commands, fast Cross-Inter-
preter, key board scan port wilti p-irstructions DB.EB control,
paginglni/irlualaddressspace, more. Big booklet &SYNERTEK
card, a6502SoltwareCPU
'5KLeveMI TRS-80, TBUG required No BL I $24.95

COLOR COMPUTER

COCOBUG: 6809 Debugging monitor for TRS-80 Color Com-
puter Examine, modily memory/CPU registers, place break-
points, execute single instructions or entire machine language
programs m real time Includes 6809 Reterence card, runs m
4K S19.95

MASTERCARD/VISA

Incl. .75 postage, CA add 6%

ALLEN GELOER SOFTWARE
Box 11721 Main Post Office
San Francisco, CA9J)01

TRS-80. TBUG tm Radio Snack/Tandy Corp
Software CPU tm Allen Gelder Software
•••••••••••••••••••••••••

148 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

4eFC

77

00101

LD

[HL) ,A

;SAVE CHAR

48FD

23

00102

ISC

HL

4eFE

CD3300

00103

CALL

DISPL

; DISPLAY IT

4901

10E8

00104

DJNZ

INTl

4903

CD4900

00105 IfJT2

CALL

GETCH

;HAVE 5 DIGITS WAIT FOR

4906

FE3D

00106

CP

' = '

. 1. = .- TERMINATOR

4908

20F9

00107

JR

NZ, INT2

490A

CD330fi

00106 TNT3

CALL

DISPL

. " = "

490D

AF

00109

XOR

A

490E

77

00110

LD

(HL) ,A

;TERMINATE STRING

490F

El

00111

POP

HL

.-RESET TO BEGINNING

4910

CD6C0E

00112

CALL

CVTBIH

; CONVERT TO BINARY

4913

CDB10A

00113

CALL

CSNG

; SINGLE FP

4916

CD9409

00114

CALL

TESTAC

;TET ACC<e

4919

FA7543

00115

JP

M,MNERR

491C

CDA4 9

00116

CALL

PUSH AC

,-SAVE ACC

491F

CDA409

00117

CALL

PUSHAC

4922

210001

00118

LD

IIL,256

4925

CD9A0A

00119

CALL

ULACC

;ACC< — 256

4928

CDB10A

00120

CALL

CSNG

; FLOAT

492B

Cl

00121

POP

BC

492C

Dl

00122

POP

DE

;GET NUMBER

492D

CDA208

00123

CALL

FDIV

;NUM/256.0

4930

CD7F0A

00124

CALL

CINT

;INT(NUM/256)

4933

7C

00125

LD

A,H

4934

B7

00126

OR

A

;TEST>65535

4935

C27 543

00127

JP

NZ,MNERR

4938

22324D

00128

LD

(COUNT) ,HL

;SAVE IT

493B

110001

00129

LD

DE,256

493E

CDF20B

00130

CALL

MULT

;256*INT(NUM/256)

4941

CDB10A

00131

CALL

CSNG

4944

Cl

00132

POP

BC

4945

Dl

00133

POP

DE

4946

CD1307

00134

CALL

FSUB

;NUM-256*INT(NUH/256)

4949

CD7F0A

00135

CALL

CINT

494C

7D

00136

LD

A,L

;LSB OF HEX

494D

CDCE4C

00137

CALL

HEXCV

4950

E5

00138

PUSH

HL

4951

3A324D

00139

LD

A, (COUNT)

;MSB OF HEX

4954

CDCE4C

00140

CALL

HEXCV

4957

ED5B2040

00141

LD

DE, (CURSOR)

;SET UP WRITE TO SCR

495B

CDC7 4C

00142

CALL

STHL

495E

El

00143

POP

HL

495F

CDC7 4C

00144

CALL

STHL

4962

CD4900

00145

CALL

GETCH ■

;WAIT ANY KEY

4965

C35E43

00146
00147

JP

MNLOOP

00148 ;

HEX

CONVERT HEX NUMBER TO INTEGER 1

00149

4966

CDA84A

00150 HEX

CALL

WRCMD

496B

48

00151

DEFH

'HEX, '

496F

CDEB4C

00152

CALL

INHEX

;GET HEX NUMBER

4972

E5

00153

PUSH

HL

4973

110001

00154

LD

DE,256

4976

6C

00155

LD

L,H

4977

2600

00156

LD

H,0

4979

CDF20B

00157

CALL

MULT

;MSB'256

497C

CDB10A

00158

CALL

CSNG

; CONVERT TO FLOATING

497F

El

00159

POP

HL

;GET NUMBER

4980

CDA409

00160

CALL

PUSHAC

;SAVE MSB*256

4983

2600

00161

LD

H,0

4985

CD9A0A

00162

CALL

HLACC

;LSB TO ACC

4988

CDB10A

00163

CALL

CSNG

; CONVERT TO FP

498B

Cl

00164

POP

BC

498C

Dl

00165

POP

DE

498D

CD1607

00166

CALL

FADD

;MSB*256-FLSB

4990

CDBD0F

00167

CALL

CVTASC

[CONVERT TO ASCII

4993

3E3D

00168

LD

A, ' = '

4995

CD3300

00169

CALL

DISPL

4998

23

00170

INC

HL

4999

CDA728

00171

CALL

OUTSTR

[OUTPUT NUMBER

499C

CD4900

00172

CALL

GETCH

499F

C35E43

00173
0017 4

JP

MNLOOP

00175 ;

EXCHG

EXCHANGE USER

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY REGS

00176

49ft2

CDA84A

00177 EXCHG

CALL

WRCMD

49A5

58

00178

DEFH

'XREGS, '

4 9AB

CDBE4A

0017 9

CALL

WAITCR

49AE

0606

00180

LD

B,8

49B0

214E4D

00181

LD

HL.REGSTG

[SECONDARY REGS PTR

49B3

11564D

00182

LD

DE,REGSTG-(-8

[PRIMARY

49B6

4E

00183 EXCIiGl

LD

C,(HL)

[GET ONE REG

49B7

lA

00184

LD

A, (DE)

[GET OTHER

49B8

77

00185

LD

(HL) ,A

[STORE IN PLACE

49B9

79

00186

LD

A,C

49BA

12

00187

LD

(DE) ,A

[STORE OTHER

49EB

13

00188

INC

DE

49BC

23

00189

INC

HL

49BD

10F7

00190

DJNZ

EXCHGl

49BF

C35E43

00191
00192

JP

MNLOOP

00193 ;

FBYTE

FIND BYTE AND

SET (DISPTR) TO ITS ADDRESS

03194 ;

CONTINUE UNTIL

<BREAK> OR END OF SEARCH

00195

49C2

CDA84A

09196 FBYTE

CALL

WBCMD

49C5

46

00197

DEFM

'FIND BYTE, '

49CF

2A664D

00198

LD

HL, (DISPTR)

[SAVE DISPTR

49D2

22364D

00199

LD

(BRKTMP) ,HL

Program conlmues

1 .5 M€G on MOD€L 1

Increase Vour Disk Storogelll

Pocl(09« 1 - 1 .5 Msgabytcs for onlv $1,540.00

2: Model 1 60-2 ftCflOCOMP SO-troch double headed drives

1 . PeHCOM DOUBLCR t
1 DOSPLUS 3 1 D

1 2 Drive Coble (for the ftefiOCOMP drives)

Poclto9« 2 - Upgrade vour Model I to o Model III for
only $320.00

I PCftcoM txjueieR t

1 DOSPLUS 5. ID

Pockoge 3 - Add on disk storage ond 90 double
density For only $ 1 ,040.00

2. Model 40-1 fteHOCOMP40UQ<h "flippy' drives
1 PtflCOM DOUeL€R t

1 DOSPLUS i 1 D

I 4 drive coble (fo( the fi€fiOCOMP drives)

Pockoge 4 - Add on SO-trock drive and double de-
nsity For only $800.00

1 Model 80-1 fl€ROCOMP aO-tiQch flippv" drive

1 PeRCOMDOUBL€RI

1 . DOSPLUS 3 1 D

1 . 5 drive coble (fof the fl€fiOCOMP drive)

Hemembei', 0N€ 60-CiQeh drive, running double density, mill
give you os much sCcxoge os FOUR 55-&ock drives running single
density

If interested, coll or lurite U5 ot the address belouj, ond let us
banish your disk stofogc problems forever!

r — ^

MICRO SYSTEMS SOFTWARE rNC.

5846 Funston Street, Hollywood, FL 33023
(305) 983-3390

NAME

ADDRESS
CITY

STATE
PHONE

ZIP

ACCOUNT #

MCD VISAD EXP. DATE
PROGRAM NAME ^_^__

QUANTITY ^_. ,

^<

MOD6LIII
FOR $320.00

Vei, double density is herel Tujo 40 troch drives give you 36aK of storage, find if Chats not
enough, four 80 trock drives ujill give you 1 .4 megobyCes of on line storage Fill this uiith the
added speed of double density operation, not to rnention 80% more storage per diskette.

No loss of vou' software librotv or conversion of ^our single densitv diskettes is rteccs-
sory. DOSPLUS 3, ID reacts to the diskette. It anil reod single or double density luith equo!
ease. It is not JUST a double density operoting system, it is o double AND single density
system. It is the first of it's kind. No one con offer you LuhoC lue can! To change o disk to
double density you need only format a double density disk, and then ON€ command
(TRflNSF€R), ujill bring over oil your files. Very simple to use, but not necessary, because
DOSPLUS mill read them os they ore nouj. Just insert single density diskettes ond run (ujith
our operating system). The machine ujill knom luhot you ore doing ujithout having to be told
RN'tTHINGI

If you Luant your computer Co choin Functions, then you need DOSPLUS 3. 1 (For example,
from poiiJerup you could hove your mochine coll onother computer, scon o doto t>ose For
appoinCmenCs, recording any Chot oppeor on your pnnCer: ond then load in BASIC, setting
Files and mem/size, ond start your program so your secretory con go right to liiork) LUith our
BUILD. DO ond flUTO. all of the preceding uiould be child's play. 8y Che i^oy, you could hove
also set the time and dote, looked ot Che directory of all your dnves os luell os checked Che
free space mop (iiihich Cells you not only hoiu much space you hove on a diskette, but also
inhere it is and ujhot it is used for) DOSPLUS is a truly intellegent. eosy Co use operoting
system thot gives you oil your computer is copoble of delivering.

Vou probably guessed Chot For $320.00 ujhot oje ore doing is Cuming your Model I into a
Model III. Ic'sso eosy anyone can do it in 10 minutesi UJhy spend $2,500.00 foroModeltll
Luhen you con get Che some compuCing poujer, ujich our kiC, and NO 50fTUJflfl€ CONV€R-
SION, for only S320.00, Don't Chroiu oujoy your Model I, let us eipond it! Move up to the
Luorld of double density.

Vou oiill reod Che beneFi ts of our error-free softwore. No mirocles, jusC ploin hard lijorh ond
o lot of CesCing by experts ond novices olike. Test us ond judge yourself, LUe guoronCee you
ujill be 1 00% soCisfied. If you ore Che firsC Co find a legitimate "BUG ' in our soFtujore you luill
be retuorded ujith o brond neuj $100 dollar bill.

Vour systems disk ujill come complete luith on oil neiu single/double density disk editor
colled DtSMZflP, and a BfiSIC program compressor colled CRUNCH. Also included is PURG€, a
utility to moke the moss removol of unujonCed files from o diskette easy, ond R€STOR€, o
program that mokes recovering a dead file as eosy os typing in o command line. TRRNSFCR is
just OS It sounds, a program thot moves oil flies (except systems) from one diskette to
onother. Single density to double or vice verso. CL€FIRHL6 is used to zero data files on o
diskette for o "clean sloCe". DISKDUMP is o nem machine longuoge sector disploy/mcjdify
program ChoC Luorks ujiCh Filespecs insteod of tiochs and sectors. Used in conjunction ujith
DISKZflP, you ujill hove' more disk editing pouJer thon ever before, uith less FnjstJoBon thon
aiQS ever ChoughC possible,

Vou oiill nouj be able to use oil your DOS commonds from BHSIC lijith Che CMD T feoCure.
find hoiu about vonoble lengCh records chot reolly work, first time. €VCRV timel This luill ollouj
you to use the ISflM progromming technique for vastly improved handling of lorge data
boses ond lightning speed unheard of in BflSIC. (ISAM sCondsfor Indexed SequenCiol Recess
MeChod).

tf inflated computing power without on inflated price log is what you're oftec, contact us ol
the oddress belouj.

•me —

specializing ifi the Tandy Line

(305) 983-3390

5846 Funston Street
Hollywood, FL 33023

t Doubler is a ffodamark of Percom Data Corp.

(^Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 149

TEACH YOUR
CHILDREN

Learning to count money by Malcolm Nygern

A ihree-program learning system that teaches
the important skill of counting money.

1. Counting Coins — Instruction and drill in
counting pennies, nickels, dimes and
quarters.

2. Shopping Trip— Buy goods in various
stores; count out the payments and earn
"purple stamps" for a right answer. Three
speed levels.

3. Check-Out — Run your own checkout
counter. Learn and practice how to make
change.

Learning to count money by Malcolm Nygren
features superior graphics and is available for
TRS-80 Model 1— Level II— 16K on cassette
only. Shipped postpaid by first-class mail
$21.50

ALSO AVAILABLK

ALPHA — Alphabet recognition for

preschoolers
SIGMA — Addition problems for

Grades 1-3
SIGMA-EX— Addition problems for
—the younger or slower
learner

SPE L — Spelling practice for

Grades 2-4
Available on cassette only. $5.95 each. Two for SI I .
Ail for for S20,00, '^104

Mercer Systems Inc.

87 Scooter Lane

Hicksvllle, N.Y. I ISOl

QUALITY SOFTWARE
I for the ^^
TRS-80™ MICROCOMPUTER*

KEYWORD Indexing System

\ s>:rlt:k i>l' pni|tram>, thai >iMI >:rt:al< u Jala JIN tin disc. t>ull<l an
Index iii M i>L.kUrr>:nci:> iii' "Kt>w<iril>" In the ktl cii Iht dala Ilk
and allim )ni|ulrks or searches lnli> (he Die uslnR (lie Intleied
ke)«»rds. The sislem fealures.

• Nexlhle rcvord lenglhs with loealliin pi>lnler<.
•deletliin oi mm lm»ofd> inim index b) Msiem
•"and" "iir" "ncn"* liitJIe iiir Innuirits
•Inleriaee iiir user >srlllen liii|iilrle.>

KEYWORD l!NDEX-2 dbk J2K s»lt>ii S4t.<)5

I dfcik 32K siryem Sl'i.'ii

SORTS for HOME and BUSINESS

Vi eumpurer user shiiuld he Hllhiiul a lersallle^eaM fo use snrl
pfiigfam. fhe >i>rlheas[ ^Itinmare in nienmri >.•« pnigranis are
»rl([eii In U-kI II H\SiC and ha>e Ihe iidlnulng Jeaiurt'-i
•.S,.r( \l.l'lU.ir MMhHICdala

• Son iin up III > ilelds slmullal1eMU^I>
•In aseeridhiH i>r deseendinu seiiuenee
•Su|i[H>rIs kh, <1deii nr litjK I

•.SupiHTIs seg. disk and [irlnler I (SOHI 111)1

• Suppiirls user I rriuHnes
•tser cxllsl,SI)KT IIDonb)

,S(lkT II \hK U>el II In meiii.in son J 1 9.95

.StIKI III)- J2k l)(IS In mein.jr> sun $29.95

FOR Ihe SERIOUS GAMBLER

HI.\>:K.I\CK.SIMLL\[<)K, \IIi>»s><>u id simulate ihe pla>ln)l<'l

ihiiusands Ml hands nl 111 and analyze (he results t>n (a|K In Uiel

IIHASIC. $19,95

Manuals t»r all pri.|)rains a<allahle for $i,(KI ea.

(prlee deduedhle on purshase of priiilram)

" TRS-80 Is 3 reglslered Irademark ol TANDY CORP."

tgT4»-theastc7V»CROWARB)

BOX 2133, ^7.
BOSTON, MA. 02106

49D5

CD3F4A

0e200

CALL

SETUPl

STAHT-END-BYTE

49D8

7A

0e201

LD

A,D

BYTE TO (A)

49D9

EDBl

00202 FBYTEl

CPIR

SEARCH FOR IT

49DB

2012

00203

JR

NZ,FBYTE2

NOT FOUND

49DD

F5

00204

PUSH

AF

49DE

C5

00205

PUSH

BC

49DF

E5

00206

PUSH

HL

SAVE REGS

49E0

2B

00207

DEC

HL

POINT TO BYTE

49E1

22664D

00208

LD

(DISPTR) ,HL

SET DISPLAY ADDR

49E4

CD6F4C

00209

CALL

HEMDIS

DISPLAY 128 BYTES

49E7

CD490

00210

CALL

GETCH

WAIT ANY KEY

49EA

El

00211

POP

HL

49EB

CI

00212

POP

BC

49EC

Fl

00213

POP

AF

49ED

18EA

00214

JR

FBYTEl

MORE

49EF

2A364D

0B215 FBYTE2

LD

HL, (BRKTMP)

ORIGINAL DISPTR

49F2

22664D

00216

LD

(DISPTR) ,HL

49F5

310043

00217

LD

SP,RENTRY

FLUSH SP

49F8

C35E43

00218
00219

JP

HNLOOP

00220 ;

FADDR

FIND THE ADDRESS

OF THE TWO BYTE WORD

00221

49FB

CDA84A

00222 FADDR

CALL

WRCHD

49FE

46

00223

DEFH

■FIND ADDR, '

4A38

CD9B4A

00224

CALL

SETUP2

START- END- ADDR

4A0B

CDBE4A

00225

CALL

WAITCR

4A0E

2A664D

00226

LD

HL, (DISPTR)

4 All

22364D

00227

LD

(BRKTMP) ,HL

SAVE OLD DISPTR

4A14

2A304D

00228

LD

HL, (START)

4An

ED4B324D

00229

LD

BC, (COUNT)

BYTE COUNT

4A1B

ED5B344D

0B230

LD

DE, (NTRY)

ADDR

4A1F

7B

00231 FADDRl

LD

A,E

4A2a

EDBl

00232

CPIR

SEARCH FOR IT

4A22

20CB

00233

JR

NZ, FADDRX

NOPE - NOT FOUND

4A24

7A

00234

LD

A,D

TEST LSB

4A25

BE

00235

CP

(HL)

4A26

20P7

00236

JR

N 2, FADDRl

NO - TEST AGAINST HSB

4A28

E5

00237

PUSH

HL

4A29

D5

00238

PUSH

DE

4A2A

C5

00239

PUSH

BC

4A2B

2B

00240

DEC

HL

POINT TO ADDR

4A2C

22664D

00241

LD

(DISPTR), HL

SET UP DISPLAY

4A2F

CD6F4C

00242

CALL

MEMDIS

4A32

CD4900

00243

CALL

GETCH

WAIT ANY KEY

4A35

CI

00244

POP

BC

4A3e

Dl

00245

POP

DE

4A37

El

00246

POP

HL

4A38

78

00247

LD

A,B

TEST FOR NO HORE

4A39

Bl

00248

OR

C

4A3A

28B3

00249

JR

2, FADDRX

4A3C

ISEl

00250

JR

FADDRl

STILL SOME LEFT

49EF

00251 FADDRX
00252

EQU

FBYTE2

00253 ;

MOVE

MOVE A BLOCK OP MEMORY

00254

4A3E

CDA84A

00255 HOVE

CALL

WRCHD

4A41

4D

00256

DEFH

'MOVE, '

4A46

CD9E4A

00257

CALL

SETUP2

READ ST ART-END- ADDR

4A49

CDBE4A

00258

CALL

WAITCR

4A4C

2A304D

00259

LD

HL, (START)

4A4F

ED5B344D

00260

LD

DE, (NTRY)

4A53

ED4B324D

00261

LD

BC, (COUNT)

4A57

EDB0

00262

LDIR

HOVE IT! 11

4A59

C35E43

00263
00264

JP

HNLOOP

00265 ;

BASIC

TOGGLE

00266

4A5C

3EC9

00267 BASIC

LD

A,0C9H

RETURN

4A5E

320C40

00268

LD

(400CH) ,A

BREAK VECTOR

4A61

GDC901

00269

CALL

CLS

4A64

C3191A

00270
00271
00272 ;
00273

JP
SETUP

1A19H

4A67

CDEB4C

00274 SETUP

CALL

INHEX

READ ADDR

4A6A

22304D

00275

LD

(START) ,HL

4A6D

3E20

00276

LD

A, ' '

4A6F

CD3300

00277

CALL

DISPL

4A72

CDEB4C

0027 8

CALL

INHEX

READ ENDING ADDR

4A75

ED5B304D

0027 9

LD

DE, (START)

STARTING ADDR

4A7 9

B7

00280

OR

A

CLEAR CARRY

4A7A

ED52

00281

SBC

HL,DE

END-START

4A7C

DA894A

00282

JP

CSETERR

START>END

4A7F

23

00283

INC

HL

BYTE COUNT

4A80

22324D

00284

LD

(COUNT) ,HL

SAVE IT

4A83

3E20

00285

LD

A, ' '

4A85

CD3300

00286

CALL

DISPL

DISPLAY AND RETURN

4A88

C9

00287

RET

4A89

310043

00288 SETEBfi

LD

SP,RENTRY

FLUSH SP

4A8C

C37543

00289
00290

JP

MNERR

00291 ;

SETUPl

HL=START, BC=ByTE COUNT, D=BYTE |

00292

4A8F

CD674A

00293 SETUPl

CALL

SETUP

4A92

CDF44C

00294

CALL

HEX IN

READ BYTE

4A95

50

00295

LD

D,B

BYTE TO D

4A96

ED4B324D

00296

LD

BC, (COUNT)

4A9A

2A304D

00297

LD

HL, (START)

4A9D

C9

00298
00299

RET

00300 ;

SETUP2

(START)=START ADDR, (COUNT)=BYTE COUNT,

Progrsm continues

150 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

FROM PROGRAMMA

HI-RESOLUTION GRAPHICS FOR THE TRS-80®

* a

* t^ NEW LIFE FOR YOUR TRS-BB •

«#ltttttttttttNHNNNtttttttttttttl(IHMI)llttMtllt««

LOWER CASE

TbeSO-GRAFIX board includes

two sets of lower case characters

at no additional cost.

DEMONSTRATION PROGRAMS

The 80-GRAFlX board is supplied
with a Character Generator software
and several demonstration programs.

FINALLY, AT LAST. . .

HI- RESOLUTION GRAPHICS is available for your
TRS-80 computer system. The 80-GRAFIX board from
PROGRAMMA International, Inc. gives your TRS-80 high
resolution capability that is greater Than the Commodore
C8M/PETor even the revered APPLE II,

80-GRAFIX gives the TRS-80 an effective screen of
384X192 pixels, versus the normal 127X192 for the
TRS-80, 80X50 for the CBM/PET, or the 280X192 of an
APPLE II. As an added feature, 80-GRAFIX offers you
lower case characters at no additional cost. Of course, you
can also create your own set of up to 64 original characters
using the supplied Character Generator software.

The 80-GRAFIX board is simple to install (note that this
voids your Radio Shack warranty), and programming is
done through BASIC. 80-GRAFIX opens up a whole new
realrn of software development and excitement never
dreamed of for the TRS-801

INVERSE VIDEO

The 80-GRAFIX board allows you to

do inverse video to high-light your

screen displays.

p--»'Ki KniiTi=iKa Kn.iV'.--ii[f mwj'AK.i w

CHARACTER GENERATOR

The supplied character generator

software allows you to create your

own character set of up to

64 original characters.

REAL-TIME GRAPHIC GAMES

With the 80-GRAFIX board you can

write exciting real-time games using

BASIC.

EASY INSTALLATION

The 80-GRAFIX board is simple to
install and fits inside the TR5-80 case.

I| 'I 'I 'I 'l '1 'i ') ™"IHM

lanwnu

■ ' » omnE awciDt

— iau« 10 119

ISTHTMI

GRAPHICS GALORE

The 80GRAFIX board and

the supplied Character Generator

allow you to become an artist.

I MWSHu ruiniMnv i

ijif Kur IS iJ ac.

CI IS le m

C] IS MSWl MB

riK I rv (MOil WC -1 ID OO ME WLIIS

UK KiJH M s£am c.

ELECTRONIC DESIGN

The 80GRAFIX board has unlimited

application in Electronic design

and Education,

80 GRAFIX HI-RESOLUTION

Finally, the only means to protect

your computer investment is to order

an 80-GRAFIX board TODAY!

EXCITEMENTS FUN

Open up a new realm of software

development with the 80-GRAFIX

board.

Available exclusively through PROGRAMMA at the cost of $149.95

Please check with us for availability prior to ordering

VISA and MASTERCHARGE accepted

TRS-80 is a registered trademark of the Tandy Corp. ^2\

PROGRAMMA
IIMTERIMATIONALJIMC.

3400 Wilshire Blvd.

Los Angeles, CA 90010

(213) 384-0579 • 384-1116 ' 384-1117

INTERFACE EXPANSION BOARD!

For the TRS 80'

m

niCRO-DG'^IGri f^

The Interface Expansion Board gives
your computer these features;

MDX-1

Phone Modem

2K E-PROM OPTION '" ^''^^'^ ^<"^
32 K Memory ^^ Board & user manual

Real-Time Clock

Parallel Port

RS-232 Port

Dual Cassette Line

Floppy Disk Controller' MDX-2*

On Board Supply

Silk Screen

Solder Mask

Expansion Port

Manual

64.95

7495

Ada 3.00 for shipping
& handling. Texas res-
idents add 5% sales
tax.

MANUALS $7.95

•FREE PAMPHLET AVAILABLE

Call or write

MlCRO-DG^ICn

P.O. Box 18054

Austin, Texas 78760

1-512-458-2937

'TRS 80 IS a Trademark ol Tandy Corp.

^^379

PPI-80

^ / /

PARALLEL I/O

X FOR THE TRS-80
* /

See Article in Sept. Issue. /

Th* PPI-80 * ■ csmptaM panM l/D ni*rl*o* iimiV'^ tpKllctf y lot Bi*
TRS-M, corwUtlnfl o(3compl«l«SMII/0porUlnduc)lnaiuctilHlur«i):

SMilch selflclaQle address decoding

complete on board regulated powei supply

TTL compatible I/O lines conveniently available "irough 16 f»n sockets

■ 5 volts and ground al eacli socfcel

3 software selectable modes ot operation

nsnasbakmg

plugs info keyboard or expansion interlace

on board kluge area for ejipenmeniing

provisions for interfacing Sears-BSR-RS home controller

I betwee

puiers

PoMlbIa tppllcMlont Includg:

fnOirectional communica
parallel printer interface

wireless tiome control via BSR home controller
direct control of lights, appliances, and motors
interlaces to many popular boards including A/D-O/A converter
and an EPROM Programmer

«d In Mverat locmi

J119 95
. . 89 95

25 95

PPI-ao li (•■IlkM* ruw tnd can tw purch

pleleJy assembled and tested
Complete kit svith all pans . .

board drilled and etched with assembly
Accessories

A/D - 2 channel D/A hi Optimal Technology . .il 15 00
EPROM Programmer Model EP-2A-79 Oy Optimal Technology 155 00

To order send payment plus (2 CO shipping and handling to
QUANT SV STEMS

P.O. BOX eia

CHARLESTON. S.C. ZM03

U iiiitKili IM !■■ illii III

OrtiTii^ crdf'^ iii W Ici Lhiapinj

^269

uont
ys^emsj

P.O. box 628
Charleston sc
. 29402

00301

|NTRY)= 16 BIT ADDR OR WORD

00302

4A9E CD674A

00303

SETUP2

CALL

SETUP

4AA1 CDEB4C

00304

CALL

INHEX ;GET ADDR

4AA4 22344D

00305

LD

(NTRY) ,HL

4AA7 C9

00306
00307
00308

RET

00309

;

ROM DEFINITIOWS AND CONSTS |

00310

4020

00311

CURSOR

EQU

4020H

0049

00312

GETCH

EQU

0049H

0033

00313

DISPL

EQU

0033H

3C00

00314

VIDEO

EQU

3C00H

01C9

00315

CLS

EQU

01C9H

0E6C

00316

CVTBIN

EQU

0E6CH

0FBD

00317

CVTASC

EQU

0PBDH

0A7F

00318

CI NT

EQU

0A7FH

0AB1

00319

CSNG

EQU

0AB1H

09A4

00320

POSH AC

EQU

09A4H

0994

00321

TESTAC

EQU

0994H

0A9A

00322

HLACC

EQU

0A9AH

08A2

00323

FDIV

EQU

08A2H

0BF2

00324

MULT

EQU

0BF2H

0713

00325

FSUB

EQU

0713H

0716

00326

FADD

EQU

0716H

28A7

00327
00328

OUTSTR

EQU

2eA7H

00329

ZBUG

SYSTEM DEFINITIONS

00330

4AA8

00331

WHCMD

EQU

4AA8H+RL

4ABE

00332

WAITCR

EQU

4ABEH+RL

4D66

00333

DISPTR

EQU

4D66H+RL

4C6F

00334

MEMDIS

EQU

4C6FH+RL

4CCE

00335

HEXCV

EQU

4CCEH+RL

4CEE

00336

INHEX

EQU

4CEBH-I-RL

4CF4

00337

HEXIN

EQU

4CF4H-I-RL

4CC7

00338

STHL

EQU

4CC7H-(-RL

4C67

00339

FILL

EQU

4C67H-I-RL

4338

00340

ENTRY

EQU

4338H+RL

4300

00341

RENTRY

EQU

4300H+RL

435E

00342

HNLOOP

EQU

435EH-I-RL

4375

00343

MNERB

EQU

4375H+RL

4D32

00344

COUNT

EQU

4D32H-I-RL

4D30

00345

START

EQU

4D30H+RL

4D34

00346

NTRY

EQU

4D34H+RL

4D4E

00347

REGSTG

EQU

4D4EH+RL

4D36

00348
00349

BRKTMP

EQU

4D36H+RL

4AA8

00350
00351

LAST

EQU

S

4338

00352

END

ENTRY

00000 TOTAL

ERRORS

Program

Listing ID. ZBUG

00001

00002

;

ZBUG PART 4 j

00003

4300

00004

ORGN

DEFL

4300H

0000

00005
00006

RL

DEFL

ORGN-4300H

4AAB

00007
00008

ORG

4AA8H+RL

00009

;

GENERAL PURPOSE SUBROUTINES t

00010

00011

;

WRCMD

WRITE COMMAND NAME TO VIDEO

00012

4AA8

El

00013

WRCMD

POP

HL ;GET STRING ADDR

4AA9

ED5B2040

00014

LD

DE, (CURSOR)

4AAD

7E

00015

LD

A, (HL)

4AAE

23

00016

INC

HL

4AAF

FE2C

00017

CP

' , ■ ;TEST CHAR FOR ,

4AB1

2804

00018

JR

Z,WRC2 ;YES - QUIT

4AB3

12

00019

LD

[DE),A ;WRITE TO VIDEO

4AB4

13

00020

INC

DE

4AB5

18F6

00021

JR

WRCHD+5

4AB7

E5

00022

WRC2

PUSH

HL ;SAVE RETURN ADDR

4AB8

13

00023

INC

DE

4AB9

ED532040

30024

LD

(CURSOR), DE

4ABD

C9

00025
00026

RET

00027

;

WAITCR

WAIT FOR <ENTER> KEY TO BE PRESSED

00028

4 ABE

CD4900

00029

WAITCR

CALL

GETCH ;GET CHAR

4AC1

FE0D

00030

CP

13 ;TEST FOR CRLF

4 AC 3

C8

00031

RET

2 ;YEP — GO

4 AC 4

18F8

00032
00033

JR

WAITCR

00034

;

LDSCRN

LOAD VIDEO SCREEN WITH ALL INFO

00035

4AC6

CDC901

00036

LDSCRN

CALL

CLS

4flC9

11113C

00037

LD

DE,VIDE0+17

4ACC

21044E

00038

LD

HL,MNTTL

4ACF

011D00

00039

LD

BC,29

4AD2

EDB0

00040

LDIR

;TITLE

Program continues

152 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

IN WITH THE NEW

Is your TRS-80 singing Auld Lang Syne? Does it yT'C?

remember the good old days when each new fc;^'iiJ

Power-Gp sequence brought new software to ct ,*l

massage its RAM? Is it lacking the Spirit of the / (_,

Season? Start the New Year off on the right keys! No, Ap^v'' y^<^

not E-D-l-T . . . C-L-O-A-D. ^^A^^'^

No standing in the end-of-the-year return lines. These CClO

original, ready-to-load programs fit your TRS-80
perfectly. Your computer will receive one 30 minute
cassette each month by First Class Mail containing
ready -to -CLO AD programs that will even keep ol'
Father Time from aging. - f/r^ cd

Make your New Year's resolution early this
holiday season and surprise your TRS-80 with a
subscription to CLOAD MAGAZINE.

The Fine Print:

Overseas rates slightly higher— please write for them.

Back issues available— ask for our list.*

TRS-80 IS a trademark of Tandy Corporation. PWCES

California residents add 6% to single copies I year subscription $42.00

and anthologies. 6 month subscription $23,00

Programs are for Level II I6K and Single copies $4.50

occasionally for 48K disks. Anthology-volume 1 $1 0,00

'24 Level I back issues also available. Anthology-volume 2 $ 1 5,00

Mastercharge/Visa Welcome Also Cash & Goid, Copyright CLOAD MAGAZINE 1980

--32

MAGAZINE INC.

P.O. Box 1267

Goleta. CA 93017

(805) 964-2761

(Radio /haeK^
DEALER ^JJP ^

TRS-80 » DISCOUNT

n NO OUT-OF-STATE TAX
n NO SHIPPING COSTS

TRS-80
MODEL 11 64K

$3500

PACKS ENOUGH DATA HANDLING POWER FOR
MANY SMALL BUSINESSES.

TRS-80 MODEL III

32K-2 DISKS

«2100

NEW PERSONAL COMPUTER , , .
REAL-TIME CLOCK, SHARPER
CRT IMAGES AND FASTER
LOADING CASSETTES

CERTIFIED CHECKS
CASHIERS CHECKS
OR CREDIT CARDS

TRS-80 COLOR

COMPUTER OR VIDEO

$339

each

A LOW COST, COLOR COMPUTER FOR PERSONAL BUSINESS OR ENTERTAINMENT

PERRY OIL & GAS INC.

137 NORTH MAIN STREET, PERRY, MICH. 48872

PHONE (517) 625-4161

WARRANTIES HONORED BY ALL RADIO SHACKS • 'TM. TANDY CORP.

v* Reaiier Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1961 • 153

fi^K^CTOR V

BREAK THROUGH TO NEW DIMENSIONS
IN INTERGALACTIC WARFARE ! * 19.95

• UNIQUE DISPLAY sglitscreen. gives. eoch

• INTH]JGENTOPPONB4TP**VOursldlla9Mnst

another nunxin!!

• ACTION SOUNDS& GRAPHICS explosions,

weapons, etc

• FLEET BAniE CRAFT "^=«el' out sefigbge

evif enemy patrols.

• CHALLENGING conqueruigftie galaxy

.., ,., , requires bold strategy!

TRS 80 L2 16K required. For coss^
and instructions send check or money order

• PC Box 56069;
■ MIAMI FL 331 56

EDUCATIONAL
SOFTWARE

For TRS-80 £■ Pet Micro Computers

ELEMENTARY

SCIENCE

GEOGRAPHY

ECONOMICS

FOREIGN LANG.

GRAMMAR

MATH
BIOLOGY
HISTORY
ACCOUNTING
BUSINESS ED.
FARM RECORDS

COIN INVENTORY

Write for FREE Catalogue:
MICRO LEARNINGWARE ^8

BOX 2134, N. MANKATO MN 56001
507625 Z205

VISA & MASTER CHARGE ACCEPTED

We pay 1 5% royalty for Educational

Programs listed with us.

TRS-80 Is A tcglstcied tr^idemuli ot TANDY CORF.

Pet Is t tTddrmdrli of Commodore Bus. Machines.

LEARNING TOOLS

■ Spelling Primer

■ Vocabulary Builder

■ Crossword Generator

EACH PROGRAM FEATURES:

• HUNDREDS OF WORDS

• GRAPHIC SCORING MONITOR

• PROGRAMMABLE SPEED CONTROL

Each Program Available in 4 Levels:

Grades 1-2; 3-4; 5-6; 7-8.
(Specify Grade)

16K - LEVEL II

$4.95 each — any two for $7.95

DYNATEK INFO. SYSTEMS

586 CONCORD AVE.
WILLISTON PARK, N.Y. 11596

^253 -Quality Software 3t Affordable Prices"

4AD4

013000

00041

LD

EC, 48

4AD7

21D44D

00042

LD

HL, TITLE

4 ADA

11403C

00043

LD

DE,VIDEO+64

; SUB-TITLE

4 ADD

EDB0

00044

LDIR

4ADF

010500

00045

LD

BC,5

4AE2

3A4D4D

00046

LD

A, (MODEFL)

;TEST FOR ALPHA/HEX DISPL

4AE5

B7

00047

OR

A

4AE6

2005

00048

JR

NZ,LD1

jALPHA DISPLAY

4AE8

21CA4D

00049

LD

HL.HEX

4AEB

1803

00050

JR

LD2

4AED

21CF4D

00051 LDl

LD

HL, ALPHA

4AF0

EDB0

0B052 LD2
00053

LDIR

;HOVE CORRECT MESSAGE

4AF2

DD21BA4D

00054

LD

IX,REGCH

jCHAR STRING

4AF6

FD214E4D

00055

LD

IY,REGSTG

4AFA

11803C

00056

LD

DE,VIDEO+128

4AFD

0e04

00057

LD

B,4

;NR. OF SECONDARY PAIRS

4AFF

DD6E00

00058 LD3

LD

L,(IX)

;GET REG PAIR NAME

4B02

DD6601

00059

LD

H, (IX+1)

4B05

CDC7 4C

006

CALL

STHL

;WRITE IT

4B08

DD23

00061

INC

IX

4B0A

DD23

00062

INC

IX

4B0C

3E27

00063

LD

A,27H

; QUOTE

4B0E

12

00064

LD

(DE) ,A

! PRIMED REG NAME

4B0F

13

00065

INC

DE

4B10

13

00066

INC

DE

4E11

FD7E01

00067

LD

A, (IY + 1)

; FIRST REGISTER

4B14

CDCE4C

068

CALL

HEXCV

4Bn

CDC74C

00069

CALL

STHL

4B1A

13

007

INC

DE

4B1B

FD7E00

00071

LD

A, (lY)

; SECOND REGISTER

4B1E

CDCE4C

00072

CALL

HEXCV

4B21

CDC7 4C

00073

CALL

STHL

4B24

FD23

00074

INC

lY

4B26

FD23

00075

INC

lY

4B28

213700

0C076

LD

HL,55

;COUNT TO NEXT LINE

4B2B

19

00077

ADD

HL,DE

4B2C

EB

00078

EX

DE.HL

;BUMP PTR TO NEXT LINE

4B2D

10D0

00079
00030

DJNZ

LD3

;FINISH GROUP

4B2F

11C03D

00081

LD

DE,VIDEO+448

4B32

0604

00082

LD

B,4

4B34

DD21BA4D

00083

LD

IX.REGCH

;SET UP PRIMARIES

4B3 8

DD6E00

00084 LD4

LD

L,{IX)

;GET REG TITLE

4B3B

DD6601

00085

LD

H, (IX+1)

4B3E

CDC7 4C

00086

CALL

STHL

jWRITE IT

4B41

DD23

00087

INC

IX

4B43

DD23

00088

INC

IX

4B45

13

00089

INC

DE

4B46

13

00090

INC

DE

4B47

FD7E01

00091

LD

A, (IY + 1)

;GET FIRST REG

4B4A

CDCE4C

00092

CALL

HEXCV

4B4D

CDC74C

00093

CALL

STHL

4B50

13

00094

INC

DE

4B51

FD7E00

00095

LD

A, (lYl

;GET SECOND REG

4B54

CDCE4C

00096

CALL

HEXCV

4B57

CDC74C

00097

CALL

STHL

4B5A

FD23

00098

INC

lY

4B5C

FD23

00099

INC

lY

4 BSE

213700

00100

LD

HL,55

;COUNT TO END OF LINE

4B61

19

00101

ADD

HL,DE

4B62

EB

00102

EX

DE,HL

;BUHP TO NEW LINE

4B63

10D3

00103
00104

DJN2

LD4

4B65

0604

00105

LD

E,4

;SET UP FOR 16 BIT REGS

4B67

11003F

00106

LD

DE,VIDEO+768

4E6A

DD21C24D

00107

LD

IX,REGCH2

4B6E

DD6E00

00108 LD5

LD

L,(IX]

;REG NAME

4B71

DD6601

00109

LD

H, (IX+l)

4B7 4

CDC7 4C

00110

CALL

STHL

4B77

DD23

00111

INC

IX

4B7 9

DD23

00112

INC

IX

4B7B

13

00113

INC

DE

4B7C

13

00114

INC

DE

4B7D

FD7E01

00115

LD

A, (lY+l)

:REG MSB VALUE

4Ba0

CDCE4C

00116

CALL

HEXCV

4B83

CDC7 4C

00117

CALL

STHL

4B86

FD7E00

00118

LD

A, (lY)

;REG LSB VALUE

4Be9

CDCB4C

00119

CALL

HEXCV

4B8C

CDC7 4C

00120

CALL

STHL

4B8F

FD23

00121

INC

lY

4B91

FD23

00122

INC

lY

4B93

213800

00123

LD

HL,56

.-COUNT TO END OF LINE

4B96

19

00124

ADD

HL.DE

;BUMP LINE PTR

4B97

EB

00125

EX

DE,HL

4B98

1004

00126
00127

DJNZ

LD5

;FINISH GROUP

4B9A

CD6P4C

00123
00129

CALL

MEMDIS

;3 LINES X 16 BYTES

4B9D

11CB3E

00130

LD

DE,VIDE0+71S

4BA0

DD2A644D

00131

LD

IX, (PCSAVE)

;16 BYTES AT {PC}

4BA4

CD8B4C

00132

CALL

MEMOUT

4 BAT

010400

00133

LD

BC,4

4 BAA

214A4E

00134

LD

HL,H6

4 BAD

11CB3E

00135

LD

DE,VIDEO+715

jOVERWRITE ADDR WITH (PC)

4BB0

EDB0

00136
00137

LDIR

Program continues

154 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

FMG CORPORATION NOW CARRIES GRAHAM-DORIAN & PEACHTREE SOFTWARE

(T|

NEW

VERSATILITY

For Your TRS-80

CONTROL PROGRAM
FOR MICROCOMPUTERS
ENABLING YOU TO RUN
SOFTWARE PUBLISHED
FOR CP/M 1.4 ON THE
TRS-80
CP/M IS considered the industry stand-
ard disk operating system because it
gives you the hardware-independent
interface you need to make your com-
puter work tor you. CP.'iVl 2 IS the
latest in the evolution of a proven relia-
ble and efficient software system. FMG
CORPORATION NOW OFFERS THE
CP/M 2,0 FOR THE TRS-80,
It features an enhanced upward com-
patible file system and powerful new
random access capabililies. The CP'M
2 from FMG provides the ability to
run software published tor the CP/M
system, on the TRS-80 Model II, From
minidisks, floppy disks, all the way to
high-capacity hard disks the flexibility
ot CP.'lifl 2,0 makes it a truly universal
operating system. The package in-
cludes an 8" system disk, editor, as-
sembler and debugger for the TRS-60

Available in FormalA.B.CG only . . SZ0O(S25

mp/WL

MUlTt-PROaitAMMINa MONITOR

NEW INDUSTRY
STANDARD

A deluxe operating system that
provides big computer facilities at
small computer prices, MP/M is a
monitor program which operates
with your microcomputer to provide
multi-terminal access with multi-
programming at each terminal.
Best of all, it's CP/M compatible
which means you can run a wide
variety or programming languages,
applications packages, and devel-
opment software.

You can run simultaneous edi-
tors, program translators, and
background printer spoolers. Or
you can use MP/M for data entry or
data-base access from remote ter-
minals. Or you can use MP/M real-
time features to monitor an assem-
bly line and automatically schedule
programs for execution throughout
the day, MP/M makes an excellent
focal point for a cluster of con-
nected microcomputers. The pos-
sibilities are limitless.

■CP/W and MP/M are Irademarks of Digita
ZTO is a Irademark ol Zilog. Inc
TRS-80 IS s IraOemark ol Tandy Coip
Pascal/M 15 a Irademark of Sorcini

m

P.O. Box 16020

Fort Worth, Texas

76133

(817)294-2510

All FMG SottwarH Products Ircludfl All Neces-
sarv Manuals

■ MICROPRO INTERNATIONAL "a^UmUi'SH"
SUPEH-SORT t - Sort merge, Bilrael utilily as abso-
lule executable progiarr or linkable madule In fLflicro-
soft fofrraf, Sorla lived or vaiiable records wilh dflla
in Dinary, BCD. Packed Dacimal, EBCDIC ASCIP
(loafing tl fi.eO Domf. eipcnenfial, Iteld jusWieO cfc
e.vs" variable number ol (leWs per reqordi .(a26/S!5

SUPEH-SORT II -Aboi-e available aa absolute pro,

3'3"i o"l' (17S/S;5

SUPEH-SOHTIII-AS II wntiout SgLECT/EXCLUCE

$125/»!5

WOFiD-STAR - Menj Oriven visual «orO procesaFng
;y;lem for jse iviin slandarO lerminals. Te.l iDrmaf-
Facilitles for w\ paginafe.

m

m

(M)

(M)

(M)

■ DESPOOL — Allows flexibihly and efficiency.
{Disk file printing can be accomplished wfiUe
slmijltaneoj5ly using the compuler for othsf
fasks) Slower prlnfers do nol lie up IfiB com-
puter. Renuires 32K minimum S75/S10

■ SCREEN EDIT — Teit editor for program en-
fry — allows user Ihe ability To see entries as
tbey are being made. Has command which en-
ables user lo move the viewed position of the
file anywhere within tbe cjrrent data file OR
add infarmation anywherfl in the tile. Requires

1SK minimum J125/S25

(Also available in TBS DOS format

Specify model or TRS,80)

■ MAC — Disk-based, powerful macro assem-
bler utilizes Standard Intel Mnemonics In-
cludes macro processor

The CP'rvl soeo Macro Assembler reads as-
sembly language stalemant from a dlsl<etle
file and produces an Intel "HEX" format object
lile on the disk suitable for processing in [he
TRS-CP.'M environmenl Requires 33K mini-
mum and CP.M (1Q0/M5

■ ZSID— EfTicienl and reliable program testing
system for ?80 microcomputers Capabilities
include tracBback and histogram fsclliiies. Al-
lows real time break points,

?SID IS a symbolic debugger vjhlch ei^pands
upon the features of the TRS-CP'M standard de-
bugger, providing greally enhanced facilities
for assembly language program check-out Re-
quires 32K minimum and CP/M . . , , $99/125

MAIL LIST — Mailing list maintenance package
No sorting required to print normal address la-
bels in zip code sequence. Supports new larger
zip code. Sorts and selects on multiple fields.
Labels may be printed in user seleclable for-
mats. Includes sort and select utilities taOQ/135

FMG's LIBRARY:

PEACHTREE SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
GENERAL LEDGEF1 Rnccd? dtFaiiE; oi all linancial
Ira^saction^ Gtjieraics a balance srieet ana an in-
come sialement. FlexiWe and atJaplaQle design lot
tjoih BFTiatl businessee and lirma perlorming client
wriieup services. Produces reporls as follows' Trial
Balance, Trarisaclion Ragisieis, Balance Sheet. Prior
Year ComparaHve Balance Sheel, Income Stalemenl.
Prioi Year Cornparalive Income Slatemenl and De-
panmeni Inccme Siatemenls. Irieractive with oiher
PEACHTREE accounijng packages Supplied m
source code for MicrosofI BASIC .1990/IJO

/T^ACCOyNTS PAYABLE - Traclis ciirrenl and aqed
\ * ' payables and JncorperaFes a Chech vvriring lealure.

hftflinlam^ a compieie vendor life with Infoimalion on
purchase orders and discoiial terms as v^ell as aclive
accouikl slalus. Produces reporls as follov^s: Open
Voucher Report, Accoonis PayabJe Agmg Reporl and

Cash netjjireFTients Provides inpui io PEACHTREE
General Ledger Supplied Jn source code foj Mlcro-
50(1. BASIC $900/130

m ACCOUNTS HECEIVABLE - Generates invoice regis-
Xet and complete montniy stalemenis. Traclis current
and aged receivables. Maintains customer tile includ-
ing credit in'ormalion and account slatus, TIte cur-
rent status of any cuslomer account is instantly avail-
able. Produces reports as follows. A^ed Accounis
Receivable. Invoice Register, Paymeni and Adpust-
meni Regjster and Customer Account Status Piepori.
Provides inpul to PEACHTREE General Ledger Sup-

ilied I

I code for Microsoft BASIC I930/S30

(M)

(M)

(Ml

IM)

m)

mPAVBOU - Prepares payroll tor hourly, salaried a
commissioned employees Generates monlbly, qu

' MICROSOFT PRODUCTS

BASlC-eo -- Disk Extended BASIC. ANSI compatible
with Jong variable names. WKILE.'WEND, Chaining.

variable lenglh fiJe records S350/S25

BASIC COMPILER- Language compatible wlih
BASIC-80 and ^iO times faster eiiecution Produces
standard Microvolt relocatable binary output. In-
eludes MACRO-eo Also linkabFe to FORTRAN-SD or

COBOL-aO code modules H95^S25

FOflTRAN-eO - ANSI $6 jevcept lor COMPLEX) plus
maJiy extensions Includes relocatable object com-
piler, linking loader, Tibrary wiih manager. Also In-
cludes r^ACRO-«0 [see befow) S50O'SZ5

COeOL-BO - Level 1 ANSI 7J Standard COBOL plus
most of Level 2 Full sequaniiai, relalive, and In-
dexed file support with van able file names STRING,
UNSTHfNG. COMPUTE, VARYING 'UNTIL, EXTEND.
CALL. COPY, SEARCH. 3-dimensiOnal arrays, com-
pound and abbievialed conditions, nested IF. Po^ver-
rul inieraciive ^creen^handling extensions Includes
compatible assembler, Imhing loader, and relocat-
able library manager as described under MACHO-eo

S750/S25

MACRD-ao - BOao.zeo Macro Assembler Intel ar^d
Z\">Q mnemonics supported Relocatable linkable
oulpul. Loader, Library Manager and Ctoss Refer-
ence List uuliiies included S150;S25

XMACRO-B6 - 808B cross assembler. All Macro and
utility features of MACR0-8Q package. Mnemonics
sligbiry modified from Intel ASMS6 Compatibility data
sheet available .... ... $300y$2B

uper-

g performed on sere
page number, juslily, cenler and underscoreT User
car; prinl one document while simultaneously edlli-ng

a second. Edit facilities include global search and
replace. Read/Write to o'her lexf files, block move
elc Reauires CRT lerminal with addressable cu-sor
posilioning $485^540

WORD-STAR CuilomliaiionHQlee- For sophiEl feared
users who do not have one of the many standard
terminal or prmier configurations in the dialnbufion
version of WORD-STAR NA/$a5

WORD-MASTER Texl Editor- In one mode has

set of CP'M's ED commands including globar 5
ing and replacing, fonwards and backv^ard? in file in
video nfode. provides lull screen editor for ijs*r= wifh
aerial addrP^sabie-cii-sor te-mmal I150/S25

FLOPPY SAVER -- Protection for center holes ot &"
and S" floppy disks Only 1 needed per diskette Kil
contains centering posr. pressure tool and tough
7 mit mylar reinforcing rings for 25 diskelles.

5", Kit $14-95

6", Pings only |7-ft5

a". Kit »1«.fi5

a". Rings onty 18.05

HEAD CLEANING DISKETTE -Cleans the drive Read/

Wnie head in 30 seconds. Diskette absorbs loose
oxide particles, fingerprints, and other foreign parti-
cles thai might hinder the performance of the drive
head lasts al least ^ months with daily use

fi' S32.00

5VV S30.00

lerty and annual returns Prepares en>pioyee W-2':
Includes tables for federal withholding and PICA ais
welt as witbiioiding lor an 50 atates plus up to 20
cities from pre-compuled or user generated tables.
Will print checks. Payroll Register. Montiily Summary
and Unemployment Tax F^eport. Provides input to
PEACHTREE General Ledger Supplied in source
code for Microsolt BASIC »9OD/t30

ed inforn

lion, ur
activity
costs, I
PhysiCE

Depart

it Oi

rip-

uie, vendor and reorder data,
nd cornplete Inlormalion on ourrent item
cing and sales. Produces reports as follows-
jnventory Worhsheel, Inventory Price List,
ntal Summary Report. Inventory Stall ~

port. Tlie Reorder Report snd t+ie Period -to-Dale and
Tea r-lo- Date reports. Supplied in source code for
fciicrosort BASfC il,19O/W0

me and ad-
i printing o(

this information in the form of mailing liats or ad-
d'ess labels Allows the user to tailor tlie system to
ftiS own particular lequirements. User-defined for-
mal and print-oui system uses a special formal tile
which lei Is programs how lo print ihe mailing list or
address labels. Standard format lites are included
with System. Automatic sorting ot data uses indexed
file managemenl loulines which allow the name and
address information to be sequentially retrieved and
printed withoul lite sorting. Supplied in souioe code
for Microsoft BASIC *790/130

■ GRAHAM-DORIAN SOFTWARE SYSTEMS

(M)

m

(M)

(M)

^^ GENERAL LEDGER-'

ing IS required. Entree'
fyj accounting packages^

1 on-line syslem. no balch-
"0 other GPAHAM-OORIAN
e automatically posted. User
stablishes customized CO. A. Provides transact ion
register, record of journal entries, trial balances and
monthly closings Keeps 14 month history and pro-
vides comparison of current year with previous year
Requires CBASIC-? Supplied in source . . .S905/S35

(T^ ACCOUNTS PAYABLE -Maintains vendor list and
V ' check register Performs cash How analysis. Flexible
— writes checks 'O specific vendor for certain in-
voices or can ftsite partial payments. Automatically
posts to GRAHAW-DORlAN Generaf Ledger or runs as
stand alone system. Requires CBASlC-J. Supplied in

source $M5/S3S

Mrial balance re-
nts, ages accounts and rec-
ords invoices Provjdes complete information describ-
ing Customer payment activity Receipts can be
posted 10 different ledger accounts. Entries auto-
maticaliy update GRAHAW-PORIAN General Ledger
or runs as siand alone system. Requires CBASiC'2.
Supplied in souice . . .... W9S/»35

— Maintains employee master tile
withholding tor FICA. Federal and
Stale laxes. Prints payroll register, checks, quarterly
reports and W-2 forms Can generate ad hoc reports
and employee lorm letters with mail labels. Requires
CaASiC-2. Supplied in sourca . . S500/$35

(M)

(T)

M)

e\s,

actior^ mlDimalion rray be enlered for reporling t}y
salesman, (/pe o' 5ale, dale ol sale, elc Hepofis
available Dotli foi accounling and deciaiori making.
R^quiraj CBASIC-2 Supplied In souice .$690/13^

accounling packages lor Iraciiing and analysing
penses User ealablishes cu$lpnii?ed cosl calegpries
and job phases Peimiig comparison ol actual ver^LiB
estimated COSIS Aolomaticallv updales GRAHA^^-
DORIAN General Ledger oi runs as sland alone sys-
tem. Requites CBASIC-? Supplied in souice I99S/t3S

PASCAL/M' - Comeiler generates P code Irom ei-
tended language, in^plementaiion of staridard PAS-
CAL- SuppoFia overlay slruclure through aJd.iional
procedure calls and Ihe SEGMENT procedure lype
Provjdes convenient sirino handling capabilily wilJi
Ihe added variable lypa STRING. Unlyped lites allow
memory image I/O. RcQuires 56K CP/M . : «150/»2O

PASCAL/Z - Z80 native code PASCAL compiler. Pro-
duces opiimized, RtDMable re-enlrant code. All Infer-
lacing lo CP/M ,3 lllrough the siipporl library The
pacltage includes compiler, Micresori Compalible re-
locallng assembler ai^d linker, and source lor all
library modules Variant records, strings and direct
I/O are supported. I'equires 56rt CP/M and ZaO CPU
(395/125

PASCAL/MT- Subset 0( standard PASCAL Gener-
ates Rotable aoao machine code. Symbolic debug-
ger included Supports interrupt procedures, CP/M
rile l.'O and assembly language interlace. Real vari-
ables can be BCD. sollware Itoaling point, or AMD
9&11 hardi^ara floating point. Version 3 includes
Enumeratjon and Record data types. Manual expfaina
BASIC to PASCAL conversion. Source lor the run-
time package requires Digital Research's MAC Re-
nuires32K KSOyjM

CBASIC-2 Disk Eitended BASIC - Non-mleracliva
BASIC -ith pseudo-code compiler and tun-time in-
terpreter Supports lull file control, chaining inleoer
and extended precision variables, elc, , s11DyS15

aSIAM - utility to link one computer 10 anofier also
equipped with BSTAM, Allows lile transfers at lull
data speed (no conversion lo hei|, with CRC block
control check lor very reliable error detection and
automatic retry. We use it' H'a greati Full wildcard
sipansion lo send «.COM, etc. 9600 baud v-ith wire,
30Q baud with phone conneclion. Both ends need
one. Standard and® versions can lalktoone another

J150/(S

SELECrOH lll-ca - Data Base Processor to create
?n^ maintain multi Key data bases, Priiils Igrmaiied
sorted reports with numerical summaries or mailing
labels. Comes with sample appircallDns, including
Sales Activity, Inventory, Payables, Receivables,
Check Register, and CNent/Palienl Appointments, etc
Reguirea CBASIC-2, Supplied in source t3A9IHQ
GLECTOR - General Ledger option 10 SELECTOR
III-C2, Interactive system provides lor customized
COA Unique chart ol transaction lypes insure proper
double entry bookkeeping Generates balance sheets.
P*L statements and journals Two year record allows
lor statement ol changes in linanoial position leport.
Supplied in source. Requires SELECTOR (tl-C3,
CBASIC-2 and 52K system tlSHIttS

TEXTWRITEH III - Text lormatter to juslily and pagi-
nate letters and olher documents, S|>Bcial features
include insertion of text during execution Irom other
disk lites or console, permitting recipe documants
to be created Irom linked fragments on other liies
Mas lacilrlies lor sorted inden, table ol contents and
lootnote insertions. Ideal lor contracts, manuals, elc
Now compatible with Electric Pencil" prepared lites
1I2S/M0

nple Program Disk For Each Grdban
,mess Pactagp Specify Pnckago

i-Do

The sale of each
proprietary softwf
package conueys
license (or use 01
otie systerTi only.

Prices F,0,B,
Fort Worth, Ten,
ShippinLi. hand-
ling andC O D
charges extra

FORMATS AVAILABLE:

(Al TRS-BO MoOel I (M) Keys Only

ORDERS MUST IB) TRS-BO Model II

SPECIFYDISK iC) TRS-SO Model HUM) Keys Only

SYSTEMS AND (Dl HEATHKIT H89 (M) Keys onlv

FORMATS: (E) NORTH STAR

(Fl SUPER BRAIN OD

(G( STANDARD UNIMPLEMENTED

MnrJified version available (or use with CPM as
imtjiemented or Heaih and TRS-ao Modal I

compuiers

For all (T) items listed above , the rec-
ommended sysleni configuration consists of
J8K CPM 3 full 6iie disk drives, 24 k 80 CRT and
132 column printer.

(M)
(T)

PASCAL USER MANUAL St REPORT

t!na) Edition by K Jensen and (V. Winh
■ Tutorial Manual and Concise RelBruuce Rgpun lur Bulh Pfd-

BTanintflr; and Imulflmenlurs
■mcludBE KalatuI EiampEas le DBnujnslratf Ihe Various Fes-

luits ol PASCAL

The bool< consists ol two parts Ihe user nianual in6 Ihe revised
repoit The manual is direcled ic iliase vtho have some laitiiiianly
*itli computer proaraiiimina jiiO wlio wish to eel acquainted wilh
me P«SCAL language The reporl delines standard PiSCAl,
whicli cDiLslilLites a commen base between various irnpismsnla-
iibbs ol the language

PASCAL PRIMEfl Problem Solving

Tills baa^ has IhrBB majDr goals

■ To inlroiluce all aspects ol ine proQiamming and proDlflm
sbltftng process (includes problam speclllcatlon and organl-
jation, algorithms. i:ading doDuggfng, lesllng. documenla-
lion and maintenance).

- To teach gand pragiammlng st|le and doe 10 produce a high
Dgalily linlslteO product: a ni!

- To leaclt the syntax olEhe PASCAL programming language.

Numerous examples are empioyeil tHiouyheul Ihe le>1 PAS-
CAL IS used as t vehicle lo teaen various aspects ol programming
lechniques

rul icra computet Problem Solving Using Pascal

by Kenne:h L Bonhi
■ A Booh Designed lor Both Collage Courses AND Individual

SellSludy
-Ideal lot use wilh UCSD Pascal
< Includes Eilansions lo Standard PASCAL

Thi^ bcok IS designed boih lor iniroduciQiy coulees in com-
puter problem solving at me lieshman and sophomore college
level and lor inOivLdjal sell'Sljdy ll lOcludes many examples and
actually executable programs It includes mlormation on the nec-
essary junctions and procedures I01 handling graphics and
striods

BEGINNERS MANUAL FOR UCSD PASCAL
SVSTEfWI

- An Enlightening Inlroducllon to UCSD PASCAl

- Demonsiiaies Hoh lo Use Ihe UCSD PASCAL Syslem and how
lo Program in PASCAL

- Includes Many Practical Eiamplas Dl PASCAL Programs

Tbis booli: IS intended to de used as an inlroducliDn and leler-
eocE manual Idr people lusi beginning 10 use (he UCSO Pascal
Soilware Sysiem WhetdeJ yoo nave never used a computer be-
lore or wbetdei you are an expenenced programmer who is unla-
miliar with UCSD PASCAL, this booh will provide a relatively easy,
yellhorough, introduction Ki UCSD PASCAL

PROGRAMING IN PASCAL
by Pew Grog If no

'An Eicellent Intrnduciion to Dne ol the Fasiesi Growing Pro-
gramming Languagss Today

' Sections on Proceduies and Files PLUS a Chaptgi nn Dynamic
Data StruGtursE such as Treoi and Linked Lljis

The text isairanged as a lulorial oonlaining bolb axam pies and
eieicises lo inciease reader proliciency in PASCAL Concepts are
illuslialed by examples, ranginj from Ibe Tower ol Hanoi prooiem
to ciicumscritiing a circle about a tiiangle PROGRAMfdlNG III
PASCAL IS KuiElo hold mo reader's interest

UCSD Refeience Book

- A Relerence Guide to the Complete
UCSD PASCAL System

- Includes Inlnimalion on Compiler
Basic. AsEBmbler and Editor

■ Lists Acloal P- Ma china Codes

Tbis relerence Oooh can be a valuable and lime-s
tl iiough inlonnalion on Ihe LCED PASCAL system
read manual provides last access lo perltnenl data

t> Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 155

$

Bitsixess/Agcoiixtixg
Software

Flexible clienl w rile-up/ general ledger system designed by
a CPA and developed by a compulcr specialist for CPA's,
aL'countanis and general business men provides large-scale

compulcr feaniri's at micro-t'OmpiilCr soUw.'are ijo.sis:

" deiigned )or use by present employees

* alUiw.i Jiir up III 500 tuxinmlt

' depurlmenlal finimciul italemeixli including

budgets

' returns standard journal entries

' auliimarie halaneing of iransactions

'fast entry & posting oj transactions

' tiivr III fiillow midii iruil

' cimventiiinal accounting '■ymhoh used

y-progtam package on diskette y.L[h user manual $495
User manual only $25 ^ 147

TASK

Computer Applications

il8 1 O Larchview Drive
Dayton. Ohio '15<124.

(513)233-5515

The

Mt. St. Helen's

GAME

The ultimate search and rescue game!

"Wil! you be abie to save the campers

from the devastating blast!"

Better Hurry! ^i%z

Fun— -Excitement— Graphics

Level II 16K $14.95 cassette, $24.95 disk

SpeciBl handling charge $1.00 each

IS^ MICROGRAM

PO Box 1474, Spokane WA 99210
1 ■600-547.5995 ext. 112 {Oregon) 1-800-452-8847

^GENEALOGY

Compiling Roots and Branciies

An extensive family tree system

for tfie Radio S/iac/( TRS-80
64K 1-disl< Model II

STORES AND REVIEWS 1000 FAMILY MEMBERS'
names, dales, places, marital statuses (2), relation-
ships (father, moltier, spouses (2), children (16)), and
footnotes (2)

OUTPUTS complete Family Books of into for yourseif
and others, new and revised pages tor Family Book
recipients, indices to names and their ID numbers, in-
dented format B-generation pedigree and descendent
ctiarts, lists ot dates and footnotes, and blank and
filled-in forms to solicit into. Includes comprehens ive
i ndex ed 70 + page manua l.

Diskette with manual $250.00

Manual &9-program 81 K BASIC listings $50.00-
Manual alone $25.00'

'applicable toward diskette purchase

Brief description with example printouts $1.00

Send check or money order or call tor more details.

John J. Armstrong ■

3700 Whispering Pine Rd. #47B '^''"' ■

Mobile, AL 36608 ■

I Phone evenings 205/342-7642!

From the original author ot Roofs and Branches

Personal Computing magazine September 1979

■TRS-80 is a registered trademark of Tandy Corp.

4BB2

011100

00138

LD

BC,17

4BB5

110B3F

00139

LD

DE,VIDEO+77 9

4BB8

21394E

00140

LD

HL,M4

4BBB

EDB0

00141

LDIR

4BBD

3A56 4D

00142

LD

A, (REGSTG-(-8)

;GET P PRIMARY

4BC0

CD1A4C

00143

CALL

FLAGS

; CONVERT BIT-EY-BIT

4BC3

010800

00144

LD

BC,8

4BC6

214E4E

00145

LD

HL,M7

4BC9

EDB0

00146

LDIR

4BCB

3A4E4D

00147

LD

A, (REGSTG)

rGET F SECONDARY

4BCE

CD1A4C

00146
00149

CALL

FLAGS

jCONVERT BIT-BY-BIT

4BD1

114B3F

00150

LD

DE,VIDEO-l-843

4BD4

21214E

00151

LD

HL,M1

4BD7

010D00

00152

LD

EC, 13

4BDA

EDB0

00153

LDIR

4BDC

06 07

00154

LO

B,7

;NUMBER OF BREAKPOINTS

4BDE

00213840

00155

LD

IX.BRKAD

4BE2

13

00156 L06

INC

DE

J BUMP CURSOR

4BE3

DD7Ee0

00157

LD

A, (IX)

;LSB

4BE6

ODB601

00158

OR

(IX-H)

;HSB - TEST FOR 2ER0

4BE9

2814

00159

JP

Z,LD7

4BEB

DD7E01

00160

LD

A, (IX-H)

;GET MSB AND CONVERT IT

4BEE

CDCE4C

00161

CALL

HEXCV

4BF1

COC7 4C

00162

CALL

STHL

4BF4

DD7E00

00163

LD

A, (IX)

;GET LSB AND CONVERT IT

4BF7

C0CE4C

00164

CALL

HEXCV

4BFA

CDC74C

00165

CALL

STHL

4BFD

1809

00166

JR

Loe

4BFF

2R374E

0167 LD7

LD

HL, (H3)

;GET 'XX' CHARS

4C02

CDC74C

00168

CALL

STHL

4C05

CDC74C

00169

CALL

STHL

4C0e

DD23

017 LD8

ItJC

IX

4C0A

DD23

00171

IHC

IX

jBRKPT TABLE POINTER

4C0C

1004

00172
00173

DJN2

LD6

4C0E

010900

017 4

LD

BC,9

4C11

118B3F

017 5

LD

DE,VIDEO-l-907

4C14

212E4E

00176

LD

HL,M2

4C17

EDB0

00177

LDIR

■■DISPLAY 'COMMAND:'

4C19

C9

00178
00179

RET

;AND RETURN

4C1A

IB

00180 FLAGS

DEC

DE

;GET PTR TO "-"

4C1B

D5

00181

PUSH

DE

4C1C

El

00182

POP

HL

4C1D

E5

00183

PUSH

HL

4C1E

13

00184

INC

DE

4C1F

010700

00185

LD

BC,7

4C22

EDB0

00186

LDIR

; PROROGATE "-"

4C24

El

00187

POP

F)L

J START ADDR

4C25

0653

00188

LD

B, 'S'

4C27

CB7F

00189

BIT

7, A

;SIGN BIT

4C29

2801

00190

JR

2,S■^3

4C2B

70

00191

LD

(HL) ,B

4C2C

23

00192

INC

HL

4C2D

06 5A

00193

LD

B, ' Z '

JZERO BIT

4C2F

CB77

00194

BIT

6, A

4C31

2801

00195

JR

Z,S-t-3

4C33

70

00196

LD

(HL) ,E

4C34

23

00197

INC

HL

4C35

0658

00198

LD

B, 'X'

jDGN'T CARE

4C37

CB6F

00199

BIT

5, A

4C39

2801

00200

JR

2.5-^3

4C3B

70

00201

LD

(HL) ,B

4C3C

23

00202

INC

HL

4C3D

0648

00203

LD

B, 'H'

; HALF -CARRY

4C3F

CB67

00204

BIT

4, A

4C41

2801

00205

JR

2,S-i-3

4C43

70

00206

LD

(HL) ,B

4C44

23

00207

INC

HL

4C45

0658

00208

LD

B, 'X'

; DON'T CARE

4C47

CB5F

00209

BIT

3, A

4C49

2801

00210

JR

Z,S-l-3

4C4B

70

00211

LO

( HL ) , B

4C4C

23

00212

INC

HL

4C4D

0656

00213

LO

B, 'V

! PARITY/OVERFLOW

4C4F

CB57

00214

BIT

2, ft

4C51

2801

00215

JR

2,S-^3

4C53

70

00216

LD

(HL) ,B

4C54

23

00217

INC

HL

4C55

06 4E

00218

LO

E, 'N'

! SUBTRACT FLAG

4C57

CB4F

00219

BIT

1-A

4C59

2801

00220

JR

Z,S+3

4C5B

70

00221

LD

(HL) ,B

4C5C

23

00222

INC

HL

4C5D

06 43

00223

LD

B, 'C

; CARRY FLAG

4C5F

CB47

00224

BIT

0,A

4C61

2801

00225

JR

3,S+3

4C63

70

00226

LD

(HL) ,B

4C64

23

00227

INC

HL

4C65

EB

00228

EX

DE.HL

4C66

C5

00229
00230

RET

4C67

72

00231 FILL

LD

(HL) ,D

; STORE D AT ( HL)

4C68

23

00232

INC

HL

4C69

0B

00233

DEC

BC

;DEC BYTE COUNT

4C6A

78

00234

LD

A,B

4C6B

Bl

00235

OR

C

;TEST FOR DONE

4C6C

20F9

00236

JR

NZ,FILL

4C6E

C9

00237
00238

RET

4C6F

DD2A664D

00239 HEMDIS

LD

IX, (DISPTR)

;SET UP MEMORY DISPLAY

4C73

118E3C

00240

LO

DE,VIDEO-(-139

;SET CURSOR

4C76

CD8B4C

00241

CALL

HEHOUT

;ONE 16 BYTE LINE

4C7 9

C08B4C

00242

CALL

MEMOUT

Program continues

156 • 60 Microcomputing, January 1981

VR DATA'S
DISK DRIVE

DISK HEAD
CLEANERS

5-1/4" $14.95

8" 3M CLEANER

$24.95

iTimrrrniirf^

77 TRACK SRZ15

DRIUES ^'^^^

B^inil «■ Kll^^ '^^^ ^^^ PRICE

TRS-80 Model I compatible

40 TRACK $340

H^I^bI ■■ ^H^^ NEWLOWPRrCE

TRS-80 Model I compatible

• ORDER NOW TOLL FREE 1 (800) 345-8102

MODEL II

OVERSTOCK SALE

64K
$3400.

6.3 MEG

HARD DISK

WINCHESTER

Superbrain, Apple, TRS-80

$2445.

IN PENNSYLVANIA {215} 461-5300

SUPERBRAIN
64K $2995J

compli'li' with

5 1/4'- disk dm-.>s • in -.{ock

•AUTHORIZED CENTRONICS DISTRIBUTOR*

MINI DISK DRIVE
EXTENDER BOARD

$-|4_95

EXTENDED 1 YEAR
WARRANTY

^;s~; ^45.00

DRIVES Call For Details

EPA 250

•Elecironic Prinlinfl Abilitv 250 wpm

DAISY WHEEL
PRINTER

byVR Data

MODEL

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
• CALL FOR PRICES •

S 2195

'Parallel or Serial
Interface
"25 cps , 45 cps
Optional (Add S600.

'Tractors Optional
(Add S250.)

ALL RADIO SHACK COMPUTERS 10% OFF
VR DATA SELLS MANY BRANDS OF COMPUTER HARDWARE AND PERIPHERALS. CALL FOR PRICES

WE SERVICE MANY BRANDS OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT.

CALL FOR CONSULATION AND ESTIMATE.

DEALER INQUIRES INVITED • BIDS ACCEPTED • ABOVE PRICES -
777 HENDERSON BLVD. ARE CASH DISCOUNTED, CALL FOR OTHER TERMS.

FOLCROFT, PA 19032 ORDER NOW • TOLL FREE 1 (800) 345-8102 • IN PENNSYLVANIA (215) 461 5300

60 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 157

LAA

^X ICM

\ PRESENTS

»M^ THE

\i

/ ULTIMATE
/ DOOMSDAY
--^ SCEIHARIO

saB-PORsaiT

Vol are the taptain of one ol Ihe mosl advanced
destroyers ir Ihe world slalkirg a highly dangerous and
evasive Russian ICBM submarine.

The object to sucessfiilly track and deslroyihe enemy
before you are torpedoed and the fate of the world is
decided.

Sonar constantly monitors the evasive enemy while
radar monitors other surface ships. On board computers
will relay ship's status.

Your ship must be successfully navigated through the
torturous seas, trecherous minefields, and terrifying tor-
pedo salvoes if you expect to destroy the enemy at the
correct deplh with your depth charges

Simulation comes with complete documentation,
designed for 1 to 9 players
S14.95 foreasaetle SI9.95 for dl»k

LEVEL l\ or MOEil L III. Lfi K reqLiired
30 DAY QmRAMTEE . .

THE MOST INTRICaiHG GRAPHIC
SIMULATIOM OF SUBMARINE PURSUIT

10529 COflNAUOHI k-" 1 1 4 ll |\/l
CARMEL., irtDIANA 46032 JL^^^T^

SO

microcomputing

BINDERS

order
yours
today

Keep your library of 80 Micfocom puiing safe from loss
or damage in these hondsomely appointed binders with
rich dotk gieen covers and gold lettering. Each binder
holds 12 Issues making on EXCELLENT REFERENCE HAND-
BOOK. Several binders form a quality librory you con be
proud ot.

S7.50eoch . 3 for 121.75 ... 6 for 142.00.
Postage paid ir^ U^A. Foreign oiders please include 12.50 for postoge

Send check or money order only to:
80 MICROCOMPUTING BINDERS
P.O. Box 5120. Phila., PA 19141

MiO- &.& wMk^ for dffliv

s

-JCOHL IN 4 MOMTiiS

[Hi BLACKJACK PLAYERS |

Use ogr Tutors 1, qU[i;KL( Learn Hou 1
EfltJi 540 Ham. Learn Che SECKETS to
our Tutors cum ytiu inlo UIN.-JBK^, On
yog HOW To:

c StraCegy Tutor?

a becoine A WIHNEK.

our SUOChSS. Let

Turor vi \ 1 teaih

s Bet yogr Money

' Play aacii hand

a^^ " Not get BAKKfcD

m

i

Ogc Tutors ars iiotril GAMES. They are SERIOUS TOOLS to
make HlrJNEKS Qgt of yog. Tlie Authors have spent 7 yrs.
playing 1. being WINNEHB. Nou so can you, with ttie aid
of our iuto^^. Our TUTOKS arc based on clie strategies
lieveloped by Laurence Severe. More Advanced Strategies
are available Call for Info, Consultation is available
for you by Mail or Ptione .

Free Co first 100 orders Our Special
Sgoimariies S analyse existing Strate
This Special Report, will show yog h
sCrengtlis and ueakuesses tor evaluac

Blackjack Report,
lys on the market-
ing their qual i Cy.

Pkg.l contains 10 Basic Strat tutors for AC. or r^eveda
RUSH S24.S5 For Lev 11 IbS.Cas?. 529.95 for 321! Disk
We will pay shipping t. on phone orders. Write or Call^

'Sffll Micro alajak Sysceoii Inc. I'ltavl

H ZeOO N. Ellen Si. t'lagsCaff, Az . 1 1 Hi

453 36001 b02-774-57J ', 'L™!

^205

4C7C

CD8B4C

00243

CALL

HEMOUT

4C7F

CD8B4C

00244

CALL

HEMOUT

4C82

CD8B4C

00245

CALL

HEMOUT

4C85

CD8B4C

00246

CALL

HEMOUT

4C88

CD8B4C

00247
00248

CALL

MEMOUT

;THIS IS 7 ~ FALL INTO 8

4C8B

DDES

00249

MEMOUT

PUSH

IX

;SAVE MEM ADDR

4C8D

CI

00250

POP

BC

4C8E

79

00251

LD

A,C

;GET LSB FOR CONV

4C8F

CDCE4C

00252

CALL

HEXCV

4C92

E5

00253

PUSH

HL

4C93

78

00254

LD

A,B

;GET MSB FOR CONV

4C94

CDCE4C

00255

CALL

HEXCV

4C97

CDC7 4C

00256

CALL

STHL

! STORE IT

4C9A

El

00257

POP

HL

4C9B

CDC7 4C

00258

CALL

STHL

; STORE LSB

4C9E

0610

00259

LD

B,16

;BYTES PER LINE

4CA0

13

00260

MEHl

INC

DE

4CA1

3A4D4D

00261

LD

A, (MODEFL)

; ALPHA/HEX

4CA4

B7

00262

OR

A

4CA5

2019

00263

JR

NZ,MBM2

4CA7

DD7E00

00264

LD

A, (IX)

;GET BYTE

4CAfi

CDCE4C

00265

CALL

HEXCV

4 CAD

CDC7 4C

00266

MEM3

CALL

STHL

4CB0

DD23

00267

INC

IX

4CB2

3E09

00268

LD

A, 9

4CB4

B8

00269

CP

B

;TEST FOR 8 DONE

4CB5

2001

00270

JR

NZ,S+3

4CB7

13

00271

INC

DE

4CB8

10EG

00272

DJNZ

MEHl

;LOOP FOR REST

4CBA

210B00

00273

LD

HL,11

4CBD

19

00274

ADD

HL,DE

; POSITION NEW LINE

4CBE

EB

00275

EX

DE.HL

4CEF

C9

00276

RET

4CC0

DD6600

00 277

MEM2

LD

H,(IX)

;GET CHAR

4CC3

2E20

00 27B

LD

L. ' '

4CC5

18E6

00 27 9
00280

JR

MEM 3

;STORE CHAR IN ALPHA

4CC7

EB

00281

STHL

EX

DE,HL

; STORE HL AT (DE)

4CC8

72

00282

LD

(HL) ,0

4CC9

23

00283

INC

HL

4 CCA

73

00284

LD

(HL) ,E

4CCB

23

00285

INC

HL

4CCC

EB

00286

EX

DE,HL

4CCD

C9

00287
00288

RET

4CCE

4F

00299

HEXCV

LD

C,A

jCONVERT HEX TO ASCII

4CCF

C83F

00290

SRL

A

4CD1

CB3F

00291

SRL

A

4CD3

CB3F

00292

SRL

A

4 CDS

CB3F

00293

SRL

A

;HIGH NYBBLE TO LOW

4CD7

CDE34C

00294

CALL

HEXl

.■CONVERT LEFT NYBBLE

4CDA

67

00295

LD

H,A

4CDB

79

00296

LD

A,C

4CDC

E60F

00297

AND

0FH

;GET LOW NYBBLE

4CDE

CDE34C

00298

CALL

HEXl

.-CONVERT IT

4CE1

6F

00299

LD

L,A

4CE2

C9

00300

RET

4CE3

C630

00301

HEXl

ADD

A, '0'

;ADD ASCII BIAS

4CE5

FB3A

00302

CP

'9' + l

;TEST FOR A-F

4CE7

F8

00303

RET

H

4CE8

C607

00304

ADD

A, 7

;ADD MORE BIAS

4CEA

C9

00305
00306

RET

4CEB

CDF44C

00307

INHEX

CALL

HEXIN

; INPUT 16 BIT HEX VALUE

4CEE

60

00308

LD

H,B

4CEF

CDF44C

00309

CALL

HEXIN

4CF2

68

00310

LD

L,B

4CF3

C9

00311
00312

RET

4CF4

CD0E4D

00313

HEXIN

CALL

HEX2

;GET 8 BIT HEX VALUE

4CF7

CB27

00314

SLA

A

4CF9

CB27

00315

SLA

A

4CFB

CB27

00316

SLA

A

4CFD

CB27

00317

SLA

A

;MAKE LEFT NYBBLE

4CFF

47

00318

LD

B,A

4DS0

79

00319

LD

A,C

;SET UP DISPLAY

4D01

CD3300

00320

CALL

DISPL

4D04

CD0E4D

00321

CALL

HEX2

4007

80

00322

ADD

A,B

4D08

47

00323

LD

B,A

;8 BIT VALUE IK B

4D09

79

00324

LD

A,C

;SET DP DISPL

4D0A

CD3300

00325

CALL

DISPL

.•DISPLAY AND RETURN

4D0D

C9

00326

RET

4D0E

CD490a

00327

HEX2

CALL

GETCH

rGET CHAR

4D11

4F

00328

LD

C,A

rSAVE IT

4D12

D630

00329

SUB

'0'

; REMOVE BIAS

4D14

FA0E4D

00330

JP

M,HEX2

4D17

FE0A

00331

CP

10

.-TEST FOR NUMERIC

4D19

F3

00332

RET

M

4D1A

D607

00333

SDB

7

;TEST FOR A-F

4D1C

FA0E4D

00334

JP

H,HEX2

4D1F

FE10

00335

CP

16

4D21

F8

00336

RET

M

4D22

IBEA

00337
00338

JR

HEX2

4D24

CD4900

00339

GETCH2

CALL

GETCH

4D27

C33300

00340
00341

JP

DISPL

Program continues

158 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

PROGRAM LIKE THIS

5 ' <<BEGINNING<<

10 //MENU LINE//$-"l, ENTER NAMES" :/ /LINE # / /=3 :GOSUB> >PRINT LINE

20 //MENU LINE//$='"2. PRINT NAMES" : //LINE #/ /-4 ;GOSUB> >PRINT LINE

30 INPUT"ENTER SELECTION" ; //SELECTION//

40 ON//SELECTION//GOSUB>>ENTER NAMES, >>PRINT NAMES

50 GOTO>>BEGINNING

60 '<<PRINT LINE<<

70 PRINT1(//LINE #/ / ,0) , //MENU LINE//$;

80 RETURN

90 '<<ENTER NAMES<<

100 'PROGRAM HERE

110 RETURN

120 ' <<PRINT NAMES<<

130 ' PROGRAM HERE

140 RETURN

OR PROGRAM LIKE THIS

DO UNTIL; SELECTION <> AND SELECTION < 2
CALL; DISPLAY-MENU
CALL; ACCEPT- INPUT
DO CASE;

WHEN SELECTI0N=1
. 'PROGRAM HEBE
. . EN U ;

WHEN SELECTI0N'"2
. 'PROGRAM HERE
. . EN D ;
. EN 13 ;
.END;
EXIT

PROC; DISPLAY-MENU
LINE-"J0=3

TEXT-LmES = "l . ENTER NAMES"
CALL; PRINT-LINE
LINE-N0=4

TEXT-LINES="2. PRINT NAMES"
CALL; PRINT-LINE
. EN' D ,
PROC; PRINT-LINE

PRINT@(LINE-NO,0) , TEXT-LINES
■ END;
PROC; ACCEPT- INPUT

INPUT "ENTER SEI,ECT ION " ; SELECTION
. EN D ;

SL/B

A Structured Translator for Radio Shack BASIC
Long name variables make for easy reading.

TBS proudly announces SL/B, by John Dashner, Ph.D.
SL/D is a translator for a highly structured PL/1 like
language which also uses almost all of the Radio Shack
BASIC commands and adds those commands you have
always wanted while writing those complex programs. Also
SL/B supports multiple or "nested" IFs and other control
flow statements which are so difficult in BASIC and named
subroutines. It is completely independent of line numbers,
which become optional. The translator is not a complete
language in itself; it produces BASIC code as its output
which may then be treated as any other BASIC program and
RUN, compiled, SAVEd, or anything you wish to do with it.

SL/B produces three outputs: The first is the code as entered
from the keyboard; second, the BASIC program; and third, a
listing file for documentation. With the combination of the
listing and the inherent power of the structured technique,
debugging becomes a much easier task.

All "nested" commands are now nicely indented for you, on
the screen and the printed page, for easier control of the logic
flow. Multiple or nested "IFs" and other flow control coding
now make sense, not only to you, but to anyone who reads
your code. Not only that, but you may call your own
subroutines from disk at any time without having to type
them again (a starter library is provided). With long name
variables (how often have you forgotten what X9$
represents?) the program reads like English so modification
and update almost become child's play.

SL/B orders the inherent disorder of the BASIC language
while retaining all of the power in it and all of the powerful
commands! You are not giving up BASIC'S power for an
elegant structure; you have both! SL/B is all machine code so
all operations are FAST!

SL/B is currently available only for the Model II, but will
soon be ready for Mods I and III. See your computer store or
write us directly.

THE BOnOM SHELF, INC.

p. O. BOX 49104 . ATLANTA. GA. 30359
(404) 296-2007

^^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 159

KEEPIT 3.0

Enhances Level II Basie
Written by Dennis Bathory Kitsz

KEEPIT performs these functions:

• Singie-slep a Basic program

• Reset Memory Size from Basic

• Save a running program wilh variables

• Save machine code or a memory block

• Reslore an accidentally deleted program

• Observe & cbange memory locations

KEEPIT also features:

Keyboard debounce, audible beep, and auto-
repeat! KEEPIT 3.0 is written in machine
language and resides in less than 1,000 bytes of
high memory. EDTASM source code is supplied
so the user can relocate KEEPIT !o any conven-
ient location.

How lo order KEEPIT:

Level II users will wonder how they ever
lived without il! KEEPIT 3.0 is extremely
valuable as a time and frustration saver! To
receive your copy, send your name, address
and just 89.95 to:

"^^^ 1806 Ada Street

Lansing, MI 48910
Ph, 517/4B5-0344

or 487-3358

Visa & Master Charge add 4%.
C.O.D. addSI.SO.
Add 75c for First Class Delivery.
All orders shipped within 24 hours'

TRS-80™ SOFTWARE

MACHINE LANGUAGE

SOFTWARE

MONITOR 113 139.95

OisassemDler memory d is D lays; memory move, search verity,
and modity: reaO and write object lapes, hexadecimal
anthmelic; obiecl coOe relocalor; unload Brograms for disk,
symbolic outpui lapes. 41-page instruction manual

MONITOR #4 149.95

Same as Monrloi #3 but aOds: save and read Oisk lileaidirect in-
put and output of disk sectors; send, receive, or talk lo another
computer via HS-232-C interface; symbolic disassembly on
bisk.

SMART TERMINAL 149.95

Enables your TRS-BO lo Be used as a remole terminal to a time-
sharing system Supports lowercase anb lull range of conlrol
keys Auiomalic lransm:ssion between memory and host com-
puter. Much moie-

FASTSORT $995

l^achine-language sorting program for u5e Oy Basic programs
Many times faster than other methods!

GAMEOFLIFE S5-95

John Conway's game ol "life" shows patterns evolving and

changing swifiiy belore your eyes A dazzling demonstraiion
program!

BASIC SOFTWARE

MAILING LIST .S69 9S

Ivlaintains mailing lisi files ol over lOOO names per diskette
Add, delete, change, find name machine language sort, print
lile.

SMALL BUSINESS ACCOUMTING i4995

Based on Dome Bookkeeping Journal #612, keeps track of in.
come, expendilures, and payroll for a small business ol up to 16
employees Daily, monthly, year-to-date summaries.

HOME BUDGET. ... J49.95

Checkbook maintenance combined with records of income
and monthly bills. Monthly and year.lo.dale summaries show
ing lai deductions

DATABASE MANAGEMEI^T $2995

Defines hies ol any descnpiion and mainlain on cassette or
disk. Add. change, delete, find, sort, lustify, print, line print.
lotal fields, write.

HOWE SOFTWARE ^io3
14 Lexinglon Road _ ,,

New City, New York 10956

D TRS-80 IS a registered uaOemark 0/ Tar)(3y corp.

00342

;

ROM SYSTEM OEFINITIONS

00343

0049

09344

GETCH

EQD

49H

0033

00345

DISPL

EQD

33H

01C9

00346

CLS

EQO

1C9H

3C00

00347

VIDEO

EQO

3C0BH

4020

00348
00349

CURSOR

EQU

4020H

00350

;

STORAGE DEFINITION

00351

4D2A

20

00352

NAME

DEPM

1 '

4D30

0000

00353

START

DEFW

4D32

0000

00354

COUNT

DEFW

4D34

0000

00355

NTRY

DEFW

4036

0000

00356

BRKIMP

DEFW

4D38

0000

00357

BRKAD

DEFW

4D3A

0000

00358

DEFW

4D3C

0000

00359

OEFW

4D3E

0000

00360

DEFW

4D40

0000

00361

OEFW

4D42

0000

00362

DEFW

4D44

0000

00363

DEFW

4D4e

0000

00364

BRKSV

OEFW

4D48

0000

00365

DEFW

4D4A

0000

00366

OEFW

4D4C

00

00367

OEFB

4D4D

00

00368

HODEFL

DEFB

4D4E

0036 9

REGSTG

EQU

S

0018

00370

OEFS

24

4066

00371

REGPTR

EQU

S

4D62

00372

SPSAVE

EQU

S-4

4064

00373

PC SAVE

EQU

S-2

4D66

0000

00374

OISPTB

DEFW

4D68

41

0037 5

CMDTAB

DEFM

'ABCDFGHIJLMQRSWX2, ,@*'

4070

5B

00376

DEFB

5BH

4D7E

0A

00377

DEFB

0AH

4D7F

FB49

0037 8

CHDENT

DEFW

49FBH+RL

A~FADDR

4D81

1D44

0037 9

DEFW

441DH+RL

B-BRKPT

4D83

A443

00380

OEFW

43A4H+RL

C-CLB

4D85

0644

00381

OEFW

4406H+Rr.

0-DIS

4D87

0043

00382

DEFW

43D0H-H-'!.

F-FTXUP

4089

8644

00383

DEFW

44B6H-fRL

G-GO

408B

6849

003S4

DEFW

4968H+RL

H-HEX

4D8D

DE4e

00385

DEFW

48DEH+RL

I-INT

408F

7344

00386

DEFW

4473H+RL

J-JDHP

4D91

3B45

00387

DEFW

453BH+BL

L-LOAD

4D93

3E4A

00388

DEFW

4A3EH+RL

M-MOVE

4095

C249

00389

DEFW

49C2H-fRL

Q-FBYTE

4097

B144

00390

DEFW

44B1H+RL

R-REG

409 9

594B

00391

DEFW

4859H+RL

S-SET

4D9B

9645

00392

DEFW

4596H-1-RL

W- WRITE

4D9D

A249

00393

DEFW

49A2H-^RL

X-EXCHG

4D9F

CE48

00394

DEFW

48CEH-t-RL

Z-ZAP

4 DAI

4C46

00395

OEFW

464CH+RL

. -CATLOG

40 A3

4947

00396

DEFW

4749H+RL

f-CPYSYS

40A5

6944

00397

OEFW

446 9H-t-RL

@-MODE

40A7

5C4A

00398

DEFW

4A5CH+RL

•-BASIC TOGGLE

4DA9

5C44

00399

DEFW

445CH+RL

UP ARROW

4DAB

5744

00400

DEFW

4457H+RL

DOWN ARROW

4DAD

2A

00401

EMSG

DEFM

'*INPUT ERROR*'

4DBA

46

00402

REGCH

DEFM

'FACBEDLH'

4DC2

58

00403

REGCR2

DEFM

'XIYIPSCP'

4DCA

48

00404

HEX

DEFM

'HEX ■

4DCF

41

00405

ALPHA

DEFM

'ALPHA'

400 4

52

00406

TITLE

DEFM

REGISTERS ADDR MEMORY CONTENTS

4e04

2A

00407

MNTTL

DEFM

'* • * SUPER BUG MONITOR « • •'

4E21

42

00408

Ml

DEFM

'BREAKPOINTS -'

4E2E

43

00409

M2

DEFM

'COMMAND: '

4B37

58

00410

M3

DEFM

'XX'

4E39

46

00411

M4

DEFM

'FLAGS SET '

4E45

46

00412

M5

DEFM

'F = -'

4E4A

28

00413

M6

DEFM

' (PC) '

4E4E

20

00414

M7

DEFM

' F'

4E52

27

00415

DEFB

27 H

4E53

3D

00416

DEFM

'= - 1

4E56

43

00417

CTITLE

DEFM

'CATALOGING - "'

4E64

0D

00418

PI

OEFB

13

4E65

42

00419

DEPM

'BLK NR ="'

4£eE

20

00420

P2

OEFM

' BYTE CT ="■

4E7B

20

00421

P3

DEFM

' LD ADDR = ■"

4E89

0D

00422

P4

DEFB

13

4E8A

54

00423

DEFM

' TRA ADDR = " '

4E96

52

00424

MSI

DEFM

'READING - " '

4EA1

00

00425

MS2

DEFB

13

4EA2

0D

00426

DEFB

13

4EA3

52

00427

DEFM

'READY NEW CASSETTE"'

4EB6

50

00428

MS3

DEFM

'PRESS @ TO RELIST, '

4EC9

50

00429

HS5

DEFM

'PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINOE"'

4EE3

50

00430

MS4

DEFM

'PRESS @ TO REWRITE, ANY OTHER

4F0F

57

00431
00432
00433

MS6

DEPM

'WRITING TAPE"'

4338

00434

END

4338H+RL

0000

a TOTAL

ERRORS

Program Listing 2.

09001
00002

THIS IS A DOS TO LEVEL-II RE-BOOT
WHICH WILL ALLOW ANY LEVEL-II

Program continues

160 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

puter.

In order to convert it, delete
the duplicated ROM entry point
definitions in the EQU section of
each source module. Delete all
of the ZBUG system entry point
definitions in the EQU section of
each. Delete every one of the
END statements, but the last.

It may be necessary to delete
the comment statements from
the source modules to assemble
it in a 32K system.

Delete the origin definition
statements from parts tvtfo,
three and four. The relocation
scheme used in the program will
still work.

Or, you can delete the defini-
tion of label RL in part one and
all references to RL throughout
the program. Change the entries
in the CMDENT table to the label
of the routine, if desired, in order
to prevent problems w/ith future
user modification.

Once converted and reassem-
bled, I would advise you to
rewrite the system tape. Use
ZBUG, because the largest rec-
ord size written by Radio Shack's
Editor/Assembler is 128 bytes.

A version assembled in high
RAM addresses, such as for the
disk, can be loaded in protected
memory and used with a BASIC
program. I have used this tech-
nique successfully to debug as-
sembly routines linked to BASIC
programs with the USR state-
ment.

When allocating memory
size, remember to allow enough
room for the monitor, its stack
(which starts just before the
monitor) and any assembled
routine loaded. ■

00003

DEPENDENT ASSEMBLY PROGRAM TO RUN

00004

UN DEE

THE DOS SYSTEM. DOS MUST BE 1

00005

COMPLETELY REINITIALIZED

WHEN DONE.

00006

00007

THIS

CODE WAS EXTRACTED FROM THE ROM 1

00008

CHIP

STARTING AT ADDRESS

X'0000' AND 1

00009

FOLLOWING THE LOGIC IGNORING THE DISK |

00010

STATUS AND "MEMORY SIZE?"

PROMPTS .

00011

ADDRESS X'0000' IS WHERE

YOU GO WHENEVER

00012

YOU POKER UP THE COMPUTER 1

00013

00014

00015

******

******

****************************** 1

00016

» ENTER

YOUR

ENTRY POINT ADDRESS

IN "ORG" *

00017

********************************

**********

00016

BF7

00019

ORG

0BF70H

BF70

F3

00020

NIT

DI

DISABLE INTERRUPTS

BF71

AF

00021

XOR

A

BF72

21D206

00022

LD

HL,06D2H

VECTOR LOCATION IN ROM

BF7 5

110040

00023

LD

DE,4000H

VECTOR AREA

BFTS

013600

00024

LD

BC,36H

BF7B

EDB0

00025

LDIR

SET VECTOR AREA

BF7D

3D

00026

DEC

A

BF7E

3D

00027

DEC

A

BF7F

2gFl

00028

JR

NZ,INIT+2

WASTE TIME

BF81

0627

00029

LD

B,27H

BFe3

12

00030

ENIT2

LD

(DEl ,A

ZERO NEXT 39 BYTES

BF84

13

00031

INC

DE

BF85

10FC

00032

DJNZ

INIT2

BF87

118040

00033

LD

DE,4080H

BFBA

21F7ie

00034

LD

HL,18F7h

BF8D

012700

00035

LD

BC,27H

BF90

EDB0

00036

LDIR

NEXT TRANSFER

BF92

21E541

00037

LD

HL,41E5H

BF95

363A

00038

LD

(HL] ,3AH

BF97

23

00039

INC

HL

BF98

70

00040

LD

(HL) ,B

STORE ZERO

BF99

23

00041

INC

HL

BF9fi

362C

00042

LD

(HL) ,2CH

BF9C

23

00043

INC

HL

BF9D

22A7 40

00044

LD

(40A7H) ,HL

BFA0

112D01

00045

LD

DE,012DH

ADDRESS OF ''7L3" ROUTINE

BFA3

06 IC

00046

LD

B,1CH

NR OF "DOS" BASIC CMDS

BFA5

215241

00047

LD

HL,4152H

START OF BASIC CMD LINKS

BFAB

36C3

00048

INIIT3

LD

(HL) ,0C3H

"JUMP" OP-CODE

BFAA

23

00049

INC

HL

BFAB

73

00050

LD

(HL) ,E

BFAC

23

00051

INC

HL

BFAD

72

00052

LD

(HL},D

STORE ADDRESS OF "TLS"

BFAE

23

00053

INC

HL

BFAF

10F7

00054

DJNZ

INIT3

BFBi

0615

00055

LD

B,15H

NR OF EXTENSIONS LINKS

BFB3

36C9

00056

INIT4

LD

(HL) ,0C9H

"RETURN" OP-CODE

BFB5

23

00057

INC

HL

BFB6

23

00058

INC

HL

BFB7

23

00059

INC

HL

BFB8

10F9

00060

DJNZ

INIT4

BFBA

21E842

00061

LD

HL,42E8H

BFBD

70

00062

LD

(HL) ,B

BFBE

31F841

00063

LD

SP,41F8H

BFCl

CDBFIB

00064
00065
00066

CALL

1B8FH

"NEW"

00067

. ******

************************************

00068

;*ENTER

THE ENTRY POINT INTO YOUR ROUTINE *

00069

, *

IN THE JUMP INSTRUCTION BELOW *

00070

1 ******

************************************

00071

BFC4

C338B3

00 072
00073

JP

0B338H

BF7

00074

END

INIT

dees

3 TOTAL

ERRORS

THIS IS WHAT YOUR MAILBOX
WILL LOOK LIKE IN JANUARY

... if you don't send in your

rencAval card.

SO

microcomputing

^^ ^^7^

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 161

CQIYIPUTHQWICS

I

N
C.

• ••EVERYTHING FOR YOUR TRS-80 •••

TRS-80 Is a irademark of Iht- Kacllu Shark Division of Tandy Curptiralion

loo sui'EH i MASTER PAC~i00

^M r%nR AM^ n Znd EDITION CCOMPLETELY REVISED} !

FOR YOUR TRS-80 " LEVEL II MICROCOMPUTER

ALL ON CASSETTE OR DISKETTE

BUSINESS AND PERSONAL FINANCE

1. CHECKBOOK MAINTENANCE

2. TIME FOR MONEY TO DOUBLE

3. FEDERAL FICA & WITHHOLDINC TAX

3 COMPUTATIONS

4 HOME BUDGET ANALYSIS _,

5. ANNUITY COMPUTATION «f «ld1?.S9

6. UNIT PRICING ftlJ=>»*^
7 CHANGE FROM PURCHASE "

8. NEBS CHECK PRINTER

9. DAYS BETWEEN DATES

10. MORTGAGE AMORTIZATION TABLE

n. INVENTORY CONTROL

12 PORTFOLIO VALUE COMPUTATIONS

13. VALUE OF A SHARE OF STOCK

14. SALES RECORD KEEPING SYSTEM

15. FUTURE VALUE OF AN INVESTMENT

16. EFFECTIVE INTEREST RATE (LOAN)

17. PRESENT VALUE OF A FUTURE AMOUNT

18. RATE OF RETURN-VARIABLE INFLOW

19. RATE OF RETURN-CONSTANT INFLOW

20. REGULAR WITHDRAWAL FROM INVESTMENT

21. STRAIGHT LINE DEPRECIATION

22. SUM OF DIGITS DEPRECIATION

23. DECLINING BALANCE DEPRECIATION

24. BREAK EVEN ANALYSIS

25 SALVAGE VALUE OF INVESTMENT
26. PAYMENT ON A LOAN

27 FUTURE SALES PROJECTIONS

28 CREDIT CARD FILE

29. ECONOMIC ORDER QUANTITY (EOQ)
INVENTORY MODEL

30. VALUE OF HOUSE CONTENTS _-fc*j k.1

31. TEXT EDITOR ■mITW.SOP'^*'

32. MONTHLY CALENDAR !*■:*■»*'
33 DAY OF WEEK

34. CASH FLOW VS DEPRECIATION

35. COMPLETE MAIL SYSTEM

36. INTEREST RATE ON A LEASE

TISTICS

FWAl^CE

STATISTICS AND MATHEMATICS

37 RANDOM SAMPLE SELECTION

38. ANGLO-METIC CONVERSION

39. MEAN, STANDARD DEVIATION,
MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM

40. SIMPLE LINEAR REGRESSION

41. MULTIPLE REGRESSION ANAI YSIS

42. GEOMETRIC REGRESSION

43. EXPONENTIAL RECiRESSION

44. SIMPLE MCWING AVERAGE

45. SIMPLE T-TEST _— » K'

46. CHI-SQUARE TEST 5> » **■

47. NORMAL PROBABILITIES

48. BINOMIAL PROBABILITY

49 POISSON PROBABILITY

50 MATRIX ADDITION AND SUBTRACTION

51. MATRIX TRANSPOSE

52. MATRIX INVERSE

53. MATRIX MULTIPLICATION

54 SOLUTION OF SIMULTANEOUS EQUATIONS

55 QUADRATIC FORMUI A

56. LINEAR EQUATION SOLUTIONS

57. ROOT HALF INTERVAL SEARCH

58. ROOTS OF POLYNOMIALS

59. ROOTS-NEWTON'S METHODS

60. PRIME FACTORS OF INTEGER

61. LEAST COMMON DENOMINATOR

62. RADIAN-DEGREE CONVERSION

63. NUMERICAL INTEGRATION

UTILITIES

64. QUICK SORT ROUTINE

65. PROGRAM STORAGE INDEX

66. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUIZ BUILDER
67 FORM LETTER WRITER

68. SHELL SORT

69. CASSETTE LABEL MAKER

70. CODES MESSAGES

71. MERGE TWO FILES

72. SORT WITH REPLACEMENT

MATH

GRAPHICS

73. DRAWS BAR GRAPH

74 DRAWS HISTOGRAM

75 MOVING BANNER DISPLAY

GAMBLING AND GAMhS

76. RANDOM SPORTS QUIZ

77 GOVERNMENT QUIZ

78 HORSE RACE

79 MAGIC SQUARE

80 ARITHMETIC TEACHER

81 HIGH LOW GAMBLE
82. UNSCRAMBLE LETTERS

83 HANGMAN

84 GAME OF NIM

85. RUSSIAN ROULETTE

86. ROULETTE GAME

87. ONE-ARMED BANDIT

88. HIT THE TARGET

89. WALKING DRUNK

90. STATE CAPITAL QUIZ

91. TIC TAG TOE

92. DICE GAME

93. LUNAR LANOAR(;aMR

94. BIORHYTHM

95. HORSE SELECTOR (CLASS CALCULATOR)

96 RANDOM DICE ROLL

97 RANDOM ROULETTE ROLL

98 RANDOM CARD DEALER

99 GUESS THE NUMBER
IOC WHITE OUl SCREEN

OAMBUWG

— --:z-

GUARANTEED SATISFACTION

WE ARE THE ONLY SOFTWARE COMPANY THAT OFFERS A REFUND WITHIN 30 DAYS ON ALL SOFTWARE (H & E COMPU-
TRONICS INC, MONTHLY NEWSMAGAZINE SUBSCRIBERS ONLY), WE DO CHARGE A $3 PENALTY TO COVER POSTAGE
AND HANDLING,

CQIYIPLJTHQMICS

N^^TV^^^ATOAl. *V**_C^TmjS Ei*C*vt"J

50 N. PASCACK ROAD
SPRING VALLEY, NEW YORK 10977

PLEASE SEND ME:

□ MASTER PAC 100 CASSETTE VERSION $59,95

a MASTER PAC 100 DISKETTE VERSION $59,95

D MASTER PAC 100 (MODEL II DISKETTE VERSION) $99,95

HOUR

ORDER

LINE

(914) 425-1535

NEW TOLL-FREE

ORDER LINE

(OUTSIDE OF N.Y, STATE)

(800) 431-2818

* All orders processed within 24-Hours
•k 30-Day money back guarantee on all Software
Oess a $3 penalty for handUna)

CREDIT CARD NUMBER EXP, DATE.

SIGNATURE,

NAME

ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP

••• ADD $2 FOR POSTAGE AND HANDLING ($4 OUTSIDE OF THE USA,) "*

162 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

H

CQiriPUIT

Mies

N

c.

• •• EVERYTHING FOR YOUR TRS-80 •••

TRS-80 Is a trademark of iht- Kadlo Shark Division of landy t'orixtrailon

BUSINESS PAC 100

;esse

d u)i

,hin 24-Hours
all

Software (less «

100 Ready-To-Run
Business Programs

(ON CASSETTE OR DISKETTE) Includes 1 10 Page Users Manual 5 Cassettes (Or Diskettes)

Inventory Control Payroll Bookkeeping System Stock Calculations

Checkbook Maintenance.... Accounts Receivable.... .Accounts Payable

BUSINESS 100 PROGRAM UST

1 RULF78 Interesl Apportionment by Rule of the "'8's

2 AMhCJ I Annuity computation program

3 DATE Tjme between dates

4 DA WEAR Day of year a particular date falls on

5 LEASEiNT Interest rate on lease

6 BREAKEVM Breakeven analysis

7 DEPRSL Sttaightline depreciation

8 DEPRSY Sum of the digits depreciation

9 DEPRDB Declining balance depreciation

10 DEPRDDB Double declining balance depreciation

1 I TAXDEP Cash flow vs depreciation tables

12 CHECK2 Prints MEBS checks along with daily register

13 CHECKBKI Checkbook maintenance program

14 MORTGAGE/A Mortgage amortization table

1 5 MGLTMOM Computes time needed for money to double, triple,

16 SALVAGE Determines salvage value of an investment

1 7 RRVARIN Rate of return on investment with variable inflows

18 RRCOMST Rate of return on investmient with constant inflows

19 EFFECT Effective interest rate of a loan

20 FVAL Future value of an investment (compound interest)

21 PVAL Present value of a future amount

22 LOAMPAY Amount of payment on a loan

23 REGWITH Equal withdrawals from investment to leave over

24 SIMPOISK Simple discount analysis

25 DATEVAL Equivalent & nonequivalent dated values for oblig.

26 ANMtJDEF Present value of deferred annuities

27 MARKUP % Markup analysis for items

28 SirSKFUND Sinking fund amortization program

29 BONDVAL Value of a bond

30 DEPLETE Depletion analysis

31 BLACKSH Black Scholes options analysis

32 STOCVALl Expected return on stock via discounts dividends

33 WARVAL Value of a wanant

34 BOMDVAL2 Value of a bond

35 EPSEST Estimate of future earnings per share for company

36 BETAALPH Computes alpha and beta variables for stock

37 SHARPEl Portfolio selection modeli.e. what stocks to hold

38 OPTWRrrt Option writing computations

39 RTVAL Value of a tight

40 EXfVAL Expected value analysis

41 BAYES Bayesian decisions

42 VALPRINF Value of perfect information

43 VALADIIVF Value of additional information

44 UTIUTY Derives utility function

45 SIMPLEX Linear programming solution by simplex method

46 TRATHS Transportation method for linear programming

47 EOQ Economic order quantity inventory model

48 QUEUEl Single server queueing (waiting line) model

49 CVP Cost-volumeproftt analysis

50 COMDPROF Conditional profit tables

51 OPTLOSS Opportunity loss tables

52 FQUOQ Fixed quantity economic order quantity model

NAME DESCRIPTION

53 FQEOWSH As above but with shortages permitted

54 FQEOQPB As above but with quantity pnce breaks

55 QUEUECB Cost-benefit waiting line analysis

56 NCFAfSAiL Met cash-flow analysis for simple investment

57 PRORND Profitability index of a project

58 CAPl Cap. Asset Pr. Model ana^s of project

^Reader Service — see page 242

59 WACC Weighted average cost of capital

60 COMPBAL True rate on loan with compensating bal. required

61 DISCBAL True rate on discounted loan

62 MERGANAL Merger analysis computations

63 FIMRAT Financial ratios for a firm

64 hPV Met present value of project

65 PRIMDLAS Lasfxeyres price index

66 PRINDPA Paasche price index

67 SELASIHD Constructs seasonal quantity indices for company

68 TIMETR Time senes analysis linear trend

69 TIMEMOV Time senes analysis moving average trend

70 FtlPRIMF Future pnce estimation with inflation

71 MAILPAC Mailing list system

72 LETWRT Letter wnting system-links with MAILPAC

73 SORT3 Sorts list of names

74 LABEL 1 Shipping lahtel maker

75 LABEL2 Mame label maker

76 BCSBUD DOME business bookkeeping system

77 TIMECLCK Computes weeks total hours from timeclock info.

78 ACCTPAY In memory accounts payable system -storage permitted

79 IMVOICE Generate invoice on screen and print on printer

80 IMVEMT2 In memory inventory control system

81 TELDIR Computerized telephone directory

82 TIMCSAH Time use analysis

83 ASSIGN Use of assignment algonthm for optimal job assign.

84 ACCTREC In memory accounts receivable system storage ok

85 TERMSPAY Compares 3 methods of repayment of loans

86 PAYNET Computes gross pay required for given net

87 SELLPR Computes selling pnce for given after tax amount

88 ARBCOMP Arbitrage computations

89 DEPRSF Sinking fund depreciation

90 UPSZONE Finds tlPS zones from zip code

91 EIWELOPE Types envelope including retum address

92 AUTOElXP Automobile expense analysis

93 IhSFlLE Insurance policy file

94 PAYROLLS In iTiemot>' payroll system

95 DILAMAL Dilution analysis

96 LOANAFTD Loan amount a borrower can afford

97 RENTPRCH Purchase pnce for rental pro[)erty

98 SALELEAS Sale-lea seback analysis

99 RRCOMVBD Investor's rate of return on convertable bond
100 FORTVAL9 Stock market portfolio storage-valuation program

D CASSETTE VERSION S 99.95
D DISKETTE VERSION $ 99.95
n MODEL II VERSION $149.95

ADD $2.00 FOR SHIPPING IN UPS AREAS
ADD $3.00 FOR C.O.D. OR NON-UPS AREAS
ADD $4.00 OUTSIDE U.S.A, CANADA & MEXICO

CQIYIPIJTHQMICS

^AfiTl-«^^AT ITJXL

50 N. PASCACK ROAD
SPRING VALLEY, NEW YORK 10977

HOUR ^
O A ORDER
^^ UNE
(914) 425-1535

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 163

THE ORIGINAL MAGAZINE FOR
OWNERS OF THE TRS-80 "* MICROCOMPUTER

SOFTWARE

FOR TRS-80 •

OWNERS

H

CQIYIPUTRQMICS

I

N
C.

MONTHLY
NEWSMAGAZINE

FOR TRS-80 '
OWNERS

MONTHLY NEWSMAGAZINE

Practical Support For Model I, II & III

• PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS

• BUSINESS

• GAMBLING • GAMES

• EDUCATION

• PERSONAL FINANCE

• BEGINNER'S CORNER

• NEW PRODUCTS

• SOFTWARE EXCHANGE

• MARKET PLACE

• QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

• PROGRAM PRINTOUTS
AND MORE

FREE*

PROGRAMS AND ARTICLES PUBLISHED IN OUR FIRST 12 ISSUES
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

A COMPLETE INCOME TAX PROGRAM (LONG AND SHORT FORM)

INVENTORY CONTROL

STOCK MARKET ANALYSIS

WORD PROCESSING PROGRAM (FOR DISK OR CASSFTTE)

LOWER CASE MODIFICATION FOR YOUR VIDEO MONITOR OR PRINTER '

PAYROLL (FEDERAL TAX WITHHOLDING PROGRAM]

EXTEND 16-DIGIT ACCURACY TO TRS-80 FUNCTIONS (SUCH AS

SQUARE ROOTS AND TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS)

NEW DISK DRIVES FOR YOUR TRS-80

PRINTER OPTIONS AVAILABLE FOR YOUR TRS 80

A HORSE SELECTION SYSTEM'"ARITHMETIC TEACHER

COMPLETE MAILING LIST PROGRAMS (BOTH FOR DISK OR CASSETTE

SEQUENTIAL AND RANDOM ACCESS)

RANDOM SAMPLING***BAR GRAPH

CHECKBOOK MAINTENANCE PROGRAM

LEVEL II UPDATES***LEVEL II INDEX

CREDIT CARD INFORMATION STORAGE FILE

BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO MACHINE LANGUAGE AND ASSEMBLY

LANGUAGE

LINE RENUMBERING

AND CASSETTE TIPS, PROGRAM HINTS, LATEST PRODUCTS

COMING SOON (GENERAL LEDGER, ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND
RECEIVABLE. FORTRAN-80, FINANCIAL APPLICATIONS PACKAGE,
PROGRAMS FOR HOMEOWNERS, MERGE TWO PROGRAMS,
STATISTICAL AND MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMS (BOTH
ELEMENTARY AND ADVANCED} AND

■TRS-80 Is a trademartt of Tancty Corporation.
WORD PROCESSING PROGRAM For writing leliers. texl, mailing lists, elc, with fach new bubscnpnons or renewal
LtV tL II RAM I tS I Chprks random access memory to ensure thai all memory locaiions are working properly.
DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Complete file managemem for your TRS-80'".
CLEANUP Fdsl acDon Ma^^e Game

ADVENTURE Advemure "0 by Scoll Adams (From Adveniureland International)
* All programs are supplied on cassetle (add $3 lor Diskette Version - add $5 for modified Mod-ll Version).

''«££

SEND FOR OUR NEW 48 PAGE SOFTWARE CATALOG (INCLUDING LISTINGS OF HUNDREDS OF TRS 80- PROGRAMS AVAILABLE ON

CASSETTE AND DISKETTE). $2.00 OR FREE WITH EACH SUBSCRIPTIONS OR SAMPLE ISSUE.

CQlVlPL^rHQl>^lcs

£^9

rvXan-eviATlCLfiL. Af^.t^A-'tJF-^tzi S.t=*-TJ:'

50 N. PASCACK ROAD
SPRING VALLEY, NEW YORK 10977

ONE YEAR SUBSCRIPTION $24

TWO YEAR SUBSCRIPTION $48

SAMPLE OF LATEST ISSUE $ 4

START MY SUBSCRIPTION WITH ISSUE
(Wl - July 1978 • #7 - January 1979

--l^v ^ ^ HOUR
^P\24 ORDER
LINE

(914) 425-1535

NEW TOLL-FREE

ORDER LINE

(OUTSIDE OF N.Y. STATE)

(800) 431-2818

NEW SUBSCRIPTION

CREDIT CARD NUMBER

#12 - June 1979
RENEWAL

#18 - January 1980)

EXP. DATE

SIGNATURE

NAME

ADDRESS

*• ADD $6 VEAB (CANADA. MEXICO) ■ ADD $12 YLAR AJB MAIL ■ OUTSIDE OF U.S.A , CANADA & MEXICO

164 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

H

CQIVIPIJTHQMICS

N
C.

• ••EVERYTHING FOR YOUR TRS-80 •••

TRS-80 Is a trademark of the Radio Shack Division of Tandy Corporation

1980 INCOME TAX PAC

Completely Revised • Latest Tax Tables • Fully Tested -k Complete Manual and Documentation
• -A- The New Version Of The Income Tax Pacs Are Full Of Error Catching Codes • •

• • Making It Impossible To Make An Error • ■*-
— Follow The Simple Step By Step Procedure That Makes Tax Preparation Simple —

• INCOME TAX PAC A

FOR LEVEL II 16K

• DOES FORM 1040 and 1040A

• SCHEDULE A ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS

• SCHEDULE B INTEREST and DIVIDENDS

• OUTPUT TO VIDEO DISPLAY

• SCHEDULE TAX COMPUTATION

* INCOME TAX PAC B

FOR LEVEL II with or without Printer, Cassette or Disk. Has all features
of Income Tax A PLUS,

• WORKS V^ITH LINE PRINTER

• FORMATS FORM 1040 and 1040A FOR TRACTOR FEED FORfVIS

• SCHEDULE C INCOf^^E FROf\^ A PERSONALLY OWNED BUSINESS

• FORM 2106 EMPLOYEE BUSINESS EXPENSE

n

FORM 1040 (LONG FORM)

FORM 1040A (SHORT FORM)

FORM 2106 EMPLOYEE BUSINESS EXPENSE

FORM 2440 DISABILITY INCOME EXCLUSION

FORM 2441 CREDIT FOR CHILD AND DEPENDENT CARE EXPENSES

FORMS 3903 MOVING EXPENSE ADJUSTMENT

FORM 4797 SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF GAINS AND LOSSES

• • PROFESSIONAL • •
INCOME TAX PAC C

• SCHEDULE A ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS

• SCHEDULE B INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS

• SCHEDULE C PROFIT (OR LOSS) FROfwl BUSINESS OR PROFESSION

• SCHEDULE D CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

• SCHEDULE E SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME SCHEDULE

• SCHEDULE G INCOME AVERAGING

• SCHEDULES R & RP-CREDIT FOR THE ELDERLY

FOR MODEL I (32K) or MODEL II (64K)

WITH 1 OR MORE

DISK DRIVES

ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE

• SCHEDULE SE-COMPUTATION OF SOCIAL SECURITY SELF-EMPLOYMENT TAX

• SCHEDULE TC TAX COMPUTATION

• OUTPUT TO VIDEO OR LINE PRINTER

• FORMATS FOR TRACTOR FEED OR INDIVIDUAL FORM FEED PRINTERS

• AUTOMATIC MEMORY STORAGE FOR INCOME TAX PREPARERS

• INSTANT LINE CHANGE

• BUILT IN ERROR CHECKING

•CQIYIPUTHQI^XCSf

r„1A~n-^rHlAT|CAL JU^^-CljlTCr^ beo^tile ■

50 N. PASCACK ROAD
SPRING VALLEY, NEW YORK 10977

PLEASE SEND ME:

n INCOME TAX PAC A ($19,95)

a INCOME TAX PAC B ($49.95)

a PROFESSIONAL INCOME TAX PAC C ($99.95)

a MODEL II PROFESSIONAL INCOME TAX PAC C ($199.95)

CREDIT CARD NUMBER
SIGNATURE , _-_

NAME .

NEW TOLL-FREE

ORDER LINE

(OUTSIDE OF N.Y. STATE)

(800) 431-2818

.EXP. DATE_

STREET

CITY.

I * A

* A COMPLETE LINE OF NELCO TAX FORMS

ARE AVAILABLE

• INDIVIDUAL FEDERAL and STATE FORMS

• 2 OR MORE PART FORMS

• TRACTOR FEED FORMS

• PLASTIC OVERLAYS

* All orders processed within 24-Hours
•k SO-Day monei; back guarantee on all Software
• Add $2.00 for shipping in VPS Areas
• Add $3.00 for C.O.D. or NON-VPS Areas
■k Add $4.00 outside V.S.A., Canada & Mexico

HOUR ^^
24 ORDER ^
LINE

(914) 425-1535

.STATE _

.ZIP.

tf Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 165

H

CQIYIPUTHQI^IICS

N
C.

• ••EVERYTHING FOR YOUR TRS-80 •••

TRSflO Is a trademark of the Radio Shut k Division of Tantly (:or|>oriillon

COORDINATED
BUSINESS

SMALL BUSINESS
SYSTEMS GROUP

* All orders processed within 24-Hours
•k SO-Day money back guarantee on all Software
• Add $2.00 for sbippins in UPS Areas
• Add $3.00 for COD. or NON-UPS Areas
__^._^,^^^_ ._ -k Add $4.00 outside U.S.A, Canada & Mexico

SYSTEMS

FACTS ABOUT THE S.B.S.G. BUSINESS PACKAGES

1, S.B.S.G. is a sophislicaled Business Software System designed for the serious businessman.

2. Each of the S.B.S.G. Business Modules may be purchased separately.. .or you may purchase the entire coordinated business system,

3 Modules purchased separately do not coordinate with the General Ledger (although for the standard S.B.S.G. fee, the user may upgrade his
individual modules tor the coordinated system].

4. Foolproof, Step-By-Step procedures are supplied, planned and documented for the First-Time Computer User. All programs are self-
explanatory, telling the user what is required at every step.

5 Programs are written in BASIC and the source code listing is supplied for those users who decide to modify the original system.

6. A complete users manual is supplied with each module.

7. Demo Data diskettes are supplied with sample data

8. S.B.S.G. has an In-House staff that can answer questions and problems related to the proper use of the S.B.S.G. Business System (on the
telephone or through the mail),

9. First-Time Computer Owners Note-Instructions are provided for entering state payroll withholding tables. There is an additional charge if
you prefer to have S.B.S.G. Programmers insert the correct data,

10. Minimum system requirement is 2-drives to run any single module,

11. Minimum system requirement is 3-drives to run the coordinated business system (AR-AP-GL) or (AR-AP-GL with PAYROLL),

12 Minimum system requirement is 4-drives to run the extended coordinated system (AR-AP-GL-PR and INVENTORY/INVOICING).

13. The A. OSBORNE & ASSOCIATES business manuals are provided FREE with each order (they may be purchased separately at $20 per
manual),

14. The INVENTORY and INVOICING modules are original programs written by S.B.S.G.

15 Each module can be purchased as independent modules to run on a 2 or more drive system except INVOICING.

16. Memory requirement is 48K for the MODEL-I and 64K for the MODEL-II.

17, All S.B.S.G. BUSINESS SYSTEMS may be upgraded up to 4-disk drives. No data is ever lost during an upgrade. There is a standard S.B.S.G.
charge for all upgrades.

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

The accounts payable system receives data concerning purchases from
suppliers and produces checks in payment of outstanding invoices. In
addition, it produces cash management reports. This system aids in
tight financial control over all cash disbursements of the business.
Several reports are available and supply information needed for the
analysis of payments, expenses, purchases and cash requirements. All
A/P data feeds General Ledger so that data is entered into the system
jusl once. These programs were developed 5 years ago for the Wang
micro-computer and have been tested in many environments since
then. The package has been converted to the TRS-80'" and is now well
documented, on-line, interactive micro-computer system with the
capabilities of [or exceeding many larger systems).
CAPABILITIES:

* menu driven; easy to use; full screen prompting and cursor control

* invoice oriented: everything revolves around the invoice, handles
new invoice or credit memo or debit memo

* invoce information recorded: invoice #, description, buyer, check
register #, invoice date, age date, amount of invoice, discount (in %),
freight, tax ($), total payable

* transaction print and file maintenance procedures insure accuracy

* flexible check calculation procedure; allows checks to be calculated
for a set of vendors-or-for specific vendors

* program prints your checks; contiguous computer checks with your
company letterhead can be purchased from SBSG

* reports include (samples on back):

• open item listing/closed item listing - both detail and summary

• debit memo listing/credit memo listing

• aging

• check register report (to give an audit trail of checks printed)

• vendor listing and vendor activity (activity of the whole year)

* fully linked to GENERAL LEDGER; each invoice can be distributed
to as many as five (5) different GL accounts; system automatically
posts to cash and A/P accounts

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The objective of a computerized A/R system is to prepare accurate and
timeley monthly statements to credit customers, r/lanagement can
generate information required to control the amount of credit extended
and the collection of money owed in order to maximize prof liable credit
sales while minimizing losses from bad debts. The programs com-
posing this system were developed 5 years ago, especially for small
businesses using the Wang Microcomputer. They have been tested in
many environments since then. Each module can be used stand alone
or can feed General Ledger for a fully integrated system.
CAPABILITIES:

* menu driven; easy to use; full screen prompting and cursor control

* invoice oriented; invoices can be entered before ready for billing,
when ready for billing, after billing or after paid

* allows entry of new invoice, credit memo, debit memo, or change/
delete invoice

*■ allows for progress payment

* transaction information includes:

• type of A/R transaction • billing date

• customer P.O. # • general ledger account number

• description of P.O. • invoice amount

• shipping/transportation charges

• tax charges

• payment

• progress payment information

• transaction print & file maintenance procedures insure accuracy

* customer statements printed; computer statements with your com-
pay letterhead can be purchased from SBSG

* reports include: (samples on back)

» listing of invoices not yet billed

• open Items (unpaid invoices)

• closed items (paid invoices)

• aging

* fully linked to General Ledger; will post to applicable accounts;
debit A/R, credits account you specify

166 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

H

CQinPUTHQUlCS

N
C.

• • •EVERYTHING FOR YOUR TRS-80 •

TRS^Ho lA a trademark of rhe Radio Shat k nivl.skin of Tandy Corporarron

PAYROLL

Payroll invoices many complex calculations and the production ot
reports and documents, many of which are required by government
agencies. It is an ideal candidate for the computer. With this Payroll
system in-house, you can promptly and accurately pay your employees
and generate accruate documents/reports to management, employees,
and appropriate government agencies concerning earnings, taxes, and
other deductions. The package has been converted to the TRS-80'" and
is now a well documented, op-line, interactive, micro-computer system
with the capabilities of (or exceeding) many larger systems.
CAPABILITIES:

* performs all necessary payroll tasks including:

• file maintenance, pay data entry and verification

• computation of pay and deduction amounts

• printing of reports and checks

* can handle salaried and hourly employees

* employees can receive:

• hourly or salary wage

• vacation pay

• holiday pay

• piecework pay

• overtime pay

* employees can be paid using any combination of pay types {except,
hourly cannot receive salary and salary cannot receive hourly)

* special non-taxable or taxable lump sums can be paid regularly or
one time (bonus, reimbursements, etc)

* health and welfare deductions can be automatically calculated for
each employee

* earnings-to-date are accumulated and added to permanent records;
taxes are computed and deducted: US income lax, Social Security
tax, state income tax, other deductions {regular or one time)

* paychecks are printed; computer checks with your company letter-
head can be purchased from SBSG

* calculations are accumulated for; employee pay history, 941A re-
port, W-2 report, insurance report, absentee report

* fully linked to General Ledger, Each employee's payroll information
can be distributed to as many as (12) twelve different GL accounts;
system automatically posts to cash account

INVENTORY CONTROL/INVOICING

* ISAM (Indexed Sequential Access Method) eliminates the necessity
for time consuming sort.

* Pre-Allocated Files for IMMEDIATE update and inquiry capabilities,

* Fast Disk storage and retrieval.

* Inventory Master Record includes. ,. class,, .SKU... Division. ..Retail,,.
Cost. ..Beginning Balance. ..Period Sale Units. ..Period Receipts., .On
Order. ..On Hand. ..Minimum Reorder Point. ..Recommended Re-
order Amount. ..Vendor Number, ..Period Sale Dollars. ..YTD Sale
Units,. .YTD Sale Dollars.

* Calculated and Displayed Formulas include.., Gross Margin ($)...
Gross Margin {%)... Gross Margin ROI {%),,, Average Inventory Retail
($)... Average Inventory Cost ($)... Turn-Over (%),

* Reports Generated include.. .Master File Listing. ..Class Description
Listing. ..Transaction Audit Trail. ..Minimum Reorder Point by Ven-
dor. .Retail Price List. ..Retail & Cost Price List. ..Period Sales Report
...Year to Date Sales Report...Stock Status (Screen or printer output)
...Commission Report (for salesmen and buyers),

* Transaction Types include.. .Sales, Vendor Receipts., .Vendor
Orders, ..Customer Returns,, .Vendor Returns. ..Transfer Stock,

GENERAL LEDGER

The General Ledger accounting system consolidates financial data
from other accounting subsystems (A/R, A/P, Payroll, direct posting) in
an accurate and timely manner. Major reports include the Income State-
ment and Balance Sheet and a "special" report designed by manage-
ment. The beauty of this General Ledger system is that it is completely
user formatted. You "customize" the account numbers, descriptions,
and report formats to suit particular business requirements. These
programs were developed 5 years ago for the Wang micro-computer
and have been tested in many environments smce then. The package
has been converted to the TRS-80'" and is now a well documented, on-
line, interactive micro-computer system with the capabilities of {or
exceeding) many larger systems.
CAPABILITIES:
-k more than 200 chart of accounts can be handled

* account number structure is user defined and controlled
*■ more than 1,750 transactions may be entered via:

• direct posting; done by hand; validated against the account file
before acceptance

• external posting; generated by A/R, A/P, Payroll or any other
user source

* data is maintained and reported by:

• month

• quarter

• year

• previous three quarters

* reports (samples on back) include:

• trial balances

• income statement

• balance sheet

• special accounts reports and more

* user formats reports with the following designated as you wish-

• titles

• headings

• account numbers

• descriptions

• subtotals

• totals

• skip lines

• skip pages

* up to eight levels of totals - fully user designated

* menu driven; easy to use; full screen prompting and cursor control

iCQ[nPlJTHQI>1ICSi

fV^ATV^KAATlCAL Af**_JCATlOJS S^ff-JX~£

50 N. PASCACK ROAD
SPRING VALLEY, NEW YORK 10977

NEW TOLL-FREE

ORDER LINE

(OUTSIDE OF N.Y. STATE)

(800) 431-2818

HOUR
24 ORDER
LINE

(914) 425-1535

PRICING MOD-I MOD-H

VERSION VERSION

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE $125 $225

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE $125 $225

GENERAL LEDGER $125 $225

PAYROLL $125 $225

INVENTORY $175 $275

INVOICING $150 $250

COORDINATED INVENTORY/INVOICING ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE $449 $749

COORDINATED AR-AP-GL $375 $675

COORDINATED AR-AP-GL with PAYROLL $495 $899

EXTENDED COORDINATED AR-AP-GL INVOICING/INVENTORY without PAYROLL $799 $1299

^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 167

H

CQinPLITHQWlCS

N
C.

• • • EVERYTHING FOR YOUR TRS-80 '• • •

TRS-80 Is a trademark of the Radio Shack Division of Tandy Corporation

niCROSOFT BASIC COMPILER

With TRSBO™ BASIC Compiler, your l^evel I! programs will run at record speeds!
Compiled [»T)grams execute an average of 3-10 times faster than programs run under
Level II. Make extensive use of integer operations, and get speeds 20-30 times faster
than the interpreter.

Best of all, BASIC Comisiler does it with BASIC, the language you already Know.
By compiling the same source code tfiat your current BASIC interprets. BASIC
Compiler adds speed with a minimum of effort

And you get more BASIC features to program with, since features of Micro-
soft's Version 5.0 BASIC interpreter are included in the package. Features like the
WHILE..WEND statement, long variable names, variable length records, and the CALL
statement make programming easier. An exclusive BASIC Compiler feature lets you
call FORTRAN and machine language subroutines much more easily than in Level II.

Simply type in and debug your program as usual, using the BASIC interpreter.
Then enter a command line telling the computer what to compile and what options
to use.

Voila! Highly optimized, Z-80 machine code that your computer executes in a
flash! Run it now or save it for later. Your compiled program can be saved on disk for
direct execution every time.

Want to market your programs? Compiled versions are ideal for distribution.
You distribute only the daject code, not the source, so your genius stays fully protected.

BASIC Compiler njns on your 7f?S-80'" Model I with 48K and disk drive. The
package includes BASIC Comf«ler, linking toader and BASIC library with complete
documentation $195.00

1980 INCOME TAX PAC

Completely Revised - Latest Tax Tables - Fully Tested - Complete Manual and Docu-
mentation. The new version of the Income Tax Pacs are full of error catching codes
making it impossible to make an error. Follow the simple Step By Step procedure that
makes tax preparation simple.

INCOME TAX PAC A <*19.95...Ca8sette)

For Level 11 16K Cassette Only
Does Fomi 1040 and 1040A

- Schedule A itemized deductions

- Schedule B interest and dividends

- Output to video display
Schedule TC tax computation

INCOME TAX PAC B M9.95...Cassette or Diskette)

For Level II 1 6K with or without printer...cassette or disk has all features of Income Tax
Pac A Plus works with or without line printer.

- Fomriats Fonn 1040 and 1040A for standard tax forms

- Schedule C income from a personally owr>ed business

- Form 2106 employee business expense

PROFESSIONAL INCOME TAX PAC C *99.95..JMskette

For Level II 32K with disk and printer (optional)

Has all features of Income Tax Pac B Plus automatic memory storage for income iax.

preparers.

- 22 additional schedules and forms

- Formats forms for individual or tractor feed printing

MOD II CPA VERSICm *199.95

WINS

AVERAGE PROHT

OUARAKreED PROrii gj^ places 32% AT ALL TRACKS- 1978

SHOWS

THE HORSE SELECTOR II (FLATS) (By Dr. Hal Davis «50.00

New simfrfified version of the original Horse Selector. The first Horse Selection System

to actually calculate the estimated odds of each horse.

HIGHER PROFTTS (OVER 100%) POSSIBLE TTIROCJGH SELECTIVE BETTIMG CM:

• Rates each horse in 10 seconds,

• Easy to follow rules.

• Can be used with any Apple 11 Computer.

• 100% money back guarantee (retumed for any reason).

• Uses 4 factors (speed rating, track variant, distance of the present race, distance of
the last race).

• Using the above factors, the Horse Selector calculates the estimated odds. BET
on horses whose actual payoff (from the Tote Board or Morning Lines) is higher
than payoff based on estimated odds.

• Using the above factors, the Horse Selector calculates the estimated odds. BET
on any selected horse with an estimated payoff (based on Tote Board or Moming
Urws) higher than calculated payt^ (based on Horse Selector II),

• Source listing for the TRS«)'". Tl-59, HP-67, HP-41 . Apple and BASIC Computers,

• Mo computer or calculator necessary (although a calculator woukl be helpful for
the simple divisitxi used to calculate estimated odds).

FREE Dutdilno Tables allows beOing on 2 or more horses with a guaranteed profit

NEWDOS/80

A New enhanced MEWDOS for TRS-80" Model I for the 1980s

Apparat Inc., announces the most poweri'ul Disk Operating System for the
TRSSO". It has been designed for the soji^isticated user arxl professional programmer
who demands the ultimate in disk operating systems.

NEWDOS/80 is not meant to replace the present version of MEWDOS 2. I
which satisfies most users, but is a carefully planned upward enhancement which
significantly extends MEWDOS 2. Vs capabilities. This new m«nber to the Apparat
MEWDOS' family is upward compatible with present MEWDOS 2. 1 and is supplied on
Diskette, complete with enhanced MEWDOS + utility programs and docunnentation.
Some of the MEWDOS/80 features are:

• Mew BASIC commands that supports with variable record lengths up to 4095
Bytes long.

• Mew BASIC commands that supports with variable record lengths up to 4095
Bytes long.

• ^Ux or match disk drives. Supports any track count from 18 to 80. Use 35, 40 or
77 track 5" mini disk drives or 8" disk drives, or any combination.

• A security boot-up for BASIC or machine code application programs. User never
sees "DOSREADY' or "'READY' and is unable to "BREAK", clear screen, or
issue any direct BASIC statement including "LIST. "

• New editing commands that allow program lines to be deleted from one location
and moved to another or to allow the duplication trf a program line with the
deletion of the original.

• Enhanced and improved RENUMBER that allows relocation of subroutines.

• Powerful program chaining.

• Device hanging for routing to display and printer simultaneously.

• CDE function; simultaneous striking of the C, D and E keys wilt allow user to
enter a mini-DOS to perform some DOS commands without disturbing the
resident program.

• Upward compatible with MEWDOS 2. 1 and TRSDOS 2.3.

• Includes Superzap 3.0 and all Apparat 2.1 utilities.
«149.00

STOCK MARKET MONITOR

Galactic Software Ltd.

CASSETTE VERSION *89.00

DISK VERSION M9.00

1 . The system is designed for the active "trader" not the "long term" investor, as
the system is "technically" oriented.

2. For the TR&BO" Model 1. Level II. 1 6K or more. Available in both disk and tape
versions.

3. Tracks user selected issues, in a technical system that reflects the issue's
performance against the overall market.

4. Set up data is input by the user from the Standard and Poors stock guide or
Value Line.

5. Daily issue data, "high", ""low", ""close" and 'volume ' are input from any news-
paper containing this infon-nation.

6. Daily overall market, '"volume" and "closing Dow' are also provided from a
newspaper.

7. Volume and price changes of an issue, as they compare to volume an price
changes of the overall market, are the basis of this system's analysis of the given
issue.

8. Comparisons of the issue against itself are also done. This may allow the user
to spot ""unusual" activity on this issue.

9. Clear indications are given as to whether the issue is "out performing", "under
performing" or "performing" with the market.

10. Complete video and printed output is provided.

1 1 , This program is intended to be a guide to indications, and is not to be used as a
sole recommendation to buy, sell or hold an issue. These decisions are the
responsibility of the user and his brokerage.

ORDER LINE

MKn-mfJvtrcAi. A^njCdnavE scnvcc'

^-9

50 N. PASCACK ROAD
SPRING VALLEY, NEW YORK 10977
HOUR ^^^
24 ORDER i^SSf

WAj-' LINE
^-^ (914) 425-1535

ADD S2.00 FOR SHIPPING IM UPS AREAS
ADD 53.00 FOR C.O.D. OR NON-UPS AREAS

(OUTSIDE OF N.Y. STATE)

(800) 431-2818

* All orders processed

u^ithin 24-Hours „„(ee

* 30-Day money back ^
*onallSoftu;arefle«?3

pendly /or handling)

ADD S4.00 OUTSIDE U.SA. CANADA & MEXICO

168 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

CQIYIPLJTHQMICS

N
C.

• ••EVERYTHING FOR YOUR TRS-80 •••

* TRS-SO" is a trademark of the Radio Shack Division of Tandy Corporation

+ All orders processed within 24-Hours

MOD-II PROGRAMS

* 30-Da\j money back guarantee on all TRSDOS Software
* Add $2.00 for shipping in VPS Areas
* Add $3.00 for C.O.D. or NON-UPS Areas
* Add $4.00 outside U.S.A., Canada & Mexico
■* We will match any bonafide advertised price
in any of the Major Computer Magazines

A

L
L

S
O

F
T
W
A
R
E

LISTED
HERE

w
o

R
K
S

W
I

T
H

T
R
S
D
O
S*

(1) ELECTRIC PENCIL (Michael Shrayer Software)
Complete word processor with eitensive editing and
printer totmalting features .$325 (STANDARD
TRSDOS VERSION) . $350 (DIABLO, NEC ORQUME
TRSDOS VERSION).

(2) GENERAL LEDGER. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE,
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, INVENTORY CONTROL.
INVOICING AND PAYROLL (Small Busmess Systems
Group), .an extensive business system for the serious
user. ..can be used one module at a lime or as a co-
ordinated system. $225. ..per module $1299 tor the
complete system

(3) GENERAL LEDGER. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE,
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, INVENTORY CONTROL
AND PAYROLL (Compumax) a compiete user ori-
ented business system can be used one module at a
time or as a coordinated system., $140 per module
S995 tor the complete system

[4f MOD-II UTILITY PACKAGE [Racet Computes) .
adds important utilities Lo THSDOS .copy files
selectively faster and mare accurate file copying
repair bad directones ..displays sorted directory of
all files on 1 to 4 disk drives .SUPERZAP change
disk ID . and more $150

(SJ ADVENTURE #1-«9 iScolt Adams - Adventure
International) .a senes of games formally only
available on the large computers .your goal is to work
your way through a maze of obstacles in order to
recover a secret treasure or complete a mission the
package includes all 9 Adventures written by Scott
Adams $99.95

(5) GSF [Racet Computers) Generalized Sutirauline
Facility ..a series of super fast machine language
utilities that can be called from a BASIC program (no
macfiine language knowledge required) sorts 1000
items in under 5 seconds., allows PEEK and POKE
Statements, move data blocks., compress and un-
compress data., works under TRSDOS $50

(7) DSM (Racet Computes). ..Disk Sort Merge, sorts
and merges large multiple diskette files on a 1 to 4
drive system NOT AN IN MEUORV SORT can
actually alphabetize [or any other type of sort) 4 disk
drives worth of data, sorts one complete disk of
information In 10 minutes, information is provided lo
use DSM with the RS MAILING PROGRAM works
under TRSDOS. $150

(B) RSM (Small System^ Software) ..a machine
language monitor and disassembler .can be used to
see and modify memory or disk sectors., contains all
the commands found on the Model-I version plus
some additional commands for the MOD-II. .works
under TRSDOS.. $39 95.

(9) BLINK BASIC LINK FACILITY [Racet Computes).
Link from one BASIC program to another saving all
variables. ..chain programs without losing variables
. $50

(10) BASIC CROSS REFERENCE UTILITY (Racet
Computes) ..lists all variables and strings used in a
program (with the line numbers in which they appear)

.lists all GOTO's and GOSUB's (with the line num-
bers in which they appear), .searches for any specific
variables or strings (with the line number in which
they appear). .$50

(11) DEVELOPMENT PACKAGE (Racet Computes) .
SUPERZAP (lo see, print or change any byte on a
diskette) Disassembler and WOO-II interface to the

MICROSOFT EDITOR ASSEMBLER PLUS including

uploading services and patches for Disk I/O .assemble
directly into memory, save all or portions of source
to disk .dynamic debug facility (ZBUG)...entended
editof commands . $125.

(12) HARD/SOFT DISK SYSTEM (Racet Computes)
The software essential to interface any of the popular
large hard disk drives. ..completely compatible with
your existing software and files., allows up to 20
megabytes or storage (and larger) .directory expand-
able to handle thousands ot files. $400

(13) CAMEO HARD DISK DRIVE CONTROLLER

coming soon (November 1')

(14) HARD DISK DRIVES., coming soon (Nov n).

(15) H A E COMPUTRON1CS, INC. SHARE-A-
PROGRAM DISKETTE #1.. works under TRSDOS a
collection of programs written by MOD-II owners
programs include data base management a word
processor mail system .mortgage calculations
checkbook register.. .and many others ..SB (add $3
postage outside of the United States, Canada and
Mexico) FREE if you send us a diskette containing
a program that can be added lo the SHARE-A-PRO-
GRAM DISKETTE.

(IB) WABASH CERTIFIED DISKETTES .539 95 (per

box of 10)

(17) FLIP SORT DISKETTE STORAGE TRAY ..Stores
50 diskettes .comes complete with index-dividers, tilt
plates and adjustable spacing. $44 95.

(18) MASTER PAC 100. 100 essential programs .
BUSINESS PERSONAL FINANCE STATISTICS .
MATH .Gambling GAUES .includes 125 page
manual and 2 diskettes $99.95

(19) BUSINESS PAC 100.100 essential business
programs .INVENTORY CONTROL. PAYROLL .
BOOKKEEPING SYSTEM.. STOCK CALCULA-
TIONS. .CHECKBOOK MAINTENANCE .AC-
COUNTS RECEIVABLE. ..ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
includes 125 page manual and two diskettes $149.95

(20) EDITOR ASSEMBLER (Galactic Software Lid.)
the first user oriented Editor Assembler lot the
MODEL II and was designed to utilise all the features
ot the MODEL II It includes innovative features for
ease of coding and debugging and complete docu-
mentation (over 120 pages) works under TRSDOS

. $229 00

(21) BASIC COMPILER (Microsoft) changes your
source programs into machine language .increases
program execution by 3-10 times. .$395

(22) MAIL/FILE SYSTEM from Galactic Software Ltd.
stores ?,500 names per disk No sorting time is
required since the tile is automatically sorted by first
and last name plus Zip Code on input Retrieve by any
combination of 19 user codes. Supports an 11 digit
alphanumerica Zip Supports a message line Comes
complete with user-oriented documentation (100-
page manual) Allows tor company name and individ-
ual of a company and complete phone number (and
extension) .works under TRSDOS. $199 00

(23) INCOME TAX PAC. Professional income tax
package most (orms and schedules. ..output to video
or line printer . automatic memory storage of all
information data can be loaded from diskette,
changed and edited . built in error checking ..$199 95

(24) COMPUTER GAMES (SBSG). Mean Checker
Machine, Stai-Trek III, Concentration, Treasure Hunt,
Banco, Dog Star Adventure. $74.95.

•CQiriPUTHQI^lCS

I ^9

l^rtATV^fVlATlf

50 N. PASCACK ROAD
SPRING VALLEY. NEW YORK 10977

'.MiPK\ -^ - HOUR
^^^24 ORDER
LINE

NEW TOLL-FREE
ORDER LINE

(OUTSIDE OF NY, STATE)

(800) 431-2818

(1) CP/M (Lifeboat Associates) an alternative

operating system tot the MOD-II that allows MOD-II

owners to use any ot the hundreds of programs
available under CP/M. .,$170

(2) CP/M HANDBOOK... (Sybex)...a step-by-step
guide to CP/M. takes the reader through each of the
CP/M commands, numberous sample programs,
practical hints., reference tables.. $13 95.

(3) GENERAL LEDGER, ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE,
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, INVENTORV CONTROL,
AND PAYROLL (Peachtree Software) ..requires CP/M
and MICROSOFT BASIC professional business
systems . turn key operation .can be used as single
modules or as a coordinated system .$500 pet
module... 12500 for the complete system

(4) WORD-STAR The ultimate word processor a
menu dnven word processing system that can be used
with any printer Alt standard word processing
commands are included, .plus many unique com-
mands only (ound on WORD STAR... requires CP/M

$495

(5) MAIL LIST MERGE .An add on package that
allows the user to send form letters (created on
WORD-STAR) to any compiled mailing list (using any
CP/M based MAIL program such as the PEACHTREE
MAIL PROGRAM), requires CP/M, WORD STAR and
andy CP/M based mail program $150

(6) SELECTOR III (Wicro-Ap) .complete data
management system., user dehned fields and codes...
manages any list defined by the user. ..includes
additional modules for simplified inventory control,
accounts receivable and accounts payable, .requires
CBASIC-2 .$295

(T) SELECTOR IV (Micro-Ap) the ultimate data
management system., all features use theSELECTOR
til plus data file format conversions. ..lull page report
formatter, .computations, global search and replace
.hard disk compatible. ..data/text merging .$550

(S) GLECTOR (f^icro-Ap). add on package to the
SELECTOR .general ledger that allows the user to
deline a customized chart ot accounts S350

(9) CBASIC-2. ..a non-interactive BASIC used for
many programs that run under CP/M allows user to
make mote efficient use ot disk tiles .eliminates the
use of most line number references require on such
programs as the SELECTOR. ,.$120.

(10) MICROSOFT BASIC, an enhanced version of the
MICROSOFT BASIC tound on TRSDOS adds
commands such as chaining (allows the user to LOAD
and RUN a new program without losing the variables
currently in memory), long variable length tile
records, WHILE/WEND and others can be used with
the BASIC COMPILER to speed up programs (3-10
times taster execution) $325

(11) MASTER TAX {CPAidsJ . professional tax
preparation program., prepares schedules. A, B, C, D,
E, F, G, R/RP. SE, TO, ES and forms 2106, 2119, 2210
3468, 3903, 2441, 4625, 4726, 4797, 4972, 5695 and
6521 Printing can be on readily available pre-pnnted
continuous forms, on overlays, or on computer
generated IRS approved forms Maintains dint history
files interactive with CP/Aids General Ledger.. $995,

(12) GENERAL LEDGER II (CPAids). designed for
CPA's.. stores complete 12 month detailed history of
transactions generates financial statements,
depreciation, loan amortizations, journals, trial
balances, statements of changes in financial position,
and compilation letters... includes payroll system with
automating posting lo general ledgers .pnnts
payroll register, W2's and payroll checks... $450.

(13) ELECTRIC PENCIL (Michael Shrayer Software)
. Complete word processor with extensive editing
and printer formatting features $275 (Standard
printer version) .$300 (DIABLO, NEC Or OUME

version)

(14) BASIC COMPILER (Microsott) .changes your
source programs into machine language . increases
program execution by 3-10 times. .$395

- (CP/M IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK
OF DIGITAL RESEARCH)

(914) 425-1535

A
L

L

P
R
O
G
R
A
M
S

LISTED
HERE

< ■

R

E

Q

U

I

R

E

C
P

/
M*

NEW!!!

MOD-U NEWSLETTER
Sia/year Cor la i»sue«3

t^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 169

REVIEW

An overvie\^) of this powerful series of programs.

Racet's Infinite BASIC

Infinite BASIC
(Model I Tape or Disic)
RACET Computes
Orange, CA
$49.95

Ronald H. Bobo

3246 Gravois

St. Louis, MO 63118

Sooneror later, programmers
may feel that their BASIC in-
terpreters are not quite powerful
enough.

For TRS-80 owners, however,
the day may approach when
there will be more interpreters
available than ever hoped for.

At Racet Computes in Or-
ange, California, a program
called Infinite BASIC has orig-
inated. Actually, it's a series of
programs.

Infinite BASIC comes on cas-
sette, with tape and disk ver-
sions. The tape version contains
four modules, IBLOAD, MREL,
SREL and XREL A special ver-
sion of IBLOAD is provided for
disk. This is the Infinite BASIC
loader program, used to load all

the relocatable modules. In ad-
dition, another program, RE-
LOAD, is contained on the disk
version. This is used for initial
loading of the application mod-
ules to disk.

Thirty matrix and more than
50 string functions are con-
tained in Infinite BASIC. The
Business Module, which costs
an extra $29.95 and comes on a
separate tape, requires the main
program for utilization. It has an-
other 20 functions oriented
toward business use.

Each function may be select-
ed either individually or as a
group of functions.

Assembling

Let's go through the mechan-
ics of assembling an application
module. Following an example
in the user documentation, we
will load the following modules:
&SRTV, a multivariable sort
function; &SRV$, a random
string generation; &MSHP, a
matrix redimension and dele-
tion. (All functions, when used in
a BASIC program, start with the
character &.. When being assem-
bled into the application module
by IBLOAD, however, they must
be prefixed by @®}-

&SRTV and &SRV$ are con-
tained in the string module
SREL and &MSHP is in the
matrix module MREL Other rou-
tines in XREL will be required to

complete the application mod-
ule. XREL must be scanned last.
This particular example will
explain how to assemble a load
module from tape; disk opera-
tion is similar and complete in-
structions are contained in the
manual. Load the tape version
of the cassette into the recorder,
positioned to the first file on the
tape. Enter the following:

SYSTEM (ENTER)

IBLOAD (ENTER)

/ (ENTER) in answer to the prompt after

IBLOAD is loaded.

The prompt message ENTER
SUBROUTINE NAMES RE-
QUIRED? should now appear on
the screen. Respond with the
function names required, one at
a time. Precede each name with
@ @ as in the following:

ENTER SUBROUTINE NAMES REQUIRED?
@@SRTV (ENTER
? @@SRVS (ENTER)
? ®@MSHP (ENTER)
? (ENTER)

Now memory size parameters
must be specified, and there are
two ways. Using the L option, a
minimum low address some-
where below the top of memory
may be specified. Succeeding
components will be placed in
progressively higher locations.
Alternatively, a maximum high
address may be specified by us-
ing the H option. Each compo-

nent will then be placed in a pro-
gressively lower memory loca-
tion.

I have found it easier to use
the H option. This way, if I want
to include another program, for
example KBFIX, which resides
in the top of memory, I need only
specify a starting address below
the beginning of the other pro-
gram and Infinite BASIC will
build down from there.

Following the example from
the user's manual, we will start.
from the top of memory in a 16K
system. High address is 32767
in decimal or 7FFFH. Answer
the prompting messages as fol-
lows:

HIGH/LOW MEMORY ALL0CATI0N(H/L)?

H (ENTER)

ENTER STARTING ADDRESS? 32767

(ENTER)

The starting address may be ex-
pressed in either decimal or hex.
Remember to include H after the
number when using hex.

Response to the next prompt
should be T for tape users:

DISK/TAPE INPUT(Drn? T (ENTER)
READY CASSETTE PRESS (ENTER)

IBLOAD will now scan MREL,
selecting @@MSHP in the pro-
cess, then will list a number of
entries not found. User speci-
fied modules will be identified
by two @ @ symbols. All others

170 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1961

are system entries which are
contained in XREL @@SRTV
and @@SRV$ wtii be found in
our iist, the oniy two user en-
tries.

READY CASSETTE wiil ap-
pear twice more. Press the EN-
TER key each time to scan SREL
and XREL

After scanning, memory us-
age vaiues wiil be dispiayed as
foliows:

MEMORY START = X'ssss'.END =
X'eeee'.TBA = X'402D',DEFUSB =
X'DDDD' ssss = Starting location ol load
module m hex, eeee = Ending location of
load module in Uex. 402D - DOS return
(not used in tape system), dddd -
starting execution address in tiex.

Values of ssss and eeee shouid
be within the area to be speci-
fied as protected memory, and
memory size must be protected
before using the module. The
value of dddd will automatically
be placed at the USR transfer
location 16526.

The next prompting message
is: DUMP MEMORY TO TAPE
(Y/N)? Y (ENTER) Responding
with Y will initiate dumping of
the load module to tape. Rather
than going through all the pre-
ceding steps, you will be ableto
load the module from its own
tape more quickly. Before re-
sponding to the READY CAS-
SETTE message, load a fresh
tape into the recorder, press the
PLAY and RECORD buttons,
then press ENTER.

The above load module tape
may be reloaded in the following
manner:

• Type SYSTEM, press EN-
TER

• Type IB, press ENTER. At

the next prompt, type / followed
by ENTER. Then type ?USR (1).

A 1 should now appear on the
screen, indicating that the pro-
gram has been initialized. After
one or two actual sessions, you
should have the procedure
down pat.

Now that you know how to
create and load a module, what
can you do with Infinite BASIC?
The permutations and combina-
tions seem endless.

Operations

Several short program list-
ings are given in the manual to il-
lustrate some of the operations
available. Most are concerned
with matrix manipulation and
matrix mathematics, including
the solving of simultaneous
equations by two different
methods.

Among other matrix demos is
a program which illustrates in-
putting and outputting of matrix
data to and from tape. Ideal for
moving large amounts of data
tape, the routines permit read-
ing and writing entire blocks of
data, with block checksums to
insure that the data read is cor-
rect. Block ID numbers are pro-
vided to allow automatic selec-
tion of data to be read.

Another short program dem-
onstrates the matrix shape
function, MSHP. This function
modifies the size and number of
dimensions of any array under
program control. The size of an
array may be increased or de-
creased, or deleted to free up
memory for other uses. The
demo, a program of only 11
lines, initializes a single-dimen-
sioned array, reshapes it to a

two-dimensional array for pro-
cessing, then deletes it.

Among the string function
demos is one which performs a
character by character transla-
tion of one string into another,
including translating from upper
and lowercase.

Other demos illustrate string
compression and decompres-
sion, string count and search
functions and screen control
functions. The latter are used
for drawing, erasing and scroll-
ing lines on the CRT.

Demos are also provided for a
fast string sort and a disk sort
routine.

Starting with string functions,
a partial listing of what Is avail-
able includes Compress Bytes
to 4, 5, 6 or 7-Bit Packed Format
and Decompress, Convert from
Upper to Lower and from Lower
to Uppercase, String Count,
Compress String, String Matrix
Copy, Draw and Erase Horizon-
tal or Vertical Lines, Decom-
press String, Delete Substring.

Also, String Invert, Left Justi-
fy, String Left Shift, String Right
or Left Rotate and Truncate,
Character String Sort, Multivari-
able Sort, Scroll Screen up and
down, left and right; String Text
Center, String Insert, String Text
Justify, String Text Pack, String
Verify and others.

Implementation Is short. For
example, the following line of
BASIC, 100 J = &SSCL(8) will
scroll everything on the screen
eight spaces left, providing, of
course, that you have the proper
module in memory.

Now on to the matrix func-
tions, which include Matrix Add,
Divide, Multiply or Subtract in

order by index. Matrix Copy, Ma-
trix Element Add, Divide, Multi-
ply or Subtract in sequential
order. Matrix Read Restore, Ma-
trix Read Tape, Matrix Scalar
Add, Multiply, Subtract and Div-
ide, Matrix Transpose, Matrix
Write Tape, and Deactivate In-
finite BASIC.

This is a partial listing of ma-
trix functions. Two more func-
tions included in the MREL mod-
ule deserve mention. They are
&PLUG and &PLUK. Similar to
POKE and PEEK, they differ in
that, rather than one byte, a two-
byte word is operated on.

This is among the applica-
tions which come to mind for In-
finite BASIC. By combining
some of the string manipulation
functions from SREL with In-
finite Business, it should be pos-
sible to write a super word-pro-
cessor in BASIC.

Gripes

In addition to the good things,
I can't end without adding one
or two gripes.

The manuals are not easy, I
believe that if Racet had ex-
plained the functions of Infinite
BASIC more thoroughly it would
have helped. While an advanced
programmer should have no
trouble understanding the vari-
ous functions, I would not rec-
ommend this package to the be-
ginner or moderately experi-
enced.

I am looking forward to future
releases in this series, one of
which should be a promising
graphics module.

Now you know why it's called
Infinite BASIC. There may be no
end! ■

Let us know 8 weeks in advance so that you won't miss a single issue of 80 Microcomputing. I

Attach old label where indicated and print new address in space provided. Also include your [

mailing label whenever you write concerning your subscription. It helps us serve you promptly. .

n Address change only D Extend subscription D Enter new subscription I

□ 1 year $18.00 D Payment enclosed □ Bill me later |

If you have no label handy, print OLD address here

print NEW address here

CD Name

•a:

>< Address
^ City

State

Zip

Name

Address
City

State

Zip

80 MICROCOMPUTING P.O. Box 981 • Farmingdale NY 11737

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 171

HARDWARE

Hardware care for cassette I/O problems.

Audio Interface

Howard F. Batie W7BBX
12002 Cheviot Drive
Herndon, VA 22070

Many useful additions are
available both commer-
cially and as do-it-yourself con-
struction projects that make the
TRS-80 even more enjoyable.
The combination of hardware
and software described for this
Audio Interface offer the follow-
ing features:

• Data conditioning for accu-
rate CLOADs

• Cassette dubbing

• Aural and visual monitoring

• TRS-80 Internal cassette re-
lay protection

• Manual control of the cas-
sette recorder without having to
unplug the MIC plug

• Keystroke debouncing

• Audio "beep" with each
keystroke

• Automatic keystroke repeat

Data Conditioning

The first and most important
function of the TRS-80 Audio In-
terface is to condition the ana-
log data read from the cassette
Into clean pulses for loading.
When performing its second

function— saving data— these
pulses should be recorded as a
digital stream (square waves),
instead of analog variations. Un-
fortunately this is not easy to do
unless you have an expensive
digital recorder.

The CTR-41 and CTR-80 do
not fall into this category, but
the cassette recordings can be
squared-up with an external cir-
cuit. This allows your tapes to
be accurately loaded into the
TRS-80 without being overly sen-
sitive to a particular volume set-
ting. And as long as the data
stream is being processed be-
tween the recorder and comput-
er, it's quite easy to tap into the
appropriate spot and incorpo-
rate the capability to dub from
one recorder to another without
having to CLOAD the program
into the computer and then
CSAVE It onto a second tape.

Two basically different ap-
proaches have been described.

Typical of the first approach
is the E-Z Loader described in 73
Magazine, September, 1979; and
typical of the second Is the Data
Dubber by The Peripheral Peo-
ple, as described in 80 Micro-
computing February, 1980. The
basic difference between the
two is that, in the E-Z Loader de-
sign, the incoming audio signal
from the cassette triggers a

Fig. 1. TRS-80 Audio Interface

172 " 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

monostable multivibrator (one-
shot) to generate digital pulses,
whereas the Data Dubber (Fig. 2)
uses a signal-shaping technique
to condition the recorded ana-
log signal into a digital signal
stream.

Although either could be used
as the basis for the interface I
had in mind, I opted for the lat-
ter. I sent for the Dubber in PC
board form and designed the
TRS-80 Audio Interface around
it. Fig. 1 shows the complete
schematic of the Audio inter-
face.

When the Dubber arrived, I
was pleased with the high qual-
ity of the PC board provided
(even solder masked!); it worked
perfectly the first time power
was applied.

Several improvements have
been made to the basic circuit
since it was first published, so
the complete up-to-date sche-
matic is given in Fig. 3.

Audio Interface

The TRS-80 Audio Interface
consists of a single integrated
circuit, the LM-324, which is a
very versatile quad op amp sell-
ing for about $1.50 at Radio
Shack. This IC runs on a single
3-30-volt power supply, draws
only two to three milliamperes
at 12 volts and tracks input volt-
ages right down to parts of a mil-
livolt above ground.

In addition, each op amp can
sink up to five milliamperes or
source up to 25 milliamperes do.
R1C1 and R2C2 form a resistive
audio mixer for the data lines to
and from the TRS-80, so that
either the computer input or out-
put can be monitored without
having to manually switch be-
tween the two signal lines. How-
ever, only one line will be active
at any one time.

The audio amp can handle an
input signal from one millivolt
RMS to well over 10 volts RMS.

<2>

0"

O VAr-

±1

o \4~ o

^1 o

RZ RI8

O WA o

A GND

ft

Fig. 2. Data Dubber Parts Layout

MARK GORDON

COMPUTERS

DIVISION OF MARK GORDON ASSOCIATES, INC,
P.O. Box 77, Charleslown, MA 02129
'^^''0 (617)4917505

CO/viPOTERS

16K Model 111 859.00

Model-ll 64K System, 3499.00

DISK DRIVES

40 Track S'-a inch drive , . , , 3 19.00

77 Triick 5ia inch drive 549.00

4 Disk Drive Cable 39.00

PRIMTERS

Centronics 730 599.00

Centronics 779-2 799.00

Centronics 737 849.00

Epson MX80 499.00

integral Data 440G 999.0O

NEC 5510w-(ractof 2679.00

Okidata Microline 80 S99.00

MISC HARDWARE

Expansion int, TRS-80(OI<) 249.00

Novation Cat modem i 59.00

\ 6I< Memory Kit 49.00

Leedex Monitor 109.00

Printer Cable for above . 49.00

ISO-2 isolator 54.00

AC LINE FILTER 24.00

STORAGE MEDIA

Verbatim-box I 0-5''4 25.00

Memorex-box 1 0-5 '-'a 22.00

Plastic Storage Box , , 5.00

OPERATING SYSTEMS

NEWDOS by APPARAT INC 49.00

NEWDOS+ by APPARAT INC 99.00

MMS FORTH DISKETTE-PRIMER, 79.95

DISKETTE TRS-80*
BUSINESS SOFTWARE BY SBSG

Free enhancements and upgrades to registered owners for
tlie cost of media and mailing 30 day free lelepFione sup-
port User reference on request
Fully Interactive Accounting Package, Cenerai Ledger,

Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable and Payroll.

Report Generating.

Complete Package (requires 3 or 4 drives) $475.00

Individual Modules (requires 2 or 3 drives) $125.00

Inventory II- (requires Z or 3 drives) $ 99.00

Mailing List Name &, Address II

(requires 2 dnves] $129.00

Intelligent Terminal System ST-80 III, $1 50.00

The Electric Pencil from Michael Sfirayer $1 50.00

File Management System: $ 49.00

FINE PRINT
TRS-80 IS aTandyCorDoration Iradematk Useol above operalmg sys-
lems may reqjue Ihe use ot Radio ShacK TRS-DOS Radio Shack
eguipmetH subiect to Ifie aiII and whim of Radio Shack

ORDERING INFORMATION

We accept Visa and Mastercriarge We will shipC D, cerlided Check

or money orders only Massachusells tesidents add 5 percent sales tai

To order call toll-free 1-800-343-5206
For information call 617-491-7505

The Company cannol b« liable tor pictorial or typographical inaccuracies.

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 173

Fig. 3. Data Dubber Schematic

Since the op amp output impe-
dance is very iow, a current-lim-
iting resistor (R8) is used in se-
ries with the eight-ohm speaker.
A roomful of sound can be had
with this handy iittie building
biock, yet it draws oniy about
8-10 mA at fuii voiume. A third
section of the LM-324 is used as
a voitage foiiower to provide suf-
ficient current to drive the LED
whlie isolating it from the Dub-
ber output signai line.

An additional 12 V dc relay is
included in the TRS-80 Audio In-
terface so that the DIP relay in
the TRS-80 does not have to
switch the cassette recorder
motor current. The coil current
of relay K1 is about 10 mA. SI al-
lows manual operation of the re-
corder without having to unplug
the cassette MIC plug. See also
Fig. 4.

The Data Dubber is designed
to operate from a nine-volt bat-
tery. Although it is fairly tolerant
of some supply voltage varia-
tion, the diode string D2-D6 is in-
cluded to drop the Audio Inter-
face 12-volt supply down to nine
volts. R12 provides a constant

COMPUTER INTERFACES
& PERIPHERALS

• POS-100 NRZl TAPE DRIVE CONTROLLER/FORMATTER Now your
micro can read and write i BM/ANSI compatibie NRZl format 9-tracls magnetic

tapes. The POS-I 00 consists of S-1 00 bus card, 6' ribbon cable, tape drive controller
card, cabie lo Perlec-Standard NRZ1 Tape drive, pius documentation and Z-80 or
8080 software (specifiy). Power is derived from tape drive and S-100 bus. Ship Wt,:
10 lbs. Suggested Retaii Price $995.00

• POS 103/202 "MIX or MATCH" MODEM - Unique PCS control design permits
use Jn one housing of both Beli-compatibie 103 10-300 baud] and 202 (0-1200

baud) modem moduies originaliy made by VADIC Corp. for a teiephone company
subsidiary, FEATURES; RS-233 serial Interface, auto-answer, auto-dial, LED
dispiay, telephone line interface via acoustic coupler, manuai DAA, or auto-answer
DAA {sold separately), FULLY ADJUSTED; no special tools required. 3,000 mile
range over standard dial -up telephone lines. Ship wl, : 15 lbs.

PRICES POS 103 Modem - S199.95; POS 202 Modem - $299.95;

POS 202 Modem w/Auto.Answcr - $349.95; POS 103/202 Modem - $499.95;
l-CC-Approved Auto-Answer DAA - 1125,00; Acoustic Coupler - $29.95.

• POS DAISY-WHEEL PRINTER INTERFACE for TRS-80 - Will drive Diablo
HyType i, HyType li, and Qunie Q and Sprint 3 printers. Includes IK user-

avaiUble memory for custom print routines (such as graphics, bidirectional print-
ing, eicj. Programmed lo respond to print commands from BASIC ELECTRIC
PENCIL™ jnd SCRIPSIT^M software. Draws its power from printer. Ship wt.:

5 lbs. Price $250.00

Cables, each (Specify HyType I, HyType II, or Qume) $ 25.00

• POS ASCII INTERFACE for IBM I/O SELECTRIC ■ Thu Centronics-style
parallel printer interlace will drive an IBM Model 731 or 735 I/O typewriter

(LBCD and Correspondence codes). No software needed, Features on-board EPROM
which holds up to S ASCIi-to-IBM code tables for different type spheres. Closed-
loop operation runs at maximum printer speed; slops and Starrs on a single character
without loss of data. Requires +12VDC and tSVDC power source. Ship wt.:

5 lbs. Price $249.95

Power Supply (*5VDC, -H2VDC, -*24VDC for Solenoid!, on Printer) . , , ,S 49.95

• CONVERT OFFICE SELECTRIC TO I/O TYPEWRITER - Kit includes
assembled solenoids, switches, wire harness, magnet driver PCB pius instructions

for installation and mCPU interface. Price 5150,00

• "FORMALINER" Variable Width Forms Tractor lor 15" Sclectrics . , , $95.00

• GTE Model 560 ASCII SELECTRIC I/O Terminal -With RS-2 32 Serial Interface
and digital cassette deck for use as memory typewriter. Ship wt,: 100 lbs.

Price, tesled and adiusted , 51,195,00

• POS ASCII IBM SELECTRIC PRINTER 15" Sciectric from GTl=- terminal
cleaned and adjusted with POS Centronics-style ASCII printer interface. UC/LC,

carbon and fabric ribbons. Compatible with TRS-SQ, Apple, SOL and other CPU
parallel printer ports. Ship wt,; 75 lbs. Price . . ' $895.00

PACIFIC OFFICE SYSTEMS ^'53

918 Industrial Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94303 (415) 493-7455

If you're looking
for the best prices
in the U.S.A. on

TRS-80

MICROCOMPUTERS

We are consistently offering the TRS-80 line at savings
up to 20% which means you can save $150 to $1500 by
buying directly from Computer Discount of America.

Our savings are as big on all TRS-80 systems, hardvi/are,
accessories, and software, and, most models are in stock
for immediate delivery (usually within 7-10 days).

TRS-80 Model I. Model II, Model III, Pocl<et Computer,

Color Computer, ATARI ModeUOO, and Model 800 —

we have them all! They are brand new, in factory-sealed

cartons, and carry a full factory warranty.

OurTRS-80 computers are pure Radio Shack Factory

built — no add-on, untested memory chips from us!

So, if you're looking for the

best prices in the U.S.A., for

microcomputers, and

accessories . . . CALL

TOLL FREE: 800-526-5313

Computer Discount of

America, West Milford Mall

West Milford, N. J. 07480

201-728-8080. '^3/2

Computer
Discount

of America

NO TAX ON OUT-OF-STATE
SHIPMENTS.

AUTHORIZED
TRS-80® DEALER

174 • 80 Microcomputing. January 1961

Why Do Professionals Prefer

BECAUSE

• Unique software • Technical support • Quick
delivery • Established company • Release 2
CP/M' (some packages under UNIX' anaTRSDBS

• QualiTy soltware • In-house expertise • Fast
response • User orientation • Connpetitiue prices

• Cuslomer service • \fetba'lm'* meOia • Onyi
hardware iCP'M and UNIX versions)

Business
Medical
Real Estate
Computer Systems

BECAUSE

Uniqub swift routing cybernetics response system
givfs >uij no nonsense technical answers that save
you lime Call 1714)848-1922.

NEW nM/COBOL' applications:

• Order Entry/Inventory • Receivable! ■ Payable* •
General Ledger • Financial Modeling • Client Account-
ing— and more on the way!

NEW CBASIC2' applications:

• REAP (Real Estate Acquisition Package).

Software from Cybernetics?

RM/COBOL~Ttie new slandard lor microcomputer COBOL!! Ttie only COBOL
tor CP/M (alio on TRSDOS A UNIX) witti alternate keys (multi-key ISAM), CRT
screen tiandling, Interactive debug, and the most useful Level 2 features. Compat-
ible wllti RSCOBOL'— bul runs faster.

Plus eiisting CBASIC2 packages
APH lAutomated Patient History)

Osborne & Assoc —Payroll • PayatjIes.fleceivabJes • General Lodger
NAD" (Name arid Address)
PMS (Properly Management System)

Inquire for details

Tradernarks Of" Ryan-WcFarland Corp . ■Compiler Systems. Inc . 'Digital Research. 'Bell
Telephone LaDoralories. Inc . '■Tandy Corp . "Verbatim. Inc . Cybernetics Inc -Strut
tured Systems Group. Inc . 'Small Business Aoplications tnc

TRS-80*, Model II CP/M— Ttie fastest Mod II CP/M wltti Itie most lealures. Out-
standing teaching documenlallon tor newcomers to CP/M, multiple CRT emula-
tion, down loading package, support lor CORVUS 10 Mb tiard dl*k. M«ny addi-
tional user-orlenled features.

And system software packages

MAGIC WAND" Editing'Word Processing
CBASIC2 Compiler BASIC
QSORT- Soil Merge Package

(^'

BEFtNET I CS

8041 Newman Ave , Suite 208
Huntington Beach. CA 92647
(714) 848-1922

PRINTERS & CRT'S From Orange micro

CENTRONICS 737 C^.T.Sv)

Word Processing Print Quality

• 18 X 9 dot matrix; suitable for word
processing • Underlining • proportional
spacing • right margin justification • serif
typeface • 50/80 CPS • dVz" Pin
Feed/Friction feed • Reverse Platen •
80/132 columns

CENTRONIC 737-1

(List $995)

$Call

EPSON MX80

Low-Priced

Professional Print Quality

"9x9 dot matrix • Lower case descenders
• 80 CPS • Bidirectional, Logic seeking •
40, 66, 80, 132 columns per line • 64 special
graphic characters: TRS-80 Compatible •
Forms fiandling • Multi-pass printing • Ad-
justable tractors

TELEVIDEO CRT'S

PRICES SLASHED!

TVI912C
TVI 920C

}

Please Call Toll Free
Prices are too low to
advertise

PRINTERS

ANACOM 150 150 CPS. wide carriage, 9 x 9 dot (List $1350) $ Call

CENTRONICS 737 Text processing dot matrix (Radio Shack LP IV) $ Call

CENTRONICS 730 (Radio Shack Line Printer II) 639

BASE 2 800B graphics printer (List $699)$649

OKIDATA MICROLINE 80 (List) $800) 599

NEL 5530-5 letter quality, RO, parallel, tractors (List $2970)$2549

MALIBU Dot graphics, 132 Col, Letter quality $Call

PAPER TIGER IDS 440 w/graphics & 2K buffer (List $1094) 939

QUME5/45 Typewriter quality (List $2905) 2499

INTERFACE EQUIPMENT

APPLE II — BASE 2 parallel grapfiics interface board 160

SSM AlO BOARD Serial/Parallel interface board (List $225) 199

TRS-80 CABLES expansion interface or direct $Call

TOLL FREE (800) 854-8275

CA, AL, HI (714)630-3322 caii for free catalog

A

EPSON MX60

{List $645)

scan

Phone orders WELCOM E. Same day
shipment tor VISA, MASTER
CHARGE, and AMERICAN EX-
PRESS. Personal checks require 2
weeks to clear. Add 3% for ship-
ping and handling. Calitornia resi-
dents add 6%, Manufacturer's
warranty included. Prices subject to
revision.

Orange

micro. Inc.

3148 E. La Palma, Suite E
Anaheim, CA 92806

TRS-80 AUDIO INTERFACE

aUTO COHP

Fig. 4. Front Panel Layout Template

current drain through the diode
string and therefore, a constant
nine-volt output from the diode
string. Above a few miliiamps of
current, the voltage drop across
each siiicon diode is fairly con-
stant at about 0.6 volts no mat-
ter how much current is drawn.
Without this load resistor, the
Dubber would see 12 volts when
off and nine volts when on (no
current, no voltage drop, right?).
The TRS-80 Audio Interface
shown In Fig. 1 was built into a
separate cabinet {LMB ME-583)
for cosmetic purposes and also
to protect the audio circuits
from ac power supply hum. A
home-made PC board was used
in the prototype for all parts
shown within the heavy solid
outline.

The interface PC board and
the Dubber PC board were then
mounted side by side in the cab-
inet on one-inch bolts to provide
spacing from the chassis. An-
other identical cabinet houses
the 12-volt power supply for the
Interface and Dubber, and also
provides for a single ac switch
to turn on the TRS-80, cassette
recorder, video display and
Audio Interface simultaneously.
(See Fig. 5.)

The 110 V ac jacks can be
mounted on the rear panel, for a
neater appearance. A third
small cabinet houses a four-
inch, eight-ohm speaker; how-
ever, a smaller speaker could
easily be housed inside the Au-
dio Interface cabinet.

Interconnection between the

TRS-80, cassette recorder. Au-
dio Interface and power supply
is shown in Fig. 6. Due to the
physical size of the DIN plug fur-
nished with the TRS-80, it had to
be replaced with a slightly thin-
ner metal sleeve (RS #274-003) to
fit into the DIN jack on the Audio
Interface cabinet. A standard
male-DIN-to-male-DIN cable (RS
#42-2151) is used between the
TRS-80 and the Audio Interface
cabinet. The original cable fur-
nished with the TRS-80 is then
used between the cassette re-
corder and the Audio Interface.
With the TRS-80 Audio Inter-

face in the line, CLOADing and
CSAVEing are not changed, ex-
cept that they are much more re-
liable. No change in the cas-
sette recorder volume setting is
needed between CLOAD and
CSAVE.

KBEEPFIX

Now that the hardware's
ready, what's available in the
way of software to make the
TRS-80 and Audio Interface real-
ly fun to use?

Perhaps the single, most ag-
gravating thing about the
TRS-80 is the key bounce. A

T — n:^

novae

CHASSIS-MOUNT
RECEPTACLES

Fig. 5. Power Supply Schematic

DISK DRIVE WOES? PRINTER INTERACTION?
MEMORY LOSS? ERRATIC OPERATION?

DON'T BLAME THE SOFTWARE!

lSO-1

ISO-2

Power Line Spikes, Surges & Hash could be the culprit!
Floppies, printers, memorv & processor often interact!
Our unique ISOLATORS eliminate equipment interaction
AND curb damaging Power Line Spikes, Surges and Hash.
•ISOLATOR (IS0-1A) 3 filter isolated 3-prong sockets;
integral Surga/Spjke Suppression; 1875 W Maximum load,

1 KW toad any socket $56.95

•ISOLATOR (IS0-2J 2 filter isolated 3-prong socket banks;

(6 sockets total); integral Spike/Surge Suppression;

1875 W Max load. 1 KW either bank $56.95

•SUPER ISOLATOR (IS&3), similar to IS0-1A

except double filtering & Suppression .... $85.95

•ISOLATOR (ISO-4), similar to ISO-1 A except

unit has 6 individually filtered sockets .... $96.95

•ISOLATOR {ISO 5), similar to ISO-2 except

unit has 3 socket banks, 9 sockets total . . . $79.95

•CIRCUIT BREAKER, any model (add-CB) Add $ 7.00

•CKTBRKR/SWITCH/PILOT (CBS) . . . Add $14.00

TOLL FREE ORDER DESK 1-800-225-4876 mnn

(ExcApt Ma, HI, Ak, Pr, Canada) I^^M

/^^ Electronic Specialists, Inc. ^^^

171 South Msin Sifeet. Natich. Mass. 01760 Dept. 8M

TECHNICAL & NON-800 AREAS 1-617-655-1532

The SO -INDEX

X Ikilock the reference cabinet ori yow shelf i Find
prograwBt tipst reviews* sds in secmds.

X 700 itefi index for 80-US, BC-MicrocOMPuting and
KUQBAUD, Selected for the disk systen owner.

x Two sijperfast prograns. SCi^ by keyword* arid
SEWO by (Ascription.

X CoHplex errquiries lirik,ed by A^a), OR, frKJT are
entered in secorrds - and sriswered in seconds!

X Requires 48K Model 1 with t disks.

ProgrsMS + Iridex + HsnLial US $29 (2 Diskettes)
Kamial available seperately US $8

HEXAGON SYSTEMS

P.O.Box 397 Stn. A.
Vancaiver B.C* Canada
(60^) 682-76^6

1^125

176 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Parlez-vous. . . PASCAL ^\

Habla. . . FORTRAN /

Sprechen sie. . . BASIC ■

dilithium Press does!

BEGINNING BASIC

Paul M. Chirlian

You can become familiar with all aspects of
BASIC. Besides learning the BASIC language,
you will learn the procedures used to run a
computer.

$10.95

BEGINNING FORTRAN

Joe W. McKinley

This book introduces students to FORTRAN in
a lively and interesting style. The author starts
with elementary-level examples and proceeds
to intermediate-level example programs in all
disciplines.

$11.95

INTRODUCTION TO
STRUCTURED FORTRAN

Paul M. Chirlian

This clearly-written text incorporates the new
FORTRAN 77 with a discussion of structural
programming. A beginner will be able to start
writing programs immediately.

$15.95

MY COMPUTER LIKES ME
WHEN I SPEAK BASIC

Bob Albrecht

This book Is an inch-by-inch, step-by-step
guide to programming your computer in
BASIC so it will do what you want. Easy to
read and a valuable tool for the computer
hobbyist.

$4.95

MICROSOFT FORTRAN

Paul M. Chirlian

Here is the book for microcomputer users
who want to implement FORTRAN on their
machines. Even if you've never used FOR-
TRAN before, you will be writing and running
FORTRAN programs almost at once.

$14.95

PASCAL

Paul M. Chirlian

This bestseller incorporates Pascal with a dis-
cussion of structured programming.

$12.95

INTRODUCTION TO BASIC

Jeffrey B. Morton

This well-wntten book is divided into two
parts. The first half will help you learn BASIC
and the second half will help you apply
BASIC.

$10.95

MICROSOFT BASIC

Ken Knecht

This book presents a complete introduction
and tutorial on programming in BASIC. It illu-
strates the concepts presented with examples
that actually run using the popular MITS family
of BASIC interpreters.

$10.95

INSTANT BASIC

Jerald R. Brown

Here is an "active participation" workbook de-
signed to use with your home computer. It's
an easy, painless way to learn BASIC.

$10.'

Our books are available from'
B. Daltons, Kroch's and Bre-
tanos, computer stores or di-
rectly from us.

Write for our Free Catalog!

dilithium Press ^m
30 NW 23rd Place
Portland, OR 97210

jy- Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 177

DISK
SPECIALS!

(write for quantity prices)

SCOTCH (3M) 5" 10/2.95 50/2.80 100/2.70

SCOTCH (3M) 8" 10/3.00 50/2,85 100/2.75

SCOTCH (3M)8"DblDens.10/385 50/3 60 100/3.50

Maxell 5" 10/3.65 50/3.40 100/3.15

Maxell 8" Double Ders. 10/4.10 50/3.95 100/3.80

Verbatims" 10/2.39 50/2.35 100/2.30

(add 1 00 for plastic storage box)

Verbatim 577 Series 10/2.95 50/2.86 100/2.75

Verbatims" 10/2.75 50/2.65 100/2 55

Verbatim 8" Double Dens. '0/3.35 50/3.25 100/3.15

BASF 5" soft 10/2.40 20/2.35 100/230

BASF 8" soft 10/2.40 20/235 100/230

Diskette Storage Pages 1 tor 3.95

Disk Library Cases 8"-2.85 5"-215
3M Disk Head Cleaner Kit (2 cleaning disl<s) 21 .50

4116-200 ns RAM (NEC) 8tor36.00

2716 EPR0M(5 volt) 13.45 5/12.75 10/11.85

2732 EPROM (5 will 29 50

AP Products 15% OFF
AP HOBBY BLOX 15% OFF

ALL BOOKS 15% OFF

Leedex Monitor

Centronics 737

C-10 Cassettes

(AGFAPE611)

NEC Spinwriter-parallel

XYMEC HI-0 1000 Daisy Wbeel Printer

STAR MODEM

$129
SBOO

10/5.10 50/23.00 100/44 00
S2390
$2150

SI35

WRITE FOR CATALOG

Add $ 1 .25 per prepaid order for US sh ipping (UPS)

A B Computers ^^

115 E. Stump Road
Montgomeryville, PA 18936

(215)
699-5826

For use on TRS 80 Level II 16K*
Dealer Inquiries invited

for cassette

$13. 95

*TRS 80 IS a trademark of Tandy Corp.

Time, Speed, Strategy and
Coordination are the key com-
ponents as you maneuver
yourself through a changing
labyrinth to your home base.

The "crunchers" are out to get
you. You can counter with
secret interdimensional cor-
ridors.

A real time machine language
program. Four skill levels with
sound.

Also available - "Silver Flash" -
the fastest pinball in town.
$19.95.

1^448

Send check or moneyorders to: SOUTHERN CROSS SYSTEMS

Sorry No phone orders Pacific Trade Center. Suite 301. 190 S Kirig

Honoluki. Hawaii 96813 Ph 808-524-5282

raoes©

Be M-Cubed Produ^nonj lr>f

A Floppy Disk-Based Publication

Available for Heath and TRS-80"-

Micro-Computers

Software, Graphics,

Reviews, Up-to-Date Information,

and much more

Bi-Monthly Issue J I 1.95
Annual Subscription $55.00

For Informition or Subscript ion j
1^126

IW

l3l6ElmhurK
Garljnd, Texu 75041

i

IF YOU LOVE THE LIMITLESS WORLDS OF IMAGINATION
.,, YOU'LL GO CRAZY FOR OUR

CDOIPUTER BFimE5

TAKE A LOOK A T THESE:

COMPUTER NAPOLEONICS:

Battle of Waterloo $59.95

By STRATEGIC SIMULATIONS

Available on DISK for Apple II witfi Applesoft RoM card
or Apple M Plus, 4SK and 1 mini-floppv disc drive. Graph-
ic display, game-time single scenario play for solitaire and
2-player variation. In this division-leve! simulation, the
victory hangs on the slimmest of margins. You could
change the course of history!

HELLFIRE WARRIOR $24.95 & $29.95

By AUTOMATED SIIVIULATIONS

Available on TAPE for TRS-80 Level II, 16K-$24.95.
Also on DISK for TRS-80 Model !, 32K single drive
system-$29.95. Uses Basic la nguage in a graphic-oriented,
game-time play solitaire adventure with variable single
scenario. The DunJonOuest continues as you discover 4
new/ levels in this sequel to TEMPLE OF APSHAL
Features an expanded 'Innkeeper' program and character
storage (disk version only).

LOST SHIP ADVENTURE $14.95

By PROGRAMMERS GUILD

Available on TAPE for TRS-80 Level 11, 16K Basic.
Uses descriptive display and game-time, for single scenario
solitaire play. What mysteries await you aboard this pha n-
tom of the past? Climb aboard— if you dare!

OVER 40 TITLES AVAILABLE!

ASK ABOUT OUR 180-DAY GUARANTEED-SALES POLICY
DEALER & DISTRIBUTOR INFORMATION
AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
^ MAIL ORDERS WELCOME!

^ 355 01956 Pass Road

^00(^^ 1

DISTRIBUTOR':

Gulfport, MS. 39531
(601) 896-8600

The Adventure never stops!

178 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

NEW CABLE —
DIN-TO-OIN
IRS #42-2151)

MAN COMP

,,?,, (a* <3* @

LEVEL j^jfo gui- ^^^

o o ® ®

TRS-80 REC I REC2 EXT
TRS'80 DETAIL A

Fig. 6. Interface: TRS-80/Recorder Interconnections

r>

-^

_j

number of software fixes fortfiis
are available, including Radio
Sfiack's KBFIX, but I prefer tfie
simple KBEEPFIX macfiine lan-
guage subroutine. It Is found in
80 Microcomputing, February,
1980 (page 14), and repeated
fiere in Program Listing 1.

I used the BASIC version for
simple and easy CLOADs. Tlie
program eliminates keybounce,
will repeat any displayed letter
or figure (including space and
cursor) if the key is depressed
for more than fialf a second, and
provides a crisp audio "beep"
each time a character is keyed.

Load KBEEPFIX when you
power up. When you get the
MEMORY SIZE? prompt, enter
32655 if you have a 16K system;
CLOAD the KBEEPFIX listing;
run it and then type NEW.

NEW will erase the BASIC
program from low memory (ac-
tually, the program pointers are
reset so you can't LIST any-
thing). The machine language

subroutine which does all the
work, however, will remain in
high memory (32655-32767). If
you have a 4K system, enter
20367 in response to the MEM-
ORY SIZE? prompt, and then
CLOAD KBEEPFIX (4K version),
run it and type NEW.

The ability to monitor the
TRS-80 output data line opens
up all kinds of new possibilities,
such as sound effects and mu-
sic generation.

Generating an audio tone is
really not mysterious, though.
It's simply a matter of turning
the data output line on and off at
a specific rate. The trick is to
turn it on and off at the right
time, and at the right number of
times per second.

There are two ways of doing
this— in BASIC or in assembly
language (machine code). With
BASIC, the commands are OUT
255,2 to turn the output data line
(cassette AUX plug) ON (logic 1);
and OUT 255,0 to turn it OFF

10 FOR I - 32655 TO 32767: READ A: POKE l,A: NEXT

20 POKE 16526,143: POKE 16527,127: M = USR(0)

30 DATA 33,152,127,34,22,64,195,25,26,33,54,64,1,1,56,22,0

40 DATA 10,95,163,32,26,119,20,44,203,1,121,214,128,32,241,126

50 DATA 6,7,45,134,16,252,254,0,62,0,192,50,26,64,201,166

60 DATA 40,16,58,26,64,60,50,26,64,254,255,32,217,61,50,26

70 DATA 64.123,115,197,1,0,2,205,96,0,193,10,163,200,197,229

80 DATA 245,6,64,58,61,64,230,253,103,246,2,1 11,125,211,255,124

90 DATA 211,255,197,6,64,16,254,193,16,242,241,225,193,195,251,3

Note: For a 4K TRS-80, substitute the following:

10 FOR I = 20367 TO 20479: READ A: POKE l,A: NEXT

20 POKE 16526,143: POKE 16527,79: M = USR(O)

Line 30, third value: change 127 to 79

Program Listing 1. KBEEPFIX (16K) by Dennis Kitsz

The following BASIC PROGRAM, written on the TRS-80, was
compiled using MICROSOFT'S BASIC COMPILER and SIMUTEK'S
BASIC COMPILER. We fee! the results speak lor themselves!

IB ' SPEED TEST

aiHUTEK ZBflSIC COHPILER VS. MICROSOFT CQHPIL£R
15 CL5:PRIKTaB,"HIT fl KEY WHEN REflDY TO START TEST";
2fl I«=INKEY»:IFI$=-TH£N2aELSEF0RZ=lTai8:
F(HX=15350TO15383:POKEX. 191 :PRI»fTPEEK(X) i :ftXTX
3fl FQRX=«TDi27:FQRY=8T067:SET{X.Y):l€XTY,X
:FDRX=127TQISTEP-l:F0RY=47TQKTEP-l:REBET(X, Y)
:«XTY,X:FORX=IT0iaBB:GOSUBilMB:NEXTX,Z
48 CLS:PflINT''FINISHED UITH PfiOGRflM 7EST"i:ST0P
1900 RETUm

BASIC PROGRAM SIZE: 329 BYTES
PROGRAM RUN: 22 Minutes, 37 Seconds

Compilers:

Microsoft

Simutek

Compiled Size:
Compile Time:
Program Pun:
System Req'
Price:

10057 Bytes

14 Minutes

17 Mm 04 Sec

48K 1 Disk

$195.00

1228 Byles

75 Seconds

1 Mm 46 Sec

16K LV II or 32-48K Disk
Tape $99 00, Disk $129 00

ZBASIC IS an "interactive Compiler" Thus means it ts resident while
you write your basic programs. You may compile your program and
run it or save it, without destroying your resident basic program' In
fact, jumping back and forth between your compiled program and
your basic program is one of it's best featuresi

Simutek's compiler allows saving your ■'compiled" programs to tape
or disk Programs may then be loaded by use of the system
command lor tape, or as a /CMD file from DOS This makes it
extremely hard for people to "pirate" your programs

Best of all, Simutek does not charge royalties on programs you sell
that are compiled with ZBASIC! {Microsoft charges 10% or $200 a
year')

Why use a complicated "Assembler" to wide machine language
programs when you can write them in ZBASIC?

Some of the basic commands supported by ZBASIC:

FOR

SET

DATA

INPUT

PRINT

SQR

NFXT

RESET

READ

INKEYi

LPRINT

LFN

STEP

POINT

RESTORE

LET

PRINTtui

ASC

II-

CHR$

END

STOP

USR

VAL

THEM

RANDOM

GOTO

OUT

SGN

ELSL
RND ( I
GOSUB
IMP
INT

PEEK

POKE

CLS

F^ETURN

ARS

ON GOTO
CM GOSUB

AND OR son

Model I TRS-80 (or PMC-80) Only
ZBASIC Tape Version: 16K Level II TRS-80
ZBASIC Disk Version: 32 or 48K 1 Disk Sys.
ZBASIC Manual Only:

$09.00

$129.00

$25.00

Credit Card or C D. Call ToM Free: (800) 528-1 1 49

or send check or money order to

SIMUTEK »
COMPUTER PROnUCTS

PO Box 13687 Tucson, AZ 85732 (602) 866-5880

/COD Available $3.00 Extra)

TRS-80 IS a TM ol Radio ShacK a Tandy Corp

t^ Reader Service—see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 179

{logic 0). These commands can
be embedded in a FOR-NEXT
loop, with a specified length
such as FOR 1 = 1 TO 1000: OUT
255,2: OUT 255,0: NEXT I. This
will give 1000 alternations from
logic 1 to logic on the data out-
put line. Due, however, to the
slowness of BASIC, it will take
about 9.6 seconds to complete
the loop. Therefore, the maxi-
mum audio frequency of a BA-
SlC-generated tone is only
about 104 hertz. This is not
good enough. For any real flexi-
bility, we must use assembly
language to generate tones or
sound effects over a reasonable
range of audio frequencies.

For an excellent sound ef-
fects demonstration, see Dennis

Kitsz's "BABYBEEP" in the
April, 1980, 80 Microcomputing.

For applications like games,
it would be nice to be able to
generate sound-effects while
the computer is processing the
main BASIC program. I haven't
yet found a way for the TRS-80
to do this, since the BASIC pro-
gram would have to call the as-
sembly language sound-effects
subroutine with the USR func-
tion; then it would have to return
to the BASIC program when fin-
ished generating sound.

For those who prefer one-stop
shopping, completely wired and
tested PC boards for the Data
Dubber are available for under
$30 from The Peripheral People,
Mercer Island, WA. ■

Component

Description

RSNo.

R1.R2, R4, B6

56 k, 1/4 W, five percent carbon resistor

271-1344

R3, R7

1 meg, 1/4 W, five percent carbon resistor

271-1356

R5

100 k Audio Taper potentiometer

271-1722

R8

47 Ohm, 1/4 W, five percent carbon resistor

271-1307

R9

10 k, 1/4 W, live percent carbon resistor

271-1355

R10, B13

100 k, 1/4 W, live percent carbon resistor

271-1347

R11

150 Ohm, 1/4 W, live percent carbon resistor

271-1312

R12

1 k, 1/2 W, five percent carbon resistor

271-023

01 -C4

01 uF disc capacitor

272-131

C5

10 uF electrolytic capacitor

272-1025

06, C8, C9

1 uF disc capacitor

272-135

C7, CIO

100 uF electrolytic capacitor

272-1028

D1-D6

1N4001 Siiicon 1 A rectifier diode

276-1101

LED-1

Red LED

276-041

J1, J2

5-pin DIN Audio jack

274-005

J3, J4

Miniature Phone jack

274-297

K1

12 volt dc Relay

275-003

81

SPDTToggie Switch

275-613

U1

LM-324 integrated Circuit

276-1711

In addition, the

following parts wili be required for connection to the TRS-80: |

DIN Plug

274-003

DIN-io-DIN Cable

42-2151

Parts List. TRS-SO Audio Interface

SubsctiptiorL
Prdblffn?

80 Microcomputing does not keep
subscription records on the premises,
therefore calling us only adds time
and doesn't solve the problem.

Please send a description of the prob-
lem and your most recent address
label to:

80 Microcomputing
Subscription Dept.
PC Box 981
Farmingdale, NY 11737

Thank you and en|oy your subscription

♦SYSTEM TO BASIC*
UTILITY

Th« Bridg* B«tw««n Batic And Your Edltor/-
A»«mbl*r It H<r«l Now You Can Includa Your
Machino Languago Programt in Your Batic
Proorami P-A-l-N-L-E-S-S-L-Y.

SYS— BAS Will Croatt A Bailc Program
Modulo Of Your Uachino Coda That Can Bo Run Or
Margod With Moit Baiic Program, All Hax To
Dacimnl And Typing Of Data Stattmanti It Deno
Automaticallv, Accuratoiy, And Fast With

SYS-BAS

Eliminatts Tha Naod For Syttam Or DOS Loadi
Bofort Running Your Basic Program.

Includad li An Optional FASTLOADER Program
Which Will Load Tha Modulo SYS-BAS Has
Craatad Back Into Momory At 'Warp' Spoad,
AvailabU For Modal 1-16K And Up. Loval 1t And

Dish.

Send Chock Or Monoy Ordor To/For;

Cassette 19.95
Disk 24.95
Calif. Residence

Add 6%

J.F. Consulting

74-355 Buttonwood

Palm Desert, Ca.

92260

^35

TAR HEEL SOFTWARE SYSTEMS

"Affordable Software for Small Business"

PROUDLY ANNOUNCES
REAL ESTATE BOOKKEEPING SYSTEM

a disk-based fully-integrated system including
cash journal, general journal, tenant ledger,
landlord ledger, monthly landlord statements,
balance sheet, P & L statement by profit
centers, and more, all for $150 postpaid,
(North Carohna orders add 4% sales tax.)
Free continuing update service included.
Minimum hardware: TRS-80 Model 1, 32K,
2 disk drives, line printer. Versions for
TRS-80 Model II and 111, .A,pple II and
Commodore 2001 Series coming soon. Walch
for announcement of other small business
applications software in the months to come.

^

THSS

^479

TAR HEEL SOFTWARE
SYSTEMS, INC.

536S. LrxINOrON AVE -PO.BOX3tO
BUHIINGTON, NORTH fAROLINA 27215

GET, Paid^

for using your
Computer ^

FUN' Easv plCV^

RUSH COUPON FOR ^
^ FREE FACTS

Send today to DAR E 1 * ^ ^ J*^ ^
209-5 Kenroy, Roseville CA 95678 ^134

THE GREEN^^CMlf^' THING

Model SC-80

CF-ao Wirh

List $795

FEATURES:

' ImprQtfBd image conrratt
' Rad4jE*> ay* farigu«

^>146

AVE

tf-flO Wilhoul

ORDER NOW

14 HOOK

PH 40S-946-)265

AUDIO-VIDIO SYSTEMS
24BS AulumnvDl Ave.
(an Js», CA VS132

TRS-80 Model I and ^"^
Model II Programs

MULTIPLE REGRESSION I.I — A disk ba5,ed package of
chained programs thai permits model esiimaiion uiing
thousands of observations, user specil^ied transforma-

lions, X-V plots, formatted for screen or printer

$45.00

Linear Programming S39.95

0- 1 Programming $39.93

Transportation Algorithm 539 9S

Heuristic Line Balancing $39.95

Srar. Pack— medium, mode, mean (avg . harmonic,
geometric), variance, fiistogtams. Tests {T,X',F,) one
viitiable regression, one and two.way ANOVA. $Z4.95

Differential equations— 6 methods 139.95

Queuing Sratistics SI 8.95

LOWERCASE MOD -includes excellent documenlalion
+ all parts (nothing else to buy), compatible with Elec-
tric Pencil $14 95

iliiiiablt in Diik add V,

S.C. [ttidenb idd 1% ules lai

OiHitai grdxi nld 13 lor iliipiiin}

uont
ys^ems

p.a box 628

Charleston sc

29402

180 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

NEW!
DUEL-N-DROIDS

by Leo Christopherson

Your 'droid has already learned NIM, so
now it's time to teach it how to wield a
laser sword! Leo Christopherson, author
of "Android NIM," "Dancing Demon" and
other animations, has developed a new
type of animation and high-quality sound
in this, his latest work.

Your 'droid starts out as a lowly clown.
You teach it how to use a laser sword by
controlling its movements in battle with
the computer's apprentice warrior. After
training it to be a "Grand Master," you
enter the tournament against the pro-
gram's skilled 'droids!

To win the tournament, your 'droid must
successfully compete against several op-
ponents of varying skill levels. The battles
are fast and furious, accompanied by
realistic sound effects, plus fanfares
when your 'droid wins— funeral dirges if
he loses! Great fun and entertainment for
all ages.

Available now for just $14.95 on tape,
$20.95 on disk.

Acorn

Software Products, Inc.

.ij'..,-.": ■':',■/ ;,

«-

'v^

'-J -pi-.;

\

lIVIIEIt

X

X

X

X

z

X

1

X

1

X

z

X
X

■--.;'■:■"■■#

#

k

4

t

f

■rot 31

;;.■■■-;;:. n

X

n

X

n

X

n

X

n

X

n

was u

BMMnt 1

mo 1

aCTED 1
USDIS 3
NILMGES 3

4 od

!.'

h

Ir".

m\

1

II

E

Mssun 1

UIUI

INVADERS FROM
SPACE

by Carl Miller

A NEW ATTACK IS LAUNCHED!

A new and faster machine language ap-
proach to this classic (and addictive)
space game. As you play, the aliens drop
bombs, move from side to side, and try to
overrun your bases. Hold them off— and
score— by shooting them down. But, just
as you think you've got the invaders under
control, they speed up their action.

In INVADERS FROM SPACE, you choose
the game speed, enemy bomb frequency
and accuracy, number of shots on screen
and the number of your bases. These
choices keep the game fun for all ages
and skill levels.

Move your base and simultaneously fire
at the invaders— which you cannot do in
most similar games. Full sound effects
add even more excitement to the incredi-
ble speed and action of INVADERS FROM
SPACE.

Available for TRS-80* 16K Level II for only
$14.95 on tape or $20.95 on disk.

* TRS-80 is a trademark of Tandy Corp.

These and other popular Acorn programs
are available now at fine computer stores.
Ask for them.

634 North Carolina Avenue, S.E., Washington, D.C. 20003

DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED

^34

kfReader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 181

TUTORIAL

Add a new) dimension to your graphics.

A Perspective on Cubes

Paul Gerhard t

83F Chestnut Hill Village

Bethel, CT 06801

My interest in TRS-80 graph-
ics began when I first
started writing my own educa-
tional software. From the per-
spective of a ninth grade sci-
ence teacher, most of the edu-
cational software I have seen
seemed rather dull; most of it
cannot hold the interest of a
junior high school student for
long. Extensive use of graphics
adds both interest and clarity to
my educational programs, and
I'm sure it can enhance your
own.

Cubes are a natural starting
point for beginning graphics
users for two reasons. They are
made up of straight lines-
horizontal, vertical, and diago-
nal; and they introduce the
beginner to the video display
worksheet.

Now, it's true that you could
draw anything on your work-
sheet and reproduce it by set-
ting each graphics block, but
that is like planting a lawn one

blade of grass at a time. There is
a much better way, but it re-
quires a little planning.

Plan the Cube

Draw a cube on the video
worksheet. First draw the face
of the cube, then extend the
diagonal lines back as far as you
like. For now restrict yourself to
only one type of diagonal line,
going up one block and one
block toward the left (Fig. 1). All
three diagonals extended equal
distances from the face estab-
lish the rear edges of the cube.

That is limiting, and makes
the cube look funny because it
lacks linear perspective. I will
explain how to put perspective
into cubes later in this article.

Now, you're ready to program.

FOR-NEXT loops are used to
draw ttie lines, but we do not
need nine loops to draw nine
lines! All lines of equal lengths
(in graphic blocks) can be drawn
using one loop. For this cube
we'll need three loops; one for
the three horizontal lines, one
for the three vertical lines, and
one for the three diagonal lines
(Program Listing 1).

Line 20 sets the length of the
horizontal lines, in this case, 41
blocks. Zero counts as a step in
the loop. Line 30 draws all three

5 CLE

10 REM DRAWS HORIZONTAL LINES-

20 fOR N=0 TO 40

30 SET(N+20,6): SET (N+35 ,21) : SET(N+35,32:

40 NEXT N

50 REM DRAWS VERTICAL LINES

60 FOR N=0 TO 11

70 SET(20,N+6) : SET(35,N+21) : SET(75,N+-21 }

80 NEXT N

90 REM DRAWS DIAGONAL LINES

100 FOR N=0 TO 15

110 SET(N+20,N+n) : SET (N+20 ,N+6) : SET(N+60 ,N+6)

120 NEXT N

130 GOTO 130

Program Listing 1

5 CLE

10 REM DRAWS A CUBE USING ONLY ONE LOOP-

20 FOR N=0 TO 20

30 SET(N+40,3): SET(N+60,23) : SET(N+60,43)

40 SET(40,N+3}: SET(60 ,N+23 ) : SET(80,N+23)

50 SET(N+40,N+3) : SET ( N+60 ,N+3 ) : SET {N+40 , N+23 )

6 NEXT N

70 GOTO 70

Program Listing 2

5 CLS

10
20

r'~

FOR P=l TO 100

30

FOR X=l TO

.27

40

Y=X*P/20

50

IF ¥>46

[■HEN 70

55

SET(X,Y)

60

KEXT X

70

NEXT

P

80

GOTO

80

Program

Listing 3

182 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

EDUCATION

Ned Systems!

Proven Educational Software

The Humin Adventure allows movement through a human
body's cardiovascular system. All major organ systems are accessible
and fully described by the computer. A graphlf CAT-scan constantly
shows the user his position In the body. The exploration mode allows
simple exploration, while the game mode places the user In a race
against time to cure the patient of cancer using his knowledge of the
body's layout. Recommended for reading age through adult.

The Playful Professor is a mathematics learning aid that
provides tutoring in Integer mathematics and fractions for the four
basic operations. Demonstrated solutions are completed step-by-
step in a blackboard format easily understood by grade school child-
ren. Problems are presented In a game format that places the pupil in a
sixty room mansion. To win, the player must catch the ghost with the
key, then get to the front door before the ghost (or other player)
recaptures the key. Movement is based on problem solving. Difficulty
may be different for each player, allowing parents to be beaten by their
children. Recommended for age 4 through adult.

Money Master tutors the young child in the use of money. The
child is allowed to wanderfreely by paying tolls or buying objects. The
tutoring screen depicts money graphically, and interactively instructs
In the use of coins. This includes making payments and receiving
change. New mazes are generated for each game. Graphic obstacles
are randomly chosen from a library of several dozen. An average game
lasts 20-30 minutes. Recommended for early readers
through adult.

Each program 59.95 on cassette for TRS-SOUvel II 1 6K, or Model III I6K.
All three or] diskette - $29.95. Model/ only.

Satisfaction Guaranteed! All Med Systems Software pro-
ducts come with a U-day moneyback guarantee. If for any reason you
are not satisfied, return you order within 14 days for a prompt and
cheerful refund.

Ordering Information. Orders are processed within two
working days. Mastercard and Visa card holders please remember to
include the expiration date. We pay all postage and handling within
the U.S.. Canada, and U.S. territories. European orders please include
$2.00 for air post.

Hed Systems Software

P.O. Box 2674 Department B69
Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514
(919)933-1990

Graphic 3-D Adventures

These machine language programs are the first in a new breed of
adventure. Instead of wandering through the English language, typing
GO EAST or GO WEST, you move through a coltossal maze repres-
ented on the screen thrce-dimenslonally. Hallways recede into infinity
or come to dead-ends. Doors open to left and right. As you
encounter objects, monsters, and mayhem, one or two word com-
mands may be used. The command set is extensive and sophisticated.
Movement Is via the arrow keys. Graphics generation is Instantaneous.
Mazes are bit-coded and HUGE. There Is simply nothing like these
programs on the market today.

Deathmaze 5000 places you on the top floor of a five-story
building. Each floor is a maze of twisting passageways. Floors are
connected by elevators and open pits. You have but one goal. Escape
Alivel Where is the only door out of this nightmare? Monsters, bats,
mad dogs, hunger, and many more horrors plague your every step as
you struggle to escape the most complex adventure ever written.

Labyrinth places you in a maze of gigantic proportions. But you

are not alone! Aminotaur searches foryou.seeklngagrisly meal. You
must find weapons, spells, and treasures. You must deal with ghosts
and cave gnomes. You must avoid the mlnotaur until the moment Is
right for the final battle. And if this isn't enough, the Labyrinth twists
space and time so that you may not know whether you are coming or
going!

Each program $ 1 2.95 on cossette for TRS-80 Level II I6K. or Model III
I6K. Both on diskette - $29.95. Model I only.

ATTENTION DEATHMAZE FANATICS!

Still on the first level? You would look much better wearing the hat.
But don't charge the wrong wall!

n Human Adventure $ 9.9S $

n Playful Professor $ 9.95 $

n Money Master $ 9.9S $

D Deathmaze 5000 $12,95 $

n Labyrinth $12.95 $

n Educational Diskette $29 95 $

D Deathmaze.'Labyrinth Diskette $29 95 $

TOTAL $

Name
Street

City

State

Zip

D MASTERCARD
Mastercard or Visa tJ
Expiration Date

D VISA

D Check

(-^ Reader Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 183

THE FIRST TRS -80® COMPATIBLE COMPUTER
WITH HIGH DENSITY COLOR GRAPHICS !

LNW80

PC BOARD

$89.95

Ask about our ; Keyboard

LNW
RESEARCH

caDlnet
Lc«d«x
VIDCO 100-80

LNW RESEARCH introduces the LNW80, a high perforroarice color computer,
compatible with the TPS-SqIM Model I. The fully integrated LNW80 is
a sophisticated and versatile microcomputer with the following powerful
features .

COMPATIBILrrV

hardware and software compatible to the Radio Shack TRS-SO'^''^ Model I
computer, provides the widest software base of any microcomputer.
cassette intorfacc; expansion bus

DISPLAY

Qudlir.y upper and lower case disclay.

'iVJo modes of color graphics, iiigh resolution graphics, 384 -A 132 in
eignt colors - higher density than the Apple II'. Low density color
grapiiics of 12S x 192 are also available in eight colors.

Hign resolution - black and white graphics - of 384 x 192 mixed with
text and TRS-80TH standard graphics.

Reverse video, fompcisite video RF output,
PERFORMANCE

The LXWMO utilizes the fast 2-E
spcea of i MtiZ - over twice ths

!)7l microprocessor which executes
sceed of the TRS-aoTM Model I.

N

EXTERNAL DATA SEPERATOR

w

S14.95

LNW RESEARCH 3183-E AIRWAY AVE COSTA MESA CA 92626 714-552-894«

ORDERING INFORMATION

Add £3lD[i>o>rDgeandHandling-
CA riiidintl odd 6%ialui tax

SYSTEM
EXPANSION

*£:n»5 fPC BOARD * ]

iflJJ ]_USER MANUAlJ

• SERIAL RSSSJi: 20mA I'O

• FLOPPY CONTROLLER

• 32K BYTES MEMORY

• PARALLEL PRINIEK PORT
. DUAL CASSETTE PORT

• REAL-TIME CLOCK

• SCREEN PRINTER BUS
ONBOARD POWER SUPPLY
SOFTWARE COMPATIBLE
SOLDER MASK, SILK SCREEN

• POi'.'RF'? - Since i/ou OA? an ace plfot., ijou. havz
faeei choiM to {it/ behintf znmtj t^-nu and
Ai-ngtz-handzdly wipe, out ai mamj munition rfuwpi
OS yen looiiibfu COM.

To avoid h<iA.ng ipotX&d, yoa muAt f^^ij M Pow ai
you can white, being coAeju^ not to cAoih into
any ^att appxoacl'J.ng obitaci&i.

VouA bombsA is Q.qiu-ppt.d :-u.tk a coMtatUly "on
iCAeen" oiA speed intizaXon., aftiinzteA, ^uef
gage and an anZiiida? ko.iizon.

i; you oAs t,hUi(fiii, you should be abte to
compieXi youA. miision and (.and the piane sa^eSy
bejote i/ouA ijuef nuni cutf,

PLUS

• TOBPrco - It is yctiJi misilcn to iefec-f the most
impoiifant o(j the (,oun. difiieAent tijpzs oj enemy
ihipi and to deAViOij thm In (lie (ijmitzd time
that you ha^e btioie you must AZjoin youA d^eet.

Rort gamei with giiaphicLi and sound.

AP-T

?.95

Send youA check on money o/idcA. now (0:

MS CoKp '^^'^

Box no$i

Pltt&buAgh, Pa. 7 5236

/E

rl

t"S;iS^;f tift;»«ai i.;iwT*B 1

Everything needed to add powerful GPIB-488 controller
capability to TRS-80, Model 1, Level 2 or DOS

SCIENTIFIC ENGINEERING LABORATORIES

11 NEIL DRIVE* OLD BETHPAGE, NEW YORK 11804
TELEPHONE (516) 694-3205 ^291

IEEE-488 to TRS-80*
INTERFACE

Mod. 488-80B

$225.00
+ shipping, insurance & tax

SPECIFY
DISK OR TAPE

For Model 3 Operation
Contact Factory

"Ttade Mark ol Tardy Corp
there is no affiliation Oelween
Scientific Engineering LaEoratones
and Tandy Corporation or Radio
Shacl<

32K-EXPANSION INTERFACES

SPECIAL OFFERING.
Due lo a very speciai purchase,
American Business Compulers is
able to offer a limited number ot
Radio Shack" Expansion Inter-
faces at the lowest price ever.

For COD service add 5%.

For TRS-80* Model 1

399^5

American Business Computers
guarantees Expansion Interlaces
lo be Brand New— slili in original
boxes witti original documenta-
tion and in perfect working condi.
tion.

*TM Tandy Corp.

AMERICAN BUSINESS COMPUTERS

118 SOUTH MILL ST.

PRYOR, OKLA. 74361

918-825-4844

184 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

-

__

-

_

-

—

-

»

\\^

, , , ,

U

^

^

M

XM^

i_

^

_

1_

^

__

_

1

1 ,

'

■-■-~J

■1^

^r ■ ■

\^

I ^

■

1 L

■ .

(

, \

||

■ i ■

... , jl

L ■ !-■

■

1

V

i^

fJ[I- SA

V

'

1

\:

^

lii

ill

■ l^l

j|-

T

--

-^

*-

-

+

-

-

— r^i

-*HF —

*

■

:

u.

■

'

:

"~

-+-

-

^

1

1

1

■ '■

1

'~

L 1

1 H

.

ll

■

\ •

. . , , .

■ %■■

•

hii

■■■■■I

lii

;

1

]

i

T T"!"

\*Mu

'

III

1

■! -

1

'

'

'

'

Fig. 1.

horizontal lines, using the fol-
lowing form: SET(N + A,B) where
N is the loop variable, A is the X
value of the starting point of the
line, and B is the Y value of the
line. By starting point, I mean
the point with the lov\/est X value
{closest to the left edge of the
screen). For horizontal lines, the
Y values do not change.

The video screen is divided in-
to 6144 graphic blocks, each
block locatable by means of an
X coordinate {0-127) and a Y co-
ordinate (0-47). Block (0,0) is at
the upper left hand corner and
block {127,47) is at the lower
right hand corner. As we in-
crease the X value, we move to-
ward the right, and, as we in-
crease the Y value, we move to-
ward the bottom of the screen.

On the first pass of the FOR-
NEXT loop, N is set at in line
20. Line 30 then lights up three
graphic blocks; (20,6), (35,21)
and (35,32). These are the start-
ing points of the three horizontal

lines (Fig. 1). On the next pass N
is sut at 1, and then the next
three blocks are lit: (21,6), (36,21)
and (36,32). This extends our
three horizontal lines one
graphics block toward the right.
With each pass of the loop our
lines continue to extend toward
the right until the final valueof N
is reached.

Line 60 sets the length of the
vertical lines, using the follow-
ing form: SET(A,N + B) where N
is again the loop variable. A is
the X value of each line.

The X values do not change
for vertical lines. B is the Y value
of the starting point of the verti-
cal lines (the point with the
lowest Y value).

Line 100 sets the length of the
diagonal lines, using the follow-
ing form: SET{N -i- A,N -i- B),
where N is still the loop variable.
This time both the X and Y
values change as the line is
drawn. A and B represent the X
and Y values for the starting

1

,

-■ ■ ■ ■■ ■

X"*i

"^

N'>."~'>k.

V ^ *^

::;::.;\^s::-H.:i::::::::::

"*" * — —

■■ ■ ■ Y^^' ■ - '""^^

\ \ ■^^

■ ■■--- + T^- A- ■ '^^ >•<,

~-

N 's,

■"v^^:.:::,: ---;-- - ■ ■;

\ N

-- \' ■ ■ "Hs

■ ■ ■ ■'^■^•v

1 V \. BBB

:;r.-.:::::.:::::: : : : a: : .^^

- + + -_4--^ -^V

s :■ --]:5.">.^T^

:!:::::;::::::t:|:T:^^ :::

. , ...,.+ i' ■ \' ■

T *C

_ __ 1 H-.-H 1 1- —

' - >.--r-.-t--.

4+^t-^T+^-H--+^^*t+-t--T"

Fig. 2. Cube with Linear Perspective.

9o^K9eooooooeooeoooeeeeeoee

THE EASY WAY
TO CATALOG DISK FILES

FLOPYCAT/BAS, THE MINI-DISK LIBRARIAN $30'"

* Well-documented and human-engineered for smooth operation

* No need to set MEMORY SIZE-machine language is embedded

* Catalog over 400 files in 32k, over 1000 files in 48k

* Automatic or manual data entry, continuous space reporting

* Catalog files are dated as saved, under names YOU supply

* Video-based catalog file maintenance saves time & paper

* Sort 600 files in under 5 seconds, by FILE or DISK name

* Two printed reports, each DATED and TITLED at print time

* Read down the report columns, just like a telephone book

DISKNAME/BAS, DISKETTE RENAME UTILITY $15'*

* The EASY way to change disk NAME/DATE without passwords

* Ideal companion for FLOPYCAT/BAS, give disks unique names

Both programs require TRS-DOS 2.3 to run, but will read compatible
DOS's disks. Min. 32k, 1 disk. Model I TRS-80. Furnished on
formatted (non-DOS) disk, -or tape if requested. SAVE $5.00!
Purchase BOTH at same time for only $40.00! All orders add $3.50
for FIRST CLASS postage & handling. For fastest service, send
cashier's check or money order. (Sorry, personal checks must wait-
to clear the bank.)

Marvin W. Pllnkett ^113

MICROCOMPUTER SYSTEMS CONSULTANT
1641 Northwest Rutter Lane Roseburg, Oregon 97470

TRS-80 is a trademark of TANDY Corporation

NOW AVAILABLE for use with TRS80 Level II (16K)

Baseball&Soccer

COMPUTERIZED GAMES

Realistic! Exciling'. Based completely on the slatist'Cs of actual players and teams.

VV wO OwVi/V^Ciri is a sophisticated, computerized
game that demands strategic decisions! Each player is rated in at
ieast 6 categories for both offense and defense. Easy to use, but
complicated enough to challenge the most accomplished gamesman
Play a full game in only 30 minutes. 1 6 all-time great teams & dozens
of top players, including Pele and Beckenbaner Price: $21.00.

UrC DAScBALL absolutely the finest
simulated sports game available for home computer use. DFC is not a
mere graphics, random play game — DFC is a highly sophisticated
simulation program. Hundreds of different plays — including over 50
different types of infield outs!! Complexity only possible through the
selective calculations of home computers The computer compares
each and every charactehstic of a particular batter against a particular
pitcher and defense for a degree of realism never before possible.

AS MANAGER OF A REAL MAJOR LEAGUE TEAM, YOU CON-
TROL EVERY ELEMENT OF PLAY ACTION. You make every
managerial decision available in major league baseball based on
the real ability of your players.

12 TOP TEAMS OF THE 60's and 70's INCLUDED.

Each team contains the names of 25 players and is loaded directly
from tape into the program. Price: $21 .00

BOTH GAMES INCLUDE A MANUAL AND PROGRAM
TAPE WITH FIELD GRAPHICS AND PROGRAMMER
TIMER! ^475

ORDER DFC BASEBALL AND WCS SOCCER FROM:
GAMECRAFT CO., BOX 2299, STATION A, CHAM-
PAIGN IL 61820. GAMES ARE $21.00 EACH. ORDER
TODAY or write for FREE Computer Games Brochure.

i^Reader Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 185

FINALLY

A

PERIPHERAL

YOU NEED...

AND CAN

AFFORD!

Model I users rejoice!
We have a simple,
inexpensive and sturdy
addition to your
keyboard that helps bring
your computer into the
80's. Now that you've
added an expansion
interface, wouldn't you
like a better way to reset
than sticking a pencil
through the connector
hood?

Our Reset Extender is the
answer! No driUing, no
glueing— just slip it on
and use it! On in
seconds; secure for years.

only

*5.00

includes shipping
and handUng

MasterCard & Visa welcome
Include acct. # & exp. date

EMMANUEL B. GARCIA, JR.

& ASSOCIATES

203 N. WABASH

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60601

(312)782-9750

Non-EI users can also use
the reset extender.

points of the diagonal iines.

Wait a minute! if any number
of iines of equal length can be
dravi/n in the same loop, is it
possible to draw/ an entire cube
using only one loop?

Sure, Program Listing 2 does
exactly that.

Adding Perspective

Let's remove that sv*/ollen ap-
pearance from our cube. The
back of the blocks appear sw/ol-
len because of a logic problem,
not in the program, but in our
brains.

Our brains store millions of
pieces of information concern-
ing the visual world, including
the perception that objects ap-
pear smaller as they move far-
ther away, and that the rear
edge of a cube is farther away
from the viewer than the front
edge.

Tfiese two relationships com-
bine to form tfie illusion of our
swollen cube. The rear edge of
our cube appears to be the same
lengtfi as the front (because it
is), but our brain knows that the
rear edge is farther away and,
therefore, should appear smal-
ler. To avoid this problem,
parallel lines that move away
from the viewer must be drawn
to converge. This is called linear
perspective.

The TRS-80 can provide this
perspective, but it takes a little
planning. On a video work sheet
draw the face of a cube (Fig. 2).
The three diagonal lines must
show perspective. Using a
straight edge, draw from the cor-
ners of the face of the block to
the upper left hand corner of the
screen (point 0,0). The rear
edges of the block can be drawn
anywhere along these diago-
nals.

In this cube we have three dif-
ferent diagonal lines, each at a
different angle, each with a dif-
ferent slope. Ah! remember
those old math classes. No; well
don't worry, your TRS-80 will do
most of the work for you.

Program Listing 3 will let your
TRS-80 draw dozens of diagonal
lines with different slopes.

Programming Slope

The formula for a straight line
that passes through point (0,0)

can be written as Y = XxP,
where the value of P determines
the slope. The smaller the P val-
ue the shallower the slope
(closer to horizontal); the higher
the P value the steeper the slope
(closer to vertical).

Line 20 sets the various val-
ues for P. The first value used is
.05, so that the first line drawn
will have a shallow slope. Line
30 sets values for X. Line 40 uses
the formula to determine the
corresponding Y values, which

their own FOR-NEXT loop. Line
90 draws the vertical edge and
line 100 the horizontal edge.

Diagonals number one and
number two (Fig. 2) share com-
mon X values, and can therefore
be drawn using one FOR-NEXT
loop. Line 120 sets the range of
X values, line 130 finds the cor-
responding Y values, and, again,
the formula Y = Xx P is used.

We find the correct values
(slope) for P as follows: If
Y = X X P, then P = Y/X, where X

'7he back of the blocks

appear swollen because of

a logic problem, not in

tfie program, but In cur brains. "

is then tested to make sure it will
fit on the screen. Finally, the
block is SET.

Lines 60 and 70 simply com-
plete the two FOR-NEXT loops.
To view each line individually, in-
sert a CLS between lines 60 and
70.

Program Listing 4 will draw a
cube with linear perspective.
First, the face of the cube is
drawn. Line 30 sets up the loop
to draw the two horizontal lines.
Line 60 begins the loop that
draws the two vertical lines.
Next the rear edges are drawn.
Since the two lines have un-
equal lengths they each have

and Y are the X and Y values of
any point on that line. Diagonal
number one ran right through
the middle of block (10,7) and so
I used 7/10 as a slope. Diagonal
number two ran through block
(25,12) and so the value of P
became 12/25. The (X,Y) values
of any point on each diagonal
would work as well.

Line 140 lights up the graphic
blocks for each diagonal and
line 150 closes the loop. Lines
170-200 simply draw the last
diagonal using the same tech-
nique.

That's all there is to it. ■

5 CLS

10 REM PERSPECTIVE CUBE

20 REM DRAWS FRONT FACE OF CUBE;

30 FOR N=0 TO 40

40 SET (N+50 , 24 ) : SET ( N+50 , 35 )

50 NEXT N

60 FOR N=0 TO 11

70 SETl50,N+24) : SET{90,N+24)

80 NEXT K

85 REM DRAWS REAR EDGES OF CUBE

90 FOR X=38 TO 68: Y=18: SET(X,Y): NEXT X

100 FOR Y=18 TO 26: X=38: SET(X,Y): NEXT Y

110 REM DRAWS DIAGONAL LINES #1 AND #2-

120 FOR X=38 TO 50

130 Y1=X*7/10: Y2=X*12/25

140 SET(X,yl): SET(X,Y2]

150 NEXT X

160 REM DRAWS DIAGONAL LINE #3

170 FOR X=68 TO 90
180 Y3=X*4/15
190 SET(X,Y3)
200 NEXT X

Program Listing 4

186 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

We

Wont

Waste

Your

Time

OPSYS 2™ is 3 multiple command
processor and a potent job control
language. Schedule entire systems of
programs to run without your
intervention,

OPSYS 2 simplifies your work. Changes
the meaning of l<eys on your keyboard.
A single stroke will invoke a sequence of
commands. Create, save and retrieve
libraries of keyboard programs.

OPSYS 2 does other smart things for
you. We know your time is valuable.

• Over 30 modules for quick and
easy disk and Basic operations

• Set time and date with minimum
keystrokes

•Automatically executes chain files

• Write system tapes from DOS

• Read system tapes directly from DOS

• Display hex and decimal
equivalents

• Maintain notes on screen during
other operations

• Move memory blocks

• List memory with or without control
codes

• Poke values into memory from DOS

• Peek values from memory from
DOS

• Type ASCII text into memoiy

• Jump to any address

• Search/Replace Basic text

• Automatic command file using the DO
command

• And many more

OPSYS 2 with complete documentation
at the intelligent price of S79.95.

OPSYS 2

is the

Powerful

TRS-80

Model I

operating

system.

Use it with 35 or
40 track versions of
TRSDOS:
NEWDOS; or
NEWDOS+:

PROGRAMMA

INTERNATIONAL

INCORPORATED

3400 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, California 90010
(213)384-1116

TRSDOS faOerrark of Tandy, Inc.

NEWDOS ana NEWDOS+tfademark of APPARAT

^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 187

TRS-80* Business Software with 2 Purposes

1. SAVES YOU
TIME

Sales Analysis

This package is divided into
several modules:

Sales Analysis: Will provide guide-
lines to determine and analyze an
individual's sales performance and
will show you where it can be
improved.

Data Storage: Allows you to store
data in an automated processing
ledger. It will keep names, ad-
dresses, phone numbers, dates,
ready for easy reference. The ledger
will also show the progress of each
sales prospect, in completing the
sale.

Management Analysis: Will take all
the sales records for your group and
show you vv-ho your best sales-
persons are, who needs more train-
ing (and in what areas), and give
you a sales forecast based on the
projected improvement of your
group's sales techniques.
Market Analysis: Shows you where
deiermined sales efforts can pro-
duce the most success, when you
supply data on marketing history.
If your specialty is sales, we have a
useful package for you. For the
Level II, 16K.
Order No. 0131R $24.95

TO ORDER

SEE YOUR LOCAL
INSTANT SOFTWARE
DEALER

OR

^

c/ Ton-Free

1-800-258-5473

2. SAVES YOU MONEY

Oracle-80

Oracle-80 provides you with
business anaylsis and forecasting
capabilities previously available
only on large computer systems. It
is a flexible, professional time-series
analysis and forecasting package
that can be used in sales forecast-
ing, product planning, business
planning, etc. Investors can analyze
stocks, company trends and growth
rates. Financial managers and econ-
omists can analyze the general eco-
nomic climate and investigate busi-
ness cycles. Even families will find
Oracle-80 useful in analyzing spend-
ing or energy consumption trends.
Oraclc-80 can be used by anyone
who needs to analyze and forecast
monthly, quarterly or annual data.

Even though it uses advanced
statistical analysis, you don't have
to understand statistics to use it.
Oracle-80 was designed to be used
and understood by the typical busi-
ness person. While ii is designed for
ease of use, its powerful analytical
capabilities will satisfy even the
professional forecaster, AU input
and output are written in plain
Enghsh and the package documen-
tation carefully explains all the
functions of the program.

You can use moving average,
rate of change, seasonal indices or
cycle indicies methods to analyze
your data. The unique graphing
capability of Oracle-80 lets you
visualize your historic data or any

M ^j^/® Guarantee "

OUR PROGRAMS ARH GUARANTEED

TO BH QUALITY PRODUCTS, IF NOT ^

COMPLETELY SATISFIFD YOU MAY ^

RETURN THE PROGRAM WITHIN 60 ^

DAYS. A CREDIT OR REPLACEMENT m

WILL BF WILLINGLY GIVFN FOR ^

SS ANY REASON. P

Instant Software

of the modified data series you
calculate. Additionally, you can di-
rect any chart or graph to your
printer.

It will forecast future data val-
ues using trend, moving average or
seasonal methods. You may choose
either a constant unit trend or a
constant percentage growth trend
forecast for even more flexibility.

Requires the following mini-
mum system:

1. ATRS-80ModI,Level U 16K.

2. An Expansion Interface with
16KRAM.

3. One or more disk drives.

4. Any TRSDOS compatible DOS,

5. A printer (optional).

Order No, 0152RD (disk-based ver-
sion) $99.95
For the Level n, 1 6K.
Order No. 0140R (cassette- based
version) $75.00

Executive Expense
Report Generator

You have just returned from a
long, successful business trip. You
are now faced with that ugly beast,
THE EXPENSE REPORT!

Before you left, you resolved to
record every expense in a little
notebook. It worked fine for about
two days. Now, you stare glassQy at
enigmatic scraps of paper which
youVe dug from various jacket
pockets.

This program will take away
that pain! No, it won't tell you how
to cheat on that expense report. It
will simply tell you how to play the
game using established rules.

When you supply your tale of
woe to this program, your answer
will be a clear, plausible expense
layout. The program has hardcopy
capability, if you own a printer.
For the Level II, 16K.
Order No. 0135R $9.95

*A trademark of Tandy Corporation

PETERBOROUGH, N.H. 03458
603-924-7296

188 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Ask for Instant Software at a computer store near you.

Alabama

Anderacn^ Compule's
JlMLPnlversily Oi., HunlBville
CompulBrland o' Huntsulle
3020 Unlversily Of., HunlsvillB
Olenskj Bros.
3783 AirDDrl aivO., MoBlle

Arizona

Proles3<onal Da la Systems
0506.AN 16ltlSt,Prioani.
MMI8HTV S HaOlo
ejl Eaal BroaOwa,'. Mesa

Arkansas

Dr. Jamss A Copps

1216SO. ThomosonSl., Sptmglale

California

AMCO EI6CI. SuODly

635 E AffO* Hwy.. Azuga

Byte InOustriBS

3501 Araan Rd , HsywarO

BytB Stiop

8033 Claiimont Mesa BlvO , San Diago

BytB Shop

123 E VorBa Lmfla, Plaqentia

Byle Shop o( Mt Vie*

1415V4B9t El Cairmo Real, m View

Byle Shop o( SacFamentg

6041 Qresnbacfc Ln.. Cuius Heights

Capital Compulei SystBins

3396 El Cammo Aye., Sacramento

Coasi Eleplronii^s

6905 Alcameno Heal. Allascadero

CoasI Eleclronigs

23S0 M. Main S( , Mono Bay

Computers MaOe Easy

ai9 East Ave Q-S, PalmOale

Computer Slots ol San LeanOro

701 WacArthui aiva , San Leancfio

Computer Wo no

6791 Westminstei Aue.. Weslmmster

Computerland

16720 5 Hawthorne, Law no ale

Computerland of W LA

6840 La Cienega BtvO , InglewooO

Coast Eleclionics

31 18 No. Mam St., Mono Bay

Computerland

24001 via PaDiioantB Ha 904, Mission Vieio

CamputBr Man ol Calilotnia

316 Diamond Bar Blvfl . Diamona Bai

Eleclionlc Systems

4883Tonino. San Jose

HoBfti-lroniQS

1378 So Baecom Ave., San Jose

Hgnlington Goinpuling

2020 Chailes St., Corcoran

JaOe Com pule' ProOucts

1901 W. Rosecrans, Hewtnorne

Malibu Mic'ocompuling

23910AOev>lie Way, MaiiOu

Martam Co

6351 flimaoen Rfl.. San Jose

Opamp/Technlcal Books

1033 N, Sycamore Ave., Los Angele

PC Computers

10166 San Pablo Aja . El Cernto

Ol Compulers, Inc

isaiB Hawinorne Biva , Lawndale

fladio Shacli Dealer

8250 Mira Mesa BlvQ , San Oiego

HaQio Shack Dealer

50 M Cabrillo Hwy , Halt Moon Bay

Santa Rosa Computer Center

604 7th SI., Santa Bosa

Silver Spur Elect Comm.

3873 Unil f, Sqhaelei Ajb , Chino

The Computet Store

820 BioaOway, Sania Monica

Colorado

Apparat Inc

4401 South Tamaiac Pky.. Denvei
Coloiarto Computer Syslems
311 W r4in Ave , Westminster

So I Iw are Gourmel

1111 S. Pearl St , Denver
Ihe Computer Store
23(»WeltonSt.. Denvei

Connecticut

American Business Compute
454 Thames St . Groton
Crfjmpulerlat
i30Jefler5on, New London

Computer Works

1439 Post HO £ , LiBeity Plaia, Weslpoit

, n w Washington, D.C

Ineliuctional Systems Computi
807 HaiKoia Ha. Manchester

Technology Systems

208 GreenwooQ Ave.. Bethel

D.C.

The Program Store
4200 Wiscor

Florida

Al Personal Computer

17e0.fora Rfl. Fern Park

AUF Microcomputer Center

11158 N 30lh St . Tampa

Computer Junction

6450 So. State Rd 7, Ft LaudciOale

Compute rianO

7374 s. Tamiami Trail. Saiasola

Computerland of Ft Lauderdale

3963 N. Feileial Hwy., F1. LaudeiOale

Compuleiland ol Jacksonville

2777.6 Uni.Brsity Blvd. W Jacksonville

Computerland ol Tampa

1520 E. Fowler Ave , Tampa

Computerland ol WesI Palm Beach

4276 OhaBchobee Biyd., WesI Palm Beach

Computei Shack

3336 Beach Blvd.. Jacksonville

Computer System Resources Inc

3222 S.W. 351h Blvd.. Gainesville

Cutlis Waters Enlerpilses

236 Talbol Ave , Melbourne

Heath Kit Electronic

4705 W. 16lh Ave. Ceniei, Hiaieah

HIS Compulermai ion

1296 Cypress Ave., Melbourne

South East Micro Data

6220 S. Orange Bloesom Trail, Suite 602 Orlando

Williams Radio £ TV Inc.

2062 LiOerty St.. Jaclieonviile

Vour Basic Computer Store

2729 So us I. Suite 11, Fort Pierce

Georgia

Atlanta Computer Mart

5091 Bulord Hwy , Atlanta

Computerland ol Atlanta

2423 Co till PaiKway. Smyrna

Micio Computer Systems

3104 6 Shadowlawn H E . Atlanta

Hawaii

Computerland ol Hamaii
567 N Federal Hwy. Honolulu
Radio Shack Assoc, Store
1712 S King St , Honolulu

Idaho

Elecironic Specialists
8411 Fairvrew Ave. Boise

Illinois

Computerland

4507 Noilh Sterling, Peoria

Computerland

9511 N Milwaukee Ave, Niles

CompulerSlation

3659 Nameoki Rd., Cramte Cily

Garcia S Associates

203 No. Wal>ash Aye., Suite 1510. Chicago

MidwesI Micro Ccjmpulejs, Inc.

708 S. Main St , Lomtiard

Indiana

Computer Center ol South Bend
61691 us 31 North. South Bend
Data Domain

221 W. Dodds, Bloom log ton
Fall Creek Electronics Slore
732 Center SI , Pendleton

Iowa

Memory Bank

1721 Grant St. Beltenborl

Kansas

Central Kansas Compuieis
6 S Broadway. Heringlon

Louisiana

Computer Shoppe Inc.
3225 Danny Pk , Metairie

Maine

Mid Maine Computer Co
158 Turner St , Auburn
Radio Shack
315 Mam Mall Rd , So Portland

Maryland

ComputerAge

9433 Georgia Ave . Silver Springs

Jack Fives Electronics

4608 Deb I ten Circle, Pikesville

The Comm Center

9624 Ft Meade Rd.. Laurel

Massachusetts

ComputerCily
50 Wor
Compute

Rd . Fri

iingha

esunlimiied

342 Boston Turnpike. Shrewsljury
Land of Electronics
1127 Western Ave., Lynn
Lighthouse Computer Software
14 Fall River Ave . Rehobaih

Mark Gordon Computers
15 Kenwood St . Cambridge
Small Business System Group
Mam SI. Dunslaoie
The Computer Slore
120 Cambridge St , Builmglon
Tults Radio » Electronics
206 Myshc Ave Medloid

Michigan

Computer Center

28251 Ford Rd.. Garden Cily

Computer Connections

38437 Grand Hiuer. Farmington Hills

Compuleiland ol Grand Rapids

2927 28lh St S e , Kenlwood

Compuleiland of Soulhdeld

29673 Northwestern Nwy . SouthfielO

Computer Mart

560 W. 14 Mile Rd. Clatvson

Computer Room

455 E. Michigan Ave . Kalamazoo

Compulronin Corp

423 S Saginaw Rd Midland

Hobby House

1036W Territorial Rd., Battle Creak

Mam Systems Inc

1161 No Ballenger Hwy.. Flint

The Alternate Source

1806 Ada. Lansing

The Eight Bil Corner

722 Evanslon Ave . Muskegon

TRI Country Electronics S Sound Center

1637 North Leroy. Fenlon

Ye Olde Teacher Shoppe

1823 Wilmyre St Vpsilanli

Minnesota

Compuleiland ol Hopkins
11319 Hwy F, Hookms
Digital Den
Burnsviile Center

Minnesota Software Inc

5422 Fisher St.. White Bear Lake

The Code Room

16216 Ginavale Lane. Eden Prairie

Zim Compulers

5717 Xetxes Ave.. N Brook Im Center

Mississippi

Dyer's. Inc

200 E Main St . West Poml

Soltwaiehouse

ai6Foley St. Jackson

Missouri

Century Neil OOHTiputers

1001 E. Walnut, ColumDia

Computet Center

212 W 4th St . Joplin

Comp.lJ.Tra Sofl*are Center

61 Florissant Oats Shopping Center. Florissant

Sortwate Shack

16501 Greenwali Court. Bellon

Montana

Inietmouniam Computei

529 So 91b St , L.nngslon

Personal Computet

121 Red Oak Dr.. Carl Junclion

The Computer Slore

1216 16lhSt W 1(35. Billings

Nebraska

Computerland ol Omaha
11031 Elm St, Omaha
Midwest Computer Co Inc
8626 I St , Omaha
Midmeel Compuler Co. Inc
4442 S e4thSt., Omaha
Midwest Computer Co Inc
4403 S 87lhSt, Omaha
ScoflsbluflTypewnters Inc

1824 Broadway. Seottablulf

Nevada

Century 23

4666 spring Mountain Hd . Las Vegas

Hurley Electronics

1112S CasinoCenlei. Las Vegas

New Hampshire

Bitsnbyles Computer Center

668 Pleasant St , Concord

ComputerCily

1525 S Willow, Manchester

Paul's TV

Main SI . Fremont

Pottsmouth Computer Center

31 Raynes Ave . Portsmouth

Radio Shack Assoc Store

Fairbanks Pla;a. Keene

Sturdivani and Dunn

124 Washington St , Conway

New Jersey

Ape s TV Sales i Service

College Town Shopping Center. Glassboro

Computer Corner ol NJ

439 file «23, Pomplon Plains

Computer Encounter

2 Nassau St . Pnncelon

Computerland

35 Plasa Rie «4. W Paramos

Compuler Marl of MJ

501 Rte. 27, Iselin

(^2

Instant Software

PETERBOROUGH, NEW HAMPSHIRE 03458

Ctowley s

R(f »3. Whiiehoktse Station

Dave" 5 Electronics

Pennsulle Shopping Cti . Pennsvillp

GHB Enletptises Inc

Rie 36. Huddetaw Ave . Mapieshadp

lashen Electtonics Inc.

21 Broadway. Denville

Personal Compulmg Ifc.

51 Centtal So . Linwood

Radio ShacWJSJ Elecltonic

Manslield Shopping Cfr

Rl 6? Allen Rd. Hackelfstown

Radio Shack Assoc Slore

Moorestown Mail. Mooreslown

The Bargain Brothers

Glen Roc Shopping Center

216 Scotch Road. Trenton

The Compuler Emporium

Bldg 103, Avenues ol Commerce

242a Hte 38, Cherry Hill

New Mexico

;Co

148 Wisconsin NE. Albuquerque
South West Computer Center
121 Wyatl Drive Suite 7. Las Ctuces
Thomas E Cart Jewelet

1300A Tenth St Aiamugordo

New York

AnstoCralt

314 Fifth Ave NYC

Betlinet Computer Center

102 Jericho Turnpl.. New Hyde Park

Computer Corner

200 Hamilton Ave . White Plains

Computer Era Corp.

1670 3id Ave. New york

Compuler Factory

486 Leiinglon Ave . NVC

Compuleiland ol Nassau

79 Westbuty Ave . Carle Place

Computerland ol Mewr York City

Sa W 44tn St New York

Computer Resources

5560MainSt. Wilhamsville

Compuler Woild

519 Boston Post Rd.. Port Chester

Comtek Electronics, Inc

2666 Coney Island Ave , Brooklyn

Comtek Eleclronics. Inc

Staten Island Mall

Slore 220A.slalen Island

DigibyieSysteths Corp

31E. 31sl St.. New York

80-Micjocompuler Services

1 13 Maslen Ave.. Cohoes

Future Visions Computer Slore

70 Broad Hallow Rd., Melville

Mr Computei

Imp Plaia, Ble 9. Wappmgers f alls

Softron Sysiems

308 Columbia Turnpike Rensselaer

The Coihpuler Tree Inc

409 Hooper Rd.. Endwell

upstate Compuler Shop

629 French Rd , Campus Pla;a. Mem Hartlord

North Carolina

Byte Shop ol Raleign

1213 Hillsborough SI . Raleigh

Sound Mill

Slocum Shopping Ctr . Havelock

Ohio

Allair Business Systems Inc

5262 North Diiie Oi . Dayton

Asiro Video Electronics

504 E. Main St, Lancaster

Cincinnati Computer Slore

4816 Interstate Dr . Cincinnati

Compuleiland

4579 Great Northern Blvd .

N Olmslead

Computerland

6429 Busch Blvd , Columbus

Computerland

1288 Som Rd . Maylield Heights

Compuleiland

2000 Norlh fid SE. Wairen

Computet store ol Toledo

18 Hillwyck Dr , Toledo

H GaOiiel S Co.

1469 Rosena Ave., Madison

Miciocomputer Center

7900 Paragon Rd , Oaylon

MictO'Mini Computet Woild

74 Robinwood, Columbus

21 St Century Shop

16 Convention Way, Cincinnati

Universal Amateur Radio, Inc.

1280 Aids Di . Columbus

Okiatioma

Sounds. Etc
H,w. 33, Walonga
Vern street Ptoducts
114 w Tafi SI., Sapulpa

Oregon

Compuleiland ol Portland
12020 S W Mam SI . Tigard
Computet Pathways unlimited. Inc
2161 Oavcor St SE. Salem
THS 80 Pioducis Ltd
3520S.E Vineyairl Rd Portland

Pennsylvania

Artco Elect

302 Wyoming Ave , Kingston

Artco Elect

Back Mountain Shopping Center. Shavertowtn

51S Fifth Ave . New Brighton

Computer Workshoppe

.1848 William Penn Hwy Monioeville

Compuleiland of Harnsbutg

4644 Carlisle Pike. Mechanicsburg

Computerland ol Piltsbuigh

5499 William Flynn Mwy . Gibsonia

Erie Cottiputet Co

2127 West 8in St. Erie

J + E Communications

6173'd Ave.. Duncansville

Mighty Byte Compuler Cenlet

537 Easton Rd . Hot sham

Pen

24 2

Pets

Fraz

PittsDurgh Computer Slore

2946 Banfcsulie Rd Pittsburgh

Rhode Island

Computer City

165 Angell St.. Providence

Digital World, Inc

329 Bald Hill Hd . Warwick

Tennessee

ACS

1 100 81h Ave So Masn.ille

Compuieilab

671 S Menden Hall Rd . Mempni

Computet Woild

626 Mam Si . Nashville

H S H Electronics Inc

509 n Jackson St . Tullahoma

Texas

Computerland of SW Houston
6439 Westheimer, Houston
Computet Port
2142 fj Collins Arlington

nel

ustcn

5313 Bil

Interactive Compuli
7620 Dash*ood, Ho

K A Elect

•mm Stemmons Frwy . Dallas

Pan American Elect Inc

1117 Conway. Mission

RaOio Shack Dealer

219B9 Katy Freeway. Kaly

Tt\e Compute Shop

6353 Camp Bowie Bl.d . Fl Worth

Waghalter Books Inc

3 Greenway Pla;d E Houston

Utah

DC Computet Co

1911 West 70 South. Pro.o

Qualify Technology

470 E 2nflSo Salt Lake City

Virginia

Computet Works

Rie 6, Bo<65A. Hariisontiijig

Home Computer Center

2927 Virginia Beach Bl.d

Virginia Beach

Soulhside Radio Comm.

135 Pickwick A.e . Colonial Heights

Washington

American Meicantile Co Inc

2418 1st Ave S . Seattle

Byte Shop of Bellevue

14701 N E 30th St Bellevue

Computer Connection Inc

3100 NW Bucklin Hill Rd . Sil.erdale

Computerland ol South King Co

1500 S. 336 St. Suite 12. Federal Way

Personal Computers

S 104 Freva. Spokane

Ye Ola Computei Shop

1301 G Washington. Richland

West Virginia

The Computet Cornet Int

22 Beechurst Ave , Motganlown

Wisconsin

Byte Shop 01 Milwaukee

6019 West Layloh Ave., G teen lie Id

Compuleiland

690 S. Whitney Way. Madison

Computarworld

3015 W W.
Mag

Ave.. Applelo
tern Computed
irsity Ave . Madison

yslems

IS Rd., Milwaukee

3313 Univt
Petted Micros
4265 w Loom

Wyoming

Computer Concepts

1104 Logan Ave . Cheyanne

Puerto Rico

The Microcomputer Store
1568 Ave Jesus T Pinero
Caparra lerrace

Canada

CANADIAN DISTRIBUTOR
Micton Distributing
409 0ueen SI., W Toionlo, Onl.
M5V 2A5

Computerland of Winnipeg

715 Portage Ave , Winnipeg, Man.

Compumarl

41 1 Roosevell Ave , Ottawa, Onlari

Mictomalic Systems Inc

1303 Powell St., Vancouver

Micro Shack ol W. Canada

333 Park street flegina Sask

Orthon Holdings Ltd.

12411 stony Plain RoaO

Edn'ionton, Alberta

Total Computer Systems

A|a.. Ontario

^^'Reader Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 189

CONSTRUCTION

A stentorian project for auricular 80 owners.

Onomatoeighty

John C. Mein, P.E.
8255 Jellison Court
Arvada, CO 80005

How would you like your
TRS-80 to emit gunshots?
Sound sirens? Ring out musical
notes? Or even the Star Trek red
alert?

This article describes just
how to do it — build the interface
circuitry to connect the General
Instrument AY-3-8910 program-
mable sound generator (PSG)
via the interface connector.

An expansion interface is not
required. The PSG's principle of
operation is described so that
you can write your own sound
generation software.

The PSG produces a variety of
sounds under complete soft-
ware control. No change in ex-
ternal connections or passive
components, such as resistors
and capacitors, is required. The
PSG works without the attention
of the TRS-80, making it suitable
for interactive programs, like
games. Ttiis allows the TRS-80
to do other things while the PSG
cranks out sound.

PSG

The PSG consists of three
programmable tone generators,
a noise generator, three mixers,
fixed and variable amplitude
controllers, an envelope gen-
erator and three digital-to-
analog (D/A) converters. Addi-
tionally, the PSG has two 8-bit
I/O ports which have nothing to
do with the production of sound.
These ports can be used for
sensing switch closures, driving
LEDs, and turning motors on
and off (through an appropriate
buffer, as required).

Communication between the
TRS-80 and PSG is done using
the IN and OUT lines from the
TRS-80. These are activated us-
ing the BASIC INP and OUT
commands or through the as-
sembly language IN and OUT
commands. Control commands
are issued to the PSG by writing
to the appropriate PSG internal
register (there are 16). Each of
these registers is also readable
to determine the present state
of any register.

The register array is shown in
Table 1. The basic blocks in the
PSG which produce the pro-
grammed sounds follow:

Tone generators produce the
basic square wave tone frequen-
cies for each channel (A, B, C).

The noise generator produces
a frequency-modulated random

^~~~—~ — — ___

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

82

B1

BQ

RO

Channel A Tone Period

8-blt Fine Tune A

R1

^:$^:$^^^^ <t-Dil Coarse Tune A

R2

Channel 8 Tone Period

e-bil Fine Tune B

R3

55^$$$^^^ 4bit Coarse Tune B

H4

Channel C Tone Period

8-bit Fine Tune C

R5

^^^^^i^i^^^ 4 Dit Coarse Tune C

R6

Noise Period

5-blt PerioO Control

R7

Enable

Tn/out

Noise

Tone

IOb|(0A

C

B

A

C

B

A

R8

Channel A Amplitude

^^^^

M

L3

L2

LI

LO

R9

Channel 6 Amplilude

&$$^

M

L3

L2

LI

LO

R10

Channel C Amplitjde

^^^55^

M

L3

L2

LI

LO

R11

Envelope Period

8-bit Fine Tune E

R12

S-bit Coarse Tune E

R13

Envelope StiapelCycle

^I^^^^^J^^^CONtI ATT ALT, 1 HOLD

R14

I/O Port A Dala Store

8-blt Parallel I/O on A

R15

i;0 Porl B Oala Store

B-bit Parallel iro on B

7a6/e 1. PSG Register Array

pulse-width square wave.

Mixers combine the outputs
of the tone generators and the
noise generator. There is one for
each channel (A, B, C).

Amplitude control provides
the D/A converters with either a
fixed or a variable amplitude
pattern. The fixed amplitude is
under direct control of the
TRS-80; the variable amplitude
is accomplished by using the
output of the envelope genera-
tor.

The envelope generator pro-
duces an envelope pattern
which can be used to amplitude
modulate the output of each

mixer.

D/A converters: Each produce
up to a 16-level output as deter-
mined by the amplitude control.

The pin assignments for the
AY-3-8910areshowninFig. 1.GI
also makes a 28-pin version, the
AY-3-8912, which has only one
I/O port. The pins of the - 8910
are explained as follows:

DA7-DA0: these eight lines
comprise the eight-bit bi-direc-
tional bus used to send both ad-
dress and data over. In the ad-
dress mode, DA7-DA4 must be
zero and DA3-DA0 select the
register (0 to 15). In the data
mode, D7-DA0 correspond to

190 • 80 Microcomputing. January 1981

WE WILL NOT BE UNDERSOLD

DISK DRIVES

$314

FOR TRS-80*

CCI-100

CCI-280

CCI-800

For Zenith 289

CCI-189

Z-87

40 track, 102K Bytes. Includes power sup-
ply and TRS-80" compatible silver
enclosure. Ready to plug-in and run the
moment you receive it. Can be intermixed
with each other and Radio Shack drive on
same cable, 90 day warranty One year on
power supply Available for 220 Vac
(50 Hz) operation. External card edge
included.

574", 40 Track (102K Bytes) for Model I $314
5Va", 80 Track (204K Bytes) for Model I $429

8" Drive for Model II {Vi Meg Bytes) $795

5V4", 40 Track (102K Bytes) add-on drive $394
Dual 5Vi" add-on drive system $995

DISKETTES — box of 10(5%")-wtth plastlc library case
fVlaxell $30 BASF or Verbatim $24

8" double density for Model tl (box of 10)
CLEAR PLASTIC CASE - Holds 50 diskettes

DISK OPERATING SYSTEMS

PATCHPAK #4 by Percom Data

CP/M' forModel I, Zenith $145 •

NEWDOSPIus

NEWDOS80

COMPLETE SYSTEMS

ALTOS 64K, DD, SS, 2-Drive, 1MB

APPLE 16K

TRS-80* Model II-64K

TRS-80* Model III - 16K

TRS-80* Expansion Interface

ZENITH Z89, 48K all-in-one computer

ZENITH Z19

TELEVIDEO 9200

ATARI 400 $489

APF Game Only $ 95

MATTEL INTELLIVISION

MONITORS

LEEDEX 12" B&W Video 100

ZENITH 13" Color

SANYO 9"B&WVM4509

SANYO 12" B&W DM5012

SANYO 12" Green Screen DM5112

SANYO 13" Color DMC6013

APF 9"B&WTVM-10

for Model 11, Altos
40track

ACS 8000-2

$36
$19

S 8.95
$169.00
$ 79-00
$135.00

$3395
$969

$3499
$899
$249

$2440

$735

$748

ATARI 800 $747

Complete System $489

$229

$129
$379
$155
$210
$215
$375
$139

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

LIVERMORE STAR MODEM 2-year guarantee $145

CAT MODEM Works same as Radio Shack Telephone Interface II $148
D-CAT HARD WIRED DIRECT MODEM $189

COMMUNICATIONS SOFTWARE

CCITELNET VERSION 5: A communication package which
enables microcomputer users to communicate both with large
mainframes and other microcomputers. Completely CP/M compati-
ble. Multiple communication protocols supported. $149

INTELLIGENT TERMINAL SYSTEM ST-80 III: Enables a TRS-80* to
act as a dial-up terminal on any time sharing network. $139

16K MEMORY UPGRADE KITS 2for $65 $35

200 ns for TRS-80', Apple II, (specify); Jumpers $2.50

PRINTERS NEC Spinwriter

Letter Quality High Speed Printer

Includes TRS-80' interface software, quick
change print fonts, 55 cps, bidirectional,
highi resolution plotting, graphing, propor-
tional spacing: R.O. $2395
P.O. with Tractor Feed $2575 KSR with Tractor Feed $2950
C.ITOH Starwriter, 25 CPS, daisy wheel printer $1895
C.ITOH Starwriter II, 45 GPS, daisy wheel printer $2195
Letter quality printers. Use up to 15" paper. 1 year warranty on
parts. 3 months on labor. Proportional spacing and bidirectional
printing. Same as VISTA V300.

779 CENTRONICSTRACTOR FEED PRINTER $969

Same as Radio Shack line printer I

737 CENTRONICS FRICTION & PIN FEED PRINTER $795

n X 9 proportional and 7x8 mono spacing.
Same as Radio Shack line printer IV

730 CENTRONICS FRICTION & PIN FEED PRINTER $595
7x7 matrix Same as Radio Shack line printer II

P1 CENTRONICS PRINTER Same as Radio Shack quick pnnter $269

PAPER TIGER (IP445) $699

(IP440) Includes 2K buffer and graphics option $879

(IP460) Bidirectional, 160 cps, graphics and 2K buffer $1075

TI-810 Faster than Radio Shack line printer III. Parallel and

serial w/TRS-80' interface software w/u + I caseS paper tray $1589

Compressed print, vertical form control $1865

OKIDATA MicrotineSO Friction and pin feed $545

Tractor Feed, friction, and pin feed $645

Microline 82 Bidirectional, friction and pin feed $745

Microline83 Bidirectional, 120 cps, uses up to 15" paper $1050

EATON LRC 7000 -f 64 columns, plain paper $289

ANADEX DP-9500/01 $1350 DP-8000 $795

ACCESSORIES

HEAD CLEANING DISKETTE: Cleans drive Read/Write head in 30
seconds. Specify 5V4" or 8", $20ea/$45for3

FLOPPY SAVER: Protection for center holes of 5%" floppy disks.
Installation tools and rings for 25 diskettes. $ 11.95

Re-orders of rings only $ 6.95
EXTERNAL DATA SEPARATOR: Eliminates data separation prob-
lems (crc). improves reliability. This plug in unit comes fully
assembled and tested. $ 29.95

Z-80 SOFTCARD: Your key to software expansion. The plug-in Z-80
Softcard transforms your Apple into a Z-80 while keeping all the
benefits of the 6502. Comes with CP/M in two disk format, MBASIC
and GBASIC, full documentation and utility programs. $339

RF MODULATOR: Adapts video to TV $ 35.00

TRS-80 & OTHER MYSTERIES $ 18.95

NEC SPINWRITER THIMBLE $11.95 RIBBON $ 6.00

CCS CARDS: Parallel or serial printer interface cards $115.00

RS232: For Radio Shack Interface. $ 84.00

TRS232: Teletype current loop output from cassette port $ 49.00
DISK-DRIVE EXTENDER CABLES: Fits all mini-disk drives.

S 16.95
SIX (6) PRONG ISOLATOR: ISO-2 $ 54.00

AC FILTER/6 PRONG POWER STRIP $ 39.00

DISK DRIVE CABLES: 2 drive $29.00 4 drive $35.00

DUST COVERS: TRS80/Apple $ 7.95

PLASTIC DISKETTE HOLDER: For ring binder, holds 20 $ 8.00

For fast delivery, send certified checks, money orders or call to arrange direct bank wire transfers. Personal or company checks
require two to three weeks to clear.

DEALER (NATIONAL/INTERNATIONAL) INQUIRIES INVITED Send fot FREE Catalogue

The CPU SHOP

TO ORDER CALL TOLL FREE 1-800-343-6522

TWX: 710-348-1796 Massachusetts Residents call 617/242-3361

5 Dexter Row, Dept. M1M

Gharlestown, Massachusetts 02129

Hours 10AM-6PM (EST) Mon.-Fri. (Sat. till 5)

Massachusetts Residents add 5% Sales Tax
'TRS-80 is a Tandy Corporation Trademark
" Digital Research

master charge

VISA'

f' Reader Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 191

register array bits B7-B0.

A8, S9: additional chip select
lines. They must be tied to + 5 V
and gnd, respectively, to enable
the PSG.

RESET: on powerup or press-
ing reset on theTRS-80, this sig-
nal sets all registers to zero. It is
connected to SySrES on the
TRS-80.

CLOCK supplies timing refer-
ence for the PSG. Normally at
1.78 MHz. It can be anywhere
from one to two MHz, but vary-
ing the frequency varies the out-
put of the PSG.

BDIR, BC1, BC2: these bus
control signals control the bus
operations as follows:

BDIR BC1 BCa PSG function

1 Inaclive

1 1 Read Irom PSG

1 1 Write to PSG

1 1 1 Latch PSG address

TEST 1, 2: not connected.

IOA7-IOA0, IOB7-IOB0: each
of these parallel I/O ports pro-
vides eight bits of data to or
fromtheTRS-80. Eachbit hasan
internal pullup resistor, so that
in the input mode, all pins will

rop VIEW

VSS (GND)

1

~^-^

40

3 VCC (<-5V) ■ .

N.C

2

39

|) TEST 1

iN6L0G CHiWNEL B

3

^8

3 flNSLOG CHANNEL C

aHOLOG CHANNEL A

a

37

'j DAO

N.C.

5

36

] D4I

I0B7

6

35

] DA2

lOBG

7

34

] D03

1065

8

33

] DA4

lOBa

9

32

3 Dfl5

I0B3

10

31

1 DAS

1062

1 1

30

J DA7

10 Bl

12

29

] eci

lOBO

13

iB

1 BC2

10i7

14

27

1 BDIR

lOaS

15

26

1 TEST 2

I0A5

le

26

1 08

:0A4

17

24

J 09

1013

IB

23

1 RESET

100?

19

22

1 CLOCK

lOfll

[ 20

21

1 1000

Fig. 1. Pin Assignments

read high, unless grounded.

Vcc is the nominal + 5 V pow-
er supply ©lOOmA.

Vss is the ground reference
for the PSG.

Interfacing to the TRS-80

The schematic showing the
interface between the TRS-80
and the PSG is shown in Fig. 2.

The eight-bit data bus from the
TRS-80 connects directly to
DA7-DA0. The lower eight ad-
dres s lin es, along with the IN
and OUT signals are decoded by
a few NAND gates to generate
the proper bus timing signals for
the PSG. A CMOS 4049 and a
TTL 74LS74 are used along with
a common 3.58 MHz color TV

crystal to generate the 1.789

MHz square wave clock signal
for the PSG. An LM386 is used to
amplify the sound output to
drive a small PM speaker direct-
ly. If you already have an audio
amplifier, just ac-oouple it to the
output of the PSG as shown. In
either case leave in the Ik ohm
resistor.

Construction

I built my test circuit on a sol-
derless breadboard. You can
build your circuit similarly or
you can use wirewrap, printed
circuit, or whatever construc-
tion method you like.

The TRS-80 can not supply
enough external power for the
PSG and the support circuitry,
so I used a lab supply for power.
A simple power supply quite ca-
pable of generating the 100 mA
@ 5 V required is shown in Fig. 3.

Operation

All control of the PSG is
achieved by using a series of
OUT and IN commands. The
port assignments for the circuit
I built are as follows:

TRS-BO INTERFACE
CONNECTOR

4 X CD4049A

SPJIfffS
X 74LS0O i X74LS74

/c#

P.N.

-I-5V

GND

1,2

74LS00

14

7

3

74LS30

14

7

4

aY-3-8910

40

1

5

LM366

6

2

6

74LS74

14

7

7

CD4049A

i

8

f\g. 2. TRS-80 to PSG Interface

192 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

MEMORY EXPANSION
CHIPSET:

Lowest price ever on one of our

most popular products. Now you
can add eight 16K dynamic RAMs
to TRS-80*, Apple, Heath H89. Ex-
idy Sorcerer, newer PETs, and
similar machines. Our chip set
gives all the performance you
want at a price you can afford.
Add $3 for two DIP shunts and
complete TRS-80* conversion in-
structions. At this special price,
quantities are limited ... so act
now!

* rsr. (i: i'. n i.,iiir.iM(» c: ,t,f lata-, Curi, r,ii.,ii

We also manufacture an extensive

line of S-100 products; see CompuPro

S-100 boards in person at finer

computer stores world-wide.

TERMS: Gal res add lax Allow 5% for ship-
ping, excess refunded. VISA' /Mastercard"
orders ($25 min) call (415) 562-0636. 24

hours. COD OK wilh street address (or UPS
Pnces good through cover month of
magazine. ^75

GODBOUT ELECTRONICS
BIdg. 725, Oakland Airport, CA 94614

TRS-80™ MATHEMAIICAL
PROGRAMMING SYSTEM.

A collection of programs which impie-
meiit the simplex algorithm, the transpor-
tation algorithm, and a network How opti-
misation algorithm (Comes with docu-
menlalioii ) . $25.00

TRS-80'"* DECISION SYSTEM.

A collection of programs which implement
break-even analysis, decision analysis, insur-
ance analysis, element-ordering, and game
theory (Comes with documentation.)

$25.00

TRS-80™* SIMULATION SYSTEM.

A program which facilitates the simulation
of continuous dynamic sysiems described
by differential or difference equations Pro-
vides lor integration, printing and plotting
of the output on video or printer. (Comes

wilh documentation. ) $25.00

* Trademark Tandy Corp.

-qOFTWARE
n?qNGINEERING

3204 eotfi street

Lubbock, Texas 79423

(806) 792-9310

"Consultants in Software
and Systems En-gineenng"

T.M.

o

SCReen irSPaT replaces INPUT and is
easily adapted to YOOR application.

o

"ARROW" keys (I i~i- ) provide full
cursor control. Makes editing easy.

^J Can't be out-run by even the fastest typist

r~^ (Jp to 80 data fields on a screen

O it.

Flastiing cursor - won't hide data beneath
it.

O

Fully relocatable - work in any TRS-80*
Model I Level II machine, without modification.

(*TRS - BOisn RtTiio Shuck Jrndeinaik}

SCRIMPUT in finance: Developed for a
bunker; loan amounts, interest rates and
number of payments are typed directly
into the video worksheet. Computer
calculates and displays results, fie.in
values can be typed directly over old.
Much easier and faster than INPUT.

Imagine. Data entry by filling in a video form. Easy error correction
- just type over mistakes. No cumbersome IMPGT statements, no
valuable data scrolling off the screen.

SCRINPGT MAKES IT POSSIBLE IN JUST THREE STEPS:

Draw your input form on the video screen using PRINT statements.

Define data entry fields in the SCRINPGT data table.

Activate SCRINPGT through a GSR call.

Now fill in the blanks. SCRINPGT assigns all data to BASIC variables
which are processed normally by your program. It's that easy!

SCRINPGT comes with user manual of instructions, examples and demo programs.
Even the loan worksheet program and a source of listing of the machine language
code are given. Try SCRINPGT. If you are dissatisfied for AMY reason, return it
within 10 days for a full refund.

ACR Consultants

1 000 North Bittner Road

New Palestine, IN 46163

^282

Please Send Me:

I; SCRiriRGTondiskette S27-00

; SCRINPGT on cassette S29.00

Phone Orders Welcome
(317)861-6319

* All orders shipped tvilhin 24 hours

* S 0-day money back guarantee

* VISA or MasLercharge accepted

Indiana Residents please add 4% sales tax. Personal Checks take two weeks to clear.
Name _„_ __ —

Address.

- City.

State.

Zip.

Credit Card I^urnber.

Signature ...

Expiration Date.

t> Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 193

TIIS-80* owners
do your own tcDces like an expert

with TAX/SiAVER:

TAX/SAVER:The professional tax
help program for the layman.

• Allcws you the privacy of your own home.

• Lets you help friends and relatives with their taxes.

• Has built-in aids, Answers specific questions like "Is my father my
dependent?" and "Are my deductions reosonoble?"

• TcK deductible.

• Manual includes 1 980 tax forms, information on special tax oreas,
lists of possible deductions, and glossary of tax terms.

• Completes long and short forms including itemized deductions,
excess PICA eorned income credit, community property', tax
calculation (comparing all possible filing statuses in one run).

• Tax regulations ore progrommed in by our team of accountants.
Just t/pe in your figures and you've done your cwn tax return.

• Helps you find the lowest tax.

• Discount on yearly updates. • . ; .,

TO ORDER;

Call-toll free 800-223-5594 (in NY call collect 21 2-249-8890)
or send *he cojoai belov to Micromafic Programming Co..
P.O. Bcix 156, Geofgetcwn, Ct. 06829. ,^66

Orders will be filled m 'Tiid-Jonuofy to oIIoa' iricluson of all
ne// 1980 tax lo^vs

TAX/S^VER for TRSW Model I:

for 32K, 2 diskdnvesa/oiloble on 4 diskettes
'TT?S-80 is a (egistered traciema1< oi Rodio Stiock
Add S2.50 for postcge and trandlmg CT residents odd 7K% sales ta<
10% early bird discount until Jan. 15, 1981.

Pleose enroll me in update members' service and send me
D TAX/SAVEi?S cn disks @ S49.00 each (manual included),
n MonuQls alone @ S8.95 each

Name ^ ___^____^__

Address
City__

State.

Zip

Copyright ©1980

□ Check D Master Charge D Visa
_______^ Ca'"d Number Fxo date

microcomputing

renewal card

THIS IS WHAT YOUR MAILBOX WILL
LOOK LIKE IN JANUARY. . .if you dont

send in your fCJ^

80 Microcomputing made its debut in January 1980. If you subscribed with
the first issue for one year, your subscription will be ending with the
December 1980 Issue. To Iceep your 80 Microcomputing coming uninter-
rupted, mail in the card today. . .(or XeroxTM the coupon. . .or use the
subscription card in the back of the magazine.).

80 Microcomputing has brought you a whole year of exceptional articles
and reviews plus hundreds of dollars worth of usable programs. 1981 is go-
ing to be bigger and better. How can you afford to have an empty mailbox?

Keep SO Microcomputing in my mailbox . . . Bill me for

Name

Address

City

C lyear/SlS
D 2years/$30

D3vears/$45

State

_2ip_

(Attach mailing label if you have one)

Canadian $20/1 year only. US funds. Foreign $28/1 year only. US funds.
80 Microcomputing •PO Box 981 •Farmingdaie NY 11737

y^^

7/

;

194 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Fig. 3. Simple 5-V Power Supply

Instruction Function

OUT 127, reg # Lalch register address

1NP(127) Read the PSG

OUT 126, data Write to the PSG

The proper sequence of oper-
ation is to first latch the address
of a particular PSG register and
then write or read it, as required.

Tone Generator Control

The output frequency of the
three tone generators is ob-
tained by dividing the input
clock by 16 and by further count-
ing down by the programmed
12-bit tone period value. Each
12-bit value is obtained by com-
bining the relative coarse & fine
tune registers, with coarse the
most significant. Note that the
12-bit value is a period value—
the higher the registers, the
lower the resultant tone fre-
quency.

Noise Generator Control

The frequency of the noise
generator Is determined as fol-

lows:

^N = fCLOCK'ISNPio

where f^g Is the desired noise fre-
quency; fcLocK Is the Input clock
frequency; and NPio is the deci-
mal equivalent of the noise gen-
erator register.

Mixer Control— I/O Enable

Register 7 controls the three
noise/tone mixers and the two
general purpose I/O ports. Table
1 shows how these are enabled.
Disabling noise and tone does
not turn off a channel — only the
amplitude control register does
that.

Amplitude Control

The amplitude of each of the
three channels is controlled by
R8, R9, & R10 and shown in Ta-
ble 1. If M = 0, then the fixed am-
plitude is determined by D3-D0
{Oto 15). If M = 1, the amplitude
is determined by the envelope

10

OUT 127,0

'Select RO

20

OUT 126,125

'Set Chan A tone period to 1 ms (a kHz)

30

OUT 127,7

'Select R7

40

OUT 126,62

'Enable tone only on Chan A only

50

OUT 127,8

'Select R8

60

OUT 126,15

'Set max amplitude on Chan A

70

GOTO 70

'Keeps tone output going

Program

Listing 1. PSG test routine

10

OUT 127,6

'Select R6

20

OUT 126,15

'Set noise period to mid-value

30

OUT 127,7

■Select R7

40

OUT 126.7

'Enable noise only on Ctian A, B, C

50

OUT 127,8

■Select R8

60

OUT 126,16

'Select full-amplitude via envelope

70

OUT 127,9

'generator on A, B, C

80

OUT 126,16

90

OUT 127,10

100

OUT 126,16

110

OUT 127,12

'Select R12

120

OUT 126,16

'Set envelope period to 0.586 s

130

OUT 127,13

■Select R13

140

OUT 126,0

■Select envelope decay for one cycle

150

END

Program Listing 2.

Gunshot Sound Effect

Find the best price you can in this magazine on o box ot 10. Varbalim 5'/. inch
Floppies ond subtrocl 5,50; THAT'S OUR PRICE— We include the shipping (please
figure the competitor's shipping and handling charges in your computation).*
Compare our prices on other equipment; if we're not the least expensive, give us
a call. If you don't see it, give us a coll. WE HAVE LOTS OF STUFF! !

THIS MONTHS SPECIALS

SPECIAL #1

If you purchase the "TRS-SO DISK
AND OTHER MYSTERIES" Book for

the regular price of $33.50

you can buy 10 VERBATIM DISKET-
TES AND a plastic library cose

for $22.00

TOTAL $44.50

SPECIAL #3

If you purchase APPARAT
NEWDOS/80 for the regular price

of $149.00

we will give you a box of VERBATIM
DISKETTES AND o plastic library

case FREE

TOTAL $149.00

SPECIAL #2

If yo.u purchase APPARAT
NEWDOS+ for the regular price

of $99.95

you con buy 10 VERBATIM DISKET-
TES AND a plastic librory cose

for 5,00

TOTAL $104.95

SPECIAL #4

H you purchase the MICROSOFT
BASIC COMPILER for the REDUCED

PRICE of $190.00

we will give you a box of VERBATIM
DISKETTES AND a plastic librory

cose FREE

TOTAL 190.00

Blonk Dl«k«ttaa

Verbatim 5'/." $26.50

Verbatim 8 " 30.00
Verbatim 8 " Double Density 44.00

Aldi

Percom Seperator 27.00

Flippy Kit 11.95

16K Ram Kit (200nsl 49,00

Hard Hole Tool 4.00

refills (50) 9,95

Plastic Storage Box 8 " 3.00

Plastic Storage Bok 5%" 2.50

Plostic Diskette Sheets {10] 6,95

Software

We have lots!! CALL

Hardwartt

SOHOC IQ120 775.00

CENTRONIX 737 CALL

ANADEX DP-BOOO 655.00

PAPER TIGER w graphics 939.00

LOTS MORE PRINTERS IN
STOCK CALL

LEEDEX VIDEO 100 12" 124.95

SHUGART SA 400 |35

track some as Tandy) 349.00

MPI B-51 (40 track) 359,00

PERTEC (40 track] 359.00

Suppiiaa

9 'A" X 11"" Paper 20,S(>t

11"' X 14" Paper 32.85-|-

Lobslt.Prinl Whesli,Rtb-
bom CALL

SEND FOR FREE CATALOG

fAdd shipping for paper only,

•OFFER good as supply lasts.

Fraa ahlpplng for ordsrs over >20.00.

nifina

^69

4636 Park Granada

rj^-^^^r™ Calaba»a«, California

aiEraga 91302(213)883-8594

All drives are brand new and include chassis and power supply.

(^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 195

pattern as defined by the enve-
lope generator.

Envelope Generator Control

Ttie envelope period control is
determined by R10 & R11, wXh
RIO being coarse and R1 1 being
fine tune. The frequency is ob-
tained by dividing the input
clock by 256 and then dividing it
by the 16-bit period value. Note
that here, too, the higher the reg-

CONTINUE

lope counter after each cy-
cle.

When a 1, envelope counter
counts up. When a 0, enve-
lope counter counts down.
When a 1, the cycle pattern
will be defined by hold bit

Applications

The PSG can apply to music
and sound generation. To try
your hardware, you might want
to use the program in Program
Listing 1 which outputs a con-

'Visabling noise and tone does not

turn off a channel — only the amplitude

control register does that. "

ister value, the lower the resul-
tant frequency.

The shape/cycle control of
the envelope is provided by R13
as shown in Table 1. The defini-
tion of each function follows:

HOLD When a 1, limits the enve-

lope to one cycle.
ALTERNATE When a 1, reverses the en ve-

stant 1000 Hertz tone. In all fol-
lowing examples, any PSG reg-
ister unused should have a zero
written in, either by power-up or
software.

A gunshot can easily be done
by using the noise generator
tied to the decaying envelope
generator. This is shown in Pro-

10

OUT 127,0

'Select RO

20

OUT 126,254

'Siren low frequency

30

OUT 127,1

'Select R1

40

OUT 126,0

'Set coarse f req. to zero

50

OUT 127,7

'Select R7

60

OUT 126,62

Tone on A only

70

OUT 127,8

'Select R8

80

OUT 126,15

'Max amp on A

90

FORI= 1 TO 175: NEXT

■ 'Wait 350 ms

100

OUT 127,0

'Select RO

110

OUT 126,6

'Higher frequency

120

OUT 127,1

'Select R1

130

OUT 126,1

'Set coarse treq. to one

IdO

FOR 1 = 1 TO 175: NEXT

. 'Wait 350 ms

150

GOTO 10

Program Listing 3.

European Siren

10

OUT 127,7

'Select R7 register

20

OUT 126,62

'Tone on A only

30

OUT 127,8

'Select R8

40

OUT 126,15

'Max amp on A

50

OUT 127,0

'Select RO for tone period

60

AJ=INKEY$

'Get the keyboard input

70

IF A$ ^ "A" THEN GOTO 200

'Test for which

30

IF A$ = "S" THEN GOTO 300

'key was pressed

90

IF A$ = "D" THEN GOTO 400

'of the 8.

100

IF A$ = "F" THEN GOTO 500

110

IF AS -"J" THEN GOTO 600

120

IF A$ = "K" THEN GOTO 7O0

130

IF A$ = "L" THEN GOTO 800

140

IF A$ - " ; " THEN GOTO 900

150

GOTO 50

'Get another keyboard entry

200

OUT 126,115

'The "A" was pressed so

210

OUT 127,1

'output 46 Hz

220

OUT 126.9

230

GOTO 50

300

OUT 126,185

'The "S" was pressed so

310

OUT 127,1

'output 92 Hz

320

OUT 126,4

330

GOTO 50

400

OUT 126,129

'The "D" was pressed so

410

OUT 127,1

'output 174 Hz

420

OUT 126,2

430

GOTO 50

500

OUT 126,68

'The "F" was pressed so

510

OUT 127,1

'output 350 Hz

520

OUT 126,1

530

GOTO 50

600

OUT 126,160

'The "J" was pressed so

610

OUT 127,1

'output 700 Hz

620

OUT 126,0

630

GOTO 50

700

OUT 126,80

'The "K" was pressed so

710

OUT 127,1

'output 1400 Hz

720

OUT 126,0

730

GOTO 50

800

OUT 126,38

'The "L" was pressed so

810

OUT 127,1

'output 3000 Hz

820

OUT 126,0

830

GOTO 50

900

OUT 126,21

'The " ; " was pressed so

910

OUT 127,1

'output 5000 Hz

920

OUT 126,0

930

GOTO 50

Program Listing 5. Electronic

Organ Simulator

gram Listing 2.

The European siren sound ef-
fect demonstrates two distinct

frequencies sequentially pro-
duced. Program Listing 3 lists
the software for this.

10

FORN-1 TO 5

'Star Trek Red Alert

20

OUT 127,7

'Select R7

30

OUT 126,62

'Tone on A only

40

OUT 127,8

■Select R8

50

OUT 126,15

'Max amp on A

60

OUT 127,0

'Select A for tone period

70

FORR0 = 250TO150STEP -2

'Freq. loop

80

FOR 1-1 TO 2: NEXT

'4 ms delay

90

OUT 126,R0

100

NEXT RO

110

OUT 127,8

'Shut it down

120

OUT 126,0

130

FOR 1 = 1 TO 100: NEXT

'200 ms delay

140

NEXTN

150

END

.

Program Listing 4.

Star Trek Red Alert

10

OUT 127,6 'WOLF WHISTLE SET R6

20

OUT 126,1 'MINIMUM NOISE

30

OUT 127,7 'TONE ON A, NOISE ON B

40

OUT 126,45

50

OUT 127, S 'MAX AMP ON A

60

OUT 126,15

70

OUT 127,9

80

OUT 126, 9

85

OUT 127,0

90

rOR 1=64 TO 48 STEP -1

95

?0R X=l TO 6 : NEXT

102

OUT 126,1

110

NEXT

120

FOR 1=1 TO 75 :NEXT 'WAIT 150 MS

130

FOR 1=64 TO 48 STEP -1

140

OUT 126,1

142

FOR X= 1 TO 12 :NEXT

145

NEXT

150

FOR 1=48 TO 104

160

OUT 126,1

17

FOR X=l TO 5 : NEXT

180

NEXT

190

OUT 127,8 'SHUT IT DOl-JN

200

OUT 126,0

210

OUT 127,9

220

OUT 126,0

230

FOR 1=1 TO 1500: NEXT

240

GOTO 10

Program Listing 6. Gl Cliip Demonstration

196 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Hien^lGDIrTRANSlOOO

A completely refurbished
IBM Selectric Terminal with
built-in ASCII Interface.

*FOR YOUR TRS-80 WITH OR WITHOUT
EXPANSION INTERFACE. AVAILABLE WITH
CENTRONICS TYPE PARALLEL PORT.

Features:

• 300 Baud Serial

• 14.9 characters per second
printout

• Reliable heavy duty Selectric
mechanism

• RS-232C Interface

• Documentation included

• 60 day warranty — parts and
labor

• High quality Selectric print-
ing Off-line use as typewriter

• Optional tractor feed
available

• 15 inch carriage width

Also works with Exa-
tron's Stringy floppy,
for fast loading of pro-
grams. {Has RS232
built in stringy)

HOW TO ORDER
D^VIA-TRAIVSIOOO 1

1. We accept Visa, Master %
Charge. Make cashiers checks or
personal check payable to:

DATA-TRAXS

2. AU orders are shipped
EO.B. San Jose, CA

3. Deliveries are immediate

Desk and table lop models also available.
For orders and information

DATA-TRANS

2154 0^0016 St.
UnitE

SanJose,GA 95131
Phone: (408) 263-9246

SUPER-UTILITY

® 1980 by Kim Watt of
Breeze Computing

P.O. Box 1013 • Berkley. Michigan 48072

SUPER-UTILITY was written by BREEZE COMPUTING and is the MOST POWERFUL utility
program of its kind on the market. This program contains over- FOUR DOZEN MAJOR UTILITIES-
that allow you to solve problems in SECONDS that used to take HOURS of tedious work.

For the first time, the NOVICB PROGRAMMER is able to perform a wide range of functions that up
to now, only a PRO could handle. This 24K MACHINE LANGUAGE, stand alone program comes
with over 30 pages of instructions that have been written in LAYMAN TERMS and also contains step
by step instructions on how to use each utility.

SUPER-UTILITY contains seven (7) main menus of utilities and each menu has several different
functions that are available for your use in various programming or disk repair problems that may
arise. The following list will give you an idea of SOME of the power that this fantastic program
contains.

Zyro unused directory entries Repair GAT table

Zero unused granulus Repair HIT table

Remove al! system files automatically Repair BOOT

Kill files by category (CMD/BAS/TXT/EC11 Read protect directory track
Change tiarne. dale, password, autocommand Recover killed files
Change file parameters Complete directory check

Remove psssu'Drds from all iiles Moi;e memory

Format disks (1 to 96 track] Exchatiija memory

Format without erasing existing data Compare memory

Zero memory
Test memory
Imput byle from port
Output byle to port
Write memory to disk
Read memory from disk
Read a full track from disk

Display di^k sectors

Display file sectors

Display main memory

Compare disk sectors

Copy disk sectors

Verify disk sectors

Zero disk sectors

String search (ASCII or NUMBERS)

Sector searcfi

Modify data infHEX,ASCII.DEClMAL. Add tracks to existing disk

or BINARY) Custom format any way you wanl

All screen displays in HEX AND ASCII Read address marks on disk
Dual cursors Reads "Protected Disks"

Over 25 data modification commands Copy disks witti format
Kill individual files Copy disks withoul formaltiny

Kill files from a list Copy "Protected" Disks

Full disk directory (active and non- Copy "Protected" Tapes

active files) Automatic disk repair

Examine sei.tor allocations

Dealer inquiries invited. To purchase your copy of SUPER- UTILITY, send $49.95 (check or money
order, Michigan Residents add 4% sales tax) and $2,50 Shipping and Handling to:

BREEZE COMPUTING ^ ^

■ RO. Box 1013 • Berkley, Michigan 48072

y^Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing. January 1981 • 197

SOUND IDEA

AS FEATURED IN 80 U. S. NOV/ DEC ISSUE

THE END OF THE
SILENT SCREEN FOREVER!

GENERATE SOUNDS RANGI NG FROM THE OLD WEST, EXPLOSIONS,
WHISTLES, BELLS, LASERS, AND INTO THE OUTER LIMITS OF SPACE,

THREE INDEPENDENTLY PROGRAMMABIE CHANNELS OF TONE
AND/OR NOISE ALLOW YOUR IMAGINATION TO CREATE ANY
SOUND EFFECT YOU CAN DREAM UP OR EVEN BECOME A THREE
PART HARMONY COMPOSER WITHOUT SPECIAL SOFTWARE.

PLUGS INTO ANY LEVEL II KEYBOARD OR EXPANSION BOX.

DRIVES ANY AMPLIFIER OR EARPHONES.AN EXTERNAL
+ 5 VOLT POWER JACK IS PROVIDED SINCE SOME
COMPUTERS MAY NOT BE EQUIPPED TO POWER THE
SOUND IDEA.

100% SATISFACTION GUA RAN TEED

S«nd Che<k or Money Order To:
LANTZ and YOUNGREN ENT.
P.O. BOX 1283
CANOGA PARK, CA. 91304

CALIFORNIA RES. ADD 6% SALES TAX

COMPLETE KIT C ^2
ASMB. and TESTED $ QQ

779 UPPER CASE/lower case
'Xonversion Kit I"

Expand the capabilities of your 779 line printer to
include word processing!! Available to all Centronics
779 and TRS 80 Printer I owners is the option of lower
case and changing slash zero to standard 0. No etch
cuts or soldering needed. Installs in minutes with a
screwdriver. No program modification or additional
interface is required. Price $125.00

UPPER/ LOWER CASE NOW AVAILABLE FOR THE FOLLOWING

CEMTRONICS PRINTERS:

101AU 102BL, 306, 500, 501, 503, 700, 701, 702, 703, 780, 781.

Motor control 'XONVERSION KIT II"

FOR ALL CEISTTRONICS 779 & TRS 80 PRINTER I UNE PRINTERSII

Our "Conversion Kit H" Motor Controller gives your 779
the ability to turn the motor on and off automatically.
Removes the annoying noise of constant run.
Increasing the life span of your 779 and TRS 80 line
printer motor! No soldering, software or hardware
changes needed. Installs easily. Price $95.00

SAVE! Buy Service Technologies "Conversion Kit I"
and "Conversion Kit ii" together for the single price
of $199.00

To order, please send check or money order in the
proper amount to: r ^ rr- 1 i . (J

iJerclce Jecnnoloqies, .Jnc.

32 Nightingale Rd.

Nashua, n.h. 03062 ^^9?

(603) 883-5369
Visa and Master Charge accepted (please include signature,
expiration date and phone number).

The famous Star Trek red alert
is a variation of the siren and the
software is in Program Listing 4.

To generate music, the pro-
gram in Program Listing 5 out-
puts a frequency corresponding
to a key closure. By playing
around with this effect and us-
ing more than just eight keys as
I did, you can play your own
music. By expanding this pro-
gram (and with some musical
knowledge, which I lack), you
can get your TRS-80 to simulate
an electronic organ. By having

the TRS-80 keep track of your in-
put pattern, you can record and
playback the music.

I hope that this article has
given you some insight into the
PSG and how to easily connect
it to your TRS-80. One idea
would be to write some assem-
bly language programs for con-
trol. Adding sound is really easy
and it opens up a new field of ap-
plications.

The PSG is available postpaid
from the author. ■

1 FOR R=0 TO 15

2 OUT 127, R

3 OUT 126,0

4 NEXT

10 OUT 127,6

'GUNSHOT @ R6 SET NOISE PERIOD

20 OUT 126,15

NOISE PERIOD AT MID-VALUE

30 OUT 127,7

'ADDRESS R7 FOR NOISE ENABLE

40 OUT 126,7

'NOISE ENABLE ON CHAN A,B, S C

50 OUT 127,8

'ADDRESS R8

60 OUT 126,16

'LET AMLPITUDE BE CONTROLLED

70 OUT 127,9

'BY THE ENVELOPE GENERATOR

60 OUT 126,16

90 OUT 127,10

100 OUT 126,16

110 OUT 127,12

'SET ENVELOPE PERIOD TO

120 OUT 125,16

' .586 SECONDS

130 OUT 127,13

'SELECT ENVELOPE DECAY

140 OUT 126,0

'FOR ONE CYCLE ONLY

15 FOR 1=1 TO 1000

: NEXT 'WAIT BEFORE GOING TO NEXT

t;FFECT

200 FOR R=0 TO 15

210 OUT 127, R

220 OUT 126,0 'SET ALL REGISTERS TO 1

23 NEXT

240 OUT 127,7

'EXPLOSION SOUND EFFECT

250 OUT 126,7

'ENABLE NOISE ONLY ON CHAN A,B,C

260 OUT 127,8

'SELECT FULL AMPLITUDE RANGE

270 OUT 126,16

'UNDER CONTROL OF ENVELOPE GENER

ATOR

280 OUT 127,9

290 OUT 126,16

300 OUT 127,10

310 OUT 126.16

320 OUT 127,12

'SET ENVELOPE PERIOD

330 OUT 126 ,56

'TO 2,05 SECONDS

340 OUT 127,13

'SELECT ENVELOPE DECAY

350 OUT 126,0

'FOR ONE CYCLE ONLY

360 FOR 1=11 TO 1000: NEXT 'WAIT A BIT INBETWEEN |

1000 FOR N=l TO 5

'STAR TREK RED ALERT

1005 OUT 127,7

1010 OUT 126,62

'TONE ON A

1020 OUT 127, B

1030 OUT 126,15

'WAX AMP

1040 OUT 127,0

1050 FOR R0=250 TO

15 STEP -2

1055 FOR 1=1 TO 2 :

NEXT

1060 OUT 126, R0

'FREQ SHEEP

1070 HEXT

1080 OUT 127,8

1090 OUT 126,0

'SHUT IT OFF

1095 NEXT N

1100 FOR I=1T0 500

:NEXT

1200 FOR N=l TO 5

'SIREN

1205 OUT 127,0

1210 OUT 126,254

'SET CHAN A TONE PERIOD TO 2.27 MS

1220 OUT 127,1

1230 OUT 126,0

1240 OUT 127,7

1250 OUT 126,62

'ENABLE TONE ONLY ON CHAN A

1260 OUT 127,8

1270 OUT 126,15

'SET MAX AMP ON CHAN A

1280 FOR 1=1 TO 17 5

: NEXT 'WAIT ABOUT 350 ME

1290 OUT 127,0

1300 OUT 126,86

SET TONE ON CHAN A TO 5.346 MS

1310 OUT 127,1

1320 OUT 126,1

1330 FOR 1=1 TO 175

: NEXT 'WAIT ABOUT 350 MS

1332 OUT 127, 8

'SHUT IT OFF

1333 OUT 126,0

1334 NEXT N

1335 FOR 1=1 TO 500 : NEXT |

1340 GOTO 1 '

DON'T STOP UNTIL BREAK IS PRESSED

Program Listing 7. Sound-effects Program Demonstration

198 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Bringing Word Processing Power

to the People

Performance. At a price you can afford. The
basis on which our company has built a
reputation that spans hundreds of software
sales in seven countries.
Pensa-writc 2 — A new generation word
processing system that's flexible, versatile,
lightning quick, and includes system fea-
tures unparalleled.

— In memory capacity of ! 9, 1 99 characters
in a 32K machine.

— full editing capabiHties including; global
search and replace, fully controlled trans-
parent cursor, insert and delete functions,
keyword searches, non-printing com-
ments, forward and backward scrolling,
complete word wrap-around and much
more...

— user orientation features included on sc-
reen such as time and date, program loca-
tion, current free memory space, words in
memory, and the amount of free disk space.

— directories for all drives available on
screen without exit to DOS.

— sophisticated program structure that
will allow the addition of program modules
that will enhance the editor, your initial
purchase will include editor and general
purpose printing program. Enhancement
modules will include mailing list, basic file
editor, report printer, letter prmter and
others, and will have prices ranging from

$39.95 to $79.95. You may also write your
own programs which you may integrate
with the processor. Up to 20 commands
may be specified.

But there's more. Pensadyne computer ser-
vices believes that after sales service is vital
to the full implementation and support of
our programs. Should a problem arise with
one of our programs, we have a 24 hour
service department where you can call and
get your questions answered. Wc guarantee
it. In writing. We want you to like what we
do for you, because if you do, then you'll
come back again in the future. The price of
the Pensa-write 2 word processing system.
Just $79.95.

Pensadyne. Giving you the power to think.

COMPUTER SERVICES

4441 WEST FIRST AVE. VANCOUVER, B.C.. V6R4H9 604-224-3107

t--207

ssriELS scffiuara (in)

dishnEd

A sophisticated Editor £
Assembler setting the standard
for the '80 Mode) I & Model
III. All EDAS commands and
SOURCE text can be entered in
either upper case or 1 ower
case. Direct assembly form
memory or disk by means of -GET

rectives. This

buffer capacity

your drive

30,000 bytes of

assembler

gives text

equal to

conf igurat ion

symbol table.

01 rect assembly to disk or

memory for faster debugg i ng

ope rat ions ! DOS "system"

command funct ions KILL, DIR,

FREE, and LIST are avai lable

from vjithin the environment of

EDAS.

The Editor, with renumber,
maintains command syntax
identical to the BASIC editor.
Global change permits you to
alter a string throughout a
designated range of lines vjhile
block move relocates lines of
text.

EDAS is priced at $79 plus $3
S&H. A 72-page manual included.

VTOS ^.0, the system you have been waiting for
is here. No ad could adequately describe the
capabilities inherent in VTOS. MISOSYS provides
full technical support for this system. You owe
it to yourself to explore VTOS k.Q. Available
for S125 with the Reference Manual or $99
without. Call or write for all the details.

ITI]S[I.I]

Turn yo
a d isk
mod i f i e
at ion,
I/O, b
printer
t iona ]
table,
t i on ,
protect
after
EOTASM
& FREE
today !
comi ng

Ed i tor Assemb 1 er into

package. This 32K patch

s EDTASM for DOS oper-

Features? Add f ul 1 disk

lock move , global change,

pagination with op-

prompting, sorted symbol

print memory u t i 1 i za-

correct DEFM expansion,

memory , and recover

SOOT. From wi th in the

you wi 1 1 have Dl R, Kl LL,

. Upgrade your EDTASM

Version for EDTASM+

soon. $20,

dsmfklr

Comp
thi s
print
pass
dress
ORG a
play
disk

ement your assembly language tools with
Z80 disassembler which produces screen,
er, cassette, or disk file output. A two-
process provides SYMBOLS for l6-bit ad-
and 8-bit relative references. E(iUates £
re generated. Read SYSTEM programs E dis-
load address range. $20 (DSMBLR I for non-
use is $15)

sudtil

ruj

Now you can append two or more
CMD files and/or SYSTEM tapes.
Perform transfer to & from
disk/tape of SYSTEM/CMD modules
with offset capabilities. Read
VTOS ISAM overlays. More! $20

fA

ru

MfSOSYS - Dept Kl

590i( Edgehi 1 1 Drive

Alexandria, Virginia 22303

703-960-2998 MicroNET 701^0, 310

Dealer Inquiries Invited

nj

ViSA

THE Eflfl\

THE B00K must be a part of your
2-80 language tools. Volume I
gives you access to all math
operations in your Level II ROM
including ASCI l-Binary conver-
sions. Included is a symbol
table of the entire machine
noting over 500 addresses.
Volume II tells you everything
you wanted to know about the
Level Ml/0 - printer, key-
board, video, and cassette
rout ines are ful ly explained.
Each volume has a fully-com-
mented listing of all the rou-
tines discussed. THE B00Ks will
save you hours of assembler
program development time. Don ' t
start programming wi thout THE
B00Ks. Each volume is priced at
Sill. 95 + $1.50 S6H or buy both
for $2it.95.

1^ Reader Service—see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 199

UTILITY

A Disk BASIC to Level II conversion utility.

The DB to LII Converter

Bryan Mumford

Box 435

Summerland, CA 93067

One of the things computers
do best is make a little time
seem like forever. A 60-second
wait for CLOADing seems intol-
erable. So, you get disks. But
you quickly become aware of
the fact that Disk BASIC is dif-
ferent from Level M BASIC.

Many Level II programs will
no longer run in a disk system.

In most cases, you would
want to upgrade those pro-
grams to make them more flexi-
ble (you did, after all, spend a
substantial chunk of money on
those disk drives and Interface).
But there are some programs
you might not want to bother
with. Or you may not know
enough to modify them. If you
are in the business of writing
software for Level II BASIC but
have a disk system yourself,
what a convenience it would be
to quickly load your programs
into Level II from disk as they
develop for testing. As it turns
out, it is possible to do so, and
the source listing in Program
Listing 1 will do just that.

Reconfiguration

It seems that the only way

Level II has of loading data is
from tape. Well, not quite. We
can also sneak programs in with
machine code. Since the way
programs are stored (In RAM) In
Level II and the way they are
stored in Disk BASIC is the
same. It seems like a simple
enough project to move a mem-
ory image of the program in Disk
BASIC down to the locations
that a Level II program normally
occupies, and run it.

The only problem is that the
system needs to be re-config-
ured for Level II. In addition, the
program would over-write the
disk operating system and
crash the computer. Finally,
while the format of BASIC text in
RAM is the same in both lan-
guages, each line contains a
pointer to the beginning of the
next line, and to simply move a
program from one area to anoth-
er means that the program
would immediately direct itself
back to its original location.

It becomes apparent that this
simple idea may not be so easy
to implement. A program such
as this reveals a lot of useful in-
formation about how the TRS-80
handles BASIC, however, and It
might be instructive to examine
how such a trick can be pulled
off.

There are two useful pointers
in RAM for dealing with BASIC
text. One, at 40A4H, gives us the
start address of any resident
BASIC program. The other, at
40F9H, gives the end address of
the BASIC text. By subtracting

these, we can find the length of
the program. If we want to be
able to use this program on a
32K machine, the BASIC pro-
gram text must be longer than
about 3C00H bytes. We can
easily test for this condition by
comparing the program length
with 3C00H, and the CALL to
ROM address 0A39H in line 430
does just that. If it turns out to
be too long, we can jump to the
ABORT routine at line 790 which
will display an appropriate mes-
sage and exit to DOS.

it Is now necessary to modify
the BASIC text so that it wili run
once it Is moved down to Level
II. Each line of a BASIC program
begins with a two-byte pointer
to the location of the next pro-
gram line. These bytes are fol-
lowed by a two-byte representa-
tion of the current line number.
After this comes the actual text
of the program line, In com-
pressed format. That is, most
words are compressed into a
single-byte token which repre-
sents the particular function.
This Is followed by a single byte
of zero, which signifies the end
of the line. The BASIC interpre-
ter knows when it has read the

last line of text by storing zeros
as the next line pointer. To make
this more intelligible, see Table 1.

Before we can move the text
down to the Level II area, we
need to redefine the first two
bytes to point to the next line
where it will be after we move it.
This can be accomplished by
knowing how far we will need to
move it, which is the distance
from where Disk BASIC starts to
42E9H, where Level II BASIC
starts. Program lines 460 to 500
calculate this displacement and
store it at location DIFF. We
then load HL with the address of
the first line of text and call the
subroutine at line 910.

This routine Is a little confus-
ing, since it uses self-modifying
code. But the idea is that we
subtract the previously calculat-
ed offset from each line pointer
until we get to a line pointer of
0000, which signifies the end of
program text.

We now have the whole pro-
gram text modified to run in a
Level II machine. It is still sitting
where Disk BASIC put it, how-
ever, and that means the stack
of a 16K machine will be right in
the middle of it. Lines 550 to 610

XX (least significant byte)

ADDRESS OF NEXT PROGRAM LINE

XX (most significant byte)

(00 00 IF END OF TEXT)

XX (least significant byte)

LINE NUMBER OF PRESENT PROGRAM

LINE

XX (most significant byte)

XX XX XX XX

TEXTOFPROGRAtW LINE

GO

SIGNIFIES END OF LINE

Table 1

200 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

1 1 REDUCE PROGRAMMING | |

! \ EFFORT

BY 507o : :

.M^^^^^^

is^^^*^

IN FOUR SIMPLE STEPS -

|l| Draw Ihe Data Enlry Form on Ihe
VIDEO SCREEN

* Gel & Pjt Records to Disk
File by "KEV

\2\ Soecily Checking tor tach Field

Options: • Alpha T/pe Check

• Lenglti Check • No FieW Checking

• Nuir. Type Check • Y/N Check

|3| Save Dala Entry Control Form

* Read File m Key

Sequence Without Sorting

* Delete Records Without

Recopying File

* Add to Disk Files m Any

Sequence

* Variable Key Length From

1 to 50 Characters

Idl OATAENTR Subroutines in
Application COMPLETELY
Control Data Entry

BUSINESS APPLICATION ADVANTAGES |

standard Auto Operator Error Prompts
Simplifiea Operalor Training
Reduced Program Dc^ Time
Eliminate GarOage In/Oul Problems

Imp Dish Ulilization
Easier Prog. Development
Improved Opei Characteristics
■ Reduce or Eliminate Sorting
Improved Perlofmance

DISTRIBUTED ON DISKETTE ■ - - INCLUDES: |

• Screen Prep Utility

. DATAENTR Sjbroulmes

• Example Program

• Complete Docj mentation

$80.00

TRSW MODEL 1 &

• ISAM Subroutines

• ISAM Utilities

• Documentation

• Mail list Sample Application

$90.00

II SOFTWARE FROM;

Johnson Associates -or- 24 Hour Order Line
PO Boxl402M v-85 For Bank Card Sales
Redding, CA 96001 (916)221-0740
- WRITE FOR FREE CATALOG

TRS-80- Registered Trademark ot Ihe I ANDY CORP

At last... the

Typewriter Interface!

/...

Turn your electric typewriter into a low cost, high
quality hard copy printer. 1 Year Warranty

Dynatyper— the patented' RDI— I/O Pak is fast becoming the industry
Standard for typewriter output. Why? Because:

1. It takes 2 minutes to initially install and 5 seconds to remove or
replace,

2. You do not have to modily your typewriter. All factory warranties
and maintenance agreements on yoLtr typewriter will be honored.

3. You can use it with all powered carriage return typewriters that
have U.S. keyboard. Our Model I works with all non Selectrics and
our Model II works with Selectrics. Conversion between models
takes 2 minutes and the kit (26 plungers] is available for a nominal
charge.

4. You don't have to lug around a bulky printer when you travel. !f
there is a typewriter at your destination, you can install the light
{3 lbs.) I/O Pak in just 2 minutes.

5. Same interface for TRS-80, Apple and GPIB. Centronics and Pet
compatible interfaces are available in third quarter 1980. Electric
pencil available.

6. Delivery: Stock to two weeks. Price: $499. for the complete system,
FOB Rochester, Domestic.

Over 1000 in ooeration today. VISA and MasterCard accepted. Call
Ken Yanicky at 716-385-4336, or wnie Dept. M.'

■Polem Pending f 468

ROCHESTER DATA

3100 Monroe Avenue, Rochester, New York 14618

incorporated

HI-RESOLUTION
GRAPHICS FOR TRS-80

INTRODUCING:

E/RAM

...:.. ■ 'l^liii iiL:.-^ ^

^Mil" 'i- ■■■:-•-■

:\-iiT''-^^'

E/RAM Graphics is a unique tiardware/software package, which will integrate high-
speed, high resolution graphics into any Level H TRS-BO system. E/RAM hardware is a
fully plug-compatible bo>:, wliich installs in minutes, and requires absolutely no
modifications io the TRS-80 system. E/RAM software is a compact, relocatable set ot
utilities which provides Ihe user will! easily accessible graphics tunclions. For instance
Iheuser pokes the end point coordinates of a line into certain locations, does a USR call,
and an optimized dot-raster line is automatically drawn on the screen at very highspeed
(less than 10 milli-seconds tor a medium length line).

E/RAM does not require the purchaseof an additional monitor CRT. The high-resolution
graphics video is syncronized with the TRS-80 video and appears on the screen with the
normal TRS-80 display. Alphanumerics, TRS-SO graptiics, and E/RAM high-resolution
graphics may tie displayed simultaneously or mdividually.

E/RAM hardware contains its own 6144 byte video memory, which provides a true 256 x
192 matrix of independent graphic elements. (E/RAM is NOT a programmable character

generator type graphics system Character generator systems have serious limitations
in full screen graphics applications 1

E/RAM will operate with or without an expansion interface, and with any standard
memory configuration (4k through 48k).

E/RAM is fast. "E/RAM" is an acronym for Extended Random Access Memory, a very
short description of the Patent-Pending method of I/O employed by this device, which
gives it memory-mapped speed without interfering with the memory space used by the
TRS-80.

The installation of E/RAM will not atlect
normal operation ot the TRS-80 High
resolution ON/OFF is under program or
manual control (a switch is provided) An
expansion card edge connector is provided
so that other peripherals may be used on
the TRS-80 bus

i;-;:-**^irV--h=

E/RAM software package is compact (less than 1000 bytes), fast, easy to use, and very
flexible. A relocating loader is provided. The user can delete unneeded routines if more
memory space is required. Lines can be drawn as fast as 13 per second using BASIC USR
calls, and as fast as 200 per second using assembly language programs.

Routines usable through USR of BASIC, and of course an assembler CALL are:

INIT ■ Sets up display

PLOT - Plots a point

READ - Reads a point from the screen

BLACK - Sets drawing mode to black (oft)

WHITE - Sets drawing mode to on

CLEAR - Clears the high-resolution graphics screen

LINE - Draws a line

As an example, after the utilities package is loaded and you desire to draw a line, the
following sequence of BASIC instructions could be execuled:

U=USR(0) Return the communications area

POKE U-'I.XO Provide the beginning X coordinate

POKE LI*3.V0 Provide the beginning V coordinate

POKE U*5,X1 Provide the ending X coordinate

POKE U+7.yi Provide the ending Y coordinate

V^USR(4) Draw the line (Current speed is

approximately 13 vectors/second!

The complete E/RAM package is available for only $349.95, and includes case, power
supply, cables, software cassette, and complete documentation.

To order, or for further details, write or call:

VERN STREET PRODUCTS

^432

We handle a full line
ot Radio Shack products

114 West Tail
Sapulpa, Oklahoma 74066
Phone: (918) 224-5347
Send $10.00 for a set of the manuals provided (applicable towards purchase)
Dealer inquiries are invited.

Terms: COD Welcome, check, money order. Master Charge, or Visa
Delivery: Stock to 60 days.

E/RAM was designed, and is manufactured by KEVLINE COMPUTER PRODUCTS, INC.
13 East 6th Street, M/C 200. Tulsa, Oklahoma 74119

'TRS-80 is a registered trademark of Radio Shack, a Tandy Corporation

y' Reader Sen/ ice — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 201

-\

Check our book pages for
the latest books about
microcomputers.

J

'MEMMMM^MfMMMIMfMEMEMMMMtlJlMM
Surplus TRS-80*
RAM Memory Chips

l>mli.T and Quantil) Pricing Available,

Dvr. TO <.haim<;ks in product

SIHUtrimh AMKKICAN BLSIINtSS
COMPIJTKRS IS OtTTKINf; SKVt.HAI.
THOUSAND 200 NAMWECOND RAM
MKMORY CHIPS AT CLOSE-OUT
PRICKS.

$38

(per 16K set)

amehicaim business computers
guarante:es aii^ memory chips
to be brand new and free ehom
defects for iso days. price ($45)
inci-uues 8 chips. quantftv dis-
counts available.

AMERICAN BUSINESS COMPUTERS ^397

'TM TANDY CORP.

118 S.MILL ST. - PRYOR, OK 74361 - 918-825-4844

THE

QUI2

MOVIES

teuevis/o/v,

SPORTS

NEVER EVER REPEATS
GAMES

HUNDREDS OF QUESTIONS

3 LEVELS -PERSONAL
SCORE PER QAME

ENTERTAINS ANY AGE

TRS-80-16K LEVEL H

Acfldamy Awards / Fomous Movies... $ 9.95

Emmy Awards / Fomous TV Shows i 9,95

Pro Footboll / 8o3«ball Records $9.95

ALL $19.95

^304

Cquarp PUB'S)
RO. BOX 7416
OXNARD, CA. 93031

Let Your TRS-80®

Teach You

ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE

Tired of buying book after book on assembly
language programming and still nol knowing your
POP from your PUSH?

REIVIsoFT proudly announces a more effi-
cient way, using your own TRS-80® , to learn ttie
fundamentals of assembly language programming
■-at YOUR pace and at YOUR convenience.
Our unique package, "INTRODUCTION TO TRS-80®
ASSEMBLY PROGRAMMING", will provide you with
the following:

• Ten 45-minute lessons on audio cassettes.

• A driver program to make your TRS-SO*' video
monitor serve as a blackboard for the instructor.

• A display program tor each lesson to provide
illustration and reinforcement for what you are
hearing.

■ A textbook on TRS-80® Assembly Language

Programming,

• Step-by-step dissecfion of complete and useful
routmes to tesf memory and to gain direct control
over the keyboard, video monitor, and primer.

• How to access and use powerful routines In your
Level II ROM,

This course v^as developed and recorded by
Joseph E. Willis and is based on the successful
series of courses he has taught at Meta Technologies
Corporation, the Radio Shack Computer Center, and
other locations in Northern Ohio, The minimum
system required is a Level II, 16K RAM

REMASSEM-1 only $69.95

REMsoFT, Inc.

571 E, 185 St.

Euclid, Ohio 44119

(216)531-1338

Include 11.50 tor stiippiiig and tiandhng '^70

Ohio residents add 5'/!% sales tax.

TRS-80'* IS a trademark of the Tandy Corp

%

202 • 80 Microcomputing. January 1981

will move the whole text to a
safe location above the 16K
boundary. Before we load Level
II, a short message will be dis-
played reminding us of the prop-
er procedure to get this monster
to run. Lines 670 to 690 wait for
the ENTER key to be pressed be-
fore surrendering control to the
Level II monitor.

We could easily enough enter
Level II by returning to DOS and
typing BASIC2. But being pro-
grammers, we are lazy, and we
can get the computer to do this
for us. The DOS command buf-
fer starts at address 4318H. AH
commands, including BASIC2,
are stored here, interpreted, and
then executed. All we need to do
is load this buffer with our com-
mand, point the HL register at It,
load A with B3H, and do a RST
40D. This is accomplished in
lines 710 to 770. At this point the
screen will display MEMORY
SIZE?, and you will enter Level II
BASIC.

Our program text is still
stored in its relocated form in
the top of memory, and the first
thing we need to do is pull it
down Into Level II. This is most
easily accomplished by jumping
back into our program, which
will block move the text down to
where we need it. The entry
point for this routine is at line
number 1390, and I have been
careful to arrange this to be lo-
cated at an address that is easy
to remember, namely 49000.
Since we will need to enter this
program once again later to
restore the Level II program to
Disk BASIC, this routine tests
the address in the start of text
pointer at 40A4H to see which
way we want to move it. That
way, we only need to remember
the one address to perform both
operations.

Lines 1430 to 1480 move the
text down into the Level II area.
But we still need to tell Level II
that it has arrived.

You will remember that the
start of a resident BASIC pro-
gram is stored at memory loca-
tion 40AFH. This location will al-
ready contain the appropriate
address, which is 42E9H. I'm
sure you haven't forgotten that
the end of a resident BASIC pro-
gram is stored at location
40F9H. Line 1500 loads this

pointer with the value of DE left
over from the block move in-
struction.

Before we run the program,
we have one more detail to take
care of. If we make any changes
in the program while in Level II it
would be nice to be able to store
them on disk, so we may as well
plan on a way to return to Disk
Basic with our Level II program
intact. One of the things Level II
does is disable all Disk BASIC
commands. Actually, it re-di-
rects them to an error message
display, and we can also re-di-
rect them. Lines 1520 and 1530
store a jump to our program in
the address which is called
when CMD is typed in Level II.
This is the setup for our exit
back to the disk system. When
CMD"S" is typed, just as in Disk
BASIC, we will return to DOS
READY, with a little necessary
housekeeping performed before
we go.

Level II is now able to accept
this program. We could return to
BASIC and type RUN, but the
computer can do that for us.
This is accomplished with the
short routine in lines 1540 to
1560. If you do not make any
changes in the BASIC program
you can return to DOS by just
hitting the RESET button. If you
need to store a modified Level II
program on disk, however, we
can do that too. Type CMD"S",
which will transfer control to
line 1580 of the program.

We now need to relocate the
program text to run in the Disk
BASIC area, move it to a safe
place, and return to DOS. The
routine at line 910, which we
previously used to subtract a
displacement from each line
pointer, can now be used to add
the same diplacement. This is
accomplished by replacing the
SUBTRACT code in line 990 with
the single byte ADD code and a
NOP. This is what lines 1580 and
1590 are for. We then call the
routine and change all the line
pointers. The length of the cur-
rent program is then calculated
and stored, and line 1710 moves
it up to 8000H, which is an ade-
quate temporary storage area.
Finally, a jump to 0000 is per-
formed, and the system re-boots
to DOS READY.

Continued to p. 206

TEXAS COMPUTER SYSTEMS

Radio /haek

Authorized Sales Center, OfFERS

LOWEST PRICES on

COMPUTERS

Model II 64K
$3349

Pocket Computer
$199

cnsttt* inttrfKi M3

Model III
4k LI $599

Mod. Ill $2119
32K 2 Disks

Model HI
16KUII$844

Color Computer
4K LI $322

PRINTERS

DAISY WHEEL II $1688

Ctrtai RibbM tipmrittf qiiilFlii tar wnd
|HocMsJn|. 43 clurKttrt p«r nond,
ibndird Cwlrania (MtilM inUrtici. Full

IG" width, Mtj indrviduil ihxb on Iriction t«*d plittn. TtKtor twd S750 aitri. The fnteit dtn;

whMl mjbbh it thn lo« Dn<;«.

EPSON MX-80 ?"h^

Lftttt qmliti milrii similar M Hi* Um
, . , - _ ._ friritr IV ind Itw Cwlronici priMtt bvl hai full
List >d43 nftwiri amtni ot 40. M. », v 132 calvnim.
U Epi ItidirKtionil pnntinf. trxtM Iti, dnpoubk ptinttwid. (300 \wa thin Itie nMWl umptli
tin printM, ifi Iha bMt but in i lattw quttilr multi-itnlii prinlw. Oui price it toe Inrl to ti<*rtat.

ANADEX 9500/9501 $1385

200 en. 7tS or M mitrii, dot
nMroutilt piphia, aictlltM
quilit) tnd piiti. 10, 12, 13.3

th»nctira/in, 8 oi < liiwi/in, rtindird fitM, luM, ir>d eurrwH laop intwIiCK intliidtd

LINE PRINTER VI $999

FbL Hfjitil*— take both vn|l« iSmH ind pin f*<l
fonni, 100 C|B bidirtctwnil, Iwi protih. Lirt 11160

LINE PRINTER III $1685 ^^ ^^ <^*«*"* "-^ """«> «""'«"«

ti«Ml, 7i9 nittrii

Littti quililgr multi strike mitriK, SO or 132
colli mm, fridicn ttcd.

LINE PRINTER IV $825

ACCESSORIES- SOFTWARE

MODEL II

Cr/M The best vecsion of CP/M avaitable for tfie
Model II CursQ' add'essmg. software contfol oF all
pcnts 59tll or eacli drive, aulo density selecl
many many more 150 page manual IlM(pir}

SCItlPSIT Word Processing System Eitensive com-
mand %ei allows global search and many other
leatures not found on ofber systems Use witti Daisy
Wheel and other prmters Eicellent value IM3.
frofih II Filing System allows immediate access
and reirie* of up to 20.QO0 individual u^r defined
records Can pnnt labels oi reports in any format
SlU.

e«iM4al Udfr allows up to 504 accounts with usei
defined account numbers Up to 1 1 *?0 entries per
month iudil trails and reports jenerated Easy
document and error recovery 1175,
limntor) handles up to 3.000 line items. 200 ven-
dors with each item quantity up to 999 999 Sug-
gested reorder report, yies trends and pertwmance
tl75,

%Mr II Eitended Basic Several enhancements to
TBSDOS BASIC including powerful editing com-
mands and a variable cross reference tor
programs JIM-

MODEL II

HOSr/nitll allows the Model II to become con-
trolled 'emotely by another terminal or Molel II
J50

SPOOUK allows disk spooling of printed output or
in the normal mode, greatly enhances system's
speed and performance tW-
VISTI Shupit Disk Eipansion System Uses the
same drive as the Model II console 1 Drive IMS.
2 Drive S1424, 3 Drive SltW.

MODEL I AND III

PEKCOM DOUIIER allows double density on the
Model I Easy installabon. comes with the DOUBLDOS
nperaling system on disk 150k on each drive S2M.
Ask about NEWDOS conversion (or Double Density
EXfMSION IMTtUFKE Ok Htm 1249
IIEinOS^tl39

PEKOM DISKS t CAU

We have all Radio Shack computers and accessor
les and a number of other brand computer items
Call irs lor you' specific needs and jet a copf of our
catalog

♦ No taies on Dul-ot'State Shipments leias res ArlC 51

* All merchandise pS new checked and guaranle^ by manufacliirf

• Payment Money Order Cashier's Check Cflified Cnpfk ''pr^nsl Chfrk'. ■piiuin' ,! wpevs to clear
VISA MASTERCHAftGE-Add n

* Prices subject lochange at any time

■• Delivery ol merchandise is sjb|ec' [o aiailabihtv

TEXAS COMPUTER SYSTEMS "

An Authorized MDIO SHACK' Sales Center f ?0I

Box 1174, Brady, Texas 76825

TOLL FREE Number 800-35M473

Texas Residents 915-597-0673

^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 203

ZIP UP TO
7 S PEEPS!

'rt,

RUN YOUR TRS-80 RELIABLY UP TO 2.25 TIMES FASTER (4MHZ) BY PUR-
CHASING FROM THE ONLY MANUFACTURER OF SPEEDUP UNITS TO RE-
CEIVE WIDE-SPREAD NATIONAL ACCLAIM FOR ITS PRODUCT. HERE'S A
FEW EXAMPLES OF COMMENTS ON OUR ORIGINAL BOARD: "... elegant
device . .does what it claims.", Kilobaud MICROCOMPUTING, Oct 80 •
(Bill Arctibold's Speedup Board and Video I are) "some great things",
INTERFACE AGE, Jan 80 • " a worthwhile modification for the TRS-80,"
80-US Journal, Sept/Oct 79 • " beautihjily assembled ". CIE TRS-80
Bulletin, May 79. Our NEW unit has many added features • run programs
50% slower than normal, normal, and 50%, 70%, 90%. 100%, or 125%
faster (a 50% minimum increase is guaranteed, 90 to 100% typical, with
no additional hardware • shows changes required to the TRS-80 to Insure
reliable operation up to 4mhz • software control with manual override
option • compensates for slow memory • power LED changes color to
indicate operating speed • supports speeds far in excess of 4mhz should
they prove practical in ttie future.

ASSEMBLED & TESTED $37.50

VIDEO I. An electronic addition that provides blacit characters and graphics
on an all white screen for a much easier to read presentation — gives none
of the glare associated with plastic screen add-ons. Software controllable.
For use with TRS-80 monitors only.

ASSEMBLED $23.95

Calif, residents add 6% tax. Foreign orders add 1Q%.

ARCHBOLD ELECTRONICS

10708 Segovia Way Rancho Cordova, CA 95670

(916) 635-5408 ^^

Dealer inquiries invited ^|js^

SPECTACULAR

Offers

BASF "FLEXYDISK"
Superior quality
data storage medium,
certified and
guaranteed 100%
error free.

S'A" or 8'"
Diskettes . ,

.10/

$24"^!^

5V4" or 8" Vinyl
Stoiage Pages

10/ $5

Write for quantity discounts
'Single sided / Single Density

SFD CASSETTES
"Super Ferro Dynamic"
Using the finest
Agfa PE 61 1 tape
in a professional
quality housing.

C-10 Cassette

Sonic Weld

Housing 10/ S/

Add IOC p/cassBttt fen 5 screw housing

Cassette Album . _ _, _

Page $1.89

Write for quantity discounts

UBRARY CASE
3-ring binder album.
Protects your valuable
programs on disl<s or
cassettes. Fully
enclosed and
protected on all sides
similar to Kas-sette
storage box.

Library 3-ring binder $6.50

5y4"mini Ka^sette/IO $ZA9
8" Kassette/10 $2.99

Write for quantity discounts

DISKETTE DRIVE
head cleaning kits
prevent head
crashes and insure
efficient error-
free operation.

5Vi" or 8" KIT

INTRODUCTORY
PRICE
$19.50

HARDHOLE 8" applicator S4.00

reinforcing ring of 51/," applicator $3.00

\?"^^^^^1%^T^''^^ 8" mylar hardholes (50) , $8-00
rr.rr, ^^^^^, mylar hardholes (50) S6.00

your disks from
damage

la

ABM

PRODUCTS

631 "B" St
San Diego,
CA 92101

(714)235-6602

VISA • MASTERCHARGE • MONEY ORDERS
CERTIRED CHECK • FOR PERSONAL CHECKS
ALLOW 2 WEEKS • C.O.D. REQUIRES A 10%
DEPOSn • CAL RES ADD 6% SALES TAX
MIN S2 SHIPPING 81 HANDUNG • MINIMUM
I ORDER S10 • SATISFACTION GUARANTEED |
OR FULL REFUND,

PURE FIG '
GOODNESS!

Now you can use Forth on your TRS-80 Mode! 1 with
1 6I< and a single disk. This is a stand-aione version
of the widely accepted Forth interest Group Modei
1.1 with the standard Forth editor. Extensions in-
clude disk format/backup, upper and lower case,
output to parallel or RS-232 printers, and an 8080
assembler/disassembler. Documentation includes
an introduction, glossary, and every single line of
the system, including disk drivers and boot up
code, all written in Forth!

TRS-80 fig-FORTH for

$49.95

NttUTILUS'

Add 2 50 for shipping
Ca. res. add G% for tax.
Order from:

^^55

P.O. Box 1 098, Santa Cruz Ca. 9506 1
TRS-80 is a trademark of Tandy Corp.

HARD CDPV

IS

STDRflGE

a problem?

V

The year's half over and your copies
of 80 Microcomputing are still lying
around in messy piles or worse!
Straighten out the situation with 80
Microcomputing Library Shelf Boxes
sturdy, corrugated, white, dirt-ro
sistant boxes will keep your issues of 80 Microcomputing orderly
and available for constant reference. Self-sticking labels are
available for the boxes, too, not only for 50 but also for Kilobaud/
Microcomputing, 73 Magavine, CQ, QST, Ham Radio, Perf^onal
Computing, interface Age, Byte and Radio f/ectron/cs. Ask for
whichever labels you want with your box order. Each box holds a
full year of the above magazines. Your magazine library is your
prime reference: Keep it handy and keep it neat with these strong
library shelf boxes. One box (BX1 000) is $2 00, 2-7 boxes(BXIOOI)
are $1.50 each, and 8 or more boxes (BX1002) are $1.25 each Be
sure to specify which labels we should send. Shipping and han-
dling charges are $1.00 per order. Call in your credit card orders
on our toll free line 800-258-5473, orusetheordercard intheback
of the magazine and mail to

m

microcomputing

Peterborough,
NH 03458

PIpdsc allow 4-(i wppki tor tlelivery No tOD order; accepted

204 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

Program Listing 1. Source Code Listing

0O990 SUB;

SEC

HL,DE iCALCULATE NEfc' POINTER

01000

DEFB

22H ;CODE FOR LD (NNl , HL

00120

FOHCTION: TO LOIIB A LEVEL II PROGRAM INTO DISK BASIC

01010 CLINE:

DEFil

0000 JSTORACE FOR ADDRESS

00130

FBOM DISK, LOAD LEVEL II BASIC AND PATCH THE PBOGflAH

01020

DEFB

21H ;C0DE FOR LD HL,1!N

00110

IHIO IT so IT WILL RUN. THEN TO RESTORE DISK BASIC

01030 NLINE:

DEFW

0000 ; STORAGE FOR NEXT LINE

001 50

AND LOAD THE SAME PBOCBAM, IF MODIFIED, INTO DISK

01010

LD

A,(HL) ;GEI LSB OF POINTER

00160

BASIC FROM WHERE IT MAY BE STORED OH DISK.

01050

INC

HL iPOINI TO MSB OF POINTER

00170

SEQUEh'CE OF OPERATIOHE:

01060

LD

B,(11L1 ;CEI MSB

001 60

1) LOAD DISK BASIC

01070

OR

B ilS POINTER 00007

00190

21 LOAD LEVEL II PROGBAM FBOM DISK

oioEo

RET

Z iBET IF YES

00200

3) RETURN TO DOS WITH CHD"S"

01090

DEC

HL ;3TEP BACK TO ADD.

00310

m BOH ■LEVEL2/CI1D' - SPECIFY 32767 A3 MEMORY SIZE

01100

JR

ADJUST ;PROCESS NEXT POINTER

00220

5l EKTEB SYSTEM COMMAND IN LEVEL II

OtIlO

00230

6) EXECUTE PROGRAM AT 19000

01120 BASIC2

DEEM

IDA3IC2' ;BASIC2 COIIMAtlD TEXT

O02U0

7) TYPE a-ID"S" IN LEVEL II TO RETURN TO DOS

01130

DEFB

ODH ;CARRIAOE RETURN

00250

81 LOAD DISK BASIC - SPECIFY 18000 AS milORY SIZE

01110 START;

DEFW

jSTABT OF DISK BASIC

00260

91 EIJTEB SYSTEIt COUIAKD IN DISK BASIC

01150 END:

DEFW

;END OF DISK BASIC

00270

101 EKECUTE PROGRAM AT 19000

05160 LEN:

DEFW

iLENGTH OF PROGRAM

00280

01170 DIFF;

DEFW

; AMOUNT OF DISPLACEMENT

00290

ORG OBCOgil

01180

00300

01190 MESAG1

DEFW

ODODH ^CARRIAGE RETURNS

00310

ei;tee: ld kl,(iioaih) ;START of basic pointer

01200

DEFM

'IN A MOMENT, YOU WILL ENTEB LEVEL II BASIC AMD BE ASKED TO ENTER'

00320

LD (START), HL ;ST01!E START ADDRESS

01210

DEEM

'A IXMOBY SIZE. YOU SHOULD ENTER "32767°, WHICH IS STANDARD FOB '

00330

EX DE.HL ;SAVE IN DE

01220

DEFM

'A 16K LEVEL II. WHEN THE "READY" MESSAGE IS DISPLAYED, TYPE '

003W

LD HL,{10F9H1 ;END OF BASIC POINTER

01330

DEFM

i-SYSTEl;" AND HIT <EKTER>. THE COMPUTER WILL RESPOND WITH "•?". '

00350
00360
00370

LD (EHD1,HL ;ST0!1E E1,'D
OR A ;CLEAR CARRY

01210

DEFM

'AT THIS POINT YOU SHOULD TYPE "/19000'' AND HIT <ENTER>.

01250

DEFM

'THE PROGRAM HILL BEGIN EXECUTION IH LEVEL II IMMEDIATELY.'

SBC HL,DE ^SUBTRACT START FBOM EtID

01260

DEFW

ODODH ^CARRIAGE RETURNS

00360
00390
OO^iOO

INC HL

01270

DEFM

'TO RETURN TO DISK BASIC, TYPE CMD"S". THIS WILL MOVE YOUR TEXT '

LD (LENl,iiL ;STORE LENGTH

01260

DEFM

■ OUT OF THE liAY AND RE-BOOT. THEN ENTER DISK BASIC WITH A MEMORY '

01290

DEFM

'SIZE OF 18000. TYPE "SYSTEM" AND "/19000". THE PROGRAM WILL IHEK'

oomo

EX DE,HL ;PUr LENGTH IN DE

01300

DEEM

'PATCH INTO BASIC FBOM 'JHERE IT MAY BE STORED Oil DISK. '

001:20

LD HL,3C0DH jMAXIMUH PROGRAM LENGTH

01310

DEED

ODH [CARRIAGE RETURH

00130

CALL 0A39H jROIl COMPARISON ROUTINE

01320

DEFM

'HIT <ei;ter> to proceed '

OOIUC

JR C, ABORT ;JUHP IF TOO BIG

01330

DEFB

00 ;end of text marker

ootsc

00160

01310 ABIES;

DEFB

ODH [CARRIAGE HETORN

LD HL,(10A1H) IGET START ADDRESS

01350

DEFM

'«" PBOCBAM IS TOO LMJG <••'

00170

LD DE,12E9H ;LEVEL 2 ADDRESS

01 360

DEFl-l

OOODJ]

ooieo

OB A

01370

0015C

SBC HL,DE ;FIKD DISPLACE! EKT

01380

00500

LD (DIFFl.HL ;STOBE DISPLflCEfflKT

01390 BASIC:

LD

A,(10A5>[| [OCT PAGE OF BASIC

00510
00520

OUOO

CP

12H iCOMPARE WITH LEVEL II

LD )!L,(10A1H) iGET START ADDRESS

OIUIO

JR

nz.disk ;jump if going to disk

00530

CALL ADJUST ;BEDUCE ALL LINE POINTERS

01120

OO510
00550

01130 LEVEL2

LD

hl,(lek) ;get length of pboobam

LD HL,(END1 ;GET END ADDRESS

01110

PUSH

HL I SIT on it

00560

LD DE.OBCOOH JSAFE ADDRESS FOR STORAGE

01150

POP

BC ;GET IT out again

00570

LD 3C,(LEi;l ;LEtJGTH OF PROGRAM

01160

LD

DE,li2E9H iSTART OF LEVEL II BASIC

00560

LDDB ;BLOCK MOVE OUT OF 16K

01170

LD

HL, (START) iLOCAIION THE TEXT IS STASHED AT

00550

INC DE ;STEP BACK UP

01160

LDIR

;MOVE BASIC TEXT

00600

EX DE,['L iSIART OF PROGRAM

01190

EX

DE.HL ;£HD OF PROGRAM

00610

LD (START), HL jUPDSTE START POINTER

01500

LD

{10F9H) ,HL ; STORE IT

00620

01510

00630

CALL 010911 ;CLEAR SCREEN

01520

LD

HL,C1-1D ;"CMD" ENTBY POINT

00610

LD HL,HESAGI ILOCATION OF MESSAGE

01530

LD

(1171H),HL ;STOBE IT IN PM'.

00650

CALL DSP [DISPLAY MESSAGE

01510

LD

HL,1D1BH iDON'T ASK, JUST DO IT

00660

01550

PUSH

HL ;SAVE IT ANYWAY

00670

INPUT; CALL 0019H ;LO0K AT KEYBOARD

01560

JP

1B5DH ;RU;i LEVEL II

006B0

CP 13 JENTER KEY

01570

00690

JR NZ, INPUT ;L0OK AGAIN IF NOT El.'TEfi

015E0 c;:d!

LD

KL,0019H ;CODE FOB 'ADD HL,DE'

00700

01590

LD

(SUDl.HL ;REPLACE SUBTRACT CODE

00710

LD DE,U318K ;DOS COflMAND BUFFER

01600

LD

HL,12E9H ;STAET OF TEXT

00720

LD HL,BASIC2 ;ADDBESS OF BASIC2 COrSiAND

01610

CALL

ADJUST ; RESTORE LINE POINTEBS

00730

LD BC,7 jLEtJGTH OF STBIHG

01620

LD

DE,12E9H ;STABT OF TEXT

00710

LDIR ;HOVE CGHMAID INTO BUFFEK

01630

LD

HL,110F9H1 ;END OF TEXT

00750

LD HL,1318H iPOIKT HL AT C0M;AI;D

01610

OB

A ;CLEAR CARRY

00760

LD A,DB3H iDON'T ASK, JUST DO II

01650

SBC

HL.DE ;FIND DIFFEREiJCE

00770

RST ID JLOAD LEVEL II

01660

LD

(LEN),HL iSTORE LENGTH OF PROGRAM

OO780

01670

PUSH

HL iSTASH LFJICIH

00790

ABORT: CALL 01C9H ;CLS

01660

POP

30 ;GET IS OUT AGAIN

00600

LD HL,ABHES jADOBT MESSAGE

01690

LD

DE,8O0OH [TEMPORABY STOBACC

00810

CALL DSP iDISPLAY MESSAGE

01700

LD

KL,12B9H jSTABT OF TEXT

00820

JP 102D1I ;RETURN TO DOS

01710

LDIR

00830

01720

JP

;BE-BO0T SYSTEI!

00810

DSP: LD A.{HL) JOET CKARACTEB

01730

00850

OR A ;ZERO;

01710 DISK:

LD

HL,8000H [WHERE TEXT IS STORED

00860

RET Z ; RETURN IF END

01750

LD

DE,(10A1i:l ;GET START OF DISK BASIC

00870

CALL D33AH ;VIDEO ROUTINE

01760

LD

BC,(LE>:) ;GEI LENGTH

008S0

INC HL ; POINT TO NEXT CHARACTER

01770

LDIR

;I10VE TEXT INTO BASIC

OO890

JB DSP ;LO0P

01730

EX

DS,HL

00900

01790

DEC

HL ;SET TO END OF TEXT

00910

ADJUST: LD (CLINE1,HL ;STOBE CURRENT LItiE ADD

01600

LD

(10F9Hl,nL iSTOEE FOP BASIC

00920

LD E,(HL) ;GET LSB

01610

LD

liL,l'10E6Hl ;STACK POINTER

00930

IllC HL ; POINT TO ;,'EXT BYTE

01620

LD

SPjHL IRESTORE IT

009';0

LD D,(HL) ;CDT 1!EB

01630

XOR

A ;WILL PREVENT AN ERROR MESSAGE

00950

EX DE,HL [GET VALUE INTO HL

01610

JP

2B2EH ;LIST ROUTINE

00960

LD (NLINEl.HL ;SAVE NEXT LINE ADDRESS

01 650

00970

LD DE,{DIFFl iGET DISPLACEIENT VALUE

01860

DEF(-[

' WRITTEN DY BRYAN MUMFORD - MUMFORD MICRO SYSTEMS '

00980

OR A

01870

END

e:iteb

Ail you have to do is send a No. 10 size
envelope, seif-addressed and stamped, to:

^B2

CECDAT, INC.

p. O. Box 8963
Moscow, ID 83843

The most unique concept
in software ideas. Are you
lired of not knowing those
Tricks and shortcuts which
the expert programmer uti-
lizes without even thinking
twice? Now you can pick
up some tips and novel
routines which Vi/\\\ simpli-
fy your own BASIC pro-
gramming. TRS-80 Model I

Ln.

TRS-80 is a trademark of
Tandy Corp.

Free Idea Seeds is a trade-
mark of CECDAT, INC.

t^ Reader Servicesee page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1961 • 205

To get the program back into
Disk BASIC, first load BASIC.
You will need to put the stack in
a location that won't conflict
with the stored program text. A
MEMORY SIZE of 48000 will ac-
complish this. Surely you have
not yet forgotten our entry point
of 49000. Type SYSTEM, and en-
ter /49000.

We will enter the program at
line 1390, but now that Disk
BASIC has an address larger
than 42E9H stored in 40A4H,
control will transfer to line 1740,
where the program text Is
moved down to the Disk BASIC
area and the end of text pointer
is set in line 1800. Our entry to
Disk BASIC is a little more

awkward than entering Level II;
we first need to restore the
stack pointer. The SYSTEM
command automatically resets
the stack to location 4288H, and
if we leave it there we will get an
error message upon return to
BASIC.

Fortunately, the previous lo-
cation of the stack is stored at
address 40E8H. Lines 1810 and
1820 restore the stack to this lo-
cation. Since we can't run a
Level II program in Disk BASIC
(that's why we went to all this
trouble in the first place) there is
no point in entering BASIC in the
RUN mode.

It would be nice to know that
everything is in order, however,

so we may as well choose a use-
ful and dramatic entry point.
This is the LIST routine, which is
at ROM address 2B2EH. Setting
A to zero first will prevent an er-
ror message, and we will finally
enter Disk BASIC with the pro-
gram being listed. At this point
you may SAVE the program on
disk again as if it were a normal
BASIC program, which it is.

If this sounds like a lot of work
to go to just to get disk access
to Level 11, it's just because we
have had to view it on the ma-
chine level. In practice, the pro-
cedure is quite simple:

1) Load Disk BASIC.

2) Load the Level II program
from disk.

3) Return to DOS READY with
CMD"S".

4) Execute this program by
typing LEVEL2.

5) Answer MEMORY SIZE?
with 32767.

6) Type SYSTEM, and answer
the prompt with /49000.

To return to Disk BASIC:
1)TypeCMD"S".

2) Load BASIC with a
MEMORY SIZE of 48000.

3) Type SYSTEM, and answer
the prompt with /49000.

If you have 48K in you ma-
chine, there is no need to speci-
fy a MEMORY SIZE when enter-
ing either Level II or Disk BASIC
since the default value will not
interfere with our program, ■

CompuGDUEn

COVER YOUR INVESTMENT

Over 200 covers, write fot complete list

SB1.D tMLk or m«n„ D.d.. 10 COdPUCQUth

,dB !i w lo. (wjliut aim nsndl.no I' R >><:. rt' iDepi Oi

DEaiEBINQLIIReSmVITED

Know The Reasons Why

The FORCE-80 is your

"Best Buy."

FORCE-80 The computer protector

• Power dropout protection

• Suppresses transient voltages

• Suppresses RFI

• Disc protection

• Factory warranty

• Satisfaction guaranteed

• Direct from factory

FORCE-80

Only $121.50 plus S5,00
shipping & handling

Check, Mastercharge, Visa accepled

(5% discount for cash) . jM^.
No CO D.'s please <|gggpr;

*^ P&S Electronics, Inc.

P.O. Box 23014 Dept. EM

Nashville, TN 37202

I-" 406
Allow 6-8 weeks for delivery.

Add 14 days for personal checks.

-^^'

H
O
M

E

S

£
o

r

t
h

e

T
R

S

8
O

Featur Ing '^ii

i%.

'Pt^ rf*"

f.

i"i

TRS-eOoffica or horn* rfoeor,

— Fji'.4H >UP iNFnv-MATlUN -
PH >W 4iW44i) I^S""

A -[J- .^3o.DEc 4-1'^ AUTIIMN^/ALE AVE
..STEMS '-,cu jf.se CA 9''132

Df-alfr inquiries. inMli'd

1^146

SFINKS

MICROCOMPUTER CHESS GAME

Winner of First Place Prize
Non-Commercial

United States Microcomputer
Chess Championship

beats S argon 11

TRS - 80 LII 32K
CASETTE/DISK $29.95

WILLIAM A. FINK ^426

1300 S,E. 3rd Ave
Deerfield Beach, Fla. 33441

— Professional —

Real Estate Software

For Apple or TfiS-aO

Property Management System

(32K, 1 Disk Systems

Features:

• Tonani Intoritialion
- Late Rent nepoMs

• yiOS Monlhly Income

• Handlas —

Partial Pay marts
HaturnBd Chacks
Aduanca Payments

• Prinii Receipts

Price $225.00

i Olgll Eipansg Accaunls
Building Eipanse Rspnn
Vandor Eipinsa fleparl
Incnma Tai Repon
All Raporls Can Ba Printed
CDmpleta Documental ion
Easy Dala Entry i Edit
2D0 Units par File

Real Estate Analysis Modules:

(Cassette or Disk)

1) Home PurcNasB Analysis

}) Tax Dalarrad Eicnanga

3) Construction Cosl/Prolil

4) Incoma Property Cashflow

5) APR Loan Analysis

6) Proparty Sales Analysis

7) Loan Amorlization

$35 Per Module

arrpulflr SIOI0& Ever^whier*

OrOidd. COD Dlr.cl
lisldinli Add 6-t, Salts Ta
(!13i 37;»«19

ompany

Dept. M 1116 "G" 8th St., Manhattan Beach C A 90266

[ MAXELL'™ ^Dysm I

^ ■■■ ■ ■■:■ ■ I

I "•••"••••"•••"■••••• G

T 8" SINGLE SIDE n

R DOUBLE DENSITY Boxof lOfor SBO g

§ a- DOUBLE SIDE R

8 DOUBLE DENSITY Box oi lOtor s70 A

5Vt"MINI BoxoflOlor SSO ^

? DYSAN* DISKS I

g 8'«" MINI Box o( a tor J2S M

M (Sp«clly-8'SoftorH«dS«ctor/5'SortorHardSactart *

A COD.- S1.00 Additional ■

N ^^^ I

L 238 EXCHANGE STREET M

1 CHICOPEE, MA 01013 ^.
A N
I 413 ■592-4761 C
R

LsalabllshMl 1960 ' cloMd mondayi I
ATARI ^^^H 11/99 4 MMI^ PET M^

206 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

3 ALTERNATIVE INTERFACES
FORTHETRS-80

Save by purchasing only those units
that nneet your needs. Want a Parallel
Printer or RS-232-C Serial Port, choose
the Connm-80. Plan to turn your TRS-80

into a full timesharing terminal,
choose the Chatterbox. Interested in a
Disk Controller plus additional
memory, choose the Disk-80.

CHATTERBOX

•300 baud originate modem
•Centronics printer port 8-bit
•RS-232-C port (50-19.2K baud)
•connects to keyboard or I.E.
• received data automatically

routed to printer ports
•includes terminal software
•only $279.95 complete

ALL INTERFACES ARE RADIO SHACK
HARDW/ARE AND SOFTWARE COM-
PATIBLE AND CARRY A 60 DAY
WARRANTEE INCLUDING PARTS AND
LABOR. ALL UNITS INLCUDE USERS
MANUAL, POWER SUPPLY & AUXILIARY
TRS-BUS CONNECTOR FOR FUTURE
EXPANSION-

DISK-80

»disk controller (4 drives)

• hardware data separator
•includes 16K of RAM

provision for additional 16K

• buffered TRS-BUS expansion
connector

• real-time clock
•only $329.95 complete

AT LAST!

Mass production prices on this high quality software. Buy direct and save
50%. Now, also available for CBASIC on CP M and MBASIC on HEATH
HDDS

DATA BASE MANAGER Mod-I S69 Mod-ll $199

You can use it to maintain a data baseS produce reports without any user
programming. Define file parameters & report formats on-line. Key
random access, fast multi-key sort, field aritti.. label, audit log. No time-
consuming overlays. 500 happy users in a year. Mod-ll version has over
50 enhancements including 40 fields max. 'IDM-fvl2 is great! - 80-US.

A/R Mod-I S69 Mod-ll S149

Invoices, statements, aging, sales analysis, credit checking, form input,
order entry. As opposed to most other A/R, ours can be used by doctors,
store managers, etc.

WORD PROCESSOR Mod-I S49 Mod-ll 549

Center, justification, indentation, page numbering. Mod-I version features
upper/lower case without hardware change'

MAILING LIST Mod-I S59 Mod-ll S99

The best' Compare and be selective. Form input, 5-dJgit selection code, zip
code ext,, sort any field, multiple labels. Who else offers a report writer?

INVENTORY Mod-I $99 Mod-ll S149

Fast, key random access. Reports include order info, performance
summary, E.O.Q., and user-specified reports. Many have converted their
inventory system to ours!

GL. A/R. A/P. S PAYROLL Mod-ll $129 each

Integrated accounting package. ISAM, 100* page manual, Uses 80 column
screen, not 64. A SI, 000 value. Dual disk required.

L2I6, a cassette package of 10 business programs for Level II 16K
systems, S59. Includes word processor & data base. Poker game S19.
Most programs are on-line, interactive, random access, bug free,
documented and delivered on disks. Mod-I programs require 32KTRSDOS.
Don't let our low prices fool you! If still not convinced, send SASE (28C] for
catalog.

E^

MICRO ARCHITECT. INCr"

96 Dothan St., Arlington, MA 02174

COMM-80

'RS-232-C port (50-19.2K baud)
software/hardware selectable
'Centronics printer port 8-bit
•connects to keyboard or I.E.
•chain up to 16 units
•use with I.E. for 2nd printer
• includes terminal software
•only $179.95 complete

t^310

To order call (516) 374-6793
or write: The MicroMint Inc.
917 Midway
Woodmere, NY 11598
Dealer inquiries invited.

TRE-ao 15 tiaOemait of Tandy Cnrp

VISA

MOD€L III
DOSPLUSReflDVNOUl!

Thot's right! DOSPLUS 3. 1 for the MOD€L III is ovoil-
oble nouu. LUe hove our MOD€L III, ond nouj you can
have our DOS. fill the great features of our popular
MOD€L I DOS, plus:

• Single or Double Density Operotion

• TOTfllLV compotible ujith MOD€L I Radio Shoch
Softoiore

• LUill read your current MODGL I disks uJith NO
CONVeRSION

The best gets better! Order nouu, and soon your
MOD€L III ujill be qI! the computer it can be. Experi-
ence excellence. Experience DOSPLUS. Contact us
at the address beloiu.

Introductorv Offer $49.95

SQFTO/Sre-mc ^ ^384
Specializing in the Tandy Line

M^

(305) 983-3390

5846 Funston Street
Hollywood, FL 33023

i/'Readei Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 207

GENERAL

The black and white of video drawing.

Doodlebug

James E. McKenna
91 Howard Street
Fredonia, NY 14063

When the first issue of 80
Microcompuiing arrived
at my door, I tiad already owned
a TRS-80 Level II 16K for a little
more than a year. I was a skep-
tic. What could this nevi/ maga-
zine do for me?

I certainly v\/as mistaken.

I'd begun studying assembly
language the summer before
and tfiis issue opened up whole
new areas for me. I would like to
recount just one project which
w/as stimulated by this first is-
sue.

Features INKEY$

An article by Daniel Lovy re-
minded me of a BASIC program
I'd written shortly after the ar-
rival of my TRS-80, designed to
let me dravi/ on the CRT vi/ith
computer graphics.

Its central feature was the IN-
KEY$. Typically, a single key-
stroke initiated an action (for ex-
ample, drawing a horizontal line
from left to right). Another
stroke (S, for example) would
stop that action. How much

more realistic it would be to
have the action take place while
a key was depressed and to
cease when the key was re-
leased.

I selected the four arrows on
the keyboard to control upward,
downward, left and right move-
ment of a point which traced out
the drawing. By examining the
value of PEEK{14400), you can

determine which key is pressed.

Table 1 summarizes the ef-
fects of pressing one of these
arrows on the point (X,Y) on the
screen.

I found I could move the point
diagonally by holding down two
keys at once as long as I made
the right adjustments in the val-
ue of PEEK(14400).

You can't do this with IN-

Key Pressed

PEEK(14400)

1

8

i

16

«-

32

-*

64

Effect on (X.Y) and drawing
decrease Y (move up screen)
increase Y (move down screen)
decrease X (move left screen)
increase X (move right screen)

Tabfe 1

Keys Pressed

PEEK(14400)

Effect on (X,Y>

-,t

dO

decrease X, decrease Y

-.t

72

increase X, decrease Y

-,i

48

decrease X, increase Y

-.i

60

increase X, increase Y

Table 2

Value of N

Action o1 USR(N)

reverse the video

1

return value for DX

2

return value for DY

3

return value tor erase flag E

Table 3

KEYS, since it resolved any si-
multaneity by giving only one of
the two keys pressed. Table 2
summarizes the relationships I
then needed.

Next, I wanted to erase any
part of my drawing by RESET-
ting (X,Y) as the point (X,Y)
moved along the screen. I
wanted to do this by holding
down one more key. I chose the
space bar because it could
be detected by examining
PEEK(14400), just as with the ar-
rows, and, if you were already
holding down two keys, it was
an easy reach to the space bar.
If you held down the space bar
alone, PEEK(14400) had the val-
ue 128. If you held down the
space bar plus any combination
of arrows, the number 128 is
added to the combination of
those arrows.

In BASIC, then, you would cal-
culate A = PEEK{14400) repeat-
edly in a loop which moves the
point (X,Y), and use the value A
to compute values for the dis-
tance changes DX and DY. Thus,
the execution of the expres-
sions X = X H- DX and Y = Y -(- DY
gave the new location of the
point in the drawing.

If the value of A exceeded 1 28,
then the space bar was pressed

208 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

to set the erase flag (a variable
E) to 0. Then, I executed A = A -
128, so that the desired move-
ment could be computed ac-
cording to the tables.

Reverse Video

One final feature I wanted
was a "reverse" video, that is,
dark lines drawn on a bright
background.

By now I felt that holding
down more than three keys was
too much. Besides, you are like-
ly to want reverse video to stay
rather than be transitory, so it
seemed a natural job for IN-
KEY$.

I determined that testing IN-
KEY$ against "R" wouldn't in-
terfere with PEEK(14400), so this
became my trigger for reversing
the screen. To do this in BASIC, I
executed the statement:

IF POINT(X.Y) THEN RESET(X,Y) ELSE
SET(X,Y]

for each location on the screen.
The program appears in Pro-
gram Listing 1.

Those of you who've tried this
will immediately recognize its
major problem, speed— or more
exactly— the lack of it.

The subroutine which re-
verses the video was the worst
offender because it required one
and a half minutes plus to com-
plete the task. Since a point
which is SET corresponded to a
one somewhere in video memo-
ry, and one RESET to a 0, the re-
verse video is almost the same
as a one's complement of video
memory.

Since this BASIC program
had to test a large number of
cases to determine the values
for DX, DY, and E, I incorporated
the computations into a ma-
chine language program called
by USR(N}. I used the argument
passed to the program to indi-
cate which action was desired
by a particular calling statement
in the machine language pro-
gram. Because the USR(N)
statement can return a result to
any point in a BASIC expres-
sion, I replaced the computation
X = X+DX by X-X-i-USR(l).
Table 3 shows how USR(N)
works.

The assembly language pro-
gram for this subroutine ap-

pears, along with the hexadeci-
mal machine codes, in Program
Listing 2. The modified BASIC
program which calls it is in Pro-
gram Listing 3.

In order to work properly, the
MEMORY SIZE? at power-up
had to be answered by 32634 (or
a smaller number if you want to
protect more memory), because
the machine language program
occupied locations 32685 to
32767. The machine code could
be relocated.

When I tried this second ver-
sion of the program, it was ex-
tremely fast. I couldn't even time
the reverse video execution with
my wristwatch.

I also found that the moving
spot which draws and erases,
moved about 50 percent faster.
In both versions, the keys be-
haved identically.

Improvements

Few programs are ever be-
yond improvement and this one
is no exception. Among the
hoped for improvements are:
copying the screen contents so
it can be restored later in that
session or on tape (or disk);

superimposing a previous copy
of the screen on the current
contents; drawing or erasing a
tine between any two points on
the screen; and drawing or eras-
ing certain standard geometric
shapes.

Some of these might better be
done in machine language,
some in BASIC. It is helpful to do
it in BASIC first. If the BASIC ver-
sion is fast enough, use it. Don't
be afraid to mix the two— they
go well together. ■

10 DEFINTA-Z:INPUT"START X , Y" ; X, Y :CLS : AD=14 40 : BS=" ( "+S

TRING$(9,32)+"1 "
2a IF X>127 THEN X=0 ELSE IF X<0 THEN X=127
22 IFy>47 THEN Y=0 ELSE IF Y<0 THEN Y=47
25 DX=a:DY^0:E=-l:AS^INKEYS:IF AS="R" GOSUB 100
30 SET(X,Y) :A=PEEK(AD) :I!ESET1X,Y) : IFA>=128THENE=0 :R=A~1

28
35 IFA^32ORA=40ORA=48THENDX=-1ELSEIFA=64ORA=72ORA=B0THE

NDX = 1
40 IFA=8ORA=40OBA=72THENDY=-lELSEIFA-16ORA=48ORA=a0THEN

DY = 1
50 PRIKT@0,BS; : PRINTgl ,X; " , " ;Y; : IFETHENSET(X, Y)
60 X=X+DX:Y=Y+DY:GOTO20
100 FORI=0TO127:FORJ=0TO47

105 IF POINT(I,J) THEN RESET(I,J) ELSE SETlI,J)
110 NEXTJ,I:RETURN

Program Listing 1

5 CLEAR100

10 DEFINTA-a:POKE165 26,17 3:POKE16527,127

20 CLS:X=63 : Y=22 : INPUT"START X,y " f X,Y:B$=" ( "+STRIHGS (10

,128)+")-'
25 FORI=0TO896STEP64:PRIKT@I,STRIKGS(6 4,128) f :NEXTI:PR1

NT@960,STRINGS(6 3,128) ; : POKE163 83, 128
30 IFX>127THENX=0ELSEIFX<0THENX=127
32 IFY>47THENY^0ELSEIFY<0THENY=47
40 SET(X,Y} :RESET(X,Y) : IFINKEYS= "R"THENZ=USR ( )
PRIKT@0,BS;:PRINT@1,X;'',";Y;:IFUSR(3)SET(X,Y)

60 X=X+USR(1] :Y=Y+USR(2) :GOTO30

Program Listing 3

7 FAD

00100

ORG

32685

7 FAD

CD7F0A

00110

CALL

0A7FH

PUT N FROM USR(K) IN HL

7FB0

7D

00120

LD

A,L

EXAMINE N

7FB1

B7

00130

OR

A

IF THIS IS USR(0)

7FB2

2814

00140

JR

Z , RVID

THEN REVERSE VIDEO

7FB4

DD214038

00150

LD

IX, 14400

; ELSE COPY BYTE FROM

7FB8

DD4600

00160

LD

B, (IX)

KEYBOARD MEMORY

7FBB

21FFFF

00170

LD

HL,-1

GET A RESULT READY

7FBe

FE03

00180

CP

3

IF THIS IS USR(3)

7FC0

2838

00190

JR

Z, FINDE

THEN COMPUTE ERASE FLAG

7FC2

FE01

00200

CP

1

ELSE IF THIS IS USR{1)

7FC4

2816

00210

JR

ZfFINDDX

; THEN COMPUTE DX

7FC6

1825

00220

JR

FINDDY

ELSE COMPUTE DY

7FC8

010004

00230

RVID

LD

BC,1024

1024 BYTES IN VIDEO MEMORY

7FCB

21FF3B

00240

LD

HL,3BFFH

;GET POINTER READY

7FCE

23

00250

LOOP

INC

HL

POINT TO NEXT BYTE IN VIDEO

7FCF

7E

00260

LD

A, (HL)

GET BYTE FROM VIDEO

7FD0

2F

00270

CPL

REVERSE 0'S AND I'S

7FD1

CBFF

00280

SET

7, A

MAKE SORE YOU HAVE

7FD3

CBB7

00290

RES

6, A

A GRAPHICS BYTE

7FD5

77

00300

LD

(HL) ,A

WRITE REVERSED BYTE TO VIDEO

7FD6

0B

00310

DEC

BC

COUNT DOWN - ONE MORE DONE

7FD7

78

00320

LD

A,B

7FD8

Bl

00330

OR

C

ARE ANY BYTES LEFT?

7FD9

20F3

00340

JR

NZ,LOOP

IF SO THEN DO IT AGAIN

7FDB

C9

00350

RET

ELSE RETURN

7FDC

CB6 8

00360

FIKDDX

BIT

5,B

IF LEFT ARROW IS PRESSED

7FDE

200A

00370

JR

HZ, BACK

THEN DX=-1

7FE0

210100

00380

LD

HL,1

ELSE GET 1 READY AS RESULT

7fE3

CB70

00390

BIT

6,B

IF RIGHT ARROW IS PRESSED

7FE5

2003

00400

JR

NZ,BACK

THEN DX^l

7FE7

210000

00410

ZERO

LD

HL,0

ELSE RESULT IS

7FEA

C39A0A

00420

BACK

JP

2714

SEND RESULT BACK

7FED

CB58

00430

FINDDY

BIT

3,B

IF UP ARROW IS PRESSED

7FEF

20F9

00440

JR

N2,BACK

THEN DY=-1

7FF1

210100

00450

LD

HL,1

ELSE GET 1 READY AS RESULT

7FF4

CB60

00460

BIT

4,B

IF DOWN ARROW IE PRESSED

7FF6

20F2

00470

JR

NZ,BACK

THEN DY=1

7FF8

IBED

00480

JR

ZERO

ELSE DY=0

7FFA

CB7 8

00490

FINDE

BIT

7,B

IF SPACE BAR IS UP

7FFC

2aEC

00500

JR

Z , BACK

THEN ERASE FLAG IS -1

7FFE

18E7

00510

JR

ZERO

ELSE IT IS

0000

00520

END

0000

3 TOTAL ERRORS

Progra

m Listing 2

-

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 209

Complete LNW

Expansion

Interfaces

IMskDrn^es

Centromcs757

marki'l prior tii beioitlir
■,fl(i'Ii-d 111 niarkri is Ih
ihi'ir spi'itfudliiins ,inri I
Ihf landi.n I'M 100 Sen.'

lo 111,' R^idjii Shack ir
Iriini COMPI TKX il'-

iin ^)llt■^^ 1)111- 111 III.' boi ^liiTri.iri\,-s
■Id.,-, Mild II. i« v-ilh d I iiinjil.'U- kit
■II h.Hi'r W.> %iudiid Ihr I i' ni.iik.[
r.ii [hr.'.- in(irlh>. jild ^ii'rj);i>d Ihf cirtl .11 iir.n'Urriiic .-iimpii
jifiit-. I.ir ihi lA" biiiird \^.■ fi.jiid Ihal b^ sh.>p|)iriy l.ir Ihi-
hfi pru-ts fn.m oifi HI iiTid<)r>, rhf lAW Imard toiilri !>.■
j-.sfmblMd (..r an diiriit;.' i>^rl- .usl .it S ■25;!.00 iwil mi ludint
-hippinn .■1I--I (OMf'l IHV «du". i.iu Iim.> and mnii.v b\
iiir.'nriK .■.impl.'h' LAW .\-.[.m .Npansiun kil for t 1' tfl (10
(^^-^ HAM Mild <ds-iili' R.IjnI W.' even inilud.- all I C
Si>.-k.4- \.il .ink !■ Ilii' LWl.CdMPrrVA ■■\pansi.in Inli'r-
Idlr bvn.T I'lv.'lrnallv . ■*,r\<- m<il\'- il 111.' h.-,[ 'VRSHOl I m ' I
i-\(Mi>-.ii>ri inlfrlacr h\ di--nirlint and hii.ilriini; a .-U^Uim .Jhi
iii'i t.ir LI - [ RSHd IN d ir..ilrmajk of Tandy Corp

II niai.ir di-k drm-. jvaildtil.' on III.'
m a d.'aJ.'i l.ir aruoni- I'll.- dru.' \*.'
!■ Tand.m IM lOO S,'rLr- C.impar,'
.■aluri's and wi' ihmk \iiull aurre llidt
s of Disk Driti'N are the hest aibilahle
Tandon is the leading designer and supplier of read;wnlc
heads for must other disk drive manufailurers
Tidik to Track ditess lime of ? millisetonds
So head load time required, most others rake ,1.^ M S
Read / write head guaranteed for 20,000 h.)jrs
Quieter Ihan mosi other disk drives
Fiisi ■successful manufacturer of double h faded drivei

i)Ualit> prmlint: for under
itnd our price IVe ihink
ler from CIIMPI ItA is

Model

IMIOO-l
TM100-:
TMIOO >
TM 100-4
All above
[-.irth.isc

Description

40 Track Single Headed
40 flack Doulile Headed
HO Track Single Headed
80 Track Double Headed
drives *iil operate single or
ihat still insist on MPI

BtSf Pnce Wilh Supply
Cise

$225.00
325.00
375.00
475.00

Jouble der

$299.95
399.95
449 00

549 00

F.i. lb.- lir-,1 dm.' y\,-i Iru. iei

tHOO fompari- .(iialiu . IVatii

Mju'll at;ri'.' ihal thi- 7.)T [

unheal able

FEATURES

Fan fold, letterhead and roll feed paper

TRUF UNDERLINING CAPABILITIES

Subscript and superscript printing

Fjsl KO CPS ( proportionall and SO (TS ( mon.ispaced I

True descending lowercase

Right margin justification

Optional foreign characler sets

Nxl dot matrix or 7x8 doi malrm

Expanded prinl-10 (Pi and l(. 7 CPI

Bidirectional stepper motor

80 .>r \yz column printing

Best of dll IS the price $ 750.00

The <PT Cahmel- lor the I NW
birch wood Luslom finished 1
irimm.'ii .in.und Ihi' troni hy j|

-iterldces dre made ol guality

d lighi wdlnut color Ihen
minum inoldine I v,o i dhi-

nd Shugarl

Basic Unit With Supply

The CPTIOOO csbinel ivdl hold ihc LNW b ,jrd, dnd p.ii^er
supplies lor hoth keyboard jnd the 1 NW system expansi.in
Measurcmenis I <. ' wide * II'.' deep * ^■.■' lall . . . $89.95

The CPT2000 cablnel has all .il ihe leal.ir.-s .>! the (PI lOOfl
^ul v,ill hold up I., iwo disk drives, power supplies, and even
has d .ul oul tor a muffin Ian I he <P! :000 has d removeable
fronl panel that i.nnes with .ulouls f.ir I .>r :: disk drives or
with n.i .umuts Ihe ( PIJOOO medsures \^\" svide X I3V4
$99.95

5 249.00
349.00
89.95
99.95
69.00
JW 21.95

19.95
14.95

deep >. .!'■;■

lall.

1 NW Syst.

mFxpan

si.>n Kit

(A

seriihleil

( PT 1 000 (

dbinet

CPT.'OOO (

abincl

LNW Sysle

m Fxpan

sion Dod

.1

Tl (Radio

Shack rr

ransfonn

r

Keybodrd

1 1' 1/ b 1

ahle

Muffin F-an

foi CPl

:noo

ilndivi.

U.ll I lUlip

MPIBS i -40 Track Singie Headed $275.00

MPIB';'-40 Track Double Sided 375.00

Shugail S\400-.IS lia.k Single Sided 255.00

('omputf X carries or can supply most any

I RS80 System or penpherali. (Call for quotes)

VARIOUS OTHL R SPLCIALS!

Novation / Cai .Modem .$ 179.00

Verbatim / Scotch disk.'ltes | Box 10| .24.95

16 K KAM Chips H / 54.95
Radio Shack Systems

U'yel II ■ IbK R.AM . . . . $ 700.00

Levfi II- 4 K RAM .^''S.oo

Modeill 64K System . .. . .3,500,00

OK Kxpansioti Interface . $ 259.P0
I6K Expansion Intprfaci' (.lur RAM) :i:t9 00
32K Expansion Interface (our RAMI. ■ .419.00
Software

NewdosHO. . .$ 149.00

Dosplus . 99 95

Eleclric PenciHmodel idisk) $ 150.00

Electric PepciKmodel I ca.ssette) 100 00

349.00
449.00
329.00

.All produclsNold l>> COMPlTrA art- lOO'/c yuaranU-L-d liir 90 days. A 1 \ ear 100%. guarantee

IS dvailabif on all ol our hardware lor an additional 10% of ihe itt'ms purchase price.
VISA/.Masler Card aocepted(add 1% to total) .ALL ORDt^RS SIIIPPFD WITHIN B DAYS OF ORDKR
SHIPPIN(i — I'PS insured(call for rate) Ft'rsonal checks held 2 weeks prior to shippiny. ^415

c.o.D 'saecepterijmav require I o^t down) 1 7710 Heritage Ct.. Wehster, T\. 77598

Cotii4)ut3ex

713) 332-4359

The definl
I m piemen! dala enlry and display
The Magic Cursor will also

• create grapliical charflclerg sirrnJly

• duplicaie chdracrs'S on tie scr&en
■ slore screens tor later use in rh& &a

• reload screens creaied in previous

• cenier blocks of text on Ihe screen.

• move blocks ol texl on the screen
- righi jusiify Jext within a block on i
aid more il has 27 powerful coi
MAGIC CURSOR {32K Disk) Mod \ .

I gejierale Ihe BASIC msfrucln:

Trace-SQ'

ur prtnlBi ^imullariBCiuSly r

tie machina OHJe ben
nic a ions i^itri tne cuf'p

SlruCllon; ^re aniiilBml "

The Restaur anteur^s Consultant"

1>HH looaanO BBvaiagw mflnaoemerii to*i ar-Bmaircfliiy reducRB tneiumanfafmrg m !□□□
cqh anaivaia Thiraeia&kE roq u4PQd la eriectivQiy oiwrat« any iHifiLrriirkt oriooa seiurce
tiiS\fittt Owei fl til' aoiei raporla gi-e upiilOrm acciirHle and up lo IhS TninuTB
in lor praliiabilily An6. fianoimg &l oa<iy cosi cnangei requnea only mmuias
m^te^ ol haura becBUBB Ihs COnSL>llaikt mak^^ dll U^ H^Cfmsiy

UoHlrSJK. EOi^k. I

8c

CUSTOM COMPUTER
CENTER, INC.

^7

for Ordering or Infcumalion Wrile
P O Boi 580j; / Houslon. IN 77059

Attn. Jtm Ufrlen%
OF Call (713) 474-Z4J3

WRITE FOR OUR COMPLETE
SOFTWARE CATAL0GI1

HARD DliK DBIYH

For TRS-80* Model II Users

Up and running— and available for immediate delivery

AMERICAN BUSINESS COMPUTERS IS NOW
ABLE TO OFFER HARD DISK (WINCHESTER)
DISK DRIVES FOR SALE. THESE DRIVES ARE
AVAILABLE FOR TRS-80 MOD II. TRS-80 MOD
1. S-iOO, AND APPLE COMPUTERS.

SEVERAL DIFFERENT DRIVES AND CON-
TROLLERS ARE AVAILABLE FOR THE TRS-
80 MOD 11. ALL DRIVES ARE SUPPLIED WITH
HARD DISK CPM OPERATING SYSTEMS- CA-
PACITIES RANGE FROM 5-66 MEGABYTES.
CALL OR WRITE FOR PRICES.

American Bi>siness Computers

118 So. Mill St., Pryor, OK 74361, 918-825-4844

,^484

THE BOOKKEEPERS

FOR INFO CALL (603) 447-2745

Full Charge Bookkeeper-48K, 3 DRIVE, w/ALPHA $129.95
Intermediate Bookkeeper— 4SK, 2DRIVE & Printer $109.95
Cheap Bookkeeper-32K, 2DRIVE & Printer $ 89.95

AH Above Are Dai!\/ Journal --G- L Si/steifis

Ann Rose, our Accounts Receivable Clerk —
48K, 2 DRIVE & PRINTER

$ 1 50.00

STURDIVANT & DUNN, INC. ^S2

BOX 277, 124 VVASMiNC;r()N SI,, CONWAY, NH, 03818

210 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

TECHNIQUE

Use this no-holds'barred graph generator to show your results.

Get High on Histograms

Daniel Lovy
2820 Willow Road
Homewood, IL 60430

Data in the form of a mass of
numbers is sometimes not
the clearest way to present re-
sults, especially if you are look-
ing for trends. One way to pre-
sent a large amount of data
clearly is to use a bar graph or
histogram.

Here is a subroutine that will
generate histograms. When it's

called, variable GR must contain
the number of divisions or bars
that will be dravi/n. The elements
of the array HIST must contain
the data to be graphed. Each
value In that array will be trans-
lated into a bar of a length pro-
portional to the rest of the data
in the array.

The subroutine finds the larg-
est value in the array automati-
cally and uses it to set the scale
along the side and to calculate
the proportions for the rest of
the data.

It can also output the graph to
a printer. This is done by con-

verting the graphics blocks to routine that can be used to enter

,Vt- —f

lL£jJ.ij..i J

- 5f7;;^=--"-7

ir«, n -

Sample Data Graph.

#s. It takes a little while, so do
not panic if nothing happens
right away.

Lines 1-40 are merely an input

the data directly from the key-
board. These lines could be re-
placed by the program that actu-
ally generates the data.H

1 CLS:DEFINTZ

5 CLEAR 1000

10 DIM HIST(125] ,AS(151

15 INPUT"ENTER THE NUMBER OF DIVISIONS "; GR

20 FORZ^l TO CR:INPUT HIST(Z):HEXT

30 GOSUB 1000

40 END

1000 '************* HISTOGRAM ***************

1010 CDS

1020 MAX=HISTll) :FOR ZA=1 TO GR: IF HIST(ZA1 > MAX THEN

MAX=[iIST(ZA) :NEXT ELSE NEXT
1030 PRINT@ 69,MAX:PRINT@ 453 , MAX/2: PR1NT@ 645,MAX/4:PR

INT@ 261,MAX*[3/4)
1040 GOSUB 1160
1050 K=0
1060 SI=MAX/35
1070 LE=INT(101/GR)
1080 F0RZX=2S TO 125 STEP LE
1090 K=K+1
1100 SI=MAX/35

1110 FORZY=39 TO (39-HIST(K)/SI) STEP-1
1120 IF 2X+LE>125 THEN 1140
1130 FOR SQ = ZX TO 3X + LE;-l:SET(ZQ,ay) :NEXTZQ:NEXTZY:NEXT

2X
1140 PRIWTia 896, "DO VOU WANT A PRINT OUT";: INPUT ANS
1150 IF LEFT$(AN$,1)="N" THEN RETURN ELSE GOSUB 1190:RE

TURN
1160 FOR ZA=74 TO 843 STEP 64
1170 PRINT@ZA,"- ";:NEXT
1180 RETURN
1190 I*********** PRINT **************

1200 VID=15360

1210 FOR Z=l TO 13

1220 AS(Z)=''"

1230 FOR ZP=VID+5+Z*64 TO VID+5+Z*64+6

1240 AS(Z]=AS(Z)+CHRS[PEEK(ZP) )

1250 NEXT ZP

1260 FOR ZP=25 TO 125 STEP2

1270 IF Z>2 THEN ST=0 ELSE ST=1

1280 IF P0INT(ZP,Z*3+ST)=-1 THEN AS {Z ) =AS ( Z ) +"# " ELSE A

S(Z)=AS{Z]+" "
1290 NEXT ZP
1300 NEXT Z

1310 FOR Z=l TO 14:LPRINT AS(Z]:NEXT Z
1320 RETURN

Program Listing for Histogram.

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 •211

SOFTWARE

A variable cross-reference

listing, just like a mainframe's, can be ours at last.

CROSSREF

D. N. Ewart

121 Woodhaven Drive

Scotia, NY 12302

A variable cross-reference
listing such as those used
on the big mainframe comput-
ers is certainly useful. Alas,
none is available for the TRS-80!

Until recently, I couldn't see a
way to write one. I, myself, tend
to write long, complex programs
for my TRS-80, and don't even
spend the time I should docu-
menting them. ! probably use
more variable names than are
really necessary, and I run the
risk of re-using names and ask-
ing for it—a program bug.

Then I remembered that pro-
grams are stored in computer
memory starting at location
17128, and I began to POKE
around to see what format is
used. There is a pattern to the
way the TRS-80 stores pro-
grams. It's possible to unravel
the code and pick out the vari-
able names along with the fine
numbers in which they appear.

After a long weekend session,
where I wrote the rudiments of
my CROSSREF, it does just
what I want. Further embellish-
ment allows me to pick up sub-
routine calls as weW as variable
names, and has given me a valu-

able programming aid. The
amazing thing to me is that the
programming can be done in
BASIC itself!

My system consists of a 16K
Level II with a cassette and a
Line Printer II. As you will see,
the printer is desirable, but not
required for CROSSREF.

CROSSREF is two programs,
which I call Part A (Program
Listing 1) and Part B (Program
Listing 2). Part A should be ap-
pended to your program after it
is loaded using the PEEK and
POKE method summarized in
Table 1.

I used the highest line num-
bers in TRS-80 BASIC, so it is un-
likely that your program line
numbers will interfere. Part A
goes through your program,
picks out the variable names,
subroutine calls and associated
line numbers. Then, it generates
a tape.

Part B reads the tape and
generates the report.

How to Do It

After appending Part A type
RUN 65500 and hit ENTER. You
will be presented with three op-
tions. If you touch 1, the pro-
gram will execute line 65502,
which displays your program \n
TRS-80 code, one byte at a time.
Freeze the display by touching
SHIFT and @,andseeifyoucan
figure out the code. It is not dif-

65500 CLS:PRIKT@256,"WHAT FUNCTION?" :PRINT"1 MEMORY SCA
N":PRTHT"2 SUBROUTINE AND VARIABLE SEARCH" iPRINT"3

READ TAPE" 'CROSSREF PART A D . N , EWART 121 WOODPl
AVEH DR. SCOTIA NY 12302 6/14/80

65501 GOSUB65524iONVAL( AS )GOTO65502, 65504, 65503

65502 FORI=17128T032767 : PRINTPEEK(I) ; : NEXT: STOP

65503 CLEAR60 0:GOSUB65525:INPl)T#-l,DS:IFDS="END"THENSTO
PELSEPRINTDS; :GOTO6 5503

65504 CLEARa00:DIMB(15) ,BS(30) : 1=17 127 : FORK=0TO15 : B {K) =
INT(2[K-H.5) :NEXT:GOSUB65525:INPUT"TITLE";AS:PRINTS
-1,AS

6 55 05 I = I-I-1:D=PEEK1I) : IFD>6 4ANDD<91THENJ = 1 :GOTO65507
6 55 06 IFJ=0TnEN65508ELSEIFD>47ANDD<58ORD>34ANDD<3 8ORD=3
3THEN65507ELSEGOSUB6 5516 :GOTO6 5508

65507 AS=AS+CHRS(D) :GOTO65505

65508 aS="" :IFD<>145THEN65511

6 5509 I=I+1:D=PEEK(I) : IFD>47ANDD<58THENAS=AS+CHRS (D) :G0

TO65509
65510 IFD=32THEN65509ELSEGOSUB65517 : IFD044THEN6 5511ELS

EAS="" :GOTO65509
6 5511 J=0:AS="" :IFD=0THEHBS(0)^"":M=0:GOSUB65520:IFLN=5

5500THEN65515ELSEPRINT:PRINTLN;:PRINTTAB(8] "";:I=I

+4:CS=STRS(LN) :CS="/"+RIGHTS(Cg,LEH(C$)-l) :GOSUB65

518:GOTO65505

65512 IFD=1470RD=136THEN65513ELSEIFD=34THEN65514ELSE6 5S
05

65513 D=PEEK(I+1] : IFD=0THEN65505ELSEI=I+1 :GOT065513

65514 IFD=0THEN65505ELSEI=I+1:D=PEEK{I) : IFD=34THEN65505
ELSE65514

65515 PRINT#-1,DS:PRINT#-1, "END": STOP

65516 IFD=40AS=AS+"(] "

6 5517 FORLN=0TOM:IFAS=BS(LN) THENRET0RNELSENEXT:PRINTA$;
".";:C$=" '■+AS:GOSUB65518:M=M+1:BS(M)=aS: RETURN

65518 IFLEN(D$+CS)<245THENDS=:DS-t-CSELSEPRINT#-l,D$;DS = CS

65519 RETURN

65520 K=-1:LN=0:D=PEEK(I+31

55521 K=K-H:E=D/2:F=IHT(E1 : IFF-E<0TnENLN = LN-l-B (K)

65522 IFK=7THEND=PEEK(I+4) :G0T065521

6 5523 IFK=15RETURNELSED=F:GOT065521

6 5524 A$=INKEY$:IFAS=""THEN65524ELSECLS:RETURN

65525 PRINT@524, "PREPARE TAPE - HIT ANY KEY WHEN READY"
:GQSUB65524 : RETURN

Program Listing 1. Part A CROSSREF

ficult. In Table 2, 1 have illustrat-
ed a simple two-line program
and how to interpret the code.

Touch BREAK to stop the dis-
play when you have seen
enough. RUN 65500 again.
Touch 2 and you vj\\\ be asked to
prepare a tape. Put a fresh one

in your recorder, prepare to
record, then touch any key. The
program will ask you for a title.
Type your program name fol-
lowed by ENTER. Part A will
start to analyze your program
line by line. You will see line
numbers appearing on your

212 • 80 Microcomputirig, January 1981

65451 CLS:CLEAR10000:DIMVS(200) ,LNS (200 ) ,L1S ( 2fl ) ,N| 200 )
:MAX=-l:GOSUB65 488 : INPUT#-1 ,TIS :PRINTTIS

65452 FORJ=0TOMAX:PRINTJ+1; : PRINTTAB [ 4 ] VS ( J) ; :PRINTTAB(
12)LNS(J) : NEXT :INPUT#-1,D$:IFDS=" END "THEN6546 8ELSE
L=LEN(DS) :I=1:S=0:GOSUB6548 6:1FBS>="A"ANDBS=<"Z"OR
BS>"0"ANDBS<="9"THEN65453ELSEIFBS="/"THEN65454ELSE
I=I+l:GOT065456

65453 VS="":VS=VS+BS:G0T065457

65454 PRINT?1000," " ; : PR1NT@1000 , LNS ; : LNS= " " : K ( ) =
K[0)+1

65455 GOSUB65486:IFB$=" "THEN65455ELSEIFB$="/"THEH65454
ELSELNS=LNS+B$:IFS=1THBN65452ELSE65455

65456 VS=""

65457 GOSUB65486:IFBS=" "ORB$="/"THEN65458ELSEVS=VS+B5 :
IFS=1THEN55458ELSE65457

65458 AS=LEFTS(VS,1] : IFAS< "l"ORAS>"9"THEN65459ELSELN=LE
N(VS) :VS=STRINGS(5-LN," " ) +VS

55459 FORJ=0TOMAX: IFVS=VS ( J) THEN65460ELSENEXT: MAX=MAX+1

:V5(HAX)=VS!N{MAX]=HAX:LN=LEN1LN$) : LN$=STRINGS |6-L

N, " ")+LN$:LNS (MAX) =LKS :G0T06 5467
65460 LN=LEN[LNS] :LNS=STRINGS(6-LN," ") +LNS !IFLEN(LKS (J

)) >250THEN65461ELSELNS{J)=LKS(J)+LNS:GOTO65467
6 5461 IFRIGHTS{LN${J) , 1] <>"+"THENGOSUB66484 :LNS (J) =LNS (

J|+AS:Y=X:GOT065466
65462 Y=VAL(MIDS(LNS(J) ,253,2] ]
6546 3 IFLEN(L1S(Y] )<^25 0THEN65466ELSEI FRIGHTS (LIS (Y) ,1)

<>" + "Tl!EM65465
6546 4 Y=VAL(MIDS(L1S(Y) ,253,2] ) :GOT06 546 3

65465 G0SUB65 484:L1$(Y)=L1S(Y)+AS:Y=X

65466 [.1S1Y)=L1S(Y)+LNS

65467 IFS=1THEK65452ELSEIFB$="/"THEN65454ELSE65456
6546 8 CLS:PRINT@540, "SORTING" :H=MAX

65469 M=INT(M/21 : IFM^0THEN6 5473ELSE J=0 : K=MAX-M

65470 I=J

65471 L=I+M: IFV5(I) <=VS {L ) THEN65472ELSEPRINT@606 ,M; : TS=
VSII) :T=N1I] :VS{I]=VS(L) :HlI]=N(L) : VS (L) =TS : N (L) =T
: I=I-M: IFI=>0THEN55471

65472 J=J+1:IFJ>KTHEN6546 9ELSE6 5470

66473 CLS:PRINT@525, "TOUCH P TO PRINT ELSE ANY OTHER KE
Y"

65474 GOSUB65487 : IFAS<>"P"THENST0P

65475 CLS: J=0:LPRINT"SUBROUTINE AND VARIABLE CROSS-REFE
RENCE TABLE":LPRINTSTRINGS(1,138] : LPRINT"TITLE " ;
TI$:LPRINTSTRINGS (3,138) : I FLEETS (VS(0] ,1) <"A"THENL
PRINT "SUBROUTINE CALLED FROM L INE [ S} " ELSE65477

65476 IFLEFTS (VS(J] ,1] < "A"THENGOSUB6547 9 : K ( 1 ] =K (1 ) +1 : GO
T065476

65477 LPRINTSTRINGS 13,138] :LPRINT"VARIABLE DSED IN
LINE(S) "

65478 GOSUB65479:GOT065478

65479 LPRINTTAB[3)VS(J) ; : LNS=LNS (N ( J ] ] :L=LEN(LNS) :G0S0B
66480 :IFJ=MAXTHEN6 5483ELSEJ=J+1: RETURN

65480 K=66:IFL>KTHEN6 5482ELSEIFRIGHTS(LNS,11="+"THEN6 54

81ELSELPRINTTAB ( 12 ) LNS : RETURN

65481 Y=VAL(MIDS(LNS,L-2,2)) : LPRINTTAB( 12] lefts (LN$,L-3
) :LNS=L1S(Y) :L=LEN{LN$) :GOTO65480

6 5482 NS=LEFTS(LNS,661 :LPRINTTAB (12)NS:LNS=RIGHTS (LNS, L
-K] :L=LEN(LNS] :GOTO65480

65483 LPRINTSTRINGS(3,138] :LPRINT"PROGRAM HAS ";K(0);"
NUMBERED BASIC STATEMENTS, ";K(1];" CALLED SUBROUT
INES,":LPRINT"AND " ; MAX+l-K ( 1 ) ; " VARIABLES .": LPRIN
TSTRINGS13,138) :ST0P

65484 X=X+1:AS=STR5(X) :IFX<10THEHAS=" "+AS
6 5485 AS=AS+"+":AS=RIGHTS(AS,3] : RETURN

65486 BS=MIDS(DS,I,1) : I=I+1 : IFI<=LTHENRETURNELSES=1 : RET

URN
6 5487 AS=INKEYS:IFAS=""THEN65487ELSERETURN
65488 PRINT@524, "PREPARE TAPE - HIT ANY KEY WHEN READY"
:G0SUB6 5437: CLS: RETURN

Program Listing 2. Part B CROSSREF

STEP 1: "CLOAD" yout program, then "PRINTPEEK (16633)"

STEP 2: II the contents of 16633 ate 2 or greater than "POKE16548, PEEK(16633)-2"
and "POKE16549, PEEK (16634)"

then go to STEP 4

STEP 3: If the contents of 16633 Is or 1 then "POKEieSAS, PEEK (16633) + 254"
and POKE 16549, PEEK (16634)- 1"

then go to STEP 4

STEP 4: "CLOAD" Part A from the cassette recorder then "POKE16548, 233" and
POKE16549, 66"

STEPS; Now "RUN 65500"

I

Table 1. Appending Part A to Your Program

Don't be misled by more expensive imitations!

This is the originai Photo point light pen pre-
ferred and supported by some of the leading
software sources I ike, "Quality Software"— "In-
stant Software"— "Level IV "products and soon.

Just imagine . . .

In playing backgammon, (included) when you
want to move a man, you just point at where you
want to move from, then point at where you
want to move to, and your man moves!!! No
more fumbling with keyboards— YEA!

Your Photo Point package comes complete;

• 1 Photo point light pen (of course}

• Info sheets on how to connect the pen and
how to write your own programs
ALL IN BASIC

• Two apertures

• AND two sensitivity settings

• A cassette tape with 4 informative programs
and games

• Ready to connect to your TRS-80 System.
(DOS too!)

• Does not void any Radio Shack warranties

Requirements:

• Level II basic

• And a little /mag/naf/on.'.'
For fast real time programming it is your lowest
cost peripheral at $19,95

Announcing

NEW PEN BASIC by Steve Bjork
Steve is one of the Best Assembly Lang, pro-
grammers around, and he has come up with PEN
BASIC, This tow memory routine will add io more com-
mands to Level II such as PENGET which searches the
entire screen for the pen and returns a number between
0-1024 in about 1 sec. Plus 9 other commands. Perfect for
you lightware authors and NEW light pen owners
too! onlySl4.95

(COUPON)

Micro Matrix ^bs

P.O. Box 938 • Pacifica, CA 94044

Send for yours NOW: (41 5) 355-4635

Name

Address
City __
Zip

St._

Photopoint
I ■ $19.95

Pen Basic
! ] $14.95

Card#

Ex.

Date_

Money
CK- Order Visa MC

I I ^1 [J D

^^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 •213

TRS-80
CASE

ATTACHE STYLE CASES FOR CARRYING AND PROTECTING A COM-
PLETE COMPUTER SET-UP CONSTRUCTED OF THE HIGHEST QUALITY

LUGGAGE MATERIAL WITH SADDLE STITCHING WILL ACCOMMODATE
EQUIPMENT IN A FULLY OPERATIONAL CONFIGURATION ALONG WITH
MANUALS. WORKING PAPERS AND DISKS NEVER A NEED TO REMOVE
EQUIPMENT FROM CASE. SIMPLY REMOVE LID, CONNECT POWER AND
OPERATE LID CAN BE REPLACED AND LOCKED FOR SECURITY AND
PROTECTION WITHOUT DISCONNECTING CABLES FULLY TESTED

• AP101S Apple and Single Disk Drive S109

• AP102D Apple and Double Disk Drive 119

9 AP103M Apple, 9 inch Monitor and Double Drive 129

• RS201 TRS-80, Expansion Unit and Double Drive 109

• RS202 TRS-80 Monitor and Accessories 84

• P401 Paper Tiger Printer 99

• P402 Line Printer ll-Centronics 730 89

• CC90 Matching Attache Case 75

^199 CQriPJTER CASE CadPflMV

6650 I^D A-JA VOUND C" CO. l-VLiUS OHIC - >.''
iGli. Bhb.ydn4

1 ^^h^^

WM®

m

FINANCIAL
ANALYSIS

Our Fmanciai Analysis System is menu driven tor easy
user control. The Case Method approach to documentation
shows how each program in the system can be applied to
solving typical financial problems including

• Ne' P'esent Value Analysis

• Presenr va'ue □( smgie Oeposil

• Preseni ualue ol annuity

• future value ot single depasil

• future value of annuity

• Break-Even Analysis

• Growth Stock Valuation

• Bold Analysis

• Days Between Date!,

• Amonization SctieOuies

• Sum-ol-ine-years dececiation

• Straigtii line depreciation

• Deciinmg Dalaice Oeo'eciat'O"

• Montniy oaympfit to amort ;e a loan

• Number of oayments tn amortize a loan

• Balloon Payment

Minimum hardware requirements'

TRS-80" 16K, 1 Disk/Level II Basic
Please specify Model I or Model II

Send check or M O for $59 95 to CYBERWARE,
3608 Wildgrove, Arlington, TX 76017

Credit card
customers order

TOLL FREE 800-227-1617 ext. 403
California Residents call 8D0-772-3545 ext. 403

Teiat rsiidenls add 5% sales t>i

'TRS-SO li a Irademark of the Radio Stiack Division ot Tandy Corporation.

^ cyberwarei

screen, followed by the variable
names and subroutine calls In
each line. Part A discards dupli-
cate variables or subroutine ref-
erences appearing in any line
so, for example, if you had a pro-
gram line:

200 COW = C0W+ 1:GOSUB1000:DOG =5

you would see on your screen:

200 COW.IOOO.DOG

Notice that the variable COW
appears only once on the
screen, although you used it
twice in line 200. You will also
obsen/e that a subscripted vari-
able is identified by the array
name, and not by the specific
element in the array. For ex-
ample:

300 V1I)-V(J):V(J)=K

would appear on your screen as:

300 V().I.J.K.

Every so often the program
will stop and write a record on
tape. The routine which does
this is found on lines 65518-
65519.

After Part A has run through
your program (This can take
awhile for a long program, but
you can monitor its every step.),
it will stop at line 65515. It does
this when it encounters line
number 65500, the starting line
of Part A.

To see if you have a valid tape,
rewind it. Type RUN 65500.
Select option 3. Prepare your
recorder for play and touch any
key. The contents of the tape
should be displayed on your
screen and you can be sure of a
valid run. If you read garbage on
the tape, or find nothing, stop.
Go through option 2 again.
Check that you are properly set
up for recording.

Three Sections

After you get a valid tape, you
are ready for Part B. Type NEW.
CLOAD Part B, and type RUN.
The tape you made with Part A
should be rewound and your
cassette recorder set up for
play.

Part B consists of three sec-
tions. Section 1, in lines 65450-

CHCRACTER

ftODRESS

CONTEI^IE

OR KEYWORD

1712a

(ALWBYS zero; start qf first statement.)

17129

3

(READ AS 067.003. CONVERTS TO 17155.

17130

67

THE ADDRESS OF THE NEXT POINTER)

17131

20D

(READ AS 000.200. CONVERTS TO 200.

17132

THE LINE NUMEiER.)

17133

67

C

1713t

79

17135

B7

W

17136

213

=

17137

67

c

17138

79

17139

B7

u

17110

205

*

1714!

49

1

1711?

56

17343

115

COSOB

17144

19

1

17145

IB

17116

18

17147

18

17148

58

17149

68

D

1715(1

79

17151

71

G

17152

213

=

17153

53

5

17154

D

(STARTS A NEW NUhElERED LINE.)

171S5

21

(READ AS 067.021. CONVERTS TO 17176.

17156

67

THE ADDRESS OF THE NEXT POINTER.)

17157

14

(READ AS 001. Oil. CONVERTS TO 300.

1715B

1

THE LINE NUMBER.)

17159

66

V

17160

40

(

17161

73

I

17162

11

)

171*3

213

=

17161

B6

V

17165

40

(

17166

71

J

17167

41

)

17168

5B

;

17169

86

V

17170

IS

(

17171

71

J

17172

11

>

17173

213

■^

17174

75

K

17175

D

(STARTS THE NEXT NUPIE-ERED LINE.)

YOU WOULD

SEE THE NUME:ERS SHOWN IN COLUMN 2

IF

YOU ENTERED THE PROGRAM:

ZOO

cow=cdw+i;gosubiooo:dog-5

3O0

yii)=u<ji:u( j)-K

AND USED OPTION 1 OF PfiRT B.

Table 2. Illustration of TRS-80 Code

214 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

v,

PRom

iO

3ax S39 / Ho. Hollywood, Ca. 91603 / (2131 764-3131

SUBEDIT, SUBSCRIPT, & PROP offer comprehensjve, mdirframe quality
te^t preparation for many printers, and support for proportional fonts
of the Centronics 737 and Radio Shack Line Printer IV. 110 pages of
documentation includes tutorial and EISCRIPT. Among the more than 75

commands and formatting options are;

multiple top and bottom titles

line split, join, and duplicate

global search and change

block move and copy

right-justification

chained text files

table of contents

form letters

underlining

super^, . ,^ centering , printers)

scripts . . ^ some *^

and^^j^scripts —

I-lIlsrXM;lT IS a keyboard driver that tells you when the ROM is
doing string compression. It also provides automatic key repeat,
lower-case support for your lower-case hardware, intelligent screen
print, video routing to printer, and direct entry of arrows, underscores.

C3ElMEFgA.L TJ TliL-XTIES

XITEND'IO converts 35-track diskettes to 40 tracks in 15
seconds without tedious hand-copying of files. Requires your hardware

and Operating System to support 40 tracks.

OXJICK; CCDTyllRFiESS of in-memory BASIC programs.
Allows multi-statement lines, doesn't combine lines, removes blanks
and remarks at your option. Processes over 200 lines/second.

PRICES

PftOF', SUBEDIT,

SUeSCRIF'T

$')0

MININIT

15

XTENDIO

15

Quick Conpress

20

Please add $3.00 per order to cover diskette and shipping. Checks O.K.,
but no credit cards or COD's. Calif, residents add 6% sales tax,

All software includes documentation and distribution on diskette for
TRS-9ff*Model I's (only) with at least 32K of storage. Please specify
Operating System (TRSDOS or HEWDOS) and number of disk drives.

Our new program
package for the

TRS'80™
sounds terrific.

So does the price.

There are lots of programs wirh sound that
are worth about a dollar Trouble is, rhey cost a
lot more.

But at Basic'^ &, Beyond we've just developed
Microcosm II!, 20 programs wirh sound— each
just as good as our competition's $15 and $20 pro-
grams—for $24.95. That's a 20'program package
for $24.95.

It includes "Pinball," replete with ringing
bonuses, spinners, buzzers and flippers; torpedo-
firing "Submarine" that expl(xles with underwater
excitement; and the right/wrong buzzer in "Long
Division" teaches step by step.

At Basics & Beyond we underscored our
point that most other program packages are over-
priced with Microcosm I and Microcosm 1], $19.95
each. Now a lot of people will start hearing about
our third package and stop listening to high prices.

You see, it's not that our program packages
for the TRS-80^^ microcomputer are so cheap.
It's just that theirs are so expensive.

BASICS & BEYOND, INC,

Bo»

^49

10> Amawalk.N.Y. 10501 • Or call 914-962-2355
Mastercharge and Visa accepted.
No chante for postaKe or handling, N.Y. residenls add S% sales tax
TRS-«0 is a Qademark of die Radio Shack division of ITindy Corp,

DISCOVER THE 6809 IN YOUR COLOR COMPUTER

Now you can explore the Radio Shack Color Computer's impressive potentials— as an inexpensive
development system, a color peripheral, a process controller— ad infinitum. The Micro Works introduces
these powerful software tools for utilizing the color computer at the assembly language level.

MONITOR TAPE: A cassette tape which
allows you to:

• Examine or change memory using a
formatted hex display

• Save areas of memory to cassette in
binary (a "CSAVEM")

• Download/upload data or programs to
a host system

• Move the video display page
throughout RAM

• Send or receive RS-232 at up to 9600
baud

• investigate and activate features of
your computer, such as hi-res graphics
or machine-language music

• Use your computer as an intelligent
peripheral of another computer, for a
color display or a 6809 program
development tool

The monitor has 17 commands in all, and is
relocatable and re-entrant.
80C Monitor Tape Price: $29.95

THE

1^109

MONITOR ROM: The

same program as the
monitor tape, supplied
on ROM. This allows
BASIC to use the entire
RAM space. And you
don't need to re-load the
monitor each time you
use it.

80C Monitor ROM
Price: $39.95

%'>'■

INSIDE THE COLOR COMPUTER: This
package is a disassembler which runs
on the color computer and enables
you to generate your own source
listing of the BASIC interpreter ROM,
Also included is a documentation
package which gives useful ROM
entry points, complete memory map,
I/O hardware details and more. Dis-
assembler features include cross-
referencing of variables and labels;
output code which can be re-
assembled; output to an 80-column
printer, small printer or screen; and a
data table area specification which
defaults to the table boundaries in the
interpreter ROM. A 16K system is
required for the use of this cassette.
80C Disassembler Price: S49.95

Mastercharge and BankAmericard

P.O. BOX 1110 DEL MAR. CA 92014 714-942-2400

1^ Reader Service — see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 215

65467, reads the tape and
makes a table of variable names
and subroutines. Each is fol-
lowed by the line numbers in
which they appear. You will see
this table updated each time a
tape record has been read. The
routines place variable names
and subroutines in the order of
appearance on the tape, and
therefore in your program. You
will see the line number being
analyzed appear at the bottom
of your screen.

After the last record has been
read, Section 2 is entered, line
numbers 65468-65472. Section
2 is simply a sort. Following the
sort, the table will be re-
organized with subroutines
coming first in numerical order,
followed by variable names in al-
phabetical order. You will be
asked to touch key P to begin
printing the final table.

This is now done in Section 3,
line numbers 65473-65483.
Touching any other key besides
P stops the program at line
65474, without printing the
table. If you accidently touch
another key and get a BREAK
message, type GOTO 65475 and
hit ENTER.

When you touch P, be sure
your printer is set up to print. For

those without a printer, change
all "LPRINTs" to "PRINTS" in
lines 65475, 65477, 65479, 65480,
65481, 65482 and 65483— a total
of 15 places. You will see the
cross-reference list appear on
your screen. Use SHIFT @ to
freeze the display so you can
transcribe the output.

Table 3 is a sample of the out-
put obtained from CROSSREF.
For my illustration, I chose Part
B of CROSSREF. Compare this
cross-reference listing with the
program on Listing 2. I have
used CROSSREF to analyze
large programs. For example,
Bridge Challenger from Per-
sonal Software contains 392
BASIC statements and uses 30
subroutines and 87 variables.
One of my programs has 280
lines and uses 54 subroutines
and 112 variables.

In TRS-80 BASIC, only the first
two characters in a variable
name are considered. Thus the
variable COW and the variable
COT are considered the same.
CROSSREF, however, considers
these as separate variables. The
cross-reference listing may help
you to identify variable names.

Using a cross reference list-
ing certainly makes the program
mod easier. Good iuckl ■

SUBROUTINE

AND UARIABLE

:ross-reference table

TITLE ANALYSIS OF

PART

3

SUBROUTINE

CALLED FROM LrNE<S)

65179

65176

65178

4S1B0

65479

A51B1

65161

65165

651B<a

65152

65155

65157

65187

65171

6518S

65ias

65151

VARIOBLE

USED

IN LINE(S)

At

65158

65161

65465

65171

65181

651B5 65187

E«

6S15Z

65153

65155

65157

65167

65186

DS

65152

651B6

I

65152

65170

65171

65186

J

65152
65176

65159
65179

65460

65161

6516Z

65169 65170 65172 65175

K

65169

65172

651B0

65ia:

K()

65151

65176

651B3

L

65152

65171

65179

651BD

65181

65182 65186

Ll»< )

65131

65163

65464

65465

65166

651B1

LN

65153

65159

65160

LM*

65151

65155

65159

6516D

65166

65179 65180 65181 65182

LNSO

65151

65152

65159

65160

65161

65162 65179

M

6516B

65169

65471

hAX

65151

65152

65159

65166

65169

65179 65183

N«

651S2

NO

65151

65159

65171

65179

S

6515Z

65155

65157

65167

651S6

I

65171

T»

65171

TI*

65151

65175

U»

65153

65156

65157

65158

6E159

IJ»C >

65151

65152

65159

6517J

65175

65176 65179

X

65161

65165

651B1

V

65161

65162

6S163

65464

6516S

65166 65181

F-ROGROM HAS

39 NUhBERED BASIC STATEMENTS

12 CALLED SUEiROUTINESr

AND IB IJARIABLES

Table 3. CROSSREF Output

for the llcS~80 from Micro -Mega

The Original GREEIM-SCREEN

The eye-pleasing Green-Screen fits over the front of your
TRS-80 Video Display and gives you improved contrast with
reduced glare. You get bright luminous green characters and
graphics like those featured by more expensive CRT units.

Don't confuse the Original Green-Screen with a piece of thin
film stuck to the face of your video tube, such as that adver-
tised by others. The Original Green-Screen is mounted in a full
frame perfectly matched to the color and texture of the
TRS-80 Video Display. It is attached with adhesive strips
which do not mar your unit in any way.

The full frame design of the Original Green-Screen "squares
off" the face of your video display and greatly improves the
overall appearance of your system.

THE GREEN-SCREEN

Add $1.00 for postage and handling.

.$13.95

Terms' Check or money order, no CODs or credit cards, please. Add amount
shonn tor postage and handling to price ot the Hem. All items shipped vrithin 48
hours by lirsl class or priority mail. Virginia residents, add 4% sales lax.
►^29

Micro- IS/lega ■ P.a. Box BSG5 - Arlingt»3n, Va SSS06

AUTHORIZED TRS 80® DEALER #R491

$670.00 MODEL!

16K Level II With Keypad
26-1056

$3500.00 MODEL II

MODEL II, 64K
26 - 4002

$875.00

MODEL III

MODEL III 16K RAM,

MODEL III BASIC

26-1062

WE ACCEPT CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR
PHONE ORDERS WITH VISA OR MASTER
CHARGE. SHIPPING COSTS WILL BE ADDED
TOCHARGEORDERS. DISK DRIVES, PRINT-
ERS, PERIPHERALS, AND SOFTWARE -
VOU NAME, WE'VE GOT IT
WRITE OR CALL FOR OUR COMPLETE
PRICE LIST,

C» S ELECTRONICS, LTD. 32 EAST MAIN ST. MILAN, MICH. 48160
(31 3) 439-1 508 (31 3) 439-1 400

CAS ELECTRONICS MART IS AN AUTHORIZED TRS SO' SALES CENTER STORE BR491

FULL FACTORY WARRANTY
ON ALL ITEMS SOLD.

1^145

216 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

EDAS

<
Q
UJ

<

Q
LU

<
Q
UJ
(0

<
o

LU

<
Q
UJ
(A
<
O
UJ
(A
<
Q
Ul
(0

<

Q
UJ
(0

<

Q
UJ
0)

<

Q
UJ
(0

<

Q

UJ

sva3

EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS EDAS

EDAS EDAS EDAS

If you thought Galactic Software's highly acclaimed EDAS 4.0 for the Model 11 TRS-80 set the industry
standard for Z-80 Editor/Assemblers, you were RIGHT!

From Galactic now comes a New Generation of Editor/Assemblers for the TRS-80 Models I, II, AND III.

These Editor/Assemblers contain all of the original features of EDAS 4.0, PLUS THE FOLLOWING!!

"* Assemble directly from one or MORE source files by means of a 'GET directive — Now the
capability of linked source files in a Non-Marco environment exists for assembling more than 500k of
source!

*" All versions allow most TRSDOS library commands to be executed from within the
Editor/Assembler environment,

*"' All versions allow assembly directly to disk or to memory.

'" Branch to your program assembled in memory and return to the Editor/Assembler for debugging.

*" All versions support Block line moves, Global string replacement, and a Find option to locate
strings anywhere in the text.

Galactic's Editor/Assembler remains the most versatile, user-oriented package available. A complete
manual with detailed descriptions is provided with each Editor/Assembler package, or is available
separately. All versions require a single drive TRS-80 system.

Model I or 111 Version, with Manual $ 79.00

Model II Version, with Manual $179.00

Manual only S 29.00

EDAS from ^^^^ ^ ^ ^ ;

Galactic -,-,520 n. Port Washington Rd.

Software Ltd. ^254 Mequon, Wisconsin 53092

(414)241-8030

svaa svaa svaa svag svqb svqb svaa svaa svaa svaa svaa svaa svaa svaa svaa

EDAS
m

a

>

m
O
>
(/)
m
O
>

m

>
en
m
O
>
w
m
O
>
</>
m
O
>

m

D

>

m
a

>

m

D

>
w

m
o

>

sva3

Pfiifessioiial '^oflwaie

TRS-80® MODEL II

NOW AVAlLABLti

BASIC CROSS REFERENCE

'FIND WHLKt NAMLS AKt UStD hAST'
I CAN YOU DtLtIt IHAl lINt' FINDOUli
'UO YOU HAVE DEAD CODING'
'WANT A NICE PROGRAM LISTING WITH
DATF & TIME IN HFAEJING

'SAVE HOUKSi
IPARAI LEI/SFRIAI PRIKU.HS
'StVERAL OPIIONS
'6/e LPI VARIABLE
1 INE WIDTH & PAGE DEPIH

$59.99

+ %i m

POSTAGE &
HANDLING

DOCUMENTATION ONLY $1000
DFDUCTIBLt ON PURCHASE

DISK SORT

• Ml-NU DRIVEN "

• RANDOM FILES '

• CHAINS TO SYSTEM
OR UASIC PROGRAMS

YOU DON'l HAVE TO BE A PROGRAMMER lO USE II

• EASY TO USL •EASY TO INSERT INTO
•FASP lOB STREAM EOR

• SPECS SAVED NON-SIOP RUNNING'
ON DISK

$69.99 +*''*'

DOCUMENTATION ONLY SlOOIl POSTAGE &

DLDUCIIIiLL ON PURCHASE HANDLING

BASIC COMPILER

• TRSnCJS ■'.■BASIC COMPAIlBIi ' •EASY TO USE

• lASllR IIIAN bask: by up IO •AUGMENTED with our
iO 1 IME S UOCUMEN I AI ION ■

iRSao-jt iKSuos-AREREGisiERiD GOOD-LYDDON DATASYSTEMS ..CiJL^^.„„

trademarks Of [ANDY CORP 5486 RIVERSIDE DR., CHINO, CA. 91710 "ASTER CHARGE or VISA accepted.

• WRITTEN BY MICROSCJI 1

8350.00

+ iSO0 POSTAGE
HANDLING

VISA/MC Order Line Only (except Mich.) 800-253-4358 ext.lOO

FINDISK-II The ultimate In automatic disk indexing with exclusive features Model-1 $20.00

AUTOMATICALLY create INDEX of programs or data from all your disks, print disk LABELS, print
alphabetized MASTERLIST. do fast SEARCH, add DESCRIPTIONS Also automatically: detect DATA or
SYS disks, PURGE disks and index of old files, and UPDATE from revised disks only.
SOLAR-I The critical calculations for passive design. . . Model! S30.00 Modcl-II $45.00

INPUT: any latitude, orientation, slope, roof overhang, storage type, building loss, OUTPUT: solar angles,
shading, time, heat gain/loss, percent solar, fuel use. Print report by hour, month, year in presentation format.

RIA-II Complex Real Estate Investment Anal vsis Model! $30.00 Model-!! $45.00

Analysis for investor or homeowner using Elwood method. INPUT; Project costs, loan and tax data,
expenses, depreciation rate OUTPUT. Cap rate/value, mortgage payments, before/after tax cash flows, return
(IRR] , profit/gain from sale over any time series.
DEPRECIATE-I Manage a list of depreciable Items Model-! $15.00 Model-!! $20.00

Tracks long list of depreciable items with varying purchase dales, depreciation rates, or per cent business use.
Update any time. Print tax form. Used by many CPAs

STItUCT-I Graphic design of steel /wood beams and moment transfer Model-! $15.00

INPUT: span/cantilever, uniform/point loads, beam material. OUTPUT: with screen graphics beam moment
& shear diagrams Print job report with diagram, stresses, and required beam sizes

Min 32K. On disk (Modi one drive order tape). Add $1.00 postage (Mich, add 4% tax) ViSA/MC
(^88 DOCUMAN SOFTWARE BOX 387-A KALAMAZOO, Ml 49005(616) 344-0805

FULL SCREEN TEXT EDITORS
FOR THE TRS-80*

Now there ate products that will allow you to program
like the professionals do. If you enjoy the sophistica-
tion ot writing your own programs then you are in for a
real treat when you use our editors. Features Include:
full screen display; complete control over scrolling
and cursor movement; character change, insert, de-
lete; insert, delete, copy, move lines or blocks of lines;
renumber; global find and change.
BASIC editor runs from tape or disk. Once loaded, a
single command invokes our extended edit mode, with
powers and abilities far beyond those of conventional
editing! Advanced features include user definable
macro keys and the powerful program restructuring
tool SELECTIVE RENUMBER.

EDTASM editors are compatible with EDTASM source
tape files. Disk version Includes patch to run Radio
Shack' EDTASM from disk! All products are shipped
on tape tor level 2 machines and include a comprehen-
sive owner's manual.

The Text Editor for BASIC

Order #1010-20 24.95

The Text Editors tor EDTASM Source Files:
Tape Version

Order #1010-30 24.95

Disk Version (Req. 32K and up)

Order #1010-31 34.95

Send check or money order (no CODs] to:

r*_« — .

Post Office Box 214, Depl. 181
Rye. New York 10580

N.Y. Stale residents please add applicable sates tax.
Please allow 4-6 wee)<s delivery. Dealer Inquiries Invited.

'Radio Shack and TRS-80 are rogistared tradamarks of
The Tandy Corp.

f Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 217

TECHNIQUE

Halve the hassle of handling cassette data files.

Efficient Cassette I/O

Gerald A. Sabin
6022 Sage Drive
Orlando, FL 32807

This article is dedicated to
TRS-80 users (Levei il
BASIC) who regularly use their
cassette tape recorders for in-
putting and out putting data files
into their programs. If you are
not ttiis type of user, I'm afraid
this article isn't for you.

Even now, the regular users of
cassette-oriented systems out-
number disk users. So, read
on — you will probably find
something that may simplify
and improve your cassette I/O.

The applications for data files
on cassette tapes are numer-
ous. As we scan through recent
literature, we find the following
applications: mailing lists, per-
sonal information systems, fi-
nancial record-keeping, and
many others. Applications are
limited only by the imagination
of the system user.

The Data File

A typical file is created by the
repeated use of the PRINT #-1
command, and is followed by a
list of variables to be transmit-

ted from memory onto tape. In
reverse, the file is read back into
the program later by the INPUT
#-1 command, and followed by
the same list of variables.

In most applications pro-
gramming dealing with cassette
I/O operations, the program
must have both the INPUT #-1
and PRINT #-1 commands.

In the general scheme of
things, the program is responsi-
ble for reading an existing file,
updating it in some fashion, and
recording the updated file onto
the tape.

In order to meet other require-
ments imposed by the Level II
system, the PRINT #-1 state-
ments turn out to be exception-
ally long, usually running to
three or more lines of text on the
screen. Why are they so long?
The answer lies in the estab-
lished format for recording data
on tape.

Each burst of data is separat-
ed by a long leader that ensures
that the tape is up to speed (and
stabilized) when the data is be-
ing read (or while it is being writ-
ten). If we should write the data
in short bursts, we would have
many stretches of leader code
to separate them.

Therefore, to keep the overall
length of the tape file down to a
reasonable value, the user
needs to pack as much data as
possible into each burst, sub-
ject to an absolute maximum of

255 bytes per burst. This results
in the very long list of variables
mentioned above.

But how can we enhance
cassette I/O?

Method

What we propose to do is to
simplify the program by letting
one statement do the INPUT #-1,
variables list and PRINT #-1,
variables list. The variables list
is the same for INPUT #-1 and
PRINT#-1 , so all that we need do
now is to change the PRINT
token (=178) by the INPUT
token (=137) when reading
tape, and vice versa for writing
tape. This is done by POKEing a
specific address with 178 or 137
as needed. It accomplishes our
stated purpose of letting one
BASIC statement serve both
l/Os.

There is a definite advantage
in placing the single tape I/O
statement as early as possible
in the program. This keeps the
address where the PRINT/IN-
PUT token resides as a fixed ad-
dress, even if the program is ed-
ited later— provided, of course,
that the editing occurs in state-
ments that follow the tape I/O
statement. If you do edit ahead
of the tape I/O statement, and
either insert or delete any char-
acters, the address of the token
will be shifted. It must be ac-
counted for by POKEing the
modified address of the token.

Example

This example is taken from a
recent business application. We
deal with a file of up to 500 ac-
counts (in a 16K machine with
Level II). Each account contains
six items of data that don't have
to be identified here, except to
point out that two are elements
in integer arrays. The other four
are part of single-precision ar-
rays. We won't present the en-
tire program because It is long;
instead, we will discuss those
parts relating directly to our
method. These parts appear in
Program Listings 1 , 2 and 3.

Program Listing 1 is the be-
ginning and early part of the pro-
gram. The I/O statement is a
subroutine. Also, notice the
jump around this subroutine
with the statement 110 GOTO
160. The statement 120 POKE
17197, 16: POKE 17218, 16 will
change the I/O token in lines 130
and 140. Note that 16 is defined
later in the program when we
call for reading or writing tape.
Each pass through statement
140 processes five sets of data,
hence STEP 5 in the FOR loop of
line 1060. NL is the actual num-
ber of accounts and is written in-
to the cassette tape file. NL is
defined elsewhere in the pro-
gram and is not shown in the
listings.

Program Listing 2 controls, or
calls for, tape I/O. If we want to
write to tape, we need GOTO 700

218 • 80 Microcomputmg, January 1981

somewhere in the program, and
GOTO 750 if we want to read
tape. Either option returns to a
MENU seiection (not shown in
the iistings).

Program Listing 3 shows the
subroutine that calis the 1/0
statement.

Final Comments

We've discussed the applica-
tions programming for creating
and using f iies on cassette tape.
We haven't shown a complete
program, just the pertinent cod-
ing for the cassette I/O. The
reader can use these listings to
produce his or her own custom
programs.

The advantages for our meth-
od are:

1) Simplicity in cassette I/O
coding; (2) saving 200 or more
bytes; (3) simplicity in future
maintenance or modification of
the program; (4) absolute cer-
tainty that the read statement
will have the same format as the
write statement, thus eliminat-

ing possibility for error.

There is a supplementary
method for storing the data on
the tape. For this, we dump onto
tape that part of the RAM hold-
ing the program and its data.
However, the appropriate com-
mands are not available in
BASIC.

The most suitable way to do
this is to use T-BUG that has
been relocated to high memory
for compatibility with BASIC. In
a 16K machine the relocated
T-BUG resides at 31230-32767.
With relocated T-BUG, the 16K
of memory (TEXT and DATA)
may be written onto tape in
about 40 feet of tape (just over
four minutes). By way of com-
parison, we see that some of the
conventional cassette tape files
by the PRINT # command can
run to 15 minutes or more.

Please note that in any case
you still need your conventional
PRINT # file if you want to pre-
sent the file to a modified pro-
gram. ■

100 REM R79A 03/10/80 REV D. 9

110 GOTO 160

120 POKE 17197, I6:P0KE 17218,16

130 INPUT#-1,NL: PRINT NL : RETURN

140 IHPUT#-1,N1I) ,0(I),P(I),NH1I),Q(I),R(I1

N(I+1] ,0[I-H] ,P{I+1) ,NM[I+1) ,Q[I+1) ,R{I+1)

N(I+2) ,0(1 + 2) ,P[H-2) ,NM(I+2) ,0(1-1-21 ,R(I + 2)

N(I + 3] ,0(1 + 3) ,P[I + 3) ,NM(I-^31 ,Q(I + 3) ,R(I + 31

N(I+4) ,0(1+4) ,P(I+4) ,NH[I+4) ,Q(I+4) ,R(I+4)

150 RETURN

160 DEflHT I-K,N

170 DIM N(500} ,0(500) ,P(5001 ,NM(500) ,Q{500) ,R(500)

180 REM WHATEVER FOLLOWS . . .

Program Listing 1. Beginning and Early Part of Sample Pro-
gram. Line 140 lias been modified sligtitly for convenience in
LtSTing. Thecomma ttiat normally follows R(l), R(l+ 1), R(l +
2), R(l + 3) has been replaced by a line feed cfiaracler (down-
arrow). For RUNning ffte program it must be reset bacl< to a
comma.

690
700
710
720
750
760
770
780
790

REM PROGRAM CONTINUES HEBE . . .

REM WRITE TAPE ROUTINE

GOSUB1030: PRINT"WRITING , . .

16=178: GOSUB1040: GOTO 7 80

REM READ TAPE ROUTINE

GOSUB1030: PRINT"READING . . .

16=137: GOSUB1040

PRINT"COMPLETE - NOTE TAPE LOCATION

GOTO (BACK TO MENU SELECTIOH)

REM WHATEVER FOLLOWS . . .

Program Listing 2.

1030

1040

1050

1060

1070
1060
1090

CLS: INPUT"CASSETTE READY? - PRESS ENTER";NX: RETUR

N

GOHUB 120

REM NL IS THE NUMBER OF ACCOUNTS

FOR J=l TO NL STEP 5

GOSUB 140

PRINT J,: NEXT J: RETURN

REM OTHER PARTS OF PROGRAM FOLLOW . . .

Program Listing 3.

Presenting

CAR PACE II

Guide your cor
oround rhe ever
changing irocl'S in real
fime This gome is
wrirren in mochine
longuogeond includes
sound ro provide o fosr-
pQced simularionofon
ocruoi roce This new
improved version now

hos 8 different ttocI«
Level !l 16K rope
S14 95 02K disk
$1995

BREAKOUT

In rhis machine
language game with
sound, you must
destroy rhe graphic
blocks wifh your
bouncing boll This
simulonon of rhe
popular arcade gome
has 64 voriotions
including solid wall
breakrhrough corch

invisible woll, whommy
and one or rwo
ployers ■

Level II 16K rope
$9 95 32KDiskSl4 95

MICRONOPOLY

A full scale version of
rhe famous boord
gome Micronopoly is
the only progrom we
know of rhor plays by
rhe rul es allows
rroding and doesnr
require you to hove o

board

Level II 16KrapeS9 95

32KdiskSl495

ALIEN INVASION

Shoot down rhe
spoce invoders os rhey
pass over your laser
conon This is o new
improved version
ovoiloble only from
Softwore Innovorions
Virh sound

Level II 16KropeS9 95
02K disk $14 95

STELLAR
ADVENTURE

Explore rhe galaxy
and fight rhe deodly
Kyroxons in rhis reol-
nme grophic gome
with sound Troveling
rhrough rhe cosmos,
you will encounrer
solar sysrems wirh
orbiring planes.
Kyroxondreodnoughrs
which launch smaller
fighters fonrosric alien
Treasures block holes
ond other inrersrellor

phenomeno Land on
ploners which may
conroin alien bases or
ciries Fosr Mochine
Longuoge graphics
ond oprionol line
printer ourpur ore
included Level II 16K
tope B14 95 32K disk
S1995

Add S)l 00 for shipping
Free corolog ovoiloble
Terms Check MO VISA MC
NY res odd 7% soles tox
Deoler Inquines Invlred.
Sofrwore Innovofions
320 Melbourne Rd.
Greot Neck, NY 11021
(516) 482-6004

^478

1^ Reader Service—see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 219

Rene Descales * Homer

Jeremy Bentham

Plato

John Adams

Pliny the Elder

.A
O

X

C5

E

o

H

"c

4—1

JO

e:

CQ

c
a

OS

e
a

■o

01

■o
c
s

s

55

o

Computerxn

1: Device designed to execute a sequence of

mathematical operations.

e^^

4

Ma

Beginner's Russian

This package consists of ihree programs that
graphically display the Cyrillic alphabet. The
programs arc arranged so ihal you progress from
one lo the next — building your knowledge as jjoh
progress. It includes inslruclions on proper
pronunciation of the letters and even an in-
iroduelior! to simple Russian vvoids.
Order No. 0I36R S9.95

Everyday Russian

Everyday Russian will acquaint you with the
Russian word.s relating to: foods, places to eat,
everyday signs, and the names of common
stores. You will also learn the order of the Cyril-
lic alphabet. Each of the three divisions of this
package will teach you the words and then quiz
you on comprehension. You can even practice
typing in Russian, using your IRS-SIJ keyboard
as a "Cyrillic typewriter,"
Order No. U137R $9.95

The Russian Disk

Now you can have bo/h the Beginner's Rus-
sian and Everyday Russian packages on lloppy
disk! Requires an Expansion Interface with 16K
and one disk drive.
Order .Mo. 02l2Kn S24.95

Teacher

This program allows you to input any number
of questions and answers. The computer will
prepare tesl.s, give quizes, provide up to three
hints per question and even give (optional)
graphic rewards for correct answers. Perfect for
parents, teachers, or anyone faced with learning
a lot of data in a short time.
Order >Jo. (H)65R $9.95

Wordwatch

Four programs lor budding lexicographers,
etymologisi.s, or anyone else who uses words. In
WORD RACE, you must choose the proper
definitions, l-ind the misspelled word in HIDE N
Sl'f'J.I.. Take a pre-recorded qui? in SHEL-
LING BLE, in which the words are played
aloud! Meet variations on proper spelling in
SPELLING TUTOR.
Order No. Oil IK $7.95

IQ Test

Are you smart enough to buy this package? IQ
Test will administer and score an mielhgence test
in 30 minutes flat! There are ihree equivalent
tests, each consisting of 35 questions, designed
to test your general knowledge and problem
solving abilities. Most of us claim a "touch of
genius" --here's \our chance to prove it!
Order No. 0I57R $9.95

V A-B C

Archimedes' Apprentice

A tutorial software package thai will teach you
the formulas used to find the volume of u/iy solid
object. It covers parallelopipeds (cubes and
rectangular solids), prisms, pyramids, cylinders,
cones and spheres. It can even quiz you on how
well you learned the lesson.
Order No. n092K S9.45

Video Speed-Reading
Trainer

You can increase your reading speed and
comprehension. How? By practicing, that's
how! This three-part program will Hash charac-
ters or words on the screen, then you must echo
what you saw. You can begin at a relatively slow
rate, because the computer will advance your
speed automatically as your speed and compren-
hension increase. It will train you with numbers,
letters, words and phrases.
Order No. ninORS9.<»5

Typing Teacher

A complete seven-part package that guides
you from laniiliari/ation with the keyboard,
through typing woids (and phrases), to inasiery
ol [oucli typing. Your video momior becomes a
botiomlcs'- page tor typing practice!
Order No. IKI9gK $9.95

All packages listed are for the TRS-80 Model 1 Level II i they require 16K of memory and
are cassette-based unless otherwise indicated.

Instant Software

PETERBOROUGH, N.H. 03458
603-924-7296

"AV nzi unS

!l|dAB!i|;>G}\ o|o,i5!\j

Sej03El|).^({

ll!l^[ iJGnjs uqof ^ EAi>|y aqqajj

220 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

William Shakespeare * Thomas Edison * Aristotle

William of Occam * Thomas

Education\n

1: The action or process
developing knowledge.

of training and

<&

i

Basic Math Program
from EMSI

The Basic Math Program h a comprehensive
math teaching package. Ic was created by a cer-
tified math teacher with !5 years of program-
ming experience.

The first three programs comprise: Whole
Number Arithmetic by Teaching Objective. This
set includes Addition. Subtraction and Multi-
plication, The fourth program is Fractions and
Mixed Number Arithmetic. Logic and Deductive
Reasoning is the fifth program in the set. The
Metric/English Conversion program rounds out
the series.

You choose from a MENU of options, so as to
cusiom-iailor both practice and test sessions,
The program options include: Number of Pro-
blems/Session, Level of Problem Difficulty,
Number of Seconds/Problem, Type of Assis-
tance to be Offered, and Type of Reward.

The package includes a 60 page teacher's
manual thai contains detailed instructions on
how to use the programs. It shows you exaclly
what material will be on the monitor and how to
select the program options. It further explains
how to analyze the session results by number of
problems correct, actual problems given, if an
incorrect digil was entered, if it was corrected
and whether the HELP feature was used.

Fractions and Mixed Number Arithmetic
shows the student every step of how to solve the
problems. It waits for the student to enter each
answer and, if he makes an error, reviews the
material so the error can be found.

Deductive Reasoning is a modified and much
improved Mastermind-type exercise.

Metric/English Conversion will convert quan-
tities (length, area, volume and weight) from
Metric to English, or English to Metric.
Order No. 5002R S80.00

We Guarantee It!

mmmi^mmmmmmm.
^^,v»nt SoffH,^;^

Guarantee

OUR PRtXiRAViS ARl.dl ARANIIf D ^^

TO Bh QUALITY PRODUCTS. IF NOT M

COMPLHTFLY SATISFII-D YOU MAY ^

RFTURN TEiF PROfiRAM WITHIN 60 ^

DAYS, A(RFDn OR RLPLACIMFN f ^

WILL m WlLLlNtlLY GIVFN FOR m

^ ANY Rl ASON. S

Grade Book

Teachers, now you can use the speed and ac-
curacy of the TRS-80 to help you calculate stu-
dent grtjc. Type in the scores for tests, quizzes,
homework, ctasswork or special projects. The
Grade Book program will calculate and display
individual grade averages.

The program permits you to weigh student
performance scores and convert raw score totals
to a 100-points-equals-perfect-score basis. You
can also average quarterly grades with the grades
for the previous quarter, semester and final ex-
am, to obtain an average grade for the year.

When grading time comes around, don't chain
yourself to a calculator — go modern with the
Grade Book package.
Order No. 0050R $9.95

(fTl-8

^

Toll-Free

800-258-5473

OR USE OUR ORDER
FORM BELOW

Teacher's Aide

Now you can have the benefits of Computer
Assisted Instruction (CAI) in your own home. The
Teacher's Aide program will let you create a
teaching system for any conceivable subject. The
program allows you to create a question and an-
swer lesson (you can input up to 8000 characters
per lesson). You can then save this lesson on the
disk and create an entire sequence of lessons.

Your lessons can be tailor-made for you or your
students. The options available are: (1) review the
material prior to taking the lesson, (2) provide
hints to help answer questions, and (3) offer a
graphic display as a reward for correctly answering
all the questions. The Teacher's Aide program will
even allow for spelling errorsi

The Teacher's Aide package is perfect for
parents, teachers, and students who need the
unlimited patience and undivided attention only a
computer can provide. Readin', writin', and
'rithmaiie will never be the same — now that you
have the Teacher's Aide package from Instant
Software,

This package requires the following minimum
system:

1. A TRS-80 Level II with 16K RAM.

2. An Expansion Interface with 16K RAM.

3. One disk drive.

4. Any compatible Disk Operating System.
Order No. 0214RD (disk-based) $39.95

'TRS-80 is a trademerk of Tandy Corporation.
I

City

State -

-Zip.

a Check

D Money Order

D VISA

□ AMEX

n Master Charge

Card No.

. Exp. Data .

Signed.

.Date.

|H|||||B

Order your Pnstant Software today! ^^^^^^^^^|

Quantity

Order No

Program name

Unit cost

Total cost

Shipping and handling

$1.00

lr>o4y

-Mr^+C

^>-^f4•%A<^.^^J^^

Total oraer

^2

Peterborough, N.H. 03458

ffl

ft

D3

»

"I

e
o
=r

"5.
5*
o

N

B

■■■
t/i

=r

3

H

©

B

s

s.

o

O

a

CTQ

s-

■o

o
o

vi"
n

^uid|o;d ^ sdiu|0H H3pu3AV JaiAiio * sni^qasay ^ 033jq 13 ^ ajiEJioA * sajcjDos

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 221

STYLE

Care about your appearance?

Then put some thought into your video page layouts.

The Plan of the Page

Alexander MacLean
18 Indian Spring Trail
Denville, NJ 07834

Many of the packaged pro-
grams for the TRS-80 com-
puter use a multi-section tech-
nique. This is particularly true of
the material for Level ! 4K.
The tactics are simple.
This article will concentrate
on the mechanics and tactics of
writing a program. An educa-
tional program will be written for
example that can be used to do
several things— present infor-
mation, quiz students and save
results.

Programs are often repetitive
uses of simple techniques. The
key to using them is a basic un-
derstanding of the individual
elements, and of how they are
allhooked together in the whole.
The process can be broken in-
to the following elements:
• Editorial content is the ma-
terial you are trying to teach

with the program.

• Format is the physical lay-
out of the material.

• Computer operations are
the actual programming. Once
you decide what you want the
computer to do, you have to
tell it how.

How well you handle the first
two elements is going to have a
major effect on how well the
third goes.

The basic computer format to
keep in mind is the size of the
page you are working with. The
TRS-80 Level I page is 16 lines
and each line is 64 characters
long. Entries must be keyed to
that format.

At this point, it will help if you
have a supply of programming
pads, and in particular, Radio
Shack's TRS-80 video display
worksheets.

Look at a worksheet carefully.
There are two types of numbers
on it. We want the larger outside
numbers.

You will see 0, 64, 128 etc. on
the left side. If you count the
boxes, you will find 16 (lines).
Across the top you will see a line
of numbers called TAB, from
to 64. These are the character
numbers. On the right you will

see the end of the line count for
each line.

The ability to use this chart is
critical— and it's not hard. The
important point is that every-
thing fits on the page.

This imposes certain limits on
your text and leads to a given
style— brevity. It makes it hard
for people who like to write long
involved sentences with many
clauses. That won't work with
the computer.

Learn to think newspaper
style. Keep everything brief and
to the point. There are two rea-
sons for this: There isn't much
space on a page and there isn't
much memory available.

The visual presentation must
be considered. Remember that
people will be using the program
to learn. If the screen is com-
pletely filled with text, it will be
hard to assimilate the material.
A better presentation would use
less text, more editing and plen-
ty of blank space.

Outline Programs

The next thing to keep in mind
is information flow. Outline
techniques taught in school are
highly effective for computer
use.

Most programs have a title
page. Our simple title could be
Programming Lessons By Alex-
ander fvlacLean. Program List-
ing 1, using the print statement,
shows the easiest way to pro-
gram the title.

Notice that when it runs there
is some spacing between the
lines. Everything is margined to
the left. The print statement is
only a basic text statement.

5

CLS

10

REM -TITLE PAGE PROGRAM*

20

P. "PROGRAMMING LESSONS"

30

P.

40

P.

50

P "BY"

60

P.

70

P.

80

P -ALEXANDER MACLEAN"

Program Listing 1,

5

CLS

10

REM -TITLE PAGE PROGRAM II"

20

P,A, 276, "LESSON PROGRAM-

MING"

30

P,A, 478, "BY"

40

P,A, 660, "ALEXANDER MAC

LEAN"

Program Listing 2.

222 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

X • P . A . N • D

INTRODUCING THE XTD-TRS INTERFACE CARD
FOR THE STD BUS

This card permits direct connection between the TRS-80* and the STD BUS system. The
TRS-SO' can even be used as a development system for Z-80 STD BUS, QC Microsystems
distributes a full line ot STD BUS products from a number of manufacturers including
Mostek, Xitex, Intelligence Systems, Advance Technology, Antona Corp, & Vector.

Xitex XTD-TRS Interface Card

INCLUDES:

Cable, ROM
Documenlatlon

Driver Objecl
Casselle S10
Diskette $25

$260 Includes: DDT-80 ROM

—200 NS MEMORY!! —

High speed 4116 RAMS for Maximum
Reliability from your TRS-80'.
SET OF 8 FOR $44

OTHER RAMS (MOSTEK) $(1-9)

41 1 8N-4 1 K X 8 250 NS 24.00

4104N-4 4K X 1 250 NS 10.50

PROMS (MOSTEK)

2716T/J12 2K X 8 650 NS 13.75
Z80 PARTS AVAILABLE

pOFF THE SHELF STD BUS PRODUCTS—]

AVAILABLE NOW:

MDX-CPU1

$260

Z80 CPU/RAM/PROM

MDX-CPU 2

$295

Z80 CPU/RAM'PROM

MOX-DRAM 8/32

$275

Dynamic RAM

MDX-PIO

$250

Parallel I/O

MDX-A/D 8

$299

A/D Coni/ertets

MDX-D/A 3/12

$594

D/A Conuerters

WDX-AIO

$449

Combination I'O Converter

MDX-SIO

$260

Serial I/O

PROW-I

$155

PRO'M Programmer

WDX-EPROW/UART

$225

Combination PROM/UART

MDX-CPM-

$250

CP/tyl 2 2 DiskS Vi/

TRS-PROTO 2

$895

Includes Card Cage. CPU 2,
XTD-TRS. tvlemory & Software

■Contacl OC for Pricing Option?

'TRS-80 and CP/M are registered trademarits of Tandy Corp. and Digital Research, respectively.

NEW

STD BUS

ENCLOSURES

tsiow you can select from a full line of STD BUS Enclosures &
Card Cages with high efficiency switching power supplies.
Aualiabie in 6. 8. 12 8 22 slot .75" spacing and 6. 14, 28 slot 50"

spacing

Ask For Our Full Catalog
Of Products And Services

WasterCharge, Visa, American Express Check. COD accepted
Add $3 00 for U S, Shipping & Handling. Allow two weeks for
shipment f^lin, order of $10 00 All products covered by a 90 day
OEM warrenty Prices subject to change without notice

Overseas Inquiries Welcome!

Micro

Systems P.O. box 401326

GARLAND, TEXAS 75040
(214) 343-1282

Ask for our complete catalogue!

Software for TRS-80s

MODEL I UTILITIES

HPS-SHOHT - Keyboard driver.
BASIC keywords with a single
keystroke . Repeating keys,
upper/lowercase, shift lock.
26 user -definable keys.
16-48k, cass./disk S 14.95

RASIC DISASSEMBLER - Label-
ing disassembler. Create as-
sembler source files from
machine code.
48k, 1 disk $ 9.95

TULSA MICRO SYSTEMS ^437

114 WestTaft

Sapulpa, Ok. 74066

(918) 224-4260

Software for TRS-80s

************** *vV-ft ***************** ****AW*A*A***4A***A4**A**5l

* TMS FEATURE OF THE MONTH *

*******j!******ii*A************A-********************AA********

* DEBBYMAE *

* The only totally flexible data base handler, DEBBY *

* automatical ly links all related information. Instant *

* recall with no "fields" or "keys." Whether you're a *

* salesman, stamp collector, inventory clerk or trivia *

* nut , DEBBYMAE makes all other cross -indexes obsolete. -'<

* * *

* *

* *

* Model I (48k, 2 disk, printer optional) S 79.95 *

i Model II (64k, printer optional) $ 99.95 *

*A****Aft***A*********A***A*AA*-*A*****A**********************

APPLICATIONS SOFTWARE

TIGGER-GRAF - Create engin-
eering, scientific or just
fun graphics on your IDS 440G
printer. Resolution i,s 495 x
575. Easy BASIC programs
provided for data entry and
machine language modules for
speed . Several pictures can
be concatenated along the
Y-axis for larger graphs .

Model I {48k, 2 disk) S 149.95

CODECQNV - Takes your machine code and writes a BASIC

program which Pokes the machine routine to memory.

16k, 1 disk S 9.95

PENCIL FIX - Modify Pencil to use RS lower case modifi-
cation. Redefines control key to be the key and switches
the Ic/uc toggle to the shifted Break key. Save your
warranty .

Disk

S 14.95

SPOOlE^EL - An in-memory print spooler that runs in Model
I 32k or 48k disk system, under Newdos* or Trsdos.** Fully
relocatable code and buffer. Buffer size is user selected.
A true background spooler at an unbelievably low price .
32k, disk S 24.95

PRINT-CKNTRAL - A utility for those with smart printers.
To send a control code to your printer , simply press the
Clear key and the appropriate letter key and see instant
execution. Any code from 1 to 31 may be sent.
16-48k S 24.95

W0RD5CRIBE - Professional word processing tor Model 1 or
Model II. Full screen editing. Margin justification. Line
insert ion/deletion. Block raove/copy/delete . Global find and
change. Much, much more.

Model I (48k, 1 disk) 5 79.95

Model II (64k) $ 99.95

MAILING LIST I - A menu-driven mailing list program with

complete full screen editing

Model I (48k, 1 disk) S 59-95

Model II (64k) S 69.95

WORDMAIL - Pu 1 Is names and addresses from Mailing List 1
and inserts into Wordscribe files.

Model I (48k, 1 disk) S 39.95

Model II (64k) S 49.95

COMPLETE FORM LETTER S YSTEM - Wordscribe, Wordmail and
Mailing List I

Model I
Model II

S 159.95
S 199.95

*NEWDOS is a trademark of Apparat

**TRS=80 and TRSDOS are trademarks of Tandy Corporation

^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 223

405 K/bytes of storage. Apparat has com-
bined its Newcfos/80 operating system
and a dual-sided 80 track mini-ffoppy

drive to give you 405,000 bytes of stor-
age in a single volume Modtfication
patches to Newdos'80 expands the
capability of single density drives, so
you'll have greater applications for
your TRS-80 model l.'?'
Drives ptug directly into an expan-
sion interface with no modification
required so you can now have over
1 megabyte of storage on-line with
standard mini-floppy diskettes.
Each drive has 316 free grans, for a
total of 948, on a maximum of three
80 track drives, which can be added
to a TRS-8G.

Upgrading to double density is
possible by running under most
double density controllers.

And, you can choose either an

MPI or Tandon Drive Mechanism.

Drives come complete with case.

power supply,

interface cable

and documen-

ation including

itches to

!wdos/80. Either

e mechanism is priced at only $839 with
tional drives available at $789. At 482
oyies per buck, it just might be the answer to
yo.ir storage problems.

Apparat Inc. 800 525-7674

4401 S ramarac Pkwy

(303) 741-1778
Denver.CO 80237 • (303) 756-7275

(^264

All prices cash discounted/ Freight: FOB factory. Ask for our free catalog.

You may want to emphasize
something, or specifically place
it on the screen. The PRINT AT
statement is used for this. It is
simple to use.

Program Listing 2 repro-
grams the title page using PRINT
AT statements. Each space in
each line has a numerical ad-
dress.

Choose a line to start toward
the right, rather than at the left
margin. Note Its number. On the
worksheet find the TAB number
of the space where the first
character of the line will be
printed on the screen. Add the
TAB number to the line number.

The second line of the title
page program is numbered 64
on the worksheet. The begin-
ning of the line will be printed at
TAB number 20. Since 64 -f 20 =
84, enter PRINT AT 84, "PRO-
GRAMMING LESSONS."

When centering with PRINT
AT statements, make sure the
line is short enough to fit in the
space. If It is too long, it will
curve around to the next line
spoiling the effect.

A number of graphic embell-
ishments can be added for visu-
al effect, but most are beyond
the scope of beginning program-
ming. It is possible to use a
PRINTATstatementto print two
lines of asterisks as In Program
Listing 3.

Notice that these are at the
second and the next to last
lines. When the program is run,
the cursor will appear at the left
and the word READY. This kicks
the page up a notch and throws
the top line off the screen.

If there was a second page,
this would not happen. But there
is some fussing to be done be-
tween pages.

The computer runs faster
than anyone can read, so the
change between pages must be
slowed down. This is done by
adding a timing circuit between
pages. It's easy. Use the FOR-
NEXT loop shown in Program
Listing 4.

In line 70 N + 1 to 10,000 deter-
mines the time it takes the com-
puter to perform that many oper-
ations. Adjust the time by the
number of repetitions.

Leave enough time for any-
one to read the material. The

TRS-80 can do about 500 loops
per second. Multiply 500 times
the number of seconds you want
to hold the page on the screen.

If you have used a full page of
screen space, when more mate-
rial is added to the program, the
computer will present a fresh
screen with the new material. If
the full screen has not been
used, new material will appear
at the bottom.

This isn't always the best ar-
rangement. Using the CLS state-
ment gives the programmer a
choice.

Given the title page, add the
next page beginning with a lead
sentence. In this case the page
will begin, "Lessons program-
ming has three basic elements."

The program for page two is
given in Program Listing 4. Page
spacing is used for both artistic
reasons and to add emphasis.
Notice the CLS command at the
end of the NEXT N statement.

Available Memory

There Is no easy way to calcu-
late how much memory is need-
ed on the basis of video pages or
the amount of text. Before start-
ing, hit PM to get the amount of
working memory available. 4K is
a nominal figure. You really only
have 3583 bytes.

After you finish a page and
enter it, use PM (PRINT MEMO-
RY) to see how much memory Is
left and how much is used for
each page.

There is a limit to how many
computer "pages" you will get,
because It just doesn't go that
far. There is a simple solution,
though. When they reach the
end, instruct students to enter
the next part.

Program 5 shows how quiz-
zing might look set into part of a
longer program.

To put all this in order:
Outline material to be covered.
Outline questions.
Put questions in order and place
in outline.

Block out each "page" of com-
puter text with text placement
and typing instructions.
Addoutlineof computer instruc-
tions needed.
Write program first.
Transfer to computer, keeping
track of memory left.
Transfer finished sections to

master tape.
Test master tape.
Transfer to final tape.
Enjoy.

This is the basic teaching pro-
gram method using the comput-
er, geared at Level I 4K. There
are a few more little hints that
might be applied.

I used inexpensive Irish tape
cassettes and they worked well.
There are a number of sources
for small computer grade cas-
settes for a buck each. This sure
beats Radio Shack's $4 for 10
minutes of tape price.

There is no substitute for the
Video Chart, however, the pro-

gramming pad is not necessary.

Ordinary writing pads and a soft
lead pencil will do. You are go-
ing to have to make corrections.
There are advantages to keep-
ing a written copy of your pro-
gram.

There is another area where
the computer teacher can do
well. Some types of testing are
particularly suited to the com-
puter. It can give the test, add up
the answers and give you the
score. This adds a tool to your
computer bag of tricks.

I hope this has taken some of
the mystery out of stringing to-
gether longer programs. ■

5 CLS

10 REM -TITLE PAGE PROGRAM III'

20 PA. 64, fill out full line"

30 P,A. 276, "LESSON PROGRAMMING"

40 P.A. 478, "BY"

50 P.A. 660, "ALEXANDER MAC LEAN"

60 P.A, 896. ■■■■■■'-■" fill out full line"

RUN

Program Listing 3.

5

10
20
30

40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
RUN

CLS

REM -TITLE PAGE PROGRAM II

P.A. 64,
P.A 276
P.A, 478
P.A, 660

P.A. 896

"■■■■""■ fill oul full line '""

'LESSON PROGRAMMING"
BY"

'ALEXANDER MAC LEAN"

"""""■ fill out full line "*"
FOR N = 1 TO 10000: NEXT N: CLS
REM - PAGE ONE '

P.A. 64, "LESSONS PROGRAMMING HAS THREE BASIC ELEMENTS;'
P.A. 202, "1 EDITORIAL CONTENT: THE MATERIAL YOU ARE"
P.A. 266, "TRYING TO TEACH WITH THE PROGRAM."
P.A. 394, "2. FORMAT: THE PHYSICAL LAYOUT DONE"
P.A, 458, "FOR COMPUTER PRESENTATION AND TEACHING"
P,A, 522, "EFFECTIVENESS."

P.A. 650, "3, COMPUTER OPERATIONS: THE INSTRUCTIONS YOU"
P.A. 714. "GIVE THE COMPUTER TO MAKE IT DO THE JOB."
FOR N = 1 TO 10000 NEXT N, CLS

Program Listing 4.

500
510

512
514
516
518
520
530
540
600
605
610
615
620
630
640
RUN

CLS

P. "WHAT HAS THE MOST EFFECT ON HOW YOU PREPARE YOUR

PROGRAM?"

P.A. 340, "1.THE MATERIAL"

P.A. 468, "2. HOW IT LOOKS"

P.A, 596, "3, THE COMPUTER"

PA. 714. "ANSWER 1,3. or3", INPUTA

IFA = 1 THEN 600

IFA = 2THEN610

IFA = 3THEN 620

P.A 906, "YOU ARE WRONG. TRY AGAIN"

FOR N = 1 TO 1000: NEXT N: GOTO 500

P,A. 906, "THAT'S NOT RIGHT, TRY AGAIN"

FOR N = 1 TO 1000: NEXT N: GOTO 500

CLS: P,A. 138, "THAT'S RIGHT"

P.A. 404. "THE COMPUTER DOES MOST TO SHAPE"

P.A, 468, "THE MATERIAL"

Program Listing 5.

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 225

SOFTWARE

Modem owners, don't be dumb.

Enhance your terminal operations with this piece of software.

Terminal Plus

Buzz Gorsky
712 Hillside Drive
Carlisle, PA 17013

In the April 1980 issue of 80
Microcomputing, Terry Nore-

ault presented a simple terminai
emulator for theTRS-80/ RS232C.
My program builds on his as well
as the Radio Shack TERM pro-
gram which is in the RS232 man-
ual. It supports ASCI! I/O and per-
mits the UART and BRG to be set
from the keyboard. It also permits
26 control characters to be gener-
ated and has a break key. You can
send messages from memory as

well as send and receive BASIC
programs in compressed, execu-
table format!

Let's look at the listing and see
what goes on.

Operation

The program, as it stands, is
written for a 48K disk system
(TRSDOS 2.3 values assumed),
but can be run on a 16K Level It

Program Listing 1

00100

.-TERMINAL PROGRAM FOR TRS80/RS232C

00110

;PERMITS SETTING BRG AND

UART FROM KEYBOARD

00120

; PERMITS SAVING

A MESSAGE FROM KEYBOARD AND SENDING IT

00130

; PERMITS SENDING 3 MESSAGES FROM MEMORY

00140

; PERMITS SENDING S RECEIVING BASIC COMPRESSED CODE

00150

;IN EXECUTABLE

FORMAT

00160

;BY BUZZ GORSKY

, K8BG

6A24

00170

BASIC

EQU

6A24H

ADR FOR DISK BASIC PROG

4049

00180

TOP

EQU

4049H

TOPMEH ADR FOR PROTECTION

D000

00190

ORG

0D000H

2000

00200

BUFFER

DBFS

2000H

0001

00210

COUNT

DEFS

1

0001

00220

OTCNT

DEFS

1

F002

05

00230

UART

DEFB

5

F003

00

00240

IMAGE

DEFB

P004

00

00250

STATUS

DEFB

0002

00260
00270

NEXT

DEFS

2

F007

CDC901

00280

INIT

CALL

1C9H

CLS

F00A

21FFCF

00290

LD

HL,BUFFER-1 |

F00D

224940

00300

LD

(TOP) ,HL

F010

D3E8

00310

OUT

{0E8H) ,A

; RESET UART

F012

2102F0

00320

LD

HL,UART

F015

3605

00330

LD

(liL) ,5

F017

21E0F2

00340

LD

HL,PR0

F01A

CD21F2

00350

CALL

DISP

F01D

CD4900

00350

CALL

04 9H

F020

FE31

00370

CP

49

F022

CA2BF2

00380

JP

S,PRES

F025

211FF3

00390

LD

HL , PRl

F028

CD21F2

00400

CALL

DISP

DISPLAY

F02B

CD4900

00410

CALL

04 9H

GET DIGIT Program continues

system, as long as a few ad-
dresses are changed. Line 170 de-
fines the address where BASIC
program storage begins in 2.2
Disk BASIC, For a Level II system
this should be changed to 42E9H.

Line 180 provides a location to
store the address just below the
origin of the program. This auto-
matically answers the Memory
Size question in BASIC. There ap-
pears to be no similar location for
Level II, so the memory size loca-
tion must be answered manually,
according to where the program is
stored.

In line 2440, address 402DH is
referenced to return to TRSDOS.
In a Level II system this should be
replaced by 1A19H to return to
BASIC.

The INIT routine which begins
on line 280, permits the user to
interact with the program, and
set the UART and BRG. This rou-
tine follows the rules set down
in the RS232 manual. It prints
messages (PRl , PR2, etc) by us-
ing the DISP routine, and gets in-
put by calling 049H— a ROM
routine. This waits for a byte
from the keyboard before return-
ing.

The user can select a duplex
or half-duplex operation. Half-
duplex, however, is not really
half-duplex. All it does is insert a
call to 33H at line 930 instead of

226 • 50 Microcomputing, January 1981

F02E

FE31

00420

CP

49

F030

C4D7F0

00430

CALL

NZ,HALF

F033

CCE4F0

00440

CALL

2, FULL

F036

213FF3

00450

LD

HL,PR2

F039

CD21F2

00460

CALL

DISP

F03C

CD4 90

00470

CALL

049H

F03F

21F2F0

00480

LD

HL, SPEED

F042

D631

00490

SUB

49

F044

85

00500

ADD

A,L

F045

6F

00510

LD

L,A

F046

7E

00520

LD

A, (HL)

F047

D3E9

00530

OUT

(0E9H) ,A

F049

2195F3

00540

LD

HL,PR3

F04C

CD21F2

00550

CALL

DISP

F04F

CD4900

00560

CALL

04 9H

F052

D631

00570

SUB

49

F054

CCF6F0

00580

CALL

Z, SEVEN

F057

C4FCF0

00590

CALL

NZ, EIGHT

F05A

21C4F3

00600

LD

HL,PR4

F05D

CD21F2

00610

CALL

DISP

F060

CD4900

00620

CALL

04 9H

F063

D631

00630

SUB

49

F065

CC04F1

00540

CALL

Z, NO PAR

F068

FE01

00650

CP

1

F06A

CC0AF1

00660

CALL

Z , EVEN

F06D

210BF4

00670

LD

HL , PR5

F070

CD21F2

006 80

CALL

DISP

F073

CD4900

006 90

CALL

049H

F076

D631

00700

SUB

49

F07 8

C410F1

0710

CALL

NZ,TOSTP

F07B

3A02F0

00720

LD

A, (UART)

F07E

D3EA

00730

OUT

(0EAH) ,A

F080

3203F0

07 40

LD

(IMAGE) ,A

F083

CDC901

00750
00760

CALL

1C9H ;CLS

F086

2144F4

0770

TXCV

LD

HL,PR7

F089

CD21F2

07 80

CALL

DISP

F08C

3A4038

07 90

TXCVl

LD

A, (14400)

F08F

FE04

00800

CP

4

F091

CA3DF2

00810

JP

Z , BREAK

F094

CD2B00

00820

MSI

CALL

2BH

F097

B7

00830

OR

A

F098

281C

00840

JR

Z, RXSTAT

F09A

FEIF

00850

CP

IFH ;CK FOR CLEAR KEY

F09C

CAF5F1

00860

JP

Z, SWITCH

F09F

FE60

00870

CP

96 ;SHIFTia

P0A1

2002

00880

JR

NZ,C5

F0A3

3E1B

00890

LD

A,1BH ;ESCAPE

F0A5

FEIA

00900

C5

CP

lAH ; IGNORE SHIFT DN ARROW-CTRL

F0A7

280D

00910

JR

Z , RXSTAT

F0A9

F5

00920

PUSH

AF

F0AA

CDD6F0

00930

HFD

CALL

DIS

F0AD

DBEA

00940

TRSTAT

IN

A,(0EAH)

F0AF

CB7 7

00950

BIT

6, A

F0B1

28FA

00960

JR

Z, TRSTAT

F0B3

Fl

00970

POP

AF

F0B4

D3EB

00980

OUT

{0EBH) ,A

F0B6

DBEA

00990

RXSTAT

IN

A, (0EAH)

F0B8

CB7F

01000

BIT

7, A

F0BA

28D0

01010

JR

Z, TXCVl

F0BC

3204F0

01020

LD

(STATUS) ,A

F0BF

DBEB

01030

IN

A, (0EBH)

F0C1

E67F

01040

AMD

7FH ;GET RID OF PARITY BIT

F0C3

F5

01050

PUSH

AF ;TEST FOR ERROR

F0C4

3A04F0

01060

LD

A, (STATUS)

F0C7

E638

01070

AND

38H

F0C9

2805

01080

JR

Z.CNl

F0CB

3EAA

01090

LD

A,0AAH

F0CD

CD3300

01100

CALL

33H

F0D0

Fl

01110

CNl

POP

AF

F0D1

CD3300

01120

CALL

33H

F0D4

18B6

01130
01140

JR

TXCVl

F0D6

C9

01150
01160

DIS

RET

F0D7

DD21AAF0

01170

HALF

LD

IX, HFD

F0DB

DD360133

01180

LD

(IX+1),33H

F0DF

DD360200

01190

LD

(IX+2) ,0

F0E3

C9

01200
01210

RET

F0E4

DD21AAF0

01220

FULL

LD

IX, HFD

F0E8

21D6F0

01230

LD

HL,DIS

F0EB

DD7 501

01240

LD

(IX+1) ,L

F0EE

DD7 40 2

01250

LD

(IX+2) ,H

F0F1

C9

01260
01270

RET

F0F2

22

01280

SPEED

DEFE

22H ;110BAUD

F0F3

55

01290

DEFB

55H ;300 BAUD

F0F4

66

01300

DEFB

66H ;600 BAUD Program conlinues

the call to DIS. When the 33H
call is there, any transmitted
characters will be displayed on
the screen. When the call to DIS
(which causes an immediate
RETurn) is there, the characters
are not displayed.

The BRG is set by entering a
number corresponding to the
displayed baud rates. It then
finds a value in the speed table,
which is output to the. BRG.

Next, the UART, itself, must
be set. The location, UART, is
initialized with a decimal 5;
which thus sets bit and bit 2. If
the user selects a seven-bit
word length, bit 5 is set in the
Seven routine (line 1330), or bits
5 and 6 are set in the Eight
routine. Similarly, if the user
selects no parity, then bit 3 is
set, while bit 7 is set in even pari-
ty-
Bit 4 gets set in TOSTP, if two
stops are desired. The complet-
ed byte is output to the UART in
line 730, and a copy is saved in
IMAGE. UART can also be set
according to the switch settings
on the RS232 board. The PRES
routine is then entered and the
switch settings are read- The
control byte is output to the
UART. The program does not
read the speed switches, but
puts out a byte for 300 baud.
This can be changed by putting
the appropriate byte into the A
register in line 2990.

Transceiver Mode

When initialization is com-
plete, the program continues ta
the transceive mode. The rou-
tine begins on line 770 by print-
ing a message that the program
is in transceive mode. Commu-
nication is effected in a duplex
fashion.

In 790, the program checks
the break key (A 4 in location
14400 indicates that the break
key is down) and if depressed,
branches to break. In this loca-
tion, the IMAGE of the UART
control byte is altered when
clearing the break byte and then
output to the UART. After a
short delay, the IMAGE byte is
restored to the UART— restor-
ing normal operation.

When the break key is not
down, the program continues at
MSI, line 820, where the key-

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 227

F0F5

77

01310
01320

DEFB

77H ;1200

BAUD

F0F6

2102F0

01330

SEVEN

LD

HLfUART

F0F9

CBEE

01340

SET

5,(HL)

F0FB

C9

01350
01360

RET

F0FC

2102F0

01370

EIGHT

LD

HL,UART

F0FF

CBEE

01380

SET

5,(HL)

F101

CBF6

01390

SET

6, (HL)

F103

C9

01400
01410
01420

RET

F104

2102F0

01430

NO PAR

LD

HL,UART

F107

CEDE

01440

SET

3, (HL)

F109

C9

01450
01460

RET

F10A

2102F0

01470

EVEN

LD

HL,UART

F10D

CBFE

01480

SET

7,(HL)

F10F

09

01490
01500

RET

F110

2102F0

01510

TOSTP

LD

HL,UART

F113

CBE6

01520

SET

4,(HL)

_.=:,

%: F115

C9

01530

RET

^/' '" '.

01540

F116

2156F4

01550

CAN

LD

HL,PR8

F119

CD21F2

01560

CALL

DISP

Flic

2100D0

01570

LD

HL, BUFFER

FllF

3A4038

01580

C7

LD

A, (14400)

F122

FE02

01590

CP

2

F124

280F

01600

JR

Z, ENDMSG

F126

CD2B00

01610

CALL

02BH

F129

B7

01620

OR

A

F12A

CAIFFI

01630

JP

Z,C7

F12D

77

01640

LD

(HL) ,h

F12E

CD3300

01650

CALL

33H

F131

23

01660

INC

HL

F132

C31FF1

01670
01680

JP

C7

F135

3600

01690

ENDMSG

LD

(HL) ,a

F137

C3F5F1

017
01710

JP

SWITCH

F13A

CD4900

01720

MSG

CALL

049H ;KBD

F13D

FE39

01730

CP

57

F13F

F23AF1

017 40

JP

P,MSG

F142

D630

017 50

SUB

48

F144

87

01760

ADD

A, A

F145

2189F1

017 7

LD

HL, MSGLOC

F148

4F

017 80

LD

C,A

F149

0600

017 90

LD

B,0

F14B

09

01800

ADD

HL,BC

F14C

5E

01810

LD

E, (HL)

F14D

23

01820

INC

HL

F14E

56

01830

LD

D, (HL)

F14F

D5

01840

PUSH

DE

F150

El

01850

POP

HL

F151

2B

01860

DEC

HL

F152

2205F0

01870

LD

(NEXT) ,HL

F155

2191F1

01880

LD

HL, MSOUT

F158

2295F0

01890

LD

(MSl+1) ,HL

F15B

218CF4

01900

LD

HL,PR9

F15E

CD21F2

01910

CALL

DISP

F161

CD4900

01920

CALL

049H

F164

FE30

01930

CP

48

F166

2012

01940

JR

NZ,CN0

F168

3E00

01950

LD

A,0

F16A

DD219EF1 01960

LD

IX,MSDEL

F16E

DD7700

01970

LD

(IX) ,A

F171

DD7701

01980

LD

(IX+1) ,A

F17 4

DD7702

01990

LD

(IX+2) ,A

F177

C386F0

02000

JP

TXCV

F17A

3ECD

02010

CN0

LD

A,0CDH

F17C

219EF1

02020

LD

HL,HSDEL

F17F

77

02030

LD

(HL) ,A

F180

214FF2

02040

LD

HL, DELAY

F183

229FF1

02050

LD

(MSDEL+1) ,HL

F186

C386F0

02060
02070
02080

JP

TXCV

F189

00D0

02090

MSGLOC

DEFW

BUFFER

F18B

5AF2

02100

DEFW

MSGl

F18D

79F2

02110

DEFW

HSG2

P18F

8EF2

02120
02130

DEFW

MSG3

F191

2A05F0

02140

MSOUT

LD

HL, (NEXT)

F194

23

02150

INC

HL

F195

3E00

02160

LD

A,0

F197

BE

02170

CP

(HL)

F198

2808

02180

JR

Z,HSSNT

Program continues

board is strobed. If nothing were
present, ttie program would
branch to the receive functions.
When a byte is present, line 850
checks if it is the clear key. If so,
control goes to a switch routine,
and if not, the program checks if
a shift @ was sent.

If shift @ was sent, byte 1 BH
is loaded into the A register to
output the ASCII escape code.

Line 900 of the program
checks if the shift down arrow is
being sent and, if so, control
branches to the receive routine.
These checks assure that the
clear key's 1FH byte will not be
sent, that a shift @ will not be
sent, and that a shifted down ar-
row will not be sent either. This
occurs because the clear key is
used internally to enter the
switching mode; the shifted @
is used for an escape key, and
the shifted down arrow is used
with the letters to send control
codes.

The 2BH routine returns 2
through 26 (decimal) when
down-arrow, shift and letters B
through Z are depressed.

These correspond to stan-
dard control codes for many
time-sharing systems. For some
reason 01 is not put out when
the A is sent. That does not
seem to be a common control
code, and so represents no
problem. Thus CTRL "C" can be
sent by sending down arrow,
shift and C.

Once the program is satisfied
that none of these characters
are returned from the keyboard,
the value is saved on the stack
and at TRSTAT, line 940, the
status of the UART is checked.
The program loops until the
UART can accept the byte, and
then the value is retrieved from
the stack and sent out via port
(OEBH).

In the receive portion, we
check if there is a character
ready, and if not, we return to
the transmit part of the pro-
gram. When a byte is ready, the
UART status byte Is saved in
STATUS. The received byte is
put in A from port (OEBH). Line
1040 gets rid of the parity bit.
Then the byte is saved on the
stack. The STATUS byte is now
checked for errors. If so, a verti-
cal bar is displayed before the

228 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

F19A

2205F0

02190

LD

(NEXT) ,HL

F19D

7E

02200

LD

h, (HL)

F19E

CD4FF2

02210

HSDEL

CALL

DELAY

FlAl

C9

02220
02230

RET

F1A2

212B00

02240

MSSNT

LD

HL,2BH

F1A5

2295F0

02250

LD

(HSl+1) ,HL

F1A8

C9

02260
02270

RET

F1A9

21246A

02280

RBAS

LD

HL, BASIC

FlAC

3E00

02290

RBASl

LD

A,0

FlAE

3200F0

02300

LD

(COUNT) ,A

FlBl

DBEA

02310

RXST

IN

A, (0EAH)

F1B3

CB7F

02320

BIT

7, A

F1B5

28FA

02330

JR

Z,RXST

F1B7

DBEB

02340

IN

A, [0EBH)

F1B9

77

02350

LD

(HL) ,A

FIBA

23

02360

INC

HL

FIBB

FE00

02370

CP

FIBD

2602

02380

JR

Z , DONF

FIBF

18EB

02390
02400

3R

RBASl

FlCl

3A00F0

02410

DONE

LD

A, (COUNT!

F1C4

3C

02420

INC

A

F1C5

FE03

02430

CP

3

F1C7

CA2D40

02440

JP

Z,402DH ;BACK TO DOS

FICA

3200F0

02450

LD

(COUNT) ,A

FICD

18E2

02460
02470

JR

RXST

FICF

21246A

02480

SBAS

LD

HL, BASIC

F1D2

3E00

02490

SBASl

LD

A,0

F1D4

3201F0

02500

LD

(OTCNT) ,A

F1D7

DBEA

02510

TXST

IH

A, (0EAH)

F1D9

CB7 7

02520

BIT

6, A

FIDB

28FA

02530

JR

Z,TXST

FIDD

7E

02540

LD

A, (HL)

FIDE

23

02550

INC

HL

FIDF

D3EB

02560

OUT

(0EBH) ,A

FlEl

FE00

02570

CP

F1E3

2802

02580

JR

Z,ALL

F1E5

18EB

02590
02600

JR

SBASl

F1E7

3A01F0

02610

ALL

LD

A, (OTCNT)

FXEA

3C

02620

INC

A

FlEB

FE03

02630

CP

3

FIED

CAF5F1

02640

JP

Z, SWITCH

F1F0

3201F0

02650

LD

(OTCNT) ,A

F1F3

18E2

02660
02670

JR

TXST

F1F5

2133F4

026 80

SWITCH

LD

HL,PR6

F1F8

CD21F2

02690

CALL

DISP

FIFB

CD4900

02700

CALL

049H

FIFE

FE54

02710

CP

84

F200

CA86F0

02720

JP

Z , TXCV

F203

FE53

02730

CP

83

F205

28C8

027 40

JR

Z , SBAS

F207

FE52

02750

CP

82

F209

289E

02760

JR

Z,RBAS

F20B

FE49

02770

CP

73

F20D

CA07F0

027 80

JP

Z,INIT

F210

FE4D

027 90

CP

77

F212

CA3AF1

02800

JP

Z,MSG

F215

FE43

02810

CP

67

F217

CA16F1

02820

JP

Z,CAN

F21A

FE45

02830

CP

6 9 ;E

F21C

CA9201

02840

JP

Z,402D ;EXIT PROGRAM

F21F

18D4

02850
02860

JR

SWITCH

F221

7E

02870

DISP

LD

A, (BL)

F222

FE00

02880

CP

F224

C8

02890

RET

Z

F225

CD3300

02900

CALL

33H

F228

23

02910

INC

HL

P229

18F6

02920
02930

JR

DISP

F22B

DBE9

02940

PRES

IN

A, (0E9H)

F22D

E6F8

02950

AND

0F8H

F22F

F605

02960

OR

5

F231

03 EA

02970

OUT

(0EAH) ,A

F233

3203F0

02980

LD

(IMAGE) ,A

P236

3E55

02990

LD

A,55H

F238

D3E9

03000

OUT

(0E9H) ,A

F23A

C386F0

03010
03020

JP

TXCV

F23D

3A03F0

03030

BREAK

LD

A, (IMAGE)

F240

E6FB

03040

AND

0FBH ; CLEAR BREAK BIT

F242

D3EA

03050

OUT

(0EAH),A ;START BREAK

F244

CD4FF2

03060

CALL

DELAY

F247

3A03F0

03070

LD

A, ( IMAGE] Program continues

character, if not, the character
is displayed. Controi then re-
turns to the transmit routine.

i mentioned that holding the
deaf key while in the transceive
mode causes branching to
SWITCH. So let's look at that
next.

Here, a message is displayed
to indicate that the program is in
the switch mode. Then a byte is
obtained via 049H from the key-
board. Pressing T sends the pro-
gram to transceive, an S will
cause a BASIC program to be
sent; R causes a BASIC program
to be received; I returns to initial-
ize; C permits a message to be
saved in memory and M sends
the program to the message
sending routine. Hitting an E{for
exit) will return to DOS.

SBAS at line 2480 will send a
BASIC program in symbolic
form. The program is stored at
the BASIC address as a series of
symbols. Each line of text ends
with a and the program ends
when three Os in a row are en-
countered. The program loads a
into OTCNT and the BASIC ad-
dress into the HL register pair.
At TXST it tests if the UART is
ready to send a byte. If not, it
loops back. When ready, the
byte pointed to by HL is loaded
into register A; HL is increment-
ed, and the byte is output via
port (OEAH). If the byte is a zero,
the ALL routine is entered. Oth-
erwise, the program loops back
for the next byte. ALL increases
the vaiue stored in OTCNT, and
then checks if three zeros in a
row have been sent. If so, it
branches to SWITCH. Otherwise
control returns for the next byte.

In tine 2280, RBAS functions
the same way. Here, received
bytes are stored sequentially be-
ginning at the BASIC address.
When three Os have been re-
ceived, control goes to DOS.
Then BASIC ' command can be
used to enter BASIC and save
the program. The program can
now be run, listed, or saved, as
desired.

In the RBAS routine, the
DONE routine functions as ALL
did in SBAS to keep track how
many zeros in a row are re-
ceived.

At line 1550, the CAN routine
indicates that a text message

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 229

F24A

D3EA

03080

OUT

(0EAH)

A

F24C

C38CF0

03090
03100

JP

TXCVl

F24F

1E96

03110

DELAY

LD

E,150

F251

16FF

03120

DELAYl

LO

D,0FFH

F253

15

03130

Dl

DEC

D

F254

20FD

03140

JR

NZ,D1

F256

ID

03150

DEC

E

F257

20F8

03160

JR

NZ, DELAYl 1

F259

C9

03170

03180

RET

F25A

54

03190

MSGl

DEFM

'THE TEXT OF ANY MESSAGE HERE |

F277

0D

03290

DEFB

13

F27 8

00

03210
03220

DEFE

F27 9

40

03230

MSG2

DEFM

'MESSAGE 2 TEXT HERE' |

F28C

00

03240

OEFB

13

F28D

00

03250
03260

DEFB

F28E

54

03270

MSG3

OEFM

'TEST

MESSAGE ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV

4567890!"#S%& :-* =

;+@, ./<>?

'

F2DE

00

03280

OEFB

13

F2DF

00

03290

DEFB

F2E0

45

03300

PR0

DEFM

'ENTER

1 TO USE SWITCH PARAMETERS'

F300

0D

03310

DEFB

13

F301

20

03320

DEFM

'

2 TO SELECT PARAMETERS'

F31D

00

03330

DEFB

13

F31E

00

03340
03350

DEFB

F31F

45

03360

PRl

DEFM

'ENTER

1 FOR DUPLEX, 2 FOR HALF'

F33D

0D

03370

DEFB

13

F33E

00

03380
03390
03400

DEFB

F33F

45

03410

PR2

DEFM

'ENTER

1 FOR 110 BAUD'

F353

0D

03420

DEFB

13

F354

20

03430

OEFM

'

2 FOR 300 BAUD'

F368

0D

03440

DEFB

13

F369

20

03450

DEFM

'

3 FOR 60 BAUD'

F37D

0D

03460

DEFB

13

P37E

20

03470

DEFM

'

4 FOR 1200 BAUD'

F393

0D

03480

DEFB

13

F394

00

03490
03500

OEFB

F395

45

03510

PR3

DEFM

' ENTER

1 FOR 7 BIT WORD'

F3AB

0D

03520

DEFB

13

F3AC

20

03530

DEFM

1

2 FOR 8 BIT WORD'

F3C2

00

03540

DEFB

13

F3C3

00

03550
03560

OEFB

F3C4

00

03570

PR4

DEFB

13

F3C5

45

03580

DEFM

' ENTER

1 FOR NO PARITY'

F3DA

0D

03590

DEFB

13

F3DB

20

03600

DEFM

1

2 FOR EVEN PARITY'

F3F2

00

03610

OEFB

13

F3F3

20

03620

OEFM

'

3 FOR ODD PARITY'

F409

00

03630

DEFB

13

F40A

00

03640
03650

DEFB

F40B

0D

03660

PR5

OEFB

13

F40C

45

03670

DEFM

'ENTER

1 FOR 1 STOP BIT, 2 FOR 2 STOP;

F431

0D

03680

DEFB

13

F432

00

03690
03700

OEFB

F433

00

03710

PR6

DEFB

13

F434

49

03720

DEFM

' IN SWITCH MODE' |

F442

0D

03730

DEFB

13

F443

00

03740
03750

DEFB

F444

0D

03760

PR7

DEFB

13

F445

54

03770

DEFM

■TRANSCEIVE MODE'

F454

00

03780

DEFB

13

F455

00

037 90
03800

DEFB

F456

00

03810

PR8

DEFB

13

F457

59

03820

DEFM

'YOU CAN PLACE A MESSAGE IN MEMORY/HI |

HEN DONE'

F48A

0D

03830

DEFB

13

F48B

00

03840
03850

DEFB

f48C

0D

03860

PR9

DEFB

13

F48D

45

03870

DEFM

'ENTER

FOR NO DELAY'

F4A1

0D

03880

DEFB

13

F4A2

20

03890

DEFM

'

1 FOR DELAY '

F4B3

0D

03900

DEFB

13

F4B4

00

03910
03920

DEFB

F007

03930

END

INIT

00000

TOTAL

ERRORS

can be input and stored. Storage
begins at Buffer and continues
until the clear l<ey is hit. Then a
byte is stored at ENDMSG, and
the program returns to SWITCH.

When MSG is called from the
switch routine, the program re-
quests a number to be input (line
1720). Then, based on this num-
ber, a given message is sent.
refers to a message stored with
CAN, while 1, 2 and 3 are mes-
sages in the program.

MSGLOC stores the message
locations sequentially in Z-80
format— least significant bit
first, then most signficant bit
(LSB, MSB). The ASCII value re-
turned by the 049 routine is
changed to a digit by subtract-
ing 48; multiplied by 2 (by adding
A to itself) and then added to the
MSGLOC address by first add-
ing the contents of A to HL via
the BC register. When this is
done, HL points to the address
that contains the address of the
appropriate message.

For example, if 1 had been en-
tered, HL would contain an ad-
dress which holds the LSB of
the MSGl address. The next ad-
dress has the MSB of the MSGl
address. The address of the
message is then loaded into HL
via the DE register and then
saved in NEXT as one less than
this address.

The address of the MSOUT
routine is now loaded as a call
into the TXCV routine at the lo-
cation of MSI. In this way, when
the TXCV routine is next en-
tered, it calls MSOUT instead of
the keyboard. The user can then
indicate a delay while sending
the message. One might want a
delay with a time-sharing sys-
tem, which does not expect peo-
ple to type at 300 baud. If no de-
lay is selected, then three zeros
(NOP) are entered at MSDEL

To send or receive in BASIC,
you must select eight-bit word
lengths. To send a BASIC pro-
gram, you should either run this
program or set memory size
manually before entering your
BASIC program.

If anyone is interested in sav-
ing himself the typing, I will pro-
vide a tape (or disk, if you supply
the disk) of the source code for a
fee.

I'd also like to hear your com-
ments about the program. ■

230 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1961

MICRO-80™ CASSETTES—
100% ERROR-FREE

THE MX-80
WITH DISPOSABLE PRINT HEAD.

A LOT OF PRINTERS COSTING A LOT
MORE CANT TOUCH THE MX-80'S PER-
FORMANCE. IT GIVES YOU A CHOICE
OF 40, 80, 66 OR 132 COLUMNS OF
PRINTING IN AS MANY AS FOUR DIS-
TINCT PRINTING DENSITY MODES.
MORETHAN HALFTHESE MODES GIVE
"CORRESPONDENCEQUALITY- PRINT-
ING. CALL FOR QUANTITY DISCOUNTS.

American Business Computers

113 South Mill St.
Pryor, OK 74361, 9ie-825-4844 ^483

LENGTH PACK PACK

C-10 69<c 59(1:

C-20,..,..89(i; 79(1;

• Fully Guaranteed!

• World's Finest Media

• Premium 5-Screw Construction

• Used by Software Firms Nationwide

• Dealer and Club Discounts Available

• Custom Storage Case, Add 13$ Each

• Write for Wholesale Price Listing

MICRO-80™ INC.

E-2665 NO. BUSBY ROAD

OAK HARBOR, WA 98277 a

ACTION GRAPHICS

THE

GREAT

CRANE

GAME

MACHINE

16K level II $15.00

• Speed Lightning

• Laser Warrior

• ReMexometer

• The Assistant

• Memory Mover

• Word Scramble

• Elch-A-Screen

• Breakout II

• Va Mile Drag

• Tic Tac Toe

• Sub-Attack

• Calculator

• TV Pow II

• Much More .

SPECIAL

Free program with every tape order:

ML/B language converter — change

machine code to basic for cassette copies.

FREE CATALCK:

The BERG WORKS

BOX 742 B
JANESVILLE, Wl 53545

BIG SYSTEM SOFTWARE(tm)

Exciting ne-w soEtivare Sor the TRS-80(tin) from BSS{tm)

TDS/CMD & DDS/CMD SMART(Mt) TERMINAL programs

TDSfCMD

^377

STI-M>

MO.O

CREBSTS'CMD crHIc iy«cin lap« Irani dlik camnand tll«=at9.M

PURCEiCMDcl*i<nu|>th>(dlik^SI4.*<

TAPECOPTfCMD copy lyiHin tsIHI = SlD.««

DIM'CMD csBipallblc with Ncwdsi and Ncwdoa-BO tram APPARAT. TItSDOS Ir

l>««plaB Sa IraiH Mkct-a-flVBtaBift.

DoTumanlatlan on any procram %%Ab wUI crvdIT tvward pnrch^aa.
SEND ChacKi sr Mantjr Ordar tv.

FEATURES

UPLOAD AND DOWNLOAD TO TAPE '

UPLOAD AND DOWNLOAD TO DISK

Hit r<l«atln(

VjL ca>*

full baakc faatur**

full doa faalurtm

herbsard KS13I aeUrl

ALL ASCII cvnttsi char.

autdlvg

Sannral uTUlty pragrama

tru* BREAK, ESCari. rub aut

I Tandy Carp, and

BIG SYSTEM SOFTWARErimJ ,

va BOX 40s

FRASER. MICiriCAIir 48036

^214

THE MICRO CLINIC

CENTRONICS 779/RS PRINTER I LOWER CASE KIT

Don't let the newer low-priced printers with lower-case capabilities make your
Centronics 779/Radio Shack Printer I obsolete. Our assembled and tested CLC-1
conversion kit will give your 779 the full upper/lower case character set at a
fraction of the cost of a new printer. Illustrated instructions make installation
easy - just 3 connections, no etch cuts. Compare our introductory price to other
kits seiling for $125- at $99 our CLC-1 kit brings your 779 into theSO's and makes
word processing a practical application.

CLC-1 INTRODUCTORY PRICE: $99 Includes P/H CA add 6% tax.

VISA/MC jnclude card number, signature, exp. date, phone number,
MC include interbank number. Inlroducloiy price good thru 1/31/81.

V/S4"

THE MICRO CLINIC* 17375 Brookhurst • Suite 114* Fountain Valley, CA 92708

CPT2000Scrics of
Expaa\siot\ Inter !eu:es

FEATURES . . . RS232/M,A, Serial Interface
Field Proven LNW Hxpansion Board ■ Floppy
Disk Conlroller ■ 32K BYTH RAM Expansion
Paraliel Printer Port & Screen Printer Port
Real Time Clock ■ Custom All Wood Cabinet

Complete LNW Expansion Kit S 249. Assembled

LNW P.O. Board ONLY . . .$ 69- Custom Cabinet CPT 2000 - . .$ 99.

AJi components available / eall for prift:.
Complete System as follows: Single "Landon 40 Track Disk Drivc»RS23 2 Serial interface
Custom Cabinet ■ 32K RAM ■ Assembled/Tested/Guaranteed ■ Regular. . S799.

INTRODUCTORY PRICE $ 750.

Ail products sold by COMPUTEX ate 100% guaranteed for 90 days. A 1 year 100% guarantee

is available on all of our hardware for an additional 10% of the items purchase price.

ALL ORDERS SHIPPED WITHIN 6 DAYS OF ORDER

VISA/Master Card accepted(add 4% to total) C.O.D.'s accepted(may require 10% down)

SHIPPING —UPS insured(call for rate) Personal checks held 2 weeks prior to shipping.

^392

17710 Heritage Ct.,Webster.Tx. 77598 (713)332-4359

ComputBX

^Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 231

APPLICATION

A data reduction program for statistical studies.

Number Cruncher

James Barbarelto
RD#1, Box 241 H
Tennent Rd.
Englishtown, NJ 07726

Many business decisions
and scientific conclusions
are based on the results of pop-
ulation studies. Tfiese studies
extract a small, relevant sample
from the population to deter-
mine a general conclusion. Net-
work news forecasts of political
election winners are a prime ex-
ample of tfiis approacfi.

Because of tfie large number
of necessary calculations, a
computer is ideal for reducing
raw data into a form whiereby
projections can be made. For
this purpose a program should
be able to:

• Perform ttie standard statis-
tical calculations of mean
(average), variance and stan-
dard deviation; indicate low
and fiigh data values.

• Produce a graph of the

data in a normalized format
(that is, not dependent on
the data range). In this way,
comparison to the expected
results can be unmistakenly
compared.

• Test the sample data to de-
termine if it is a true repre-
sentation of the population.
In addition, it should save all

the above information as a hard

copy and/or data file.

Reducing Data

The Data Reduction Program
(DRP) in Program Listing 1
meets these criteria. This pro-
gram is written in Level II BASIC
for the TRS-80, but could be eas-
ily modified for any form of ex-
tended BASIC. The DRP accepts
raw data from the keyboard or
from a cassette.

The Sample Results (Table 1),
are first printed as a permanent
record. The program then pro-
ceeds to manipulate the data
and obtain the mean (average),
variance and standard devia-
tion, and list the low and high
data values.

In addition, the expected (±3
standard deviation) population
limits are provided. These limits
are calculated on the assump-

Program Listing

10

20
30
40

50
60

70

100
110

120

130
140

150

160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320

330

340
350
360
370
380
390
400
410
420
430

********•*«******. *******************

* *

* DATA REDUCTION PROGRAM *

* BY *

* JIM BARBARELLO *

REDUCTION PROGR

REM

REM

REM

REM

REM

REM *

jiEH *****«*«**********************i

CLEAR640:CLS: PRINT
PRINTTAB110) ?"D A T A

A M"
PRINTTAB[18) ; " (FOR USE WITH LINE PRINTER) ": PRINT
INPUT"DO YOU WANT TO ENTER DATA DIRECTLY " ;Q$
INPUT"ENTER THE NUMBER OF DATA POINTS " ;L : DIMA ( L+9 ) ,

B(11],C(11)
IF LEFTS (QS,1)="Y"THEN CLS:GOTO 170
FOR 1=1 TO L STEP10
INPUT (t-l,A(I},AlI + l),A(I-^2),AlI + 3),A(H-4] ,A(I + 5) ,A

(1 + 5) ,A(H-7) ,A{I + 8) ,A(I + 9)
NEXT I:GOTO 230

FOR 1=1 TO L:PRINT"#" ;I; " : ";:INPUT A(I):NEXT 1
INPUT"DATA CORRECTION REQUIRED ( YES/HO) " ;QS
IF LEFTS(QS,1)-"N" THEN 230

CLS: INPUT"ESTER DATA # TO BE CORRECTED";F
PRINT A(F) :INPUT"CORBECTED VALUE= ";G
A(F)=G:CLS:GOTO 180
HI=A(1) :L0=A(1)
FOR 1=2 TO L
IF A(I)>HI THEN HI=A(I}
IF AdXLO THEN L0=A ( I )
NEXT I

FOR 1=1 TO L:S=S+A(I] :NEXT I
M=S/L

FOR 1 = 1 TO L:E^(A(I)-M) [2/(L-l) :T=T-l-E:tJEXT I
U=SQR(T)
CLS:PBINT"ENTER TITLE INFORMATION A LINE AT A TIME

(10 LINES MAXIMUM} ."
PRINT"TO EXIT, PRESS <ENTER> AFTER QUESTION MARK AP

PEARS, "
FOR 1=1 TO 10:INPUT TS(I)

IF TS(I)=""THEN LPRINT CHRS 1 1 38 ) : GOTO 370
LPRINT TSdl :NEXT I
CLS:LPRINT "DATA:"

FOR 1 = 1 TO 1000:LPRINT TAB ( 10 * J) ; A ( I ) ; : J=J + 1
IF J=6 THEN LPRINT CHRS(101:J=0
IF I=L THEN LPRINT CHRS(10):GOTO 420
NEXT

Q=M-2,5*U!V=M-^2.5•U:W=M-3*U:C=H-^3*U
CLSlLPRINT CHR$(138) :LPRINT TAB ( 23 ); "DATA STATISTIC

Program continues

232 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

S":LPRINT CHR$(1381
440 LPRINT"LOW VALUE = " ;L0: LPRIKT"HIGH VALUE = ";HI:LP

RINT"MEAN = " ;M
450 LPRINT"VARIANCE = " ; T: LPBINT"STANDARD DEVIATION = "

;U:LPRINT CHRS(138)
460 LPRINT"T[!E EXPECTED LIMITS ARE ";»;" TO ";C
470 CLS: PRINT" CALCULATING" :D=Q:H=U/2
480 FOR 1=1 TO L

490 IF {fl(I)<=D) AND (A[I)>{D-H]) THEN B(K)^B(K]+1
500 HEXT I

510 K=K+l:D=D+HiIF K=ll THEN 530
520 GOTO 480
530 FOR 1=1 TO L

540 IF A[I)<(Q-H1 THEN B[0)=B{01+1
550 IF A(I)>V THEN Blll)=Blll)+l
560 NEXT I:CLS:HI=B(0]
570 FOP 1=0 TO 11
580 IF B(I)>HI THEN I1I = B(I]
590 NEXT I

600 PRINT"PRESS <ENTER> FOR HISTOGRAM PRINTOUT"
610 PRINT"(THE HIGHEST INTERVAL FREQUENCY IS ";0I;" )";

: INPUT QS
620 LPRINT CHRS (138) :LPRINT TAB ( 23 ); "HISTOGRAM OF DATA"
630 LPRINT CHRS(138j :LPRINT"FREQ:";
640 FOR 1=0 TO 11:LPRIKT TAB( 1*5+7) ;B (I) ; :NEXT
650 LPRINT CHRS(10) iLPRINT CHRS(138)
660 FOR J=HI TO 1 STEP-liLPRINT J;
670 FOR 1=0 TO 11

680 IF B(I)> = J THEN LPRINT TAB { I *5 + 8) ; CHRS ( 42 ) ;
690 NEXT IiLPRINT CHRS(10)
700 NEXT J

710 LPRINT STRIKG$(64,45)

720 FOB 1=1 TO 12:LPRINT TAB( (I-l ) *5+7) ; I; :HEXT
730 LPRINT CHRS(10) :LPRINT TAB ( 3 1) ;" INTERVAL" : LPRINT CH

RS(138)
740 LPRINT"IKTERVAL","ENDS AT" ; TAB (37 ) ; "# DATA POINTS I

N INTERVAL"
7 50 D=Q

760 FOR 1=1 TO 12
770 IF (I=1)+(I=12) THEN 800
780 LPRINT I,D;TAB[37) ;B(I-1)
7 90 GOTO 820

800 IF 1=1 THEN LPRINT I , "ALL PTS <= " ; D ;TAB ( 37 ) ; B ( )
810 IF 1 = 12 THEN LPRINT I, "ALL PTS > " ; ( D-H] ; TAB ( 37 ) ; B (

11}
820 D=D+H:NEXT I
830 FOR 1=1 TO 5
840 FOR J=0 TO 5
850 IF B(J) >=5 THEN 870
860 B(J+1)=B(J+1)+B(J) :B(J)=0
870 NEXT J, I
880 FOR 1=1 TO 5
890 FOR J=ll TO 6 STEP-1
900 IF BU) >5 THEN 920
910 B[J-1)=B1J-1)+B(J) :BlJl=0
920 NEXT J, I
930 FOR 1=0 TO 11
940 IF Bll)>0 THEN D0F=D0F+1
950 NEXT I
960 D0F=D0F-3
970 C{0)=.006 2:C11)=.0166:C{21=.04 4:C(3)=.0919:C141=.14

98:C(5)=.1915
980 C(6)=C(5):C(7)=C{4):C(8)=C(3):C(9)=C(2):C110)=C{1):

C|11)=C(0)
990 FOR 1=0 TO 11
1000 IF B{I)=0 THEN 1030
1010 SUM=((B(I)/L)-C(I) ) [2/C(I)
1020 CHI=CHI+SUM
1030 NEXT I:LPRINT CHRS(138)
1040 LPRINT"CHI SQUmE VALUE IS ";CHI;" WITH ";DOF;" DE

GREES OF FREEDOM"
1050 LPRINT CHR$(138) :LPRINT"LUMPED FREQUENCY VALUES:";

CHR$(10)
1060 FOR 1=0 TO 11
1070 LPRINT TAB[I*5+7) ;B{I) ;
1080 NEXT I
1090 LPRINT CHRS(10)
1100 INPUT"DO YOU WANT TO STORE DATA ON TAPE (DATA WILL

BE LOST IF NOT STORED) ";Q?
1110 IF LEFTS (QS,1)="N" THEN PRINT : PRINT"ANALYSIS COMPL

ETED" :END
1120 FOR 1=1 TO L STEP10
1130 PRINT#-1,A(I) ,A1I+1) ,AlI+21 ,A(I+3) , A (1+4 ) , A ( 1+5 ) , A

(1+6) ,A(I+7) ,A{I+e) ,A[I+9)
1140 NEXT I:PRINT"DATA RECORDED ~ PROGRAM COMPLETED"

tion that the population can be
represented graphically by a
bell-shaped curve. This assump-
tion provides the basis for test
score results, physical measure-
ments, variations in electronic
components and demograph-
ics.
The DRP then generates a dis-

crete graph (or histogram) of the
data, grouping it into 12 inter-
vals. Each interval width is al-
ways one half the standard devi-
ation. This method eliminates
having to refer to the absolute
value of the data. The resulting
histogram can therefore always
be proportionally compared to

the expected bell-shaped curve.
Finally, the DRP performs a
chi-square "goodness of fit"
test. This test determines if the
sample data fits into the ex-
pected (bell-shaped) distribu-
tion. By comparing the values
the DRP obtains for chi-square
and Degrees of Freedom (DOF)
to those contained in Table 2,
the probability of a representa-
tive sample can be determined.

About the Program

Before we go through an ex-
ample using the DRP, let's look
at some of the vi/orkings of the
program itself. Line 80 sets
aside 640 bytes of string storage
for use in entering text informa-
tion. This text information,
which might include a printout
title, indication of data type,
date, etc., vi/ill be entered start-

ing at line 320.

Line 110 allows the program
to input data stored on cassette
(by entering "NO" to the "Enter
Data Directly" prompt). Line 120
dimensions the data matrix A(l)
as the number of data values to
be entered plus nine. This al-
lows the data to be retrieved
from cassette in groups of ten
rather than storing and retriev-
ing each data value separately.

Lines 200 through 220 allow
correction of erroneous manu-
ally input data. The data mean is
calculated in line 290. The data
variance is calculated in line
300. Note that lines 300 and 1010
contain a right bracket which is
used interchangeably with the
up arrow to represent expo-
nents.

Line 320 begins the process
of titling. During operation a
64-character or less string is en-

■;;i=ir-1PLe rum using [>FiTfl REDUL-TiON PRuGRfi

1

JUNE

2, 1979

CflTl^'

ItiTCi

iee-\ 1061:

1061

1071

1065

lesii

iei?5 1065

1066

1072

1S50

105S

1070 1057

1077

1066

1069

105t"

1066 1057

1065

1051

1070

10 £.4

1053 1063

1056

1061

1067

lHi5^.

1062 1075

1S69

1857

1365

let.s

1053 1060

1Q56

1059

1052

1M--2

1061 1063

1053

1070

1059

1E174

1055 1062

1067

1053

1062

1&€1

[■FilR

STRTISTIC

s

LmW ViiLLIE

= 1Q5U

HIGH VRLLIE

- 1077

MERJi = leei. 95

VRRIFlHfE =

44. 422?

STFiNthlRL. [3EVIFITICIN = t. 66505

THE EXPECTED LIMITS RRE 1341 95 TG

loai 94

HISTOGRHM GF [

RTR

FRECi CI

i:
i;
11

4 6

6 3

12

S

5

3 10

*:

la

*

3

+

*

s

f

t

V

7

*

-f.

t

li

t

-t 1

*

■1-

5

1

* 1

+

*■

1.

4

* *

* *

■H

:!■

+

* *

* +-

^

*

*

>f

Z

» +:

* *

»

,

<

*

1

4- ^,

.,. *

''■

"

*

•^

1

2 3 4

5 G

7

s

■ H

10 11 12

I NTERVRL

INTEPVFiL

ENl>b H"r

# ['RTR PGItlTS

IN I NTERVRL

1

nLL PTS :=

1045 ;:3

2

104S. 62

;

1051. ^■S

4

4

1055. 2S:

6

5

105S 61

6

S

1061. 95

9

7

1065 2S

13

f\

ie6:E: 61

e

s

1071. 34

^

10

1075 28

2.

il

107S £1

■I

12

mLL PT5 >

107S 61

S

CH I SQUHRE

VRLME IS 16971

IJITH 3

DEGREES

CiF FREEDOM 1

LUMPEr' FREGUENCV VHLUES

Q

10

6 9

Table 1

i:

9

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 233

Probability 90% 80% 70%

.211

,446

,713

,584

1,005

1.424

1.064

1.649

2.195

1,61

2.343

3,0

2.20

3.07

3,828

2,833

3.822

4.671

3,49

4.594

5.527

4.168

5.38

6,393

DOF

2
3
4
5
6
7

NOTE: data is not statistically significant for chi-square values greater than those
indicated in the 70 percent column (for the specific DOF) or if DOF is iess than 2,

Example; Refer to Table 1. chi-square = 16973, DOF = 3, For DOF = 3, and 90
percenl confidence, Table 1 indicates a chi-square value of .584. Since the data chi-
square value (0,16973) is LESS than the 90 percent value, the confidence factor is
GREATER than 90 percent.

Probability of Statistical Significance using ChiSquare Error Value and DOF.

Table 2

tered after each input prompt
{?). It should be remembered
that if string delineators such as
a comma or colon are to be con-
tained in the string, the string in-
formation should be contained
in quotation marks, A maximum
of ten lines can be entered this
way. After titling (if less than ten
lines), pressing ENTER (a null
string) will execute to line 370,
Lines 530 through 550 group
the data values below and above
the expected { ± 3 standard devi-
ation) limits into the first and
last intervals respectively. If you
wish to use standard size paper
(SVj" X 11") for the printout, line
610 forewarns you of the size of
the histogram, A lengthy histo-
gram usually requires a change

of paper at this point.

Lines 850 through 920 com-
bine intervals with less than six
data points into the adjacent in-
terval closest to the mean. This
procedure, called lumping, is
performed so as to eliminate the
inordinately large chi-square er-
ror values which might result
from a small interval. This is a
standard statistical practice
and produces more relevant
results.

Line 960 calculates the DOF,
which is simply the number of
lumped intervals minus three.
Lines 970 and 980 contain the
expected chi-square values for a
relevant sample. These values
are compared to the normalized
sample data values in lines 990

through 1030 to obtain the total
chi-square error value (CHI).
Data storage to cassette is per-
formed by lines 1100 through
1140 if desired.

An Example

A manufacturer requires that
approximately 1100 pellets of
packing material be added to
each package before it automat-
ically seals. If less than 1000
pellets are added, damage to
the package contents might oc-
cur. If greater than 1200 pellets
are added, the automatic seal-
ing device malfunctions.

This process currently re-
quires manual intervention and

"/^ computer Is

idea! for reducing

raw data into a form

whereby projections

can be made."

is, therefore, costly. The manu-
facturer wishes to automate
this packing process but is con-
cerned that an automated pro-
cess will be incapable of operat-
ing within these limitations. The
seller of the automatic pellet
dispenser agrees to install the
machine for a trial run.

The automatic apparatus is
used for one day. At the end of
the day, 55 packages are ran-

domly selected from the day's
production. The number of pel-
lets In each package is counted
and recorded. This data is then
manipulated by the DRP with
the results shown in Table 1 .

We see that an average of
1061 pellets are loaded into
each package. In no instance
has there been less than 1050
nor more than 1077 pellets load-
ed. The DRP indicates that, if the
data is statistically relevant, the
automatic process should never
add less than 1041 nor more
than 1081 pellets to each pack-
age,

A histogram of the data in-
dicates a good approximation of
the beil-shaped curve. Further-
more, a chi-square error value of
0,16973 with three DOFs is re-
corded. Checking Table 2, we
see that the sample data repre-
sents a normally distributed
population (is statistically
significant), and has a confi-
dence factor (probability) of
greater than 90 percent.

Based on these findings, the
manufacturer is confident that
the automatic process will more
than meet his needs, and he pur-
chases the equipment.

The DRP can be a very useful
decision-making tool in many
areas of business, education
and scientific study. It should,
however, be used only when you
are reasonably certain that a
normally distributed population
is under study, ■

BRAND NEW, TOP QUALITY, EXACT REPLACEMENT RIBBONS
FOR ALL OF THE DOT MATRIX ^RSSO^ & CENTRONICS PRINTERS:

Your
Wholesale Price ITEM NUmBER

Send order blank below &
PAYMENt(Min.$20) TO:

Your PRINTER

TRS-80 LINE PRINTER II
TRS-80 LINE PRINTER III
TRS-80 TRACTOR FEED
CENTRONICS MODS 700-704
CENTRONICS #730
CENTRONICS #737
CENTRONICS #779

RETAIL LIST

18,95-l-T3x (3 PACK)
21 ,95-i-Tax|IN CART.)
18,95-fTax (3 PACK)
18.95-fTax (3 PACK)
18,95-fTax (3 PACK)
18,95+Tax(3 PACK)
18.95-tTax (3 PACK)

1 1 ,95 PER 3 PACK
12,95 PER RIBBON
1 1 ,95 PER 3 PACK
1 1.95 PER 3 PACK
1 1,95 PER 3 PACK
1 1,95 PER 3 PACK
1 1.95 PER 3 PACK

ANCIE LABORATORIES

9202-9206 BALTIMORE BOULEVARD
COLLEGE PARK. MD 20740

(301) 345-6000

Volume Discounts:

10%, 10-36packs
15%, 37-100

^461

MTnTMuM ORDER: $20.00 No shipping charges or taxes.

PLEASE SEND ME: C "700, 3 RIBBON PACKS & .T'S RIBBONS.

I WILL USE THESE RIBBONS ON A PRINTER.

$ ENCLOSED SEND C.O.D. ( )

Name

Address

City, State, Zip

ANCIE LABORATORIES 9202-92O6 Baltimors Blvd., Collese Park, MD 20740 30' "3;'5.-6000_ J

* TANDY CORR T.M

234 • 80 Microcomputing. January 1981

MAKE ««$$$
«*$ MONEY

Selling 80 Microcomputing, the only major journal (or the users o£ the
TRS-80*, is a sure bet Cor getting the computer enthusiast into your
store. Once through the door you can sell him anything.

We knoMT "80" will make you money . . . it's the only magazine for the
TRS-80 * users and you knoiv ho^r many o£ those there are. So call today
and join the dealers M^ho make money w^ith "80".

For information on selling 80 Microcomputing, call 603-924-7296 and
speak ivith Ginnie Boudrieau, our Bulk Sales Manager. Or M^rite to her
at 80 Microcomputing, Pine Street, Peterborough, NH 03458.

'TRS-80 is a trademark of the Tandy Corp.

Please note: Our CRT SCREENS have been purchased by thousands
of individuals, the Department of the Navy, several government agen-
cies, and dozens of the country's top corporations and universities.

• Give your CRT the luminous green characters lound on the very expensive
computer systems

• Add a professional look to your system and your programs

• Dramatically improved contrast for easier reading and improved graphics.

We manufacture an optically correct, 1/8" plexiglas" screen thai mounts easily
over the CRT on your video monitor. This is a quality accessory that enables your
TRS-SO' monitor to produce the luminous green characters identical to those
found on expensive terminals. For business applications this means enhanced
appearance and reduced eye strain, for the hobbyist, graphics are brighter and
bolder The screen may be easily removed - no modification to monitor

Screen for Model I . , . . $1 9.95
VISA- Mastercharge Screen for Model II . - .$24,95

We ship within 24 hours. 30-day money back guarantee
National Tricor inc / 3335 Greenleaf Blvd., Kalamazoo, Ml 49008 / 61 6-375-75 19

,^142 jL

TRS-80 8. OTHER NEEDS FILLED FOR LESS

+ + + COMPATIBLE DISK DRIVES WITH POWER SUPPLY AND CASE-120 DAY WARRANTY + + +
■40TRACK(204,800BVTE;DISK)USEBOTH SIDES, ANTI-CRIMP/POWER PROTECT $319

■ 8 IN. DRIVE & P S /CASE'ST49WITH P.S./CASE FOR 3 DRIVES $829
•8CTHACK(20'1.8K BYTE190 DAY WARRANTY M19

■ 4-DRIVE CABLE S28 •- 10 DiSKS-5 IN. &■ S24-8 IN, # $36HARD CASE S3 8 5

BASE 2 PRINTER $599 EPSON MX-80 PRINTER J550 MICROLINE 80 PRINTER $549

• CENTRONICS737 S789 + + + + + CABLE (5 S25

■ HARRIS SELECTRIC (WORD PROCESSING-TYPEWRITER & PRINTER) $790
■LOWER CASE FOR CENTRONICS 779/RAD10 SHACK LINE PRINTER! -EASY INSTALL $99.95
•UPSIUNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY) PREVENT POWER DROP SURGE OR OUT-' FROM S195
■CATMODEM(0RIG/ANS)$U4 + + 4- t + -i- -^ -^ 16K MEMORY SET (200 NANO) $42

■ 16KMODELHIRADIOSHAGKSYSTEM $889
■APPLE, ATARI, RADIO SHACK MODEL 1/2 HARDWARE/SOFTWARE DISCOUNTED. A/R, A/P, G/L, PIR FOR
S200 or $59 ea. (MODEL 1) & $329 or $80 aa. (MODEL 2). APPLICATIONS INTERACT & ARE COMPLETE &
PROFESSIONAL. WILL RUN ON OTHER COMPUTERS THIS IS A SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY PRICE,

■ ASKFORFREEFLYERWITHOURLOWPRICES— DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED MASS. RESIDENTS ADO
5% TAX-F,0 B. TEWKSBURY — FREIGHT EXTRA

M/C, VISA OR CHECK ACCEPTED. TRS-80 IS A REG. TRADEMARK OF TANDY CORP.

^105

, OMNITEK SYSTEMS — 24 MARCIA JEAN DR., DEPT. M,TEWKSBURY, MA 01876 CALL617-851-3155

PALOMAR
SOFTWARE

"HISPEU" Tape iiperalion, Smvc, vei-ii\'
& IdHti programs nr arrav data ni;m\
times faslcr than CSAVK or" PRINT 0. In-
clude!; harriciipy foniiaitin.i;. Not a hard-
ware add on, $24.!-!,"

"CODF.I) I.EDCKR'- A Ird.sjcr for the
small systems iisrr. Mnntlily reports, 1(11)
user named c;ite.!;ories, many features nor-
mnljy found in disc svslems. Kecpiires
'■IIISI'RD" and hardeopy primer. $1 l.i!,"S

■■TRANSFER LIST" Hardenpv prml-

out of a|] transfers, ('A)TO, (;()S(iR,
HLSE, etc., in your basic pr<is;mm are listed
by callin.ir line # and called line #. Transfei-
list is a jjreal aid in eliangin.ir or debu.ijgin.i;
basic programs. $7.[*y'

All Palomar Soft v\ are projirams arc
designed for level 1 1 Kik or higher.

Write lor full s])ecificali()iis and sample
linnioiils or senfl (ck or mo) + $1,(10 P/H
]ier lape. (Calif, residents add 6% sales tax)

PALOMAR
SOFTWARE

170S.PalomarDr.
Redwood City, Ca. 94062

^228

21 HonrOnlniimLim (-115} 3>ili-.l'U0

t^ Reader Service— see page 242

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 235

microcomputing

bookshelf

3 new IiooIls from tlie eilitors
of ILK & oO A\\iei*oeoiii|Nitiii€|

• 40COMPUTERGAMES—BK7381— Forty games in all in nine
different categories. Games for large and small systems, and
even a section on calculator games. Many versions of BASIC
used and a vi/ide variety of systems represented. A must for the
serious computer gamesman. $7.95*

• UNDERSTANDING AND PROGRAMMING MICROCOMPUTERS -BK7382-A valuable
addition to your computing library. This two part text includes the best articles that have ap-
peared in 73 and Kilobaud Microcomputing magazines on ttie hardw/are and softvi/are
aspects of the new microcomputing hobby. Well known authors and well structured text
helps the reader get involved in America's fastest growing hobby. $10,95'

• SOME OF THE BEST FROM KILOBAUD/MICROCOMPUTING — BK7311— A collection of the

best articles that have recently appeared in Kilobaud/MICROCOMPUTING. Included is material
on the TRS-80 and PET systems, CP/M, the 8080/8085/Z80 chips, the ASR-33 terminal. Data base
management, word processing, text editors and file structures are covered too. Programming
techniques and hardcore hardware construction projects for modems, high speed cassette
interfaces and TVTs are also included in this large format, 200 plus page edition. $10.95.'

— INTRODUCTORY

• THE NEW HOBBY COMPUTERS— BK7340— This book takes it from
where "HOBBY COMPUTEPS ARE HERE!" leaves off, with chapters on
Large Scale Integration, how to choose a microprocessor chip, an introduc-
tion to programming, low cost I/O for a computer, computer arithmetic,
checking memory boards ... and much, much more! Don't miss this tremen-
dous value! Only $4.95.'

• HOBBY COMPUTERS ARE HERE!^BK7322-lf you (or a friend) want to
come up to speed on how computers work . , , hardware and software . . .
this is an excellent book. It starts with the fundamentals and explains the
circuits, and the basics of programming. This book has the highest recom-
mendations as a teaching aid for newcomers. $4,95.'

.INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTERS (VOL. O^lll)

• AN INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTERS, VOL. 0-

BK1130-The Beginner's Book -Written for readers who know
nothing about computers — for those who have an interest in
how to use computers — and for everyone else who must live
with computers and should know a little about them. The first in
a series of 4 volumes, this book will explain how computers
work and what they can do. Computers have become an m-
tegral part of life and society. During any given day you are af-
fected by computers, so start learning more about them with
Volume 0. $7.95,*

• VOL. I — BK1030— 2nd Edition completely revised.

Dedicated to the basic concepts of microcomputers and
hardware theory. The purpose of Volume I is to give you a
thorough understanding of what microcomputers are. From
basic concepts (which are covered in detail), Volume I builds
the necessary components of a microcomputer system.
This book highlights the difference between minicomputers
and microcomputers. $12.99.'

• VOL. II— BK1040 (with binder)— Contains descriptions of
individual microprocessors and support devices used only
with the parent microprocessor. Volume II describes all
available chips. $31.99'

• VOL. Ill— BK1 133 (with binder)— Contains descriptions of
all support devices that can be used with any microproces-
sor. $21.99'

• HOW TO BUILD A MICROCOMPUTER -AND REALLY UNDERSTAND IT -BK7325- by

Sam Creason. The electronics hobbyist who wants to build his own microcomputer
system now has a practical "How-To" guidebook. This book is a combination technical
manual and programming guide that takes the hobbyist step-by-step through the design,
construction, testing and debugging of a complete microcomputer system. Must reading
for anyone desiring a true understandmg of small computer systems, $9.95.'

• TOOLS & TECHNIQUES FOR ELECTRONICS- BK7348- by A. A. Wicks is an easy-to-
understand book written for the beginning kit builder as well as the experienced hob-
byist. It has numerous pictures and descriptions of the safe and correct ways to use
basic and specialized tools for electronic projects as well as specialized metal working
tools and the chemical aids which are used in repair shops. $4.95.*

PHIOL-. '..UBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE"

'Use the order card in the back of this magazine or itemize your order on a separate piece of paper and mail to 80 Microcomputing Bookshelf • Peterborough

MH 03458. Be sure to include check or detailed credit card information. rHo CO.D. orders accepted. All above add S 1 .00 handling. Please allow 4-6 weeks

fof delivery. Questions regarding youi order? Please write Customer Service at the above address.

F-OR TOLL FRHF ORDERING CALL 1-800-258-5473

236 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

microcomputing

r

Z80 BOOKS

NEW

A

• MICROSOFT BASIC DECODED AND OTHER MYSTERIES-BK1186— by

James Farvour. From the company that brought you TRS-80 DISK AND OTHER
MYSTERIESl Contains more than 6500 lines of comments for the disassembled
Level II ROMs, six additional chapters describing every BASIC subroutine, with
assembly language routines shovi/ing hov*/ to use them. Flovi/ charts for all major
routines give the reader a real insight into hovi/ the interpreter works. $29.50
(Available after December 20th).

• TRS-80 DISK AND OTHER MYSTERIES- BK1 181 - by Harvard C. Pennington.
This is the defi nit ivewori^ on the TRS-80 disk system. It is full of detailed "How to"
information with examples, samples and in-depth explanations suitable for
beginners and professionals alike. The recovery of one lost file is worth the price
alone. $22.50.'

• PROGRAMMING THE Z-80- BK1 122- by Rodnay Zaks. Here is assembly
language programming for the Z-80 presented as a progressive, step-by-step
course. This book is both an educational text and a self-contained reference
book, useful to both the beginning and the experienced programmer who wish to
learn about the Z-80. Exercises to test the reader are included. $14.95.*

• Z-80 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING -BK1 177 -by Lance A. Leven-

thal. This book thoroughly covers the Z80 instruction set, abounding in simple
programming examples which illustrate software development concepts and ac-
tual assembly language usage. Features include Z80 I/O devices and interfacing
methods, assembler conventions, and comparisons with 8080A/8085 instruction
sets and interrupt structure. $16.99.'

• Z-80 SOFTWARE GOURMET GUIDE AND COOKBOOK— BK1045 — by Nat

Wadsworth. Scelbi's newest cookbook! This book contains a complete descrip-
tion of the powerful Z-80 instruction set and a wide variety of programming in-
formation. Use the author's ingredients including routines, subroutines and
short programs, choose a time-tested recipe and start cooking! $16.99.*

• INTRODUCTION TO TRS-80 GRAPHICS—

BK1 180— by Don Inman. Dissatisfied with your
Level I or Level II manual's coverage of
graphics capabilities? This well-structured
book (suitable for classroom use) is ideal for
those who want to use all the graphics capabili-
ties built into the TRS-80. A tutorial method is
used with many demonstrations. It is based on
the Level I, but all material is suitable for Level
II use. $8.95.*

BASIC &L PASCAL

• BASIC BASIC (2ND EDITION)- BK1026- by James S. Coan.
This is a textbook which incorporates the learning of computer
programming using the BASIC language with the teaching of
mathematics. Over 100 sample programs illustrate the tech-
niques of the BASIC language and every section is followed by
practical problems. This second edition covers character string
handling and the use of data files. $9.45.*

• LEARNING LEVEL ll-BK1175-by David Lien, Written
especially for the TRS-80, this book concentrates on Level II
BASIC, exploring every important BASIC language capability.
Updates are included for those who have studied the Level I
User's Manual. Sections include: how to use the Editor, dual cas-
sette operation, printers and peripheral devices, and the conver-
sion of Level I programs to Level II. $15.95.'

• THE BASIC HANDBOOK-BK1174-by David Lien. This book
is unique. It is a virtual ENCYCLOPEDIA of BASIC. While not
favoring one computer over another, it explains over 250 BASIC
words, how to use them and alternate strategies. If a computer
does not possess the capabilities of a needed or specified word,
there are often ways to accomplish the same function by using
another word or combination of words. That's where the HAND-
BOOK comes in. It helps you get the most from your computer, be
it a "bottom-of-the-llne" micro or an oversized monster. $14.95.*

• INTRODUCTION TO PASCAL— BK1189— by Rodnay Zaks. A
step-by-step introduction for anyone wanting to learn the lan-
guage quickly and completely. Each concept is explained simply
and in a logical order. All features of the language are presented
in a clear, easy-to-understand format with exercises to test the
reader at the end of each chapter. It describes both standard
PASCAL and UCSD PASCAL, the most widely used dialect for
small computers. No computer or programming experience is
necessary. $12.95.*

• ADVANCED BASIC-BKIOOO-Applications, including strings
and files, coordinate geometry, area, sequences and series,
simulation, graphing and games. $9.65'.

■■PRICES SUBJECT TO CHAMGE WITHOUT MOTICE"

'Use the order card in the back of this magazine or itemize your order on a separate piece of paper and mail to 80 Microcomputing Bookshelf* Peterborough
PiH 034fi8. Be sure to include check or detailed credit card information. Mo C.O.D. orders accepted. All above add S ! .00 handling. Please allow 4-6 weeks
11 c V < II I ii III 5 your ordpr? Please wrile Customer Service at the above address.

FOR TOLL FReE ORDEWmi CALL 1-800-258-5473

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 237

GAMES

• MORE BASIC COMPUTER GAMES- BK1182-edited by
David H. Ahl. More fun in BASIC! 84 new games from the people
who brought you BASIC Computer Games- Includes such

■•favorites as Minotaur (battle the mythical beast) and Eliza
unload your troubles on the doctor at bargain rates). Complete
with game description, listing and sample run. $7.50-'

• WHAT TO DO AFTER YOU HIT RETURN - BK1071 - PCC's
first book of computer games ... 48 different computer games
you can play in BASIC . . . programs, descriptions, many illus-
trations. Lunar Landing, Hammurabi, King, Civel 2, Cubic 5,
Taxman, Star Trek, Crash, Market, etc. $10.95.*

• BASIC COMPUTER GAMES- BK1074 -Okay, so once you
get your computer and are running in BASIC, then what? Then
you need some programs in BASIC, that's what. This book has
101 games for you from very simple to real buggers. You get the
games, a description of the games, the iisting to put in your
computer and a sample run to show you how they work. Fun.
Any one game will be worth more than the price of the book for
the fun you and your family will have with it. $7.50.*

SPECIAL INTERESTS

• THE CP/M HANDBOOK (with MP/M)— BK1187— by Rodnay
Zaks. A compiete guide and reference handbook for CP/M— the « ,_,^,
industry standard in operating systems. Step-by-step instruc- iSJllI, Vv
tion for everything from turning on the system and inserting the
diskette to correct user discipline and remedial action for prob-
lem situations. This also includes a compiete discussion of all
versions of CP/M up to and including 2.2, MP/M and CDOS.
$13.95.

• HOW TO MAKE MONEY WITH COMPUTERS- BK1003- In

10 information-packed chapters, Jerry Felsen describes more
than 30 computer-related, money-making, high profit, low
capital investment opportunities, $15.00.*

• HOW TO SELL ANYTHING TO ANYBODY- BK7306- Ac-
cording to The Guinness Book of World Records, the author,
Joe Girard, is "the world's greatest salesman." This book
reveals how he made a fortune — and how you can, too. $2.25.*

• THE INCREDIBLE SECRET MONEY MACHINE- BK1178- by Don Lancaster, A dif-
ferent kind of "cookbook" from Don Lancaster. Want to siash taxes? Get free vacations?
Win at investments? Make money from something that you like to do? You'll find this
book essential to give you the key insider details of what is really involved in starting up
your own money machine. $5-95.'

BUSINESS

• PAYROLL WITH COST ACCOUNTING - IN BASIC- BK1001 - by L. Poole & M.
Borchers, includes program listings with remarks, descriptions, discussions of
the principle behind each program, file layouts, and a complete user's manual with
step-by-step instructions, flowcharts, and simple reports and CRT displays. Pay-
roll and cost accounting features include separate payrolls for up to 10 com-
panies, time-tested interactive data entry, easy correction of data entry errors, job
costing (labor of distribution), check printing with full deduction and pay detail,
and 16 different printed reports, including W-2 and 941 (in CBASIC). $20.00.*

• SOME COMMON BASIC PROGRAMS— BK1053— published by Adam Osborne &
Associates, Inc. Perfect for non-technical computerists requiring ready-to-use pro-
grams. Business programs, plus miscellaneous programs. Invaluable for the user
who is not an experienced programmer. All will operate in the stand-alone mode.
$14.99 paperback.

• PIMS: PERSONAL INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - BK1009- Learn
how to unleash the power of a personal computer for your own benefit in this
ready-to-use data-base management program, $11,95.'

■■PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE"

'Use the order card in the back of this magazine or itemize your order on a separate piece of paper and mail to 80 Microcomputing Bookshelf • Peterborough

NH 03458. Be sure to include check or detailed credit card information. PHo CO.D. orders accepted. All above add S 1 .00 handling. Please allow 4—6 weeks

for delivery. Questions regarding your order? Please write Customer Service at the above address.

FORTOll FREnORDl KIMG CM I 1-800 2'"»R-'S W 3

238 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

CEMTRONICS 779

Same as Radio Shack Line Printer I

LIST PRICE $1350 OUR PRICE

(Ship freight collect)

$849

CENTRONICS 737

Featuring Correspondence, Quality and
Proportional Spacing A tftt tfft tffe

LIST $995 OUR PRICE f Q 2 9

CE^^■RONlcs 730

Same as Radio Shack Line Printer II

LIST $795

OUR PRICE

(add $7.50 for shipping)

$649

CENTRONICS 704-11

(same as 703-9)

CENTRONICS PARALLEL
INTERFACE

Ideal for TRS-80

180 CPS Logic-Seeking Tractors

Adjustable to 16"
Former List Price $2975

NOW ONLY $1695

^2i

DISK DRIVES FOR TRS-80

51/4" Disk Drives
Ideal for TRS-80

Featuring MPI-51 Drive,

40 Tracl< Capability,

Fast Seeking

$499 VALUE

MMM PRICE ONLY $329
2 for $638

TM TRS-80 is a trademark
of Radio Shack

IVIinilVllCrOlVl9rt, inc. 1618JamesSt.,Syracuse,NY13203 (315)422-446? TWX 710 541 -0431

80 Microcomputing, January 1981 • 239

i^Reader Service— see page 242

HOBBYWORLD

ELECTRONICS, INC

19511 BUSINESS CENTER DRIVE, DEPT. VI
NORTHRIDGE, CALIFORNIA 91324

Call TOll-Free: USA (800) 423-5387

in California: (800) 382-3651

Local & Outside USA: (213) 886-9200

®

^23

TELESIS VAR/80

I/O unit

for the TRS-80

NOW vDLi can use your TRS-80 as a digital
door lock, burglar alarm, power manager, fre-
quency counter, light dimmer, darkroom
timer, Just to name a few! Comes fully
assembled and tested. Use It with or without
an expansion interface. Data pack Includes: In-
structions, applications, sample circuits and
several programs, with power supply, wt. 5

Cat. NO. 1092 9 1 05

Mini 8100
S-100 Bus Adaptor

for the TRS-80

Mini size, mini price, maxi performance! A
complete adaptor/ motherboard for the

TRS-80

Cat NO. Description Price

1905 Kit. all parts, one S-100 S115.45

connector

A&T w/four S-100 connectors S155.45

Kit, w/S-100 sz bd, plugs into 5 90.00

mainframe

As above, aat $125.00

1906
1907

1908

16K MEMORY

ADD-ON

$39.95

for the TRS-80,
Apple, & Exidy

Everything you need to upgrade your
system! includes a pages of Illustrated Instruc-
tions. Complete with rams and pre-program-
med jumpers, no special tools required! wt 4
oz.

Cat No. Description
1156 For TRS-ao Keyboard Unit

1156A For TRS-80 Exp. InterFace

purchased before 4/1/79
1156B For TRS-80 Exp. Interface

purchased after 4/1/79
usee APPLE II

1156D EXIDY

BASF

5Va" DISKETTES

BOX/10

Soft sector, double density, single sided, use

for TRS-80, Apple, Atari.

Cat NO. 2746 BOX of 10 diskettes.

VERBATIIVI

sVa' Diskettes

VERBATilVI 525 SERiES

• Double Density

• Single sided

• Perfect for commerciai and general applications

Cat NO. Description Type usefor lOfor

1147 Soft sector 525-01 TRS-80, Apple $33.00

1148 10 hole, hard 525-10 Northstar 33.00

1149 16 hole, hard 525-16 Micropoiis 33.00

VERBATIM 550 SERiES

• Quad Density (double sided, double density)

• For commercial and general applications

1492 soft sector 550-01 SA450, MP152 $62.25

2328 10 hole, hard 550-10 BASF,wangco 51.95

2329 16 hole, hard 550-16 Micro-2 59.95

VERBATilVI 577 SERiES

• certified twice, 77 tracks

• Single sided, double density

• Built-in hub protector ring

• For critical data applications

2330 Soft sector 577-01

2331 10 hole, hard 577-10

2332 16 hole, hard 577-16

TRS-80, Apple $49.95

North Star 54.95

Micropoiis, etc. 49.95

Electric Pencil for the trs so®

Allows you to produce mailing- lists, forms, large numbers of original cor-
respondence, etc. A character-oriented word processing system, providing max-
imum freedom and simplicity In the handing of text. Eliminates the need for word
hyphenations or carriage returns. Line formatting Is done automatically, insert.
delete, or relocate any text using simple keyboard demands.

Cat NO. 1338 TRS-80, LI & L2
16K, Cassette

Cat NO. 1338-D TRS-80, L1 & L2

'^cott Adams"

ADVENTURES

ADVENTURELAND

Cat NO. Description Price

2719 TRS-80, L2, 16k Cassette $14.95

2720 TRS-80, L2, 32k Disk

1+ Pirates Adv.) $24.95

PIRATES ADVENTURE

2505 TRS-80, L2, 16k Cassette $14.95

MISSION IMPOSSIBLE

2723 TRS-80, L2, 16k Cassette $14.95

2724 TRS-80, L2, 32k Disk

U voodoo Castle) $24.95

The COUNT

2726 TRS-80, L2, 16k Cassette $14.95

STRANGE ODYSSEY

2766 TRS-80, L2, 16k Cassette $14.95

GHOST TOWN

2765 TRS-80, L2, 16k Cassette $14.95

TUNNEL OF FAHAD

2771 TRS-80, L2, 16k cassette $ 9.95

Utitltles, Business, Sci-fl,
Games, Education, and
much more software for
the TRS-80 Is available at
Hobbyworid!

Disk/Diskette

Drive Head

Cleaning Kit

Clean these hard-to-reach heads in lust
minutes! Available for both sVt" and 8"
drives, single and double sided. Comes com-
plete with two cleaning disks, 4 oz. of CS-85
cleaning solution, and easy-pour dispenser,
wt. 12 oz. . __

cat NO. 2499 8" disk CXu

cat No. 2534 51/4" diskette *«*••

CATALOG

$59.95

$89.95

I6K, Disk

Fourty-four pages of computers, terminals,
printers, disk-drives and many more periph-
erals that can add dimension to your personal
computing, we also carry complete lines of
computerized toys & games, application
boards, integrated circuits, comprehensive
software, electronics parts, p,c. & soldering
accessories, electronics books & manuals, and
much more!

Call or write to us today and ask us for your
free Hobbyworid catalog, (or circle the
reader s service number in this magazine.!

HOW TO ORDER

Minimum Order $15.00. Order toll-free by
phone or by mail, or at our retail stores. Pay
by check. Mastercard, Visa or C.O.D. Please
Include expiration date with charge-card
orders. U.S. dollars only, include phone |
and magazine Issue you are ordering from.
Add Si. 25 for C.O.D. and shipping charges
from rates below.
Shipping Rates: USA

Ground: S2.25 for first 2 lbs and 40*
each addfl lb.

Air: S3-25 for first 2 lbs. and 70i each
addt'i lb.
Shipping Rates: Foreign

Ground: $3.00 first 2 lbs. and 60t each
addfl lb.

Air: S11.25 first 2 lbs. and $5.00 each
addt'i IP.

Prices valid thru month of magazine
issue. Some items subject to prior sale or
quantity limits. HobbyWorld is not
responsible for typographical errors. 120
Day Guaranteed Satisfaction. Exception:
partially assembled kits, abuse or misuse.

240 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

[qwest PrIces on

PERSONAL COMpUTERS/fedlave

tappkz computer

Apple II

pefsonal

computer.

16K
List $1195

ONLY $989

32K, List $1395 $1169

48K, List $1259

DISK II DRIVE $420

Above w/Controller $505

MICROSOFT Z80/CPM

Conversion For Apple II • ■ - ONLY $299

APPLE III

W/96K $2998

CENTRONICS PRINTER INTERFACE

Pascal Language SystemLi$i $495 $420
Centronics

Printer Cord Lsi 1225 $191

High Speed

Printer Interface $I95 $165

COMPLETE LINE OF
CALIFORNIA COMPUTERS

Interface cards available.
We also stock the
DC Hayes Micromodem,
Mountain Hardware,
and the 5SM combination
serial/parallel interfaces.

R

ersonal
omputer

ystQms ^24

c

s

609 Butternut St.,

Syracuse, NY 13208

(315) 475-6800

Prices do not include shipping by UPS. All
prices and offers subjeei to chonge without
notice.

HEWLETT-PACKARD

HP-85A ONLY $2795

HP-85 ACCESSORIES

5-</4" Dual Master

Disc Drive List $2500 $2125

5-</4" Single Master

Disc Drive List $1500 $1275

HP 7225A

Graphics Plotter List $2050 $1845

HP-85 16K

Memory Module List $395 . $355

HP-85 Application Pacs
Standard List $95 $85

Serial (RS-232C)

Interface Module List $395 $355

GPIO

Interface Module List $495 $445

IMAGINE A CALCULATOR
YOU CAN CUSTOMIZE.
IT'S HERE— THE HP-41C.

HP-41C
ONLY $244.95

CaCALCULATORS:

HP-32E Scientific w/Statistics _
HP-33C Scientific Programmable
HP-34C Advanced Scientific

Programmable

HP-37E Business Calculator

HP-67 Handheld Fully Advanced
Programmable Scientific for
Business & Engineering

53.95
99.95

123.95
58.95

298.95

Texas Instrument

I NCORPORATED

TI-99/^

home computer

CALL FOR PRICE

Commodore Pet

CALL FOR PRICE

PRINTERS FOR
ALL COMPUTERS

A PERSONAL
COMPUTER
ATARP SYSTEMS

AWarnec Communicaliun^

C„n..n,0 |_jg^ $1080

ATARI® 800""
PERSONAL $849
COMPUTER SYSTEM.

liimihiiimmm iiiniimimwmiwffi

HP-97 Desktop w/Built-in Printer, 579.95

ATARI® 810 DISC DRIVE

List $699.95 $589

ATARI®

820TM Printer, List $599.95 • ■ • ■ $499

Atari® 400 List $630 $499

ADVERTISERS

RS Number

Page

RS Number

Page

81 A B Computers 178

56 ABM Produds 204

282 ACR Consultants 193

452 A.M. Electronics 123

329 A.M. E'ectronics 60

229 Access Unlimited 119

34 Acorn Software Products 181

332 Acorn Software Products 58

97 Adventure International 81, 46, 74

387 Aerocomp, Inc 103

167 AH Systems Go 62

69 Alplia Byte Storage 135,195

401 Alpha Products Company 85

262 Alpha Products Company 85

210 Alpha Products Company 85

495-499 Alpha Products Company 85

124 Alphanetics 142

138 The Alternate Source 108, 140, 148, 160

395 American Business Computers 184

397 American Business Computers 202

483 American Business Computers 231

484 American Business Computers 210

461 Ancie Labs 234

264 Apparat 224

47 Applied Economic Analysis 90

* Arctibold Electronics 204

348 Arizona Computer Systems 59

414 John Armstrong 156

146 Audio Video Systems 111, 180,206

201 Barstrann Corporation 126

49 Basics and Beyond, Inc 215

80 Benchmark Computer Services Ill

351 The Berg Works 231

357 Big Five Software Company 137

377 Big Systems Software 231

6 The Bottom Shelf. Inc 159

76 Breeze Computing 197

342 Harry H. Briley 58

382 Business Micro Products 92

298 The CPU Shop 191

145 C&S Electronics Mart Ltd 216

294 Caidala Systems 140

38 Case Computer Products 134

62 Cecdal, Inc 82, 205

77 Chase Manhattan Bank 63

32 Cioad Magazine 153

100 CompuCover 206

107 Computer Applications Unlimited 217

199 Computer Case Company 214

168 Computer Consultants 60

372 Computer Disc, of America 174

22 Computer Information Exchange 133

415 Computex 210

392 Computer 231

9 Computronics, Inc 162-169

204 Comsofl 147

336 Construction Data Control 59, 60

10 Contract Services Associates 91

78 Coosol, Inc 63

233 Cottage Software 142

335 Custom Data 60

7 Custom Computer Center 210

121 Custom Electronics 206

■ Cybernetics, Inc 175

83 Cyberware 214

134 DAR Sales 180

44 Data Train, Inc 84

274 Data Trans 197

302 Decision Master/Interlude 19

123 Design Solution. Inc 132

86 Dililhium Press 177

164 Disco Tech, Morion Technologies. Inc 60

440 Discount Software Group 31

88 Documan Software 217

253 Dynatek information Systems, Inc 154

33 80-US Journal 66

459 EBG & Associates 144

117 EBG & Associates 186

* Eighty Microcomputing

34,158,161,171,180.194,204,234-238

58 Electronic Specialists 176

350 Electronic Systems 59

278 Emtrol Systems Inc 40

333 Epson America 62

404 Epson America 29

3 Exatron Cov. IV, 66

94 Exatron 66

141 FEC Ltd 146

12 FMG Corporation 155

115 Financial Computer Systems 125

426 William A. Fink 206

320 Fisher Associates 124

102 Fuller Software 202

166 G B Associates 62

39 G & L Software Enterprises 90

254 Galactic Software Ltd , , , 217

79 Allen GeiderSoftware 148

475 GAMECBAFT 185

251 General Computer Company 46

75 Godbout Electronics 193

218 Good Lyddon Data Systems 217

383 Heath Company 93

125 Hexagon Systems 176

344 Hexagon Systems 58

23 Hobby World Electronics 240

103 Howe Software 160

114 ICM Industries 158

37 IJG Inc 25

158 Image Computer Products Inc 27

161 The Innovative Penguin 60

305 Insiders Software Consultants Inc 145

2 instant Software 94-97, 18S, 189. 220. 221

246 Interface, Inc 136

287 Interlude 6

295 Interpretive Education 132

326 J. F. Consulting 62

35 J. F. Consulting 180

249 JMS Corporation 184

155 JR Software 126

193 Joe Computer 110

85 Johnson Associates 201

106 Francis S. Kalinowski 111

53 LNW Research 184, 105

120 Lantz S Youngren 198

14 Level IV Products 105

■ Lifeboat Associates 77

162 Lifeboat Associates 60

15 Lobo Drives International Cov. Ill

451 MTS Enterprises 134

268 Maine Software 138

87 Management Systems Software 105

90 Manhattan Software Inc 74

270 Mark Gordon Computers 75, 173

328 Mayflower Computer Co 60

128 Med Systems Software 183

421 Medfield Computer Software 124

104 Mercer Systems, Inc 150

20 Meta Technologies Corp 9, 11. 13, 15, 17

54 MicroArchilect 207

205 Micro Biajak Systems, Inc. . 158

214 The Micro Clinic 231

347 Micro Consultants 59

379 Micro-Design 152

476 Micro-80 231

89 Micro Learningware. 154

72 Micro Management Systems Inc 99

66 Micro Mafic Programming Corp. , . , 194

68 Micro Matrix 213

126 Micro Media Magazine 178

29 Micro Mega 76,216

310 Micro Mint 207

384 Micro Systems Software Inc 149,207

486 Micro Tax 126

109 Micro Works 215

28 Microcomputer Technology Inc 64, 65

442 MICROGRAM Ill

493 MICROGRAM 156

92 Microtrend 127

8 Midwest Computer Peripherals 109

24 Mini Micro Mart 239

98 Minis 'n Micros Inc Ill

112 Miller Microcomputer Services 106

RS Number Page

221 MISOSYS 199

160 MISOSYS 62

■ Mullen Computer Products 76

144 Mumford Micro Systems 141

142 National Tricor Inc 235

55 Nautilus 204

194 New England Business Service, Inc 73

74 Northeast Microware 150

4 OK Machine 8 Tool 21

' Oasis Systems 72

163 Okidata Corp 58

389 Omega Sales 107

105 Omnitek 235

296 Orange Micro Inc 175

406 P S S Electronics , 206

370 Pacific Exchanges Ill

153 Pacific Office Systems 174

228 Palomar Software 235

64 Pan American Electronics 51

207 Pensadyne Computer Services 199, 146

1 Percom Data Company Cov. II

408 Percom Data Company 3

51 Perry Gas & Oil 153

24 Personal Computer Systems 241

422 Personal Microcomputers Inc 112, 113

273 Pickles S Trout 72

325 Pilgrim Electric Co 60

1 13 Marvin W. Plunkett 185

17 The Program Store 128, 129

21 Programma Uii6rnational : 55, 151, 187

110 Programs Unlimited 57

441 Prosoft 215

395 QC Microsystems 223

269 Quant Systems 152,180

304 Quarp Publishing 202

41 Race! Computes 37

* Realty Software Company 206

70 Remsoft Inc 136, 202

276 Bichcraft Engineering Ltd 126

346 RITAM Corporation 59

468 Rochester Data Inc 201

291 Scientific Engineering Lab 184

297 Service Technologies, Inc 198

340 Service Technologies, Inc 59

255 Michael Shrayer Software, Inc 115

19 Simutek 76, 144, 179

67 Sirius Systems 89

232 Snapp Inc 80, 87

434 Soft Sector Marketing Inc 139

334 Software Efficiency 62

238 Software Engineering Systems, Inc 193

42 Software Etc 117

478 Software Innovations 219

286 The Software Mart 32, 33

448 Southern Cross Systems 178

373 Southern Innovative Design (SID) 14

275 Speedway Electronics 108

438 Stocking Source 83

82 Sturdivant S Dunn, Inc 231

150 Sublogic 147

118 Sykam 126

■ Synergistic Solar, Inc 154

358 Syracuse R&D Center 110

349 TYC Software 58

148 Tab Sales Company 138

327 Tandy/Radio Shack 59

337 Tandy/Radio Shack 60

489 Tar Heel Software Inc 180

45 Taranto & Associates 48, 49

341 Taranto S Associates 58

147 Task Computer Applications 156

25 Texas Computer Systems 203

437 Tulsa Microsystems, Inc 223

* V R Data Corporation 61,157

432 Vern Street Products/

Keyline Computer Products 201

331 Winterhalter and Associates 62

355 Zocchi Distributors 178

■This advertiser prefers to be contacted directly.

242 • 80 Microcomputing, January 1981

READER SERVICE

This card is valid until March 31, 1981

Please help us to bring you a
better magazine — by answering
these questions.

I. Whal Is your age?

O A. under 18
D B. 1622
D C. 23-40

n 0. -jieo
□ E. over 60

II. What l3 your occupation?

n 1. Professional
O 2. Engineer
O 3. Data processing
D 4. Business
P 5. Education
O 6, Technician
Q 7, Student
G 6. Other

III. What are your primary applica-
tions of your TRS-80 (check only
two)?

O A. Business
D B, Games
D C. Home
O D. Educalion
C) E. Scientific
": F. Control
: G. Music

IV. Your TRS-80. is it a

D 1. Level i

O 2. Level II

a 3. Model II

O 4. Don't own one yet

V. What peripherals do you have
{check all that apply}?

i,; A. Expansion interface
: : B. Disk
L, C. Printer

VI. How much have you spent on
hardware?

; : 1. less than S500
( ; 2. $500-1.000
U 3. $1,000-2,000
[:■ i. 52.000-4,000

:.; 5. $4,000-6.000

l: 6. more thanS6.000

VII. How much have you spent on
software?

! : A. less thanSlOO

L: B. $100-250

: . C. $250500

:. D. $500-1.000

: '. E. more than SI.OOO

VIII. What is your level of educa-
tion?

U 1. Post-graduate
n 2. College

;,; 3, High school

IX. How many people read your
copy of ao Microcomputing?

a A. 1

UB. 2

ac. 3

U D. 4 or more

X. If you are not a subscriber
please circle number 500.

80 Microcomputing • POB 2743 • Clinton lA 52735

Reader Service: To receive more information from any of the advertisers in this
issue of 80 Microcomputing, circle the number on the postage-paid Reader Service
Card that corresponds with the Reader Service number on the ad in which you are
interested. You will find numbers, preceded by a y', near the logo of each adver-
tiser. Complete the entire card, drop into a mailbox and in 4-6 weeks you will hear
from the advertiser directly.

1

6

11

16

21

126

131

136

141

146

251

256

261

266

271

376

3R1

3fifi

391 396

12

1/

22

12/

132

13/

142

147

252

257

26?

?67

272

377

38?

3ft7

392 397

8

13

18

23

128

1J3

138

143

148

253

258

263

?6fi

273

378

3fll

3Rfl

393 398

y

14

iy

24

129

134

139

144

149

254

?59

?64

?R9

274

379

384

389

394 399

b

10

lb

2U

2b

130

135

140

145

150

255

260

265

270

275

380

385

390

395 400

26

31

36

41

46

151

156

16)

166

1/1

276

?fil

?8fi

?91

296

401

406

411

416 421

2/

3:;

3/

42

4?

152

157

162

167

172

277

28?

?87

29?

297

402

4(17

41?

417 422

28

33

38

4L1

46

153

158

163

168

173

278

283

?RH

?93

298

403

4nft

413

418 423

29

34

39

d4

49

lb4

159

164

169

174

279

284

289

294

299

404

409

414

419 424

m

3b

40

4b

50

155

IbO

165

170

1/5

380

285

290

295

300

405

410

415

420 425

51

56

61

66

7\

176

181

186

191

196

301

306

311

316

321

426

431

436

441 ^.16

b2

b!

62

6/

U

177

182

187

192

19/

302

30/

312

317

322

427

43?

437

442 447

b3

58

b3

68

73

1/8

183

188

193

198

303

308

313

31fl

323

4?fi

433

4.3fi

443 448

b4

59

84

6y

74

1/9

184

189

194

199

304

309

314

319

324

429

434

439

444 449

55

m

6b

Hi

75

180

185

190

195

200

305

310

315

320

325

430

435

440

445 450

76

81

86

91

96

201

206

211

216

221

326

331

336

341

346

451

466

461

466 471

//

82

8/

•il

9/

20;;

207

2i;>

217

222

327

332

337

342

347

452

467

46?

467 472

/B

m

88

93

98

203

208

213

218

223

328

333

338

343

348

453

46ft

463

468 473

/y

B4

8y

94

99

204

209

214

219

224

339

334

339

344

349

454

459

464

469 474

80

Bb

yo

9b

100

205

210

215

220

225

330

335

340

345

350

455

460

455

470 475

101

106

111

116

121

226

231

236

241

246

351

356

.361

366

371

476

4fi1

486

491 496

102

10/

112

117

122

22/

232

237

242

247

35?

357

,36?

367

372

477

487

487

492 497

103

108

113

lie

123

228

233

238

243

248

353

358

.163

3BR

373

47ft

4fl3

488

493 496

104

luy

114

119

124

229

234

239

244

249

354

359

364

369

374

479

484

489

494 499

10b

110

lib

120

12b

230

235

240

245

250

355

360

365

370

375

480

485

490

495 500

Name,

Address.

80 Microcomputing • January 1981 city

state

Zip.

BOOKS

80 Microcomputing
Peterborough flH 03458

Please send me the following 80
Microcomputing products:

Qty.

Catalog «

Title

Unit Price

Total

Add SI

shipping/handilng

Total

Enclosed S

Bill: : AE

mc

: i Check

::jvisa

M.O.

Card#

Exp date.

Interbank #

Signature
ISame

Address

City

State Zip

Plea»e_atIow 4-6 weeks for delivery

rfo C.O.D. orders accepted.

CO

80 Microcomputing POB 98 1
Farmlngdale MY 1 1737

SUBSCRIPTION

S^^^:

D New Subscription L; Renewal

C 1 year— S 18 C 2 years— S30 G 3 years— S45

D Enclosed S - Check D M.O.

Bill: c; MC a visa D AE D Me

Card tt

Signature
Name

Exp. date

interbank #

Address
City

Canada: S20 1 year only. (JS funds

Other foreign: 528 one year only, US funds

State

Zip

311B9

NO POSTAGE

NECESSARY

IF MAILED

IN THE

UNITED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY CARD

FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 217 CLINTON lA 52735

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

microcomputirig

POB 2743
Clinton lA 52735

o
cc
<

o

a.

LU

cc

CO
CO
LU

z

CO
CO

'Cn

"C
Q.

CL

CD
Q

c
o

^

CO

>-
z

OS

■a

D)

*C 00 c

o a» .-

3 O CO
CO CL U_

Q

?

CC

3

<

I

r

>-

3

_J

CL

LU

LU

LU

a:

s

CO

CO

t

LU

IT

z

a.

tn

CO

3

3

1-

CO

u.

00
LO

LU
LU

'Ol

-^

^r

CO

LU
CC

'■ij

<

_3
CI

X

>-

m

1-

Z

<

x:

LU

D)

m

_i
_i

1

lU

cs ^

- i

tf

1

i-

o
E

^ a.

0)

When It Comes To
TRS-80 Add-on Memory...

LOBO Has
It All.

LOBO DRIVES manufactures disk drive sub-
systems designed to provide TRS-80' users
with a wide seiection of low-cost, higti-speed,
efficient, mass-storge capabilities. Every
LOBO DRIVES Memory System is thoroughly
tested and burned-in to assure reliability and
carries LOBO's unique one year, 100%
parts/labor warranty.

Expansion and entianced
capabilities are key words in
achieving full utiiization of your
computer system, LOBO
DRIVES complete line of
TRS-80 compatible disk drive
subsystems is the ideal, cost
effective way to provide the
expansion capabilities you
need to meet your system
growth requirements.

'TRS-SO IS a iiaaemarH at Rad/o Sfiac*
A TanOy Company

TRS-80 MODEL II

LOBO DRIVES makes
expanding your TRS-80
Model II very, very easy.
Now you can add more
fioppy disk memory at less
cost. And. LOBO can provide
you with up to 40 MBytes of
fixed disk Winchester technology storage
capacity that is completely software
compatible to your Model II.

• Model 800-850 8-inch dual Floppy
Systems

• Model 1850 Dual Floppy/Fixed Disk
Memory System

MODEL 1850 DUAL

FIXED/FLOPPY DISK MEMORY

SYSTEM

LOBO DRIVES has combined a 5 or 1
MByte Winchester technology fixed disk and
1.6 MByte double-sided, double-density
floppy disk drive in one cabinet. The unique
controller can accommodate two dual units.
Now you can have the speed and reliability of
fixed disk, with built-in floppy back-up,

• 5 Of 10 MByte Fixed Disk Capacity

• Up to 1 .6 MByte Floppy Disk Capacity

• Winchester Reliability

• Software Compatible

MODEL 800/850 DUAL FLOPPY
DISK MEMORY SYSTEM

Complete wtth stylized cabinet, power
supply, controller, interface, and cables, the
Model 800/850 Dual Fioppy Disk Memory
System is the idea! way for the serious user
to expand his disk-based TRS'80,

• Up to 3.2 MBytes Capacity

• Single-side. Single or Double Density

• Double-Side, Single or Double Density

• Complete Software Compatibility

• High Speed Access Time

MODEL 400 5V4-INCH FLOPPY
DISK MEMORY SYSTEM

A low-cost, high performance, software-
compatible Floppy Disk for TRS-80 Model I
users.

• Up to 220 KBytes Capacity

• Single/Double Density

• Soft Sector Format

• 298 Msec Access Time

MODEL LX80 EXPANSION
INTERFACE

LOBO DRIVE'S new Model LX80 expansion
interface enhances system performance by
expanding disk storage capacities beyond 40
MBytes, adding a second serial port and
facilities for an additional 32 K RAM. The
LX80 permits you to achieve the maximum
expansion capabilities of your TRS-80.

• Connects Directly to Keyboard

• Two Serial Ports (optional)

• One Parallel Expansion Port (standard)

• One Parallel "Centronics"
Printer Port (Standard)

' Supports Double Density
5Vi and 8 inch Floppies

• Separate Port for 8-inch
Floppies

' Switch for Overriding
Keyboard ROM

' Separate Port for Fixed
Disk Drives

MODEL 950 DUAL

FLOPPY/FIXED DISK

MEMORY SYSTEM

LOBO combines the out-
standing capabilities of the
latest technological break-
through in disk drives, the
Shugart Technology 5 '/^ -inch
Micro Winchester fixed disk
drive with the proven
reliability of the Model
400/450 Floppy Disk in one
easy-to-use cabinet.

• The Storage Capacity of 16 double-
sided, double-density Mini-Floppies

• Built-in Floppy Disk Back-up

• 170 Msec Average Access Time

• Sealed Environment/Winchester
Reliability

NOTE: Limitea Availability in the Fall. 1930

See your nearest dealer, call, or write for the complete LOBO DRIVES story,
find out just how competitively pricea a quality drive can be.

drii/es

I

935 Camino Del Sur
Goleta, California 93017
(805) 685-4546
Telex: 658 482

IIM'

,R NAT I DM AL

Pump Up Your TRS-80 with the ES/F Mass Storage System

m-

THESE FACTS SPEAK FOR THEMSELVES!

MEET

THE WAFER

A Actual Size

Actual Thickness T

JASibTIb:

ES/F

MINI-DISK

SPEED 56

(Seconds to
toad "Blackjack")

6
(5' wafer)

6)^

CAPACITY

(thousands
of bytes)

38

{C-20)

64
(75' wafer)

59
CTRSD05)

REUABILITY

(Designed for
digital data?)

NO

YES

YES

SYSTEM COST

(Rrst unit
plus interface)

S60

S2S0

S800

MEDIA COST
(in quantities
or ten)

S3. 10
cassette

$3.00
wafer

S3.20
disk

EXATRON
STRINGY/FLO

SPEED, CAPACITY
AND RELIABILITY
FOR ONLY $249.S

Let's face it. C:assette players were not
designed to store digital data and pro-
grams. That's why we designed a digital
storage system using a continuous tape
loop: the Exatron Stringy/Roppy
(ES/F) and the Wafer. There's no ex-
pensive interface to buy-the ES/F
comes ready to pump up your TRS-80.*

Once your TRS-80* is pumped up by
our ES/F . . . you won't want to deflate
it. We're so sure, that we offer an
unconditional 30-day money-back
guarantee and a one-year limited war-
ranty. Over 2.000 TRS-80* owners have
met the wafer . . . why don't you^

f

CALL

OUR HOTLINE

(800)-538-8559

IN CALIFORNIA.
CALL (408)-737-7 111

'TRS-80 Is a registered trademark of Tandy Corp.